Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 21, 2019.

Registration No. 333-                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

PHREESIA, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7389   20-2275479

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

432 Park Avenue South, 12 th Floor

New York, NY 10016

(888) 654-7473

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Chaim Indig

Chief Executive Officer

432 Park Avenue South, 12 th Floor

New York, NY 10016

(888) 654-7473

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

John J. Egan, Esq.

Edwin M. O’Connor, Esq.

Andrew R. Pusar, Esq.

Goodwin Procter LLP

100 Northern Avenue

Boston, MA 02210

(617) 570-1000

 

Charles Kallenbach, Esq.

Phreesia, Inc.

432 Park Avenue South, 12 th Floor

New York, NY 10016

(888) 654-7473

 

John Chory, Esq.

Ian D. Schuman, Esq.

Stelios G. Saffos, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

(212) 906-1200

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large Accelerated Filer

 

  

Accelerated Filer

 

Non-Accelerated Filer

 

  

Smaller Reporting Company

 

    

Emerging Growth Company

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  $125,000,000   $15,150

 

 

(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)   Includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters may purchase pursuant to an option to purchase additional shares.
(3)   Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated June 21, 2019

Prospectus

                Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of the common stock of Phreesia, Inc.

The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering                 shares of our common stock, and we are offering                 shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sales of our shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $                 and $                 per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied for listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, under the symbol “PHR.”

We are an “emerging growth company” under the applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements and may elect to comply with reduced reporting requirements in future filings.

 

     
       Per share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                        $                    

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

   $        $    

 

 

 

(1)   We refer you to the “Underwriting” section beginning on page 167 of this prospectus for additional information regarding underwriter compensation.

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional                 shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk factors” beginning on page 19.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to investors on or about                 , 2019.

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan   Wells Fargo Securities   William Blair
Allen & Company LLC     Piper Jaffray

                , 2019


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

     Page  

Prospectus summary

     1  

Risk factors

     19  

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

     58  

Market and industry data

     60  

Use of proceeds

     61  

Dividend policy

     62  

Capitalization

     63  

Dilution

     66  

Selected financial data

     70  

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     72  

Business

     100  

Management

     125  

Executive compensation

     134  

Director compensation

     145  

Certain relationships and related party transactions

     148  

Principal and selling stockholders

     151  

Description of capital stock

     154  

Shares eligible for future sale

     161  

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of common stock

     163  

Underwriting

     167  

Legal matters

     175  

Experts

     175  

Where you can find more information

     175  

Index to financial statements

     F-1  

Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.


Table of Contents

For investors outside the United States: neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit our initial public offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and to trademarks belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the  ®  or  TM  symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.


Table of Contents

Basis of presentation

Our fiscal year ends on January 31 of each year. References in this prospectus to a fiscal year mean the year in which that fiscal year ends. References in this prospectus to “fiscal 2017” or “our 2017 fiscal year” relate to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2017, references in this prospectus to “fiscal 2018” or “our 2018 fiscal year” relate to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2018 and references in this prospectus to “fiscal 2019” or “our 2019 fiscal year” relate to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2019.


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk factors” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms “Phreesia,” “the company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to Phreesia, Inc. References to the “selling stockholders” refer to the selling stockholders named in this prospectus.

Our mission

To create a better, more engaging healthcare experience.

Overview

We are a leading provider of comprehensive solutions that transform the healthcare experience by engaging patients in their care and enabling healthcare provider organizations to optimize operational efficiency, improve profitability and enhance clinical care. As evidenced in industry survey reports from KLAS, we have been recognized as a leader based on our integration capabilities with healthcare provider organizations, the broad adoption of our patient intake functionalities and by overall client satisfaction. Through the SaaS-based Phreesia Platform (the “Phreesia Platform” or “our Platform”), we offer healthcare provider organizations (our “provider clients”) a robust suite of solutions to manage the patient intake process and an integrated payments solution for secure processing of patient payments. Our Platform also provides life sciences companies with an engagement channel for targeted and direct communication with patients. In fiscal 2019, we facilitated more than 54 million patient visits for approximately 50,000 individual providers, including physicians, physician assistants and nurse practitioners, in nearly 1,600 healthcare provider organizations across all 50 states. We define a patient visit as an individual, in-person visit to a healthcare provider, which may include multiple visits by the same patient. Additionally, our Platform processed more than $1.4 billion in patient payments in fiscal 2019.

Patient intake is a complex and time-consuming process involving numerous tasks, including registration, insurance verification, patient questionnaires, patient-reported outcomes, or PROs, payments and scheduling. Inefficiencies during the intake process often result in lower patient and provider satisfaction, wasted time, missed revenue opportunities and diminished health outcomes. Phreesia was founded to revolutionize patient intake and to create a better, more engaging healthcare experience. We have created an integrated and streamlined system that automates data capture and engages patients before, during and after the point of care.

The Phreesia Platform manages the end-to-end patient intake process and encompasses a comprehensive range of services, including initial patient contact, registration, appointment scheduling, payments and post-appointment patient surveys. The Phreesia Platform securely collects and analyzes each patient’s information and provides engagement tools to efficiently guide each patient through their healthcare journey. We deploy our Platform across a range of modalities, including through patients’ mobile devices (Phreesia Mobile), through a web-based dashboard for providers (Phreesia Dashboard) and through our proprietary, self-service intake tablets (PhreesiaPads) and on-site kiosks (Arrivals Stations), all of which provide an individualized intake experience for each patient based on age, gender and appointment type. Our solutions are highly customizable

 

1


Table of Contents

and scalable to any size healthcare provider organization and can seamlessly integrate within a provider client’s workflows and leading Practice Management, or PM, and Electronic Health Record, or EHR, systems. Our Platform additionally allows for time-of-service and secure post-explanation of benefits integrated payments.

We serve an array of provider clients ranging from single-specialty practices, which include internal and family medicine, urology, dermatology and orthopedics, to large, multi-specialty groups such as Crystal Run Healthcare and Iowa Clinic and large health systems such as Ascension Medical Group and Baycare Health Systems. Our life sciences business additionally serves clients in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device industries, including 13 of the top 20 global pharmaceutical companies as measured by revenue in fiscal 2019.

The Phreesia Platform currently offers the following solutions to our clients:

 

 

Our registration solution automates patient self-registration via Phreesia Mobile—either before or at the time of the patient’s visit—or through the use of a purpose-built PhreesiaPad or Arrivals Station for on-site check-in. The solution also includes the Phreesia Dashboard, which provider staff use to monitor and manage the intake process.

 

 

Our patient activation solution enables providers to communicate with their patients through automated, tailored patient surveys, branded patient announcements and messaging and preventive screening outreach.

 

 

Our revenue cycle solution provides insurance-verification processes, point-of-sale payments applications and cost estimation tools, which help providers maximize the timely collection of patient payments.

 

 

Our clinical support solution collects clinical intake and PRO data for more than 25 specialties, enabling our clients to ask the right clinical questions of the right patients at the right time, and gather key data that aligns with their quality-reporting goals.

 

 

Our appointments solution provides a comprehensive appointment scheduling system to provider clients with applications for online appointments, reminders and referral tracking.

 

 

Our life sciences solution provides a channel for our life sciences clients to deliver targeted and clinically relevant marketing content to patients, which allows them to have more informed conversations with their providers. We also enable our life sciences clients to receive direct patient feedback to incorporate into their business models.

The Phreesia Platform provides significant and measurable value to patients, healthcare provider organizations and life sciences companies. For patients, we provide a seamless, individualized intake experience and flexible payment options. For provider clients, we enable them to increase collections, streamline the referral process, improve quality measures, increase patient satisfaction and consistently collect key clinical, demographic and social data. Based on client feedback received and our internal analysis, we believe that the majority of our provider clients have been able to increase time-of-service collections. For life sciences clients, we increase patient awareness and education of their marketed products. Based on our analysis of client advertising campaigns conducted by Crossix and another data analytics company, which we commissioned, patients exposed to a brand campaign using the Phreesia Platform are over four and a half times more likely, on average, to have a prescription filled for that product than control patients.

The success and continued evolution of our company has been due in large part to the talent and engagement of the entire Phreesia team. Our team members are key pillars of our success and fostering and developing their talent is central to our culture.

 

2


Table of Contents

Based on the significant value we provide to our clients, we have experienced strong organic revenue growth over the last two fiscal years. Total revenue increased approximately 25% from $79.8 million in fiscal 2018 to $99.9 million in fiscal 2019. For the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, our revenue was $23.9 million and $28.3 million, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA increased from a loss of $4.1 million in fiscal 2018 to income of $3.5 million in fiscal 2019. For the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, our Adjusted EBITDA was $1.0 million and negative $0.3 million, respectively. See “Prospectus summary—Summary financial and other data” for more information as to how we define and calculate Adjusted EBITDA and for a reconciliation of net income, the most comparable GAAP measure, to Adjusted EBITDA.

Industry challenges and our opportunity

We develop and market solutions that increase efficiency, reduce costs and improve clinical effectiveness in the healthcare industry. We believe the following trends impacting the healthcare industry represent significant opportunities for us.

Inefficiency and waste amidst continually rising U.S. healthcare expenditure

According to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, total U.S. healthcare spending was $3.6 trillion in 2018 and is expected to grow to $6.0 trillion, or 20% of GDP, by 2027. At the same time, research from the National Academy of Medicine estimated that approximately 30% of U.S. healthcare spending in 2018, or $1.1 trillion, was wasteful. Additionally, a study in the Journal of American Medical Association estimated that roughly 27%, or $300 billion, of total healthcare waste is administrative-related. Much of this excess spending relates to complex billing procedures, non-standardized practices and a lack of communication between front- and back-office operations, leading to increased costs, errors and inefficient use of providers’ time. Physician practices, burdened by these complex administrative and billing tasks, require extensive support staff to handle these challenges.

The patient intake process today is primarily manual, tedious, prone to costly errors and repetitive. By contrast, the Phreesia Platform provides an automated and comprehensive solution to address key provider pain points. As the leading patient intake platform, Phreesia increases staff and doctor efficiency and allows providers to maximize clinical time with patients, reduce administrative complexities and optimize the delivery of care.

Increasing patient financial responsibility in healthcare

As healthcare expenditures continue to rise, employers and health systems have shifted more of the cost to patients through increased cost sharing and the use of high-deductible health plans. These trends have resulted in significant increases in out-of-pocket patient spending, which CMS expects to total $586 billion by 2027. The emergence of the patient as a major payer of healthcare is a dramatic shift in the industry payment landscape, which requires provider staff to obtain payment from the patient before and after the point of care. These tasks are best accomplished with more automated registration, billing and collection workflows, as well as patient-centric payment options. Against this backdrop, patients have historically struggled to understand their bills. According to a McKinsey & Company analysis, by some estimates, healthcare provider organizations collect only half of patient balances after initial visit, which contributes to incremental financial pressure.

Phreesia’s comprehensive digital payment platform enables providers to more effectively engage patients and increase collections. Our robust suite of revenue cycle solutions drives profitability, increases transparency and enhances the patient financial experience.

 

3


Table of Contents

Increasing consumerism in healthcare

As patients pay an ever-growing share of their healthcare costs, they are increasingly demanding higher quality care, increased cost transparency, shared decision making and convenience. As such, patient experience and satisfaction are becoming important priorities for providers as they compete to attract and retain new patients. Moreover, pharmaceutical companies are increasingly becoming more patient-centric due to increased competition and development of more targeted therapies.

We believe the Phreesia Platform drives improved patient satisfaction and education, efficiency and overall quality of care. Our Platform provides an end-to-end patient intake solution that engages patients directly on their device of choice (Phreesia Mobile, PhreesiaPad or Arrivals Station) to provide streamlined, self-service patient intake and empowers providers with intuitive, cloud-based software that drives actionable insights. Our automated and integrated intake solution allows us to achieve high levels of patient utilization, providing us and our provider clients with important access to patients at key moments of their care. We also help educate patients about relevant treatment options to encourage more engaging provider interaction, and we give pharmaceutical companies an effective channel to incorporate the patient voice in to their business models in an increasingly competitive, patient-centric healthcare environment.

Ongoing shift to value-based reimbursement models

The U.S. healthcare system has been shifting toward alternative payment models, in which healthcare provider organizations share financial risk and are reimbursed based on patients’ experience and outcomes, based on a review by the Health Care Payment & Learning Action Network. According to the American Hospital Association, the shift to these models requires healthcare provider organizations to manage new challenges related to measurement and reporting, population health management, care coordination and other patient demands, all of which may require additional staff and capabilities.

The Phreesia Platform provides real-time insights necessary to improve outcomes in a value-based operating model. We utilize industry-accepted PROs and clinical screening tools that have been developed by third parties and tested for reliability, sensitivity and validity. These PROs allow our healthcare provider clients to close gaps in care, identify successful treatments and engage patients in their care. At the same time, our ability to streamline the intake process and critical workflows improves provider and staff efficiency, allowing for optimal allocation of resources to manage the demands of a value-based care model.

Increasing focus on personalized healthcare solutions

We believe that the treatment and prevention of disease are becoming increasingly personalized, driven by technological advancements in the use of patient-specific health, lifestyle/environmental, genomic and other data to diagnose, treat and prevent disease at a personalized level. According to the Journal of the American Medical Association, pharmaceutical companies currently spend a substantial portion of their direct-to-consumer marketing dollars on television and print to reach large patient populations with chronic conditions such as diabetes and pain, which we believe is not as effective as targeted outreach. As new therapies, including those for smaller patient populations, are brought to market, pharmaceutical companies need cost-efficient marketing channels and capabilities to promote new medicines.

Phreesia’s high levels of patient engagement and robust targeting capabilities create an attractive marketing channel for life sciences companies to reach and inform targeted patient populations while they are seeking care which empowers patients to have informed conversations with their physician about their care plan and treatment options.

 

4


Table of Contents

Our market opportunity

The Phreesia Platform serves a range of provider clients, including single-specialty practices, multi-specialty groups and large health systems. Through our life sciences solutions, we provide services to large and small pharmaceutical, medical device and biotechnology companies. We believe the current addressable market for our Platform and services is approximately $7 billion and is derived from: (1) the potential subscription-based revenue generated from the approximately 890,000 U.S.-based ambulatory care providers currently taking medical appointments, (2) consumer-related transaction and payment processing fees, which are based on a percentage of payments that can be processed via the Phreesia Platform, and (3) a portion of the $6 billion spent by life sciences companies on direct-to-consumer prescription drug marketing. As we develop new products and services on the Phreesia Platform, we expect our total addressable market to grow. Our recent entry into acute-care organizations is an example of a new market offering that is not included in our current addressable market.

Our value proposition

We are focused on creating a better, more engaging healthcare experience for patients, healthcare provider organizations and life sciences companies. We believe our solutions provide a unique value proposition that is differentiated from what is offered by the traditional healthcare system.

Value proposition for patients

 

 

Improved patient experience . Our Platform streamlines the patient intake process and provides consumer-centric options for check-in. We pre-populate information from prior visits, minimizing the frustration of repetitive questions during the intake process and streamlining the information for review by a clinician by the time the patient reaches the exam room. We also offer patients a convenient, flexible, secure intake experience that saves time and reduces the confusion and anxiety around payments. Additionally, our cost estimation tool allows patients to receive an accurate estimate of their out-of-pocket spend for a particular service prior to receiving care. Patients are also able to save time by requesting appointments directly on their healthcare provider organization’s website using our technology.

 

 

Flexible payment options. Our Platform gives patients flexibility and choice in how they pay for healthcare services. Patients are able to pay upfront or set up an automated payment plan that adheres to the provider client’s financial policies. Patients can also choose to pay online on their provider’s website or place a card on file. Our Platform also removes the need for difficult payment-related conversations with staff and ensures a level of personal privacy throughout the transaction.

 

 

Engagement in care. By leveraging the power of self-service and providing individualized, flexible intake solutions, we engage patients early in their healthcare journey and empower them to be more active in their care decisions.

Value proposition for healthcare provider organizations

 

 

Simplify operations and enhance staff efficiency. We enable healthcare provider organizations to streamline operations through automated patient intake and payments that are integrated into existing workflows and PM and EHR systems. By automating the numerous tasks of the intake process, our provider clients have been able to save time on patient check-ins.

 

5


Table of Contents
 

Improve cash flow and profitability. We enable our provider clients to increase collections and reduce costs. Based on client feedback received and our internal analysis, we believe that our flexible patient payment options, including card on file, have led to an increase in time-of-service collections for the majority of our provider clients. Our automated eligibility and benefits verification solution also reduces the number of denied claims.

 

 

Enhance clinical quality. We enable our provider clients to more efficiently and effectively capture the right clinical information to meet their clinical goals and align with quality reporting initiatives. We administered more than five million PROs, such as depression screeners and health risk assessments, in fiscal 2019. Our logic-driven targeting and delivery of PROs and other questionnaires help providers identify and target at-risk patients in need of specific care and reduce errors by avoiding the need to manually gather the information.

 

 

Improve patient experience. We simplify the patient intake process to drive higher patient satisfaction, retention and engagement. Our streamlined intake and payments offering provides a consumer-friendly experience and engages patients to take control of their care. Through our patient surveys, providers are able to conduct outreach to patients within 24 hours of visit and generate real-time feedback that informs and drives improvement efforts.

Value proposition for life sciences organizations

 

 

Targeted, direct digital marketing. We provide life sciences companies with a channel to identify, reach, educate and communicate with patients when they are most receptive and actively seeking care. Our data-driven solutions provide custom, targeted patient outreach based on various clinical, environmental and social data, allowing our clients to engage patients with clinically relevant medical content to help facilitate conversations with their providers about treatment options.

 

 

Improve brand conversion and adherence. Our data and analytics capabilities identify patient populations that align with our life sciences clients’ target audiences. Based on our analysis of client advertising campaigns conducted by Crossix and another data analytics company, which we commissioned, patients exposed to a brand campaign using the Phreesia Platform are over four and a half times more likely, on average, to have a prescription filled for that product than control patients. Integration with our point-of-care solutions, which engage our patients in their own care, increases incremental prescriptions with existing patients, driving an adherence benefit and strong return to our clients.

 

 

Feedback from patient voice. Our Patient Insights solution provides a channel for our life sciences clients to deliver real-time, dynamic surveys to highly targeted patients and capture direct patient feedback.

Our competitive strengths

Market leadership . We believe the Phreesia Platform is the most comprehensive and scalable patient intake and payments solution in the market, placing us at the point of care and in the center of the patient-provider relationship. Phreesia is an industry leader in market share and user engagement, with approximately 50,000 individual providers in nearly 1,600 healthcare provider organizations. We were named the 2019 KLAS Category Leader for Patient Intake Management based on survey data from healthcare provider organizations on areas such as integration, implementation support and overall client satisfaction. A 2018 KLAS report also ranked Phreesia as having the broadest adoption of its patient intake functionalities.

 

6


Table of Contents

Scalable SaaS-based platform embedded in mission-critical daily workflows . Our Platform seamlessly integrates into our provider clients’ daily workflows with bi-directional integration into 21 of the leading PM and EHR systems collectively representing the majority of the total PM and EHR market. These robust integrations provide real-time exchange of clinical, demographic and financial information. For example, customized consent forms and questionnaires are uploaded directly into a provider clients’ PM or EHR system immediately upon completion, which reduces staff time spent on administrative tasks. Our feature-rich SaaS technology architecture is highly scalable across healthcare provider organizations of all sizes, from small independent practices to large health systems with multiple locations, enabling us to implement our solutions quickly and cost-effectively.

Integrated payment platform . The integration of payments within our patient intake platform creates a seamless experience for both patients and providers and results in increased payments for healthcare provider organizations and revenue for Phreesia. Compared with disparate payment platforms and manual reconciliation processes, the Phreesia Platform automatically posts payments in real-time to a provider client’s PM system, creating material time and cost efficiencies for our provider clients. Our revenue cycle solutions, such as card on file, online payments and payment plans, provide convenient payment options for patients, lower bad debt expense for provider clients and reduce payment-related tasks for their staff.

Significant and measurable return on investment . We actively measure and report performance metrics for our provider clients, demonstrating significant and sustainable return on investment in multiple impact areas, often as early as 30-60 days after launch. Example impact areas include: increased collections, expanding staff and provider capacity, optimizing profitability, improving patient experience, and enhancing clinical care.

Proven ability to innovate and meet the evolving needs of our clients . We have demonstrated the ability to quickly and reliably incorporate new applications into the Phreesia Platform to address the myriad of challenges facing healthcare provider organizations and we continue to evaluate the most impactful innovations that will drive a better healthcare experience. Our solution was initially designed as a patient check-in and messaging tool, but it has rapidly evolved into a comprehensive patient intake and payment platform designed to keep pace with evolving demand from patients and providers. We have introduced multiple new applications in the last three years, including Phreesia Mobile, which allows patients to check in conveniently from their own device and has significantly increased patient utilization and overall patient engagement, and Payment Assurance, which eliminates many of the manual tasks required to bill a patient.

Attractive, highly scalable financial model . Our revenue is largely derived from recurring monthly subscriptions and re-occurring payment processing fees, which should increase with growth of our client base and the ongoing shift of healthcare costs to patients. We have successfully expanded our products sold to existing clients by adding incremental providers and offering additional solutions to these clients. This has led to a 26% increase in average revenue per provider client from fiscal 2018 to fiscal 2019. As our provider clients continue to add more providers to our Platform, we benefit from increased scale and strong unit economics. Our highly recurring revenue and strong client retention is evidenced by our 107% annual dollar-based net retention rate for provider clients in fiscal 2019.

Founder-led and deeply experienced management team with strong culture . Our founders, Chaim Indig and Evan Roberts, are pioneers in patient intake who have led our company through consistent and rapid growth over the past 14 years. Our senior leadership team has extensive healthcare, technology and payment knowledge and expertise, and an average 10-year tenure with Phreesia. Additionally, our dedicated sales, implementation, support and development teams also have significant healthcare, technology and payment experience and are a key competitive advantage to our success in the marketplace.

 

7


Table of Contents

Attracting and retaining top talent is a high priority for us. Our strong company culture and investment in the long-term career growth for our people is evidenced by their long tenure with our organization. We believe our success is due in large part to the continued engagement of our talented and committed team. Modern Healthcare magazine recognized Phreesia as one of the “Best Places to Work in Healthcare” for the last three consecutive years, optimally positioning us to continue to attract top healthcare and technology talent.

Our growth strategies

The success of our business depends on acquiring new provider clients and increasing utilization among our existing provider clients, which in turn drives growth across our Platform and solutions. We believe we are well-positioned to benefit from a number of prevailing industry tailwinds across patient intake, patient payments and life sciences marketing. We intend to continue to proactively grow the business through the following strategies:

 

 

Expanding our Platform to new healthcare provider organizations

 

Deepening our relationship with existing provider clients

 

Continuing to innovate and leverage our Platform to optimize healthcare delivery

 

Pursuing opportunistic strategic investments, partnerships and acquisitions

 

Enhancing our margins through continued strategic growth

Risk factors summary

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

 

We have experienced net losses in the past and we may not achieve profitability in the future.

 

 

The healthcare industry is rapidly evolving and the market for technology-enabled services that empower healthcare consumers is relatively immature and unproven. If we are not successful in promoting the benefits of our Platform, our growth may be limited.

 

 

We have grown rapidly in recent periods, and if we fail to manage our growth effectively, our expenses could increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase and we may be unable to implement our business strategy.

 

 

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from our largest clients.

 

 

We may potentially compete with our clients or partners, which may adversely affect our business.

 

 

We are subject to data privacy and security laws and regulations governing our collection, use, disclosure, or storage of personally identifiable information, including personal health information, which may impose restrictions on us and our operations and subject us to penalties if we are unable to fully comply with such laws.

 

 

Privacy concerns or security breaches relating to our Platform could result in economic loss, damage our reputation, deter users from using our products, and expose us to legal penalties and liability.

 

 

If we are unable to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection for our technology and products or if the scope of our intellectual property protection is not sufficiently broad, others may be able to develop and commercialize technology and products substantially similar to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and products may be adversely affected.

 

8


Table of Contents
 

We expect that our stock price will fluctuate significantly, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

 

 

If a substantial number of shares become available for sale and are sold in a short period of time, the market price of our common stock could decline.

Implications of being an emerging growth company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier to occur of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, which means the market value of our equity securities that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior July 31 st , and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards. Therefore, we will not be subject to the same transition period for new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. While we have elected the exemption permitted under JOBS Act to adopt new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies, we are permitted to early adopt new or revised accounting standards for which the respective standard allows for early adoption.

Channels for disclosure of information

Investors, the media and others should note that, following the completion of this offering, we intend to announce material information to the public through filings with the SEC, the investor relations page on our website, press releases, and public conference calls and webcasts.

Company and other information

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 2005. Our principal executive office is located at 432 Park Avenue South, 12 th Floor, New York, New York 10016, and our telephone number is (888) 654-7473. Our website address is http://www.phreesia.com. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus.

 

9


Table of Contents

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, “Risk factors” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.” As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to the “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Phreesia, Inc.

 

10


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

                shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

                shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

                shares

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

We have granted a 30-day option to the underwriters to purchase up to an aggregate of                 additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering of approximately $                million, or $                million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common stock in this offering by the selling stockholders.

 

  The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We will use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to pay a cash dividend to the holders of shares of our Senior A preferred stock and our Senior B preferred stock, which shares we refer to collectively as the Senior Convertible preferred stock, unless the initial public offering price for this offering exceeds certain thresholds as described in “Dividend Policy” below. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay some or all of our secured term loan or our revolving line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or investments at this time. See “Risk factors—We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.”

 

  For a more complete description of our intended use of the proceeds from this offering, see “Use of proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

You should carefully read the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus beginning on page 19 for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

11


Table of Contents

Proposed symbol

“PHR.”

 

Dividend Policy

The terms of our sixth amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended and in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering, or the pre-offering certificate of incorporation, provide that each share of our Senior Convertible preferred stock accrues, from and after the date of the issuance, cash dividends at the rate per annum of 8% of the original issue price applicable to such share of Senior Convertible preferred stock. Our Junior Convertible preferred stock and redeemable preferred stock do not accrue any dividends. The accruing dividend on the Senior Convertible preferred stock is payable to the holders of shares of our Senior Convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this offering if (i) the offering price to the public in this offering is at least $9.20 per share and (ii) this offering results in at least $50 million in proceeds to us, net of underwriting discounts and commissions. We refer to an offering satisfying the conditions in the prior sentence as a Qualified Public Offering. However, if this offering constitutes a Qualified Public offering and the initial public offering price for this offering exceeds certain thresholds, the amount of the dividend payable to holders of shares of our Senior Convertible preferred stock will decrease, and ultimately may no longer become payable, based on a sliding scale set forth in our pre-offering certificate of incorporation. The cash dividend will no longer be payable to holders of Senior A preferred stock if the initial public offering price for this offering is at least $9.88 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to our capital stock) and will no longer be payable to holders of Senior B preferred stock if the initial public offering price for this offering is at least $16.64 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to our capital stock). If this offering does not constitute a Qualified Public Offering, the accrued dividend on our Senior Convertible preferred stock may be payable, in full or in part, to holders of our Senior Convertible preferred stock at the closing of this offering, subject to any discussions and agreements between the company and such holders of Senior Convertible preferred stock.

 

  Based on an assumed closing date for this offering of                , 2019, and an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we expect to pay an aggregate accrued cash dividend of approximately $                to holders of our Senior Convertible preferred stock at the closing of this offering.

 

 

If this offering closes one day prior to the assumed closing date of                , 2019, such cash dividends decrease by an aggregate amount of approximately $                ; if this offering closes one day following the assumed closing date of                , 2019, such cash dividends increase by an aggregate amount of approximately $                . In addition, a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $                would decrease the cash dividend payable to holders of our Senior Convertible preferred stock by an aggregate of $                ;

 

12


Table of Contents
 

a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                would increase the cash dividend payable to holders of our Senior Convertible preferred stock by an aggregate of $                .

 

  The cash dividend will not be paid on any shares of our common stock purchased in this offering. We do not pay dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determinations relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on various factors.

 

  See the section entitled “Dividend policy” on page 62.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 4,449,155 shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2019 and an additional 55,617,548 shares of our common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this offering, and excludes:

 

 

7,871,653 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of April 30, 2019 under our Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended, or the 2006 Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.70 per share;

 

 

5,406,968 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of April 30, 2019 under our 2018 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended, or the 2018 Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.77 per share;

 

 

858,750 shares of our common stock subject to restricted stock units, or RSUs, outstanding as of April 30, 2019;

 

 

893,618 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of April 30, 2019 to purchase common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.08 per share;

 

 

1,278,397 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of April 30, 2019 to purchase convertible preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.78 per share;

 

 

358,244 shares of our redeemable preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of April 30, 2019, which will be cancelled upon the closing of this offering;

 

 

429,330 shares of common stock available for future issuance as of April 30, 2019 under the 2018 Plan, which will cease to be available for issuance at the time that our 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2019 Plan, becomes effective;

 

 

42,560,530 shares of our redeemable preferred stock, which will be cancelled upon the closing of this offering;

 

 

                     shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and

 

 

                     shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus reflects or assumes the following:

 

 

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation effective upon the closing of this offering;

 

13


Table of Contents
 

the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, effective on the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective;

 

 

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Junior Convertible preferred stock and our Senior Convertible preferred stock, which we refer to collectively herein as our convertible preferred stock, into an aggregate of 55,617,548 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

 

the cancellation of 42,560,530 shares of our redeemable preferred stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

 

a warrant to purchase 489,605 shares of our Junior Convertible preferred stock and 358,244 shares of our redeemable preferred stock outstanding as of April 30, 2019 becoming a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 489,605 shares of common stock, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.01, upon the closing of this offering, and whereby the portion of the warrant exercisable for 358,244 shares of our redeemable preferred stock will be cancelled upon the closing of this offering;

 

 

warrants to purchase 672,560 shares of our Senior A preferred stock outstanding as of April 30, 2019 becoming warrants to purchase an aggregate of 672,560 shares of common stock, at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.00, upon the closing of this offering;

 

 

no exercise of options or warrants outstanding as of April 30, 2019, other than the automatic cashless exercise of a warrant to purchase 116,232 shares of our Senior A preferred stock which, based on an assumption that the fair market value of our common stock for purposes of automatic exercise under the warrant will be equal to the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the automatic conversion of the shares of Senior A preferred stock issued pursuant to such automatic cashless exercise into shares of common stock, would result in the issuance of                shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share would increase the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with such automatic exercise by an aggregate of                shares; a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share would decrease the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with such exercise by an aggregate of                shares);

 

 

for purposes of any automatic cashless automatic exercise of warrants, that the fair market value of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering exceeds the exercise price of such warrant;

 

 

no settlement of outstanding RSUs subsequent to April 30, 2019;

 

 

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to                additional shares of common stock in this offering; and

 

 

a 1-for-         reverse stock split of our common stock effected on                     .

 

14


Table of Contents

Summary financial and other data

You should read the following summary financial data together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the “Selected financial data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” sections of this prospectus. We have derived the statement of operations data for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019 and the balance sheet data as of fiscal 2019 from our audited financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing at the end of this prospectus. The statements of operations data for three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019 and the balance sheet data as of April 30, 2019 are derived from unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair presentation of the unaudited interim financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected in the future, and the results for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year or any other period. The summary financial data in this section is not intended to replace the financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus and are qualified in their entirety by the financial statements and related notes thereto included at the end of this prospectus.

 

     
     Fiscal year ended January 31,     Three months ended
April 30,
 
(in thousands, except per share data)                2018                 2019                 2018                 2019  

Statement of operations data:

        

Revenue

        

Subscription and related services

   $ 32,430     $ 43,928     $ 10,002     $ 12,683  

Payment processing fees

     28,671       36,881       9,232       11,557  

Life sciences

     18,733       19,080       4,637       4,070  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 79,834     $ 99,889     $ 23,871     $ 28,310  

Expenses

        

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

  

 

12,562

 

 

 

15,105

 

 

 

3,223

 

 

 

3,996

 

Payment processing expense

     17,209       21,892       5,590       6,949  

Sales and marketing

     24,761       26,367       6,247       7,702  

Research and development

     11,377       14,349       3,109       4,299  

General and administrative

     18,838       20,076       4,928       6,245  

Depreciation

     6,832       7,552       1,772       2,155  

Amortization

     2,808       4,042       913       1,219  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ 94,387     $ 109,382     $ 25,781     $ 32,564  

Operating loss

   $ (14,553   $ (9,494   $ (1,910   $ (4,255

Other income (expense)

        

Other income (expense)

     602       (7     (175     (1,145

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (598     (2,058     (291     (423

Interest income (expense)

     (3,642     (3,504     (848     (804
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

   $ (3,639   $ (5,568   $ (1,314   $ (2,372
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

   $ (18,192   $ (15,062   $ (3,224   $ (6,627
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

     —         —         —         (68
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (18,192   $ (15,062   $ (3,224   $ (6,695

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock

   $ (19,981   $ (30,199   $ (2,490   $ (7,863
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

15


Table of Contents
     
     Fiscal year ended January 31,     Three months ended
April 30,
 
(in thousands, except per share data)                2018                 2019                 2018                 2019  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (38,173   $ (45,261   $ (5,713   $ (14,558
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

   $ (11.29   $ (11.16   $ (1.50   $ (3.29
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1)

     3,381       4,054       3,811       4,425  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

   $       $       $       $    
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

        

 

 

 

(1)   See Note 13 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

   
     As of April 30, 2019  
(in thousands)    Actual     Pro forma(1)      Pro forma as
adjusted(2)
 

Balance sheet data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,913     $                        $                    

Total assets

     68,107       

Long-term debt and capital leases, net of discount, including current portion

     37,979       

Preferred stock warrant liability

     5,921       

Redeemable preferred stock

     214,353       

Common stock and additional paid in capital

     44       

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (224,063     

 

 

 

     
     As of and for fiscal
year ended January 31,
     As of and for
three months
ended April 30,
 
       2018     2019      2018     2019  

Non-GAAP measures and other data:

         

Provider clients (average over period)(3)

     1,416       1,490        1,450       1,549  

Average revenue per provider client (4)

   $ 43,163     $ 54,231      $ 13,265     $ 15,649  

Patient payment volume (in millions)(5)

   $ 1,106     $ 1,446      $ 360     $ 461  

Annual dollar-based net retention rate (end of period)(6)

     111%       107%        —         —    

Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands)(7)

   $ (4,109   $ 3,548      $ 1,027     $ (282

Free cash flow (in thousands)(8)

   $ (23,107   $ (11,963    $ (2,855   $ (692

 

 

 

(1)   The pro forma balance sheet data give effect to:

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation;

 

   

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 55,617,548 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

the cancellation of 42,560,530 shares of our redeemable preferred stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

a warrant to purchase 489,605 shares of our Junior Convertible preferred stock and 358,244 shares of our redeemable preferred stock becoming a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 489,605 shares of common stock, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.01, upon the closing of this offering, and whereby the portion of the warrant exercisable for 358,244 shares of our redeemable preferred stock will be cancelled upon the closing of this offering;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

warrants to purchase 672,560 shares of our Senior A preferred stock becoming warrants to purchase an aggregate of 672,560 shares of common stock, at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.00, upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

the automatic cashless exercise of a warrant to purchase 116,232 shares of our Senior A preferred stock, which, based on an assumption that the fair market value of our common stock for purposes of automatic exercise under the warrant will be equal to the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the automatic conversion of the shares of Senior A preferred stock issued pursuant to such automatic cashless exercise into shares of common stock, would result in the issuance of                shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share would increase the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with such automatic exercise by an aggregate of                shares; a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share would decrease the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with such exercise by an aggregate of                shares);

 

   

for purposes of any automatic cashless automatic exercise of warrants, that the fair market value of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering exceeds the exercise price of such warrant; and

 

   

the payment of an accrued dividend to holders of 22,871,507 shares of our Senior Convertible preferred stock in the aggregate amount of $                , which becomes due and payable to such holders upon the conversion of all such shares into an aggregate of 22,871,507 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. The cash dividend is calculated based on an assumed closing date for this offering of                , 2019, and an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If this offering closes one day prior to the assumed closing date of                , 2019, such cash dividends decrease by an aggregate amount of approximately $                ; if this offering closes one day following the assumed closing date of                , 2019, such cash dividends increase by an aggregate amount of approximately $                . In addition, a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $                would decrease the cash dividend payable to holders of our Senior Convertible preferred stock by an aggregate of approximately $                ; a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                would increase the cash dividend payable to holders of our Senior Convertible preferred stock by an aggregate of approximately $                .

 

(2)   The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data give further effect to our issuance and sale of                shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $                million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $                million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(3)   We define provider clients as the average number of healthcare provider organizations that generate revenue each month during the applicable period. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” for additional information regarding our calculation.

 

(4)   We define average revenue per provider client as the total subscription and related services and payment processing revenue generated from provider clients in a given period divided by the average number of provider clients that generate revenue each month during that same period. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” for additional information regarding our calculation.

 

(5)   We measure patient payment volume as the total dollar volume of transactions between our provider clients and their patients utilizing our payment platform, including via credit and debit cards, cash and check. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” for additional information regarding our calculation.

 

(6)   We calculate annual dollar-based net retention rate by summing the monthly subscription fees and payment processing revenue of all provider clients that have had revenue during the one-year period prior to the calculation period and comparing it with the sum of the monthly subscription fees and payment processing revenue (net of contraction, churn and expansion) for the same set of provider clients in the calculation period. Contraction is defined as a reduction in revenue for a client and expansion is defined as an increase in revenue for a client in the calculation period as compared to the prior period. A client who churns is a client whose revenue in the calculation period is zero. We calculate annualized dollar-based net retention rate by taking a geometric mean of the monthly rates over an annual period. We define our base revenue as the aggregate subscription fees (excluding related services revenue) and payment processing revenue of our provider client base as of the date one year prior to the date of calculation. We define our retained revenue net of contraction, churn and expansion as the aggregate subscription fees (excluding related services revenue) and payment processing revenue of the same provider client base included in our measure of base revenue at the end of the period being measured. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” for additional information regarding our calculation.

 

(7)  

Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental measure of our performance that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income or loss or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP, or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of our liquidity. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income or loss, before net interest expense (income), provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, and before non-cash based compensation expense, non-cash change in fair value of warrant liability and other income (expense), net. We have provided below a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

 

17


Table of Contents
 

We have presented Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget, and to develop short and long-term operational plans. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the amounts eliminated in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

 

     Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:

 

   

although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect: (1) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (2) the potentially dilutive impact of non-cash stock-based compensation; or (3) tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; (4) net interest expense/(income); and

 

   

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

 

     Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA along with other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss, and our GAAP financial results. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated:

 

     
     Fiscal year ended
January,    
    Three months
ended April 30,
 
(in thousands, unaudited)    2018     2019     2018     2019  

Net loss

   $ (18,192   $ (15,062   $ (3,224   $ (6,695

Interest (income) expense, net

     3,642       3,504       848       804  

Depreciation and amortization

     9,640       11,594       2,685       3,374  

Stock-based compensation expense

     805       1,447       252       599  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     598       2,058       291       423  

Income tax provision

     —         —         —         68  

Other (income) expense, net

     (602     7       175       1,145  
  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (4,109   $ 3,548     $ 1,027     $ (282

 

 

 

(8)   Free cash flow is a supplemental measure of our performance that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. We consider free cash flow to be a liquidity measure that provides useful information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated by our business that can be used for strategic opportunities, including investing in our business, making strategic investments, partnerships and acquisitions and strengthening our financial position.

 

     We calculate free cash flow as net cash flow from operating activities less purchases of property and equipment and capitalized internal-use software development costs.

 

     The following table presents a reconciliation of free cash flow from net cash used in operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 

     
     Fiscal year ended
January 31,
    Three months
ended April 30,
 
(in thousands)    2018     2019     2018     2019  

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (11,142   $ (2,130   $ (923   $ 2,033  

Less:

        

Purchases of property and equipment

     (6,590     (4,724     (719     (1,314

Capitalized internal-use software

     (5,375     (5,109     (1,213     (1,411
  

 

 

 

Free cash flow

   $ (23,107   $ (11,963   $ (2,855   $ (692

 

 

 

18


Table of Contents

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our audited annual financial statements and notes thereto and the “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” section of this prospectus before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks are realized, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operation.

Risks relating to our business and industry

We have experienced net losses in the past and we may not achieve profitability in the future.

We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception. For fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 and the three months ended April 30, 2019, we had a net loss of $15.1 million, $18.2 million and $6.7 million, respectively, and a loss from operations of $9.5 million, $14.6 million and $4.3 million, respectively. Our operating expenses may increase substantially in the foreseeable future as we continue to invest to grow our business and build relationships with or clients and partners, develop our Platform, develop new solutions and comply with being a public company. We expect to incur significant additional expenses as a public company. These efforts may prove to be more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. In addition, to the extent we are successful in increasing our client base, we could incur increased losses because significant costs associated with entering into client agreements are generally incurred up front, while revenue is generally recognized ratably over the term of the agreement. As a result, we may need to raise additional capital through equity and debt financings in order to fund our operations. If we are unable to effectively manage these risks and difficulties as we encounter them, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

The healthcare industry is rapidly evolving and the market for technology-enabled services that empower healthcare consumers is relatively immature and unproven. If we are not successful in promoting the benefits of our Platform, our growth may be limited.

The market for our products and services is subject to rapid and significant changes. The market for technology-enabled services that empower healthcare consumers is characterized by rapid technological change, new product and service introductions, increasing patient financial responsibility, consumerism and engagement, the ongoing shift to value-based care and reimbursement models, and the entrance of non-traditional competitors. In addition, there may be a limited-time opportunity to achieve and maintain a significant share of this market due in part to the rapidly evolving nature of the healthcare and technology industries and the substantial resources available to our existing and potential competitors. The market for technology-enabled services that empower healthcare consumers is relatively new and unproven, and it is uncertain whether this market will achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market adoption.

In order to remain competitive, we are continually involved in a number of projects to compete with these new market entrants by developing new services, growing our client base and penetrating new markets. Some of these projects include the expansion of our integration capabilities with additional EHR and PM solutions , the expansion of our mobile platform, and the recent roll-out of our cost estimation features. These projects carry risks, such as cost overruns, delays in delivery, performance problems and lack of acceptance by our clients. Our integration partners may also decide to develop and offer their own patient engagement solutions that are similar to our Platform offerings.

 

19


Table of Contents

Our success depends on providing high-quality products and services that healthcare providers use to improve clinical, financial and operational performance and which are used and positively received by patients. If we cannot adapt to rapidly evolving industry standards, technology and increasingly sophisticated and varied healthcare provider and patient needs, our existing technology could become undesirable, obsolete or harm our reputation. We must continue to invest significant resources in our personnel and technology in a timely and cost-effective manner in order to enhance our existing products and services and introduce new high-quality products and services that existing clients and potential new clients will want. Our operating results would also suffer if our innovations are not responsive to the needs of our existing clients or potential new clients, are not appropriately timed with market opportunity, are not effectively brought to market or significantly increase our operating costs. If our new or modified product and service innovations are not responsive to the preferences of healthcare providers and their patients, emerging industry standards or regulatory changes, are not appropriately timed with market opportunity or are not effectively brought to market, we may lose existing clients or be unable to obtain new clients and our results of operations may suffer.

We believe demand for our products and services has been driven in large part by increasing patient responsibility, engagement and consumerism, high deductible health plans and declining reimbursements. According to the American Hospital Association, the shift to value-based reimbursement models requires healthcare provider organizations to manage new challenges related to measurement and reporting, population health management, care coordination and other patient demands, all of which may require additional staff and capabilities. Our ability to streamline the intake process and critical workflows in order to improve provider and staff efficiency and allow for optimal allocation of resources will be critical to our business. Our success also depends to a substantial extent on the ability of our Platform to increase patient engagement, and our ability to demonstrate the value of our Platform to provider clients, patients and life science companies. If our existing clients do not recognize or acknowledge the benefits of our Platform or our Platform does not drive patient engagement, then the market for our products and services might not develop at all, or it might develop more slowly than we expect, either of which could adversely affect our operating results.

In addition, we have limited insight into trends that might develop and affect our business. We might make errors in predicting and reacting to relevant business, legal and regulatory trends and healthcare reform, which could harm our business. If any of these events occur, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Finally, our competitors may have the ability to devote more financial and operational resources than we can to developing new technologies and services, including services that provide improved operating functionality, and adding features to their existing service offerings. If successful, their development efforts could render our services less desirable, resulting in the loss of our existing clients or a reduction in the fees we generate from our products and services.

We have grown rapidly in recent periods, and if we fail to manage our growth effectively, our expenses could increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase and we may be unable to implement our business strategy.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, which puts strain on our business, operations and employees. We anticipate that our operations will continue to rapidly expand. To manage our current and anticipated future growth effectively, we must continue to maintain and enhance our IT infrastructure, financial and accounting systems and controls. We must also attract, train and retain a significant number of qualified sales and marketing personnel, client support personnel, professional services personnel, software engineers, technical personnel and management personnel, and the availability of such personnel, in particular software engineers, may be constrained.

 

20


Table of Contents

A key element of how we manage our growth is our ability to scale our capabilities and satisfactorily implement our solution for our clients’ needs. Our provider clients often require specific features or functions unique to their organizational structure, which, at a time of significant growth or during periods of high demand, may strain our implementation capacity and hinder our ability to successfully implement our solution to our clients in a timely manner. Our success also depends on our ability to satisfactorily integrate our Platform with the PM and EHR systems utilized by our provider clients. If we are unable to address the needs of our provider clients, including by integrating our Platform with the EHR and PM systems of our provider clients, or our provider clients are unsatisfied with the quality of our solution or services, they may not renew their contracts, seek to cancel or terminate their relationship with us or renew on less favorable terms, any of which could adversely affect our business.

Failure to effectively manage our growth could also lead us to over-invest or under-invest in development and operations, result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems or controls, give rise to operational mistakes, financial losses, loss of productivity or business opportunities and result in loss of employees and reduced productivity of remaining employees. Our growth is expected to require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects such as the development of new applications and services. We may also need to make further investments in our technology and automate portions of our solution or services to decrease our costs. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase or may grow more slowly than expected and we may be unable to implement our business strategy.

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from our largest clients.

Historically, we have relied on a limited number of clients for a substantial portion of our total revenue and accounts receivable. For fiscal 2019, our four largest clients comprised approximately 19% of our total revenue. The sudden loss of any of our clients, or the renegotiation of any of our client contracts, could adversely affect our operating results.

Because we rely on a limited number of clients for a significant portion of our revenues, we depend on the creditworthiness of these clients. If the financial condition of our clients declines, our credit risk could increase. Should one or more of our significant clients declare bankruptcy, it could adversely affect the collectability of our accounts receivable and affect our bad debt reserves and net income.

Most of our client contracts have an annual term. However, these contracts may be terminated before their term expires for various reasons. For example, after a specified period, certain of these contracts are terminable for convenience by our clients after a notice period has passed and the client has paid a termination fee. The termination fee typically requires the client to pay us the lesser of six months of fees payable under the contract or the total fees payable under the contract for the remainder of the annual term. Certain of our contracts are terminable immediately upon the occurrence of certain events. For example, certain of our life sciences contracts may be terminated by the client immediately following certain actions by the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA. If any of our contracts with our clients is terminated, we may not be able to recover all fees due under the terminated contract, which may adversely affect our operating results.

The growth of our business relies, in part, on the growth and success of our clients and certain revenues from our engagements, which are difficult to predict and are subject to factors outside of our control.

We enter into agreements with our provider clients, under which a significant portion of our fees are variable, including fees which are dependent upon the number of add-on features to the Phreesia Platform subscribed for by our clients and the number of patients utilizing our payment processing tools. If there is a general reduction in spending by healthcare provider organizations on healthcare technology solutions, it may result in a reduction in fees generated from our provider clients or a reduction in the number of add-on features

 

21


Table of Contents

subscribed for by our provider clients. This could lead to a decrease in our revenue, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the number of patients utilizing our payment processing tools, and the amounts those patients pay to their healthcare providers directly for services, is often impacted by factors outside of our control, such as the number of patients with high deductible health plans. Accordingly, revenue under these agreements is uncertain and unpredictable. If the number of patients utilizing our payment systems, or the aggregate amounts paid by such patients directly to their healthcare providers through the Phreesia Platform, were to be reduced by a material amount, such decrease would lead to a decrease in our revenue, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, growth forecasts of our clients are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the markets in which our provider clients compete meet the size estimates and growth forecasted, including with respect to number of patients and revenues derived from their healthcare services, the number of patients using our payment processing tools, and the aggregate dollar amount of payments made by patients directly to their healthcare providers through the Phreesia Platform, could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

We also generate revenue through fees charged to our life sciences clients by delivering targeted messages to patients who opt-in to such communications. We refer to this service offering as Phreesia Connect. These messages enable life science companies to engage with patients and deliver relevant, targeted messages at the point when they are actively seeking care. The success of Phreesia Connect is driven, in part, by our ability to maintain high patient opt-in rates, the number of newly approved drugs and the success of newly launched drugs, each of which are impacted by factors outside of our control. If there is a reduction in newly approved drugs, or newly launched drugs are not successful, this could negatively affect the ability of our life science clients to deliver relevant, targeted messages to patients who would have otherwise been candidates to receive such drugs, and accordingly may reduce patient opt-in rates. A reduction in patient opt-in rates through Phreesia Connect could lead to a decrease in our revenue, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may potentially compete with our partners, which may adversely affect our business.

Our partners, including our integration partners for EHR and PM solutions, could become our competitors by offering similar services. Some of our partners offer, or may begin to offer, services, including patient intake and engagement services, payment processing tools and targeted patient communication services, in addition to any EHR and PM systems, in the same or similar manner as we do. Although there are many potential opportunities for, and applications of, these services, our partners may seek opportunities or target new clients in areas that may overlap with those that we have chosen to pursue. In such cases we may potentially compete against our partners. Competition from our partners may adversely affect our business and results from operations.

If our existing clients do not continue to renew their contracts with us, renew at lower fee levels or decline to purchase additional applications and services from us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We expect to derive a significant portion of our revenue from renewal of existing clients’ contracts and sales of additional applications and services to existing clients. As part of our growth strategy, for instance, we have recently focused on expanding our services amongst current clients. As a result, achieving a high client retention rate and selling additional applications and services are critical to our future business, revenue growth and results of operations.

 

22


Table of Contents

Factors that may affect our retention rate and our ability to sell additional applications and services include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

 

the price, performance and functionality of our Platform;

 

patient acceptance and adoption of services and utilization of our payment processing tools;

 

the availability, price, performance and functionality of competing solutions;

 

our ability to develop and sell complimentary applications and services;

 

the stability, performance and security of our hosting infrastructure and hosting services;

 

changes in healthcare laws, regulations or trends; and

 

the business environment of our clients.

We typically enter into annual contracts with our clients, which have a stated initial term of one year and automatically renew for one-year subsequent terms. Approximately ninety percent (90%) of our client contracts renew each year. Most of our clients have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our Platform solution after the initial term expires. In addition, our clients may negotiate terms less advantageous to us upon renewal, which may reduce our revenue from these clients and may decrease our annual revenue. If our clients fail to renew their contracts, renew their contracts upon less favorable terms or at lower fee levels or fail to purchase new products and services from us, our revenue may decline or our future revenue growth may be constrained. Should any of our clients terminate their relationship with us after implementation has begun, we would not only lose our time, effort and resources invested in that implementation, but we would also have lost the opportunity to leverage those resources to build a relationship with other clients over that same period of time.

Failure to adequately expand our direct sales force will impede our growth.

We believe that our future growth will depend on the continued development of our direct sales force and its ability to obtain new clients and to manage our existing client base. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take six months or longer before a new sales representative is fully trained and productive. Our business may be adversely affected if our efforts to expand and train our direct sales force do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire and develop sufficient numbers of productive direct sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, sales of our services will suffer and our growth will be impeded.

We typically incur significant upfront costs in our client relationships, and if we are unable to develop or grow these relationships over time, we are unlikely to recover these costs and our operating results may suffer.

We devote significant resources to establish relationships with new clients and deepen relationships with existing clients. Our sales cycle for our services can be variable, typically ranging from two to eight months from initial contact to contract execution. During this period, our efforts involve educating our clients and patients about the use, technical capabilities and benefits of our products and services. We do not provide access to the Platform and do not charge fees during this initial sales period. For clients that decide to enter into a contract with us, some of these contracts may provide for a preliminary trial period where a subset of providers from the client is granted access to our Platform for our standard fees. Following any such trial period, we aim to increase the number of providers within the client that utilize the Platform. Accordingly, our operating results will depend in substantial part on our ability to deliver a successful client and patient experience and persuade our clients and patients to grow their relationship with us over time. As we expect to grow rapidly, our client acquisition costs could outpace our build-up of recurring revenue, and we may be unable to reduce our total operating costs through economies of scale such that we are unable to achieve profitability. Any increased or unexpected costs or unanticipated delays, including delays caused by factors outside our control, could cause our operating results to suffer.

 

23


Table of Contents

If the estimates and assumptions we use to determine the size of our target market are inaccurate, our future growth rate may be impacted and our business would be harmed.

Market estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The estimates and forecasts in this prospectus relating to the size and expected growth of the market for our services may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the market in which we compete meets our size estimates and forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

The principal assumptions relating to our market opportunity include the number of healthcare providers currently taking appointments, the amount of annual out of pocket consumer spend for healthcare-related professional services, and the amount of annual spend by life sciences companies on digital marketing at the point of care. Our market opportunity is also based on the assumption that the strategic approach that our solution enables for our potential clients will be more attractive to our clients than competing solutions.

If these assumptions prove inaccurate, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. For more information regarding our estimates of market opportunity and the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus, see “Market and industry data.”

We are subject to data privacy and security laws and regulations governing our collection, use, disclosure, or storage of personally identifiable information, including personal health information, which may impose restrictions on us and our operations and subject us to penalties if we are unable to fully comply with such laws.

As described below, we are required to comply with numerous federal and state laws and regulations governing the collection, use, disclosure, storage and transmission of personally identifiable information, including personal health information, that we may obtain or have access to in connection with the provision of our services. These laws and regulations, including their interpretation by governmental agencies, are subject to frequent change and could have a negative impact on our business.

We are a “Business Associate” as defined under the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their implementing regulations, which we collectively refer to as HIPAA, and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Civil Rights, or OCR, may impose penalties on a Business Associate for a failure to comply with applicable requirement of HIPAA. Penalties will vary significantly depending on factors such as the date of the violation, whether the Business Associate knew or should have known of the failure to comply, or whether the Business Associate’s failure to comply was due to willful neglect. Currently, these penalties include civil monetary penalties for violations. However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple requirements, resulting in possible penalties in excess of pre-set annual limits. Further, a person who knowingly obtains or discloses individually identifiable health information in violation of HIPAA may face a criminal penalty of up to $50,000 and imprisonment up to one year. The criminal penalties increase to $100,000 and up to five years’ imprisonment if the wrongful conduct involves false pretenses, and to $250,000 and up to 10 years’ imprisonment if the wrongful conduct involves the intent to sell, transfer, or use identifiable health information for commercial advantage, personal gain, or malicious harm. The U.S. Department of Justice, or the DOJ, is responsible for criminal prosecutions under HIPAA. State attorneys general also have the right to prosecute HIPAA violations committed against residents of their states. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action that would allow individuals to sue in civil court for HIPAA violations, its standards have been used as the basis for the duty of care in state civil suits, such as those for negligence or recklessness in misusing individuals’ health information. Furthermore, in the event of a breach as defined by HIPAA, the Business Associate may have to comply with specific reporting requirements under HIPAA regulations. Please see

 

24


Table of Contents

“Business—Healthcare laws and regulations” for more about how HIPAA and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, may affect our business.

Numerous other federal and state laws may apply that restrict the use and protect the privacy and security of personally identifiable information, as well as employee personal information. These include state medical privacy laws, state social security number protection laws and federal and state consumer protection laws. These various laws in many cases are not preempted by HIPAA and may be subject to varying interpretations by the courts and government agencies, creating complex compliance issues for us and our partners and potentially exposing us to additional expense, adverse publicity and liability, any of which could adversely affect our business.

Federal and state consumer protection laws are increasingly being applied by the United States Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and states’ attorneys general to regulate the collection, use, storage and disclosure of personal or personally identifiable information, through websites or otherwise, and to regulate the presentation of website content.

The security measures that we and our third-party vendors and subcontractors have in place to ensure compliance with privacy and data protection laws may not protect our facilities and systems from security breaches, acts of vandalism or theft, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming and human errors or other similar events. In 2013, we experienced a security breach involving a stolen laptop, which we reported to OCR. Under the HITECH Act, as a Business Associate we may also be liable for privacy and security breaches and failures of our subcontractors. Even though we provide for appropriate protections through our agreements with our subcontractors, we still have limited control over their actions and practices. A breach of privacy or security of individually identifiable health information by a subcontractor may result in an enforcement action, including criminal and civil liability, against us. We are not able to predict the extent of the impact such incidents may have on our business. Our failure to comply may result in criminal and civil liability because the potential for enforcement action against Business Associates is now greater. Enforcement actions against us could be costly and could interrupt regular operations, which may adversely affect our business. While we have not received any notices of violation of the applicable privacy and data protection laws and believe we are in compliance with such laws, there can be no assurance that we will not receive such notices in the future.

There is ongoing concern from privacy advocates, regulators and others regarding data privacy and security issues, and the number of jurisdictions with data privacy and security laws has been increasing. Also, there are ongoing public policy discussions regarding whether the standards for de-identification, anonymization or pseudonymization of health information are sufficient, and the risk of re-identification sufficiently small, to adequately protect patient privacy. We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security in the United States, including the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which will go into effect January 1, 2020, and while the May 2019 draft version of the regulations include an exception for activities that are subject to HIPAA, we cannot yet determine the impact the CCPA or other such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. Future laws, regulations, standards and obligations, and changes in the interpretation of existing laws, regulations, standards and obligations could impair our or our clients’ ability to collect, use or disclose information relating to consumers, which could decrease demand for our Platform, increase our costs and impair our ability to maintain and grow our client base and increase our revenue. New laws, amendments to or re-interpretations of existing laws and regulations, industry standards and contractual obligations could impair our or our customers’ ability to collect, use or disclose information relating to patients or consumers, which could decrease demand for our Platform offerings, increase our costs and impair our ability to maintain and grow our client base and increase our revenue. In view of new or modified federal or state laws and regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations and other legal obligations, or any changes in their interpretation,

 

25


Table of Contents

we may find it necessary or desirable to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or to expend significant resources to modify our software or platform and otherwise adapt to these changes.

In addition to government regulation, we are subject to self-regulatory standards and industry certifications that legally or contractually apply to us. These include the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards, or PCI-DSS, with which we are currently compliant, and HITRUST certification, which we currently maintain. In the event we fail to comply with the PCI-DSS or fail to maintain our HITRUST certification, we could be in breach of our obligations under customer and other contracts, fines and other penalties could result, and we may suffer reputational harm and damage to our business. Further, our clients may expect us to comply with more stringent privacy and data security requirements than those imposed by laws, regulations or self-regulatory requirements, and we may be obligated contractually to comply with additional or different standards relating to our handling or protection of data on or by our offerings.

Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with federal or state laws or regulations, industry standards or other legal obligations, or any actual or suspected privacy or security incident, whether or not resulting in unauthorized access to, or acquisition, release or transfer of personally identifiable information or other data, may result in governmental enforcement actions and prosecutions, private litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity and could cause our clients to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. We may be unable to make such changes and modifications in a commercially reasonable manner or at all, and our ability to develop new products and features could be limited. Any of these developments could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Privacy and data security concerns, whether valid or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our Platform.

Privacy concerns or security breaches relating to our Platform could result in economic loss, damage our reputation, deter users from using our products, and expose us to legal penalties and liability.

We collect, process and store significant amounts of data concerning our clients, including data pertaining to personally identifiable information, including health information, of patients received in connection with the utilization of our Platform by patients of our healthcare provider and life science clients. While we have taken reasonable steps to protect such data, techniques used to gain unauthorized access to data and systems, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems, are constantly evolving, and we may be unable to anticipate such techniques or implement adequate preventative measures to avoid unauthorized access or other adverse impacts to such data or our systems.

Like all internet services, our service is vulnerable to software bugs, computer viruses, internet worms, break-ins, phishing attacks, attempts to overload servers with denial-of-service, or other attacks or similar disruptions from unauthorized use of our and third-party computer systems, any of which could lead to system interruptions, delays, or shutdowns, causing loss of critical data or the unauthorized access of data. Computer malware, viruses, and computer hacking and phishing attacks have become more prevalent in our industry. Functions that facilitate interactivity with other internet platforms could increase the scope of access of hackers to user accounts. Though it is difficult to determine what, if any, harm may directly result from any specific interruption or attack, any failure to maintain performance, reliability, security and availability of our products to the satisfaction of our clients and their patients may harm our reputation and our ability to retain existing clients. In 2013, we experienced a security breach, when one of our employees had a laptop containing Protected Health Information (as defined under HIPAA) stolen. This breach did not result in any claims against us, and since this incident, we have implemented policies that prohibit the download and storage of Protected Health Information and adopted a policy of encryption for all company laptops. Although we have in place systems and processes that are designed to protect our data, prevent data loss, disable undesirable accounts and activities on our Platform and prevent or detect security breaches, we cannot assure you that such measures will provide absolute security. If an actual or perceived breach of security occurs to our systems or a

 

26


Table of Contents

third party’s systems, we also could be required to expend significant resources to mitigate the breach of security and to address matters related to any such breach, including notifying users or regulators. Although we maintain insurance for our business, the coverage under our policies may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.

If we are not able to maintain and enhance our reputation and brand recognition, our business and results of operations will be harmed.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our reputation and brand recognition is critical to our relationships with existing clients and the patients that they serve and to our ability to attract new clients. The promotion of our brand may require us to make substantial investments and we anticipate that, as our market becomes increasingly competitive, these marketing initiatives may become increasingly difficult and expensive. Our marketing activities may not be successful or yield increased revenue, and to the extent that these activities yield increased revenue, the increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur and our results of operations could be harmed. In addition, any factor that diminishes our reputation or that of our management, including failing to meet the expectations of our clients and patients, could make it substantially more difficult for us to attract new clients. Similarly, because our partners often act as references for us with prospective new provider clients, any existing partner that questions the quality of our work or that of our employees could impair our ability to secure additional new clients. If we do not successfully maintain and enhance our reputation and brand recognition with our clients and their patients, our business may not grow and we could lose our relationships with clients, which would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Consolidation in the healthcare industry could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Many healthcare industry participants are consolidating to create larger and more integrated healthcare delivery systems with greater market power. We expect regulatory and economic conditions to result in additional consolidation in the healthcare industry in the future. As consolidation accelerates, the economies of scale of our clients’ organizations may grow. If a client experiences sizable growth following consolidation, it may determine that it no longer needs to rely on us and may reduce its demand for our products and services. In addition, as healthcare providers and life science companies consolidate to create larger and more integrated healthcare delivery systems with greater market power, these providers may try to use their market power to negotiate fee reductions for our products and services. Finally, consolidation may also result in the acquisition or future development by our healthcare provider and life science clients of products and services that compete with our products and services. Any of these potential results of consolidation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may face intense competition, which could limit our ability to maintain or expand market share within our industry, and if we do not maintain or expand our market share our business and operating results will be harmed.

The market for our products and services is fragmented, competitive and characterized by rapidly evolving technology standards, client needs and the frequent introduction of new products and services. Our competitors range from smaller niche companies to large, well-financed and technologically-sophisticated entities. As costs fall and technology improves, increased market saturation may change the competitive landscape in favor of competitors with greater scale than we currently possess.

We compete on the basis of several factors, including breadth, depth and quality of product and service offerings, ability to deliver clinical, financial and operational performance improvement through the use of products and services, quality and reliability of services, ease of use and convenience, brand recognition and

 

27


Table of Contents

the ability to integrate our Platform solutions with various PM and EHR systems and other technology. Some of our competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and significantly greater resources than we do. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or client requirements. In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and may in the future establish, cooperative relationships with vendors of complementary products, technologies or services to increase the availability of their products to the marketplace. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances may emerge that have greater market share, larger client bases, more widely adopted proprietary technologies, greater marketing expertise, greater financial resources and larger sales forces than we have, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage.

Further, in light of these advantages, even if our services are more effective than the product or service offerings of our competitors, current or potential clients might accept competitive products and services in lieu of purchasing our services. In addition to new niche vendors, who offer stand-alone products and services, we also face competition from PM and EHR providers, including those with which we have integration partnerships. PM or EHR providers may have existing systems in place at clients in our target market. These PM and EHR providers may now, or in the future, offer or promise products or services similar to ours, and which offer ease of integration with existing systems and which leverage existing client and vendor relationships.

We also compete on the basis of price. We may be subject to pricing pressures as a result of, among other things, competition within the industry, consolidation of healthcare industry participants, practices of managed care organizations, government action and financial stress experienced by our clients. If our pricing experiences significant downward pressure, our business will be less profitable and our results of operations will be adversely affected.

We cannot be certain that we will be able to retain our current clients or expand our client base in this competitive environment. If we do not retain current clients or expand our client base, or if we have to renegotiate existing contracts, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed. Moreover, we expect that competition will continue to increase as a result of consolidation in both the healthcare information technology and healthcare industries. If one or more of our competitors or potential competitors were to merge or partner with another of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could also adversely affect our ability to compete effectively and could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are bound by exclusivity provisions that restrict our ability to enter into certain sales and marketing relationships in order to market and sell our services.

Some of our client contracts include exclusivity or other restrictive clauses. Any contracts with exclusivity or other restrictive provisions may limit our ability to conduct business with certain potential clients. Client contracts with exclusivity or other restrictive provisions may constrain our ability to partner with or provide services to other prospective clients or purchase services from other vendors within certain time periods. Accordingly, these exclusivity clauses may prevent us from entering into long-term relationships with potential clients and could cause our business, financial condition and results of operations to be harmed.

The healthcare regulatory and political framework is uncertain and evolving.

Healthcare laws and regulations are rapidly evolving and may change significantly in the future, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. For example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or ACA, was adopted, which is a healthcare reform measure that provides healthcare insurance for approximately 30 million additional Americans. The ACA includes a variety of healthcare reform provisions and requirements that became effective at varying times through 2018 and substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, which may

 

28


Table of Contents

significantly impact our industry and our business. On December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court Judge in the Northern District of Texas, ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the ACA, and therefore, because it was repealed as part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or Tax Act, the remaining provisions of the ACA are also invalid. While the Trump Administration and the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, have both stated that the ruling will have no immediate effect, it is unclear how this decision, subsequent appeals, if any, and other efforts to repeal and replace the ACA will impact the ACA and our business.

Further, on February 11, 2019 The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HSS, Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology, or ONC, and CMS proposed complementary new rules to support seamless and secure access, exchange, and use of electronic health information, or EHI, by increasing innovation and competition by giving patients and their healthcare providers secure access to health information and new tools, allowing for more choice in care and treatment. The proposed rules are intended to clarify provisions of the 21st Century Cures Act regarding interoperability and “information blocking,” which will create significant new requirements for health care industry participants. Information blocking means activities that are likely to interfere with, prevent, or materially discourage access, exchange, or use of EHI. The proposed ONC rule, if adopted, create significant new requirements for health care industry participants, and would require certain electronic health record technology to incorporate standardized application programming interfaces, or APIs, to allow individuals to securely and easily access structured EHI using smartphone applications. The ONC would also implement provisions of the Cures Act requiring that patients can electronically access all of their EHI (structured and/or unstructured) at no cost. Finally, to further support access and exchange of EHI, the proposed ONC rule implements the information blocking provisions of the Cures Act and proposes seven “reasonable and necessary activities” as exceptions to information blocking activities, as long as specific conditions are met.

The CMS Proposed Rule focuses on health plans, payors, and health care providers, and proposes measures to enable patients to have both their clinical and administrative information travel with them.

It is unclear whether or when these rules, and others released simultaneously, will be adopted, in whole or in part. If adopted, the rules may benefit us in that certain EHR vendors will no longer be permitted to interfere with our attempts at integration, but the rules may also make it easier for other similar companies to enter the market, creating increased competition and reducing our market share. It is unclear at this time what the costs of compliance with the proposed rules, if adopted, would be, and what additional risks there may be to our business.

In addition, we are subject to various other laws and regulations, including, among others, the Stark Law relating to self-referrals, anti-kickback laws, antitrust laws and the privacy and data protection laws described below. See “Business—Healthcare laws and regulations.”

If we are unable to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection for our technology and products or if the scope of our intellectual property protection is not sufficiently broad, others may be able to develop and commercialize technology and products substantially similar to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and products may be adversely affected.

Our business depends on proprietary technology and content, including software, databases, confidential information and know-how, the protection of which is crucial to the success of our business. We rely on a combination of trademark, trade-secret, copyright laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property rights in our proprietary technology and content. We are pursuing the registration of our trademarks and service marks in the United States. We may, over time, increase our investment in protecting our intellectual property through additional trademark, patent and other intellectual property filings that could be expensive and time-consuming. Effective trademark, trade-secret and copyright

 

29


Table of Contents

protection is expensive to develop and maintain, both in terms of initial and ongoing registration requirements and the costs of defending our rights. These measures, however, may not be sufficient to offer us meaningful protection. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our competitive position and our business could be harmed, as third parties may be able to commercialize and use technologies and software products that are substantially the same as ours without incurring the development and licensing costs that we have incurred. Any of our owned or licensed intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed or misappropriated, our trade secrets and other confidential information could be disclosed in an unauthorized manner to third parties, or our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to permit us to take advantage of current market trends or otherwise to provide us with competitive advantages, which could result in costly redesign efforts, discontinuance of certain offerings or other competitive harm.

Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. From time to time, we seek to analyze our competitors’ products and services, and may in the future seek to enforce our rights against potential infringement. However, the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to prevent infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Any inability to meaningfully protect our intellectual property rights could result in harm to our ability to compete and reduce demand for our technology and products. Moreover, our failure to develop and properly manage new intellectual property could adversely affect our market positions and business opportunities. Also, some of our products and services rely on technologies and software developed by or licensed from third parties. Any disruption or disturbance in such third-party products or services, which we have experienced in the past, could interrupt the operation of our Platform. We may not be able to maintain our relationships with such third parties or enter into similar relationships in the future on reasonable terms or at all.

We may also be required to protect our proprietary technology and content in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and may not be successful, or which we may not pursue in every location. In addition, effective intellectual property protection may not be available to us in every country, and the laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States. Additional uncertainty may result from changes to intellectual property legislation enacted in the United States and elsewhere, and from interpretations of intellectual property laws by applicable courts and agencies. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to obtain and maintain the intellectual property rights necessary to provide us with a competitive advantage. Our failure to obtain, maintain and enforce our intellectual property rights could therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

We believe that the Phreesia brand is critical to the success of our business, and we utilize trademark registration and other means to protect it. Our business would be harmed if we were unable to protect our brand against infringement and its value was to decrease as a result.

The registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names that we own or license may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic, lapsed or determined to be infringing on or dilutive of other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition with potential partners. In addition, third parties may in the future file for registration of trademarks similar or identical to our trademarks. If they succeed in registering or developing common law rights in such trademarks, and if we are not successful in challenging such third-party rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to commercialize our technologies or products in certain relevant countries. If we

 

30


Table of Contents

are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our commercial success depends on our ability to develop and commercialize our services and use our proprietary technology without infringing the intellectual property or proprietary rights of third parties. Intellectual property disputes can be costly to defend and may cause our business, operating results and financial condition to suffer. As the market for healthcare in the United States expands and more patents are issued, the risk increases that there may be patents issued to third parties that relate to our products and technology of which we are not aware or that we must challenge to continue our operations as currently contemplated. Whether merited or not, we may face allegations that we, our partners, our licensees or parties indemnified by us have infringed or otherwise violated the patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property rights of third parties. Such claims may be made by competitors seeking to obtain a competitive advantage or by other parties. Additionally, in recent years, individuals and groups have begun purchasing intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement and attempting to extract settlements from companies like ours. We may also face allegations that our employees have misappropriated the intellectual property or proprietary rights of their former employers or other third parties. It may be necessary for us to initiate litigation to defend ourselves in order to determine the scope, enforceability and validity of third-party intellectual property or proprietary rights, or to establish our respective rights. Regardless of whether claims that we are infringing patents or other intellectual property rights have merit, such claims can be time-consuming, divert management’s attention and financial resources and can be costly to evaluate and defend. Results of any such litigation are difficult to predict and may require us to stop commercializing or using our products or technology, obtain licenses, modify our services and technology while we develop non-infringing substitutes or incur substantial damages, settlement costs or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or providing the affected products and services. If we require a third-party license, it may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, and we may have to pay substantial royalties, upfront fees or grant cross-licenses to intellectual property rights for our products and services. We may also have to redesign our products or services so they do not infringe third-party intellectual property rights, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time, during which our technology and products may not be available for commercialization or use. Even if we have an agreement to indemnify us against such costs, the indemnifying party may be unable to uphold its contractual obligations. If we cannot or do not obtain a third-party license to the infringed technology, license the technology on reasonable terms or obtain similar technology from another source, our revenue and earnings could be adversely impacted.

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business with respect to intellectual property. We are not currently subject to any claims from third parties asserting infringement of their intellectual property rights. Some third parties may be able to sustain the costs of complex litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Moreover, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any legal proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations. Assertions by third parties that we violate

 

31


Table of Contents

their intellectual property rights could therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our use of “open source” software could adversely affect our ability to offer our services and subject us to possible litigation.

We may use open source software in connection with our products and services. Companies that incorporate open source software into their products have, from time to time, faced claims challenging the use of open source software and/or compliance with open source license terms. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming noncompliance with open source licensing terms. Some open source software licenses require users who distribute software containing open source software to publicly disclose all or part of the source code to such software and/or make available any derivative works of the open source code, which could include valuable proprietary code of the user, on unfavorable terms or at no cost. While we monitor the use of open source software and try to ensure that none is used in a manner that would require us to disclose our proprietary source code or that would otherwise breach the terms of an open source agreement, such use could inadvertently occur, in part because open source license terms are often ambiguous. Any requirement to disclose our proprietary source code or pay damages for breach of contract could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and could help our competitors develop products and services that are similar to or better than ours.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information, the value of our technology and products could be adversely affected.

We may not be able to protect our trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information adequately. Although we use reasonable efforts to protect this proprietary information and technology, our employees, consultants and other parties may unintentionally or willfully disclose our information or technology to competitors. Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is using any of our proprietary information or technology is expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information. We rely, in part, on non-disclosure, confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and other parties to protect our trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property and proprietary information. These agreements may not be self-executing, or they may be breached and we may not have adequate remedies for such breach. Moreover, third parties may independently develop similar or equivalent proprietary information or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information.

We rely on our third-party vendors and partners to execute our business strategy. Replacing them would be difficult and disruptive to our business. If we are unsuccessful in forming or maintaining such relationships on terms favorable to us, our business may not succeed.

We have entered into contracts with third-party vendors to provide critical services relating to our business, including initial software development and cloud hosting. Some of these third-party vendors utilize employees or consultants located offshore. We also rely on third-party providers to enable automated eligibility and benefits verification through our Platform. We depend on our third-party processing partners to perform payment processing services, which generate almost all of our payments revenue. Our processing partners may go out of business or otherwise be unable or unwilling to continue providing such services, which could significantly and materially reduce our payments revenue and disrupt our business. A number of our processing contracts require us to assume liability for any losses our processing partners may suffer as a result of losses caused by our provider clients and their patients, including losses caused by chargebacks and fraud. Thus, in

 

32


Table of Contents

the event of a significant loss by our processing partners, we may be required to pay-out a large amount of cash in one or two business days following such event and, if we do not have sufficient cash on hand, may be deemed in breach of such contracts. A contractual dispute with our processing partners could adversely impact our revenue. Certain contracts may expire or be terminated, and we may not be able to replicate the associated revenue through a new processing partner relationship for a considerable period of time.

In the event that these service providers fail to maintain adequate levels of support, do not provide high quality service, increase the fees they charge us, discontinue their lines of business, terminate our contractual arrangements or cease or reduce operations, we may suffer additional costs and be required to pursue new third-party relationships, which could materially disrupt our operations and our ability to provide our products and services, and could divert management’s time and resources. It would be difficult to replace some of our third-party vendors in a timely manner if they were unwilling or unable to provide us with these services in the future, and our business and operations could be adversely affected. For example, we rely on certain third-party vendors for payment processing services. If these services fail or are of poor quality, our business, reputation and operating results could be harmed.

In addition, we have entered into strategic alliances with providers of EHR and PM solutions, and we intend to pursue such alliances in the future. These strategic alliance agreements are typically structured as commercial and technical partnership agreements, pursuant to which we integrate certain of our Platform solutions into the EHR and PM systems that are utilized by many of our clients, for agreed payments to such integration partners. The success of our business strategy relies, in part, on our ability to form and maintain these alliances with such partners in order to facilitate and permit the integration of our Platform into the EHR and PM systems used by our provider clients and their patients. If providers of EHR or PM solutions amend, terminate or fail to perform their obligations under their strategic alliance agreements with us, our Platform solutions may no longer integrate with the EHR and PM systems of our provider clients, which would materially and adversely affect our business results.

We may also seek new strategic alliances in the future, and we may not be successful in entering into future alliances on terms favorable to us. Any delay in entering into strategic alliances with providers of EHR or PM solutions would likely either delay the development and adoption of our products and services and reduce their competitiveness, or prevent the integration of our product offerings, in each case with respect to healthcare provider organizations that utilize such EHR or PM solutions. Any such delay could adversely affect our business.

We rely on a limited number of third-party suppliers and contract manufacturers to support our products, and a loss or degradation in performance of these suppliers and contract manufacturers could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on third-party suppliers and contract manufacturers for the materials and components used to operate our Phreesia Platform and product offerings, and to manufacture and assemble our hardware, including the PhreesiaPad and our on-site kiosks, which we refer to as Arrivals Stations. We rely on a sole supplier, for example, as the manufacturer of our PhreesiaPads and Arrivals Stations, which help drive our business and support our provider, patient processing and life sciences offerings. In connection with these services, our supplier builds new hardware for us and refurbishes and maintains existing hardware.

Any of our other suppliers or third-party contract manufacturers may be unwilling or unable to supply the necessary materials and components or manufacture and assemble our products reliably and at the levels we anticipate or that are required by the market. Our ability to supply our products commercially and to develop any future products depends, in part, on our ability to obtain these materials, components and products in accordance with regulatory requirements and in sufficient quantities for commercialization.

 

33


Table of Contents

While our suppliers and contract manufacturers have generally met our demand for products and services on a timely basis in the past, we cannot guarantee that they will in the future be able to meet our demand for products, either because of acts of nature, the nature of our agreements with those manufacturers or our relative importance to them as a customer, and our manufacturers may decide in the future to discontinue or reduce the level of business they conduct with us. If we are required to change contract manufacturers due to any change in or termination of our relationships with these third parties, or if our manufacturers are unable to obtain the materials they need to produce our products at consistent prices or at all, we may lose sales, experience manufacturing or other delays, incur increased costs or otherwise experience impairment to our client relationships. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to establish alternative relationships on similar terms, without delay or at all.

While we believe replacement suppliers and manufacturers exist for all materials, components and services necessary to our systems and the Phreesia Platform, establishing additional or replacement suppliers for any of these materials, components or services, if required, could be time-consuming and expensive, may result in interruptions in our operations and product delivery, may affect the performance of our business or could require that we modify our operations. Even if we are able to find replacement suppliers or third-party contract manufacturers, we will be required to verify that the new supplier or third-party manufacturer maintains facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our quality expectations and applicable regulatory requirements.

If our third-party suppliers fail to deliver the required quantities of materials on a timely basis and at commercially reasonable prices, and we are unable to find one or more replacement suppliers capable of production at a substantially equivalent cost in substantially equivalent volumes and quality on a timely basis, the supply of our products to clients and the development of any future products will be delayed, limited or prevented, which could have material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any restrictions on our use of, or ability to license, data, or our failure to license data and integrate third-party technologies, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend upon licenses from third parties for some of the technology and data used in our applications, and for some of the technology platforms upon which these applications are built and operate. We expect that we may need to obtain additional licenses from third parties in the future in connection with the development of our products and services. In addition, we obtain a portion of the data that we use from government entities, public records and from our partners for specific partner engagements. We believe that we have all rights necessary to use the data that is incorporated into our products and services. However, we cannot assure you that our licenses for information will allow us to use that information for all potential or contemplated applications and products. In addition, certain of our products depend on maintaining our data and analytics platform, which is populated with data disclosed to us by healthcare providers, life science companies and their respective patients and other partners with their consent. If these clients, patients or partners revoke their consent for us to maintain, use, de-identify and share this data, consistent with applicable law, our data assets could be degraded.

In the future, data providers could withdraw their data from us or restrict our usage for any reason, including if there is a competitive reason to do so, if legislation is passed restricting the use of the data or if judicial interpretations are issued restricting use of the data that we currently use in our products and services. In addition, data providers could fail to adhere to our quality control standards in the future, causing us to incur additional expense to appropriately utilize the data. If a substantial number of data providers were to withdraw or restrict their data, or if they fail to adhere to our quality control standards, and if we are unable to identify

 

34


Table of Contents

and contract with suitable alternative data suppliers and integrate these data sources into our service offerings, our ability to provide products and services to our partners would be materially adversely impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We also integrate into our proprietary applications and use third-party software to maintain and enhance, among other things, content generation and delivery, and to support our technology infrastructure. Some of this software is proprietary and some is open source software. Our use of third-party technologies exposes us to increased risks, including, but not limited to, risks associated with the integration of new technology into our solutions, the diversion of our resources from development of our own proprietary technology and our inability to generate revenue from licensed technology sufficient to offset associated acquisition and maintenance costs. These technologies may not be available to us in the future on commercially reasonable terms or at all and could be difficult to replace once integrated into our own proprietary applications. Most of these licenses can be renewed only by mutual consent and may be terminated if we breach the terms of the license and fail to cure the breach within a specified period of time. Our inability to obtain, maintain or comply with any of these licenses could delay development until equivalent technology can be identified, licensed and integrated, which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Most of our third-party licenses are non-exclusive and our competitors may obtain the right to use any of the technology covered by these licenses to compete directly with us. If our data suppliers choose to discontinue support of the licensed technology in the future, we might not be able to modify or adapt our own solutions.

If we cannot implement our solution for clients or resolve any technical issues in a timely manner, we may lose clients and our reputation may be harmed.

Our clients utilize a variety of data formats, applications and infrastructure and our solution must support our clients’ data formats. Furthermore, the healthcare industry has shifted towards digitalized record keeping, and accordingly, many of our provider clients have developed their own software, or utilize third-party software, for practice management and secure storage of electronic medical records. Our ability to develop and maintain logic-based and scalable technology for patient intake management and engagement and payment processing that successfully integrates with our clients’ software systems for practice management and storage of electronic medical records is critical. If our Platform does not currently support a client’s required data format or appropriately integrate with clients’ systems, then we must configure our Platform to do so, which increases our expenses.

Additionally, we do not control our clients’ implementation schedules. As a result, if our clients do not allocate the internal resources necessary to meet their implementation responsibilities or if we face unanticipated implementation difficulties, the implementation may be delayed. If the client implementation process is not executed successfully or if execution is delayed, we could incur significant costs, clients could become dissatisfied and decide not to increase utilization of our solution or not to implement our solution beyond an initial period prior to their term commitment or, in some cases, revenue recognition could be delayed. In addition, competitors with more efficient operating models with lower implementation costs could jeopardize our client relationships.

Our clients and patients depend on our support services to resolve any technical issues relating to our solution and services, and we may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in demand for support services, particularly as we increase the size of our client bases (including healthcare provider organizations and the number of patients that they serve). We also may be unable to modify the format of our support services to compete with changes in support services provided by competitors. It is difficult to predict client and patient demand for technical support services, and if client or patient demand increases significantly, we may be unable to provide satisfactory support services to our clients. Further, if we

 

35


Table of Contents

are unable to address the needs of our clients and their patients in a timely fashion or further develop and enhance our solution, or if a client or patient is not satisfied with the quality of work performed by us or with the technical support services rendered, then we could incur additional costs to address the situation or be required to issue credits or refunds for amounts related to unused services, and our profitability may be impaired and clients’ or patients’ dissatisfaction with our solution could damage our ability to expand the number of applications and services purchased by such clients. These clients may not renew their contracts, seek to terminate their relationship with us or renew on less favorable terms. Moreover, negative publicity related to our client and patient relationships, regardless of its accuracy, may further damage our business by affecting our reputation or ability to compete for new business with current and prospective clients. If any of these were to occur, our revenue may decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We rely on Internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, data center providers, other third parties and our own systems for providing services to our clients, and any failure or interruption in the services provided by these third parties or our own systems could expose us to litigation and negatively impact our relationships with clients, adversely affecting our brand and our business.

Our ability to deliver our products and services, particularly our cloud-based solutions, is dependent on the development and maintenance of the infrastructure of the Internet and other telecommunications services by third parties. This includes maintenance of a reliable network connection with the necessary speed, data capacity and security for providing reliable Internet access and services and reliable telephone and facsimile services. Our services are designed to operate without interruption in accordance with our service level commitments.

However, we have experienced limited interruptions in these systems in the past, including server failures that temporarily slow down the performance of our services, and we may experience more significant interruptions in the future. We rely on internal systems as well as third-party suppliers, including bandwidth and telecommunications equipment providers, to provide our services. We do not maintain redundant systems or facilities for some of these services. Interruptions in these systems, whether due to system failures, computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins or other catastrophic events, could affect the security or availability of our services and prevent or inhibit the ability of our partners to access our services. In the event of a catastrophic event with respect to one or more of these systems or facilities, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which could result in substantial costs to remedy those problems or negatively impact our relationship with our clients, our business, results of operations and financial condition. To operate without interruption, both we and our service providers must guard against:

 

 

damage from fire, power loss and other natural disasters;

 

telecommunications failures;

 

software and hardware errors, failures and crashes;

 

security breaches, computer viruses and similar disruptive problems; and

 

other potential interruptions.

Any disruption in the network access, telecommunications or co-location services provided by third-party providers or any failure of or by third-party providers’ systems or our own systems to handle current or higher volume of use could significantly harm our business. We exercise limited control over our third-party suppliers, which increases our vulnerability to problems with services they provide. We have experienced failures by third-party providers’ systems which resulted in a limited interruption of our system, although this failure did not result in any claims against us. Any errors, failures, interruptions or delays experienced in connection with these third-party technologies and information services or our own systems could negatively impact our relationships with clients and adversely affect our business and could expose us to third-party liabilities.

 

36


Table of Contents

Although we maintain insurance for our business, the coverage under our policies may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that we will continue to be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at an acceptable cost.

The reliability and performance of our Internet connection may be harmed by increased usage or by denial-of-service attacks. The Internet has experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damages to portions of its infrastructure, and it could face outages and delays in the future. These outages and delays could reduce the level of Internet usage as well as the availability of the Internet to us for delivery of our Internet-based services.

We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends, in part, on the skills, working relationships and continued services of our founders, Chaim Indig (Chief Executive Officer) and Evan Roberts (Chief Operating Officer), and senior management team and other key personnel. From time to time, there may be changes in our senior management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees would likely involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

In addition, competition for qualified management in our industry is intense. Many of the companies with which we compete for management personnel have greater financial and other resources than we do. While we have entered into offer letters or employment agreements with certain of our executive officers, all of our employees are “at-will” employees, and their employment can be terminated by us or them at any time, for any reason and without notice, subject, in certain cases, to severance payment rights. In order to retain valuable employees, in addition to salary and cash incentives, we provide stock options that vest over time or based on performance. The value to employees of stock options that vest over time or based on performance will be significantly affected by movements in our stock price that are beyond our control and may at any time be insufficient to counteract offers from other organizations. The departure of key personnel could adversely affect the conduct of our business. In such event, we would be required to hire other personnel to manage and operate our business, and there can be no assurance that we would be able to employ a suitable replacement for the departing individual, or that a replacement could be hired on terms that are favorable to us. In addition, volatility or lack of performance in our stock price may affect our ability to attract replacements should key personnel depart. If we are not able to retain any of our key management personnel, our business could be harmed.

We may make future acquisitions and investments which may be difficult to integrate, divert management resources, result in unanticipated costs or dilute our stockholders.

We have in the past acquired, and we may in the future acquire or invest in, businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our products and services, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. We cannot assure you that we will realize the anticipated benefits of these or any future acquisitions. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses related to identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated.

There are inherent risks in integrating and managing acquisitions. If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to assimilate or integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition, and our management may be distracted

 

37


Table of Contents

from operating our business. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including, without limitation:

 

 

difficulty integrating the purchased operations, products or technologies and maintaining the quality and security standards consistent with our brand;

 

 

the need to integrate or implement additional controls, procedures and policies;

 

 

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;

 

 

our inability to comply with the regulatory requirements applicable to the acquired business;

 

 

substantial unanticipated integration costs;

 

 

assimilation of the acquired businesses, which may divert significant management attention and financial resources from our other operations and could disrupt our ongoing business;

 

 

use of substantial portions of our available cash or the incurrence of debt to consummate the acquisition;

 

 

the loss of key employees, particularly those of the acquired operations;

 

 

difficulty retaining or developing the acquired business’ customers;

 

 

adverse effects on our existing business relationships;

 

 

failure to realize the potential cost savings or other financial benefits or the strategic benefits of the acquisitions, including failure to consummate any proposed or contemplated transaction; and

 

 

liabilities from the acquired businesses for infringement of intellectual property rights or other claims and failure to obtain indemnification for such liabilities or claims.

Acquisitions also increase the risk of unforeseen legal liability, including for potential violations of applicable law or industry rules and regulations, arising from prior or ongoing acts or omissions by the acquired businesses which are not discovered by due diligence during the acquisition process. Generally, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial condition may suffer. Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. Even if we are successful in completing and integrating an acquired business, the acquired businesses may not perform as we expect or enhance the value of our business as a whole.

We may become subject to litigation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may become subject to litigation in the future. Some of these claims may result in significant defense costs and potentially significant judgments against us, some of which we are not, or cannot be, insured against. We generally intend to defend ourselves vigorously; however, we cannot be certain of the ultimate outcomes of any claims that may arise in the future. Resolution of these types of matters against us may result in our having to pay significant fines, judgments or settlements, which, if uninsured, or if the fines, judgments and settlements exceed insured levels, could adversely impact our earnings and cash flows, thereby having a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock. Certain litigation or the resolution of certain litigation may affect the availability or cost of some of our insurance coverage, which could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows, expose us to increased risks that would be uninsured and adversely impact our ability to attract directors and officers.

 

38


Table of Contents

Our operating results have in the past and may continue to fluctuate significantly and if we fail to meet the expectations of analysts or investors, our stock price and the value of your investment could decline substantially.

Our operating results are likely to fluctuate, and if we fail to meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Moreover, our stock price may be based on expectations of our future performance that may be unrealistic or that may not be met. Some of the important factors that could cause our revenues and operating results to fluctuate from quarter to quarter include:

 

 

the extent to which our services achieve or maintain market acceptance;

 

 

our ability to introduce new services and enhancements to our existing services on a timely basis;

 

 

new competitors and the introduction of enhanced products and services from new or existing competitors;

 

 

the length of our contracting and implementation cycles;

 

 

the financial condition of our current and potential clients;

 

 

the ability of our Platform to integrate with the systems, including EHR and PM systems, utilized by our provider clients;

 

 

changes in client budgets and procurement policies;

 

 

amount and timing of our investment in research and development activities;

 

 

technical difficulties or interruptions in our services;

 

 

our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel, including the rate of expansion of our sales force;

 

 

changes in the regulatory environment related to healthcare;

 

 

regulatory compliance costs;

 

 

the timing, size and integration success of potential future acquisitions; and

 

 

unforeseen legal expenses, including litigation and settlement costs.

Many of these factors are not within our control, and the occurrence of one or more of them might cause our operating results to vary widely. As such, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our revenues and operating results may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

A significant portion of our operating expense is relatively fixed in nature and planned expenditures are based in part on expectations regarding future revenue. Accordingly, unexpected revenue shortfalls may decrease our margins and could cause significant changes in our operating results from quarter to quarter.

As a result of our variable sales and implementation cycles, we may be unable to recognize revenue to offset expenditures, which could result in fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations or otherwise harm our future operating results.

The sales cycle for our services can be variable, typically ranging from two to eight months from initial contact to contract execution. During the sales cycle, we expend time and resources, and we do not recognize any revenue to offset such expenditures. Our implementation cycle is also variable, typically ranging from one to 24 months from contract execution to completion of implementation. The variability of our sales and

 

39


Table of Contents

implementation cycles are dependent on numerous factors, including the size and complexity of the applicable customer. Some of our new-client set-up projects are complex and require a lengthy delay and significant implementation work, including to educate prospective clients about the uses and benefits of our Platform. Each customer’s situation is different, and unanticipated difficulties and delays may arise as a result of failure by us or by the client to meet our respective implementation responsibilities. During the implementation cycle, we expend substantial time, effort and financial resources implementing our service, but accounting principles do not allow us to recognize the resulting revenue until the service has been implemented, at which time we begin recognition of implementation revenue over the life of the contract. This could harm our future operating results.

After a client contract is signed, we provide an implementation process for the client during which appropriate connections and registrations are established and checked, data is loaded into our Platform system, data tables are set up and practice personnel are given initial training. The length and details of this implementation process vary widely from client to client. Typically, implementation of larger clients takes longer than implementation for smaller clients. Implementation for a given client may be cancelled. Despite the fact that we typically require a deposit in advance of implementation, some clients have cancelled before our service has been started. In addition, implementation may be delayed or the target dates for completion may be extended into the future for a variety of reasons, including to meet the needs and requirements of the customer, because of delays with payer processing and because of the volume and complexity of the implementations awaiting our work. If implementation periods are extended, our revenue cycle will be delayed and our financial condition may be adversely affected. In addition, cancellation of any implementation after it has begun may involve loss to us of time, effort and expenses invested in the cancelled implementation process and lost opportunity for implementing paying clients in that same period of time.

These factors may contribute to substantial fluctuations in our quarterly operating results, particularly in the near term and during any period in which our sales volume is relatively low. As a result, in future quarters our operating results could fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, in which event our stock price would likely decrease.

Certain of our operating results and financial metrics may be difficult to predict as a result of seasonality.

We believe there are significant seasonal factors that may cause us to record higher revenue in some quarters compared with others. We believe this variability is largely due to our focus on the healthcare industry. For example, with respect to our provider clients, we receive a disproportionate increase in revenue from such clients during the first two to three months of the calendar year relative to the other months of the year, which is driven, in part, by the resetting of patient deductibles at the beginning of each calendar year. Sales for our life sciences solutions are also seasonal, primarily due to the annual spending patterns of our clients. This portion of our sales is usually the highest in the fourth quarter of each calendar year. While we believe we have visibility into the seasonality of our business, our rapid growth rate over the last several years may have made seasonal fluctuations more difficult to detect. If our rate of growth slows over time, seasonal or cyclical variations in our operations may become more pronounced, and our business, results of operations and financial position may be adversely affected.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, which may result in material misstatements of our financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-

 

40


Table of Contents

Oxley Act, requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, beginning with our annual report for the year ending January 31, 2021, provide a management report on the internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to audit the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act.

Prior to this offering, we were a private company and have limited accounting and financial reporting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. In connection with the audit of our financial statements for fiscal 2019, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

We determined that we had a material weakness because we did not maintain a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate degree of knowledge, experience, and training, commensurate with our accounting and reporting requirements. As a result of the lack of personnel, we had inappropriate segregation of duties throughout several control processes, including the review and approval of manual journal entries. Accordingly, internal controls over our financial statement close process were not designed appropriately to detect a material error in the financial statements in a timely manner. As a result, there were a number of post-close adjustments that were material to the financial statements. This material weakness could result in a misstatement of account balances or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

To address this material weakness, we plan to hire additional accounting personnel and implement process level and management review controls. While we intend to implement a plan to remediate this material weakness, we cannot predict the success of such plan or the outcome of our assessment of these plans at this time. If our steps are insufficient to successfully remediate the material weakness and otherwise establish and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, the reliability of our financial reporting, investor confidence in us and the value of our common stock could be materially and adversely affected. We can give no assurance that this implementation will remediate this deficiency in internal control or that additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting will not be identified in the future. Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in errors in our financial statements that could result in a restatement of our financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable and timely financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to reasonably detect and prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. For as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.

 

41


Table of Contents

We may be subject to additional tax liabilities in connection with our operations or due to future legislation, each of which could materially impact our financial position and results of operation.

We are subject to federal and state income, sales, use, value added and other taxes in the United States and other countries in which we conduct business, and such laws and rates vary by jurisdiction. We do not collect sales and use, value added and similar taxes in all jurisdictions in which we have sales, based on our belief that such taxes are not applicable. Certain jurisdictions in which we do not collect sales, use, value added or other taxes on our sales may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and interest, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future.

Although we believe our tax practices and provisions are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits and any related litigation could be materially different from our historical tax practices, provisions and accruals. If we receive an adverse ruling as a result of an audit, or we unilaterally determine that we have misinterpreted provisions of the tax regulations to which we are subject, there could be a material effect on our tax provision, net income or cash flows in the period or periods for which that determination is made, which could materially impact our financial results. Further, any changes in the taxation of our activities, including certain proposed changes in U.S. tax laws, may increase our effective tax rate and adversely affect our financial position and results of operations. In addition, liabilities associated with taxes are often subject to an extended or indefinite statute of limitations period. Therefore, we may be subject to additional tax liability (including penalties and interest) for a particular year for extended periods of time.

Interruption or failure of our information technology and communications systems could impair our ability to effectively deliver our products and services, which could cause us to lose clients and harm our operating results.

Our business depends on the continuing operation of our technology infrastructure and systems. Proprietary software development is time-consuming, expensive and complex, and may involve unforeseen difficulties. We may encounter technical obstacles in enhancing our existing software and developing new software, and it is possible that we may discover additional problems that prevent our proprietary applications from operating properly. In addition, any damage to or failure of our existing systems could result in interruptions in our ability to deliver our products and services. Interruptions in our service could reduce our revenue and profits, and our reputation could be damaged if people believe our systems are unreliable.

Our systems and operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, terrorist attacks, floods, fires, power loss, break-ins, hardware or software failures, telecommunications failures, computer viruses or other attempts to harm our systems and similar events. Any unscheduled interruption in our service would result in an immediate loss of revenue. Frequent or persistent system failures that result in the unavailability of our Platform or slower response times could reduce our clients’ ability to access our Platform, impair our delivery of our products and services and harm the perception of our Platform as reliable, trustworthy and consistent. Our insurance policies provide only limited coverage for service interruptions and may not adequately compensate us for any losses that may occur due to any failures or interruptions in our systems.

Natural or man-made disasters and other similar events may significantly disrupt our business and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our offices may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes, power outages, fires, floods, nuclear disasters and acts of terrorism or other criminal activities, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to operate our business for some period of time. For example, our headquarters is located in the greater New York City area, a region with a history of terrorist attacks and hurricanes. Any disruptions in our operations related to the repair or replacement of our offices, could

 

42


Table of Contents

negatively impact our business and results of operations and harm our reputation. Insurance may not be sufficient to compensate for losses that may occur. Any such losses or damages could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our clients’ facilities may be harmed or rendered inoperable by such natural or man-made disasters, which may cause disruptions, difficulties or material adverse effects on our business.

If our services fail to provide accurate and timely information, or if our content or any other element of our service is associated with errors or malfunctions, we could have liability to clients, providers or patients which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our software, content and services are used to assist medical groups, health systems and payers with managing the patient intake process and to empower patients and healthcare organizations as they navigate the challenges of an evolving healthcare system. If our software, content or services fail to provide accurate and timely information or are associated with errors or malfunctions, then clients, providers or patients could assert claims against us that could result in substantial costs to us, harm our reputation in the industry and cause demand for our services to decline.

Our proprietary service is utilized in patient intake and engagement and to help healthcare providers better understand patients through medical histories, insurance benefits and socio-economic indicators. If our service fails to provide accurate and timely information, or if our content or any other element of our service is associated with errors or malfunctions, we could have liability to clients, providers or patients.

The assertion of such claims and ensuing litigation, regardless of its outcome could result in substantial cost to us, divert management’s attention from operations, damage our reputation and decrease market acceptance of our services. We attempt to limit by contract our liability for damages and to require that our clients assume responsibility for medical care and approve key system rules, protocols and data. Despite these precautions, the allocations of responsibility and limitations of liability set forth in our contracts may not be enforceable, may not be binding upon patients or may not otherwise protect us from liability for damages.

We maintain general liability and insurance coverage, but this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms or may not be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims against us. In addition, the insurer might disclaim coverage as to any future claim. One or more large claims could exceed our available insurance coverage.

Our proprietary software may contain errors or failures that are not detected until after the software is introduced or updates and new versions are released. It is challenging for us to test our software for all potential problems because it is difficult to simulate the wide variety of computing environments or methodologies that our clients may deploy or rely upon. From time to time we have discovered defects or errors in our software, and such defects or errors can be expected to appear in the future. Defects and errors that are not timely detected and remedied could expose us to risk of liability to clients, providers and patients and cause delays in introduction of new services, result in increased costs and diversion of development resources, require design modifications or decrease market acceptance or client satisfaction with our services. If any of these risks occur, they could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our marketing efforts depend significantly on our ability to receive positive references from our existing clients.

Our marketing efforts depend significantly on our ability to call upon our current clients to provide positive references to new potential clients. Given our limited number of long-term clients, the loss or dissatisfaction of any client could substantially harm our brand and reputation, inhibit widespread adoption of our solution and

 

43


Table of Contents

impair our ability to attract new clients and maintain existing clients. Any of these consequences could lower our revenues and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our payments platform is a core element of our business. If our payments platform is limited, restricted, curtailed or degraded in any way, or if we fail to continue to grow and develop our payments platform, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

Our payments platform is a core element of our business. For fiscal 2019, our payments platform generated 37% of our total revenue. Our future success depends in large part on the continued growth and development of our payment processing platform. If such activities are limited, restricted, curtailed or degraded in any way, or if we fail to continue to grow and develop or payments platform, our business may be materially and adversely affected. The utilization of our payment processing tools may be impacted by factors outside of our control, such as disruptions in the payment processing industry generally. If the number of patients utilizing our payments platform, or the aggregate amounts paid by such patients directly to their healthcare providers through our payments platform, were to be reduced as a result of disruptions in the payment processing industry, it could result in a decrease to our revenue, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The continued growth and development of our payment processing activities will also depend on our ability to anticipate and adapt to changes in client behavior. For example, client behavior may change regarding the use of credit card transactions, including the relative increased use of cash, crypto-currencies, other emerging or alternative payment methods and credit card systems that we or our processing partners do not adequately support or that do not provide adequate commissions to independent sales organizations such as us. Any failure to timely integrate emerging payment methods (e.g. ApplePay or Bitcoin) into our software, anticipate client behavior changes, or contract with processing partners that support such emerging payment technologies could cause us to lose traction among our subscribers, resulting in a corresponding loss of revenue, in the event such methods become popular among their consumers.

Increases in card network fees and other changes to fee arrangements may result in the loss of clients who use our payment processing services or a reduction in our earnings.

From time to time, card networks, including Visa, Mastercard, American Express and Discover, increase the fees that they charge acquirers, which would be passed down to processors, payment facilitators and merchants. We could attempt to pass these increases along to our clients, but this strategy might result in the loss of clients to competitors who do not pass along the increases. If competitive practices prevent us from passing along the higher fees to our clients in the future, we may have to absorb all or a portion of such increases, which may increase our operating costs and reduce our earnings.

If we fail to comply with the applicable requirements of card networks, they could seek to fine us, suspend us or terminate our payment facilitator status. If our merchants or sales partners incur fines or penalties that we cannot collect from them, we may have to bear the cost of such fines or penalties.

We provide a payments solution for the secure processing of patient payments. Our payment processing tools can connect to multiple clearinghouses and can also connect directly with patients. We have developed partnerships with primary credit card processors in the United States to facilitate payment processing. For example, we are registered with Visa, Mastercard, American Express, Discover and other card networks as service providers for acquiring member institutions. These card networks set the operating rules and standards with which we must comply. The termination of our status as a certified service provider, a decision by the card networks to exclude payment facilitators or bar us from serving as such, or any changes in network rules or standards, including interpretation and implementation of the operating rules or standards, that increase the

 

44


Table of Contents

cost of doing business or limit our ability to provide transaction processing services to our merchants or partners, could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

As such, we and our merchants are subject to card network rules that could subject us or our merchants to a variety of fines or penalties that may be levied by card networks for certain acts or omissions by us. The rules of card networks are set by their boards, which may be influenced by card issuers. Many banks directly or indirectly sell processing services to merchants in direct competition with us. These banks could attempt, by virtue of their influence on the networks, to alter the networks’ rules or policies to the detriment of non-members including our businesses. If a merchant or sales partner fails to comply with the applicable requirements of card networks, it could be subject to a variety of fines or penalties that may be levied by card networks. If we cannot collect processing fees from the applicable merchant, we may have to bear the cost of such fines or penalties, resulting in lower earnings for us. The termination of our registration, including a card network barring us from acting as a payment facilitator, or any changes in card network rules that would impair our registration, could require us to stop providing payment processing services relating to the affected card network, which would adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

Our business and growth strategy depend on our ability to maintain and expand a network of provider clients. If we are unable to do so, our future growth would be limited and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

Our success is dependent upon our continued ability to maintain a network of qualified provider clients. If we are unable to recruit and retain healthcare groups and other healthcare professionals, it would have a material adverse effect on our business and ability to grow and would adversely affect our results of operations. In any particular market, healthcare groups and professionals could demand higher payments or take other actions that could result in higher medical costs, less attractive service for our clients and the patients that they serve or difficulty meeting regulatory or accreditation requirements. Our ability to develop and maintain satisfactory relationships with qualified healthcare groups and professionals also may be negatively impacted by other factors not associated with us, such as changes in Medicare and/or Medicaid reimbursement levels and other pressures on healthcare providers and consolidation activity among hospitals, physician groups and healthcare providers. The failure to maintain or to secure new cost-effective client contracts may result in a loss of or inability to grow our client base, higher costs, healthcare provider network disruptions, less attractive service for our clients and/or difficulty in meeting regulatory or accreditation requirements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be liable for use of incorrect or incomplete data we provide which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We store and display data for use by healthcare providers in handling patient intake and engagement, including data regarding personal health information of patients. Our clients, their patients, or third parties provide us with most of this data. If this data is incorrect or incomplete or if we make mistakes in the capture or input of this data, adverse consequences may occur and give rise to product liability and other claims against us. In addition, a court or government agency may take the position that our storage and display of health information exposes us to liability for wrongful delivery or handling of healthcare services or erroneous health information. While we maintain insurance coverage, we cannot be certain that this coverage will prove to be adequate or will continue to be available on acceptable terms, if at all. Even unsuccessful claims could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or under-insured could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

45


Table of Contents

Our services present the potential for embezzlement, identity theft or other similar illegal behavior by our employees or subcontractors with respect to third parties.

Among other things, our services involve handling payments from patients for many of our clients, and this frequently includes original checks and/or credit card information. Even in those cases in which we do not handle payments, our services also involve the use and disclosure of personal and business information that could be used to impersonate third parties or otherwise gain access to their data or funds. If any of our employees or subcontractors takes, converts or misuses such funds, documents or data, we could be liable for damages, and our business reputation could be damaged or destroyed.

If we cannot maintain our corporate culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, teamwork, passion and focus on execution that we believe contribute to our success, and our business may be harmed.

We believe that a critical component to our success has been our corporate culture. We have invested substantial time and resources in building our team. As we continue to grow, we may find it difficult to maintain these important aspects of our corporate culture. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our future success, including our ability to retain and recruit personnel and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives.

Any failure to offer high-quality client support services could adversely affect our relationships with our clients and strategic partners and our operating results.

Our clients and patients depend on our support and client education organizations to educate them about, and resolve technical issues relating to, our products and services. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in client demand for education and support services. Increased client demand for these services, without a corresponding increase in revenue, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, our sales process is highly dependent on the reputation of our products and services and business and on positive recommendations from our existing clients. Any failure to maintain high-quality education and technical support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality education support, could adversely affect our reputation, our ability to sell our products and services to existing and prospective clients and our business and operating results.

Our ability to limit our liabilities by contract or through insurance may be ineffective or insufficient to cover our future liabilities.

We attempt to limit, by contract, our liability for damages arising from our negligence, errors, mistakes or security breaches. Contractual limitations on liability, however, may not be enforceable or may otherwise not provide sufficient protection to us from liability for damages and we are not always able to negotiate meaningful limitations. We maintain liability insurance coverage, including coverage for cyber security and errors and omissions. It is possible, however, that claims could exceed the amount of our applicable insurance coverage, if any, or that this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms or in sufficient amounts. Even if these claims do not result in liability to us, investigating and defending against them could be expensive and time-consuming and could divert management’s attention away from our operations. In addition, negative publicity caused by these events may delay market acceptance of our products and services, any of which could materially and adversely affect our reputation and our business.

Changes in laws and regulations relating to interchange fees on payment card transactions would adversely affect our revenue and results of operations.

A provision of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank Act, known as the Durbin Amendment empowered the Federal Reserve Board, or FRB, to establish and regulate a cap on the

 

46


Table of Contents

interchange fees that merchants pay banks for electronic clearing of debit card transactions. The FRB issued a rule, effective October 1, 2011, implementing the Durbin Amendment. The final rule established standards for assessing whether debit card interchange fees received by debit card issuers were reasonable and proportional to the costs incurred by issuers for electronic debit transactions, and it established a maximum permissible interchange fee that an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction, limiting the fee revenue to debit card issuers and payment processors. HSA-linked payment cards are currently exempt from the rule, assuming the card is the only means of access to the underlying funds (except when all remaining funds are provided to the cardholder in a single transaction). The FRB is empowered to issue amendments to the rule, or a state or federal legislative body could enact new legislation, which could change the scope of the current rule and the basis upon which interchange rate caps are calculated. To the extent that HSA-linked payment cards and other exempt payment cards used on our Platform (or their issuing banks) lose their exempt status under the current rules or if the current interchange rate caps applicable to other payment cards used on our Platform are reduced, any such amendment, rulemaking, or legislation could impact interchange rates applicable to payment card transactions processed through our Platform. As a result, this could decrease our revenue and profit and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of January 31, 2019, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $100 million due to prior period losses, which, subject to the following discussion, are generally available to be carried forward to offset a portion of our future taxable income, if any, until such NOLs are used or expire. In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-ownership change NOLs to offset future taxable income. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. Our existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering, our ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited by Section 382 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. In addition, under the Tax Act, the amount of post 2017 NOLs that we are permitted to deduct in any taxable year is limited to 80% of our taxable income in such year, where taxable income is determined without regard to the NOL deduction itself. The Tax Act generally eliminates the ability to carry back any NOL to prior taxable years, while allowing post 2017 unused NOLs to be carried forward indefinitely without expiration. For these reasons, we may not be able to realize a tax benefit from the use of our NOLs.

We recently changed from a December 31 fiscal year-end to a January 31 fiscal year-end. This change will make period-over-period comparisons more difficult in the short-term.

We recently changed our fiscal year-end from December 31 to January 31. Prior to 2019, we reported on a calendar-year basis with a year-end of December 31. We changed our fiscal year-end, effective January 31, 2019, to better align our fiscal calendar with the seasonal nature of our business. There are significant seasonal factors that may cause us to record higher revenue in some quarters compared with others. This change to our fiscal year-end may render period-over-period comparisons of our financial results less meaningful during this initial transition period.

The process of implementing a fiscal calendar transition has required and will continue to require us to adjust the processes, data and systems that our management and personnel rely upon to conduct our business operations and provide products and services to our clients. This change to our fiscal year-end, and any errors in our implementation of this change, could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

 

47


Table of Contents

Economic uncertainties or downturns in the general economy or the industries in which our clients operate could disproportionately affect the demand for our solution and negatively impact our results of operations.

Market volatility and economic uncertainty remain widespread, making it potentially very difficult for our clients and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities. During challenging economic times, our clients and patients may have difficulty gaining timely access to sufficient credit or obtaining credit on reasonable terms, which could impair their ability to make timely payments to us and adversely affect our revenue. If that were to occur, our financial results could be harmed. Further, challenging economic conditions may impair the ability of our clients to pay for the applications and services they already have purchased from us and, as a result, our write-offs of accounts receivable could increase. Patients utilizing our payment processing tools may also fail to make such payments on a timely basis or at all. We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or recovery. If the condition of the general economy or markets in which we operate worsens, our business could be harmed.

If we or our clients fail to comply with federal and state laws governing submission of false or fraudulent claims to government healthcare programs and financial relationships among healthcare providers, we or our clients may be subject to civil and criminal penalties or loss of eligibility to participate in government healthcare programs.

As a participant in the healthcare industry, our operations and relationships, and those of our clients, are regulated by a number of federal, state and local governmental entities. The impact of these regulations can adversely affect us even though we may not be directly regulated by specific healthcare laws and regulations. We must ensure that our products and services can be used by our clients in a manner that complies with those laws and regulations. Inability of our clients to do so could affect the marketability of our products and services or our compliance with our client contracts, or even expose us to direct liability under the theory that we had assisted our clients in a violation of healthcare laws or regulations.

A number of federal and state laws, including anti-kickback restrictions and laws prohibiting the submission of false or fraudulent claims, apply to healthcare providers and others that make, offer, seek or receive referrals or payments for products or services that may be paid for through any federal or state healthcare program and, in some instances, any private program. For example, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits any person or entity from offering, paying, soliciting or receiving anything of value, directly or indirectly, covertly or overtly, in cash or in kind, for the referral of patients covered by Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs or the leasing, purchasing, ordering or arranging for or recommending the lease, purchase or order of any item, good, facility or service covered by these programs. On January 31, 2019, the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, and HHS Office of Inspector General, or OIG, proposed an amendment to one of the existing Anti-Kickback safe harbors (42 C.F.R. 1001.952(h)) which would prohibit certain pharmaceutical manufacturers from offering rebates to pharmacy benefit managers, or PBMs, in the Medicare Part D and Medicaid managed care programs. The proposed amendment would remove protection for “discounts” from Anti-Kickback enforcement action, and would include criminal and civil penalties for knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting, or receiving remuneration to induce or reward the referral of business reimbursable under federal health care programs. At the same time, HHS also proposed to create a new safe harbor to protect point-of-sale discounts that drug manufacturers provide directly to patients, and adds another safe harbor to protect certain administrative fees paid by manufacturers to PBMs. If this proposal is adopted, in whole or in part, it is unclear what effect it would have on our ability to provide certain services to our customers, particularly through Phreesia Connect, what effect it could have on our customers’ businesses, and how this may affect our revenues and business model. On May 10, 2019, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services announced a new pricing transparency rule, which goes into effect on July 9, 2019. This final rule requires direct-to-consumer television advertisements for prescription drugs and biological products for which reimbursement is available, directly or indirectly, through or under Medicare or Medicaid to include the list

 

48


Table of Contents

price of that product, except for a prescription drug or biological product that has a list price of less than $35 per month for a 30-day supply or typical course of treatment. The pricing transparency rule could have a negative effect on our business, particularly our Phreesia Connect services.

HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, also impose criminal and civil liability for knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program (including private payors) or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private) and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services. Many states also have similar anti-kickback laws that are not necessarily limited to items or services for which payment is made by a federal healthcare program. Moreover, both federal and state laws forbid bribery and similar behavior. These laws are complex and their application to our specific services and relationships may not be clear and may be applied to our business in ways that we do not anticipate. Determination by a court or regulatory agency that our services violate these laws could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, could invalidate all or portions of some of our client contracts, could require us to change or terminate some portions of our business, could require us to refund portions of our services fees, could cause us to be disqualified from serving clients doing business with government payers and could have an adverse effect on our business. Even an unsuccessful challenge by regulatory authorities of our activities could result in adverse publicity and could require a costly response from us.

There are federal and state laws that forbid the offering or giving of remuneration, which includes, without limitation, any transfer of items or services for free or for less than fair market value (with limited exceptions), in exchange for patient referrals, patient brokering, remuneration of patients or billing based on referrals between individuals and/or entities that have various financial, ownership or other business relationships. In many cases, billing for care arising from such actions is illegal. These limitations can vary widely from state to state, and application of these state laws, the federal anti-inducement law, and the federal prohibition on physician self-referral, known as the Stark Law, is very complex. Any determination by a state or federal regulatory agency that any of our clients violate or have violated any of these laws may result in allegations that claims that we have processed or forwarded are improper. This could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, could require us to change or terminate some portions of our business, could require us to refund portions of our services fees and could have an adverse effect on our business. Even an unsuccessful challenge by regulatory authorities of our activities could result in adverse publicity and could require a costly response from us.

Federal and state regulatory and law enforcement authorities have recently increased enforcement activities with respect to Medicare and Medicaid fraud and abuse regulations and other healthcare reimbursement laws and rules. From time to time, participants in the healthcare industry receive inquiries or subpoenas to produce documents in connection with government investigations. We could be required to expend significant time and resources to comply with these requests, and the attention of our management team could be diverted by these efforts. The occurrence of any of these events could give our clients the right to terminate our contracts with us and result in significant harm to our business and financial condition.

These laws and regulations may change rapidly, and it is frequently unclear how they apply to our business. Any failure of our products or services to comply with these laws and regulations could result in substantial civil or criminal liability and could, among other things, adversely affect demand for our services, force us to expend significant capital, research and development and other resources to address the failure, invalidate all or portions of some of our contracts with our clients, require us to change or terminate some portions of our business, require us to refund portions of our revenue, cause us to be disqualified from serving clients doing

 

49


Table of Contents

business with government payers, and give our clients the right to terminate our contracts with them, any one of which could have an adverse effect on our business.

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration may in the future determine that our technology solutions are subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and we may face additional costs and risks as a result.

The FDA may promulgate a policy or regulation that affects our products and services. For example, the FDA in future rule-making may consider our technology solution as a medical device. Medical devices are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA. Under the FDCA, medical devices include any instrument, apparatus, machine, contrivance or other similar or related articles that is intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment or prevention of disease. FDA regulations govern among other things, product development, testing, manufacture, packaging, labeling, storage, clearance or approval, advertising and promotion, sales and distribution and import and export.

Non-compliance with applicable FDA requirements can result in, among other things, public warning letters, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, failure of the FDA to grant marketing approvals, withdrawal of marketing approvals, a recommendation by the FDA to disallow us from entering into government contracts and criminal prosecutions. The FDA also has the authority to request repair, replace or refund of the cost of any device.

Potential additional regulation of the disclosure of health information outside the United States may adversely affect our operations and may increase our costs.

Federal or state governmental authorities may impose additional data security standards or additional privacy or other restrictions on the collection, use, transmission and other disclosures of health information. In the future, industry requirements or guidance (e.g., payor requirements), contractual obligations, and/or legislation at both the federal and the state level may limit, forbid or regulate the use or transmission of health information outside of the United States. These developments, if adopted, may render our use of our office in Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, for work related to such data impracticable or substantially more expensive. Alternative means of supporting our clients with the use of such information within the United States may involve substantial delay in implementation and increased cost.

Individuals may claim our text messaging services are not compliant with the Telephone Consumer Protection Act.

The Telephone Consumer Protection Act, or TCPA, is a federal statute that protects consumers from unwanted telephone calls and faxes. Since its inception, the TCPA’s purview has extended to text messages sent to consumers. We must ensure that our services that leverage text messaging comply with TCPA regulations and agency guidance. While we strive to adhere to strict policies and procedures, the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, as the agency that implements and enforces the TCPA, may disagree with our interpretation of the TCPA and subject us to penalties and other consequences for noncompliance. Determination by a court or regulatory agency that our services violate the TCPA could subject us to civil penalties, could invalidate all or portions of some of our client contracts, could require us to change or terminate some portions of our business, could require us to refund portions of our services fees, and could have an adverse effect on our business. Even an unsuccessful challenge by consumers or regulatory authorities of our activities could result in adverse publicity and could require a costly response from us.

 

50


Table of Contents

Our risk management policies and procedures may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk.

We operate in a rapidly changing industry. Accordingly, our risk management policies and procedures may not be fully effective to identify, monitor and manage all risks our business encounters. If our policies and procedures are not fully effective or we are not successful in identifying and mitigating all risks to which we are or may be exposed, we may suffer uninsured liability, harm to our reputation or be subject to litigation or regulatory actions that could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our office in Ottawa, Canada is subject to the laws and regulations of the government of Canada and its subdivisions.

Our office in Ottawa, Ontario, Canada is subject to additional laws and regulations by the government of Canada, as well as its provinces. These include Canadian federal and local corporation requirements, restrictions on exchange of funds, employment-related laws and qualification for tax status. If we fail to comply with Canadian laws and regulations, or if the government of Canada or its provinces determines that our corporate actions do not comply with applicable Canadian law, we could face sanctions or fines, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Changes in accounting rules, assumptions and/or judgments could materially and adversely affect us.

Accounting rules and interpretations for certain aspects of our operations are highly complex and involve significant assumptions and judgment. These complexities could lead to a delay in the preparation and dissemination of our financial statements. Furthermore, changes in accounting rules and interpretations or in our accounting assumptions and/or judgments could significantly impact our financial statements. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in restating prior period financial statements. Any of these circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks relating to our indebtedness

In order to support the growth of our business, we may need to incur additional indebtedness under our current credit facilities or seek capital through new equity or debt financings, which sources of additional capital may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception and we intend to continue to make significant investments to support our business growth, respond to business challenges or opportunities, develop new applications and services, enhance our existing solution and services, enhance our operating infrastructure and potentially acquire complementary businesses and technologies. For fiscal 2019, our net cash used in operating activities was $2.1 million. For the three months ended April 30, 2019, our net cash provided by operating activities was $2.0 million. As of April 30, 2019, we had $5.9 million of cash and cash equivalents, which are held for working capital purposes. As of April 30, 2019, we had borrowings of $35.2 million under our credit facility and the ability to borrow up to an additional $19.8 million. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay some or all of our secured term loan or our revolving line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank. Borrowings under our credit facility are secured by substantially all of our properties, rights and assets, excluding intellectual property.

Our future capital requirements may be significantly different from our current estimates and will depend on many factors, including the need to:

 

 

finance unanticipated working capital requirements;

 

develop or enhance our technological infrastructure and our existing products and services;

 

fund strategic relationships, including joint ventures and co-investments;

 

51


Table of Contents
 

fund additional implementation engagements;

 

respond to competitive pressures; and

 

acquire complementary businesses, technologies, products or services.

Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings or collaborative arrangements to secure additional funds. Additional financing may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve additional restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, during times of economic instability, it has been difficult for many companies to obtain financing in the public markets or to obtain debt financing, and we may not be able to obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our credit facility may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

The credit agreement governing our credit facility contains certain customary restrictive covenants that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness and liens, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, engage in new lines of business, make certain investments, pay dividends, create subsidiaries, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, and transfer or dispose of assets as well as financial covenants requiring us to maintain a specified level of recurring revenue growth, a specified maximum funded debt to recurring revenue ratio and a specified amount of minimum liquidity.

Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to meet those covenants. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the loan agreement, which could cause all of the outstanding indebtedness under our credit facility to become immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. These covenants could also limit our ability to seek capital through the incurrence of new indebtedness or, if we are unable to meet our obligations, require us to repay any outstanding amounts with sources of capital we may otherwise use to fund our business, operations and strategy.

Despite our substantial indebtedness, we may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the agreement governing our credit facility contains restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and the indebtedness we can incur in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we incur additional debt, the risks associated with our substantial leverage would increase.

Risks relating to this offering and ownership of our common stock

There may not be an active, liquid trading market for our common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market or how liquid that market may become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any

 

52


Table of Contents

shares of our common stock that you purchase, or the price at which you may be able to sell such shares may decline. The initial public offering price of shares of our common stock has been determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail following the completion of this offering. The market price of shares of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

We expect that our stock price will fluctuate significantly, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile and subject to wide price fluctuations in response to various factors, including:

 

 

market conditions in the broader stock market in general, or in our industry in particular;

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial reports and results of operations;

 

our ability to satisfy our ongoing capital needs and unanticipated cash requirements;

 

indebtedness incurred in the future;

 

introduction of new products and services by us or our competitors;

 

issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

sales of large blocks of our common stock;

 

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

regulatory developments;

 

litigation and governmental investigations; and

 

economic and political conditions or events.

These and other factors may cause the market price and demand for our common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business.

The trading market for our common stock will also be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. As a new public company, we do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrades our common stock or provides more favorable recommendations about our competitors, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

If a substantial number of shares become available for sale and are sold in a short period of time, the market price of our common stock could decline.

If our existing stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. The perception in the public market that our existing stockholders might sell shares of common stock could also depress our market price. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have shares of common stock outstanding. In addition, options that are held by our employees are currently exercisable or will be exercisable in 2019. Our executive officers

 

53


Table of Contents

and directors will be subject to the lock-up agreements described under “Underwriting” and the Rule 144 holding period requirements described under “Shares eligible for future sale.” After these lock-up periods have expired, the holding periods have elapsed and, in the case of restricted stock, the shares have vested, additional shares will be eligible for sale in the public market. The market price of shares of our common stock may drop significantly when the restrictions on resale by our existing stockholders lapse. A decline in the price of shares of our common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities.

Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of approximately              shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to specified conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders.

We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus.

Anti-takeover provisions under our incorporation documents and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change of control which could limit the market price of our common stock and may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are to become effective at or prior to the closing of this offering, contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable. Some of these provisions include:

 

 

a board of directors divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, such that not all members of the board will be elected at one time;

 

 

a prohibition on stockholder action through written consent, which requires that all stockholder actions be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

 

a requirement that special meetings of stockholders be called only by the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office;

 

 

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations for election to our board of directors;

 

 

a requirement that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than 75% of all outstanding shares of our voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors;

 

 

a requirement of approval of not less than 75% of all outstanding shares of our voting stock to amend any bylaws by stockholder action or to amend specific provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

 

the authority of the board of directors to issue preferred stock on terms determined by the board of directors without stockholder approval and which preferred stock may include rights superior to the rights of the holders of common stock.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions in our

 

54


Table of Contents

amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors and could also delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing or cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our amended and restated bylaws will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or the Chancery Court, as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Chancery Court will be the sole and exclusive forum for state law claims for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This exclusive forum provision will not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision in our amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not currently intend to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in its value. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. To the extent shares subsequently are issued under outstanding options or warrants, you will incur further dilution. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $                per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share, after giving effect to this offering, and the assumed initial public offering price.

 

55


Table of Contents

We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the year in which we complete this offering, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion; or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which requires the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates to exceed $700 million as of the prior July 31 st ; and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected not to “opt out” of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we will adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard and will do so until such time that we either (i) irrevocably elect to “opt out” of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. This may make comparison of our financial statements with the financial statements of another public company that is not an emerging growth company, or an emerging growth company that has opted out of using the extended transition period, difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds we will receive from this offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including for any of the purposes described in “Use of proceeds.” Accordingly, you will have to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of the proceeds, with only limited information concerning management’s specific intentions. Our management may spend a portion or all of the net proceeds from this offering in ways that our stockholders may not desire or that may not yield a favorable return. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

In making your investment decision, you should understand that we and the underwriters have not authorized any other party to provide you with information concerning us or this offering.

You should carefully evaluate all of the information in this prospectus. We have in the past received, and may continue to receive, some media coverage, including coverage that is not directly attributable to statements made by our officers or employees, that incorrectly reports on statements made by our officers or employees or that is misleading as a result of omitting information provided by us, our officers or employees. We and the underwriters have not authorized any other party to provide you with information concerning us or this offering.

 

56


Table of Contents

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which will require, among other things, that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC and The New York Stock Exchange to implement provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas, such as “say on pay” and proxy access. Recent legislation permits emerging growth companies to implement many of these requirements over a longer period and up to five years from the pricing of this offering. We intend to take advantage of this new legislation but cannot guarantee that we will not be required to implement these requirements sooner than budgeted or planned and thereby incur unexpected expenses. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.

We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

 

57


Table of Contents

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to management. Some of the statements in the section captioned “Prospectus summary,” “Risk factors,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus contain forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: “may,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “continue,” “ongoing” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words.

These statements involve risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our projections of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

 

net losses experienced in the past and our ability to achieve profitability in the future;

 

 

the rapidly evolving industry and the market for technology-enabled services in healthcare in the United States being relatively immature and unproven;

 

 

our reliance on a limited number of clients for a substantial portion of our revenue;

 

 

our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

 

potentially competing with our customers or partners;

 

 

our existing clients not renewing their existing contracts with us, renewing at lower fee levels or declining to purchase additional applications from us;

 

 

failure to adequately expand our direct sales force impeding our growth;

 

 

our ability to recover the significant upfront costs in our customer relationships;

 

 

our ability to determine the size of our target market;

 

 

contractual terms, changes in law or regulation, or liability or expense arising from our collection, use, disclosure, or storage of sensitive data collected from or about patients, including risks of theft or leakage of patient data;

 

 

our ability to maintain and enhance our reputation and brand recognition;

 

 

consolidation in the healthcare industry resulting in loss of clients;

 

 

the competition which could limit our ability to maintain or expand market share within our industry, including competition from our existing customers;

 

 

the uncertainty of the regulatory and political framework;

 

 

our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection for our technology and products;

 

 

our use of open source software leading to possible litigation;

 

58


Table of Contents
 

our inability to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets impacting the value of our technology;

 

 

our reliance on third-party vendors and partners to execute our business strategy;

 

 

our dependency on a limited number of third-party suppliers and contract manufacturers to support our products;

 

 

our inability to implement our solutions for clients resulting in loss of clients and reputation;

 

 

our reliance on Internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, data center providers, other third parties and our own systems for providing services to our users;

 

 

our dependency on our key personnel, and our ability to attract, hire, integrate and retain key personnel;

 

 

the risks related to future acquisition and investment opportunities;

 

 

the possibility that we may become subject to future litigation;

 

 

our future indebtedness;

 

 

our expectations regarding trends in our key metrics and revenue from subscription fees from our provider clients, payment processing fees and fees charged to our life science clients by delivering targeted messages to patients; and

 

 

the effectiveness of our risk management policies.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

In addition, you should refer to the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of these and other important factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if the forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we have no current intention of doing so except to the extent required by applicable law. You should, therefore, not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this prospectus.

 

59


Table of Contents

Market and industry data

This prospectus contains statistical data, estimates and forecasts from various sources, including independent industry publications and other information from our internal sources. This information is based upon a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the sections titled “Risk factors” and “Special note regarding forward-looking statements,” that could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

The sources of certain statistical data, estimates and forecasts contained in this prospectus are the following independent industry publications or reports:

 

 

American Hospital Association, Regulatory Overload: Assessing the Regulatory Burden on Health Systems, Hospitals and Post-acute Care Providers , October 2017;

 

 

Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Service, National Health Expenditure Projections 2018-2027, 2019;

 

 

Health Care Payment Learning & Action Network, APM Measurement: Progress of Alternative Payment Models Methodology and Results Report , 2018;

 

 

Journal of Academy of Medicine, Eliminating Waste in US Health Care, April 2012;

 

 

Kaiser Family Foundation, 2018 Employer Health Benefits Survey, October 2018;

 

 

KLAS, Best in KLAS: Software & Services, January 2019;

 

 

KLAS, Patient Intake Management 2018: Solutions for a More Efficient Practice, June 2018;

 

 

National Academy of Medicine, Vital Directors for Health & Healthcare, 2017;

 

 

National Center for Health Statistics, High-deductible Health Plan Enrollment Among Adults Aged 18-64 With Employment-based Insurance Coverage, August 2018;

 

 

Software Advice, How Patients Use Online Reviews, February 2019; and

 

 

The Journal of the American Medical Association, Medical Marketing in the United States 1997-2016 , January 2019.

Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but such information may not be accurate or complete. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied on therein.

Certain information included in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets we serve, including our market share, are also based on our good-faith estimates derived from management’s knowledge of the industry and other information currently available to us.

 

60


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $                , or approximately $                 if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $                , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $                , assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial public offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders.

We intend to use approximately $                to pay a cash dividend to the holders of 22,871,507 shares of our Senior Convertible preferred stock, which is payable to such holders upon the conversion of all such shares into an aggregate of 22,871,507 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering. This cash dividend is calculated based on an assumed closing date for this offering of                , 2019, and an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If this offering closes one day prior to the assumed closing date of                , 2019, such cash dividends decrease by an aggregate amount of approximately $                ; if this offering closes one day following the assumed closing date of                , 2019, such cash dividends increase by an aggregate amount of approximately $                . In addition, a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $                would decrease the cash dividend payable to holders of our Senior Convertible preferred stock by an aggregate of $                ; a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                would increase the cash dividend payable to holders of our Senior Convertible preferred stock by an aggregate of $                .

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay some or all of our secured term loan or our revolving line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank.

We intend to use the remaining net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to acquire or invest in businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or investments at this time.

We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity to influence decisions on the use of these proceeds. Pending their uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

61


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock or any other securities. However, pursuant to our sixth amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended and in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering, or the pre-offering certificate of incorporation, each share of our Senior A preferred stock and our Senior B preferred stock, which we refer to collectively herein as our Senior Convertible preferred stock, accrues, from and after the date of issuance, cash dividends at the rate per annum of 8% of the original issue price applicable to such share of Senior Convertible preferred stock. Our Junior Convertible preferred stock and redeemable preferred stock do not accrue any dividends. The aggregate accruing dividend on the Senior Convertible preferred stock, which we refer to as the IPO Dividend, is payable to the holders of shares of our Senior Convertible preferred stock upon the closing of the sale of shares of our common stock to the public at a price of at least $9.20 per share, in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, resulting in at least $50,000,000 in proceeds to us, net of underwriting discounts and commissions. We refer to an offering satisfying the conditions in the prior sentence as a Qualified Public Offering. If this offering does not constitute a Qualified Public Offering, the accrued dividend on our Senior Convertible preferred stock may be payable, in full or in part, to holders of our Senior Convertible preferred stock at the closing of this offering, subject to any discussions and agreements between the company and such holders of Senior Convertible preferred stock.

The amount of the IPO Dividend payable to holders of our Senior Convertible preferred stock may vary depending on the initial public offering price of our common stock in this offering. If this offering constitutes a Qualified Public Offering and the initial public offering price exceeds certain thresholds, the amount of the IPO Dividend payable to holders of shares of our Senior Convertible preferred stock will decrease, and ultimately may no longer become payable, based on a sliding scale set forth in our pre-offering certificate of incorporation. The cash dividend will no longer be payable to holders of Senior A preferred stock if the initial public offering price for this offering is at least $9.88 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to our capital stock) and will no longer be payable to holders of Senior B preferred stock if the initial public offering price for this offering is at least $16.64 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to our capital stock). Assuming a closing date for this offering of                , 2019, and an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the amount of the IPO dividend payable to holders of shares of our Senior Convertible preferred stock will be approximately $                . If this offering closes one day prior to the assumed closing date of                , 2019, such cash dividends decrease by an aggregate amount of approximately $                ; if this offering closes one day following the assumed closing date of                , 2019, such cash dividends increase by an aggregate amount of approximately $                . In addition, a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $                would decrease the cash dividend payable to holders of our Senior Convertible preferred stock by an aggregate of $                ; a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                would increase the cash dividend payable to holders of our Senior Convertible preferred stock by an aggregate of $                .

Except for the IPO Dividend, we anticipate that we will retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, future debt instruments may materially restrict our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of the board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, restrictions that may be imposed by applicable law and our contracts and other factors the board of directors deems relevant. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions under the terms of our credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operation—Liquidity and capital resources.”

 

62


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of April 30, 2019:

 

 

on an actual basis;

 

 

on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation;

 

   

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, which we refer to collectively herein as our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 55,617,548 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

the cancellation of 42,560,530 shares of our redeemable preferred stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

a warrant to purchase 489,605 shares of our Junior Convertible preferred stock and 358,244 shares of our redeemable preferred stock outstanding as of April 30, 2019 becoming a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 489,605 shares of common stock, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.01, upon the closing of this offering, and whereby the portion of the warrant exercisable for 358,244 shares of our redeemable preferred stock will be cancelled upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

warrants to purchase 672,560 shares of our Senior A preferred stock outstanding as of April 30, 2019 becoming warrants to purchase an aggregate of 672,560 shares of common stock, at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.00, upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

the automatic cashless exercise of a warrant to purchase 116,232 shares of our Senior A preferred stock, which, based on an assumption that the fair market value of our common stock for purposes of automatic exercise under the warrant will be equal to the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the automatic conversion of the shares of Senior A preferred stock issued pursuant to such automatic cashless exercise into shares of common stock, would result in the issuance of                shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share would increase the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with such automatic exercise by an aggregate of                  shares; a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share would decrease the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with such exercise by an aggregate of                  shares);

 

   

for purposes of any cashless automatic exercise of warrants, that the fair market value of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering exceeds the exercise price of such warrant; and

 

   

the payment of an accrued dividend to holders of 22,871,507 shares of our Senior Convertible preferred stock in the aggregate amount of $                , which becomes due and payable to such holders upon the conversion of all such shares into an aggregate of 22,871,507 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. The cash dividend is calculated based on an assumed closing date for this offering of                , 2019, and an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If this offering closes one day prior to the assumed closing date of                , 2019, such cash dividends decrease by an aggregate amount of approximately $                ; if this offering closes one day following the assumed closing date of                , 2019, such cash dividends increase by an aggregate amount of approximately $                .

 

63


Table of Contents
 

In addition, a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $                would decrease the cash dividend payable to holders of our Senior Convertible preferred stock by an aggregate of $                ; a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                would increase the cash dividend payable to holders of our Senior Convertible preferred stock by an aggregate of $                .

 

 

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of                shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read the information in this table together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the “Selected financial data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” sections of this prospectus.

 

   
     As of April 30, 2019  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    Actual     Pro forma      Pro forma as
adjusted
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,913     $                        $    
  

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of discount, including current portion

   $ 34,227     $                        $    

Warrant liability

     5,921                            

Senior Convertible preferred stock (Senior A preferred stock and Senior B preferred stock), $0.01 par value; 25,320,169 shares authorized, 22,871,507 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     139,047                            

Junior Convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 34,000,000 shares authorized, 32,746,041 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     32,746                            

Redeemable preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 44,000,000 shares authorized, 42,560,530 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     42,560                            

Total Preferred stock

     214,353       

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

       

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;              shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                                

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 80,000,000 shares authorized, 4,449,155 shares issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized,              issued and outstanding, pro forma;             shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     44                            

Additional paid-in capital

                                

Accumulated deficit

     (224,107                          
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (224,063                          
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 30,438     $        $                    

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $                million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $                 million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table above does not include:

 

 

7,871,653 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of April 30, 2019 under our Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended, or the 2006 Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.70 per share;

 

 

5,406,968 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of April 30, 2019 under our 2018 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended, or the 2018 Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.77 per share;

 

 

858,750 shares of our common stock subject to RSUs outstanding as of April 30, 2019;

 

 

893,618 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of April 30, 2019 to purchase common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.08 per share;

 

 

1,278,397 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of April 30, 2019 to purchase convertible preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.78 per share;

 

 

358,244 shares of our redeemable preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of April 30, 2019, which will be cancelled upon the closing of this offering;

 

 

429,330 shares of common stock available for future issuance as of April 30, 2019 under the 2018 Plan, which will cease to be available for issuance at the time that our 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2019 Plan, becomes effective;

 

 

              shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and

 

 

              shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

65


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of April 30, 2019 was $(225.70) million, or $(50.73) per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and the carrying value of our preferred stock, which is not included within stockholders’ equity (deficit). Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents historical net tangible book value (deficit) divided by the 4,449,155 shares of common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2019.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of April 30, 2019 was $(            ) million, or $(            ) per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, after giving effect to:

 

 

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of April 30, 2019 into an aggregate of 55,617,548 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

 

the cancellation of 42,560,530 shares of our redeemable preferred stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

 

a warrant to purchase 489,605 shares of our Junior Convertible preferred stock and 358,244 shares of our redeemable preferred stock outstanding as of April 30, 2019 becoming a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 489,605 shares of common stock, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.01, upon the closing of this offering, and whereby the portion of the warrant exercisable for 358,244 shares of our redeemable preferred stock will be cancelled upon the closing of this offering;

 

 

warrants to purchase 672,560 shares of our Senior A preferred stock outstanding as of April 30, 2019 becoming warrants to purchase an aggregate of 672,560 shares of common stock, at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.00, upon the closing of this offering;

 

 

the automatic cashless exercise of a warrant to 116,232 purchase shares of our Senior A preferred stock, which, based on an assumption that the fair market value of our common stock for purposes of automatic exercise under the warrant will be equal to the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the automatic conversion of the shares of Senior A preferred stock issued pursuant to such automatic cashless exercise into shares of common stock, would result in the issuance of                shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share would increase the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with such automatic exercise by an aggregate of                  shares; a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share would decrease the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with such exercise by an aggregate of                  shares);

 

 

for purposes of any automatic cashless exercise of warrants, that the fair market value of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering exceeds the exercise price of such warrant;

 

 

the payment of an accrued dividend to holders of 22,871,507 shares of our Senior Convertible preferred stock in the aggregate amount of $                , which becomes due and payable to such holders upon the conversion of all such shares into an aggregate of 22,871,507 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. The cash dividend is calculated based on an assumed closing date for this offering of                , 2019, and an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set

 

66


Table of Contents
 

forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If this offering closes one day prior to the assumed closing date of                , 2019, such cash dividends decrease by an aggregate amount of approximately $                ; if this offering closes one day following the assumed closing date of                , 2019, such cash dividends increase by an aggregate amount of approximately $                . In addition, a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $                would decrease the cash dividend payable to holders of our Senior Convertible preferred stock by an aggregate of $                ; a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                would increase the cash dividend payable to holders of our Senior Convertible preferred stock by an aggregate of $                .

Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the total number of shares outstanding as of April 30, 2019, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above.

After giving further effect to our issuance and sale of                 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of April 30, 2019 would have been $                million, or $                per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $                 to existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $                in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

           $                    

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of April 30, 2019

   $ (50.73  

Increase per share attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

    
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of April 30, 2019

    

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering

    
  

 

 

 

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

    
  

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering

     $    

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $                and dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering by $                , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $                and decrease the dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering by $                , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $                and increase the dilution per share to new

 

67


Table of Contents

investors purchasing common stock in this offering by $                , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $                , representing an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $                to existing stockholders and immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $                 to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, as of April 30, 2019, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us on an as converted to common stock basis, the total consideration paid or to be paid and the average price per share paid or to be paid by existing stockholders and by new investors in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table shows, new investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid.

 

       
     Shares purchased      Total consideration      Average price  
       Number      Percent      Amount      Percentage      Per share  

Existing stockholders

            %      $                              %      $                    

Investors participating in this offering

               $    
  

 

 

 

Total

        100.0%      $                          100.0%     

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $                 million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by                 percentage points and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by                 percentage points, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $                 million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by                percentage points and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by                percentage points, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price.

The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be increased to      % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

68


Table of Contents

The tables and discussion above are based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2019, and exclude:

 

 

7,871,653 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of April 30, 2019 under the 2006 Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $0.70 per share;

 

 

5,406,968 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of April 30, 2019 under the 2018 Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $2.77 per share;

 

 

858,750 shares of our common stock subject to RSUs outstanding as of April 30, 2019;

 

 

893,618 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of April 30, 2019 to purchase common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.08 per share;

 

 

1,278,397 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of April 30, 2019 to purchase convertible preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.78 per share;

 

 

358,244 shares of our redeemable preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of April 30, 2019, which will be cancelled upon the closing of this offering;

 

 

429,330 shares of common stock available for future issuance as of April 30, 2019 under the 2018 Plan, which will cease to be available for issuance at the time that the 2019 Plan becomes effective;

 

 

              shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and

 

 

              shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced by                shares, or    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to                shares, or    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of shares held by the existing stockholders after this offering would be reduced to    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to                shares, or    % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

To the extent that outstanding stock options or warrants are exercised, new stock options or warrants are issued, or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

69


Table of Contents

Selected financial data

You should read the following selected financial data together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the "Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” section of this prospectus. We have derived the statement of operations data for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019 and the balance sheet data as of fiscal 2019 from our audited financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. The statements of operations data for three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019 and the balance sheet data as of April 30, 2019 are derived from unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair presentation of the unaudited interim financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected in the future, and the results for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year or any other period. The selected financial data in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus and are qualified in their entirety by the financial statements and related notes thereto included at the end of this prospectus.

 

     
     Fiscal year ended
January 31,
    Three months ended
April 30,
 
(in thousands, except per share data)            2018             2019             2018             2019  

Statement of operations data:

        

Revenue

        

Subscription and related services

   $ 32,430     $ 43,928     $ 10,002     $ 12,683  

Payment processing fees

     28,671       36,881       9,232       11,557  

Life sciences

     18,733       19,080       4,637       4,070  
  

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 79,834     $ 99,889     $ 23,871     $ 28,310  

Expenses

        

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

     12,562       15,105       3,223       3,996  

Payment processing expense

     17,209       21,892       5,590       6,949  

Sales and marketing

     24,761       26,367       6,247       7,702  

Research and development

     11,377       14,349       3,109       4,299  

General and administrative

     18,838       20,076       4,928       6,245  

Depreciation

     6,832       7,552       1,772       2,155  

Amortization

     2,808       4,042       913       1,219  
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ 94,387     $ 109,382     $ 25,781     $ 32,564  

Operating loss

   $ (14,553   $ (9,494   $ (1,910   $ (4,255

Other income (expense)

        

Other income (expense)

     602       (7     (175     (1,145

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (598     (2,058     (291     (423

Interest income (expense)

     (3,642     (3,504     (848     (804
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

   $ (3,639   $ (5,568   $ (1,314   $ (2,372
  

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

   $ (18,192   $ (15,062   $ (3,224   $ (6,627
  

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

     —         —         —         (68
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (18,192   $ (15,062   $ (3,224   $ (6,695

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock

   $ (19,981   $ (30,199   $ (2,490   $ (7,863
  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (38,173   $ (45,261   $ (5,713   $ (14,558
  

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

   $ (11.29   $ (11.16   $ (1.50   $ (3.29
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1)

     3,381       4,054       3,811       4,425  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

   $       $       $       $    
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

        

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents
(1)   See Note 13 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

     
     As of January 31,     As of April 30,  
(in thousands)    2018     2019     2019  

Balance sheet data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,503     $ 1,543     $ 5,913  

Total assets

     57,136       59,262       68,107  

Long-term debt and capital leases, net of discount, including current portion

     22,934       32,285       37,979  

Preferred stock warrant liability

     3,440       5,498       5,921  

Redeemable preferred stock

     176,291       206,490       214,353  

Common stock and additional paid in capital

     36       44       44  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (167,683     (210,974     (224,063

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section titled “Selected financial data” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those identified below and those discussed in the section titled “Risk factors” and in other parts of this prospectus.

Overview

We are a leading provider of comprehensive solutions that transform the healthcare experience by engaging patients in their care and enabling healthcare provider organizations to optimize operational efficiency, improve profitability and enhance clinical care. As evidenced in industry survey reports from KLAS, we have been recognized as a leader based on our integration capabilities with healthcare provider organizations, the broad adoption of our patient intake functionalities and by overall client satisfaction. Through the SaaS-based Phreesia Platform, we offer our provider clients a robust suite of solutions to manage the patient intake process and an integrated payments solution for secure processing of patient payments. Our Platform also provides life sciences companies with an engagement channel for targeted and direct communication with patients. In fiscal 2019, we facilitated more than 54 million patient visits for approximately 50,000 individual providers, including physicians, physician assistants and nurse practitioners, in nearly 1,600 healthcare provider organizations across all 50 states. Additionally, our Platform processed more than $1.4 billion in patient payments during this time.

We serve an array of healthcare provider organizations of all sizes ranging from single-specialty practices, which include internal and family medicine, urology, dermatology and orthopedics, to large, multi-specialty groups such as Crystal Run Healthcare and Iowa Clinic and large health systems such as Ascension Medical Group and Baycare Health Systems. Our life sciences business additionally serves clients in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device industries, including 13 of the top 20 global pharmaceutical companies as measured by revenue in fiscal 2019.

We derive revenue from (i) subscription fees from healthcare provider organizations for access to the Phreesia Platform and related professional services fees, approximately 95% of which are generated from fees related to our base package and add-ons, (ii) payment processing fees based on levels of patient payment volume processed through the Phreesia Platform and (iii) fees from life science companies to deliver marketing content to patients using the Phreesia Platform. We have strong visibility into our business as the majority of our revenue is derived from recurring subscription fees and re-occurring payment processing fees.

We have achieved rapid provider client growth through our effective sales channel. We market and sell our products and services to provider clients throughout the United States using a direct sales organization segmented into several highly targeted and coordinated teams, which are concentrated in Raleigh, North Carolina, New York, New York and Ottawa, Canada. Our demand generation team develops content and identifies prospects that our sales development team researches and qualifies to generate high-grade, actionable sales programs. Our direct sales force executes on these qualified sales programs, partnering with client services to ensure prospects are educated on the breadth of our capabilities and demonstrable value proposition, with the goal of attracting and retaining clients and expanding their use of our Platform over time. Most of our Platform solutions are contracted pursuant to annual, auto-renewing agreements. Our sales typically involve competitive processes and sales cycles have, on average, varied in duration from two months

 

72


Table of Contents

to eight months, depending on the size of the potential client. In addition, through Phreesia University (Phreesia’s in-house training program) events, client conferences and webinars, we help our provider clients optimize their businesses and, as a result, support client retention.

We intend to continue scaling our sales, marketing, client services and client success organizations to meet the needs of our growing provider client base. We will continue our strategic and research and development investments to innovate, enhance and expand the Phreesia Platform, software architecture and data center infrastructure with new features and functionality.

Since our inception, we have not marketed or sold our products internationally. Accordingly, all of our revenue from historical periods, including fiscal 2019, has come from the United States, and our current strategy is to continue to focus our sales efforts solely within the United States.

Our revenue growth has been entirely organic and reflects our significant addition of new provider clients and increased revenue from existing clients. Total revenue increased approximately 25% from $79.8 million in fiscal 2018 to $99.9 million in fiscal 2019. For the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, our total revenue was $23.9 million and $28.3 million, respectively. Net loss was $18.2 million and $15.1 million in fiscal 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $3.2 million and $6.7 million for the three month period ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA was negative $4.1 million and positive $3.5 million for fiscal 2018 and 2019, respectively, and positive $1.0 million and negative $0.3 million for the three month period ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. In fiscal 2019, cash used in operating activities was $2.1 million and free cash flow was negative $12.0 million. For the three month period ended April 30, 2019, cash provided by operating activities was $2.0 million and free cash flow was negative $0.7 million. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss and free cash flow, please see the section titled “Prospectus summary—Summary financial and other data.”

Our business model

Our business model is focused on maximizing long-term value for our clients and us. We invest significantly to acquire and onboard new provider clients and believe that we will achieve a positive return on these investments through strong retention of and expansion of business with such clients over time. Acquisition and onboarding costs for new clients include sales, implementation and marketing costs. We recognize software subscription revenue from our provider clients ratably over the term of subscription period, which commences when all revenue recognition criteria have been met. We recognize gross payment revenue from our patient payment platform at the time payment is made by the patient through the Phreesia Platform. We recognize revenue from our life sciences clients as marketing content is delivered to patients interacting with the Phreesia Platform.

The profit we achieve from our provider clients varies and depends on the specific solutions purchased by the client, the number of providers at the client and the volume of payment transactions processed by their patients through our payment platform. Our sales, marketing and onboarding expenses associated with new provider clients typically exceed first-year contribution we generate from those clients. However, provider clients’ subscriptions typically renew automatically each year so our primary cost relating to a client renewal is our account management team with very limited sales, marketing and implementation expense. We may incur minimal incremental sales and marketing costs relative to initial client acquisition costs to expand our business with the provider client through the sale of additional subscriptions purchased for a client’s providers or the cross-sale or and up-sale of new applications, such as Phreesia Mobile and Appointments.

To illustrate the economic relationship with our provider clients, the following is an analysis of the provider clients we on-boarded in fiscal 2017, which we refer to as the FY 2017 Cohort, and in fiscal 2018, which we refer

 

73


Table of Contents

to as the FY 2018 Cohort. We selected the FY 2017 Cohort and the FY 2018 Cohort, or our Cohorts, as representative sets of provider clients because we believe that time is an important factor to understand long-term value of our provider client base. We also believe that the Cohorts are a fair representation of our overall client base because they include provider clients across organization sizes, specialties, geographies and include provider clients that have expanded their business as well as those who have reduced or not renewed with Phreesia.

In fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2018, we incurred upfront sales and marketing expense to acquire the FY 2017 Cohort and the FY 2018 Cohort, respectively. While most of the sales and marketing costs were to acquire the applicable clients in the initial year, we did have limited incremental sales and marketing expense as clients within each Cohort expanded and renewed business with Phreesia in subsequent years and we expect this trend to continue. This limited incremental sales and marketing expense was less than $3.0 million for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2018 and was mostly comprised of sales expenses associated with our life sciences revenue and sales expenses associated with up-sales and cross-sales of additional revenue to clients within the Cohorts. We expect these trends to continue in cohorts for subsequent fiscal years. We also incurred upfront implementation costs to onboard these clients onto the Phreesia Platform during the initial year. As a result, our costs in the initial year, which was fiscal 2017 for the FY 2017 Cohort and fiscal 2018 for the FY 2018 Cohort, are higher for the applicable Cohort than in future years as implementation cost is minimal for renewals and expansion sales within such Cohort. We expect this trend for implementation costs to be the same for subsequent cohorts.

We recognize the following revenue from our Cohorts: (i) subscription fees generated from the provider clients within the cohort for access to the Phreesia Platform and related one-time professional services fees, (ii) payment processing fees based on levels of patient payment volume processed by the provider clients within the Cohort through the Phreesia Platform, and (iii) fees from life science companies to deliver targeted digital marketing content to patients of the provider clients within the Cohort using the Phreesia Platform.

We measure contribution income as total revenue associated with the applicable Cohort in excess of the estimated upfront and ongoing costs with respect to the same client group, which we refer to as Associated Costs. Estimated upfront costs to acquire the Cohorts include sales, marketing and on-boarding costs. In addition, estimated ongoing costs to support the provider clients include hardware expense, payment processing fees, eligibility and benefits processing, hosting fees, direct costs to support life science marketing programs for patients of our provider clients and resources from our technology support, deployment and product specialist teams. Expenses allocated to the Cohorts include allocation of personnel costs such as salaries and commissions and other direct costs. For purposes of this cohort analysis, we have excluded all research and development and general and administrative expenses because these expenses support the overall growth of our business and benefit all of our clients, partners and users.

The provider clients within the Cohorts all launched and began to ramp up utilization of the Phreesia Platform at different times throughout the applicable initial year. Therefore, fiscal 2017 does not represent a complete year of revenue and contribution income for the FY 2017 Cohort, and fiscal 2018 does not represent a complete year of revenue and contribution income for the FY 2018 Cohort. Combined with the significant upfront sales, marketing and implementation costs to acquire and on-board the Cohorts, we have a net contribution loss in the initial year for each Cohort. In fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019, we realized $23.7 million and $24.8 million of revenue (net of churn) from the FY 2017 Cohort and contribution margin percentage associated with the FY 2017 Cohort increased from 53.2% in fiscal 2018 to 54.1% in fiscal 2019. In fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019, we realized $13.7 million and $25.2 million of revenue (net of churn) from the FY 2018 Cohort and contribution margin percentage associated with the FY 2018 Cohort increased from -72.6% in fiscal 2018 to 54.4% in fiscal 2019. We measure contribution margin percentage as revenue from the applicable Cohort minus Associated Costs for the applicable Cohort, divided by revenue for the applicable Cohort, in each case for the applicable

 

74


Table of Contents

period. The upfront sales and marketing cost to acquire the FY 2017 Cohort and the 2018 Cohort was recouped by client contribution income in approximately 13-14 months.

Revenue, Associated Costs and contribution margin percentage of each Cohort are reflected in the charts below which are intended to further illustrate the economic relationship with our provider clients over time.

LOGO

LOGO

We expect cohort contribution, margins and acquisition costs will fluctuate from one period to another depending on the number of provider clients remaining in each cohort, our ability to increase their revenue, other changes to products and services offered to such clients through the Phreesia Platform, as well as changes in our associated costs. The methods used to measure revenue, Associated Costs and contribution margin percentage have been refined over time, such that we do not have consistent corresponding information for prior historical periods that would allow us to present additional historical cohorts, and the

 

75


Table of Contents

revenue, Associated Costs and contribution margin percentage from such cohorts could vary. While we believe the Cohorts are a fair representation of our overall client base, there is no assurance that the Cohorts will be representative of any future group of provider clients or periods.

We have demonstrated a consistent track record of retaining revenue from cohorts of our provider clients over time. The chart below illustrates the stability of the recurring subscription and payment processing revenue from our provider clients from four different cohorts over the last three fiscal years.

 

LOGO

 

76


Table of Contents

Further, as a result of our new product innovation, go-to-market strategy focused on provider clients and high quality client service, we have grown our average revenue per provider client over 72% from approximately $31 thousand per provider client per year in FY 2017 to over $54 thousand per provider client per year in FY 2019. These results, which are illustrated in the chart below, have been achieved by acquiring larger new provider clients and expanding business with our existing provider clients.

 

LOGO

Key metrics

We regularly review the following key metrics to measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections, make strategic business decisions and assess working capital needs.

 

     
     As of and for fiscal
year ended January 31,
     As of and for three
months ended April 30,
 
               2018      2019      2018      2019  

Key Metrics:

           

Provider clients (average over period)

     1,416        1,490        1,450        1,549  

Average revenue per provider client

   $ 43,163      $ 54,231      $ 13,265      $ 15,649  

Patient payment volume (in millions)

   $ 1,106      $ 1,446      $ 360      $ 461  

Annual dollar-based net retention rate (end of period)

     111%        107%                

 

 

 

 

Provider clients . We define provider clients as the average number of healthcare provider organizations that generate revenue each month during the applicable period. In one specific case wherein we act as a subcontractor providing white-label services to our partner’s clients, we treat this contractual relationship as a single provider client. We believe growth in the number of provider clients is a key indicator of the performance of our business and depends, in part, on our ability to successfully develop and market our Platform to healthcare provider organizations that are not yet clients. While growth in the number of provider clients is an important indicator of expected revenue growth, it also informs our management of the areas of our business that will require further investment to support expected future provider client growth. For example, as the number of provider clients increases, we may need to add to our customer support team and invest to maintain effectiveness and performance of our Platform and software for our provider clients and their patients. The number of provider clients increased from 1,454 as of the end of fiscal 2018 to 1,566 as of the end of fiscal 2019, while the average number of provider clients increased from 1,416 in fiscal 2018 to 1,490 provider clients in fiscal 2019. The average number of provider clients increased from 1,450 for the

 

77


Table of Contents
 

three months ended April 30, 2018 to 1,549 provider clients for the three months ended April 30, 2019. We expect the number of provider clients to continue to increase in the future. The growth rate of the number of provider clients decreased in fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019 which may continue in the future as the size of our provider client base increases.

 

 

Average revenue per provider client. We define average revenue per provider client as the total subscription and related services and payment processing revenue generated from provider clients in a given period divided by the average number of provider clients that generate revenue each month during that same period. We are focused on continually delivering value to our provider clients and believe that our ability to increase average revenue per provider client is an indicator of the long-term value of our existing provider client relationships. Average revenue per provider client increased from $43,163 in fiscal 2018 to $54,231 in fiscal 2019. Average revenue per provider client increased from $13,265 for the three months ended April 30, 2018 to $15,649 for the three months ended April 30, 2019.

 

 

Patient payment volume . We measure patient payment volume as the total dollar volume of transactions between our provider clients and their patients utilizing our payment platform, including via credit and debit cards, cash and check. Patient payment volume is a major driver of our payment processing revenue, and we believe that patient payment volume is an indicator of both the underlying health of our provider clients’ businesses and the continuing shift of healthcare costs to patients. Patient payment volume increased from $1.1 billion in fiscal 2018 to $1.4 billion in fiscal 2019. Patient payment volume increased from $360 million for three months ended April 30, 2018 to $461 million for the three months ended April 30, 2019.

 

 

Annual dollar-based net retention rate . Annual dollar-based net retention rate is calculated by summing the monthly subscription fees and payment processing revenue of all provider clients that have had revenue during the one-year period prior to the calculation period and comparing it with the sum of the monthly subscription fees and payment processing revenue (net of contraction, churn and expansion) for the same set of provider clients in the calculation period. Contraction is defined as a reduction in revenue for a client and expansion is defined as an increase in revenue for a client in the calculation period as compared to the prior period. A client who churns is a client whose revenue in the calculation period is zero. The annualized dollar-based net retention rate is calculated by taking a geometric mean of the monthly rates over an annual period. We define our base revenue as the aggregate subscription fees (excluding related services revenue) and payment processing revenue of our provider client base as of the date one year prior to the date of calculation. We define our retained revenue (net of contraction, churn and expansion) as the aggregate subscription fees (excluding related services revenue) and payment processing revenue of the same provider client base included in our measure of base revenue at the end of the period being measured. Our annual dollar-based net retention rate is an important metric to measure our ability to retain and expand the revenue from existing provider clients. Our annual dollar-based net retention rate decreased from 111% in fiscal 2018 to 107% in fiscal 2019.

Components of statements of operations

Revenue

We generate revenue primarily from providing an integrated SaaS-based software and payment platform for the healthcare industry. We derive revenue from subscription fees, approximately 95% of which are generated from fees related to our base package and add-ons, and related services generated from our provider clients for access to the Phreesia Platform, payment processing fees based on the levels of patient payment volume processed through the Phreesia Platform, and from digital marketing revenue from life sciences companies to reach, educate and communicate with patients when they are most receptive and actively seeking care.

 

78


Table of Contents

Our total revenue consists of the following:

 

 

Subscription and related services. We primarily generate subscription fees from our provider clients based on the number of providers that subscribe to and utilize the Phreesia Platform. Our provider clients are typically billed monthly in arrears, though in some instances, provider clients may opt to be billed quarterly or annually in advance. Subscription fees are typically auto-debited from provider clients’ accounts every month. As we target and add larger enterprise provider clients, these clients may choose to contract differently than our typical per provider subscription model. To the extent we charge in an alternative manner with larger enterprise provider clients, we expect that such a pricing model will recur and, combined with our per provider subscription fees, will increase as a percentage of our total revenue.

In addition, we receive certain fees from provider clients for professional services associated with our implementation services as well as travel and expense reimbursements, shipping and handling fees, sales of hardware (PhreesiaPads and Arrivals Stations), on-site support and training.

 

 

Payment processing fees. We generate revenue from payment processing fees based on the number of transactions and the levels of patient payment volume processed through the Phreesia Platform. Payment processing fees are generally calculated as a percentage of the total transaction dollar value processed and/or a fee per transaction. We charged approximately 3% of the aggregate credit and debit patient payment volume processed through the Phreesia Platform as revenue in fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019. Over 80% of our patient payment volume is composed of credit and debit transactions processed on Phreesia’s payment facilitator model, generating the majority of Phreesia’s payment processing revenue. The remainder of our patient payment volume is composed of credit and debit transactions for which Phreesia acts as a gateway to another payment processor, and cash and check transactions. We expect revenue from payment processing to increase as a percentage of our total revenue as we increase the number of provider clients on our Platform and as overall healthcare costs and patient financial responsibility continue to rise.

 

 

Life sciences. We generate revenue from the sale of digital marketing solutions to life sciences companies. As we expand our provider client base, we increase the number of new patients we can reach to deliver targeted marketing content on behalf of our life sciences clients. We expect that our revenue derived from life sciences clients will grow moderately on an absolute dollar basis but will decrease as percentage of our total revenue due to the faster revenue growth expected to be achieved from our provider clients.

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

Our cost of revenue primarily consists of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation for implementation and technical support, and costs to verify insurance eligibility and benefits, infrastructure costs to operate our SaaS-based Platform such as hosting fees and fees paid to various third-party partners for access to their technology.

Payment processing expense

Payment processing expense consists primarily of interchange fees set by payment card networks and that are ultimately paid to the card-issuing financial institution, assessment fees paid to payment card networks, and fees paid to third-party payment processors and gateways. Payment processing expense may increase as a percentage of payment processing revenue if card networks raise pricing for interchange and assessment fees or if we reduce pricing to our clients.

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and commission costs for our sales and marketing personnel. Sales and marketing

 

79


Table of Contents

expense also includes costs for advertising, promotional and other marketing activities, as well as certain fees paid to various third-party partners for sales and lead generation. Advertising is expensed as incurred. We expect sales and marketing expense to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we increase our sales and marketing efforts and expand our operations into new markets, although such expense may fluctuate as a percentage of total revenue.

Research and development

Research and development expense consists of costs for the design, development, testing and enhancement of our products and services and are generally expensed as incurred. These costs consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation for our development personnel. Research and development expense also includes product management, life sciences analytics costs, third-party partner fees and third-party consulting fees, offset by any internal-use software development cost capitalized during the same period. We expect research and development expense to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to enhance our product capabilities and access new markets, although such expense may fluctuate as a percentage of total revenue.

General and administrative

General and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation for our executive, finance, legal, human resources, information technology and other administrative personnel. General and administrative expense also includes consulting, legal, security, accounting services and allocated overhead. We expect general and administrative expense to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we grow our operations and prepare to operate as a public company, although we expect such expense to decline as a percentage of total revenue over time.

Depreciation

Depreciation represents depreciation expense for PhreesiaPads and Arrivals Stations, data center and other computer hardware, purchased computer software, furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements.

Amortization

Amortization primarily represents amortization of our capitalized internal-use software related to the Phreesia Platform as well as amortization of acquired intangible assets.

Other income (expense)

Our other income and loss line items consist of the following:

 

 

Other income (expense) . Other income (expense) consists of foreign currency-related gains and losses and other income (expense).

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability . Preferred stock warrants are marked to market based on third-party valuations and the change in value is recorded in other income (expense).

 

 

Interest income . Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalent balances. Interest income has not been material to our operations.

 

 

Interest expense . Interest expense consists primarily of the interest incurred on our financing obligations. Any future borrowings under the SVB Facility, as further described below, will incur interest expense and result in increased interest expense in future periods.

 

80


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the periods presented :

 

     
    Fiscal year ended
January 31,
    Three months ended
April 30,
 
(in thousands)   2018     2019     Change     2018     2019     Change  

Revenue

           

Subscription and related services

  $ 32,430     $ 43,928       35%     $ 10,002     $ 12,683       27%   

Payment processing fees

    28,671       36,881       29%       9,232       11,557       25%   

Life sciences

    18,733       19,080       2%       4,637       4,070       (12)%  
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total revenue

  $ 79,834     $ 99,889       25%     $ 23,871     $ 28,310       19%   

Expenses

           

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    12,562       15,105       20%       3,223       3,996       24%   

Payments processing expense

    17,209       21,892       27%       5,590       6,949       24%   

Sales and marketing

    24,761       26,367       6%       6,247       7,702       23%   

Research and development

    11,377       14,349       26%       3,109       4,299       38%   

General and administrative

    18,838       20,076       7%       4,928       6,245       27%   

Depreciation

    6,832       7,552       11%       1,772       2,155       22%   

Amortization

    2,808       4,042       44%       913       1,219       34%   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total expenses

  $ 94,387     $ 109,382       16%     $ 25,781     $ 32,564       26%   

Operating loss

  $ (14,553   $ (9,494     (35%   $ (1,910   $ (4,255     123%   

Other income (expense)

           

Other income (expense)

    602       (7     (101%     (175     (1,145     554%   

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (598     (2,058     244%       (291     (423     45%   

Interest income (expense)

    (3,642     (3,504     (4%     (848     (804     (5)%  
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total other income (expense)

  $ (3,639   $ (5,568     53%     $ (1,314   $ (2,372     81%   

Loss before provision for income taxes

  $ (18,192   $ (15,062     (17%   $ (3,224   $ (6,627     106%   

Provision for income taxes

    —         —         (0%   $ —       $ (68     —   

Net loss

  $ (18,192   $ (15,062     (17%   $ (3,224   $ (6,695     108%   

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock

  $ (19,981   $ (30,199     (51%   $ (2,490   $ (7,863     216%   

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (38,173   $ (45,261     (19%   $ (5,713   $ (14,558     155%   

 

 

Comparison of the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019

Revenue

 

       
     Three months ended
April 30,
               
(in thousands)    2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  

Revenue

   $ 23,871      $ 28,310      $ 4,438        19%  

 

 

Total revenue increased $4.4 million to $28.3 million in the three months ended April 30, 2019, as compared to $23.9 million in the three months ended April 30, 2018. Revenue from provider clients increased $5.0 million to $24.2 million in the three months ended April 30, 2019, as compared to $19.2 million in the three months ended April 30, 2018. The increase was attributable to both increased subscription and payment revenue from new clients and expansion and cross-selling to existing clients. Our subscription and related services revenue from

 

81


Table of Contents

healthcare provider organizations increased $2.7 million to $12.7 million in the three months ended April 30, 2019, as compared to $10.0 million in the three months ended April 30, 2018 due to new provider clients added during the period and increased revenue from the expansion of products and services offered to existing provider clients. Our revenue from patient payments processed through the Phreesia Platform increased $2.3 million to $11.6 million in the three months ended April 30, 2019, as compared to $9.2 million in the three months ended April 30, 2018 due to the addition of more provider clients, expansion of existing provider clients and increased patient financial responsibility for their care. Our revenue from life science clients for digital marketing decreased $0.6 million to $4.1 million in the three months ended April 30, 2019, as compared to $4.6 million in the three months ended April 30, 2018 due to a decrease in sales of digital marketing solutions to service clients.

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

 

       
     Three months ended
April 30,
               
(in thousands)                2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

   $ 3,223      $ 3,996      $ 773        24%  

 

 

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization) increased $0.8 million to $4.0 million in the three months ended April 30, 2019, as compared to $3.2 million in the three months ended April 30, 2018. The increase resulted primarily from increases in implementation expenses of $0.3 million, deployment of $0.2 million and data center hosting of $0.1 million.

Payment processing expense

 

       
     Three months ended
April 30,
               
(in thousands)                2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  

Payment processing expense

   $ 5,590      $ 6,949      $ 1,359        24%  

 

 

Payments processing expense increased $1.4 million to $6.9 million in the three months ended April 30, 2019, as compared to $5.6 million in the three months ended April 30, 2018. The increase resulted primarily from increases to interchange and assessment expenses, which are the primary components of our transaction costs.

Sales and marketing

 

       
     Three months ended
April 30,
               
(in thousands)                2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  

Sales and marketing

   $ 6,247      $ 7,702      $ 1,455        23%  

 

 

Sales and marketing expense increased $1.5 million to $7.7 million in the three months ended April 30, 2019, as compared to $6.2 million in the three months ended April 30, 2018. The increase was primarily attributable to salary and stock compensation increases of $0.5 million, addition of analytics and insights team of $0.3 million and increase in bonus and commissions of $0.3 million.

 

82


Table of Contents

Research and development

 

       
     Three months ended
April 30,
               
(in thousands)                2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  

Research and development

   $ 3,109      $ 4,299      $ 1,190        38%  

 

 

Research and development expense increased $1.2 million to $4.3 million in the three months ended April 30, 2019, as compared to $3.1 million in the three months ended April 30, 2018. The increase resulted primarily from increased compensation to our research and development personnel of $1.0 million (including the establishment of our analytics department).

General and administrative

 

       
     Three months ended
April 30,
               
(in thousands)                2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  

General and administrative

   $ 4,928      $ 6,245      $ 1,317        27%  

 

 

General and administrative expense increased $1.3 million to $6.2 million in the three months ended April 30, 2019, as compared to $4.9 million in the three months ended April 30, 2018. The increase resulted primarily from an increase in stock compensation expense, salaries and accounting fees.

Depreciation

 

       
     Three months ended
April 30,
               
(in thousands)                2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  

Depreciation

   $ 1,772      $ 2,155      $ 383        22%  

 

 

Depreciation expense increased $0.4 million to $2.2 million in the three months ended April 30, 2019, as compared to $1.8 million in the three months ended April 30, 2018. The increase was attributable to PhreesiaPad, Arrivals Stations and data center depreciation.

Amortization

 

       
     Three months ended
April 30,
               
(in thousands)                2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  

Amortization

   $ 913      $ 1,219      $ 306        34%  

 

 

Amortization expense increased $0.3 million to $1.2 million in the three months ended April 30, 2019, as compared to $0.9 million in the three months ended April 30, 2018. The increase was due to increased capitalized internal use software development costs.

 

83


Table of Contents

Other income (expense)

 

       
     Three months ended
April 30,
             
(in thousands)                2018     2019     $ Change     % Change  

Other income (expense)

   $ (175   $ (1,145   $ (970     554%  

 

 

Other income (expense) consists primarily of foreign currency-related gains and losses. The three months ended April 30, 2019 includes a loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.0 million.

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

       
     Three months ended
April 30,
             
(in thousands)                2018     2019     $ Change     % Change  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

   $ (291   $ (423   $ (132     45%  

 

 

The change in fair value of warrant liability increased $0.1 million, to $0.4 million in the three months ended April 30, 2019, as compared to $0.3 million in the three months ended April 30, 2018. The increase resulted primarily from an increase in the preferred stock valuation. The convertible preferred stock underlying the warrants will be converted to common stock upon the closing of this offering.

Interest income (expense)

 

       
     Three months ended
April 30,
              
(in thousands)                2018     2019     $ Change      % Change  

Interest income (expense)

   $ (848   $ (804   $ 44        (5)%  

 

 

Interest income (expense) decreased $0.04 million to $0.8 million in the three months ended April 30, 2019, as compared to $0.8 million in the three months ended April 30, 2018.

Comparison of fiscal 2018 versus fiscal 2019

Revenue

 

       
     Fiscal year ended
January 31,
               
       2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  

Revenue

   $ 79,834      $ 99,889      $ 20,055        25%  

 

 

Total revenue increased $20.1 million to $99.9 million, for fiscal 2019, as compared to $79.8 million for fiscal 2018. Revenue from provider clients increased $19.7 million to $80.8 million for fiscal 2019, as compared to $61.1 million for fiscal 2018. The $19.7 million increase was attributable to both increased subscription and payment revenue from new clients and expansion and cross-selling to existing clients. Our subscription and related services revenue from healthcare provider organizations increased $11.5 million to $43.9 million for fiscal 2019, as compared to $32.4 million for fiscal 2018 due to new provider clients added during the year and increased revenue from the expansion of products and services offered to existing provider clients. The increase in subscription and payment revenue from new provider clients was $8.8 million and the increase in

 

84


Table of Contents

subscription and payment revenue from existing provider clients was $10.9 million. New provider clients are defined as clients that go live in the applicable period and existing provider clients are defined as clients that go live in any period before the applicable period. Our revenue from patient payments processed through the Phreesia Platform increased $8.2 million to $36.9 million for fiscal 2019, as compared to $28.7 million for fiscal 2018 due to the addition of more provider clients, expansion of existing provider clients and increased patient financial responsibility for their care. Our revenue from life science clients for digital marketing increased $0.4 million to $19.1 million for fiscal 2019, as compared to $18.7 million for fiscal 2018 due to an increase in sales of digital marketing solutions to life sciences clients.

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

 

       
     Fiscal year ended
January 31,
               
(in thousands)    2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

   $ 12,562      $ 15,105      $ 2,543        20%  

 

 

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization) increased $2.5 million to $15.1 million for fiscal 2019, as compared to $12.6 million for fiscal 2018. The increase resulted primarily from increases in implementation expenses, technical support, deployment, data center hosting and payments to third-party partners. Approximately $0.7 million of the increase related to one-time hardware costs associated with the sale of PhreesiaPads and Arrivals Stations.

Payment processing expense

 

       
     Fiscal year ended
January 31,
               
(in thousands)    2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  

Payment processing expense

   $ 17,209      $ 21,892      $ 4,683        27%  

 

 

Payments processing expense increased $4.7 million to $21.9 million in fiscal 2019, as compared to $17.2 million for fiscal 2018. The increase resulted primarily from increases to interchange and assessment expenses, which are the primary components of our transaction costs.

Sales and marketing

 

       
     Fiscal year ended
January 31,
               
(in thousands)    2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  

Sales and marketing

   $ 24,761      $ 26,367      $ 1,606        6%  

 

 

Sales and marketing expense increased $1.6 million to $26.4 million for fiscal 2019, as compared to $24.8 million for fiscal 2018. The increase was primarily attributable to salary and stock compensation increases of $1.0 million, an increase in payments to third-party partners for marketing of $0.5 million and an increase in other sales and marketing related expenses of $0.1 million.

Research and development

 

       
     Fiscal year ended
January 31,
               
(in thousands)    2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  

Research and development

   $ 11,377      $ 14,349      $ 2,972        26%  

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

Research and development expense increased $3.0 million to $14.3 million for fiscal 2019, as compared to $11.4 million for fiscal 2018. The increase resulted primarily from increased compensation to our research and development personnel of $2.7 million (including the establishment of our analytics department), an increase in payments to third-party partners of $0.1 million, and an increase in outside services and other expenses of $0.2 million.

General and administrative

 

       
     Fiscal year ended
January 31,
               
(in thousands)    2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  

General and administrative

   $ 18,838      $ 20,076      $ 1,238        7%  

 

 

General and administrative expense increased $1.2 million to $20.0 million for fiscal 2019, as compared to $18.8 million for fiscal 2018. The increase resulted primarily from increased spend on information technology security, legal and accounting fees.

Depreciation

 

       
     Fiscal year ended
January 31,
               
(in thousands)    2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  

Depreciation

   $ 6,832      $ 7,552      $ 720        11%  

 

 

Depreciation expense increased $0.7 million to $7.5 million for fiscal 2019, as compared to $6.8 million for fiscal 2018. The increase was attributable to PhreesiaPad, Arrivals Stations and data center depreciation.

Amortization

 

       
     Fiscal year ended
January 31,
               
(in thousands)    2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  

Amortization

   $ 2,808      $ 4,042      $ 1,234        44%  

 

 

Amortization expense increased $1.2 million to $4.0 million for fiscal 2019, as compared to $2.8 million for fiscal 2018. The increase was due to increased capitalized internal use software development costs.

Other income (expense)

 

       
     Fiscal year ended
January 31,
             
(in thousands)        2018      2019     $ Change     % Change  

Other income (expense)

   $ 602      $ (7   $ (609     (101)%  

 

 

Other income (expense) consists primarily of foreign currency-related gains and losses.

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

       
     Fiscal year ended
January 31,
             
(in thousands)    2018     2019     $ Change     % Change  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

   $ (598   $ (2,058   $ (1,460     244%  

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

The change in fair value of warrant liability increased $1.5 million, to $2.1 million for fiscal 2019, as compared to $0.6 million for fiscal 2018. The increase resulted primarily from an increase in the preferred stock valuation. The convertible preferred stock underlying the warrants will be converted to common stock upon the closing of this offering.

Interest income (expense)

 

       
     Fiscal year ended
January 31,
              
(in thousands)    2018     2019     $ Change      % Change  

Interest income (expense)

   $ (3,642   $ (3,504   $ 138        (4)%  

 

 

Interest income (expense) decreased $0.1 million to $3.5 million for fiscal 2019, as compared to $3.6 million for fiscal 2018. The decrease resulted primarily from interest on loans from third party lenders and interest on amounts borrowed under our lines of credit, as further discussed below.

Quarterly results of operations

The following tables set forth our unaudited statements of operations data for each of the nine quarters ended April 30, 2019 ,as well as the percentage that each line items represents of total revenue for each quarter. The unaudited quarterly statements of operations data set forth below have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited annual financial statements and include, in our opinion, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the financial information contained in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   
    Three months ended,  
(in thousands)   April 30,
2017
    July 31,
2017
    October 31,
2017
    January 31,
2018
    April 30,
2018
    July 31,
2018
    October 31,
2018
    January 31,
2019
    April 30,
2019
 

Revenue

                 

Subscription and related services

  $ 6,760     $ 7,799     $ 8,623     $ 9,247     $ 10,002     $ 10,459     $ 10,929     $ 12,537     $ 12,683  

Payment processing fees

    7,060       6,987       7,051       7,574       9,232       9,174       9,073       9,403       11,557  

Life sciences

    3,611       4,968       5,264       4,891       4,637       5,146       4,754       4,543       4,070  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  $ 17,431     $ 19,753     $ 20,938     $ 21,712     $ 23,871     $ 24,779     $ 24,756     $ 26,483     $ 28,310  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

                 

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    2,982       3,161       3,310       3,109       3,223       3,604       3,805       4,473       3,996  

Payments processing expense

    4,197       4,022       4,255       4,736       5,590       5,327       5,393       5,582       6,949  

Sales and marketing

    5,699       6,742       6,496       5,824       6,247       6,529       7,195       6,396       7,702  

Research and development

    2,657       2,918       2,927       2,875       3,109       3,179       3,856       4,205       4,299  

General and administrative

    5,021       4,730       4,414       4,672       4,928       4,650       4,540       5,958       6,245  

Depreciation

    1,562       1,699       1,738       1,832       1,772       1,777       1,966       2,037       2,155  

Amortization

    554       705       732       818       913       963       1,037       1,130       1,219  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

  $ 22,672     $ 23,977     $ 23,872     $ 23,866     $ 25,871     $ 26,028     $ 27,792     $ 29,782     $ 32,564  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

  $ (5,241   $ (4,223   $ (2,934   $ (2,154   $ (1,910   $ (1,249   $ (3,036   $ (3,299   $ (4,255
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

                 

Other income (expense)

    (402     975       (173     201       (175     139       203       (173     (1,145

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (169     (108     (138     (183     (291     (593     (611     (562     (423

Interest income (expense)

    (604     (1,055     (981     (1,003     (848     (884     (728     (1,045     (804
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

  $ (1,175   $ (189   $ (1,291   $ (985   $ (1,314   $ (1,338   $ (1,136   $ (1,780   $ (2,372
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax provision

  $ (6,416   $ (4,412   $ (4,225   $ (3,139   $ (3,224   $ (2,587   $ (4,172   $ (5,080   $ (6,627
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax provision

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (68
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (6,416   $ (4,412   $ (4,225   $ (3,139   $ (3,224   $ (2,587   $ (4,172   $ (5,080   $ (6,695

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents
   
    Three months ended,  
(percentage of revenue)   April 30,
2017
    July 31,
2017
    October 31,
2017
    January 31,
2018
    April 30,
2018
    July 31,
2018
    October 31,
2018
    January 31,
2019
    April 30,
2019
 

Revenue

                 

Subscription and related services

    39     39     41     43     42     42     44     47     45

Payment processing fees

    41     35     34     35     39     37     37     36     41

Life sciences

    21     25     25     23     19     21     19     17     14

Total revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Expenses

                 

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    17     16     16     14     14     15     15     17     14

Payments processing expense

    24     20     20     22     23     21     22     21     25

Sales and marketing

    33     34     31     27     26     26     29     24     27

Research and development

    15     15     14     13     13     13     16     16     15

General and administrative

    29     24     21     22     19     19     18     22     22

Depreciation

    9     9     8     8     7     7     8     8     8

Amortization

    3     4     3     4     4     4     4     4     4

Total expenses

    130     121     114     110     108     105     112     112     115

Operating loss

    (30 )%      (21 )%      (14 )%      (10 )%      (8 )%      (5 )%      (12 )%      (12 )%      (15 )% 

Other income (expense)

                 

Other income (expense)

    (2 )%      5     (1 )%      1     (1 )%      1     1     (1 )%      (4 )% 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (1 )%      (1 )%      (1 )%      (1 )%      (1 )%      (2 )%      (2 )%      (2 )%      (1 )% 

Interest income (expense)

    (3 )%      (5 )%      (5 )%      (5 )%      (4 )%      (4 )%      (3 )%      (4 )%      (3 )% 

Total other income (expense)

    (7 )%      (1 )%      (6 )%      (5 )%      (6 )%      (5 )%      (5 )%      (7 )%      (8 )% 

Loss before income tax provision

    (37 )%      (22 )%      (20 )%      (14 )%      (13 )%      (10 )%      (17 )%      (19 )%      (23 )% 

Income tax provision

    0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0

Net loss

    (37 )%      (22 )%      (20 )%      (14 )%      (14 )%      (10 )%      (17 )%      (19 )%      (24 )% 

 

 

Quarterly revenue trends

Largely due to our focus on the healthcare industry, certain seasonal factors may cause us to record higher revenue in some quarters compared with others. For example, we receive a large increase in payment processing revenue during the first two to three months of the calendar year, primarily due to the resetting of patient deductibles at the beginning of each calendar year. Sales for our life sciences solutions are seasonal, primarily due to the annual spending patterns of our clients. This portion of our sales is usually the highest in the fourth quarter of each calendar year. While we believe we have visibility into the seasonality of our business, our rapid growth rate over the last couple years may have made seasonal fluctuations more difficult to detect. If our rate of growth slows over time, seasonal or cyclical variations in our operations may become more pronounced, and our business, results of operations and financial position may be adversely affected.

Liquidity and capital resources

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash generated from operating activities, cash raised from private sales of preferred stock and cash from borrowings under the SVB facility, which is further described below. As of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents of $1.5 million and $5.9 million, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit.

Since our inception in 2005 until today, we have financed our operations primarily through the private sale of approximately $119 million of preferred stock and from various debt arrangements.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, along with our available financial resources from our credit facility, will be sufficient to meet our needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital

 

88


Table of Contents

requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, including those set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk factors.”

In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may be unable to raise the funds on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Silicon Valley Bank facility

In February 2019, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, or the SVB facility, which provides for a secured term loan facility, which is structured as three term loan advances, and secured revolving loan credit facility totaling up to $70.0 million. On February 28, 2019, we borrowed $20.0 million as a term loan borrowing and used the proceeds to pay the outstanding principal amount under a loan and security agreement with another lender. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay some or all of our secured term loan or our revolving line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank. We used the new revolving credit facility to repay the term loan and revolving credit facility under the prior facility with SVB. Term loan borrowings under the SVB facility accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to the Wall Street Journal prime rate plus 1.50%; provided that, upon demonstrating an Adjusted EBITDA in an aggregate amount of at least $10.0 million for any 12 month period after closing, interest will instead accrue at a per annum rate equal to the Wall Street Journal prime rate plus 0.75%. Revolving loan borrowings under the SVB facility accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to the greater of (i) the Wall Street Journal prime rate minus 0.50% and (ii) 5.00%; provided that, upon demonstrating an Adjusted EBITDA in an aggregate amount of at least $10.0 million for any 12 month period after closing, interest will instead accrue at a per annum rate equal to the greater of (i) the Wall Street Journal prime rate minus 0.75% and (ii) 4.75%. Interest for both term loan and revolving loan borrowings is payable monthly. Principal payments due under the term loan are due in 36 equal monthly installments beginning in March 2021. The maturity date of the agreements, including the revolving credit facility, is five years from the closing date of February 28, 2019, which is February 28, 2024.

Borrowings under the SVB facility are collateralized by substantially all of our assets, excluding intellectual property (which is subject to a negative pledge). We are subject to various financial reporting requirements and financial covenants under the SVB facility, including maintaining minimum revenue levels and a minimum liquidity level. In addition, there are negative covenants restricting certain activities, including incurring indebtedness or liens, encumbering intellectual property, paying dividends or distributions to stockholders, and making certain investments. The loan may be prepaid at any time for an amount equal to the outstanding balance; plus accrued and unpaid interest; plus an amount equal to 2.75% of the original principal amount of all term loan borrowings; plus a prepayment fee of between 1.0% and 3.0%, depending on how much time prior to the maturity date the prepayment is made.

The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented:

 

     
     Fiscal year ended
January 31,
    Three months ended
April 30,
 
(in thousands)    2018     2019     2018     2019  

Cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (11,142   $ (2,130   $ (923   $ 2,033  

Cash used in investing activities

     (11,965     (11,023     (1,932     (2,725

Cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     31,286       4,193       (692     5,062  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,179     $ (8,960   $ (3,547   $ 4,370  

 

 

Operating activities

Cash provided by operating activities was $2.0 million for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and negative $0.9 million for in the three months ended April 30, 2018. Cash used in operating activities in the three months

 

89


Table of Contents

ended April 30, 2019 principally resulted from our net loss of $6.7 million, adjustments to reconcile net loss of $5.7 million and changes in working capital of $3.1 million. Cash used in operating activities in the three months ended April 30, 2018 principally resulted from our net loss of $3.2 million, adjustments to reconcile net loss of $3.4 million and changes in working capital of $1.1 million.

Cash used in operating activities was $2.1 million for fiscal 2019 and $11.1 million for fiscal 2018. Cash used in operating activities for fiscal 2019 principally resulted from our net loss $15.0 million, adjustments to reconcile net loss of $16.5 million and changes in working capital of $3.6 million. Cash used in operating activities for fiscal 2018 principally resulted from our net loss of $18.1 million, adjustments to reconcile net loss of $11.9 million and changes in working capital of $5.0 million.

Investing activities

Cash used in investing activities was $2.7 million in the three months ended April 30, 2019 and $1.9 million in the three months ended April 30, 2018. Cash used in investing activities in the three months ended April 30, 2019 principally resulted from capital expenditures, principally hardware used by clients and purchase of data center equipment, of $1.3 million, and capitalized internal-use software costs of $1.4 million. Cash used in investing activities in the three months ended April 30, 2018 principally resulted from capital expenditures of $0.7 million and capitalized internal-use software costs of $1.2 million.

Cash used in investing activities was $11.0 million for fiscal 2019 and $12.0 million for fiscal 2018. Cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2019 principally resulted from capital expenditures, principally hardware used by clients and purchase of data center equipment, of $4.7 million, capitalized internal-use software costs of $5.1 million and acquisition costs of $1.2 million. Cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2018 principally resulted from capital expenditures of $6.6 million and capitalized internal-use software costs were $5.4 million.

Financing activities

Cash provided by financing activities was $5.1 million for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and cash used in financing activities was $0.7 million for the three months ended April 30, 2018. Cash provided by financing activities in the three months ended April 30, 2019 principally resulted from $7.4 million in net borrowings under our line of credit, less $1.0 million for payments of principal on long-term debt, $0.5 million for payments related to capital leases, $0.4 million for debt extinguished and issuance costs, and $0.4 million for offering costs. In February 2019, $20.0 million was drawn down from the SVB facility and proceeds were used to pay principal amount with another lender. Cash used in financing activities in the three months ended April 30, 2018 principally resulted from $0.5 million for payments related to capital leases and $0.3 million for payments of principal on long-term debt.

Cash provided by financing activities was $4.2 million for fiscal 2019 and $31.3 million for fiscal 2018. Cash provided by financing activities for fiscal 2019 principally resulted from $7.8 million in net borrowings under our line of credit, less $1.2 million for payments of principal on long-term debt and $2.5 million for payments related to capital leases. Cash provided by financing activities for fiscal 2018 principally resulted from $32.5 million in net proceeds from the sale and issuance of our Senior B convertible preferred stock.

 

90


Table of Contents

Contractual obligations and commitments

The following summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of April 30, 2019:

 

   
     Payments due by period  
(in thousands)    Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      4-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 35,175      $      $ 6,111      $ 13,333      $ 15,731  

Interest on long-term debt

     9,186        2,159        3,924        2,490        613  

Capital lease obligations

     4,263        1,954        2,309                

Operating lease obligations

     4,025        1,305        2,720                

Purchase obligations

     1,495        1,495                       
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 54,144      $ 6,913      $ 15,064      $ 15,823      $ 16,344  

 

 

Off-balance sheet arrangements

As of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019, we do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet date, as well as reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Our most significant estimates and judgments involve revenue recognition, capitalized internal-use software, income taxes, and valuation of our stock-based compensation, including the underlying deemed estimated fair value of our preferred and common stock. Actual results may differ from these estimates. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows will be affected.

On February 1, 2017, we early adopted the requirements of Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , or Topic 606. Topic 606 establishes a principle for recognizing revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the expected consideration received in exchange for those goods or services. Topic 606 also includes Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs-Contracts with Customers , which requires the deferral of incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. Collectively, references to Topic 606 used herein refer to both Topic 606 and Subtopic 340-40. We adopted Topic 606 with retrospective application to the beginning of the earliest period presented. The adoption of Topic 606 resulted in changes to our accounting policies for revenue recognition and deferred commissions. The primary impact of adopting Topic 340-40 relates to the deferral of incremental costs of obtaining customer contracts and the amortization of those costs.

We believe that the accounting policies described below involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

 

91


Table of Contents

Revenue recognition

We account for revenue from contracts with clients by applying the requirements of Topic 606, which includes the following steps:

 

 

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a client.

 

Identification of the performance obligations in a contract.

 

Determination of the transaction price.

 

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.

 

Recognition of revenue when, or as, performance obligations are satisfied.

Revenues are recognized when control of these services is transferred to our clients, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those services.

The majority of our contracts with clients contain multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, we account for individual performance obligations separately when they are distinct. The transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price basis. We determine the standalone selling prices based on our overall pricing objectives, taking into consideration market conditions and other factors, including other groupings such as client type.

Subscription and related services

In most cases, we generate subscription fees, approximately 95% of which are generated from fees related to our base package and add-ons, from clients based on the number of healthcare provider organizations that utilize the Phreesia Platform and subscription fees for PhreesiaPads and Arrivals Stations and any other applications. Our provider clients are typically billed monthly in arrears, though in some instances provider clients may opt to be billed quarterly or annually in advance. Subscription fees are typically auto-debited from client’s accounts every month. Revenue for provider licenses is recognized over the term of the respective provider contract. Services revenues are recognized over the respective non-cancelable subscription term because of the continuous transfer of control to the client. Our subscription arrangements are considered service contracts, and the client does not have the right to take possession of the software. In certain arrangements, we lease the PhreesiaPads and Arrivals Stations through operating leases to our clients. Accordingly, these revenue transactions are accounted for using Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 840, Leases .

In addition, subscription and related services includes certain fees from clients for professional services associated with implementation services as well as travel and expense reimbursements, shipping and handling fees, sales of hardware (PhreesiaPads and Arrivals Stations), on-site support and training. The majority of our professional services for implementation are not distinct from Phreesia’s Platform and are therefore recognized over the term of the contract. Revenue from sales of Phreesia hardware and training are recognized in the period they are delivered to clients.

Payment processing fees

We generate revenue from payment processing fees based on the levels of patient payment volume resulting from credit and debit transactions (dollar value and number of card transactions) processed through Phreesia’s payment facilitator model. Payment processing fees are generally calculated as a percentage of the total transaction dollar value processed and/or a fee per transaction. The remainder of patient payment volume is composed of credit transactions for which Phreesia acts as a gateway to other payment processors, and cash and check transactions.

 

92


Table of Contents

We recognize the payment processing fees when the transaction occurs (i.e., when the processing services are completed). We collect the transaction amount from the cardholder’s bank via our third party payment processing partner and the card networks. We then remit the transaction amount to our clients approximately two business days after the transaction occurs. At the end of each month, we bill our clients for any payment processing fees owed per our client contractual agreements. Similarly, at the end of each month, we remit payments to third-party payment processors and financial institutions for interchange and assessment fees, processing fees, and bank settlement fees.

We act as the merchant of record for our clients and work with payment card networks and banks so that our clients do not need to manage the complex systems, rules, and requirements of the payment industry. We satisfy our performance obligations and therefore recognize the payment processing fees as revenue upon completion of a transaction. Revenue is recognized net of refunds, which arise from reversals of transactions initiated by our clients.

The payment processing fees collected from clients are recognized as revenue on a gross basis as we are the principal in the delivery of the managed payment solutions to the client. We have concluded we are the principal because as the merchant of record, we control the services before delivery to the client, we are primarily responsible for the delivery of the services to our clients, we have latitude in establishing pricing with respect to the client and other terms of service, we have sole discretion in selecting the third party to perform the settlement, and we assume the credit risk for the transaction processed. We also have the unilateral ability to accept or reject a transaction based on criteria we established.

As the merchant of record, we are liable for settlement of the transactions processed and, accordingly, such costs are included in payment processing fees expense on the statements of operations.

Life sciences

We generate revenue from sales of digital marketing solutions to life sciences companies which is based largely on the delivery of messages at a contracted price per message to targeted patients. Messaging campaigns are sold for a specified number of messages delivered to qualified patients over an expected time frame. Revenue is recognized as the messages are delivered.

Capitalized internal-use software

We capitalize certain costs incurred for the development of computer software for internal use pursuant to ASC Topic 350-40, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal use software. These costs relate to the development of its Phreesia Platform. We capitalize the costs during the development of the project, when it is determined that it is probable that the project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. Costs related to preliminary project activities, post-implementation activities, training and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, which is generally three years. We evaluate the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. We exercise judgment in determining the point at which various projects may be capitalized, in assessing the ongoing value of the capitalized costs and in determining the estimated useful lives over which the costs are amortized. To the extent that we change the manner in which we develop and test new features and functionalities related to our solutions, assess the ongoing value of capitalized assets or determine the estimated useful lives over which the costs are amortized, the amount of internal-use software development costs we capitalize and amortize could change in future periods.

 

93


Table of Contents

Income taxes

An asset and liability approach is used for financial accounting and reporting of current and deferred income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future. Such deferred income tax asset and liability computations are based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income or loss. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. We follow ASC 740, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. ASC 740 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in the interim periods, disclosure, and transition.

We have accumulated a Federal net operating loss carryforward of approximately $93 million and $100 million as of January 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. This carryforward will begin to expire in 2029. In assessing the realizability of the net deferred tax asset we consider all relevant positive and negative evidence in determining whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. The realization of the gross deferred tax assets is dependent on several factors, including the generation of sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration of the net operating loss carryforwards. We believe that it is more likely than not that our deferred income tax asset associated with our net operating losses will not be realized. As such, there is a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets as of January 31, 2018 and 2019.

Under the Tax Reform Act of 1986 (the Act), the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the Internal Revenue Service and state tax authorities. Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership interest of significant shareholders over a three-year period in excess of 50 percent, as defined under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, respectively, as well as similar state provisions. This could limit the amount of tax attributes that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities. The amount of the annual limitation is determined based on the value of the company immediately prior to the ownership change. Subsequent ownership changes may further affect the limitation in future years. We have not done an analysis to determine whether or not ownership changes, as defined by the Act, have occurred since inception.

The Company records unrecognized tax benefits as liabilities related to its operations in foreign jurisdictions in accordance with ASC 740 and adjusts these liabilities when its judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Due to net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards that remain unutilized, income tax returns for tax years from inception through 2018 remain subject to examination by the taxing jurisdictions.

Stock-based compensation

We recognize the grant-date fair value of stock-based awards issued as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award. To date, we have not issued awards where vesting is subject to performance or market conditions. The fair value of stock options is estimated at the time of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the use of inputs and assumptions such as the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock, exercise price of the option, expected term, risk-free interest rate, expected volatility and dividend yield, the most critical of which is the estimated fair value of our common stock.

 

94


Table of Contents

The estimated fair value of each grant of stock options awarded during fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019 and the three months ended April 30, 2019 was determined using the following methods and assumptions:

 

 

Estimated fair value of common stock .     As our common stock has not historically been publicly traded, our board of directors periodically estimates the fair value of our common stock considering, among other things, contemporaneous valuations of our preferred and common stock prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants 2013 Practice Aid,  Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation .

 

 

Expected term .    Due to the lack of a public market for the trading of our common stock and the lack of sufficient company-specific historical data, the expected term of employee stock options is determined using the “simplified” method, as prescribed in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 107 (SAB 107), Share-Based Payment , whereby the expected life equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option.

 

 

Risk-free interest rate .    The risk-free interest rate is based on the interest rate payable on U.S. Treasury securities in effect at the time of grant for a period that is commensurate with the assumed expected term.

 

 

Expected volatility .    The expected volatility is based on historical volatilities of peer companies within our industry which were commensurate with the expected term assumption, as described in SAB 107.

 

 

Dividend yield .      The dividend yield is 0% because we have never paid, and for the foreseeable future do not expect to pay, a dividend on our common stock.

The inputs and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and management uses different inputs and assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different for future awards.

In valuing our common and preferred stock, we determined the equity value of our business by taking a combination of the income and market approaches.

The income approach estimates the fair value of a company based on the present value of its future estimated cash flows and the residual value of the company beyond the forecast period. These future values are discounted to their present values using a discount rate which is derived from an analysis of the cost of capital of comparable publicly-traded companies in the same industry or similar lines of business as of each valuation date and is adjusted to reflect the risks inherent in us achieving these estimated cash flows. For the market approach, we utilized the guideline company method by analyzing a population of comparable companies and selected those technology companies that we considered to be the most comparable to us in terms of product offerings, revenue, margins and growth. Under the market approach, we then used these guideline companies to develop relevant market multiples and ratios, which are then applied to our corresponding financial metrics to estimate our equity value.

Prior to fiscal 2019, the enterprise values determined by the income and market approaches were then allocated to our common stock using the Option Pricing Method, or OPM.

The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on a company’s enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences of the preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of an assumed liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering. The common stock is modeled as a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the

 

95


Table of Contents

remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the price of the call option. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative.

Beginning in fiscal 2019, we used the probability-weighted expected return method to determine the value of our common stock. Under the probability-weighted expected return method, the value of an enterprise’s common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of future values assuming various possible future liquidity events, such as an initial public offering, a strategic sale or merger and remaining a private enterprise without a liquidity event. The fair market value of the stock is based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future net cash flows as a result of distributions to stockholders considering each of the possible future events, as well as the rights and preferences of each class of stock.

Given the absence of a public trading market for our capital stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including:

 

 

our business, financial condition and results of operations, including related industry trends affecting our operations;

 

 

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or the sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

 

the lack of marketability of our preferred and common stock;

 

 

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

 

 

United States and global economic and capital market conditions and outlook.

Once our common stock commences publicly trading following the completion of this offering, it will not be necessary to use estimates to determine the fair value of the common stock. In addition, as all of our preferred stock with be converted into common stock, we will no longer need to estimate the fair value of preferred stock.

Warrant liability

Warrants to purchase shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock are classified as warrant liability on the accompanying balance sheet and recorded at fair value. This warrant liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date (based upon an independent valuation) and we recognize any change in fair value in our statements of operations as a change in fair value of the warrant liability. We will continue to adjust the carrying value of the warrants for changes in the estimated fair value until such time as these instruments are exercised, expire or, upon the closing of an initial public offering, when such warrants convert into warrants to purchase shares of common stock. At that time, the liabilities will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders’ deficit.

The significant inputs which we use to estimate our warrant liability include the expected volatility and the estimated fair value of the underlying shares of preferred stock. Because we do not have sufficient history to estimate the expected volatility of our stock price, expected volatility is based on the average volatility of peer public entities that are similar in size and industry. We use the term of the warrants as the expected term. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve equal to the expected term of the warrant as of the measurement date. These warrant liabilities are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date, and we recognize any change in fair value in our statements of operations as a change in the fair value of our warrant liability.

 

96


Table of Contents

Recent accounting pronouncements

JOBS Act accounting election

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. We have elected to early adopt certain new accounting standards, as disclosed herein. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting , with guidance regarding the simplification of accounting for share-based payment award transactions. The update changes the accounting for such areas as the accounting and cash flow classification for excess tax benefits and deficiencies; forfeitures; and tax withholding requirements and cash flow classification. This guidance was effective for public companies for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. We adopted the new guidance effective February 1, 2017, and it did not have a material effect on our financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting , which provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in Topic 718. This guidance was effective for all entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The amendments in this ASU are applied prospectively to an award modified on or after the adoption date. We adopted the new guidance effective February 1, 2018, and it did not have a material effect on our financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments , with guidance intended to reduce the diversity in practice regarding how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified within the statement of cash flows. The update addresses eight specific cash flow issues including: debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; the settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing; contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies or bank-owned life insurance policies; distributions received from equity method investees; beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. This guidance was effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We adopted the new guidance effective February 1, 2018, and it did not have a material effect on our financial statements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting , which largely aligns the accounting for share-based payment awards issued to nonemployees with the accounting for share-based payment awards issued to employees. Under previous GAAP, the accounting for nonemployee share-based payments differed from that applied to

 

97


Table of Contents

employee awards, particularly with regard to the measurement date and the impact of performance conditions. Under the new guidance, (i) equity-classified share-based payment awards issued to nonemployees will be measured at the grant date, instead of the previous requirement to re-measure the awards through the performance completion date, (ii) for performance conditions, compensation cost associated with the award will be recognized when the achievement of the performance condition is probable, rather than upon achievement of the performance condition, and (iii) the current requirement to reassess the classification (equity or liability) for nonemployee awards upon vesting will be eliminated, except for awards in the form of convertible instruments. This new guidance is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that fiscal year and early adoption is permitted. We adopted ASU 2018-07 as of February 1, 2018 and the impact was not material.

Recent accounting pronouncement not yet adopted

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13”). ASU 2018-13 updates the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements and is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this standard on our financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to record most leases on their balance sheets but recognize the expenses on their statement of operations in a manner similar to current accounting rules. Topic 842 states that a lessee would recognize a lease liability for the obligation to make lease payments and a right-of-use (ROU) asset for the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. The updated guidance for private companies is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and early adoption is permitted. We plan to adopt this new standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 on February 1, 2020 and expect to use the effective date as our date of initial application. The new standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. We expect to elect the “package of practical expedients,” which permits us not to reassess under the new standard our prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs. We do not expect to elect the use-of-hindsight or the practical expedient pertaining to land easements; the latter not being applicable to us. The new standard also provides practical expedients for an entity’s ongoing accounting. We currently expect to elect the short-term lease recognition exemption for all of our leases. This means, for those leases that qualify, we will not recognize ROU assets or lease liabilities, and this includes not recognizing ROU assets or lease liabilities for existing short-term leases of those assets in transition. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of this standard on our financial statements.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

We have operations both within the United States and in Canada, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate and foreign exchange risks.

Interest rate risk

Our cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. Because our cash equivalents have a short maturity, our portfolio’s fair value is relatively insensitive to interest rate changes. We do not believe that an increase or decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points would have a material effect on our operating results or financial condition. In future periods, we will continue to evaluate our investment policy in order to ensure that we continue to meet our overall objectives.

 

98


Table of Contents

Foreign currency exchange risk

We have foreign currency risks related to our expenses denominated in Canadian dollars, which are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Additionally, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our statements of operations. We have engaged in foreign currency hedging transactions to minimize those fluctuations. To date, foreign currency transaction gains and losses have not been material to our financial statements.

 

99


Table of Contents

Business

Our mission

To create a better, more engaging healthcare experience.

Overview

We are a leading provider of comprehensive solutions that transform the healthcare experience by engaging patients in their care and enabling healthcare provider organizations to optimize operational efficiency, improve profitability and enhance clinical care. As evidenced in industry survey reports from KLAS, we have been recognized as a leader based on our integration capabilities with healthcare provider organizations, the broad adoption of our patient intake functionalities and by overall client satisfaction. Through the SaaS-based Phreesia Platform (the “Phreesia Platform” or “our Platform”), we offer healthcare provider organizations (our “provider clients”) a robust suite of solutions to manage the patient intake process and an integrated payments solution for secure processing of patient payments. Our Platform also provides life sciences companies with an engagement channel for targeted and direct communication with patients. In fiscal 2019, we facilitated more than 54 million patient visits for approximately 50,000 individual providers, including physicians, physician assistants and nurse practitioners, in nearly 1,600 healthcare provider organizations across all 50 states. Additionally, our Platform processed more than $1.4 billion in patient payments in fiscal 2019.

Patient intake is a complex and time-consuming process involving numerous tasks, including registration, insurance verification, patient questionnaires, patient-reported outcomes, or PROs, payments and scheduling. Inefficiencies during the intake process often result in lower patient and provider satisfaction, wasted time, missed revenue opportunities and diminished health outcomes. Phreesia was founded to revolutionize patient intake and to create a better, more engaging healthcare experience. We have created an integrated and streamlined system that automates data capture and engages patients before, during and after the point of care.

The Phreesia Platform manages the end-to-end patient intake process and encompasses a comprehensive range of services, including initial patient contact, registration, appointment scheduling, payments and post-appointment patient surveys. The Phreesia Platform securely collects and analyzes each patient’s information and provides engagement tools to efficiently guide each patient through their healthcare journey. We deploy our Platform across a range of modalities, including through patients’ mobile devices (Phreesia Mobile), through a web-based dashboard for providers (Phreesia Dashboard), and through our proprietary, self-service intake tablets (PhreesiaPads) and on-site kiosks (Arrivals Stations), all of which provide an individualized intake experience for each patient based on age, gender and appointment type. Our solutions are highly customizable and scalable to any size healthcare provider organization and can seamlessly integrate within a provider client’s workflows and leading Practice Management, or PM, and Electronic Health Record, or EHR, systems. Our Platform additionally allows for time-of-service and secure post-explanation of benefits integrated payments.

We serve an array of provider clients ranging from single-specialty practices, which include internal and family medicine, urology, dermatology and orthopedics, to large, multi-specialty groups such as Crystal Run Healthcare and Iowa Clinic and large health systems such as Ascension Medical Group and Baycare Health Systems. Our life sciences business additionally serves clients in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device industries, including 13 of the top 20 global pharmaceutical companies as measured by revenue in fiscal 2019.

The Phreesia Platform currently offers the following solutions to our clients:

 

 

Our registration solution automates patient self-registration via Phreesia Mobile—either before or at the time of the patient’s visit—or through the use of a purpose-built PhreesiaPad or Arrivals Station for on-site

 

100


Table of Contents
 

check-in. The solution also includes the Phreesia Dashboard, which provider staff use to monitor and manage the intake process.

 

 

Our patient activation solution enables providers to communicate with their patients through automated, tailored patient surveys, branded patient announcements and messaging and preventive screening outreach.

 

 

Our revenue cycle solution provides insurance-verification processes, point-of-sale payments applications and cost estimation tools, which help providers maximize the timely collection of patient payments.

 

 

Our clinical support solution collects clinical intake and PRO data for more than 25 specialties, enabling our clients to ask the right clinical questions of the right patients at the right time, and gather key data that aligns with their quality-reporting goals.

 

 

Our appointments solution provides a comprehensive appointment scheduling system to provider clients with applications for online appointments, reminders and referral tracking.

 

 

Our life sciences solution provides a channel for our life sciences clients to deliver targeted and clinically relevant marketing content to patients, which allows them to have more informed conversations with their providers. We also enable our life sciences clients to receive direct patient feedback to incorporate into their business models.

The Phreesia Platform provides significant and measurable value to patients, healthcare provider organizations and life sciences companies. For patients, we provide a seamless, individualized intake experience and flexible payment options. For provider clients, we enable them to increase collections, streamline the referral process, improve quality measures, increase patient satisfaction and consistently collect key clinical, demographic and social data. Based on client feedback received and our internal analysis, we believe that the majority of our provider clients have been able to increase time-of-service collections. For life sciences clients, we increase patient awareness and education of their marketed products. Based on our analysis of client advertising campaigns conducted by Crossix and another data analytics company, which we commissioned, patients exposed to a brand campaign using the Phreesia Platform are over four and a half times more likely, on average, to have a prescription filled for that product than control patients.

Since our founding 14 years ago, we have built a reputation as a dynamic and pioneering organization. Initially designed as a check-in and messaging tool, the Phreesia Platform has evolved to provide a comprehensive range of applications and modules that address the growing needs of the healthcare market. The success and continued evolution of our company has been due in large part to the talent and engagement of the entire Phreesia team. Our team members are key pillars of our success, and fostering and developing their talent is central to our culture. Phreesia was named to Modern Healthcare’s list of the “Best Places to Work in Healthcare” for the last three consecutive years.

Based on the significant value we provide to our clients, we have experienced strong organic revenue growth over the last two fiscal years. Total revenue increased approximately 25% from $79.8 million in fiscal 2018 to $99.9 million in fiscal 2019. For the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, our revenue was $23.9 million and $28.3 million, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA increased from a loss of $4.1 million in fiscal 2018 to income of $3.6 million in fiscal 2019. For the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, our Adjusted EBITDA was $1.0 million and negative $0.3 million, respectively. See “Prospectus summary—Summary financial and other data” for more information as to how we define and calculate Adjusted EBITDA and for a reconciliation of net income, the most comparable GAAP measure, to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

101


Table of Contents

Industry challenges and our opportunity

We develop and market solutions that increase efficiency, reduce costs and improve clinical effectiveness in the healthcare industry. We believe the following trends impacting the healthcare industry represent significant opportunities for us.

Inefficiency and waste amidst continually rising U.S. healthcare expenditure

According to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, total U.S. healthcare spending was $3.6 trillion in 2018 and is expected to grow to $6.0 trillion, or 20% of GDP, by 2027. Other developed industrialized nations spend half as much on healthcare as a percent of GDP. This rising cost is the result of significant waste and inefficiency, due in part to a large number of manual and time-intensive administrative processes. Research from the National Academy of Medicine estimated that approximately 30% of U.S. healthcare spending in 2018, or $1.1 trillion, was wasteful. Additionally, a study in the Journal of American Medical Association estimated that roughly 27%, or $300 billion, of total healthcare waste is administrative-related. Much of this excess spending relates to complex billing procedures, non-standardized practices and a lack of communication between front- and back-office operations, leading to increased costs, errors and inefficient use of providers’ time. Physician practices, burdened by these complex administrative and billing tasks, require extensive support staff to handle these challenges. The U.S. Department of Labor estimates that there are approximately 1.2 million employees focused on patient intake, which equates to 1.2 intake staff for every physician. Moreover, according to Medical Group Management Association, 37% of total costs at multi-specialty practices are directly related to administrative support staff. We believe there is a significant business opportunity and the market for our services will continue to grow as healthcare provider organizations and their staff seek to address these rising costs by eliminating waste and inefficiency.

The patient intake process today is primarily manual, tedious, prone to costly errors and repetitive. By contrast, the Phreesia Platform provides an automated and comprehensive solution to address key provider pain points. As the leading patient intake platform, Phreesia increases staff and doctor efficiency and allows providers to maximize clinical time with patients, reduce administrative complexities and optimize the delivery of care.

Increasing patient financial responsibility in healthcare

As healthcare expenditures continue to rise, employers and health systems have shifted more of the cost to patients through increased cost sharing and the use of high-deductible health plans. According to the Kaiser Family Foundation, the average annual deductible for single covered workers increased more than $400 over the past five years, from $1,135 in 2013 to $1,573 in 2018, and enrollment in high-deductible health plans reached 46% market share of the total health plan market in the first half of 2018 according to the National Center for Health Statistics. These trends have resulted in significant increases in out-of-pocket patient spending, which CMS expects to total $586 billion by 2027. The emergence of the patient as a major payer of healthcare is a dramatic shift in the industry payment landscape, which has historically been between the insurer and healthcare provider organization. We believe that healthcare provider organizations have had ineffective channels to communicate and transact directly with patients, and traditional approaches have lacked personalization and data-driven analysis. Increases in patient financial responsibility require provider staff to obtain payment from the patient before and after the point of care, tasks that are best accomplished with more automated registration, billing and collection workflows, as well as patient-centric payment options. Against this backdrop, patients have historically struggled to understand their bills. According to a McKinsey & Company analysis, by some estimates, healthcare provider organizations collect only half of patient balances after initial visit, which contributes to incremental financial pressure.

 

102


Table of Contents

Phreesia’s comprehensive digital payment platform enables providers to more effectively engage patients and increase collections. Our robust suite of revenue cycle solutions drives profitability, increases transparency and enhances the patient financial experience.

Increasing consumerism in healthcare

As patients pay an ever-growing share of their healthcare costs, they are increasingly demanding higher quality care, increased cost transparency, shared decision making and convenience. A survey by Software Advice showed that more than 70% of patients use online reviews as the first step to search for a new physician. As such, patient experience and satisfaction are becoming important priorities for providers as they compete to attract and retain new patients. Moreover, pharmaceutical companies are increasingly becoming more patient-centric due to increased competition and development of more targeted therapies. We believe the healthcare industry has significantly lagged behind other consumer-centric industries, such as retail, banking and entertainment. Technology can enable patients to assume greater control of their own health, and research has shown that activated, engaged patients have better health experiences and better outcomes.

We believe that the Phreesia Platform is at the forefront of modernizing the healthcare experience and drives improved patient satisfaction and education, efficiency and overall quality of care. Our Platform provides an end-to-end patient intake solution that engages patients directly on their device of choice (Phreesia Mobile, PhreesiaPad or Arrivals Station) to provide streamlined, self-service patient intake and empowers providers with intuitive, cloud-based software that drives actionable insights. Our automated and integrated intake solution allows us to achieve high levels of patient utilization, providing us and our provider clients with important access to patients at key moments of their care. We also help educate patients about relevant treatment options to encourage more engaging provider interaction. Additionally, we provide pharmaceutical companies with an effective channel to incorporate the patient voice in to their business models in an increasingly competitive, patient-centric healthcare environment.

Ongoing shift to value-based reimbursement models

The U.S. healthcare system has been shifting toward alternative payment models, in which healthcare provider organizations share financial risk and are reimbursed based on patients’ experience and outcomes, based on a review by the Health Care Payment & Learning Action Network. Recent regulatory requirements and programs such as Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act’s Merit-Based Incentive Payment System and the Patients over Paperwork initiative aim to directly measure and improve patient engagement and experience and tie physician reimbursement to successful patient outcomes. These programs focus on reducing unnecessary burden and cost, increasing quality and efficiencies and promoting interoperability. Value-based payment models require high levels of documentation, robust data, sophisticated payment-attribution capabilities and advanced analytics that have the ability to adapt to and ensure compliance with regulatory requirements. According to the American Hospital Association, the shift to these models requires healthcare provider organizations to manage new challenges related to measurement and reporting, population health management, care coordination and other patient demands, all of which may require additional staff and capabilities. We believe that many healthcare provider organizations are adapting to these new requirements and are concerned about the incremental internal investment and resources required to comply.

The Phreesia Platform provides real-time insights necessary to improve outcomes in a value-based operating model. We utilize industry-accepted PROs and clinical screening tools that have been developed by third parties and tested for reliability, sensitivity and validity. These PROs allow our healthcare provider clients to close gaps in care, identify successful treatments and engage patients in their care. At the same time, our ability to streamline the intake process and critical workflows improves provider and staff efficiency, allowing for optimal allocation of resources to manage the demands of a value-based care model.

 

103


Table of Contents

Increasing focus on personalized healthcare solutions

We believe that the treatment and prevention of disease are becoming increasingly personalized, driven by technological advancements in the use of patient-specific health, lifestyle/environmental, genomic and other data to diagnose, treat and prevent disease at a personalized level. According to the Journal of the American Medical Association, pharmaceutical companies currently spend a substantial portion of their direct-to-consumer marketing dollars on television and print to reach large patient populations with chronic conditions such as diabetes and pain, which we believe is not as effective as targeted outreach. As new therapies, including those for smaller patient populations, are brought to market, pharmaceutical companies need cost-efficient marketing channels and capabilities to promote new medicines.

Phreesia’s high levels of patient engagement and robust targeting capabilities create an attractive marketing channel for life sciences companies to reach and inform targeted patient populations while they are seeking care which empowers patients to have informed conversations with their physician about their care plan and treatment options.

Our market opportunity

The Phreesia Platform serves a range of provider clients, including single-specialty practices, multi-specialty groups and large health systems. Through our life sciences solutions, we provide services to large and small pharmaceutical, medical device and biotechnology companies. We believe the current addressable market for our Platform and services is approximately $7 billion. Our current addressable market is derived from: (1) the potential subscription-based revenue generated from the approximate 890,000 U.S.-based ambulatory care providers currently taking medical appointments, (2) consumer-related transaction and payment processing fees, which are based on a percentage of payments that can be processed via the Phreesia Platform and addresses approximately $91 billion of annual out-of-pocket patient spend in ambulatory healthcare-related professional services, and (3) a portion of the $6 billion spent by life sciences companies on direct-to-consumer prescription drug marketing. As we develop new products and services on the Phreesia Platform, we expect our total addressable market to grow. Our recent entry into acute-care organizations is an example of a new market offering that is not included in our current addressable market.

Our value proposition

We are focused on creating a better, more engaging healthcare experience for patients, healthcare provider organizations and life sciences companies. We believe our solutions provide a unique value proposition that is differentiated from what is offered by the traditional healthcare system.

Value proposition for patients

 

 

Improved patient experience . Our Platform streamlines the patient intake process and provides consumer-centric options for check-in. We pre-populate information from prior visits, minimizing the frustration of repetitive questions during the intake process and streamlining the information for review by a clinician by the time the patient reaches the exam room. We also offer patients a convenient, flexible, secure intake experience that saves time and reduces the confusion and anxiety around payments. Additionally, our cost estimation tool allows patients to receive an accurate estimate of their out-of-pocket spend for a particular service prior to receiving care. Patients are also able to save time by requesting appointments directly on their healthcare provider organization’s website using our technology.

 

 

Flexible payment options. Our Platform provides patients with flexibility and choice in how they pay for healthcare services. Patients are able to pay upfront or set up an automated payment plan that adheres to

 

104


Table of Contents
 

the provider client’s financial policies. Patients can also choose to pay online on their provider’s website or place a card on file. Our Platform also removes the need for difficult payment-related conversations with staff and ensures a level of personal privacy throughout the transaction.

 

 

Engagement in care. By leveraging the power of self-service and providing individualized, flexible intake solutions, we engage patients early in their healthcare journey and empower them to be more active in their care decisions.

Value proposition for healthcare provider organizations

 

 

Simplify operations and enhance staff efficiency. We enable healthcare provider organizations to streamline operations through automated patient intake and payments that are integrated into existing workflows and PM and EHR systems. By automating the numerous tasks of the intake process, our provider clients have been able to save time on patient check-ins.

 

 

Improve cash flow and profitability. We enable our provider clients to increase collections and reduce costs. Based on client feedback received and our internal analysis, we believe that our flexible patient payment options, including card on file, have led to an increase in time-of-service collections for the majority of our provider clients. Our automated eligibility and benefits verification solution also reduces the number of denied claims.

 

 

Enhance clinical quality. We enable our provider clients to more efficiently and effectively capture the right clinical information to meet their clinical goals and align with quality reporting initiatives. We administered more than five million PROs, such as depression screeners and health risk assessments, in fiscal 2019. Our logic-driven targeting and delivery of PROs and other questionnaires help providers identify and target at-risk patients in need of specific care and reduce errors by avoiding the need to manually gather the information.

 

 

Improve patient experience. We simplify the patient intake process to drive higher patient satisfaction, retention and engagement. Our streamlined intake and payments offering provides a consumer-friendly experience and engages patients to take control of their care. Through our patient surveys, providers are able to conduct outreach to patients within 24 hours of visit and generate real-time feedback that informs and drives improvement efforts.

Value proposition for life sciences organizations

 

 

Targeted, direct digital marketing. We provide life sciences companies with a channel to identify, reach, educate and communicate with patients when they are most receptive and actively seeking care. Our data-driven solutions provide custom, targeted patient outreach based on various clinical, environmental and social data, allowing our clients to engage patients with clinically relevant medical content to help facilitate conversations with their providers about treatment options.

 

 

Improve brand conversion and adherence. Our data and analytics capabilities identify patient populations that align with our life sciences clients’ target audiences. Based on our analysis of client advertising campaigns conducted by Crossix and another data analytics company, which we commissioned, patients exposed to a brand campaign using the Phreesia Platform are over four and a half times more likely, on average, to have a prescription filled for that product than control patients. Integration with our point-of-care solutions, which engage our patients in their own care, increases incremental prescriptions with existing patients, driving an adherence benefit and strong return to our clients.

 

 

Feedback from patient voice. Our Patient Insights solution provides a channel for our life sciences clients to deliver real-time, dynamic surveys to highly targeted patients and capture direct patient feedback.

 

105


Table of Contents

Our competitive strengths

We believe the following are our key competitive strengths.

Market leadership

We have a 14-year history of developing technology solutions that create a better, more engaging healthcare experience. We believe the Phreesia Platform is the most comprehensive and scalable patient intake and payments solution in the market, placing us at the point of care and in the center of the patient-provider relationship. Phreesia is an industry leader in market share and user engagement, with approximately 50,000 individual providers in nearly 1,600 healthcare provider organizations. We were named the 2019 KLAS Category Leader for Patient Intake Management based on survey data from healthcare provider organizations on areas such as integration, implementation support and overall client satisfaction. A 2018 KLAS report also ranked Phreesia as having the broadest adoption of its patient intake functionalities.

Scalable SaaS-based platform embedded in mission-critical daily workflows

Our Platform seamlessly integrates into our provider clients’ daily workflows with bi-directional integration into 21 of the leading PM and EHR systems collectively representing the majority of the total PM and EHR market. These robust integrations provide real-time exchange of clinical, demographic and financial information. For example, customized consent forms and questionnaires are uploaded directly into a provider clients’ PM or EHR system immediately upon completion, which reduces staff time spent on administrative tasks. Our feature-rich SaaS technology architecture is highly scalable across healthcare provider organizations of all sizes, from small independent practices to large health systems with multiple locations, enabling us to implement our solutions quickly and cost-effectively.

Integrated payment platform

The integration of payments within our patient intake platform creates a seamless experience for both patients and providers and results in increased payments for healthcare provider organizations and revenue for Phreesia. Compared with disparate payment platforms and manual reconciliation processes, the Phreesia Platform automatically posts payments in real-time to a provider client’s PM system, creating material time and cost efficiencies for our provider clients. Our revenue cycle solutions, such as card on file, online payments and payment plans, provide convenient payment options for patients, lower bad debt expense for provider clients and reduce payment-related tasks for their staff.

Significant and measurable return on investment

We actively measure and report performance metrics for our provider clients, demonstrating significant and sustainable return on investment in multiple impact areas, often as early as 30-60 days after launch. Example impact areas include:

 

 

Increasing collections. Based on client feedback received and our internal analysis, we believe that the majority of our provider clients have been able to increase time-of-service collections.

 

 

Expanding staff and provider capacity. Our solutions have helped provider clients save time on patient check-ins.

 

 

Optimizing profitability. Our solutions allow healthcare provider organizations to reduce back-office billing and collection costs, such as the costs of sending paper statements.

 

106


Table of Contents
 

Improving patient experience. Our solutions improve patient experience and satisfaction through a streamlined scheduling and check-in process and flexible payment options. We have high approval ratings from patients of all ages using our Platform, with users in the 18-25 age bracket reporting 86% satisfaction, users in the 26-35 age bracket reporting 88% satisfaction, users in the 36-45 age bracket reporting 86% satisfaction, users in the 46-55 age bracket reporting 84% satisfaction, users in the 55-65 age bracket reporting 80% satisfaction and users in the 66+ age bracket reporting 75% satisfaction.

 

 

Enhancing clinical care. Our solutions gather data to help providers identify gaps in care, including patients who are eligible for preventive services, such as Medicare Annual Wellness Visits or colonoscopies, or patients who are at-risk of conditions such as depression. Our automated PROs and clinical data intake also create time savings for staff, allowing them to focus on other activities, and for clinicians, allowing them to review key patient information upfront and to be more effective during care administration. These solutions provide opportunities for providers to earn revenues by billing for PROs that patients might otherwise neglect to fill out.

Proven ability to innovate and meet the evolving needs of our clients

We have demonstrated the ability to quickly and reliably incorporate new applications into the Phreesia Platform to address the myriad of challenges facing healthcare provider organizations and we continue to evaluate the most impactful innovations that will drive a better healthcare experience. Our solution was initially designed as a patient check-in and messaging tool, but it has rapidly evolved into a comprehensive patient intake and payment platform designed to keep pace with evolving demand from patients and providers. We have introduced multiple new applications in the last three years, including Phreesia Mobile, which allows patients to check in conveniently from their own device and has significantly increased patient utilization and overall patient engagement, and Payment Assurance, which eliminates many of the manual tasks required to bill a patient.

Attractive, highly scalable financial model

Our revenue that is largely derived from recurring monthly subscriptions and re-occurring payment processing fees, which should increase with growth of our client base and the ongoing shift of healthcare costs to patients. We have successfully expanded our products sold to existing clients by adding incremental providers and offering additional solutions to these clients. This has led to a 26% increase in average revenue per provider client from fiscal 2018 to fiscal 2019. As our provider clients continue to add more providers to our Platform, we benefit from increased scale and strong unit economics. Our client base is highly diversified as no provider client represented more than 6% of our total revenue in fiscal 2019. Our highly recurring revenue and strong client retention is evidenced by our 107% annual dollar-based net retention rate for provider clients in fiscal 2019. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key metrics” for additional information regarding our calculation of average revenue per provider client, annual dollar-based net retention rate and other key metrics.

Founder-led and deeply experienced management team with strong culture

Our founders, Chaim Indig and Evan Roberts, are pioneers in patient intake who have led our company through consistent and rapid growth over the past 14 years. Our senior leadership team has extensive healthcare, technology and payment knowledge and expertise, and an average 10-year tenure with Phreesia. Additionally, our dedicated sales, implementation, support and development teams also have significant healthcare, technology and payment experience and are a key competitive advantage to our success in the marketplace.

 

107


Table of Contents

Attracting and retaining top talent is a high priority for us. Our strong company culture and investment in the long-term career growth for our people is evidenced by their long tenure with our organization. We believe our success is due in large part to the continued engagement of our talented and committed team. Modern Healthcare magazine recognized Phreesia as one of the “Best Places to Work in Healthcare” for the last three consecutive years, optimally positioning us to continue to attract top healthcare and technology talent.

Our growth strategies

The success of our business depends on acquiring new provider clients and increasing utilization among our existing provider clients, which in turn drives growth across our Platform and solutions. We believe we are well-positioned to benefit from a number of prevailing industry tailwinds across patient intake, patient payments and life sciences marketing. We intend to continue to proactively grow the business through the following strategies.

Expanding our Platform to new healthcare provider organizations

The market for a technology-powered intake and payment platform in the U.S. healthcare industry is early, large and underserved, and we believe we have a substantial opportunity to grow our client base and market share. With the ability to support over 25 different medical specialties and existing partnerships with leading PM and EHR providers, the Phreesia Platform is able to serve a large portion of the U.S. ambulatory and acute care market. The Phreesia Platform is currently used by a small percentage of ambulatory care organizations, and we plan to continue to expand our direct sales force to win new clients with a focus on larger ambulatory provider groups across specialties. In fiscal 2019, we also entered into the U.S acute care market and expect this to be a driver of meaningful future growth.

Deepening our relationship with existing provider clients

We generate recurring fees from our provider clients based on the number of providers who utilize the Phreesia Platform plus subscriptions for any add-on applications. As our provider clients realize the value of the Phreesia Platform, they typically purchase additional subscriptions for their providers. Our sales strategy is focused on expanding our revenue per provider client and we believe there is a significant opportunity to sell new applications as well as add additional provider clients.

Continuing to innovate and leverage our Platform to optimize healthcare delivery

We believe the depth, scalability and robust capabilities of our Phreesia Platform allow us to address key challenges facing healthcare delivery. As an innovative leader in the patient intake market, we intend to continue to invest in new value-added offerings for our clients. We have a well-defined technology roadmap to introduce new features and functionality to the Phreesia Platform, such as our appointments and cost estimation add-on applications. We intend to leverage our patient database and patient engagement capability to eliminate gaps in care and increase care coordination among all key healthcare constituents. By expanding and continuously enhancing the Phreesia Platform, we believe we can drive incremental revenue from existing clients as well as broaden the appeal of our solutions to potential new clients.

Pursuing opportunistic strategic investments, partnerships and acquisitions

Our strong growth has been completely organic as we have added provider clients and life sciences companies to our Platform while also expanding the solutions we offer those clients. Through our history, we have effectively partnered with leading PM and EHR solution providers, and will continue to evaluate strategic and

 

108


Table of Contents

innovative investments and partnerships to accelerate growth. We believe we are now at an appropriate stage and level of scale where we can consider acquisitions. We completed our first acquisition in December 2018 when we acquired Vital Score, Inc., which expanded our clinical and patient activation offerings and deepened our capabilities in motivational science.

Enhancing our margins through continued strategic growth

Our business model is based on developing and deploying new, value-added applications for our clients that increase revenue and enhance our attractive client unit economics. We have invested significantly to create a comprehensive, scalable technology platform that allows us to gain operating leverage and enhance margins. We expect to increase profitability and margins by adding larger new clients to our Platform and by expanding our existing clients with minimal incremental investments in our Platform. Moreover, we continually aim to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of our Platform.

Our products and services

Our Platform and suite of solutions are specifically designed to cater to the needs of patients, providers and life sciences companies while improving healthcare engagement.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

109


Table of Contents

Registration

Our Registration applications facilitate mobile and on-site check-in, create a more complete patient record and increase patient convenience and satisfaction. Our Registration solutions include:

 

 

Phreesia Mobile. Our mobile intake platform allows patients to check in securely and conveniently on their computer or mobile device, either prior to their visit or when they arrive at the office. Patients can also update their clinical and demographic information, take a photo to store in their patient record, capture images of their driver’s license and insurance card, sign forms and policies and pay copays and outstanding balances—all from the privacy and ease of their own device.

 

 

PhreesiaPad. Our proprietary, secure tablet ensures ease of use for on-site check-ins. It allows patients to update their information, take a photo to store in their patient record, capture images of their driver’s license and insurance card, sign consent forms and pay copays and outstanding balances privately and securely. These tablets are durable, secure and easy for patients of all ages to use.

 

 

Phreesia Arrivals Stations. Our Arrivals Stations, designed as a complement to Phreesia Mobile, allow patients to confirm their information and make payments while offering frequently returning or mobile patients a quick and easy self-service intake option.

 

 

Phreesia Dashboard. Our dashboard acts as the “command center for the waiting room” and allows staff to efficiently monitor the intake process, access relevant patient information and manage registration exceptions. Specific capabilities include: eligibility and benefits verification, e-cashiering, card processing at the time of service, payment plans, card on file, reconciliation reporting, analytics on patient collections and transaction and batch reporting.

 

 

Specialty-specific intake workflows. Our workflows leverage our proprietary logic to guide patients through a tailored list of questions, allowing them to efficiently enter and verify their demographics, insurance data and clinical information.

 

 

Consent management. Our automated consent forms streamline the process of collecting consents by ensuring that each patient receives the right forms. These forms can be customized by appointment type and can capture electronic signatures and send required forms directly to the PM or EHR system.

Appointments

Our Appointments applications allow for convenient online appointment requests for patients, appointment tracking and appointment management in one place, and provide insight into past and upcoming appointments. Our Appointments solutions include:

 

 

Online Appointments. Patients receive 24/7 access to book appointments on a practice’s website. Appointment requests populate into the Phreesia Appointments Hub for staff to track and schedule. Patients can confirm their appointment time and date via automated text or email.

 

 

Referrals. Phreesia Referrals tracks all incoming referrals in a centralized list and allows referring providers to send and check the status of each request.

 

 

Phreesia Appointments Hub. Our Appointments Hub centralizes and tracks all incoming appointment requests, verifies patient insurance and allows staff to manage appointments and follow-up visits across multiple locations. The Phreesia Appointments Hub can also schedule appointments directly into select PM systems.

 

110


Table of Contents

Revenue cycle

We are able to improve key revenue cycle metrics with our payment solutions, increasing time-of-service and post-visit collections as well as improving patient convenience with online payments and card on file. Our Revenue Cycle solutions include:

 

 

Point-of-sale payments. Our point-of-sale payments solution offers self-service options on Phreesia Mobile, on the PhreesiaPad or at an Arrivals Station. Provider staff can also process time-of-service or post-explanation of benefits payments on the Phreesia Dashboard. We are able to replace or support a client’s existing payment processor with a fast and secure way to process transactions, as we accept all major credit cards (Visa, MasterCard, American Express and Discover). Additionally, we are Level 1 PCI-compliant and minimize PCI scope in order to prevent significant delays in compliance efforts.

 

 

Eligibility and benefits verification. Our automated eligibility and benefits application streamlines verification, reduces staff’s manual workload and alerts them when attention is needed. We can run eligibility and benefits checks in advance so our clients know their patients’ primary and secondary insurance before their visit. We have achieved CAQH CORE Phase 1 Certification for seamless, secure healthcare administrative data exchange.

 

 

E-Cashiering. We are able to track cash, check and card payments using one tool across all users and office locations. Our reports with bi-directional integration with PM systems simplify end-of-day reconciliation and payment posting.

 

 

Payment plans. Our provider clients can give patients the option to set up private, automated payment plans when they check in, or have the staff create payment plans for them on the Phreesia Dashboard. Each plan is configured according to the healthcare provider organization’s financial policies and managed automatically.

 

 

Online payments. Our online payments application allows practices to add a custom payment button to their website or send email reminders that direct patients to an online payment page.

 

 

Payment assurance. Our patients may sign a financial policy that gives authorization to store their payment card on a secure platform, thus automatically collecting payments once claims are adjudicated.

 

 

Cost estimation. This recently developed application searches patients’ upcoming scheduled appointments and automatically calculates their estimated payment, which staff can manage and track.

Clinical Support

We are committed to delivering the appropriate PROs and assessments to practices as well as helping them efficiently identify at-risk patients and target them for follow-up care. Our Clinical Support solutions include:

 

 

Care Pathways. Our Care Pathways applications provide the necessary tools to identify and treat patients for specific health risks. From orthopedics and gastroenterology to otolaryngology (ENT) and urology, our targeted clinical assessments screen patients for common morbidities associated with each specialty area.

 

 

Wellness for Primary Care. Our Wellness for Primary Care application supports primary care providers as they take on increasing responsibility for their patients’ mental health needs. It identifies and screens patients for common behavioral and mental health conditions, including depression, anxiety and substance abuse, using questionnaires such as PHQ-2 and PHQ-9.

 

 

Healthy Child for pediatrics. We generate validated PRO data with our Healthy Child application for developmental conditions such as ADHD and autism, as well as behavioral health and wellness data for depression and the flu.

 

111


Table of Contents
 

Women’s Wellness. Our Women’s Wellness application, which is used in OB/GYN practices, administers clinical questionnaires and gathers PRO data about depression, most recent mammograms and other relevant questions.

Patient Activation

By providing patients with surveys, targeted messages and branded patient announcements before, during and after their visits, we are able to drive patient engagement and awareness of important practice information and available treatments and services. Our Patient Activation solutions include:

 

 

Post-visit patient surveys. Our surveys are designed to provide clients with a better understanding of their patients’ experiences as well as insights to drive improvements. The surveys align with industry standards and capture key satisfaction metrics, such as Net Promoter Score ® .

 

 

Preventive services for medicare patients. Our application is designed to improve the overall health of Medicare patients by boosting uptake of preventive services with more than 20 workflows that allow providers to identify patients who are eligible for preventive screenings, provide them with relevant healthcare information and prompt them to schedule appointments.

 

 

Social determinants of health. We allow healthcare provider organizations to ask patients privately about their access to healthy food, safe housing and other social determinants that can have a critical impact on their health. The gathered information is automatically integrated within PM and EHR systems, giving providers key data to better understand patients and connect them to needed services.

 

 

Service promotions. Our clients can use our Platform to promote a health fair, in-house pharmacy, on-site physical therapy or other ancillary services.

 

 

Announcements. We are able to send patients branded emails to share important announcements such as new locations, office closures and added services.

 

 

Research. Our application allows clients to deliver targeted questionnaires to patients who may be interested in trials and research studies, generate summary reports and follow up with those who would like to participate.

Analytics and reports

Our robust analytics suite provides real-time operational, financial and clinical insights across our portfolio of products and applications. Example analytics and reports capabilities within our products include:

 

 

Registration. Our Platform monitors patient check-in volumes by location and staff member, usage rates for mobile pre-registration and on-site check-ins, the average time it takes for a patient to complete check-in and patient satisfaction levels, among a variety of other registration features.

 

 

Appointments. Our Platform calculates the volume of incoming appointment requests, tracks the time it takes for patients to schedule appointments and provides insights into top-referring providers.

 

 

Revenue cycle. Our Platform monitors payments across a healthcare provider organization and reconciles all payments daily. Our Platform also tracks payment volumes by location, batch, user, payment method and type of charge.

 

 

Clinical support. Our Platform generates reports that analyze PROs, shows the percentage of patients who request follow-up care and captures patient information that helps our provider clients and their patients meet quality reporting goals.

 

112


Table of Contents
 

Patient activation. Our Platform analyzes the impact of patient communications and preventive health initiatives. Furthermore, it views the number of patients who have seen messages, tracks email and text-message opens and monitors opt-in rates.

 

 

Patient surveys. Our Platform tracks patient answers by location or provider, benchmarks against similar practices and calculates net promoter scores, which is a popular management tool used to gauge the loyalty of patients to their providers.

 

 

Data extracts. Our Platform sends a secure, automated daily feed of patient data to a data warehouse or data lake, thereby eliminating the need to download and upload reports.

 

 

Custom report capability. Our Platform produces custom reports for clients that feature client data such as utilization, social determinants of health, clinical quality and metrics.

Life sciences

Our partnerships with life sciences companies allow us to activate and engage patients by presenting targeted messages to appropriate patient populations, driving improved brand conversion and better patient understanding of behavior modification.

 

 

Patient Connect. Our Patient Connect feature enables clients to engage with relevant patients who voluntarily opt in and deliver pertinent, targeted messages at the point at which they are actively seeking care. Our tools raise awareness and engagement with patients and help them to start the right medical conversation with their physicians.

 

 

Patient Insights. We leverage our Platform to conduct primary research, gather PROs, understand patient sentiments and discover unmet patient needs, which aid life sciences companies in incorporating patient insights in their work.

 

 

Analytics and predictive modeling. We partner with life sciences companies to develop analytic products to help predict outcomes, identify at-risk or undiagnosed patients and develop clinical decision support tools that may help providers make evidence-based decisions regarding treatment and diagnosis.

Our clients

Our clients principally consist of healthcare provider organizations and life sciences companies.

Healthcare provider organizations

In fiscal 2019, we facilitated more than 54 million patient visits for approximately 50,000 individual providers in nearly 1,600 healthcare provider organizations using our Platform and services. Our provider clients include single-specialty practices, multi-specialty groups and health systems of all sizes. The following is a selection of our provider clients:

 

 

Single-specialty practices, such as Chesapeake Urology, ENT and Allergy Associates and Spine Nevada.

 

Multi-specialty groups, such as Crystal Run Healthcare, Iowa Clinic and CareMount Medical.

 

Health systems, such as Ascension Medical Group and Baycare Health Systems.

Our provider clients are well represented across over 25 specialties and varying sizes of independent medical groups and health systems. As of April 30, 2019, approximately 69% of our provider clients were represented by independent medical groups and 31% consisted of health systems, and no healthcare provider organization accounts for more than 6% of total revenue.

 

113


Table of Contents

Life sciences companies

Our 27 life sciences clients consist of large and small pharmaceutical, medical device and biotechnology companies, including 13 of the top 20 global pharmaceutical companies as measured by revenue in 2019. These clients are using the Phreesia Platform to deliver targeted marketing campaigns for over 40 brands across 32 therapeutic categories such as diabetes, GERD, heart failure, obesity, pain management and oncology.

Our technology

We have developed our proprietary SaaS-based technology platform with a focus on delivering reliability, performance, security and privacy. The Phreesia Platform operates as a single, unified, multi-tenant platform that has demonstrated scalability and seamless integration within the operating infrastructure of our provider clients. Our core technology capabilities include:

 

 

Robust integration. We integrate our technology into PMs, EHRs and ambulatory and acute system workflows for nearly 1,600 healthcare provider organizations. Data captured from the patient or generated by the use of our Platform automatically integrates into the PM and EHR systems of provider clients. We currently partner with leading PM and EHR providers that collectively represent the majority of the total PM and EHR market. Partners and provider clients can leverage our expanding APIs to embed the functionality of the Phreesia Platform for their patients, while controlling the look and feel.

 

 

Embedded payments. The payment processing features of our Platform have been designed to operate seamlessly within the workflows of our provider clients, and our revenue cycle solutions can connect directly to payers, to multiple clearinghouses and directly with PM, EHR and other systems.

 

 

Scalable at cost. We have developed a robust and scalable SaaS-based platform that allows us to quickly iterate on existing technology and develop new solutions quickly and efficiently to meet the needs of our clients. Our unique architecture also allows new integrated applications to be quickly deployed to clients and allows real-time integration without expensive and difficult-to-manage VPN tunnels. This is particularly important in a regulatory and industry environment that continues to evolve.

 

 

Consumer-oriented. Through technology innovation, we have continued to ensure our products and services evolve to meet growing and increasingly consumer-centric demands.

 

 

Reliable. Our technology is engineered to provide high reliability and availability. The Phreesia Platform performs hundreds of thousands of transactions, including eligibility and benefits verifications, payment card processing and email and text messaging, quickly and reliably at a low cost every day.

 

 

Secure and private. We securely manage billions of data points for millions of patients using multiple devices. Maintaining the integrity of our Platform is critical to our business, our clients and the patients they treat. We routinely audit and review our security program.

Privacy and security

Privacy and security are our top priorities. We maintain a comprehensive security program designed to help safeguard the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our subscribers’ data, which includes both organizational and technical control measures and the security and privacy of our Platform. We have a system in place to monitor the safety of patient information as well as procedures designed to take immediate action.

We operate a single, unified, multi-tenant platform that offers reliability, performance, security and privacy for our clients. Our technology reliably integrates in thousands of client systems, and we have the infrastructure in place with two co-located data centers to handle mass amounts of sensitive patient information.

 

114


Table of Contents

We use security auditors and industry-leading vendors, such as Sikich, Drummond, Bluefin and CORE, to ensure we have the controls and procedures in place to protect our clients’ sensitive information. We have the industry’s most well-known certifications, including HITRUST CSF certification, PCI DSS Level 1 Service Provider, Security Organization Control (SOC) 2 and PCI Point-to-Point Encryption. As a PCI-DSS Level 1 Service Provider, we are committed to upholding industry security standards to cardholder data. The Level 1 PCI compliance allows us to minimize clients’ PCI scope.

Additional privacy and security measures we perform include:

 

 

Privacy by design. Our products, services and operations are designed to ensure that privacy is an integral part of every design.

 

 

Mandatory annual training. We conduct annual training exercises for our staff with practical guidance based on mission critical job functions and business operations. We perform tabletop exercises to evaluate readiness for a variety of simulated breaches.

 

 

Resources for staff. We have open lines of communication that enable staff to ask questions, report concerns and request contract reviews. We created a designated email address to immediately address our staff’s questions or concerns, and we also maintain an anonymous ethics hotline to investigate and respond to staff ethics concerns.

 

 

Policies applicable to a health technology business. We strictly follow a number of policies as we provide services to healthcare provider organizations that involve access to patient data. These policies include, but are not limited to, the definition of Protected Health Information, or PHI, our classification as a Business Associate under the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their implementing regulations, which we collectively refer to as HIPAA, and the transmission of PHI.

 

 

Privacy reporting. Our security and compliance committee, as well as our full board of directors, are kept informed in a timely and useful manner on all privacy and security matters.

Our competitive landscape

We compete in a dynamic patient intake market with direct and indirect competitors that maintain varying degrees of resources and capabilities. We believe many direct competitors are focused on the basic aspects of electronic patient intake and are only starting to expand into the multiple adjacencies beyond patient registration. Some of our existing and potential partners, particularly EHR providers, have developed their own patient intake solutions and have become direct competitors. However, most of these offerings are limited in scope. Furthermore, the Phreesia Platform is integrated with a majority of the leading EHR systems, and we have put in place partnerships designed for shared financial success. KLAS, an independent healthcare information technology research firm, evaluated Phreesia against many of these direct competitors and named Phreesia the Category Leader for Patient Intake Management for 2019, based on direct feedback from healthcare provider organizations across the country. We also have numerous indirect competitors that maintain point solutions, such as credit card processors, patient survey software and patient scheduling, that are functional substitutes to some of the applications we offer on the Phreesia Platform.

We believe companies in the patient intake market compete on the basis of several factors, including:

 

 

price;

 

breadth, depth, quality and reliability of product and service offerings;

 

ease of use;

 

115


Table of Contents
 

ability to drive tangible return on investment;

 

client-focused implementation services and training programs;

 

healthcare domain expertise;

 

patient clinical content offerings;

 

client support and client services; and

 

ability to integrate with all of a client’s existing systems, including EHR and/or PM systems.

Life sciences marketing is highly competitive and rapidly evolving and consists of both traditional media platforms (e.g. television and print media) as well as more modern web-based and application-based platforms that provide direct-to-consumer marketing for the life sciences industries. Our targeted marketing solutions are unique and compete at the point of care as well as pre- and post-visit across an array of digital devices backed by our commitment to transparency and third-party auditing. We compete on the basis of several factors, including price, quality, transparency and the ability to demonstrate meaningful return on investment.

Client Case Studies

We believe the following case studies are representative of the results achieved by our other provider clients and potential benefits received from Our Platform.

Ascension

Ascension, the largest not-for-profit health system in the U.S., leverages Phreesia to enhance its patient experience, improve clinical care and increase collections across its ambulatory clinics. Our partnership with Ascension has grown from just one ministry focused on digitized intake forms, payments and insurance verification to 14 ministries using a variety of additional applications and features, including Patient Surveys, Mobile registration, discretely integrated patient-reported outcomes, and specialty-specific workflows. With Phreesia, Ascension is able to prompt patients to pay copays and balances before or during the visit, increasing time-of-service collections and reducing costs downstream. The health system also uses Phreesia to gather the right clinical data and social determinants of health to meet their system-wide improvement goals.

Key results:

 

   

5x increase in payment plans

 

   

179x increase in card-on-file payments

 

   

1.5x increase in Medicare Annual Wellness Visits

 

   

4.4x increase in behavioral health questionnaires administered

 

   

Of patients screened for social determinants of health, or SDOH, 50% had unmet social needs and 2.5% had an urgent social need

 

   

83% satisfaction rate with Phreesia across 2.6 million patients surveyed

 

   

81% average utilization rate

SpineNevada

SpineNevada, a multi-site spinal practice in the greater Reno area, leverages Phreesia’s automated intake platform to save staff time and meet statewide opioid regulatory standards. Using Phreesia, the group can now identify and screen patients at risk for opioid dependency. Screening results are automatically scored and saved in the patient’s record, saving staff time and streamlining regulatory compliance.

 

116


Table of Contents

Key results:

 

   

Staff time savings per patient — 6.2 minutes

 

   

Number of patients screened each month for opioid risk — 450

 

   

Of those patients screened, 77% were low-risk, 15% were moderate-risk and 8% were high-risk

“When Nevada passed the Prescription Drug Abuse Prevention Act, everyone thought it was going to be a huge clinical burden. It turns out the burden falls heavily on the administrative team who need to ensure that the information is collected, and that we’re getting informed consents on file. Phreesia takes care of both. Patients are presented with the Opioid Risk Tool and automatically asked for consent, giving our team an opportunity to educate patients about (opioids’) associated risks before writing prescriptions. Now, our practice is protected, and our patients are better informed about their treatment.”—SpineNevada

Valley Surgical

Valley Surgical Clinics, a multi-site general surgery group in Phoenix, was looking for a way to simplify patient payments and increase time-of-service collections. Since implementing several of Phreesia’s Revenue Cycle applications, the group has been able to consistently collect patient payments, improve staff capacity and drive collections.

Key results:

 

   

99% copay collection rate

 

   

91% patient adoption of PhreesiaPad to pay outstanding balance

“Before Phreesia, our staff had to ask patients out loud in the waiting area to pay a copay or balance, which could be uncomfortable for everyone involved. With Phreesia, our patients can automatically view their balances and copays, make direct payments and set up payment plans. The entire process gives patients more autonomy in the payment process and relieves staff from having to initiate difficult conversations. Overall, it’s been a great experience—patients have more privacy, and staff have more time to focus on other tasks.”

HealthLinc

HealthLinc, a federally qualified health center that provides care for underserved patients in Northwest Indiana, used Phreesia to more effectively and automatically screen patients for depression using the PHQ-9 tool. Consistently collecting that data is a requirement to maintain HealthLinc’s federal funding.

Key results:

 

   

Number of patients screened for depression each month — 1,400+

 

   

Percentage of patients automatically identified and screened with the PHQ-9 — 100%

 

   

Percentage of patients identified as at risk for depression — 40%

“Now that Phreesia handles the delivery of the PHQ-9 automatically, providers have the information they need before they enter the exam room. This is a critical piece of the workflow, and providers are able to be proactive instead of reactive. Not only does Phreesia enhance our ability to track mental health concerns, but it also gives us the tools to identify and treat patients in a consistent and streamlined way.”—HealthLinc

 

117


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing

We market and sell our products and services to healthcare provider organizations throughout the United States using a go-to-market and direct sales organization comprised of over 120 highly trained and technical team members that are segmented into several highly targeted and coordinated teams. Our demand generation team develops content and identifies prospects that our sales development team research and qualify to generate high-grade, actionable sales programs. We utilize both an inside and outside direct sales force to execute on the qualified sales programs, partnering with client services to ensure the prospect is educated on the breadth of Phreesia’s capabilities and demonstrable value proposition. Our direct sales force is organized according to the size and needs of potential clients, leveraging their deep experience to deliver a solution tailor-fit to the size and specialty of each practice. Through this targeted, coordinated approach, we maximize resource allocation and allow our direct sales team to concentrate on execution.

We also sell products and services to pharmaceutical brands and advertising agencies.

Subscriber services and support

Our operations and support organizations differentiate and enhance our clients’ and patients’ experience. Our teams have significant experience integrating with various EHR and PM systems, which can help take our provider clients from sale to go-live much quicker than other platforms. Our client-focused operations are structured to provide a seamless process.

 

 

Client services. Our dedicated Client Services team is responsible for pre-sales engagement, new client onboarding and implementation, existing client implementation and on-site optimization. Our client services are organized by market specialization, ensuring that our teams provide deep expertise in the markets they support. In addition, our implementation teams have extensive knowledge of the PM and EHR systems that our provider clients use. Through our designed implementation approach and expertise, we are able to take provider clients live efficiently and quickly. Our client services teams are also able to demonstrate early return on investment in land-and-expand deals, enabling us to roll out to additional locations.

 

 

Client success. Our success is driven by our ability to retain and expand relationships with existing and new clients. Our dedicated Client Success team is focused on the retention of our client base, coordinating directly with Sales and Client Services to meet this objective. Furthermore, we are continuously expanding our business by offering additional products to our clients and driving adoption and utilization.

 

 

Client support. We provide technical support to our provider clients through our dedicated Client Support team to directly resolve any product and/or service issues. We serve as the single starting point for client issues and offer a collaborative support model in contrast to tiered support models. This model has proven to help large companies continue to scale, while leveraging the benefits of smaller operations.

We are committed to providing top-quality services and support, and we have been recognized for high performance in integration, implementation support and overall client satisfaction. In a 2019 industry survey report from the research firm KLAS, Phreesia earned the highest score for implementation and training of all of the evaluated patient intake management vendors, and, consequently, the highest adoption of its functionalities.

Commercial partnership agreements

athena

On January 10, 2014, we entered into a one-year partner agreement (the “Partner Agreement”) with athenahealth, Inc. (“athena”), a provider of electronic health record services, medical practice management

 

118


Table of Contents

services, patient communications services, care coordination services, data integration, insight and action services and medical applications. Pursuant to the Partner Agreement, we provide our patient self-check-in solutions to athena’s customers, and athena provides a license to use an electronic interface to permit data exchanges between athena’s platform and our Platform. In connection with the Partner Agreement, on April 11, 2014, we entered into revenue share addendums, pursuant to which we make quarterly revenue share payments to athena equal to a percentage of revenue received from certain athena clients. We also participate in various business activities for athena that may qualify us for changes in revenue share amounts. The Partner Agreement automatically renews for consecutive one-year terms beginning on January 10, 2015, unless earlier terminated. Either party may terminate the Partner Agreement for convenience upon 30 days’ prior written notice. The Partner Agreement is also subject to early termination upon an uncured material breach by the other party, or due to the other party’s bankruptcy, insolvency or dissolution.

Allscripts

On December 10, 2015, we entered into a five-year strategic alliance agreement (the “Strategic Alliance Agreement”) with Allscripts Healthcare, LLC (“Allscripts”), a provider of electronic health record software solutions, clinical and revenue cycle software and information solutions for provider groups. Pursuant to the Strategic Alliance Agreement, we facilitate integration of our Platform offerings with Allscripts’ systems, and Allscripts markets and sublicenses those integrated offerings, including our payment processing services, eligibility and benefits services and patient intake management offerings, to prospective and existing Allscripts’ customers. Under the terms of the Strategic Alliance Agreement, we pay Allscripts a percentage of revenues generated through our payment processing offerings, as well as set fees on sales of our patient intake management offerings to Allscripts customers, and Allscripts pays us subscription fees for our Platform offerings and related professional services fees. The Strategic Alliance Agreement automatically renews for successive one-year terms beginning on December 10, 2020, unless earlier terminated. Allscripts may terminate the Strategic Alliance Agreement for convenience upon one year’s prior written notice to us, or immediately upon written notice if we are determined ineligible to participate in federal healthcare programs or upon certain change of control transactions. Additionally, either party may terminate the Strategic Alliance Agreement upon an uncured material breach by the other party or upon the other party’s insolvency.

Healthcare laws and regulations

Our business is subject to extensive, complex and rapidly changing federal and state laws and regulations. Various federal and state agencies have discretion to issue regulations and interpret and enforce healthcare laws. While we believe we comply in all material respects with applicable healthcare laws and regulations, these regulations can vary significantly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and interpretation and enforcement of existing laws and regulations may change periodically. Moreover, in many jurisdictions in which we operate, neither our current nor our anticipated business model has been the subject of judicial or administrative interpretation. We cannot be assured that a review of our business by courts or regulatory authorities will not result in determinations that could adversely affect our operations or that the healthcare regulatory environment will not change in a way that restricts our operations. Federal and state legislatures also may enact various legislative proposals that could materially impact certain aspects of our business. In addition, our consumer transactions business is subject to certain financial services laws, regulations and rules, such as the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards.

 

119


Table of Contents

U.S. state and federal health information privacy and security laws

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personally identifiable information, including health information. In particular, HIPAA establish privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of protected health information, referred to as PHI, and require the implementation of administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of individually identifiable health information in electronic form. Our Provider customers are regulated as covered entities under HIPAA. As a service provider who creates, receives, maintains or transmits PHI on behalf of our covered entity customers, Phreesia is a “business associate” as defined under HIPAA. Since the effective date of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule on September 23, 2013, certain HIPAA requirements are also directly applicable to business associates.

Violations of HIPAA may result in civil and criminal penalties and a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards. We must also comply with HIPAA’s breach notification rule. Under the breach notification rule, business associates must notify covered entities of a breach, and those covered entities must notify affected individuals without unreasonable delay in the case of a breach of unsecured PHI, which may compromise the privacy, security or integrity of the PHI. In addition, notification must be provided to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, and the local media in cases where a breach affects more than 500 individuals. Breaches affecting fewer than 500 individuals must be reported to HHS on an annual basis. In the event of a breach, our covered entity customers may require we provide assistance in the breach notification process and may seek indemnification and other contractual remedies.

State attorneys general also have the right to prosecute HIPAA violations committed against residents of their states. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action that would allow individuals to sue in civil court for a HIPAA violation, its standards have been used as the basis for the duty of care in state civil suits, such as those for negligence or recklessness in misusing personal information. In addition, HIPAA mandates that HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities and their business associates for compliance. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the Civil Monetary Penalty fine paid by the violator. In light of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule, recent enforcement activity, and statements from HHS, we expect increased federal and state HIPAA privacy and security enforcement efforts.

Many states in which we operate and in which our patients reside also have laws that protect the privacy and security of sensitive and personal information, including health information. These laws may be similar to or even more protective than HIPAA and other federal privacy laws. For example, the laws of the State of California, in which we operate, are more restrictive than HIPAA. California recently passed the California Consumer Privacy Act or CCPA, which will go into effect January 1, 2020. While any information we maintain in our role as a business associate may be exempt from the CCPA, other records and information we maintain on our customers may be subject to the CCPA. Where state laws are more protective than HIPAA, we must comply with the state laws we are subject to, in addition to HIPAA. In certain cases, it may be necessary to modify our planned operations and procedures to comply with these more stringent state laws. Not only may some of these state laws impose fines and penalties upon violators, but also some, unlike HIPAA, may afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their personal information has been misused. In addition, state laws are changing rapidly, and there is discussion of a new federal privacy law or federal breach notification law, to which we may be subject.

In addition to HIPAA, state health information privacy and state health information privacy laws, we may be subject to other state and federal privacy laws, including laws that prohibit unfair privacy and security practices and deceptive statements about privacy and security and laws that place specific requirements on certain types of activities, such as data security and texting.

 

120


Table of Contents

In recent years, there have been a number of well publicized data breaches involving the improper use and disclosure of personally identifiable information and PHI. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals and state officials. In addition, under HIPAA and pursuant to the related contracts that we enter into with our business associates, we must report breaches of unsecured PHI to our contractual partners following discovery of the breach. Notification must also be made in certain circumstances to affected individuals, federal authorities and others.

Telephone Consumer Protection Act (TCPA)

The Telephone Consumer Protection Act, or TCPA, is a federal statute that protects consumers from unwanted telephone calls and faxes. Since its inception, the TCPA’s purview has extended to text messages sent to consumers. Our services that leverage text messaging are subject to the TCPA and its regulations and agency guidance.

U.S. corporate practice of medicine; fee splitting

Approximately 30 states have enacted laws prohibiting business corporations, such as Phreesia, from practicing medicine and employing or engaging physicians to practice medicine, generally referred to as the prohibition against the corporate practice of medicine. These laws, which vary among the states that have enacted them, are designed to prevent interference in the medical decision-making process by anyone who is not a licensed physician. We frequently enter into services contracts with healthcare provider organizations pursuant to which we provide them with revenue cycle management, insurance enrollment verification, patient intake, scheduling, appointment reminders, and a range of other services. These contractual relationships are subject to various state laws, including those of New York, Texas and California, that prohibit fee splitting or the practice of medicine by lay entities or persons and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons from interfering with or influencing the physician’s professional judgment. In addition, various state laws also generally prohibit the sharing of professional services income with nonprofessional or business interests. Activities other than those directly related to the delivery of healthcare may be considered an element of the practice of medicine in many states. Under the corporate practice of medicine restrictions of certain states, decisions and activities such as scheduling, contracting, setting rates, the provision of medical equipment, and the hiring and management of clinical personnel may implicate the restrictions on the corporate practice of medicine.

Some of these requirements may apply to us even if we do not have a physical presence in the state, based solely on our agreements with providers licensed in the state. However, regulatory authorities or other parties, including our providers, may assert that we are engaged in the corporate practice of medicine or that our contractual arrangements with our provider clients constitute unlawful fee splitting. In this event, failure to comply could lead to adverse judicial or administrative action against us and/or our provider clients, civil or criminal penalties, receipt of cease and desist orders from state regulators, loss of provider licenses, the need to make changes to the terms of engagement of our provider clients that interfere with our business and other materially adverse consequences.

U.S. federal and state fraud and abuse laws

Federal Stark Law

We may be subject to the federal self-referral prohibitions, commonly known as the Stark Law. Where applicable, this law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare patients to an entity providing “designated

 

121


Table of Contents

health services” if the physician or a member of such physician’s immediate family has a “financial relationship” with the entity, unless an exception applies. The penalties for violating the Stark Law include the denial of payment for services ordered in violation of the statute, mandatory refunds of any sums paid for such services, civil penalties for each violation and twice the dollar value of each such service and possible exclusion from future participation in the federally funded healthcare programs. A person who engages in a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law’s prohibitions may be fined for each applicable arrangement or scheme. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute, which means proof of specific intent to violate the law is not required. In addition, the government and some courts have taken the position that claims presented in violation of the various statutes, including the Stark Law, can be considered a violation of the federal False Claims Act (described below) based on the contention that a provider impliedly certifies compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and other rules when submitting claims for reimbursement. A determination of liability under the Stark Law could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Federal Anti-Kickback Statute

We are also subject to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broadly worded and prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for, or to induce, (i) the referral of a person covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs, (ii) the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of items or services reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs or (iii) the purchasing, leasing, ordering, arranging, or recommending the purchasing, leasing or ordering of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Certain federal courts have held that the Anti-Kickback Statute can be violated if “one purpose” of a payment is to induce referrals. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation, making it easier for the government to prove that a defendant had the requisite state of mind or “scienter” required for a violation. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act, as discussed below. Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute can result in exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs as well as civil and criminal penalties, including fines and penalties up to three times the amount of the unlawful remuneration. Imposition of any of these penalties could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition to a few statutory exceptions, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General, or OIG, has published safe-harbor regulations that outline categories of activities that are deemed protected from prosecution under the Anti-Kickback Statute provided all applicable criteria are met. The failure of a financial relationship to meet all of the applicable safe harbor criteria does not necessarily mean that the particular arrangement violates the Anti-Kickback Statute. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities, such as the OIG.

False Claims Act

Both federal and state government agencies have continued civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare companies and their executives and managers. Although there are a number of civil and criminal statutes that can be applied to healthcare providers and their service providers, a significant number of these investigations involve the federal False Claims Act. These investigations can be initiated not only by the government but also by a private party asserting direct knowledge of fraud. These “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits may be initiated against any person or entity alleging such person or entity has knowingly or recklessly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for

 

122


Table of Contents

payment from the federal government, or has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. In addition, the improper retention of an overpayment for 60 days or more is also a basis for a False Claim Act action, even if the claim was originally submitted appropriately. Penalties for False Claims Act violations include fines for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages sustained by the federal government. A False Claims Act violation may provide the basis for exclusion from the federally funded healthcare programs. In addition, some states have adopted similar fraud, whistleblower and false claims provisions.

State fraud and abuse laws

Several states in which we operate have also adopted similar fraud and abuse laws as described above. The scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. Some state fraud and abuse laws apply to items or services reimbursed by any third party payor, including commercial insurers, not just those reimbursed by a federally funded healthcare program. A determination of liability under such state fraud and abuse laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

Other healthcare laws

HIPAA established several separate criminal penalties for making false or fraudulent claims to insurance companies and other non-governmental payors of healthcare services. Under HIPAA, these two additional federal crimes are: “Healthcare Fraud” and “False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters.” The Healthcare Fraud statute prohibits knowingly and recklessly executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs. The False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact by any trick, scheme or device or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment. This statute could be used by the government to assert criminal liability if a healthcare provider knowingly fails to refund an overpayment. These provisions are intended to punish some of the same conduct in the submission of claims to private payors as the federal False Claims Act covers in connection with governmental health programs.

In addition, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law imposes civil administrative sanctions for, among other violations, inappropriate billing of services to federally funded healthcare programs and employing or contracting with individuals or entities who are excluded from participation in federally funded healthcare programs. Moreover, a person who offers or transfers to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary any remuneration, including waivers of co- payments and deductible amounts (or any part thereof), that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider, practitioner or supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services may be liable for civil monetary penalties of up to $10,000 for each wrongful act. Moreover, in certain cases, providers who routinely waive copayments and deductibles for Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries can also be held liable under the Anti-Kickback Statute and civil False Claims Act, which can impose additional penalties associated with the wrongful act. One of the statutory exceptions to the prohibition is non routine, unadvertised waivers of copayments or deductible amounts based on individualized determinations of financial need or exhaustion of reasonable collection efforts. The OIG emphasizes, however, that this exception should only be used occasionally to address special financial needs of a particular patient. Although this prohibition applies only to federal healthcare program beneficiaries, the routine waivers of copayments and deductibles offered to patients covered by commercial payers may implicate applicable state

 

123


Table of Contents

laws related to, among other things, unlawful schemes to defraud, excessive fees for services, tortious interference with patient contracts and statutory or common law fraud.

Intellectual property

Our continued growth and success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, including our SaaS software platform. We primarily protect our intellectual property through a combination of trademarks, trade secrets and other contractual rights, including confidentiality, non-disclosure and assignment-of-invention agreements with our employees, independent contractors, consultants and companies with which we conduct business.

However, these intellectual property rights and procedures may not prevent others from creating a competitive SaaS platform or otherwise competing with us. We may be unable to obtain, maintain and enforce the intellectual property rights on which our business depends, and assertions by third parties that we violate their intellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Employees

As of April 30, 2019, we had 436 full-time employees, including 165 in services and support, 118 in sales and marketing, 94 in research and development and 59 in general and administrative. As of April 30, 2019, we had 276 full-time employees in the United States and 160 full-time employees internationally. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and we have not experienced any work stoppages.

Facilities

We lease a facility containing 18,000 square feet of office space, which is located at 432 Park Avenue South, New York, NY 10016. The lease expires in 2021. We also lease 19,074 square feet of office space at 1 Hines Road, Suite 110, Kanata Ontario K2K 3C7 and 13,449 square feet of office space at 434 Fayetteville Street, Raleigh, NC 27601. These leases expire in 2021 and 2022, respectively.

Legal proceedings

From time to time we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

124


Table of Contents

Management

Our executive officers, key employees and directors and their respective ages and positions as of the date of this prospectus are as follows:

 

     
Name    Age        Position

Executive Officers

       

Chaim Indig

     40        Chief Executive Officer, Director

Thomas Altier

     69        Chief Financial Officer

Evan Roberts

     40        Chief Operating Officer

Charles Kallenbach

     55        General Counsel, Secretary

Daniel Nathan

     43        Chief Technology Officer

David Linetsky

     39        Senior Vice President, Life Sciences

Michael J. Davidoff

     46        Senior Vice President, Marketing and Business Development

Amy Beth VanDuyn

     46        Senior Vice President, Human Resources

Non-Employee Directors

       

Michael Weintraub(2)(3)

     60       

Chairman, Director

Alan Spoon, J.D.(4)

     68       

Director

Edward L. Cahill(2)

     66       

Director

Scott Perricelli(1)(2)

     47       

Director

Victor Kats(4)

     48       

Director

Mark Smith, M.D.(1)(3)

     67       

Director

Gillian Munson(1)

     49       

Director

Cheryl Pegus, M.D., M.P.H.(3)

     55       

Director

 

(1)   Member of the audit committee
(2)   Member of the compensation committee
(3)   Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee
(4)   Alan Spoon, J.D. and Victor Kats will resign from our board of directors effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Executive officers

Chaim Indig has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since inception in January 2005. Prior to co-founding Phreesia, Mr. Indig led the successful introduction of the analytics software company, Spotfire, Inc., into the pharmaceutical marketing space. Mr. Indig was a finalist for Ernst & Young’s “Entrepreneur of the Year” Award in 2011 and was featured in the Stanford Social Innovation Review as a healthcare innovator. We believe that Mr. Indig’s extensive knowledge and experience in all aspects of our business and his extensive experience in the healthcare technology industry make him qualified to serve on our board of directors.

 

125


Table of Contents

Thomas Altier has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2012. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Altier served as Chief Financial Officer at Perceptive Pixel, Inc., which was acquired by Microsoft Corporation in 2012. Prior to joining Perceptive Pixel, Inc., Mr. Altier served as Chief Financial Officer of Cybershift, Inc., a private software management company, from 2000 to 2011. Mr. Altier received his B.A. degree in History from Columbia University in New York, New York and an M.B.A. in Accounting from Columbia Business School in New York, New York. Mr. Altier is also a C.P.A.

Evan Roberts has served as our Chief Operating Officer since January 2019. Mr. Roberts previously served as Vice President of Customer Solutions from January 2012 until January 2019, and as our Chief Technology Officer from inception in January 2005 until January 2012. Prior to co-founding Phreesia, Mr. Roberts was a senior sales engineer at Spotfire, Inc., where he successfully led the introduction of the analytics software company into the pharmaceutical marketing space. Mr. Roberts received his B.S. degree in Computer Engineering from Tufts University in Boston, Massachusetts.

Charles Kallenbach, J.D. has served as our General Counsel and Secretary since October 2016. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Kallenbach served as General Counsel and Chief Legal Officer at Heartland Payment Systems, Inc., which was acquired by Global Payments, Inc., from January 2007 until April 2016. Mr. Kallenbach began his legal career at Jones Day and Swidler Berlin Shereff Friendman LLP. Mr. Kallenbach received his J.D. from New York University School of Law in New York, New York and his B.A. degree in History from the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

Daniel Nathan has served as our Chief Technology Officer since February 2019. Mr. Nathan previously served as our Vice President of Engineering from July 2012 until February 2019, Director of Engineering from May 2009 until June 2012, and Principal Architect from April 2007 until April 2009. Mr. Nathan received his B.A. and B.S. degree in Computer Science and Ceramic Engineering, respectively, from Alfred University in Alfred, New York.

David Linetsky has served as our Senior Vice President, Life Sciences since March 2019. He previously served as our Vice President, Analytics and Insights from July 2018 to March 2019, our Vice President, Finance and Analytics from January 2015 to July 2018, our Director of Analytics from January 2013 to December 2014 and our Senior Mathematician from 2008 to 2012. Prior to 2008, Mr. Linetsky served as an intern and consultant to Phreesia from 2005 to 2008. Mr. Linetsky received his B.S. degree in Mathematics from the University of Alberta in Edmonton, Alberta, Canada and his M.Phil. degree in Mathematics and Logic from the Graduate Center of the City University of New York in New York, New York, where he was also a Ph.D. candidate in Mathematics and Logic.

Michael J. Davidoff has served as our Senior Vice President of Marketing and Business Development since January 2019. Mr. Davidoff previously served as our Vice President of Marketing and Business Development from March 2015 until December 2018, Vice President of Corporate Business Development from January 2014 until February 2015, Vice President of Financial Products from June 2010 until December 2013, and Director of Product Marketing from February 2008 until May 2010. Prior to Phreesia, Mr. Davidoff held product management and research positions at the March of Dimes and Merck & Co. Mr. Davidoff received his B.S. degree in Biophysics from Boston College in Boston, Massachusetts and M.P.H. degree in Policy and Administration from the University of Minnesota in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

Amy Beth VanDuyn has served as our Senior Vice President of Human Resources since March 2019. She previously served as our Vice President of Human Resources from April 2010 until March, 2019. Prior to Phreesia, Ms. VanDuyn worked in human resource leadership roles across many industries including software-as-a-service, hospitality, and public relations. Ms. VanDuyn received her B.A. degree in Hospitality Business from Michigan State University in East Lansing, Michigan.

 

126


Table of Contents

Non-employee directors

Michael Weintraub has served as Founding Chairman and as a member of our board of directors since January 2005. Mr. Weintraub serves as Co-Founder and Managing Partner of Ardan Equity Partners, LLC, a healthcare enterprise software private equity firm, since April 2019. Previously, Mr. Weintraub served as Managing Partner of Optum Venture Management LLC, a company focused on digital health innovation, from 2017 to 2018. Mr. Weintraub was Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Humedica, Inc., a population health management and big data company, from 2008 until 2013. After Humedica, Inc. was acquired by UnitedHealth Group, or UHG, in 2013, Mr. Weintraub served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Optum Analytics, UHG, from 2013 until 2017. Prior to launching Humedica, Inc., Mr. Weintraub served as Senior Managing Director at Leerink Partners LLC, a healthcare investment bank. Mr. Weintraub also served as Chief Executive Officer of PharMetrics, Inc. from 2001 until 2005, a healthcare informatics company, which was acquired by IMS Health, Inc., now IQVIA Holdings Inc., in 2005. Mr. Weintraub currently serves as chairman of the board of directors of BroadReach Healthcare, LLC, a global healthcare company, as a member of the board of directors of Oncology Analytics, Newfire, LLC, and The College Diabetes Network, and as an advisory board member of the Innovation and Digital Health Accelerator at Boston Children’s Hospital. Mr. Weintraub also focuses on healthcare innovation as an Entrepreneur in Residence at Harvard Business School. Mr. Weintraub received his Bachelor’s Degree in Economics from Brandeis University in Boston, Massachusetts and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School in Boston, Massachusetts. We believe that Mr. Weintraub’s experience as an executive in the healthcare industry, as a director for a number of healthcare and data analytics companies, and his knowledge of the healthcare technology industry make him qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Alan Spoon, J.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2007. Mr. Spoon serves as chairman of the board of directors of Fortive Corporation, a position he has held since July 2016. Mr. Spoon served as a Partner of Polaris Partners, a company that invests in private technology and life sciences firms, from 2000 to 2018, including Partner Emeritus from 2015 to 2018 and Managing General Partner from 2000 to 2010. In addition to his prior leadership role at Polaris Partners, Mr. Spoon previously served as President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of one of the country’s largest publicaly-traded education and media companies. Mr. Spoon also sits on the boards of other companies, including Fortive Corporation, Danaher Corporation, IAC/InterActiveCorp, Match Group, Inc. and Cable One, Inc. Mr. Spoon earned his B.S. at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, or M.I.T., in Cambridge, Massachusetts, an M.S. at M.I.T.’s Sloan School of Management, and a J.D., with honors, from Harvard Law School in Cambridge, Massachusetts. We believe that Mr. Spoon’s public company leadership experience gives him insight into business strategy, leadership and executive compensation and his public company and private equity experience give him insight into technology trends, acquisition strategy and financing, each of which make him qualified to serve on our board of directors. Mr. Spoon will resign from our board of directors effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Edward Cahill has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2007. Mr. Cahill serves as Managing Partner at HLM Venture Partners, which invests in emerging healthcare, business services, and technology companies, a position he has held since May 2000. From June 1995 until May 2000, Mr. Cahill was a Founding Partner of Cahill, Warnock & Company (now Camden Partners Holding, LLC), a Baltimore private equity firm. Prior to that, Mr. Cahill was a Managing Director of Alex. Brown & Sons, Inc., where he headed the firm’s Healthcare Group from 1986 through 1995. Mr. Cahill serves as a member of the board of directors of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., Carevive Systems, Inc., Binary Foundation Inc. and Persivia Inc., and serves as a trustee of Johns Hopkins Medicine, Johns Hopkins Health System, and Mercy Health Services. Mr. Cahill previously served as a member of the board of directors of many public and privately held companies including but not limited to Covetrus, Inc., Masimo Corp., Centene Corp., and TyRx Pharma Inc. Mr. Cahill holds a B.A. from Williams College in Williamstown, Massachusetts, and a Master of Public and Private Management degree

 

127


Table of Contents

from Yale University in New Haven, Connecticut. We believe that Mr. Cahill’s experience in serving on the board of directors of numerous public and private companies and his investment experience with healthcare companies make him qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Scott Perricelli has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2014. Mr. Perricelli has over 20 years of investment banking and private equity experience. He currently serves as Partner of LLR Partners Inc., a position he has held since 2008. He has been employed by LLR Partners Inc. since 2001. Prior to joining LLR Partners Inc., Mr. Perricelli was a Principal at Draper Triangle Ventures LP from 2000 to 2001, an associate at Advanta Partners, L.P. from 1997 to 1999 and worked at William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. from 1994 to 1997. Mr. Perricelli currently serves as member of the board of directors of Benefitexpress LLC, Eye Health America, Kemberton Healthcare Services LLC, Physicians Immediate Care LLC and Schweiger Dermatology Group, PLLC. Mr. Perricelli also serves on the Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Foundation Board of Overseers and the Bucknell University Board of Trustees. Mr. Perricelli received his B.S. Degree in Accounting from Bucknell University in Lewisburg, Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. in Finance and Entrepreneurship from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University in Evanston, Illinois. We believe that Mr. Perricelli’s experience advising and investing in numerous growth businesses make him qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Victor Kats has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2010. Mr. Kats currently serves as a Managing Director at Ascension Ventures II, LLC, a position he has held since June 2009. He was previously Vice President of Corporate Development at Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc., from 2008 to 2009, and served as Vice President of Business Development at Misys Healthcare Systems, LLC from 2003 to 2008. Mr. Kats serves as member of the board of directors of Cedar Gate Technologies, LLC, Visitpay Inc., Vivify Health, Inc., Quantros, Inc., and is board observer at Ingenious Med, Inc. Mr. Kats received his B.S.B.A degree from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and his M.B.A. in Finance from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. We believe that Mr. Kats’ experience as a senior executive in the healthcare industry, along with his experience as a director on numerous companies in the healthcare industry, make him qualified to serve on our board of directors. Mr. Kats will resign from our board of directors effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Mark Smith, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2018. Dr. Smith currently serves as co-chair of the Guiding Committee of the Health Care Payment Learning and Action Network, a position he has held since 2015. Dr. Smith is also a Professor of Clinical Medicine at the University of California at San Francisco and Visiting Professor at the School of Public Health at the University of Berkeley. Previously, Dr. Smith was the founding President and former Chief Executive Officer of the California Healthcare Foundation, Inc., a philanthropic organization focused on improving the health of individuals, from 1996 to 2013. Dr. Smith serves as a member of the board of directors of Teladoc Health, Inc., Commonwealth Fund, Institute for Healthcare Improvement, Cardinal Analytx, Inc., and Concerto Healthcare, Inc. Dr. Smith earned his B.A. degree in Afro-American Studies from Harvard College in Cambridge, Massachusetts, his M.D. from University of North Carolina in Chapel Hill, North Carolina, and his M.B.A. in Healthcare Administration from the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. We believe that Dr. Smith’s experience as a physician and his background in the healthcare industry make him qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Cheryl Pegus, M.D., M.P.H. has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2019. Dr. Pegus currently serves as Chief Medical Officer and Senior Vice President of Health Care Services for Cambia Health Solutions, Inc., a position she has held since 2018. Previously, Dr. Pegus was President of Caluent LLC, a health care data analytics company, from 2013 to 2018 and a Clinical Professor of Medicine and Population Health at NYU Langone Medical Center from 2014 to 2017. Prior to that, Dr. Pegus served as the first Chief Medical Officer of Walgreen Co.’s health care services, product launches and data analytics unit, from 2010 to 2013. Dr. Pegus

 

128


Table of Contents

currently serves as Chair of the Board of the Association of Black Cardiologists and as a board member of Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. and US Acute Care Solutions, LLC. Dr. Pegus earned her B.A. degree from Brandeis University in Waltham, Massachusetts, her M.D. from Weill Cornell Medical College in New York, New York and her Master’s in public health from Columbia University Mailman School of Public Health in New York, New York. We believe Dr. Pegus’ experience as a physician and her background in the healthcare industry make her qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Gillian Munson has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2019. Ms. Munson currently serves as a Partner at Union Square Ventures and is responsible for firm operations as well as investments. Previously, she served as Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of XO Group Inc., the parent company of The Knot Inc., from 2013 until 2019. Prior to that, Ms. Munson served as Managing Director at Allen & Company LLC, where she lead principal investing and outreach activities with early stage technology companies. Ms. Munson also held previous roles of Vice President, Business Development at Symbol Technologies, LLC, Executive Director and Senior Equity Analyst at Morgan Stanley and Equity Research Associate at Hambrecht & Quist. She currently serves on the board of directors of Sweet Briar College and The St. Regis Foundation, and previously served on the board of directors of Monster Worldwide, Inc. Ms. Munson earned her B.A. in Political Science and Economics from The Colorado College in Colorado Springs, Colorado. We believe that Ms. Munson’s public company leadership position as an officer and as a board member, as well as her investment and equity research experience in the technology industry, make her qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Composition of our board of directors

Our board of directors currently consists of nine members, each of whom is a member pursuant to the board composition provisions of the pre-offering certificate of incorporation and agreements with our stockholders. These board composition provisions will terminate upon the completion of this offering. Upon the termination of these provisions, there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our nominating and corporate governance committee and our board of directors may therefore consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of nominees. Our nominating and corporate governance committee’s and our board of directors’ priority in selecting board members is the identification of persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through their established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape, and professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering and our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

Director independence

Our board of directors has determined that all members of the board of directors, except Chaim Indig, are independent directors, including for purposes of the rules of the NYSE and the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. In making such independence determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. In considering the independence of the directors listed above, our

 

129


Table of Contents

board of directors considered the association of our directors with the holders of more than 5% of our common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that the composition and functioning of our board of directors and each of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the NYSE and the rules and regulations of the SEC. There are no material family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. Chaim Indig is not an independent director under these rules because he is an executive officer of our company.

Staggered board

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering and our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors and each will be assigned to one of the three classes. At each annual meeting of the stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2020 for Class I directors, 2021 for Class II directors and 2022 for Class III directors.

 

 

Our Class I directors will be Chaim Indig, Edward Cahill and Michael Weintruab;

 

Our Class II directors will be Scott Perricelli and Cheryl Pegus, M.D., M.P.H.; and

 

Our Class III directors will be Mark Smith, M.D. and Gillian Munson.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering and our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part will provide that the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our management or a change in control.

Board leadership structure and board’s role in risk oversight

Michael Weintraub is our current chairman of the board of directors and we plan to keep this role separated from the role of Chief Executive Officer following the completion of this offering. We believe that separating these positions allows our Chief Executive Officer to focus on setting the overall strategic direction of the company, expanding the organization to deliver on our strategy and overseeing our day-to-day business, while allowing a chairman of the board to lead the board of directors in its fundamental role of providing strategic advice to and independent oversight of management. Our board of directors recognizes the time, effort and energy that the Chief Executive Officer is required to devote to his position in the current business environment, as well as the commitment required to serve as our chairman, particularly as the board of directors’ oversight responsibilities continue to grow. While our amended and restated bylaws and corporate governance guidelines do not require that our chairman and Chief Executive Officer positions be separate, our board of directors believes that having separate positions is the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time and demonstrates our commitment to good corporate governance.

Risk is inherent with every business, and how well a business manages risk can ultimately determine its success. We face a number of risks, including risks relating to our financial condition, industry trends, platform development and commercialization activities, operations, strategic direction and intellectual property as more fully discussed in the section entitled “Risk factors” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of risks we face, while our board of directors, as a whole and

 

130


Table of Contents

through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role, our board of directors has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed.

The role of the board of directors in overseeing the management of our risks is conducted primarily through committees of the board of directors, as disclosed in the descriptions of each of the committees below and in the charters of each of the committees. The full board of directors (or the appropriate board committee in the case of risks that are under the purview of a particular committee) discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on us, and the steps we take to manage them. When a board committee is responsible for evaluating and overseeing the management of a particular risk or risks, the chairman of the relevant committee reports on the discussion to the full board of directors during the committee reports portion of the next board meeting. This enables the board of directors and its committees to coordinate the risk oversight role, particularly with respect to risk interrelationships.

Committees of our board of directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a security and compliance committee. The audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance will each operate pursuant to a charter adopted by our board of directors and will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations, if and as applicable. Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Upon our listing on the NYSE, each committee’s charter will be available upon our website at www.Phreesia.com. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporate by reference of the information contained or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

Audit committee

Gillian Munson, Scott Perricelli and Mark Smith, M.D. will serve on the audit committee, which will be chaired by Gillian Munson. Our board of directors has determined that each of Gillian Munson, Scott Perricelli and Mark Smith, M.D. are “independent” for audit committee purposes as that term is defined in the rules of the SEC and the applicable NYSE rules, and each has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the audit committee. Our board of directors has designated Gillian Munson as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

 

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

 

 

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

131


Table of Contents
 

coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

 

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

 

recommending based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

 

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

 

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

 

reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

 

reviewing quarterly earnings releases of information to be disclosed and the types of presentation to be made.

Compensation committee

Michael Weintraub, Edward Cahill and Scott Perricelli will serve on the compensation committee, which will be chaired by Michael Weintraub. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is “independent” as defined in the applicable NYSE rules. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

 

annually reviewing and approving the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

 

evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and based on such evaluation: (i) determining cash compensation of our chief executive officer; and (ii) reviewing and approving grants and awards to our chief executive officer under equity-based plans;

 

 

reviewing and determining the cash compensation of (i) our other executive officers and (ii) grants and awards to our other executive officers under equity-based plans;

 

 

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

 

 

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans, including reviewing and approving grants and awards to our employees and service providers under equity-based plans;

 

 

evaluating and assessing potential and current compensation advisors in accordance with the independence standards identified in the applicable NYSE rules;

 

 

reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards;

 

 

reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

 

preparing the compensation committee report required by SEC rules, if and when required, to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

 

reviewing and approving the retention, termination or compensation of any consulting firm or outside advisor to assist in the evaluation of compensation matters.

 

132


Table of Contents

Nominating and corporate governance committee

Mark Smith, M.D., Cheryl Pegus, M.D., M.P.H. and Michael Weintraub will serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be chaired by Mark Smith, M.D. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is “independent” as defined in the applicable NYSE rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

 

Recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

 

 

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

 

 

identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

 

 

recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

 

developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines and periodically reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of the code of conduct and business ethics and the corporate governance guidelines; and

 

 

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time during the prior three years been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Corporate governance

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics, effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a current copy of the code will be posted on our website, which is located at www.phreesia.com. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus.

 

133


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

Overview

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. The actual amount and form of compensation and the compensation policies and practices that we adopt in the future may differ materially from currently-planned programs as summarized in this discussion.

As an “emerging growth company,” we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies,” as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act. This section provides an overview of the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to the individuals who served as our principal executive officer and our next three most highly compensated executive officers at the end of fiscal 2019.

Our named executive officers are:

 

 

Chaim Indig, our Chief Executive Officer;

 

Thomas Altier, our Chief Financial Officer;

 

Evan Roberts, our Chief Operating Officer; and

 

Charles Kallenbach, our General Counsel.

Historically, our executive compensation program has reflected our growth and development-oriented corporate culture. To date, the compensation of our named executive officers has consisted of a combination of base salary, bonuses and long-term incentive compensation in the form of stock options. Our named executive officers who are full-time employees, like all other full-time employees, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare benefit plans. As we transition from a private company to a publicly traded company, we will evaluate our compensation values and philosophy and compensation plans and arrangements as circumstances require. At a minimum, we expect to review executive compensation annually with input from a compensation consultant. As part of this review process, we expect the board of directors and the compensation committee to apply our values and philosophy, while considering the compensation levels needed to ensure our executive compensation program remains competitive. We will also review whether we are meeting our retention objectives and the potential cost of replacing a key employee.

Summary compensation table

The following table presents information regarding the total compensation earned by our named executive officers for services rendered to us in all capacities for fiscal 2019.

 

         
Name and principal position    Fiscal year      Salary($)     

Non-equity

incentive plan
compensation($)(1)

     Total($)  

Chaim Indig

     2019        300,000        210,249        510,249  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

           

Thomas Altier

     2019        275,000        105,124        380,124  

Chief Financial Officer

           

Evan Roberts

     2019        275,000        105,124        380,124  

Chief Operating Officer

           

Charles Kallenbach

     2019        275,000        146,006        421,006  

General Counsel

           

 

 

 

(1)   The amounts reported reflect the bonuses earned under our Variable Compensation Plan based upon achievement of certain company performance metrics.

 

134


Table of Contents

Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table

Base salary .     Each named executive officer’s base salary is a fixed component of annual compensation for performing specific duties and functions, and has been approved by our board of directors after taking into account each individual’s role, responsibilities, skills, and experience.

Cash bonuses and commissions .     Our executive officers, including our named executive officers, are eligible for bonuses pursuant to our Variable Compensation Plan, which provides for a bi-annual bonus payout based upon achievement of company performance targets, including total revenue and operating cash flow, as well as other financial performance targets, as determined by our compensation committee. 30% of the bonus is based on results for the first half of our fiscal year and the remaining 70% is based on results for the full fiscal year. For the fiscal 2019 bonuses paid pursuant to the Variable Compensation Plan, the compensation committee determined that the company exceeded its targets and awarded bonuses to the named executive officers as well as all participating employees at percentages reflecting company achievement levels for such target. The performance targets were exceeded, and variable bonus compensation was therefore paid out at 117% of each applicable target bonus with respect to fiscal 2019.

Long-term equity incentives .     Our equity grant program is intended to align the interests of our named executive officers with those of our stockholders and to motivate them to make important contributions to our performance. In order to further incentivize our senior executives, including our named executive officers, on January 18, 2018, our board of directors approved amending the terms of each senior executive’s existing option awards such that upon the occurrence of a “sale event” (as defined in the 2018 Plan), subject to the executive’s continued service to us through such sale event, 50% of the unvested portion of the option shall vest and become exercisable. In the event such option remains outstanding after the sale event and the executive is terminated without “cause” or resigns for “good reason” within the 12-month period of such sale event, the remainder of the option shall accelerate and vest. During fiscal 2019, we did not make any equity grants to our named executive officers. In March 2019, our board of directors approved stock option and restricted stock unit grants to many of our employees, including Messrs. Indig, Altier, and Roberts. The shares subject to the options for Messrs. Indig, Altier, and Roberts vest in 4 equal annual installments commencing January 17, 2020, in each case subject to the named executive officer’s continued service with us through each such vesting date. The restricted stock units vest upon the satisfaction of both a time condition and performance condition. The time condition is satisfied over a four year period, in each case subject to the named executive officer’s continued service to us through each such vesting date: 10% of the restricted stock units vest on January 17, 2020; an additional 20% of the restricted stock units vest on January 17, 2021; an additional 30% of the restricted stock units vest on January 17, 2022; and the remaining 40% of the restricted stock units vest on January 17, 2023. The vesting of the performance condition will be achieved upon the first to occur of (i) a change in control of the company or (ii) the initial public offering of our securities.

Employment arrangements with our named executive officers

Below are descriptions of our current employment agreements with our named executive officers.

Amended and restated employment agreements for named executive officers

In connection with this offering, we entered into amended and restated employment agreements with our named executive officers that became effective upon the closing of this offering. Each amended and restated employment agreement provides for at will employment and sets forth each executive’s base salary, annual target bonus amount, and eligibility to participate in our employee benefits plans. Each named executive officer remains subject to our standard employment, confidential information and invention assignment agreement.

 

135


Table of Contents

Each agreement also provides that, in the event the executive’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in the agreement) outside of a “change in control” (as defined in the agreement), then subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement and a general release of claims in our favor, the executive is entitled to receive (i) continuation of the executive’s base salary for six months (twelve months for Messrs. Indig and Roberts), and (ii) subject to the executive’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employee’s rate and the executive’s proper election to receive benefits under COBRA, a monthly payment equal to the monthly employer contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance to the executive if the executive had remained employed by us until the earlier of six months (twelve months for Messrs. Indig and Roberts) following the date of termination, the executive’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under another employer’s group medical plan, or the executive’s continuation rights under COBRA terminates.

Each agreement also provides that, in the event the executive is terminated without cause or for “good reason” (as defined in the agreement) within 24 months following a change in control, then subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement and a general release of claims in our favor, the executive is entitled to receive (i) an amount equal to 12 months base salary (eighteen months for Messrs. Indig and Roberts) plus the pro rata portion of the executive’s target bonus through the termination date, (ii) acceleration of all time-based options and time-based stock awards, and (iii) subject to the executive’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employee’s rate and the executive’s proper election to receive benefits under COBRA, a monthly payment equal to the monthly employer contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance to the executive if the executive had remained employed by us until the earlier of twelve months (eighteen months for Messrs. Indig and Roberts) following the date of termination, the executive’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under another employer’s group medical plan, or the executive’s continuation rights under COBRA terminates.

Employment agreements in place during fiscal 2019 for named executive officers

Chaim Indig

We entered into an employment agreement with Chaim Indig, our Chief Executive Officer, effective as of January 2008. Mr. Indig’s employment is at-will and may be terminated by either us or him at any time with or without cause or advance notice. Under his employment agreement and subsequent salary increases approved by the Board, Mr. Indig’s base salary is $300,000 which is subject to increase by our board of directors or our compensation committee, and he is eligible to earn an annual bonus in an amount to be mutually determined upon attainment of mutually agreeable performance objectives. Mr. Indig is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our other senior executives, subject to the terms of those plans. We have also agreed to reimburse Mr. Indig for all reasonable net business and travel expenses incurred by him in the performance of his services, subject to the terms of our policies and procedures applicable to our senior executives.

Mr. Indig’s employment agreement provides that, in the event that his employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement) or Mr. Indig resigns for “good reason” (as defined in his employment agreement), then subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor, he will be entitled to receive (i) continuation of his base salary and (ii) if Mr. Indig is participating in our group health plan immediately prior to his termination, continuation of group health benefits, subject to the payment of premiums by Mr. Indig at the active employee’s rate, in each case until the earlier of nine months following the date of his termination or any commencement of any employment or self-employment by Mr. Indig during the nine-month period following the date of his termination.

 

136


Table of Contents

In addition, Mr. Indig has entered into our standard employee confidentiality and assignment agreement that contains, among other things, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that apply during the term of Mr. Indig’s employment and for 12 months thereafter.

Thomas Altier

We entered into an employment agreement with Thomas Altier, our Chief Financial Officer, on December 10, 2012. Mr. Altier’s employment is at-will and may be terminated by either us or him at any time for any or no reason. Under his employment agreement and subsequent salary increases approved by the Board, Mr. Altier’s annual base salary is $275,000, and he is eligible to earn an annual bonus in an amount to be mutually determined upon attainment of mutually agreeable performance objectives . The bonus amount will be reviewed and is subject to change by the compensation committee each year. Mr. Altier is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans. We have also agreed to reimburse Mr. Altier for ordinary and reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses that are incurred by Mr. Altier, subject to the terms of our policies and procedures.

In addition, Mr. Altier has entered into our standard employee confidentiality and assignment agreement that contains, among other things, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that apply during the term of Mr. Altier’s employment and for 12 months thereafter.

Evan Roberts

We entered into an employment agreement with Evan Roberts, our Chief Operating Officer, effective as of January 2008. Mr. Evan’s employment is at-will and may be terminated by either us or him at any time with or without cause or advance notice. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Roberts’ current base salary is $275,000, which is subject to increase by our board of directors or our compensation committee, and he is eligible to earn an annual bonus in an amount to be mutually determined upon attainment of mutually agreeable performance objectives. Mr. Roberts is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our other senior executives, subject to the terms of those plans. We have also agreed to reimburse Mr. Roberts for all reasonable net business and travel expenses incurred by him in the performance of his services, subject to the terms of our policies and procedures applicable to our senior executives.

Mr. Robert’s employment agreement provides that, in the event that his employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement) or Mr. Roberts resigns for “good reason” (as defined in his employment agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor, he will be entitled to receive (i) continuation of his base salary and (ii) if Mr. Roberts is participating in our group health plan immediately prior to his termination, continuation of group health plan benefits, subject to the payment of premiums by Mr. Robert at the active employee’s rate, in each case until the earlier of nine months following the date of his termination or any commencement of any employment or self-employment by Mr. Roberts during the nine-month period following the date of his termination.

In addition, Mr. Roberts has entered into our standard employee confidentiality and assignment agreement that contains, among other things, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that apply during the term of Mr. Roberts’ employment and for 12 months thereafter.

Charles Kallenbach

We entered into an employment agreement with Charles Kallenbach, our General Counsel, on September 1, 2016. Mr. Kallenbach’s employment is at-will and may be terminated by either us or him at any time for any

 

137


Table of Contents

reason, with or without cause. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Kallenbach’s current annual base salary is $275,000. Mr. Kallenbach is also eligible to participate in our variable compensation plan, subject to its terms and conditions, he is eligible to earn an annual bonus in an amount to be mutually determined upon attainment of mutually agreeable performance objectives. Mr. Kallenbach is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

Mr. Kallenbach’s employment agreement provides that, in the event that his employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor, he will be entitled to receive continuation of his base salary until the earlier of six months following the date of his termination or any commencement of any employment or self-employment by Mr. Kallenbach during the six-month period following the date of his termination.

In addition, Mr. Kallenbach has entered into our standard employee confidentiality assignment agreement that contains, among other things, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that apply during the term of Mr. Kallenbach’s employment and for 12 months thereafter.

Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end

The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers as of January 31, 2019.

 

   
     Option awards  
     Number of securities underlying
unexercised options (#)
               
Name    Exercisable     Unexercisable      Option
exercise
price($)
     Option
expiration
date
 

Chaim Indig

     500,000 (1)             0.38        8/19/2023  
     1,000,000 (1)             0.92        12/18/2024  
     125,000 (2)(3)      375,000        2.14        1/30/2028  

Thomas Altier

     345,000 (1)             0.38        4/2/2023  
     100,000 (1)             0.38        8/19/2023  
     250,000 (1)             0.92        12/18/2024  
     12,500 (2)(3)      37,500        2.14        1/30/2028  

Evan Roberts

     500,000 (1)             0.38        8/19/2023  
     250,000 (1)             0.92        12/18/2024  
     25,000 (2)(3)      75,000        2.14        1/30/2028  

Charles Kallenbach

     196,875 (4)      153,125        1.16        10/16/2026  

 

 

 

(1)   This stock option was granted pursuant to our 2006 Plan and the shares are fully vested.

 

(2)   This stock option was granted pursuant to our 2018 Plan. 25% of the shares subject to the option vested on January 31, 2019, with the balance vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, provided that in each case the named executive officer remains continuously employed with us through each applicable vesting date.

 

(3)   Subject to the named executive officer’s continued service to us through the consummation of a “sale event” (as defined in the 2018 Plan), 50% of the then-unvested shares subject to the option shall vest and become exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of such sale event. Additionally, in the event the option is assumed or continued by us or a successor entity upon a sale event, and if the named executive officer’s employment is terminated without “cause” or with “good reason” within 12 months of such sale event, 100% of the then-unvested shares subject to the option shall vest and become exercisable as of the named executive officer’s termination date.

 

(4)   This stock option was granted pursuant to our 2006 Plan. 25% of the shares subject to the option vested on October 17, 2017, with the balance vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, provided that in each case Mr. Kallenbach remains continuously employed with us through each applicable vesting date.

 

138


Table of Contents

Compensation risk assessment

We believe that although a portion of the compensation provided to our executive officers and other employees is performance-based, our executive compensation program does not encourage excessive or unnecessary risk taking. This is primarily due to the fact that our compensation programs are designed to encourage our executive officers and other employees to remain focused on both short-term and long-term strategic goals, in particular in connection with our pay-for-performance compensation philosophy. As a result, we do not believe that our compensation programs are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

Employee benefit and equity compensation plans

We currently maintain the 2018 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended, or the 2018 Plan, pursuant to which we may grant various forms of equity compensation to our employees, including our named executive officers, non-employee directors and consultants of the company and our affiliates. Prior to the adoption of the 2018 Plan, we granted option awards to our service providers under the Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended, or the 2006 Plan. In connection with this offering, we have adopted the 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2019 Plan, and in connection therewith, no additional awards will be made under our 2018 Plan or 2006 Plan. We also have adopted the 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and the Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan. The principal features of our employee benefit and equity compensation plans are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the plans, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Amended and restated 2006 stock option and grant plan

Our 2006 Plan was originally approved and adopted by our board of directors and stockholders on August 30, 2007. Our 2006 Stock Plan allowed for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees and for the grant of nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, and unrestricted stock awards to employees, officers, directors and consultants. In 2017, the 2006 Plan was terminated by our board. No shares are available for future issuance under the 2006 Plan following the offering. However, our 2006 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

Our board of directors has acted as administrator of the 2006 Plan. The administrator has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of our 2006 Plan.

Our 2006 Plan permitted the granting of both options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option was determined by our Committee but could not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, or in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% owner, the exercise price could not be less than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option was fixed by the administrator and could not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The administrator has the authority to determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

The administrator could award restricted shares of common stock to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it was determined. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified vesting period.

Our 2006 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “sale event” (as defined in our 2006 Plan) the administrator may provide for the assumption, continuation or substitution of outstanding awards under our

 

139


Table of Contents

2006 Plan. The administrator may also provide that the Plan and all outstanding options shall terminate upon the effective time of the sale event, in which event each individual shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the sale event, to exercise all outstanding options held by such individual which are then exercisable or will become exercisable as of the effective time of the sale event; provided however, that the exercise of options not exercisable prior to the sale event shall be subject to the consummation of the sale event.

2018 stock option and grant plan

Our 2018 Plan was approved by our board of directors on February 2, 2018 and approved by our stockholders on June 22, 2018, and was most recently amended by our board of directors on January 17, 2019 and approved by our stockholders on March 25, 2019. Under our 2018 Plan, we currently have reserved for issuance an aggregate of 6,698,506 shares of our common stock, which number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event.

The shares we issue under our 2018 Plan are authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of common stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under our 2018 Plan are currently added to the shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2018 Plan. Following this offering, such shares will be added to the shares available under our 2019 Plan.

Our board of directors has acted as administrator of our 2018 Plan. The administrator has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of our 2018 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in our 2018 Plan are our full or part-time officers, employees, directors, consultants and other key persons as selected from time to time by the administrator in its discretion.

Our 2018 Plan permits the granting of (1) options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and (2) options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option is determined by the administrator but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant or in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% owner, the exercise price could not be less than 110% of the fair market value of our common. The term of each option is fixed by the administrator and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The administrator determines at what time or times each option may be exercised. In addition, our 2018 Plan permits the granting of restricted shares of common stock, restricted stock units and unrestricted stock, subject to such conditions and restrictions as the committee may determine.

Our 2018 Plan provides that upon the occurrence of a “sale event,” as defined in our 2018 Plan, all outstanding stock options will terminate at the effective time of such sale event, unless the parties to the sale event agree that such awards will be assumed or continued by the successor entity. In the event of a termination of our 2018 Plan and all options issued thereunder in connection with a sale event, optionees will be provided an opportunity to exercise options that are then exercisable or will become exercisable as of the effective time of the sale event prior to the consummation of the sale event. In addition, we have the right to provide for cash payment to holders of options, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount per share equal to the difference between the value of the consideration payable per share of common stock in the sale event and the per share exercise price of such options. In the event of and subject to the consummation of a sale event, unvested restricted stock and restricted stock units (other than those becoming vested as a result of the sale event) will be forfeited immediately prior to the effective time of a sale event unless such awards are assumed or continued by the successor entity. In the event that shares of restricted stock are forfeited in connection with

 

140


Table of Contents

a sale event, such shares of restricted stock shall be repurchased at a price per share equal to the original per share purchase price. We have the right to provide for cash payment to holders of restricted stock or restricted stock units, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount per share equal to the value of the consideration payable per share of common stock in the sale event.

No awards may be granted under our 2018 Plan after the date that is ten years from the earlier of the date our 2018 Plan was adopted by the board of directors. Our board of directors has determined not to make any further awards under our 2018 Plan following the closing of this offering.

2019 stock option and incentive plan

Our 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or our 2019 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors in June 2019, approved by our stockholders in              and will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. Our 2019 Plan will replace our 2018 Plan as our board of directors has determined not to make additional awards under that plan following the consummation of our initial public offering. Our 2019 Plan allows the compensation committee to make equity-based incentive awards to our officers, employees, directors and consultants.

We have initially reserved              shares of our common stock, or the Initial Limit, for the issuance of awards under our 2019 Plan. This limit is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization. Our 2019 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance thereunder will automatically increase on February 1, 2020 and each February 1 thereafter by 5% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding on the immediately preceding January 31 or such lesser number of shares determined by the compensation committee, or the Annual Increase.

The shares we issue under our 2019 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under our 2019 Plan, our 2018 Plan and our 2006 Plan will be added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2019 Plan.

The maximum number of shares that may be issued as incentive stock options may not exceed              shares, cumulatively increased on February 1, 2020 and on each February 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase, or              shares. The grant date fair value of all awards made under our 2019 Plan and all other cash compensation paid by us to any non-employee director in any calendar year shall not exceed $750,000.

Our 2019 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of our 2019 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in our 2019 Plan will be those full or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors, and consultants as selected from time to time by our compensation committee in its discretion.

Our 2019 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

 

141


Table of Contents

Our compensation committee may award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to cash or shares of common stock equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each stock appreciation right will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each stock appreciation right may be exercised.

Our compensation committee may award restricted shares of common stock and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified vesting period.

Our compensation committee may also grant shares of common stock that are free from any restrictions under our 2019 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant. Our compensation committee may grant cash bonuses under our 2019 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

Our 2019 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “sale event,” as defined in our 2019 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute outstanding awards under our 2019 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under our 2019 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant award certificate, all awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the sale event, and all awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with a sale event in the compensation committee’s discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant award certificate. Upon the effective time of the sale event, all outstanding awards granted under our 2019 Plan shall terminate. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) within a specified period of time prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the termination of our 2019 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to participants holding vested and exercisable options and stock appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights and we may make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to participants holding other vested awards.

Our board of directors may amend or discontinue our 2019 Plan and our compensation committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. The compensation committee is specifically authorized to exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding stock options or stock appreciation rights or effect the repricing of such awards through cancellation and re-grants. Certain amendments to our 2019 Plan require the approval of our stockholders.

No awards may be granted under our 2019 Plan after the date that is ten years from the effective date of our 2019 Plan. No awards under our 2019 Plan have been made prior to the date hereof.

2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our ESPP, was adopted by our board of directors in June 2019, approved by our stockholders in                 and will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. Our ESPP

 

142


Table of Contents

initially reserves and authorizes the issuance of up to a total of                shares of common stock to participating employees. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

Unless the administrator otherwise determines in advance of an offering, all employees who have completed at least 30 days of employment of employment and are customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week are eligible to participate in our ESPP. Any employee who owns five percent or more of the voting power or value of our shares of common stock is not eligible to purchase shares under our ESPP.

We may make one or more offerings each year to our employees to purchase shares under our ESPP. We may designate a different period for any offering, provided that no offering shall exceed 27 months in duration. Each eligible employee may elect to participate in any offering by submitting an enrollment form at least 15 business days before the relevant offering date.

Each employee who is a participant in our ESPP may purchase shares by authorizing payroll deductions of up to 15% of his or her eligible compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares of common stock on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower, provided that no more than the number of shares determined by dividing $25,000 by the fair market value of the shares on the first business day of the offering period for such offering period may be purchased by any one employee during each offering period. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of shares of common stock, valued at the start of the purchase period, under our ESPP in any calendar year.

The accumulated payroll deductions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of an offering period will be refunded. An employee’s rights under our ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason.

Our ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time. An amendment that increases the number of shares of common stock authorized under our ESPP and certain other amendments require the approval of our stockholders.

Senior executive cash incentive bonus plan

In June 2019, our board of directors adopted the Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan. Our Bonus Plan provides for bonus payments based upon the attainment of performance targets established by our compensation committee. The payment targets will be related to financial and operational measures or objectives with respect to our company, or the Corporate Performance Goals, as well as individual performance objectives.

Our compensation committee may select Corporate Performance Goals including, but not limited to the following: developmental, publication, clinical or regulatory milestones; cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); revenue; corporate revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of our common stock; economic value-added; acquisitions, licenses or strategic transactions; financing or other capital raising transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; stockholder returns; return on sales; total shareholder return, gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of our common stock; bookings, new bookings or renewals; sales or market shares; number of customers; number of prescriptions or prescribing physicians; coverage decisions; leadership

 

143


Table of Contents

development, employee retention, and recruiting and other human resources matters; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue, any of which may be measured in absolute terms, as compared to any incremental increase, in terms of growth, as compared to results of a peer group, against the market as a whole, compared to applicable market indices and/or measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis.

Each executive officer who is selected to participate in our Bonus Plan will have a target bonus opportunity set for each performance period. The bonus formulas will be adopted in each performance period by the compensation committee and communicated to each executive officer. The Corporate Performance Goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after our financial reports have been published. If the Corporate Performance Goals and individual performance objectives are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of each performance period. Subject to the rights contained in any agreement between the executive officer and us, an executive officer must be employed by us on the bonus payment date to be eligible to receive a bonus payment. Our Bonus Plan also permits the compensation committee to approve additional bonuses to executive officers in its sole discretion.

401(k) plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. All participants’ interests in their contributions are 100% vested when contributed. Contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The retirement plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code.

 

144


Table of Contents

Director compensation

Non-employee director compensation

The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee member of our board of directors, and received compensation for such service during fiscal 2019. Other than as set forth below, we did not pay any compensation, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the non-employee members of our board of directors during fiscal 2019. We reimburse non-employee members of our board of directors for reasonable travel expenses. Amounts paid to Mr. Indig, our Chief Executive Officer and director, for his service as an employee during fiscal 2019 are presented above in the “Summary Compensation Table.” Mr. Indig did not receive any compensation for his services as a member of our board of directors.

 

       
Name    Fees earned
or paid in
cash ($)
    Option
awards ($)(1)
    Total ($)  

Michael Weintraub

     225,000 (2)      117,500 (3)      342,500  

Edward Cahill, Victor Kats, Dusty Lieb, and Scott Perricelli

                  

Mark Smith, M.D.

     12,500 (4)      173,900 (5)      186,400  

Alan Spoon, J.D.

     2,500 (6)            2,500  

 

 

 

(1)   Amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted during the year in question calculated in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standard Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation . For information regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of option awards, see Note 8 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus.

 

(2)   The amounts reported represent compensation pursuant to his chairman agreement from March 2018 to January 2019 for Mr. Weintraub’s services as a director as well as our non-executive chairman.

 

(3)   Mr. Weintraub was granted an option on March 1, 2018, to purchase 125,000 shares of our common stock under the 2018 Plan, pursuant to which 25% of such shares vest on the first year anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining shares vest over the following 36 months, in all events subject to Mr. Weintraub’s continuous service to the company through each such date. As of January 31, 2019, Mr. Weintraub held an option to purchase 275,000 shares of our common stock under our 2006 Plan and an option to purchase 125,000 shares of our common stock under our 2018 Plan.

 

(4)   The amount reported represents the prorated portion of Dr. Smith’s annual cash retainer fee for his services as a director for 5 months of fiscal 2019.

 

(5)   Dr. Smith joined the board in September, 2018. In connection with his board service, he was granted an option to purchase 185,000 shares of our common stock under the 2018 Plan, pursuant to which 60,000 shares shall vest on the first anniversary of September 5, 2018, and the remaining shares vest annually in 4 equal installments, commencing on the first anniversary of September 5, 2018, in all events subject to Dr. Smith’s continuous service to the company through each such date. As of January 31, 2019, Dr. Smith held an option to purchase 185,000 shares of our common stock.

 

(6)   In connection with his board service, Mr. Spoon earns $2,500 per month for his services beginning January 2019.

Narrative disclosure to non-employee director compensation table

Below are descriptions of our current compensatory agreements with our non-employee directors.

Gillian Munson

In May 2019, Gillian Munson joined our board of directors. As part of Ms. Munson joining our board of directors, we entered into a letter agreement providing her with an annual retainer of $30,000 to be paid quarterly, as well as a stock option to purchase 92,500 shares of our common stock and 46,250 restricted stock units.

Cheryl Pegus, M.D.

In May 2019, Cheryl Pegus, M.D., joined our board of directors. As part of Dr. Pegus joining our board of directors, we entered into a letter agreement providing her with an annual retainer of $30,000 to be paid

 

145


Table of Contents

quarterly, as well as a stock option to purchase 92,500 shares of our common stock and 46,250 restricted stock units.

Mark Smith

On September 5, 2018, we entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Smith in connection with his service as an independent director on our board of directors. Such letter agreement provides Mr. Smith with an annual retainer of $30,000 to be paid quarterly as well as a stock option to purchase 185,000 shares of our common stock.

Alan Spoon

On October 22, 2018, we entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Spoon in connection with his service as an independent director on our board of directors. Such letter agreement provides Mr. Spoon with an annual retainer of $30,000 to be paid quarterly.

Michael Weintraub

On December 26, 2018, we entered into a Board Chairman Agreement with Michael Weintraub with an effective date of March 12, 2018. Pursuant to such agreement, Mr. Weintraub was eligible to receive $200,000 for his services from the period commencing March 12, 2018 through December 31, 2018, and will receive an additional $25,000 per month for each successive six month period commencing January 2019 for which the agreement is still outstanding. Mr. Weintraub also received a stock option to purchase 125,000 shares of our common stock.

Non-employee director compensation policy

Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we did not have a formal policy to compensate our non-employee directors. Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part we intend to implement a non-employee director compensation policy that will be designed to enable us to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, highly qualified non-employee directors pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive the cash retainers and equity awards set forth below (and in lieu of any prior agreements).

 

Annual Retainer for Board Membership

        

Annual service on the board of directors

   $ 30,000  

Additional Annual Retainer for Committee Membership

  

Annual service as member of the audit committee (other than chair)

   $ 7,500  

Annual service as chair of the audit committee

   $ 22,500  

Annual service as member of the compensation committee (other than chair)

   $ 5,000  

Annual service as chair of the compensation committee

   $ 12,500  

Annual service as member of the nominating and corporate governance committee (other than chair)

   $ 5,000  

Annual service as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee

   $ 10,000  

 

 

The non-executive chair of the board shall also receive an additional annual retainer of $25,000, plus up to an additional $125,000 depending upon contributions.

Our policy will provide that each non-employee director elected to our board of directors after the effectiveness of this registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, upon initial election to our board of

 

146


Table of Contents

directors, will be granted RSUs having a fair market value equal to the sum of (i) $150,000 plus (ii) $150,000 (which shall be pro-rated based on the estimated number of calendar days to be served from the date the non-employee director joins the Board through the anticipated date of the next annual meeting of stockholders), or the Initial Grant. In addition, on the date of each of our annual meetings of stockholders following the completion of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, each non- employee director who will continue as a non-employee director following such meeting will be granted an annual award of RSUs having a fair market value of $150,000, or the Annual Grant. The Initial Grant will vest in four equal annual installments on each anniversary date on which the non-employee director was appointed to our board for directors, subject to continued service as a director through each applicable vesting date. The Annual Grant will vest in full on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the grant date or (ii) our next annual meeting of stockholders, subject to continued service as a director through the applicable vesting date. In addition, all such awards are subject to full accelerated vesting upon the sale event of our company (as defined in the policy).

Employee directors will receive no additional compensation for their service as a director.

We will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by directors for their attendance at meetings of our board of directors or any committee thereof.

 

147


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

Other than the compensation agreements and other arrangements described under “Executive compensation” and “Director compensation” in this prospectus and the transactions described below, since February 1, 2017, there has not been and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were, or will be, a party in which the amount involved exceeded, or will exceed, $120,000 and in which any director, executive officer, holder of five percent (5%) or more of any class of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of, or entities affiliated with, any of the foregoing persons, had, or will have, a direct or indirect material interest.

Sales of securities

Senior B preferred stock financing

In October 2017, we issued and sold to investors in a private placement an aggregate of 4,598,571 shares of our Senior B preferred stock at a purchase price of $3.6968 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $17 million. The table below sets forth the aggregate number and purchase price of shares of our Senior B preferred stock issued to our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof:

 

     
Stockholder    Shares of
Senior B
convertible
preferred stock
     Total
purchase
price
 

Echo Health Ventures LLC(1)

     2,705,042      $ 9,999,999.27  

CHV II, LP(2)

     541,008        1,999,998.38  

Entities associated with LLR Equity Capital Partners(3)

     1,352,521        4,999,999.61  

 

 

 

(1)   Dusty Lieb, a former member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Echo Health Ventures LLC and Cheryl Pegus, M.D., M.P.H., a member of our board of directors, is Chief Medical Officer and Senior Vice President at Cambia Health Solutions, a parent company of Echo Health Ventures.

 

(2)   Victor Kats, a member of our board of directors, is Managing Director at Ascension Ventures II, LLC, which is the General Partner of CHV II, LP.

 

(3)   Scott Perricelli, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at LLR Equity Capital Partners.

Commercial agreements with related parties

Master software license and services agreement with Ascension Health

In March 2015, we entered into a master software license and services agreement with Ascension Health Resource and Supply Management Group, LLC, or Ascension Health. Pursuant to the agreement, we have granted to Ascension Health a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use and access our platform software enabling automated patient intake. We also offer our hardware and support services under the agreement. This agreement was extended from March 31, 2015 until September 30, 2018 and is automatically extended for 12 month periods thereafter unless terminated or preempted by a new agreement or amendment. For the year ended January 31, 2019, our revenue from this master software license and services agreement totaled approximately $5.2 million.

Victor Kats, one of our directors, is a Managing Director at Ascension Ventures II, LLC, which is an affiliate of Ascension Health. Ascension Ventures II, LLC is the General Partner of CHV II LP., which is a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock. We believe that the terms obtained and consideration received in connection with the software license and service agreement are comparable to terms available and the amounts we would have exchanged in an arm’s length transaction.

 

148


Table of Contents

Agreements with stockholders

Investor rights agreement

We are a party to a fifth amended and restated investor rights agreement dated as of October 27, 2017, or the investor rights agreement, with certain holders of our preferred stock, including our 5% stockholders and entities affiliated with our directors, and certain holders of our common stock. The investor rights agreement provides these holders have the right, following the completion of this offering, to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. The investor rights agreement also provides a right of first refusal to purchase certain securities sold by us (excluding, among others, shares of common stock issued by us in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act), which such right shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. See “Description of capital stock—Registration rights” for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Voting agreement

We are party to a fifth amended and restated voting agreement dated as of October 27, 2017, or the voting agreement, with certain of our stockholders, pursuant to which the following directors were elected to serve as members on our board of directors and, as of the date of this prospectus, continue to so serve: Scott A. Perricelli, Alan Spoon, J.D., Edward Cahill, Victor Kats, Dusty Lieb, Chaim Indig, Michael Weintraub and Mark Smith, M.D.

The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and members previously elected to our board of directors pursuant to this agreement will continue to serve as directors until they resign, are removed or their successors are duly elected by the holders of our common stock. The composition of our board of directors after this offering is described in more detail under “Management—Board Composition and Election of Directors.”

Employment agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our named executive officers. For more information regarding the agreements with our named executive officers, see “Executive compensation—Employment arrangements with our named executive officers.”

Board chairman agreement

We entered into a Board Chairman Agreement with Michael Weintraub, the chairman of our board of directors. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Weintraub agreed to perform advisory and related services to and for us in his capacity as chairman. The effective date of the Board Chairman Agreement is March 12, 2018. Mr. Weintraub’s services commenced as of the effective date. See the section titled “Director compensation” for information regarding compensation paid to Mr. Weintraub pursuant to the Board Chairman Agreement.

Director and executive officer compensation

See the sections titled “Executive compensation” and “Director compensation” for information regarding compensation of our directors and named executive officers.

 

149


Table of Contents

Indemnification agreements

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements will, among other things, require us to indemnify these individuals for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on behalf of our company or that person’s status as a member of our board of directors to the maximum extent allowed under Delaware law.

Policies for approval of related party transactions

Our board of directors reviews and approves transactions with directors, officers and holders of five percent or more of our voting securities and their affiliates, each a related party. Prior to this offering, the material facts as to the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to our board of directors prior to their consideration of such transaction, and the transaction is not considered approved by our board of directors unless a majority of the directors who are not interested in the transaction approve the transaction. Further, when stockholders are entitled to vote on a transaction with a related party, the material facts of the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to the stockholders, who must approve the transaction in good faith.

In connection with this offering, we have adopted a written related party transactions policy that such transactions must be approved by our audit committee. This policy will become effective on the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. Pursuant to this policy, the audit committee has the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members.

 

150


Table of Contents

Principal and selling stockholders

The following table sets forth certain information known to us regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of April 30, 2019, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, for:

 

 

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of our capital stock;

 

each of our named executive officers;

 

each of our directors;

 

all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

each selling stockholder.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                shares in this offering, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Under those rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power, and includes securities that the individual or entity has the right to acquire, such as through the exercise of stock options, within 60 days of April 30, 2019. Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe, based on the information provided to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering in the table below is based on 60,066,703 shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding as of April 30, 2019, assuming (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 55,617,548 shares of our common stock and (ii) the cancellation of 42,560,530 shares of our redeemable stock. The information relating to the number and percentage of shares beneficially owned after the offering is based on                shares of common stock assumed to be outstanding after the closing of the offering.

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o Phreesia, Inc., 432 Park Avenue South, 12 th Floor, New York, NY 10016.

 

         
    Beneficial ownership of
common
stock prior to offering
    # of shares being
sold in this offering
    Beneficial ownership of
common stock after
the offering (assuming
no exercise of option)
    Beneficial ownership of
common stock after
the offering (assuming
full exercise of option)
 
Name of beneficial
owner
  Shares     Percentage     Shares     Percentage     Shares     Percentage     Shares     Percentage  

5% Stockholders

                               

HLM Venture Partners II LP(1)

    10,412,535       17.33%                                      

Blue Cross Blue Shield Venture Partners, LP(2)

    4,685,811       7.80%                                      

Entities associated with Polaris Venture Partners(3)

    8,718,994       14.52%                                      

 

 

 

151


Table of Contents
         
    Beneficial ownership of
common
stock prior to offering
    # of shares being
sold in this offering
    Beneficial ownership of
common stock after
the offering (assuming
no exercise of option)
    Beneficial ownership of
common stock after
the offering (assuming
full exercise of option)
 
Name of beneficial
owner
  Shares     Percentage     Shares     Percentage     Shares     Percentage     Shares     Percentage  

CHV II LP(4)

    6,471,657       10.77%                                      

Entities Associated with Vantage Point Venture Partners(5)

    4,250,110       7.08%                                      

Echo Health Venture: LLC(6)

    5,410,084       9.01%                                      

Entities Associated with LLR Equity Partners(7)

    14,328,253       23.85%                                      

Named executive officers and directors

                                       

Chaim Indig(8)

    2,922,829       4.73%                                      

Thomas Altier(9)

    711,666       1.17%                                      

Evan Roberts(10)

    2,039,496       3.35%                                      

Charles Kallenbach(11)

    233,333       *                                      

Michael Weintraub(12)

    647,062       1.07%                                      

Edward Cahill(1)

    10,412,535       17.33%                                      

Alan Spoon(3)

    8,718,994       14.52%                                      

Victor Kats(4)

    6,471,657       10.77%                                      

Mark Smith, M.D.

                                           

Scott Perricelli(5)

    14,328,253       23.85%                                      
Gillian Munson                                                
Cheryl Pegus, M.D., M.P.H(6)     5,410,084       9.01%                                      

All executive officers and directors as a group (16 persons)(13)

    53,243,615       81.85%                                      

 

 
*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.

 

(1)   Consists of 10,412,535 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Junior Convertible preferred stock and Senior A preferred stock held by HLM Venture Partners II, L.P. HLM Venture Associates II, L.L.C. is the general partner of HLM Venture Partners II, L.P. Edward L. Cahill, one of our directors, and Peter J. Grua are the managing members of HLM Venture Associates II, L.L.C. and exercise shared voting, investment and dispositive rights with respect to the shares of stock held by HLM Venture Partners II, L.P. Each of the foregoing managing members may be deemed a beneficial owner of the reported shares but each disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of any indirect pecuniary interest therein. The mailing address of HLM Venture Partners II, L.P. is 116 Huntington Avenue, 9th Floor, Boston, MA 02116.

 

(2)   Consists of 4,685,811 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Junior Convertible preferred stock held by BlueCross BlueShield Venture Partners, L.P. BlueCross BlueShield Ventures, Inc. is the general partner of BlueCross BlueShield Venture Partners, L.P. Voting and disposition decisions at BlueCross BlueShield Ventures, Inc. with respect to the shares held by BlueCross BlueShield Venture Partners, L.P. are made by an investment committee which includes Enrico Giammarco, Ralph Woodard, Mark R. Bartlett, Harvey Littman, Jeane A. Kennedy, Gina Marting, Carl McDonald, Daniel Weinstein, Tery Booker, and John Banta. Each of the individuals and entities listed above expressly disclaims beneficial interest of the shares listed above except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The mailing address of BlueCross BlueShield Venture Partners is 225 N Michigan Ave, Chicago, IL 60601.

 

152


Table of Contents
(3)   Consists of (i) 8,413,256 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Junior Convertible preferred stock held by Polaris Venture Partners V, L.P. (“PVP V”); (ii) 163,973 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Junior Convertible preferred stock held by Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’ Fund V, L.P. (“PVPEF V”); (iii) 57,631 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Junior Convertible preferred stock held by Polaris Venture Partners Founders’ Fund V, L.P. (“PVPFF V”); and (iv) 84,134 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Junior Convertible preferred stock held by Polaris Venture Partners Special Founders’ Fund V, L.P. (“PVPSFF V,” and together with PVP V, PVPEF V and PVPFF V, the “Polaris Funds”). Polaris Venture Management Co. V, L.L.C. (“PVM”) is the general partner of each of the Polaris Funds and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive with respect to the shares held by each of the Polaris Funds. Each of Jonathan A. Flint and Terrance G. McGuire are the managing members of PVM, and Mr. Spoon, one of our directors, holds a membership interest in PVM. Each of Messrs. Flint, McGuire and Spoon, in their respective capacities with respect to PVM V, may be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Polaris Funds. Each of the individuals and entities listed above expressly disclaims beneficial interest of the shares held by the Polaris Funds, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests therein, if any. The mailing address of the individuals and entities listed above is One Marina Park Drive, 10th Floor, Boston, MA 02210.

 

(4)   Consists of 6,471,657 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Junior Convertible preferred stock, Senior A Preferred Stock and Senior B Preferred Stock held by CHV II, LP. Ascension Ventures II, LLC is the general partner of CHV II, L.P. Ascension Ventures II, LLC is governed by a Board of Managers, which has authority to invest and vote for the shares held by CHV II, L.P. Signatory and voting authority has been delegated to Matthew I. Hermann, Senior Managing Director of Ascension Ventures II, LLC. Decisions regarding liquidation of investment positions have been delegated by the Board of Managers to Anthony J. Speranzo, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Ascension, and Matthew I. Hermann, Senior Managing Director, Ascension Ventures II, LLC, acting jointly. Victor Kats, one of our directors, is Managing Director at Ascension Ventures II, LLC. Each of the individuals and entities listed above expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares listed above except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The mailing address of CHV II, LP is 101 South Hanley Road, Suite 200, Clayton, MO 63105.

 

(5)   Consists of (i) 3,400,089 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Junior Convertible preferred stock held by Vantage Point Venture Partners 2006 (Q), L.P. and (ii) 850,021 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Junior Convertible preferred stock held by VP New York Venture Partners, L.P. Vantage Point Venture Associates 2006, L.L.C. is the general partner of Vantage Point Partners 2006(Q), L.P. and disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by Vantage Point Venture Partners 2006(Q), L.P. Vantage Point Venture Associates IV, L.L.C. is the general partner of VP New York Venture Partners, L.P. and disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by of VP New York Venture Partners, L.P. Alan E. Salzman is Managing Member of each such general partner and may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to shares held by each such entity, and disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Each entity’s and Mr. Salzman’s address is 1111 Bayhill Drive, Suite 220, San Bruno, CA 94066.

 

(6)   Consists of 5,410,084 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Senior B preferred stock held by Echo Health Ventures LLC. Echo Health Ventures LLC is a joint venture between Cascadia Echo Holdings Company, LLC and Mosaic Health Solutions, LLC (each, a “EHV Member”). Cascadia Echo Holdings LLC is a subsidiary of Cambia Health Solutions, LLC. Mosaic Health Solutions is a subsidiary of Blue Cross Blue Shield of North Carolina. Decisions regarding liquidation of investment positions and additional investments are made by unanimous vote of the EHV Members with regard to the investment by Echo Health Ventures LLC in our company. Other voting decisions for the Echo Health Ventures LLC investment in our company are made by a four-vote majority of the Board of Directors of Echo Health Ventures LLC. The members of the Board of Directors are Mark Ganz, Patrick Conway, Luis Machuca, Michael Koppel, Roberta Bowman, and Jeffrey Barber. Cheryl Pegus, M.D., M.P.H., one of our directors, is the Chief Medical Officer and Senior Vice President of Cambia Health Solutions, LLC, although she has no ability to influence the voting or investment decisions thereof. Each of the individuals and entities listed above expressly disclaims beneficial interest of the shares listed above except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The mailing address of Echo Health Ventures LLC is 100 SW Market Street, M/S WW3-30 Portland, OR 97201.

 

(7)   Consists of (i) 603,736 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Senior A preferred stock and Senior B preferred stock held by LLR Equity Partners Parallel IV, L.P. and (ii) 13,724,517 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Senior A preferred stock and the Senior B preferred stock held by LLR Equity Partners IV, L.P. LLR Capital IV, LLC is the general partner of LLR Capital IV, L.P., which is the general partner of each of LLR Equity Partners Parallel IV, L.P. and LLR Equity Partners IV, L.P. LLR Capital IV, LLC exercises voting and investment power over the shares held by each of these entities and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of these shares. With respect to the shares held by the LLR Equity Partners Parallel IV, L.P. and LLR Equity Partners IV, L.P, a group of individuals currently composed of Mitchell Hollin, Seth Lehr, Ira Lubert, Howard Ross, David Reuter, and Scott Perricelli, one of our directors, none of whom have individual voting or investment power, exercise voting and investment power over the shares beneficially owned by LLR Capital IV, LLC and each of the funds mentioned above. Each of Messrs. Hollin, Lehr, Lubert, Ross, Reuter, and Perricelli disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by LLR Equity Partners Parallel IV, L.P. and LLR Equity Partners IV, L.P, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests therein. The mailing address of LLR Equity Partners is 2929 Walnut Street Suite 1530 Philadelphia, PA 19104.

 

(8)   Consists of (i) 1,256,163 shares of common stock and (ii) 1,666,666 shares of common stock underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2019.

 

(9)   Consists of 711,666 shares of common stock underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2019.

 

(10)   Consists of (i) 1,256,163 shares of common stock and (ii) 783,333 shares of common stock underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2019.

 

(11)   Consists of 233,333 shares of common stock underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2019.

 

(12)   Consists of (i) 333,000 shares of common stock and (ii) 314,062 shares of common stock underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2019.

 

(13)   Consists of (i) 2,915,326 shares of common stock, (ii) 45,341,523 shares of common shares issuable upon the conversion of Junior Convertible preferred stock, Senior A preferred stock and Senior B preferred stock, and (iii) 4,986,766 shares of common stock underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2019.

 

153


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

General

The following description summarizes certain important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the closing of this offering. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws in connection with this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section titled “Description of capital stock,” you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and our amended and our fifth restated investor rights agreement, which are or will be included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and                shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated.

As of April 30, 2019, 60,066,703 shares of our common stock were outstanding and held by 96 stockholders of record. This amount assumes (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock and (ii) the cancellation of all outstanding shares of our redeemable preferred stock, each of which will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Common stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Our common stock has no preemptive rights, conversion rights or other subscription rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities and any liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock. The shares to be issued by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred stock

Upon the closing of this offering, (i) all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock will be automatically converted into shares of our common stock and (ii) all outstanding shares of our redeemable preferred stock will automatically be cancelled.

Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to                 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and

 

154


Table of Contents

payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after consummation of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

Warrants to purchase common stock

As of April 30, 2019, warrants to purchase a total of 893,618 shares of our common stock were outstanding with exercise prices ranging from $0.92 per share to $3.65 per share. These warrants are exercisable immediately and expire on various dates. The warrants to purchase common stock include certain warrants issued to Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, and one of its affiliates in connection with entering into and amending the loan and security agreement between us and SVB. In connection with entering into a Fifth Loan Modification Agreement, in October 2015, we issued SVB and its affiliate warrants to purchase an aggregate of 366,848 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.92 per share. If unexercised, the warrant will expire on October 21, 2025. In connection with entering into the Sixth Loan Modification Agreement with SVB, in November 2016, we issued SVB a warrant to purchase 196,570 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.59 per share. If unexercised, the warrant will expire on November 6, 2026. Collectively, we refer to these warrants as the bank common stock warrants. The bank common stock warrants will neither expire nor be automatically exercised upon the closing of this offering.

On February 28, 2019, in connection with the amendment and restatement of our existing loan agreement with SVB, on February 28, 2019, we issued to each of SVB and WestRiver Innovation Lending Fund VII, L.P. a warrant to purchase up to 165,100 shares of our common stock (for an aggregate of 330,200 shares of our common stock) at an exercise price of $3.65 per share, which we refer to collectively as the 2019 warrants. If unexercised, each of the 2019 warrants will expire on February 27, 2029. The 2019 warrants will neither expire nor be automatically exercised upon the closing of this offering.

Warrants to purchase preferred stock

In October 2014, in connection with the sale of shares of our Senior A preferred stock, we issued a warrant to Baird Financial Corporation, or permitted assigns, to purchase up to an aggregate of 116,232 shares of our Senior A preferred stock at an exercise price of $2.1939 per share. We refer to this warrant as the 2014 Warrant. The 2014 Warrant will be automatically exercised, on a cashless basis, upon the closing of this offering. Based on an assumption that the fair market value of our common stock for purposes of automatic exercise under the warrant will be equal to the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the automatic conversion of the shares of Senior A preferred stock issued pursuant to such automatic cashless exercise into shares of common stock, the 2014 Warrant will automatically net exercise and result in the issuance of                shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share would increase the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with such automatic exercise by an aggregate of                shares; a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share would decrease the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with such exercise by an aggregate of                shares).

In February 2015, in connection with the sale of shares of our Junior Convertible preferred stock and redeemable preferred stock, we issued a warrant to Escalate Capital Partners SBIC I, L.P., or Escalate, or

 

155


Table of Contents

permitted assigns, to purchase up to an aggregate of a warrant to purchase 489,605 shares of our Junior Convertible preferred stock and 358,244 shares of our redeemable preferred stock, at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. This warrant will become exercisable for an aggregate of 489,605 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, whereby the portion of the warrant exercisable for 358,244 shares of our redeemable preferred stock will be cancelled upon the closing of this offering. The warrant will neither expire nor be automatically exercised upon the closing of this offering. If unexercised, this warrant will expire on September 5, 2020.

In November 2016, in connection with a Loan and Security Agreement with ORIX Growth Capital, LLC, or Orix, and Escalate Capital Partners SBIC III, LP, or Escalate III, we issued to each of Orix Finance Equity Partners, LP, and Escalate III a warrant to purchase up to an aggregate of 336,280 shares of our Senior A preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share. These warrants will become exercisable for an aggregate of 336,280 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering. The warrants will neither expire nor be automatically exercised upon the closing of this offering. If unexercised, these warrants will expire on November 7, 2026.

Registration rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of                shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock and those issuable upon the exercise of certain warrants to purchase shares of our capital stock, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of these securities under the Securities Act under the terms of the investor rights agreement between us and certain of our stockholders. We refer to these shares collectively as registrable securities.

The registration of shares of common stock as a result of the following rights being exercised would enable holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. Ordinarily, we will be required to pay all expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights.

Demand registration rights

Beginning six months after the effective date of this registration statement, the holders of                 shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock upon closing of this offering, are entitled to demand registration rights. Under the terms of the investor rights agreement, we will be required, upon the written request of holders of at least a majority of the registrable securities then outstanding, and as expeditiously as possible, to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of registrable securities owned by such holder or holders having an aggregate value of at least $10 million (based on the market price or fair value of such shares on the date of the request). We are obligated to effect only three such registrations. If the holders requesting registration intend to distribute their shares by means of an underwriting, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the numbers of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Short-form registration rights

Pursuant to the investor rights agreement, if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, we will be required, upon the written request of one or more Purchasers (as defined in the investor rights agreement) holding registrable securities, to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of registrable securities having an aggregate value of at least $5 million (based on the market price or fair value of such

 

156


Table of Contents

shares on the date of the request). We are required to effect only two registrations in any twelve-month period pursuant to this provision of the investor rights agreement. The right to have such shares registered on Form S-3 is further subject to other specified conditions and limitations.

Piggyback registration rights

Pursuant to the investor rights agreement, if we register any of our securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and to include their shares in the registration, subject to certain exceptions. If our proposed registration involves an underwriting, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Indemnification

Our investor rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify each selling stockholder, each underwriter of the shares being registered and each other person, if any, who controls such selling stockholder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or Exchange Act, for losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, and any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred, arising from or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement, any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in any registration statement or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party of securities laws, subject to certain exceptions.

Expiration of registration rights

The registration rights granted under the investor rights agreement will terminate on the earliest of (i) the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (ii) the date on which no Purchaser (as defined in the investor rights agreement) holds any registrable securities or (iii) a “Company Sale” as defined in the investor rights agreement.

Anti-takeover provisions

Certain provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are to become effective at or prior to the closing of this offering, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are also designed in part to encourage persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Board composition and filling vacancies

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to become effective in connection with the closing of this offering will provide for the division of our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of 75% or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by

 

157


Table of Contents

the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum. The classification of directors, together with the limitations on removal of directors and treatment of vacancies, has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.

No written consent of stockholders

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to become effective in connection with the closing of this offering will provide that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.

Meetings of stockholders

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become effective in connection with the closing of this offering will provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

Advance notice requirements

Our amended and restated bylaws to become effective in connection with the closing of this offering will establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. Our amended and restated bylaws will specify the requirements as to form and content of all stockholders’ notices. These requirements may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting.

Amendment to amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to become effective in connection with the closing of this offering will provide that any amendment thereof must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition, limitation of liability and the amendment of our bylaws and certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our amended and restated bylaws to become effective in connection with the closing of this offering may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in such amended and restated bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or, if our board of directors recommends that the stockholders approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.

 

158


Table of Contents

Undesignated preferred stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to become effective in connection with the closing of this offering will provide for                 authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to become effective in connection with the closing of this offering will grant our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

Choice of forum

Our amended and restated bylaws to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for state law claims for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of an consented to this provision. This exclusive forum provision will not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

The choice of forum provision in our amended and restated bylaws may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this choice of forum provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

 

before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

159


Table of Contents
 

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

 

at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

 

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

 

any sale, transfer, lease, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

 

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

 

subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

 

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Exchange listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the trading symbol “PHR.”

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

 

160


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of                shares of common stock, assuming (1) the issuance of                shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 55,617,548 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, (3) the cancellation of 42,560,530 shares of our redeemable preferred stock upon the closing of this offering, (4) the automatic cashless exercise of a warrant to purchase 116,232 shares of our Senior A preferred stock, which, based on an assumption that the fair market value of our common stock for purposes of automatic exercise under the warrant will be equal to the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the automatic conversion of the shares of Senior A preferred stock issued pursuant to such automatic cashless exercise into shares of common stock, would result in the issuance of                shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, and (5) no exercise of outstanding options or warrants after                , 2019, other than as described above.

Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders immediately prior to the completion of this offering will be “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us, or will be issued and sold by us, in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701, summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

 

1% of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately                shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, based on the number of shares outstanding as of                , 2019; or

 

 

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

 

161


Table of Contents

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares.

However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under “Underwriting” included elsewhere in this prospectus and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Lock-up agreements

We, our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock have signed a lock-up agreement that prevent us and them from selling any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock for a period of not less than 180 days from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, subject to certain exceptions. See the section entitled “Underwriting” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Registration rights

Upon the closing of this offering, certain holders of our securities will be entitled to various rights with respect to registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See the section entitled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Equity incentive plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register our shares issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above. As of                , 2019, we estimate that such registration statement on Form S-8 will cover approximately                shares.

 

162


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of common stock

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to their purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

 

an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

 

a corporation or any other organization taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is not created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia; or

 

 

a foreign estate or trust, the income of which is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis.

This discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or other entities or arrangements that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons that hold their common stock through partnerships or other entities treated as partnerships. If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partnership in a partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partnership level. A partner in a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock through a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership, as applicable.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current published rulings and administrative rulings of the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and, all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change or differing interpretation could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge, or a court will not take a contrary position to, one or more of the tax consequences described herein. We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, generally property held for investment.

This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, including the alternative minimum tax, the Medicare tax on net investment income, the timing of income accruals required under Section 451(b) of the Code, the rules regarding qualified small business stock within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Code and any election to apply Section 1400Z-2 of the Code to gains recognized with respect to shares of our common stock. This discussion also does not address any U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes or any other aspect of any U.S. federal tax other than the U.S. federal income tax. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

 

insurance companies;

 

 

banks;

 

 

tax-exempt or governmental organizations;

 

 

financial institutions;

 

163


Table of Contents
 

brokers or dealers in securities;

 

 

pension plans;

 

 

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

 

“qualified foreign pension funds” and entities all of the interests of which are held by a “qualified foreign pension fund”;

 

 

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

 

persons who have elected to mark securities to market;

 

 

persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar;

 

 

persons that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment; and

 

 

certain U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States.

This discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. Accordingly, all prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on our common stock

Distributions, if any, on our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “Gain on Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock.” Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussions below under the sections titled “Backup withholding and information reporting” and “Withholding and information reporting requirements—FATCA.”

Subject to the discussion in the following two paragraphs in this section, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence. If we or another withholding agent apply over-withholding or if a non-U.S. holder does not timely provide us with the required certification, the non-U.S. holder may be entitled to a refund or credit of any excess tax withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements (generally including provision of a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States). However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may

 

164


Table of Contents

also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) to the applicable withholding agent and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock

Subject to the discussions below under “Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “Withholding and Information Reporting Requirements—FATCA,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

 

 

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed-base maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States, in which case the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code) and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above in “Distributions on Our Common Stock” also may apply with respect to such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items;

 

 

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder, if any (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses; or

 

 

we are, or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such sale or other taxable disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” unless our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder holds no more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. Generally, a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we do not believe that we are, or have been, a U.S. real property holding corporation, or that we are likely to become one in the future. No assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above.

 

165


Table of Contents

Backup withholding and information reporting

We or other applicable withholding agent must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures, such as the provision of a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code), or otherwise establish an exemption, in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above in “Distributions on Our Common Stock,” generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them. Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder may be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is filed with the IRS in a timely manner.

Withholding and information reporting requirements—FATCA

Provisions of the Code commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments of dividends on, and gross proceeds from the sale or other taxable disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign entity unless (i) if the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution,” such foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification obligations, (ii) if the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial institution,” such foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors, if any, or (iii) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA. Under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA currently applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. Currently proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations provide that FATCA withholding does not apply to gross proceeds from the disposition of property of a type that can produce U.S. source dividends or interest; however, prior versions of the rules would have made such gross proceeds subject to FATCA withholding. Taxpayers (including withholding agents) can currently rely on the proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations until final U.S. Treasury Regulations are issued. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of this withholding tax. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

166


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We and the selling stockholders are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. are acting as representatives of the underwriters listed in the table below. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the selling stockholders and the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

   
Name    Number of
shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Allen & Company LLC

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The underwriters propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $                 per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $                 per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the common stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to                  additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

 

167


Table of Contents

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us and the selling stockholders per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $                 per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     
       Without
option to
purchase
additional shares
exercise
     With full
option to
purchase
additional shares
exercise
 

Per Share

   $                                $                            

Total

   $        $    

 

 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $                . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $                . The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain expenses incurred by us in connection with this offering upon closing of this offering.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not, subject to certain exceptions, (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder and any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under our existing management incentive plans.

The selling stockholders, our directors and executive officers, and all of our significant stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction

 

168


Table of Contents

described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing/quotation on under the symbol “PHR.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete

 

169


Table of Contents
 

an assessment of our management;

 

 

our prospects for future earnings;

 

 

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

 

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

 

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to prospective investors in the European economic area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

 

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

 

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

 

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall require the company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

 

170


Table of Contents

The company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”).

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

The shares may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus supplement (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser

 

171


Table of Contents

should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriter is not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”)

This document relates to an “Exempt Offer” in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the DIFC) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the DIFC) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the DIFC) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the DFSA.

 

172


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

 

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

 

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

 

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

173


Table of Contents
 

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

 

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

 

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

 

as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Other Relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

 

174


Table of Contents

Legal matters

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters related to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

Experts

The financial statements of Phreesia, Inc. as of January 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the years then ended, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (File Number 333-                ) under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

Upon the completion of the offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We also maintain a website at www.phreesia.com. Upon completion of the offering, you may access, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendment to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.

 

175


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Index to financial statements

 

     Page  

Audited Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2018 and 2019

     F-3  

Statements of Operations for the years ended January 31, 2018 and 2019

     F-4  

Statements of Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended January  31, 2018 and 2019

     F-5  

Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended January 31, 2018 and 2019

     F-6  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-7-F-40  

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

  

Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019

     F-41  

Statements of Operations for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019

     F-42  

Statement of Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019

     F-43  

Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019

     F-44  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-45-F-61  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

Phreesia, Inc.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Phreesia, Inc. (the Company) as of January 31, 2019 and 2018, the related statements of operations, redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of January 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

April 17, 2019

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Balance sheets

 

   
     January 31,  
       2018     2019  

Assets

    

Current:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,502,789     $ 1,542,514  

Settlement assets

     8,677,104       10,216,739  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $541,764 and $517,107

     12,308,911       16,109,035  

Deferred contract acquisition costs

     1,639,655       1,672,706  

Prepaid expenses

     2,825,823       3,339,788  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   $ 35,954,282     $ 32,880,782  

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $20,333,135 and $27,862,007

     13,170,218       14,211,018  

Capitalized Internal-use software, net of accumulated amortization of $10,612,480 and $14,621,135

     6,715,239       7,816,060  

Deferred contract acquisition costs

     693,923       1,521,400  

Intangibles assets, net of accumulated amortization of $0 and $33,269

           1,436,731  

Goodwill

           250,190  

Other assets

     602,657       1,145,319  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 57,136,319     $ 59,261,500  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

    

Current:

    

Settlement obligations

   $ 8,677,104     $ 10,216,739  

Current portion of long term debt

     1,166,666       97,222  

Current portion of capital leases

     1,662,441       1,869,343  

Accounts payable

     2,202,611       4,159,994  

Accrued expenses

     6,388,074       5,097,868  

Deferred revenue

     4,886,459       6,487,910  
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   $ 24,983,355     $ 27,929,076  

Long term debt, net of current portion

     19,452,840       27,917,828  

Capital leases, net of current portion

     652,407       2,401,104  

Warrant liability

     3,440,039       5,497,627  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 48,528,641     $ 63,745,635  
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

    

Redeemable preferred stock:

    

Senior A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value—authorized, 14,500,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 13,674,365 shares at January 31, 2018 and 2019 (liquidation value $41,512,432 at January 31, 2019); no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma

     57,022,102       79,311,317  

Senior B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value—authorized, 10,820,169 shares; issued and outstanding, 9,197,142 shares at January 31, 2018 and 2019 (liquidation value $37,357,084 at January 31, 2019); no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma

     43,962,340       51,871,881  

Junior convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value—authorized, 34,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 32,746,041 shares at January 31, 2018 and 2019 (liquidation value $32,746,041 at January 31, 2019); no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma

     32,746,041       32,746,041  

Redeemable preferred stock, $0.01 par value—authorized, 44,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 42,560,530 shares at January 31, 2018 and 2019 (liquidation value $42,560,530 at January 31, 2019); no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma

     42,560,530       42,560,530  
  

 

 

 

Total redeemable preferred stock

     176,291,013       206,489,769  

Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit):

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value—authorized 80,000,000 shares; 3,600,027 shares and 4,383,167 shares issued and outstanding at January 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively;          shares authorized;                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

     36,001       43,832  

Additional paid-in capital

            

Accumulated deficit

     (167,719,336     (211,017,736
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (167,683,335   $ (210,973,904
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities, Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   $ 57,136,319     $ 59,261,500  

 

 

See notes to Financial Statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Statements of operations

 

   
     For the years ended January 31,  
      

2018

   

2019

 

Revenue:

    

Subscription and related services

   $ 32,429,707     $ 43,928,150  

Payment processing fees

     28,671,453       36,881,009  

Life sciences

     18,732,979       19,079,646  
  

 

 

 

Total revenue

     79,834,139       99,888,805  

Expenses:

    

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

     12,562,152       15,105,311  

Payment processing expense

     17,208,952       21,891,855  

Sales and marketing

     24,760,736       26,366,643  

Research and development

     11,376,847       14,349,275  

General and adminstrative

     18,837,878       20,075,583  

Depreciation

     6,831,946       7,551,890  

Amortization

     2,808,348       4,041,924  
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

     94,386,859       109,382,481  

Operating loss

     (14,552,720     (9,493,676

Other Income (expense):

    

Other income (expense)

     601,630       (6,558

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (598,376     (2,057,588

Interest income (expense)

     (3,642,401     (3,504,185
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (3,639,147     (5,568,331

Net loss

     (18,191,867     (15,062,007

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock

     (19,981,235     (30,198,756
  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (38,173,102)     $ (45,260,763)  
  

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (11.29)     $ (11.16)  
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     3,380,881       4,054,010  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $    
    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)

    

 

 

 

See notes to Financial Statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Statements of redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

 

     
    Redeemable preferred stock     Stockholders’ deficit  
    Senior A     Senior B     Junior     Redeemable           Common stock                    
      Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amounts     Total     Shares     Amount    

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

   

Accumulated

deficit

    Total  

Balance, February 1, 2017

    13,674,365     $ 48,543,996           $       32,718,098     $ 32,718,098       42,560,530     $ 42,560,530     $ 123,822,624       3,284,480     $ 32,845     $     $ (130,495,142   $ (130,462,297

Net loss

                                                                            (18,191,867     (18,191,867

Issuance of Senior B redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of costs of $1,540,783

                9,197,142       32,459,211                               32,459,211                                

Net exercise of warrants

                            27,943       27,943                   27,943                                

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                                      804,707             804,707  

Exercise of stock options

                                                          315,547       3,156       144,201             147,357  

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock

          8,478,106             11,503,129                               19,981,235                   (948,908     (19,032,327     (19,981,235
 

 

 

 

Balance, January 31, 2018

    13,674,365     $ 57,022,102       9,197,142     $ 43,962,340       32,746,041     $ 32,746,041       42,560,530     $ 42,560,530     $ 176,291,013       3,600,027     $ 36,001     $     $ (167,719,336   $ (167,683,335

Net loss

                                                                            (15,062,007     (15,062,007

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                                      1,447,199             1,447,199  

Exercise of stock options

                                                          694,527       6,945       354,330             361,275  

Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisition

                                                          88,613       886       160,834             161,720  

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock

          22,289,215             7,909,541                               30,198,756                   (1,962,363     (28,236,393     (30,198,756
 

 

 

 

Balance, January 31, 2019

    13,674,365     $ 79,311,317       9,197,142     $ 51,871,881       32,746,041     $ 32,746,041       42,560,530     $ 42,560,530     $ 206,489,769       4,383,167     $ 43,832     $     $ (211,017,736   $ (210,973,904

 

 

 

See notes to Financial Statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Statements of cash flows

 

   
     For the years ended
January 31,
 
       2018     2019  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (18,191,867   $ (15,062,007

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     9,640,294       11,593,814  

Stock-based compensation expense

     804,707       1,447,199  

Change in fair value of warrants liability

     598,376       2,057,588  

Amortization of debt discount

     903,843       798,310  

Cost of Phreesia hardware purchased by customers

           584,775  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     (3,382,215     (3,800,124

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (318,821     (540,273

Deferred contract acquisition costs

     (383,462     (860,528

Accounts payable

     (2,057,157     1,957,383  

Accrued expenses

     1,967,900       (1,907,514

Deferred revenue

     (723,460     1,601,451  
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (11,141,862   $ (2,129,926
  

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities:

    

Acquisition

           (1,190,470

Capitalized internal-use software

     (5,374,595     (5,109,476

Purchases of property and equipment

     (6,590,390     (4,723,800
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (11,964,985   $ (11,023,746
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from revolving line of credit

     12,400,000       14,800,000  

Repayment of revolving line of credit

     (20,400,000     (7,000,000

Proceeds from loan payable

     10,000,000        

Repayment of term loan

     (1,166,667     (1,166,667

Payments of capital leases

     (1,928,636     (2,469,860

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (225,000     (136,099

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net

     32,459,211        

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

     147,357       361,275  

Deferred offering costs

           (195,252
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   $ 31,286,265     $ 4,193,397  
  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     8,179,418       (8,960,275

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of year

     2,323,371       10,502,789  
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of year

   $ 10,502,789     $ 1,542,514  
  

 

 

 

Disclosures of additional investing and financing activities:

    

Supplemental information:

    

Property and equipment acquisitions through capital leases

   $ 781,388     $ 4,425,459  

Deferred debt issuance costs included in accrued expenses

     100,000        

Deferred offering costs included in accrued expenses

           344,309  

Shares issued in connection with acquisition

           161,720  

Net exercise of preferred stock warrant

     27,943        

Cash paid for:

    

Interest

   $ 2,815,802     $ 2,799,383  

 

 

See notes to Financial Statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

1. Background and liquidity

(a) Background

Phreesia, Inc. (the “Company”) is a leading provider of comprehensive solutions that transform the healthcare experience by engaging patients in their care and enabling healthcare provider organizations to optimize operational efficiency, improve profitability and enhance clinical care. Through the SaaS-based Phreesia Platform (the “Phreesia Platform”), the Company offers healthcare provider organizations a robust suite of solutions to manage the patient intake process and an integrated payments solution for secure processing of patient payments. The Company’s Platform also provides life sciences companies with an engagement channel for targeted and direct communication with patients. The Company was formed in May 2005, and has its corporate headquarters in New York, and operations offices in Raleigh, North Carolina and Ottawa, Canada.

(b) Liquidity

Since the Company commenced operations, it has not generated sufficient revenue to meet its operating expenses and has continued to incur significant net losses. To date, the Company has primarily relied upon the proceeds from issuances of preferred stock and debt to fund its operations as well as sales in the normal course of business. Management believes that losses and negative cash flows will continue for at least the next year.

Management believes that the Company’s cash and cash equivalents at January 31, 2019 along with cash generated in the normal course of business, and available borrowing capacity under its February 2019 Credit Facility (Note 5), are sufficient to fund its operations through at least April 2020. Additional financing may be required for the Company to successfully implement its long-term strategy. There can be no assurance that additional financing, if needed, can be obtained on terms acceptable to the Company. The ability of the Company to achieve successful operations will depend on, among other things, new business, the retention of customers, and the effectiveness of sales and marketing initiatives. The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to other companies in its stage of business life cycle, including dependence on key individuals, competition from established companies, and the need to fund future product and services development.

2. Basis of presentation

(a) Basis of presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the accounts of Phreesia, Inc. and its branch operation in Canada.

(b) Fiscal year

The Company’s fiscal year ends on January 31. References to fiscal 2018 and 2019 refer to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

3. Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The most significant assumptions and estimates relate to the allowance for doubtful accounts, capitalized internal-use software, the determination of the useful lives of property and equipment, the fair value of securities underlying stock-based compensation, the fair value of stock warrants, the fair value of its business acquisitions, and the realization of deferred tax assets.

(b) Revenue recognition

The Company generates revenue primarily from providing an integrated SaaS-based software and payment platform for the healthcare industry. The Company derives revenue from subscription fees, approximately 95% of which are generated from fees related to our base package and add-ons, and related services generated from the Company’s provider customers for access to the Phreesia Platform, payment processing fees based on patient payment volume processed through the Phreesia Platform, and from digital marketing revenue from life sciences companies to reach, educate and communicate with patients when they are most receptive and actively seeking care.

The Company has adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, using the full retrospective method which applied ASC 606 to all periods presented.

The Company accounts for revenue from contracts with customers by applying the requirements of Topic 606. Accordingly, the Company determines revenue recognition through the following steps:

 

 

identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer;

 

identification of the performance obligations in the contract;

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

 

determination of the transaction price;

 

allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

 

recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

Revenues are recognized when control of these services is transferred to the Company’s customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to be entitled to in exchange for those services.

The majority of the Company’s contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, the Company accounts for individual performance obligations separately when they are distinct. The transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price basis. The Company determines the standalone selling prices based on our overall pricing objectives, taking into consideration market conditions and other factors, including other groupings such as customer type.

Subscription and related services

In most cases, the Company generates subscription fees, approximately 95% of which are generated from fees related to our base package and add-ons, from clients based on the number of healthcare provider organizations that utilize the Phreesia Platform and subscription fees for the Company’s self-service intake tablets (“PhreesiaPads”) and on-site kiosks (“Arrivals Stations”) and any other applications. The Company’s provider clients are typically billed monthly in arrears, though in some instances provider clients may opt to be billed quarterly or annually in advance. Subscription fees are typically auto-debited from client’s accounts every month. Revenue for provider subscriptions is recognized over the term of the respective provider contract. Services revenues are recognized over the respective non-cancelable subscription term because of the continuous transfer of control to the customer. The Company’s subscription arrangements are considered service contracts, and the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software. In certain arrangements, the Company leases its PhreesiaPads and Arrivals Stations through operating leases to its customers. Accordingly, these revenue transactions are accounted for using ASC 840, Leases . For fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019, the amount of subscription and related services revenues recorded pursuant to ASC 840 was $3,543,807 and $4,748,563, respectively.

In addition, subscription and related services includes certain fees from clients for professional services associated with implementation services as well as travel and expense reimbursements, shipping and handling fees, sales of hardware (PhreesiaPads and Arrivals Stations), on-site support and training. The majority of the Company’s professional services for implementation are not distinct from Phreesia’s Platform and are therefore recognized over the term of the contract. Revenue from sales of Phreesia hardware and training are recognized in the period they are delivered to clients.

Payment processing fees

The Company generates revenue from payment processing fees based on the levels of patient payment volume resulting from credit and debit transactions (dollar value and number of card transactions) processed through Phreesia’s payment facilitator model. Payment processing fees are generally calculated as a percentage of the total transaction dollar value processed and/or a fee per transaction. The remainder of patient payment volume is composed of credit transactions for which Phreesia acts as a gateway to other payment processors, and cash and check transactions.

The Company recognizes the payment processing fees when the transaction occurs (i.e., when the processing services are completed). The Company collects the transaction amount from the cardholder’s bank via the

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Company’s third party payment processing partner and the card networks. The Company then remits the transaction amount to its customers approximately two business days after the transaction occurs. At the end of each month, the Company bills its customers for any payment processing fees owed per its customer contractual agreements. Similarly, at the end of each month, the Company remits payments to third-party payment processors and financial institutions for interchange and assessment fees, processing fees, and bank settlement fees.

The Company acts as the merchant of record for its customers and works with payment card networks and banks so that its customers do not need to manage the complex systems, rules, and requirements of the payment industry. The Company satisfies its performance obligations and therefore recognizes the transaction fees as revenue upon completion of a transaction. Revenue is recognized net of refunds, which arise from reversals of transactions initiated by the Company’s customers.

The payment processing fees collected from customers are recognized as revenue on a gross basis as the Company is the principal in the delivery of the managed payment solutions to the customer. The Company has concluded it is the principal because as the merchant of record, it controls the services before delivery to the customer, it is primarily responsible for the delivery of the services to its customers, it has latitude in establishing pricing with respect to the customer and other terms of service, it has sole discretion in selecting the third party to perform the settlement, and it assumes the credit risk for the transaction processed. The Company also has the unilateral ability to accept or reject a transaction based on criteria established by the Company.

As the merchant of record, the Company is liable for settlement of the transactions processed and, accordingly, such costs are included in payment processing fees expense on the accompanying statements of operations.

Life sciences

The Company generates revenue from sales of digital marketing solutions to life sciences companies which is based largely on the delivery of messages at a contracted price per message to targeted patients. Messaging campaigns are sold for a specified number of messages delivered to qualified patients over an expected time frame. Revenue is recognized as the messages are delivered.

Disaggregation of revenue

Revenue from the Company’s contracts with its customers are disaggregated by revenue source on the accompanying statements of operations. The Company’s core service offerings are subscription and related services, payment processing fees and digital marketing solutions sold to life sciences companies. In addition, all of the Company’s revenue is derived from customers in the United States.

Remaining performance obligations

The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations as the majority of its contracts relate to either: contracts with an original term of one year or less or contracts with variable consideration (i.e., the Company’s payment processing fees revenue).

Contract balances

Deferred revenue is a contract liability primarily related to billings in advance of revenue recognition from its subscription and life sciences services and, to a lesser extent, professional services and other revenues

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

described above. Deferred revenue is recognized as the Company satisfies its performance obligations. The Company generally invoices its customers in monthly or quarterly installments for subscription services. Accordingly, the deferred revenue balance does not generally represent the total contract value of a subscription arrangement. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding 12-month period is recorded as current deferred revenue on the accompanying balance sheet.

Unbilled accounts receivable is a contract asset related to the delivery of the Company’s subscription and related services and for its life sciences revenue for which the related billings will occur in a future period.

The following table represents a rollforward of contract assets and contract liabilities:

 

     
       Contract assets
(unbilled
accounts
receivable)
    Contract
liabilities
(deferred
revenue)
 

February 1, 2017

   $ 78,287     $ 5,605,385  

Contract asset additions

     96,376        

Amount transferred to receivables from contract assets

     (68,287      

Increases due to invoicing prior to satisfaction of performance obligations

           2,889,903  

Performance obligations satisfied during the period that were included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period

           (3,608,829
  

 

 

 

January 31, 2018

   $ 106,376     $ 4,886,459  

Contract asset additions

     615,492        

Amount transferred to receivables from contract assets

     (85,944      

Increases due to invoicing prior to satisfaction of performance obligations

           5,899,413  

Performance obligations satisfied during the period that were included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period

           (4,297,962
  

 

 

 

January 31, 2019

   $ 635,924     $ 6,487,910  

 

 

Cost to obtain a contract

The Company capitalizes sales commissions paid to internal sales personnel that are incremental to the acquisition of customer contracts. These costs are recorded as deferred contract acquisition costs on the accompanying balance sheets. The Company determines whether costs should be deferred based on its sales compensation plans and if the commissions are incremental and would not have occurred absent the customer contract.

Sales commission for subscription and related services are recorded when earned by our sales team. The majority of our sales commissions are considered to be costs of obtaining our customer contracts and as a result are capitalized and then amortized over a period of benefit that the Company has estimated to be three years. The Company determined the period of benefit by taking into consideration its customer contracts, its technology and other factors. Amortization is recognized on a straight-line basis commensurate with the pattern of revenue recognition. Amortization expense is included in sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying statements of operations and totaled $1,389,457 and $1,639,655 for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The Company periodically reviews these deferred contract acquisition costs to determine whether events or changes in circumstances have occurred that could impact the period of benefit. There were no impairment losses recorded during the periods presented.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The following table represents a rollforward of deferred contract acquisition costs:

 

   
     January 31,  
       2018     2019  

Beginning balance

   $ 1,950,116     $ 2,333,578  

Additions to deferred contract acquisition costs

     1,772,919       2,500,183  

Amortization of deferred contract acquisition costs

     (1,389,457     (1,639,655
  

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,333,578     $ 3,194,106  
  

 

 

 

Deferred contract acquisition costs, current (to be amortized in next 12 months)

     1,639,655       1,672,706  

Deferred contract acquisition costs, non current

     693,923       1,521,400  
  

 

 

 

Total deferred contract acquisition costs

   $ 2,333,578     $ 3,194,106  

 

 

(c) Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization) primarily consists of costs to verify insurance eligibility and benefits, infrastructure costs for operation of our SaaS-based Platform such as hosting fees, certain fees paid to various third party partners for the use of their technology, and personnel expenses for implementation and technical support. Personnel expenses consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation.

(d) Payment processing expense

Payment processing expense consist primarily of interchange fees set by payment card networks and that are ultimately paid to the card-issuing financial institution, assessment fees paid to payment card networks, and fees paid to third-party payment processors and gateways.

(e) Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expense consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and commission costs for our sales and marketing personnel. Sales and marketing expense also include costs for advertising, promotional and other marketing activities, as well as certain fees paid to various third-party partners for sales lead generation. Advertising is expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $17,454 and $133,868 for the fiscal years ended 2018 and 2019, respectively.

(f) Research and development

Research and development expense consist of costs for the design, development, testing and enhancement of the Company’s products and services and are generally expensed as incurred. These costs consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation for our development personnel. Research and development expense also includes product management, life sciences analytics costs, third-party partner fees and third-party consulting fees, offset by any internal-use software development cost capitalized during the same period.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

(g) General and administrative

General and administrative expense consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation for our executive, finance, legal, human resources, information technology, and other administrative personnel. General and administrative expense also includes consulting, legal, security, accounting services and allocated overhead.

(h) Depreciation

Depreciation represents depreciation expense for PhreesiaPads and Arrivals Stations (collectively, Phreesia hardware), data center and other computer hardware, purchased computer software, furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements.

(i) Amortization

Amortization primarily represents amortization of our capitalized internal-use software related to the Phreesia Platform as well as amortization of acquired intangible assets.

(j) Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

(k) Settlement assets

Settlement assets represent amounts due from the Company’s payment processor for customer electronic processing transactions. Settlement assets are typically settled within one or two business days of the transaction date.

(l) Settlement obligations

Settlement obligations represent amounts due to customers for electronic processing transactions that have not been funded by the Company due to timing of settlement from the Company’s payment processor.

(m) Accounts receivable

Accounts receivable represent trade receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The Company estimates the allowance for doubtful accounts based on specific account analysis of at-risk customers. The Company determines its allowance for doubtful accounts by considering a number of factors, including the length of time accounts are past due, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligations to the Company, and the condition of the industry as a whole. Accounts receivable are written off at the point that internal collections efforts have been exhausted. As of January 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company has reserved $541,764 and $517,107 for the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Account receivable also includes unbilled accounts receivable (see Contract Balances).

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

(n) Property and equipment

Property and equipment, including PhreesiaPads, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The estimated useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment have been estimated to be between three and seven years, with the useful lives of leasehold improvements being the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the life of the underlying lease. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to operations as incurred while expenditures for major improvements are capitalized.

Upon sale or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from their respective accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the statements of operations.

(o) Capitalized internal-use software

The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred for the development of computer software for internal use pursuant to ASC Topic 350-40, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal use software . These costs relate to the development of its Phreesia Platform. The Company capitalizes the costs during the development of the project, when it is determined that it is probable that the project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. Costs related to preliminary project activities, post-implementation activities, training and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, which is generally three years. Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. The Company exercises judgment in determining the point at which various projects may be capitalized, in assessing the ongoing value of the capitalized costs and in determining the estimated useful lives over which the costs are amortized. To the extent that the Company changes the manner in which it develops and tests new features and functionalities related to its solutions, assess the ongoing value of capitalized assets or determine the estimated useful lives over which the costs are amortized, the amount of internal-use software development costs the Company capitalizes and amortizes could change in future periods.

For fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019, the Company capitalized $5,374,595 and $5,109,476, respectively, of costs related to the Phreesia Platform. During the years ended January 31, 2018 and 2019, amortization expense of capitalized internal-use software was $2,808,348 and $4,008,655, respectively. As of January 31, 2018 and 2019, the net book value of the Phreesia Platform was $6,715,239 and $7,816,060, respectively.

(p) Business combinations

The Company uses its best estimates and assumptions to accurately assign fair value to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. The Company’s estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. During the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the fair value of these tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. The Company continues to collect information and reevaluate these estimates and assumptions quarterly and records any adjustments to its preliminary estimates to goodwill provided that the Company is within the measurement period. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the fair value of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the statement of operations.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

(q) Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the underlying net tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with business combinations accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead goodwill is required to be tested for impairment annually and under certain circumstances. We perform such testing of goodwill in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or as events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value below its carrying amount.

The testing of goodwill is performed at the reporting unit. The Company’s reporting unit is the same as its operating segment. The test begins with a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is “more likely than not” that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If it is concluded that it is “more likely than not” that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The two-step goodwill impairment test begins with a comparison of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value of the reporting unit. The first step, commonly referred to as a “step-one impairment test,” is a screen for potential impairment while the second step measures the amount of impairment if there is an indication from the first step that one exists.

All other intangible assets associated with purchased intangibles, consisting of customer relationships and acquired technology are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated remaining economic lives.

(r) Long-lived assets

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets, including capitalized internal-use software, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for possible impairment, the Company first compares the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value exceeds its fair value. There were no impairment charges recognized during any of the periods presented.

(s) Income taxes

An asset and liability approach is used for financial accounting and reporting of current and deferred income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future. Such deferred income tax asset and liability computations are based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income or loss. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. The Company follows the ASC 740, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes . ASC 740 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a Company’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in the interim periods, disclosure, and transition.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The Company reviews and evaluates tax positions in its major jurisdictions and determines whether or not there are uncertain tax positions that require financial statement recognition and the recording of a tax liability. The Company determined that there were no unrecognized tax benefits as of January 31, 2018 and 2019. The Company would recognize tax related interest and penalties, if applicable, as a component of its provision (benefit) from income taxes.

(t) Segment information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. The Company defines the term “chief operating decision maker” to be its Chief Executive Officer. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer reviews the financial information presented on an entire company basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating our financial performance. Accordingly, we have determined that we operate in a single reportable operating segment. Since we operate in one operating segment, all required financial segment information can be found in the financial statements.

(u) Redeemable preferred stock

All of the Company’s redeemable preferred stock is classified outside of stockholders’ deficit because the shares contain certain redemption features that are not solely within the control of the Company. At the time of issuance, the redeemable preferred stock is recorded at its issuance price, less issuance costs. The carrying values of the Senior Preferred are being accreted to their redemption values at each reporting period, which is equal to the greater of (i) the original issuance price plus unpaid accrued dividends or (ii) the fair value of the Senior Preferred. The Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred were accreted to their redemption amount, which is $1.00 per share. The Company records changes in the redemption value of redeemable preferred stock immediately as they occur as if the end of the reporting period was the redemption date for the instrument.

(v) Stock-based compensation

The Company recognizes the grant-date fair value of stock-based awards issued as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award. To date, the Company has not issued awards where vesting is subject to performance or market conditions. The fair value of stock options is estimated at the time of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the use of inputs and assumptions such as the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock, exercise price of the option, expected term, risk-free interest rate, expected volatility and dividend yield, the most critical of which is the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock.

The estimated fair value of each grant of stock options awarded during the years ended January 31, 2018 and 2019 was determined using the following methods and assumptions:

 

 

Estimated fair value of common stock. As the Company’s common stock has not historically been publicly traded, its board of directors periodically estimates the fair value of the Company’s common stock considering, among other things, contemporaneous valuations of its preferred and common stock prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants 2013 Practice Aid,  Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation .

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

 

Expected term. Due to the lack of a public market for the trading of the Company’s common stock and the lack of sufficient company-specific historical data, the expected term of employee stock options is determined using the “simplified” method, as prescribed in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 107 (“SAB 107”), Share-Based Payment , whereby the expected life equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option.

 

 

Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the interest rate payable on U.S. Treasury securities in effect at the time of grant for a period that is commensurate with the assumed expected term.

 

 

Expected volatility. The expected volatility is based on historical volatilities of peer companies within the Company’s industry which were commensurate with the expected term assumption, as described in SAB 107.

 

 

Dividend yield. The dividend yield is 0% because the Company has never paid, and for the foreseeable future does not expect to pay, a dividend on its common stock.

The inputs and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and management uses different inputs and assumptions, the Company’s stock-based compensation expense could be materially different for future awards.

(w) Warrant liability

Warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s redeemable preferred stock are classified as warrant liability on the accompanying balance sheet and recorded at fair value. This warrant liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date and the Company recognizes any change in fair value in its statements of operations as a change in fair value of the warrant liability. The Company will continue to adjust the carrying value of the warrants for changes in the estimated fair value until such time as these instruments are exercised, expire or, upon the closing of an initial public offering, when such warrants convert into warrants to purchase shares of common stock. At that time, the liabilities will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders’ deficit.

(x) Fair value of financial instruments

Certain assets and liabilities are carried at fair value under generally accepted accounting principles. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three levels of the fair value hierarchy, of which the first two are considered observable and the last is considered unobservable:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Observable inputs (other than Level 1 quoted prices), such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active for identical or similar assets or liabilities or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Level 3—Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to determining the fair value of the assets or liabilities, including pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques.

The fair value hierarchy also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

(y) Concentrations of credit risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and settlement assets. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are held by established financial institutions. The Company does not require collateral from its customers and generally requires payment within 30 to 60 days of billing. Settlement assets are amounts due from well-established payment processing companies and normally take one or two business days to settle which mitigates the associated risk of concentration. The Company has one third-party payment processor.

The Company’s customers are primarily physician’s offices located in the United States and pharmaceutical companies. The Company did not have any individual customers that represented more 10% of total revenues for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019.

(z) Deferred offering costs

The Company capitalizes certain legal, accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity financings as deferred offering costs until such financings are consummated. After consummation of the equity financing, these costs will be recorded in stockholders’ deficit as a reduction of additional paid-in capital generated as a result of the offering. Should the equity financing no longer be considered probable of being consummated, all deferred offering costs would be charged to operating expenses in the statement of operations. Deferred offering costs were $539,560 at January 31, 2019 and are included within Other assets on the accompanying balance sheet.

(aa) Foreign currency

The Company has a branch office in Canada that provides operational support. The functional currency of the Company’s foreign branch is the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign branch are re-measured into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the reporting date with differences recorded as transaction gains and losses within other income (expense).

(bb) New accounting pronouncements

JOBS Act accounting election

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

earlier of the date that it (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. The Company has elected to early adopt certain new accounting standards, as disclosed herein. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting , with guidance regarding the simplification of accounting for share-based payment award transactions. The update changes the accounting for such areas as the accounting and cash flow classification for excess tax benefits and deficiencies; forfeitures; and tax withholding requirements and cash flow classification. This guidance was effective for public companies for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted the new guidance effective February 1, 2017, and it did not have a material effect on its financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting , which provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in Topic 718. This guidance was effective for all entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The amendments in this ASU are applied prospectively to an award modified on or after the adoption date. The Company adopted the new guidance effective February 1, 2018, and it did not have a material effect on its financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments , with guidance intended to reduce the diversity in practice regarding how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified within the statement of cash flows. The update addresses eight specific cash flow issues including: debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; the settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing; contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies or bank-owned life insurance policies; distributions received from equity method investees; beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. This guidance was effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted the new guidance effective February 1, 2018, and it did not have a material effect on its financial statements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting , which largely aligns the accounting for share-based payment awards issued to nonemployees with the accounting for share-based payment awards issued to employees. Under previous GAAP, the accounting for nonemployee share-based payments differed from that applied to employee awards, particularly with regard to the measurement date and the impact of performance conditions. Under the new guidance, (i) equity-classified share-based payment awards issued to nonemployees will be measured at the grant date, instead of the previous requirement to re-measure the awards through the performance completion date, (ii) for performance conditions, compensation cost associated with the award will be recognized when the achievement of the performance condition is probable, rather than upon

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

achievement of the performance condition, and (iii) the current requirement to reassess the classification (equity or liability) for nonemployee awards upon vesting will be eliminated, except for awards in the form of convertible instruments. This new guidance is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that fiscal year and early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2018-07 as of February 1, 2018 and the impact was not material.

Recent accounting pronouncement not yet adopted

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13,   Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) : Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement  (“ASU 2018-13”). ASU 2018-13 updates the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements and is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this standard on the Company’s financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to record most leases on their balance sheets but recognize the expenses on their statement of operations in a manner similar to current accounting rules. Topic 842 states that a lessee would recognize a lease liability for the obligation to make lease payments and a right-of-use (ROU) asset for the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. The updated guidance for private companies is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and early adoption is permitted. The Company plans to adopt this new standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 on February 1, 2020 and expects to use the effective date as our date of initial application. The new standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. The Company expects to elect the ‘package of practical expedients,’ which permits the Company not to reassess under the new standard our prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs. The Company does not expect to elect the use-of-hindsight or the practical expedient pertaining to land easements; the latter not being applicable to the Company. The new standard also provides practical expedients for an entity’s ongoing accounting. The Company currently expects to elect the short-term lease recognition exemption for all of its leases. This means, for those leases that qualify, the Company will not recognize ROU assets or lease liabilities, and this includes not recognizing ROU assets or lease liabilities for existing short-term leases of those assets in transition. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this standard on the Company’s financial statements.

4. Composition of certain financial statement captions

(a) Accrued expenses

Accrued expenses at January 31, 2018 and 2019 are as follows:

 

   
     January 31,  
       2018      2019  

Payment processing fees liability

   $ 1,858,038      $ 2,266,621  

Commission and bonus

     2,364,828        320,402  

Acquisition

            350,000  

Vacation

     401,773        417,467  

Other

     1,763,435        1,743,378  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,388,074      $ 5,097,868  

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

(b) Property and equipment

Property and equipment at January 31, 2018 and 2019 are as follows:

 

     
     Useful  life
(years)
     January 31,  
       2018     2019  

PhreesiaPads and Arrivals Stations

     3      $ 19,936,196     $ 22,746,783  

Computer equipment

     3        9,213,536       14,338,489  

Computer software

     3        2,139,156       2,166,015  

Hardware development

     3        709,299       1,024,357  

Furniture and fixtures

     7        612,060       646,708  

Leasehold improvements

     2        893,106       1,150,673  
     

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

      $ 33,503,353     $ 42,073,025  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (20,333,135     (27,862,007
  

 

 

 

Property and equipment—net

            $ 13,170,218     $ 14,211,018  

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment amounted to $6,831,946 and $7,551,890 for the years ended January 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Assets under capital leases included in computer equipment were $5,810,029 and $10,235,489 at January 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Accumulated amortization of assets under capital lease was $3,274,915 and $5,368,525 at January 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

(c) Intangible assets

The following presents the details of intangible assets as of January 31, 2019. There were no intangible assets as of January 31, 2018.

 

   
    January 31, 2019  
      Gross carrying
amount
    Accumulated
amortization
    Net      Life      Remaining
useful life
(in years)
 

Acquired technology

  $ 490,000     $ (13,699   $ 476,301        5        4.8  

Customer Relationship

    980,000       (19,570     960,430        7        6.8  
 

 

 

       
  $ 1,470,000     $ (33,269   $ 1,436,731        

 

 

Amortization expense associated with intangible assets for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2019 was $33,269.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The estimated amortization expense for intangible assets for the next five years and thereafter is as follows as of January 31, 2019:

 

Year Ending January 31,

        

2020

   $ 238,000  

2021

     238,000  

2022

     238,000  

2023

     238,000  

2024

     224,301  

Thereafter

     260,430  
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,436,731  

 

 

(d) Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows. There was not any goodwill balance in fiscal 2018.

 

Balance at February 1, 2018

   $  

Vital Score Acquisition

     250,190  
  

 

 

 

Balance at January 31, 2019

   $ 250,190  

 

 

(e) Accounts receivable

Accounts Receivable at January 31, 2018 and 2019 are as follows:

 

   
     January 31,  
       2018     2019  

Billed

   $ 12,744,299     $ 15,990,218  

Unbilled

     106,376       635,924  
  

 

 

 
     12,850,675       16,626,142  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (541,764     (517,107
  

 

 

 
   $ 12,308,911     $ 16,109,035  

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

5. Debt

As of January 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company had the following outstanding loan balances:

 

   
     January 31,  
       2018     2019  

Term loan

   $ 2,208,334     $ 1,041,667  

Line of credit

           7,800,000  

Loan payable

     20,000,000       20,000,000  
  

 

 

 
   $ 22,208,334     $ 28,841,667  

Less current maturities

     (1,166,666     (97,222

Less deferred financing costs

     (1,730,554     (995,959

Plus accrued Final payment

     141,726       169,342  
  

 

 

 

Long term debt, net of current portion

   $  19,452,840     $  27,917,828  

 

 

The Company had a loan facility with a commercial bank that provided for a term loan with an original principal amount of $3,500,000 and a $10,000,000 revolving line of credit, which was later increased to $20,000,000. The term loan was interest only, at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate as quoted by Wall Street Journal print edition less three-quarters of one percent (0.75%), for 12 months from the date of borrowing followed by 36 monthly payments of principal and interest. The Prime Rate was 4.50% and 5.50% as of January 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. In addition to principal and interest payments due under the Loan facility, the Company was required to make a final payment fee to the lender due upon the earlier of prepayment or maturity of the term loan, which was equal to 5% of the principal balance, or $175,000. The Company accrued the estimated final payment fee using the effective interest rate, with a charge to interest expense of $50,545 and $27,616 for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019, respectively, over the term loan amortization period. Interest expense related to the term loan was $244,539 and $120,653, including amortization of deferred financing costs of $98,262 and $23,459, for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019, respectively. For the years ended January 31, 2018 and 2019, the effective interest rate on the term loan was 8.8% and 7.4%, respectively. Borrowings under the term loan were repaid in full with the proceeds from the New Loan Agreement that was entered into on February 28, 2019.

Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bore interest at the prime rate plus 1.00% and were limited to the greater of $20,000,000 or an amount determined pursuant to a borrowing base. The revolving credit facility had a maturity date of November 2019. Borrowings under this facility were collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Company was required to comply with certain financial covenants related to this facility. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of January 31, 2018 and 2019. Weighted-average borrowings outstanding under the revolving line of credit were $8,658,082 and $971,370 during fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019, respectively. Interest expense under the revolving line of credit was $785,558 and $364,442, including amortization of deferred financing costs of $248,471 in both periods, for the years ended January 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Borrowings under this facility were repaid in full with proceeds from the New Loan Agreement that was entered into on February 28, 2019.

On November 7, 2016, the Company entered into a 5-year term loan agreement with two third-party lenders in an aggregate original principal amount of $10,000,000 plus an additional $10,000,000 that was available through May 31, 2017 (the “Loans Payable”). The initial advance of $10,000,000 was drawn down simultaneously with the execution of the agreement and the second advance of $10,000,000 was drawn down

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

in May 2017. Borrowings under the Loans Payable were subordinated to borrowings under the term loan and revolving line of credit. The outstanding principal amount of the Loans Payable was subject to interest each month at an interest rate equal to 11% per annum with the principal was due in 30 equal installments beginning in June 2019. Interest expense related to the Loans Payable was $2,401,319 and $2,729,320, including amortization of deferred financing costs of $506,565 and $498,764, for the years ended January 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. For fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019, the effective interest rate on the Loan Payable was 14.2% and 13.6%, respectively. Borrowings under the Loans Payable were repaid in fully with proceeds from the New Loan Agreement that was entered into on February 28, 2019.

On February 28, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the New Loan Agreement) that provides for a $20,000,000 term loan and a revolving credit facility with up to $25,000,000 of availability. The proceeds from the New Loan Agreement were used to repay in full the term loan, which had a balance of $1,041,667 at January 31, 2019, the balance due under the line of credit under the prior facility, which was $7,800,000 at January 31, 2019, and the $20,000,000 outstanding under the Loans Payable. The Company is also permitted to borrow an additional $10,000,000 term loan (the “Term Loan B Advance”) and, subject to the bank’s approval, another $15,000,000 (the “Term Loan C Advance”) prior to February 28, 2020. The term loans under the New Loan Agreement bear interest, which is payable monthly, at a floating rate equal to the bank’s prime rate plus 1.50% until such time that EBITDA reaches a defined level, after which time the interest rate is reduced to the prime plus 0.75%. Principal payments due under the term loans are due in 36 equal monthly installments beginning in March 2021. In addition to principal and interest payments due under the term loans, the Company is required to make a final payment to the lenders due upon the earlier of prepayment or maturity of the term loan, which is equal to 2.75% of the original principal amount. If the Company prepays the term loans prior to their respective scheduled maturities, it will also be required to make prepayment fees to the lenders equal to 3% if prepaid on or before the second anniversary of the Effective Date, 2% if prepaid after the second and on or before the third anniversary of funding or 1% if prepaid after the third anniversary of funding of the principal amounts borrowed.

Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are subject to a borrowing base equal to 80% of eligible accounts receivable plus a percentage of recurring revenue, as defined, not to exceed $25 million in the aggregate. Based on the borrowing base formula under the new facility, the Company would have $16,300,000 of availability at January 31, 2019. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest, which is payable monthly, at a floating rate equal to the greater of the bank’s prime rate less 0.50%, or 5.0% until such time that EBITDA reaches a defined level, after which time the interest rate is reduced to the greater of prime less 0.75% , or 4.75%. In addition to principal and interest due under the revolving credit facility, the Company is required to pay an annual fee of $100,000 per year during the first three years of the facility and then $75,000 per year in years four and five. The Company is required to pay a fee of 0.15% per year for any unused availability and a termination fee of 1.50% if the revolving credit agreement is terminated prior to its scheduled maturity.

The Company’s obligations under the New Loan Agreement are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of its assets, other than intellectual property. The New Loan Agreement includes a financial covenant that requires the Company to achieve specified revenue levels, as defined, through January 31, 2020, after which time revenue levels for covenants purposes will be determined by the bank based on the Company’s forecast, subject to certain minimums. The Company is also required to maintain certain liquidity levels, as defined.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The New Loan Agreement contains events of default, including, without limitation, events of default upon: (i) failure to make payment pursuant to the terms of the agreement; (ii) violation of covenants; (iii) material adverse changes to the Company’s business; (iv) attachment or levy on the Company’s assets or judicial restraint on its business; (v) insolvency; (vi) significant judgments, orders or decrees for payments by the Company not covered by insurance; (vii) incorrectness of representations and warranties; (viii) incurrence of subordinated debt; (ix) revocation of governmental approvals necessary for the Company to conduct its business; and (x) failure by the Company to maintain a valid and perfected lien on the collateral securing the borrowing.

In connection with the New Loan Agreement, the Company issued warrants to the lenders to purchase an aggregate of 330,200 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.65 per share. The warrants expire in February 2029.

The Company classified all of its borrowings as of January 31, 2019 as long-term debt based on the refinancing under the New Loan Agreement, with the exception of the $97,222 paid under the prior facility in February 2019 prior to the refinancing.

As of January 31, 2019, the Company’s long-term debt is payable as follows (based on the terms of the New Loan Agreement):

 

Year Ending January 31,

        

2020

   $ 97,222  

2021

      

2022

     6,111,111  

2023

     6,666,667  

2024

     6,666,667  

Thereafter

     9,300,000  
  

 

 

 
     28,841,667  

Less current portion

     (97,222
  

 

 

 
   $  28,744,445  

 

 

6. Common stock

The Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the issuance of up to 80,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote per share, pursuant to certain restrictions.

 

   
     January 31,  
     2018      2019  
       Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount  

Common stock

     3,600,027      $  36,001        4,383,167      $  43,832  

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

As of January 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company has reserved the following shares of common stock for future issuance:

 

   
     January 31,  
       2018      2019  

Senior redeemable convertible preferred stock (Senior A)

     13,674,365        13,674,365  

Senior redeemable convertible preferred stock (Senior B)

     9,197,142        9,197,142  

Junior convertible preferred stock

     32,746,041        32,746,041  

Warrants to purchase Senior A redeemable convertible preferred stock

     788,792        788,792  

Warrants to purchase Junior redeemable convertible preferred stock

     568,392        489,605  

Warrants to purchase common stock

     563,418        563,418  

Employee stock options

     11,628,205        11,108,934  
  

 

 

 

Total

     69,166,355        68,568,297  

 

 

7. Preferred stock

The number of outstanding shares and amount of preferred stock are as follows:

 

   
     January 31,  
     2018      2019  
       Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount  

Senior redeemable convertible preferred stock (Senior A)

     13,674,365      $ 57,022,102        13,674,365      $ 79,311,317  

Senior redeemable convertible preferred stock (Senior B)

     9,197,142        43,962,340        9,197,142        51,871,881  
  

 

 

 

Senior Preferred

     22,871,507        100,984,442        22,871,507        131,183,198  

Junior convertible preferred stock

     32,746,041        32,746,041        32,746,041        32,746,041  

Redeemable preferred stock

     42,560,530        42,560,530        42,560,530        42,560,530  
  

 

 

 

Total

     98,178,078      $  176,291,013        98,178,078      $  206,489,769  

 

 

(a) Redeemable preferred stock

On October 14, 2014 the Company issued 13,674,365 shares of Senior A Preferred at $2.1939 per share (the “Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price”) for total proceeds of approximately $30,000,000 and, prior thereto, effected a recapitalization of the previously outstanding Series A-D redeemable preferred stock by exchanging all then existing shares of Series A-D redeemable preferred stock into 33,344,348 shares of Junior Preferred and 43,214,680 shares of Redeemable Preferred (together with the Junior Preferred and Senior Preferred, the “Preferred Stock”). Issuance costs totaled $1,803,335.

On October 27, 2017 the Company issued 4,598,571 shares of Senior B Preferred at $3.6968 per share (the “Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price”) for total proceeds of approximately $17,000,000. On November 27, 2017, the Company issued an additional 4,598,571 shares of Senior B Preferred at the Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price for additional total proceeds of approximately $17,000,000. Total issuance costs were $1,540,783.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The holders of the Preferred Stock have rights, preferences and privileges as follows:

(b) Liquidation

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, or the occurrence of a deemed liquidation event, the holders of shares of Senior Preferred then outstanding are entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company that are available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment would be made to the holders of Junior Preferred, Redeemable Preferred and Common Stock, an amount per share equal to the Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price (in the case of the Senior B Preferred) and the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price (in the case of the Series A Preferred), together with any accrued and unpaid Accruing Dividends (as defined below) (as adjusted for any excess Participating Amount, as defined below) and any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the aggregate amount per share payable to a holder of a share of Senior Preferred pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “Senior Preferred Liquidation Amount”).

Upon the completion of the distribution required to the Senior Preferred, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred then outstanding are entitled to be paid out of the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders on a pari passu basis before any payment would be made to the holders of Common Stock an amount per share equal to $1.00 per share (which is the “Junior Preferred Original Issue Price” and the “Redeemable Preferred Original Issue Price”), plus, in the case of the Junior Preferred, any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. The aggregate amount per share payable to a holder of a share of Junior Preferred pursuant to the preceding sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “Junior Preferred Liquidation Amount” and the aggregate amount per share payable to a holder of a share of Redeemable Preferred pursuant to the preceding sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “Redeemable Preferred Liquidation Amount.”

Upon the completion of the distribution required to the holders of Senior Preferred, Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred, the remaining assets would be distributed pro rata among the holders of Common Stock based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

For purposes of determining the amount each holder of Senior Preferred, Junior Preferred or Redeemable Preferred would be entitled to receive as a result of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or a deemed liquidation event, each such holder of shares of Senior Preferred or Junior Preferred would be deemed to have converted (regardless of whether such holder actually converted) such holder’s shares of such series into shares of Common Stock (and tendered to the Company any shares of Redeemable Preferred held by such holder for no consideration) immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or deemed liquidation event if, as a result of an actual conversion, such holder would receive in respect of such series, in the aggregate, an amount (plus, solely in the case of the Senior Preferred, an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Accruing Dividends, subject to adjustment as described below) greater (such greater amount, the “Participating Amount”) than the aggregate amount that would be distributed to such holder for such series in respect of the Senior Preferred Liquidation Amount, Junior Preferred Liquidation Amount or Redeemable Preferred Liquidation Amount of such series, as described above. For the avoidance of doubt, if any such holder would be deemed to have converted shares of Senior Preferred or Junior Preferred into Common Stock because such holder would receive a greater amount as a result of such conversion, then such holder would not be entitled to receive any per share distributions in respect of the Senior Preferred Liquidation Amount, Junior Preferred Liquidation Amount or

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Redeemable Preferred Liquidation Amount, as applicable, as described above (other than, with respect to holders of Senior Preferred, any accrued and unpaid Accruing Dividends, subject to adjustment as described below).

(c) Conversion

The “Senior A Conversion Price” shall mean an amount equal to the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price, the “Senior B Conversion Price” shall mean an amount equal to the Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price, the “Junior Conversion Price” shall mean an amount equal $1.66 per share, and the “Conversion Price” shall mean, the Senior A Conversion Price, the Senior B Conversion Price or the Junior Conversion Price, as applicable. The Senior A Conversion Price, Senior B Conversion Price and/or Junior Conversion Price may be adjusted upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the Company’s certificate of incorporation.

Each share of Senior A Preferred is convertible into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price by the Senior A Conversion Price. Each share of Senior B Preferred is convertible into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price by the Senior B Conversion Price.

Each share of Junior Preferred is convertible into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $1.66 by the Junior Conversion Price; provided, that, in connection with any such conversion of any shares of Junior Preferred, a number of shares of Redeemable Preferred equal to (a) the number of shares of Junior Preferred to be converted by such converting holder divided by the aggregate number of shares of Junior Preferred held by such holder (prior to such conversion), times (b) the number of shares of Redeemable Preferred held by such converting holder, would be automatically extinguished and cancelled and such holder would have no further rights with respect to such shares of Redeemable Preferred. The Redeemable Preferred is not convertible.

The conversion ratio for the Senior Preferred and Junior Preferred is 1:1 at January 31, 2018 and 2019.

The Senior Preferred and Junior Preferred are automatically convertible into Common Stock upon an initial public offering with an initial offering price of at least $9.20 per share resulting in at least $50 million of proceeds, net of underwriting discount and commissions, to the Company (a “Qualified IPO”). Upon a Qualified IPO, the holders of Senior Preferred are also entitled to accrued but unpaid Accruing Dividends. Upon an automatic conversion of the Junior Preferred in connection with a Qualified IPO, all shares of Redeemable Preferred will be automatically extinguished and cancelled.

(d) Voting

Each holder of outstanding shares of Senior Preferred and Junior Preferred is entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Senior Preferred or Junior Preferred, as applicable, are convertible and vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class. In addition, the Preferred Stock has certain special protective voting rights as described in the Company’s certificate of incorporation. The holders of the Redeemable Preferred are not entitled to vote in respect of such shares other than as required by law.

Dividends

The Common Stock, Junior Preferred and the Redeemable Preferred do not accrue any dividends.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

From and after the date of the issuance of a share of Senior A Preferred, dividends accrue at the rate per annum of 8% of the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price on each such share of Senior A Preferred (the “Accruing Dividends”). From and after the date of the issuance of a share of Senior B Preferred, dividends accrue at the rate per annum of 8% of the Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price on each such share of Senior B Preferred. Accruing Dividends accrue, whether or not declared, compound annually and are cumulative; provided, however, that the Accruing Dividends are subject to adjustment as set forth below. The Accruing Dividends are payable only upon occurrence of certain events, including a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, a deemed liquidation event, a redemption of the Senior Preferred or upon a Qualified IPO of the Company.

The Accruing Dividends payable may be adjusted as follows: (a) if the Participating Amount for the applicable Senior Preferred (calculated on a per share basis) would be greater than or equal to 4.5 times the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price or the Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price, as applicable, then no Accruing Dividends would be paid with respect to such share of Senior Preferred; (b) if the Participating Amount for the applicable Senior Preferred (calculated on a per share basis) would be less than or equal to 3.5 times the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price or the Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price, as applicable, then 100% of the Accruing Dividends would be paid with respect to such share of Senior Preferred; and (c) if the Participating Amount for the applicable Senior Preferred (calculated on a per share basis) would be greater than 3.5 times and less than 4.5 times (such applicable multiple, the “Special Multiple”) the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price or the Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price, as applicable, then the amount of the aggregate Accruing Dividends paid with respect to such share of Senior Preferred would equal the product of (a) the Applicable Difference and (b) an amount equal to 100% of the Accruing Dividends (prior to giving effect to any adjustment). The “Applicable Difference” means an amount equal to the difference between 4.5 times and the Special Multiple.

Cumulative undeclared dividends totaled $8,996,779 and $14,836,521 at January 31, 2018 and January 31, 2019, respectively.

(e) Redemption

Shares of Senior Preferred shall be redeemed by the Company out of funds lawfully available therefore at a price per share equal to the greater of (i) the fair market value of the Senior Preferred as of the redemption date and (ii) the Senior Preferred Original Issue Price, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, and any Accruing Dividends accrued by unpaid thereon (the “Senior Preferred Redemption Price”), in three annual installments commencing 60 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after October 27, 2021, from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Senior Preferred, of written notice requesting redemption of all (but not less than all) shares of Senior Preferred. In addition, if at any time the Company (i) becomes legally insolvent or (ii) defaults on any outstanding debt which is material to the Company which such default results in an acceleration of such debt, the Board of Directors shall cause the Company to take all reasonable action to redeem the Senior Preferred at the Senior Preferred Redemption Price within one hundred and twenty (120) days after written notice from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Senior Preferred.

Effective only after the shares of Senior Preferred have been redeemed or with the express written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Senior Preferred, shares of Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred shall be redeemed by the Company out of funds lawfully available therefor at a price per

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

share equal to the Junior Preferred Original Issue Price, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or Redeemable Preferred Original Issue Price, respectively, in three annual installments commencing 60 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after October 27, 2021, from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Junior Preferred, of written notice requesting redemption of all (but not less than all) shares of Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred.

The carrying values of the Senior Preferred are being accreted to their redemption values through January 31, 2019. The redemption values of the Senior Preferred are based on the estimated fair values at January 31, 2018 and 2019 because they are estimated to be greater than the original issuance price plus accrued dividends.

8. Stock options

In 2006, the Board of Directors adopted the Company’s 2006 Stock Option Plan, which provided for the issuance of options to purchase up to 333,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to officers, directors, employees, and consultants. Over the years, the Company has amended the plan to increase the shares available for issuance. On October 14, 2014, the Company increased the number of shares available for issuance under the 2006 plan to 9,723,107. The 2006 Stock Option Plan expired on August 2017.

In January 2018, the Board of Directors adopted the Company’s 2018 Stock Option Plan (as amended) (see note 17), which currently provides for the issuance of additional options to purchase up to 6,698,506 shares of the Company’s common stock to officers, directors, employees, and consultants. The option exercise price per share is determined by the Board of Directors based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock.

Options granted under the plans have a maximum term of ten years and vest over a period determined by the Board of Directors (generally four years from the date of grant or the commencement of the grantee’s employment with the Company). Options generally vest 25% at the one-year anniversary of grant after which point they generally vest pro rata on a monthly basis.

The fair value of stock options is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model for each of the stock option awards granted. The assumptions are provided below. Expected volatility was based on the stock volatility for comparable publicly traded companies. The Company uses the simplified method as described in SAB 107 to estimate the expected life of stock options. Forfeitures are recorded when they occur. The risk-free rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of the grant over the expected term of the stock option grants.

 

   
     January 31,  
       2018      2019  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.59%        2.81%  

Expected dividends

     None        None  

Expected term (in years)

     6.25        6.25  

Volatility

     41.00%        40.00%  

Weighted average fair value of grants

   $ 0.94      $ 1.58  

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Stock option activity for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019 are as follows:

 

         
      Number of
options
    Weighted-
average
exercise
price
    Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual life
(in years)
    Aggregate
intrinsic value
 

Outstanding—February 1, 2017

    9,437,657     $ 0.70      

Granted during the year

    2,846,000     $ 2.14      

Exercised

    (315,547   $ 0.47      

Forfeited and expired

    (339,905   $ 1.07      
 

 

 

       

Outstanding—January 31, 2018

    11,628,205     $ 1.04      
 

 

 

       

Exercisable—January 31, 2018

    7,164,317     $ 0.61      
 

 

 

       

Amount vested in fiscal 2018

    1,504,072     $ 0.84      
 

 

 

       

Outstanding—February 1, 2018

    11,628,205     $ 1.04      

Granted during the year

    577,000     $ 2.14      

Exercised

    (694,527   $ 0.52      

Forfeited

    (401,744   $ 1.69      
 

 

 

       

Outstanding and expected to vest—January 31, 2019

    11,108,934     $ 1.11       6.40     $ 28,217,000  
 

 

 

       

Exercisable—January 31, 2019

    8,039,073     $ 0.78       5.48     $ 23,072,000  
 

 

 

       

Amount vested in fiscal 2019

    1,617,824     $ 1.46      

 

 

As of January 31, 2019, there are 92,756 shares available for future grant pursuant to the plan.

The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s estimated stock price at year end and the exercise price, multiplied by the related in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had they exercised their options at the end of the fiscal year. This amount changes based on the market value of the Company’s common stock. The total intrinsic value of options exercised for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019 (based on the difference between the Company’s estimated stock price on the exercise date and the respective exercise price, multiplied by the number of options exercised) was $527,915 and $1,354,685, respectively.

For fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $804,707 and $1,447,199, respectively. As of January 31, 2019, there is $3,194,905 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options issued to employees that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average term of 1.98 years.

During fiscal 2019, the Company recorded stock-based compensation of $6,738 related to restricted stock issued in connection with the Vital Score acquisition (Note 16). As of January 31, 2019, there is $154,981 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to these awards.

The Company has not recognized and does not expect to recognize in the foreseeable future, any tax benefit related to employee stock-based compensation expense.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

9. Stock warrant liabilities

As of January 31, 2018 and 2019, the following warrants to purchase common and preferred stock were outstanding:

 

       
     Number of warrants
January 31,
               
Warrants to purchase    2018      2019      Exercise
price
     Expiration  

Senior A Preferred

     116,232        116,232      $ 2.19        October 1, 2021  

Senior A Preferred

     672,560        672,560      $ 3.00        November 1, 2026  

Junior Preferred

     489,605        489,605      $ 0.01        September 5, 2020  

Junior Preferred

     32,590             $ 1.00        February 2, 2018  

Junior Preferred

     46,197             $ 1.00        April 15, 2018  

Redeemable Preferred

     358,244        358,244      $ 0.01        September 5, 2020  

Redeemable Preferred

     23,846             $ 0.73        February 2, 2018  

Redeemable Preferred

     33,802             $ 0.73        April 15, 2018  
  

 

 

       

Total preferred stock (liability-classified)

     1,773,076        1,636,641        
  

 

 

       

Common stock

     366,848        366,848      $ 0.92        October 21, 2025  

Common stock

     196,570        196,570      $ 1.59        November 1, 2026  
  

 

 

       

Total common stock (equity-classified)

     563,418        563,418        

 

 

The following table summarizes the activity for the Company’s warrants for the periods presented:

 

Balance at February 1, 2017

     2,376,495  

Exercised

     (40,000
  

 

 

 

Balance—January 31, 2018

     2,336,495  

Forfeited

     (136,435
  

 

 

 

Balance—January 31, 2019

     2,200,060  

 

 

The following table is a reconciliation of the warrant liability measured at fair value:

 

   
       Warrant liability  

Balance at February 1, 2017

   $ 2,869,606  

Exercised

     (27,943

Change in fair value of stock warrants during year

     598,376  
  

 

 

 

Balance at January 31, 2018

   $ 3,440,039  

Change in fair value of stock warrants during year

     2,057,588  
  

 

 

 

Balance at January 31, 2019

   $ 5,497,627  

 

 

10. Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value of the Company’s short-term financial instruments, including accounts receivable and accounts payable approximated fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The Company uses certain derivative financial instruments as part of its risk management strategy to reduce its foreign currency risk. The Company recognizes all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value based on quotes obtained from financial institutions. The fair value of its foreign currency contracts at January 31, 2018 was an asset of $81,870, which is included in Other assets on the accompanying balance sheet. The fair value of its foreign currency contracts at January 31, 2019 was a liability of $142,858, which is included in Accounts payable on the accompanying balance sheet. The fair value of the foreign currency contracts are considered Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy in fiscal 2018 and 2019.

Warrant Liability—The carrying value of the stock warrant liability is adjusted to fair value each reporting period. The Black-Scholes method and the following weighted-average inputs and assumptions was utilized to determine the fair value of the warrants as of January 31, 2018 and 2019:

 

   
     January 31, 2018  
      

Series A

Preferred

     Junior
Preferred
     Redeemable
Preferred
 

Estimated fair value of preferred stock

   $ 4.17      $ 2.38      $ 0.79  

Exercise price

   $ 2.88      $ 0.15      $ 0.11  

Remaining term (in years)

     8.01        2.25        2.25  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.4%        1.8%        1.8%  

Expected volatility

     37.8%        38.8%        38.8%  

Dividend yield

     0.0%        0.0%        0.0%  

 

 

 

   
     January 31, 2019  
      

Series A

Preferred

     Junior
Preferred
     Redeemable
Preferred
 

Estimated fair value of preferred stock

   $ 5.80      $ 4.88      $ 0.01  

Exercise price

   $ 2.88      $ 0.01      $ 0.01  

Remaining term (in years)

     7.01        1.60        1.60  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.6%        2.5%        2.5%  

Expected volatility

     45.1%        45.1%        45.1%  

Dividend yield

     0.0%        0.0%        0.0%  

 

 

The Company refinanced all of its debt on February 28, 2019 (see Note 5) and believes that the face values of its outstanding debt at January 31, 2019 therefore approximate fair value.

The changes in Level 3 warrant liability for the years ended January 31, 2018 and 2019 are reflected in Note 9. The Company did not have any transfers of assets and liabilities between levels of the fair value measurement hierarchy during the years ended January 31, 2018 and 2019.

11. Commitments and contingencies

(a) Operating and Capital leases

The Company leases its office premises in New York, North Carolina and Ottawa under operating leases which expire on various dates through August 2022. The Company recognizes rent expense under such arrangements on a straight-line basis. Rent expense under such operating leases amounted to $1,640,445 and $1,795,003 for the years ended January 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

As of January 31, 2019, the aggregate minimum net rental payments for non-cancelable operating leases and firmly committed contracts are as follows:

 

January 31,

        

2020

   $ 1,735,672  

2021

     1,751,115  

2022

     744,894  

2023

     224,532  
  

 

 

 
   $ 4,456,213  

 

 

During fiscal year ended January 31, 2019 and in prior years, the Company entered into several capital leases for equipment and software. The leases are for 30-36 month periods. Minimum lease payments are as follows:

 

January 31,

        

2020

   $ 2,282,745  

2021

     1,766,928  

2022

     984,214  
  

 

 

 
   $ 5,033,887  

Less: Amounts representing interest

     (763,440
  

 

 

 
   $ 4,270,447  

Less: Current portion

     (1,869,343
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,401,104  

 

 

The Company has also entered into operating equipment and software leases. The leases are for a 36 month period beginning February 2012.

Interest expense related to capital leases was $210,985 and $289,770 for the years ended January 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

(b) Indemnifications

The Company’s agreements with certain customers include certain provisions for indemnifying customers against liabilities if its services infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification obligations due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances that may be involved in each particular agreement. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such provisions and have not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in our financial statements.

In addition, the Company has indemnification agreements with its directors and its executive officers that require us, among other things, to indemnify its directors and executive officers for costs associated with any fees, expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of those persons in any action or proceeding to which any of those persons is, or is threatened to be, made a party by reason of the person’s service as a director or officer, including any action by us, arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer or that person’s services provided to any other company or enterprise at the Company’s request. The Company maintains director and officer insurance coverage that may enable it to recover a portion of any

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

future indemnification amounts paid. To date, there have been no claims under any of its directors and executive officers indemnification provisions.

(c) Legal proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may be subject from time to time to various proceedings, lawsuits, disputes or claims. Although the Company cannot predict with assurance the outcome of any litigation, the Company does not believe there are currently any such actions that, if resolved unfavorably, would have a material impact on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

12. Income taxes

The Company’s loss before income taxes was primarily generated in the United States for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019.

The effective tax rate is 0% in both of the years ended fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019. The difference between the U.S. statutory rate of 21.0% and the effective tax rate is primarily due to the change in valuation allowance.

The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at January 31, 2018 and 2019, are as follows:

 

   
     January 31,  
Deferred tax assets    2018     2019  

Net operating losses

   $ 27,464,306     $ 29,067,698  

Stock options

     274,145       515,543  

Other

     247,151       277,125  

Vacation

     104,461       110,970  

Reserve for bad debts

     55,259       72,658  

Disallowed interest expense

           414,664  

Depreciation

           278,144  
  

 

 

 

Total Deferred tax assets

   $ 28,145,322     $ 30,736,802  

Deferred tax liability—depreciation

     (437,228      

Deferred contract acquisition costs

     (606,730     (849,045
  

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax asset

   $ 27,101,364     $ 29,887,757  

Less valuation allowance

     (27,101,364     (29,887,757
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $     $  

 

 

The Company has accumulated a Federal net operating loss carryforward of approximately $93,000,000 and $100,000,000 as of January 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. This carryforward will begin to expire in 2029. Certain research and development tax credits totaling approximately $25,000 will begin to expire in 2032.

In assessing the realizability of the net deferred tax asset, the Company considers all relevant positive and negative evidence in determining whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. The realization of the gross deferred tax assets is dependent on several factors, including the generation of sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration of the net operating loss carryforwards. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the Company’s deferred income tax asset associated with its net operating losses will not be realized. As such, there is a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets as of January 31, 2018 and 2019. The valuation allowance increased by approximately $2,800,000 during fiscal 2019 due primarily to the generation of net operating losses.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Under the Tax Reform Act of 1986 (the “Act”), the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the Internal Revenue Service and state tax authorities. Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership interest of significant shareholders over a three-year period in excess of 50 percent, as defined under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, respectively, as well as similar state provisions. This could limit the amount of tax attributes that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities. The amount of the annual limitation is determined based on the value of the Company immediately prior to the ownership change. Subsequent ownership changes may further affect the limitation in future years. The Company has not done an analysis to determine whether or not ownership changes, as defined by the Act, have occurred since inception.

The Company records unrecognized tax benefits as liabilities related to its operations in foreign jurisdictions in accordance with ASC 740 and adjusts these liabilities when its judgement changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Due to net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards that remain unutilized, income tax returns for tax years from inception through 2018 remain subject to examination by the taxing jurisdictions.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act significantly revises the existing tax law by, among other things, lowering the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% beginning in 2018. The Company reviewed and incorporated the impact of the Tax Act in its tax calculations and disclosures. The Tax Act did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements for the year ended January 31, 2019.

13. Net loss per share and unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

(a) Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was calculated as follows:

 

   
     Year ended January 31,  
       2018     2019  

Numerator:

    

Net loss

   $ (18,191,867   $ (15,062,007

Accretion of Convertible Preferred to redemption value

     (19,981,235     (30,198,756
  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (38,173,102   $ (45,260,763
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstandning, basic and diluted

     3,380,881       4,054,010  
  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (11.29   $ (11.16

 

 

The Company’s potential dilutive securities, which include Convertible Preferred, stock options and outstanding warrants to purchase shares of common and preferred stock, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share. Therefore, the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same. The following potential common shares, presented based on

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

amounts outstanding at each period end, were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

   
     Year ended January 31,  
       2018      2019  

Convertible Preferred (as-converted to common stock)

     55,617,548        55,617,548  

Stock options to purchase common stock

     11,628,205        11,108,934  

Warrants to purchase Convertible Preferred

     1,357,184        1,278,397  

Warrants to purchase common stock

     563,418        563,418  
  

 

 

 

Total

     69,166,355        68,568,297  

 

 

(b) Unaudited pro forma net loss per share

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for fiscal 2019 gives effect to the adjustments arising upon the closing of the initial public offering. The unaudited pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders used in the calculation of unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include the effects of the accretion of Convertible Preferred to redemption value because the calculation assumes that the conversion of Convertible Preferred into common stock occurred on February 1, 2018.

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for fiscal 2019 gives effect to the conversion upon the initial public offering of all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred as of January 31, 2019, into 55,617,548 shares of common stock as if the conversion had occurred on February 1, 2018, assuming a Qualified IPO as well as the automatic cashless exercise of a warrant to purchase 116,232 shares of Senior A, based on an assumption that the fair market value of the Company’s common stock for purposes of automatic exercise under the warrant will be equal to the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was calculated as follows:

 

   
       Year ended
January 31, 2019
 

Numerator:

  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $                          

Pro forma adjustment to add back the accretion of Convertible Preferred

  
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $    
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted

  

Pro Forma adjustment for assumed conversion of all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred and automatic cashless exercise of warrant upon closing of proposed initial public offering

  
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

  
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $    

 

 

14. Retirement savings plan

On February 20, 2008, the Company established a retirement savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Plan”). The Plan covers substantially all U.S. full-time employees who meet minimum age and service requirements, and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. Company contributions to the Plan may be made at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Company did not make any contributions in years ended January 31, 2019 and 2018.

15. Related party transactions

The Company recognized revenue totaling approximately $4,882,000 and $5,181,000 from an affiliate of a stockholder of the Company during the years ended January 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Accounts receivable from the affiliate totaled approximately $526,000 and $598,000 as of January 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

16. Acquisition

On December 4, 2018, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with Vital Score, Inc. (“Vital Score”) to acquire all of the assets, and assumed certain of the liabilities, of Vital Score. The acquisition of Vital Score expanded the Company’s clinical and patient activation offerings and deepened its capabilities in motivational science. The acquisition consideration was comprised of cash consideration consisting of (i) $1,540,470 with $1,190,470 payable upon the closing of the acquisition and $350,000 payable on the first anniversary; and (ii) 88,613 shares of common stock issued to the two principals of Vital Score which vest 50% at closing and 50% in four equal annual installments beginning on the one-year anniversary of closing provided that the principals are still employed at the Company. These shares were valued at $3.65 per share. In addition, the principals can receive up to $750,000 in contingent consideration based upon the achievement of certain sales goals. Since 50% of the shares of common stock and the contingent consideration are contingent upon the

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

principals continued service with the Company, these amounts will be recorded as compensation expense and not included in the purchase price.

The following table summarizes the purchase price consideration based on the estimated acquisition-date fair value of the acquisition consideration:

 

Cash consideration

   $ 1,540,470  

Common stock issued (44,307 shares at $3.65 per share)

     161,720  
  

 

 

 

Total fair value of acquisition consideration

   $ 1,702,190  

 

 

The following table summarizes the final allocation of the purchase price based on the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:

 

Property and equipment

   $ 5,000  

Acquired technology

     490,000  

Customer relationships

     980,000  

Goodwill

     250,190  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 1,725,190  

Accounts payable

     (23,000
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 1,702,190  

 

 

The purchase price was allocated to the tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their acquisition-date estimated fair values. The identifiable intangible assets principally included acquired technology and customer relationships, both of which are subject to amortization on a straight-line basis and are being amortized over 5 and 7 years, respectively. The weighted average amortization period for acquired intangible assets as of the date of acquisition is 5.8 years.

The Company, with the assistance of a third-party appraiser, assessed the fair value of the assets of Vital Score. The fair value of the acquired technology was estimated using the cost to replace method. The fair value of customer relationships was estimated using a multi period excess earnings method. To calculate fair value, the Company used cash flows discounted at a rate considered appropriate given the inherent risks associated with each client grouping.

The useful lives of the intangible assets were estimated based on the expected future economic benefit of the assets and are being amortized over the estimated useful life in proportion to the economic benefits consumed using the straight-line method.

The amortization of intangible assets is deductible for income tax purposes.

The Company believes the goodwill related to the acquisition was a result of providing the Company a complementary service offering that will enable the Company to leverage its services with existing and new clients. The goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes.

Revenue from Vital Score is primarily comprised of fees from customers using its Motivational Indexing Product. Revenue for these services and the related costs are recognized each month as performance obligations are satisfied and costs are incurred, and are included in subscription and related services and cost of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization), respectively, in the statements of operations. For the

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

period from December 4, 2018 (date of acquisition) to January 31, 2019, the results of Vital Score are included in the Company’s results and were immaterial. For the year ended January 31, 2018, the unaudited revenues and unaudited net loss of Vital Score were approximately $250,000 and $455,000, respectively. For the period from February 1, 2018 through December 4, 2018, the unaudited revenues and unaudited net loss of Vital Score were approximately $100,000 and $600,000, respectively.

17. Subsequent events

On February 28, 2019, the Company entered into an amended and restated loan and security agreement. See Note 5.

On March 25, 2019, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2018 Stock Option Plan to 6,698,506. Additionally, the Company issued 858,750 restricted stock units to employees and directors that vest based on both a time-based condition and a performance-based condition. Pursuant to the time-based condition, 10% of the restricted stock units vest after one year, 20% vest after two years, 30% vest after three years and 40% vest after four years. The performance-based condition is based on a sale of the Company or an IPO, as defined. The restricted stock units expire in March 2026. The Company also issued options to purchase 2,115,167 shares of common stock to employees and directors at an exercise price of $3.65 per share. The options vest 25% per year over a four year period and expire in March 2029.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through April 17, 2019, the date at which the financial statements were available to be issued, and determined there are no other items requiring disclosure.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Unaudited balance sheets

 

       
      January 31,
2019
   

April 30,

2019

    Pro forma
April 30, 2019
(unaudited)
 

Assets

     

Current:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,542,514     $ 5,912,982                             

Settlement assets

    10,216,739       12,844,597    

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $517,107 and $807,575

    16,109,035       15,972,090    

Deferred contract acquisition costs

    1,672,706       1,651,463    

Prepaid expenses

    3,339,788       2,916,743    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

  $ 32,880,782     $ 39,297,875    

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $27,862,007 and $30,014,914

    14,211,018       13,757,011    

Capitalized Internal-use software, net of accumulated amortization of $14,621,135 and $15,780,973

    7,816,060       8,067,173    

Deferred contract acquisition costs

    1,521,400       1,512,874    

Intangibles assets, net of accumulated amortization of $33,269 and $92,769

    1,436,731       1,377,231    

Goodwill

    250,190       250,190    

Other assets

    1,145,319       3,845,131    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 59,261,500     $ 68,107,485    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     

Current:

     

Settlement obligations

  $ 10,216,739     $ 12,844,597    

Current portion of long term debt

    97,222          

Current portion of capital leases

    1,869,343       1,953,638    

Accounts payable

    4,159,994       7,466,282    

Accrued expenses

    5,097,868       7,217,051    

Deferred revenue

    6,487,910       6,389,563    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  $ 27,929,076     $ 35,871,131    

Long term debt, net of current portion

    27,917,828       34,226,984    

Capital leases, net of current portion

    2,401,104       1,798,363    

Warrant liability

    5,497,627       5,920,735    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 63,745,635     $ 77,817,213    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

     

Redeemable preferred stock:

     

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value—authorized, 14,500,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 13,674,365 shares at January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019 (liquidation value $42,342,681 at April 30, 2019); no shares issued or outstanding, proforma

  $ 79,311,317     $ 84,507,576    

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value—authorized, 10,820,169 shares; issued and outstanding, 9,197,142 shares at January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019 (liquidation value $38,070,566 at April 30, 2019); no shares issued or outstanding, proforma

    51,871,881       54,539,052    

Junior convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value—authorized, 34,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 32,746,041 shares at January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019 (liquidation value $32,746,041 at April 30, 2019); no shares issued or outstanding, proforma

    32,746,041       32,746,041    

Redeemable preferred stock, $0.01 par value—authorized, 44,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 42,560,530 shares at January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019 (liquidation value $42,560,530 at April 30, 2019); no shares issued or outstanding, proforma

    42,560,530       42,560,530    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable preferred stock

    206,489,769       214,353,199    
 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit):

     

Common stock, $0.01 par value—authorized 80,000,000 shares; 4,383,167 shares and 4,448,655 shares issued and outstanding at January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019, respectively

    43,832       44,487    

Additional paid-in capital

             

Accumulated deficit

    (211,017,736     (224,107,414  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (210,973,904     (224,062,927  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

  $ 59,261,500     $ 68,107,485    

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited Financial Statements

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Unaudited statements of operations

 

   
    For three months ended April 30,  
                         2018                        2019  

Revenue:

   

Subscription and services

  $ 10,002,279     $ 12,682,628  

Payment processing fees

    9,231,527       11,557,290  

Life sciences

    4,637,429       4,069,816  
 

 

 

 

Total Revenues

    23,871,235       28,309,734  

Expenses:

   

Cost of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    3,223,195       3,995,710  

Payment Processing expense

    5,589,832       6,949,333  

Sales and Marketing

    6,247,004       7,701,613  

Research and Development

    3,108,538       4,298,682  

General and Administrative

    4,928,019       6,244,827  

Depreciation

    1,771,976       2,154,763  

Amortization

    912,637       1,219,338  
 

 

 

 

Total Expenses

    25,781,201       32,564,266  

Operating loss

    (1,909,966     (4,254,532

Other Income (Expense)

   

Other Income (Expense)

    (174,724     (1,144,699

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (290,953     (423,108

Interest Income (Expense)

    (847,888     (804,282
 

 

 

 

Total Other Income (Loss)

    (1,313,565     (2,372,089

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (3,223,531     (6,626,621

Provision for income taxes

          (67,988
 

 

 

 

Net loss

    (3,223,531     (6,694,609

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock

    (2,489,697     (7,863,430
 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (5,713,228   $ (14,558,039
 

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common shareholders, basic and diluted

  $ (1.50   $ (3.29
 

 

 

 

Weighted-average common share outstanding, basic and diluted

    3,810,993       4,425,191  
 

 

 

 

Pro Forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholder, basic and diluted (unaudited)

    $    
   

 

 

 

Pro Forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)

    $    

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited Financial Statements

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Unaudited statements of redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

     
    Redeemable preferred stock     Stockholders deficit  
    Series A     Series B     Junior preferred     Redeemable
preferred
          Common stock           Accumulated
deficit
       
      Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Total     Shares     Amount     APIC     Total  

Balance, February 1, 2018

    13,674,365     $ 57,022,102       9,197,142     $ 43,962,340       32,746,041     $ 32,746,041       42,560,530     $ 42,560,530     $ 176,291,013       3,600,027     $ 36,001     $     $ (167,719,336   $ (167,683,335

Net loss

                                                                            (3,223,531     (3,223,531

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                                      251,697             251,697  

Exercise of stock options

                                                          48,075       481       145,898             146,379  

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock

          2,489,697             1,919,482                               4,409,179                   (397,595     (4,011,584     (4,409,179
 

 

 

 

Balance, April 30, 2018

    13,674,365     $ 59,511,799       9,197,142     $ 45,881,822       32,746,041     $ 32,746,041       42,560,530     $ 42,560,530     $ 180,700,192       3,648,102     $ 36,482     $     $ (174,954,451   $ (174,917,969
 

 

 

 

Balance, February 1, 2019

    13,674,365     $ 79,311,317       9,197,142     $ 51,871,881       32,746,041     $ 32,746,041       42,560,530     $ 42,560,530     $ 206,489,769       4,383,167     $ 43,832     $     $ (211,017,736   $ (210,973,904

Net loss

                                                                            (6,694,609     (6,694,609

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                                      599,156             599,156  

Exercise of stock options

                                                          65,488       655       36,380             37,035  

Issuance of common stock warrants

                                                                      832,825             832,825  

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock

          5,196,259             2,667,171                               7,863,430                   (1,468,361     (6,395,069     (7,863,430
 

 

 

 

Balance, April 30, 2019

    13,674,365     $ 84,507,576       9,197,142     $ 54,539,052       32,746,041     $ 32,746,041       42,560,530     $ 42,560,530     $ 214,353,199       4,448,655     $ 44,487     $     $ (224,107,414   $ (224,062,927

 

 

See notes to unaudited Financial Statements

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Unaudited statements of cash flows

 

   
     Three months ended April 30,  
       2018     2019  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (3,223,531   $ (6,694,609

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     2,684,613       3,374,101  

Stock-based compensation expense

     251,697       599,156  

Change in fair value of warrants liability

     290,953       423,108  

Amortization of debt discount

     197,532       108,394  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

           1,072,813  

Cost of Phreesia hardware purchased by customers

           84,082  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     (1,220,457     136,945  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     55,787       (584,534

Deferred contract acquisition costs

     (144,569     29,769  

Accounts payable

     (240,485     1,285,424  

Accrued expenses

     (823,707     2,297,026  

Deferred revenue

     1,248,892       (98,347
  

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (923,275   $ 2,033,328  
  

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities:

    

Capitalized internal-use software

     (1,213,130     (1,410,951

Purchase of property and equipment

     (718,684     (1,314,035
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (1,931,814   $ (2,724,986
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from revolving line of credit

   $     $ 7,375,556  

Proceeds from term loan

           20,000,000  

Repayment of term loan

     (291,667     (1,041,667

Repayment of loan payable

           (20,000,000

Payment on capital leases

     (547,047     (518,446

Debt extinguishment costs

           (300,000

Debt issuance costs

           (112,004

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

     146,379       37,035  

Deferred offering costs

           (378,348
  

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

   $ (692,335   $ 5,062,126  
  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (3,547,424     4,370,468  

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

     10,502,789       1,542,514  
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

   $ 6,955,365     $ 5,912,982  
  

 

 

 

Disclosures of additional investing and financing activities:

    

Supplemental information:

    

Property and equipment acquisitions through capital leases

   $ 150,633     $  

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

           1,658,194  

Purchase of property and equipment included in accounts payable

           470,803  

Issuance of warrants related to debt

           832,825  

Cash payments for:

    

Interest

   $ 654,609     $ 923,753  

 

 

See notes to unaudited Financial Statements    

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

1. Background and liquidity

(a) Background

Phreesia, Inc. (the “Company”) is a leading provider of comprehensive solutions that transform the healthcare experience by engaging patients in their care and enabling healthcare provider organizations to optimize operational efficiency, improve profitability and enhance clinical care. Through the SaaS-based Phreesia Platform (the “Phreesia Platform”), the Company offers healthcare provider organizations a robust suite of solutions to manage the patient intake process and a leading payments solution for secure processing of patient payments. The Company’s Platform also provides life sciences companies with an engagement channel for targeted and direct communication with patients. The Company was formed in May 2005, and has its corporate headquarters in New York, and operations offices in Raleigh, North Carolina and Ottawa, Canada.

(b) Liquidity

Since the Company commenced operations, it has not generated sufficient revenue to meet its operating expenses and has continued to incur significant net losses. To date, the Company has primarily relied upon the proceeds from issuances of preferred stock and debt to fund its operations as well as sales in the normal course of business. Management believes that losses and negative cash flows will continue for at least the next year.

Management believes that the Company’s cash and cash equivalents at April 30, 2019 along with cash generated in the normal course of business, and available borrowing capacity under its February 2019 Credit Facility (Note 6), are sufficient to fund its operations through at least June 2020. Additional financing may be required for the Company to successfully implement its long-term strategy. There can be no assurance that additional financing, if needed, can be obtained on terms acceptable to the Company. The ability of the Company to achieve successful operations will depend on, among other things, new business, the retention of customers, and the effectiveness of sales and marketing initiatives. The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to other companies in its stage of business life cycle, including dependence on key individuals, competition from established companies, and the need to fund future product and services development.

2. Basis of presentation

(a) Basis of presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the accounts of Phreesia, Inc. and its branch operation in Canada.

(b) Fiscal year

The Company’s fiscal year ends on January 31. References to fiscal 2018 and 2019 refer to the fiscal year ended

January 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

(c) Unaudited interim financial statements

The accompanying balance sheet as of April 30, 2019, statements of operations and statements of cash flows for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2018, the statement of redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

 

include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s interim consolidated financial position as of April 30, 2019 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2018. The results for the three months ended April 30, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending January 31, 2020, any other interim periods, or any future year or period. The Company’s management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading when read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and accompanying notes for the year ended January 31, 2019.

(d) Unaudited pro forma financial information

On April 11, 2019, the board of directors authorized management to confidentially submit a registration statement to the Securities and Exchange Commission to potentially sell shares of common stock to the public. The accompanying unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of April 30, 2019 has been prepared to give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of Senior A redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Senior A Preferred”), Senior B redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Senior B Preferred,” and together with the Senior A Preferred, the “Senior Preferred”), and the Junior convertible preferred stock (the “Junior Preferred,” and together with the Senior Preferred, the “Convertible Preferred”) into 55,617,548 shares of common stock upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering (IPO), (ii) the cancellation of all outstanding shares of redeemable preferred stock (“Redeemable Preferred”) upon the closing of the IPO, (iii) the reclassification of the $5,920,735 warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon the automatic conversion of warrants to purchase Convertible Preferred into warrants to purchase common stock, and (iv) the payment of an accrued dividend to holders of 22,871,507 shares of Senior Preferred in the aggregate amount of $            , which becomes due and payable to such holders upon the conversion of all such shares into an aggregate of 22,871,507 shares of common stock upon the closing of the IPO. In the statements of operations, unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock outstanding has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred as if this proposed initial public offering had occurred as of the beginning of the reporting period. See Note 14.

3. Summary of significant accounting policies

The Company’s significant accounting policies are disclosed in the audited financial statements for the year ended January 31, 2019. Since the date of those audited financial statements, there have been no changes to the Company’s significant accounting policies, including the status of recent accounting pronouncements, other than those detailed below.

(a) Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The most significant assumptions and estimates relate to the allowance for doubtful accounts, capitalized internal-use software, the determination of the useful lives of property and equipment, the fair value of securities underlying stock-based compensation, the fair value of stock warrants, the fair value of its business acquisitions, and the realization of deferred tax assets.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

 

(b) Concentrations of credit risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and settlement assets. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are held by established financial institutions. The Company does not require collateral from its customers and generally requires payment within 30 to 60 days of billing. Settlement assets are amounts due from well-established payment processing companies and normally take one or two business days to settle which mitigates the associated risk of concentration. The Company has one third-party payment processor.

The Company’s customers are primarily physician’s offices located in the United States and pharmaceutical companies. The Company did not have any individual customers that represented more than 10% of total revenues for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019.

(c) New accounting pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncement not yet adopted

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) : Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13”). ASU 2018-13 updates the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements and is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this standard on the Company’s financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to record most leases on their balance sheets but recognize the expenses in their statement of operations in a manner similar to current accounting rules. Topic 842 states that a lessee would recognize a lease liability for the obligation to make lease payments and a right-of-use (ROU) asset for the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. The updated guidance for private companies is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and early adoption is permitted. The Company plans to adopt this new standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 on February 1, 2020 and expects to use the effective date as our date of initial application. The new standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. The Company expects to elect the ‘package of practical expedients,’ which permits the Company not to reassess under the new standard our prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs. The Company does not expect to elect the use-of-hindsight or the practical expedient pertaining to land easements; the latter not being applicable to the Company. The new standard also provides practical expedients for an entity’s ongoing accounting. The Company currently expects to elect the short-term lease recognition exemption for all of its leases. This means, for those leases that qualify, the Company will not recognize ROU assets or lease liabilities, and this includes not recognizing ROU assets or lease liabilities for existing short-term leases of those assets in transition. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this standard on the Company’s financial statements.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

 

4. Composition of certain financial statement captions

(a) Accrued expenses

Accrued expenses as of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019 are as follows:

 

     
     January 31,      April 30,  
       2019      2019  

Payment processing fees liability

   $ 2,266,621      $ 2,527,538  

Commission and bonus

     320,402        1,686,518  

Acquisition

     350,000        350,000  

Vacation

     417,467        471,033  

Other

     1,743,378        2,181,962  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,097,868      $ 7,217,051  

 

 

(b) Property and equipment

Property and equipment as of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019 are as follows:

 

       
     Useful life
(years)
     January 31,     April 30,  
       2019     2019  

PhreesiaPads and Arrivals Stations

     3      $ 22,746,783     $ 24,182,731  

Computer equipment

     3        14,338,489       14,565,559  

Computer software

     3        2,166,015       2,166,015  

Hardware development

     3        1,024,357       1,024,357  

Furniture and fixtures

     7        646,708       671,594  

Leasehold improvements

     2        1,150,673       1,161,670  
     

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

      $ 42,073,025     $ 43,771,925  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (27,862,007     (30,014,914
     

 

 

 

Property and equipment—net

      $ 14,211,018     $ 13,757,011  

 

 

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment amounted to $1,771,976 and $2,154,763 for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Assets under capital leases included in computer equipment were $10,235,489 as of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019. Accumulated amortization of assets under capital lease was $5,368,525 and $5,964,495 as of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019, respectively.

(c) Capitalized internal use software

For the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, the Company capitalized $1,213,130 and $1,410,951, respectively, of costs related to the Phreesia Platform. During the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, amortization expense of capitalized internal-use software was $912,637 and $1,159,838, respectively. As of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019, the net book value of the Phreesia Platform was $7,816,060 and $8,067,173, respectively.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

 

(d) Intangible assets

The following presents the details of intangible assets as of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019.

 

       
    

Useful life

(years)

     January 31,     April 30,  
       2019     2019  

Acquired technology gross carrying value

     5      $ 490,000     $ 490,000  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (13,699     (38,199
     

 

 

 

Net carrying value

      $ 476,301     $ 451,801  

 

 

The remaining useful life for acquired technology in years is 4.8 and 4.6 as of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019, respectively.

 

       
    

Useful life

(years)

     January 31,     April 30,  
       2019     2019  

Customer relationship gross carrying value

     7      $ 980,000     $ 980,000  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (19,570     (54,570
     

 

 

 

Net carrying value

      $ 960,430     $ 925,430  

 

 

The remaining useful life for customer relationships in years is 6.8 and 6.6 as of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019, respectively.

Amortization expense associated with intangible assets amounted to $0 and $59,500 for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively

The estimated amortization expense for intangible assets for the next five years and thereafter is as follows as of April 30, 2019:

 

2020 (Remaining nine months)

   $ 178,500  

Years ending January 31,

  

2021

     238,000  

2022

     238,000  

2023

     238,000  

2024

     224,301  

2025—thereafter

     260,430  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,377,231  

 

 

(e) Deferred offering costs

Deferred offering costs were $539,560 and $2,231,793 as of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019, respectively, and are included within Other assets on the accompanying balance sheet.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

 

(f) Accounts receivable

Accounts receivable as of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019 are as follows:

 

     
     January 31,     April 30,  
       2019     2019  

Billed

   $ 15,990,218     $ 16,558,514  

Unbilled

     635,924       221,151  
  

 

 

 

Total accounts receivable, gross

   $ 16,626,142     $ 16,779,665  

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

     (517,107     (807,575
  

 

 

 

Total accounts receivable

   $ 16,109,035     $ 15,972,090  

 

 

5. Revenue

The Company generates revenue primarily from providing an integrated SaaS-based software and payment platform for the healthcare industry. The Company derives revenue from subscription fees and related services generated from the Company’s provider customers for access to the Phreesia Platform, payment processing fees based on patient payment volume processed through the Phreesia Platform, and from digital marketing revenue from life sciences companies to reach, educate and communicate with patients when they are most receptive and actively seeking care.

The amount of subscription and related services revenues recorded pursuant to ASC 840 for the leasing of the Company’s self-service intake tablets and onsite kiosks was $1,041,440 and $1,327,937 for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Contract balances

The following table represents a rollforward of contract assets and contract liabilities:

 

     
      

Contract assets

(unbilled
accounts

receivable)

   

Contract

liabilities

(deferred

revenue)

 

January 31, 2019

   $ 635,924     $ 6,487,910  

Amount transferred to receivables from contract assets

     (552,200      

Contract asset additions

     137,428        

Performance obligations satisfied during the period that were included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period

           (4,401,715

Increases due to invoicing prior to satisfaction of performance obligations

           4,303,368  
  

 

 

 

April 30, 2019

   $ 221,152     $ 6,389,563  

 

 

Cost to obtain a contract

Amortization expense is included in sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying statements of operations and totaled $370,859 and $484,400 for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The Company periodically reviews these deferred contract acquisition costs to determine whether events or changes in circumstances have occurred that could impact the period of benefit. There were no impairment losses recorded during the periods presented.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

 

The following table represents a rollforward of deferred contract acquisition costs:

 

     
     January 31,     April 30,  
       2019     2019  

Beginning balance

   $ 2,333,578     $ 3,194,106  

Additions to deferred contract acquisition costs

     2,500,183       454,631  

Amortization of deferred contract acquisition costs

     (1,639,655     (484,400
  

 

 

 

Ending balance

     3,194,106       3,164,337  

Deferred contract acquisition costs, current (to be amortized in next 12 months)

     1,672,706       1,651,463  

Deferred contract acquisition costs, non current

     1,521,400       1,512,874  
  

 

 

 

Total deferred contract acquisition costs

   $ 3,194,106     $ 3,164,337  

 

 

6. Debt

As of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019, the Company had the following outstanding loan balances:

 

     
      

January 31,

2019

   

April 30,

2019

 

Term loan

   $ 1,041,667     $ 20,000,000  

Line of credit

     7,800,000       15,175,556  

Loans payable

     20,000,000        
  

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 28,841,667     $ 35,175,556  

Less current maturities

     (97,222      

Less deferred financing costs

     (995,959     (1,120,663

Plus accrued interest

           116,667  

Plus accrued final payment

     169,342       55,424  
  

 

 

 

Long term debt, net of current portion

   $ 27,917,828     $ 34,226,984  

 

 

The Company had a loan facility with a commercial bank that provided for a term loan with an original principal amount of $3,500,000 and a $10,000,000 revolving line of credit, which was later increased to $20,000,000. The term loan was interest only, at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate as quoted by Wall Street Journal print edition less three-quarters of one percent (0.75%), for 12 months from the date of borrowing followed by 36 monthly payments of principal and interest. The Prime Rate was 5.50% as of January 31, 2019. In addition to principal and interest payments due under the Loan facility, the Company was required to make a final payment fee to the lender due upon the earlier of prepayment or maturity of the term loan, which was equal to 5% of the principal balance, or $175,000 and was paid in connection with the repayment of the term loan. The Company accrued the estimated final payment fee using the effective interest method, with a charge to interest expense of $6,904 and $5,658 for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively, over the term loan amortization period. Interest expense related to the term loan was $25,806 and $15,873, including amortization of deferred financing costs of $5,865 and $4,806, for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. For the three months ended April 30, 2018, the effective interest rate on the term loan was 5.8%. Borrowings under the term loan were repaid in full with the proceeds from the New Loan Agreement that was entered into on February 28, 2019.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

 

Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bore interest at the prime rate plus 1.00% and were limited to the greater of $20,000,000 or an amount determined pursuant to a borrowing base. The revolving credit facility had a maturity date of November 2019. Borrowings under this facility were collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Company was required to comply with certain financial covenants related to this facility. The Company was in compliance with all covenants related to the revolving line of credit as of January 31, 2019 and until it was repaid on February 28, 2019. Weighted-average borrowings outstanding under the revolving line of credit were $971,370 and $4,236,055 for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Interest expense under the revolving line of credit was $36,446 and $106,356 including amortization of deferred financing costs of $17,696 and $12,843, for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Borrowings under this facility were repaid in full with proceeds from the New Loan Agreement that was entered into on February 28, 2019.

On November 7, 2016, the Company entered into a 5-year term loan agreement with two third-party lenders in an aggregate original principal amount of $10,000,000 plus an additional $10,000,000 that was available through May 31, 2017 (the “Loans Payable”). The initial advance of $10,000,000 was drawn down simultaneously with the execution of the agreement and the second advance of $10,000,000 was drawn down in May 2017. Borrowings under the Loans Payable were subordinated to borrowings under the term loan and revolving line of credit. The outstanding principal amount of the Loans Payable was subject to interest each month at an interest rate equal to 11% per annum with the principal due in 30 equal installments beginning in June 2019. Interest expense related to the Loans Payable was $543,889 and $168,056, including amortization of deferred financing costs of $29,831 and $0, for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. For the three months ended April 30, 2018, the effective interest rate on the Loans Payable was 13.4%. Borrowings under the Loans Payable were repaid in full with proceeds from the New Loan Agreement that was entered into on February 28, 2019.

On February 28, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the New Loan Agreement) that provides for a $20,000,000 term loan and a revolving credit facility with up to $25,000,000 of availability. The proceeds from the New Loan Agreement were used to repay in full the term loan, which had a balance of $1,041,667 as of January 31, 2019, the balance due under the line of credit under the prior facility, which was $7,800,000 as of January 31, 2019, and the $20,000,000 outstanding under the Loans Payable. The Company is also permitted to borrow an additional $10,000,000 term loan (the “Term Loan B Advance”) and, subject to the bank’s approval, another $15,000,000 (the “Term Loan C Advance”) prior to February 28, 2020. The term loans under the New Loan Agreement bear interest, which is payable monthly, at a floating rate equal to the bank’s prime rate plus 1.50% until such time that EBITDA reaches a defined level, after which time the interest rate is reduced to the prime plus 0.75%. Principal payments due under the term loans are due in 36 equal monthly installments beginning in March 2021. In addition to principal and interest payments due under the term loans, the Company is required to make a final payment to the lenders due upon the earlier of prepayment or maturity of the term loan, which is equal to 2.75% of the original principal amount. The Company accrues the estimated final payment fee using the effective interest method with a charge to interest expense of $55,424 for the three months ended April 30, 2019. In connection with the New Loan Agreement, the Company issued warrants to the lenders to purchase an aggregate of 330,200 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.65 per share. The Warrants expire in February 2029. If the Company prepays the term loans prior to their respective scheduled maturities, it will also be required to make prepayment fees to the lenders equal to 3% if prepaid on or before the second anniversary of the Effective Date, 2% if prepaid after the second and on or before the third anniversary of funding or 1% if

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

 

prepaid after the third anniversary of funding of the principal amounts borrowed. Interest expense related to the term loan under the New Agreement was $263,469, including amortization of deferred financing fees of $26,217 for the three months ended April 30, 2019. For the three months ended April 30, 2019, the effective interest rate on the term loan was 7.9%.

The Company accounted for the settlement of the Loans Payable and the term loan as a debt extinguishment and recorded an expense of $1,072,813, which is included in Other income (Expense), and is comprised of the write-off of $772,813 of deferred financing costs related to these facilities and a $300,000 prepayment fee related to the Loans Payable. The modification of the revolving line of credit was accounted for as an insubstantial modification. The Company incurred fees of $112,004 related to the extinguishment and modification. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are subject to a borrowing base equal to 80% of eligible accounts receivable plus a percentage of recurring revenue, as defined, not to exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate. Based on the borrowing base formula under the new facility, the Company has $9,824,444 of availability as of April 30, 2019. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest, which is payable monthly, at a floating rate equal to the greater of the bank’s prime rate less 0.50%, or 5.0% until such time that EBITDA reaches a defined level, after which time the interest rate is reduced to the greater of prime less 0.75%, or 4.75%. In addition to principal and interest due under the revolving credit facility, the Company is required to pay an annual fee of $100,000 per year during the first three years of the facility and then $75,000 per year in years four and five. Interest expense related to the revolving credit facility under the new loan agreement was $96,577, including amortization of deferred financing fees of $21,097, for the three months ended April 30, 2019. The Company is required to pay a fee of 0.15% per year for any unused availability and a termination fee of 1.50% if the revolving credit agreement is terminated prior to its scheduled maturity. The revolving credit facility is due five years from the Effective date, which is February 28, 2024.

The Company’s obligations under the New Loan Agreement are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of its assets, other than intellectual property. The New Loan Agreement includes a financial covenant that requires the Company to achieve specified revenue levels, as defined, through January 31, 2020, after which time revenue levels for covenants purposes will be determined by the bank based on the Company’s forecast, subject to certain minimums. The Company is also required to maintain certain liquidity levels, as defined. The Company was in compliance with all covenants related to the New Loan Agreement as of April 30, 2019.

The New Loan Agreement contains events of default, including, without limitation, events of default upon: (i) failure to make payment pursuant to the terms of the agreement; (ii) violation of covenants; (iii) material adverse changes to the Company’s business; (iv) attachment or levy on the Company’s assets or judicial restraint on its business; (v) insolvency; (vi) significant judgments, orders or decrees for payments by the Company not covered by insurance; (vii) incorrectness of representations and warranties; (viii) incurrence of subordinated debt; (ix) revocation of governmental approvals necessary for the Company to conduct its business; and (x) failure by the Company to maintain a valid and perfected lien on the collateral securing the borrowing.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

 

As of April 30, 2019, the Company’s long-term debt is payable as follows:

 

2020 (Remaining nine months)

   $  

Year ending January 31,

  

2021

      

2022

     6,111,111  

2023

     6,666,667  

2024

     6,666,667  

2025—thereafter

     15,731,111  
  

 

 

 

Total long-term debt payments

   $ 35,175,556  

 

 

7. Common stock

The Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the issuance of up to 80,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote per share, pursuant to certain restrictions.

 

     
     January 31, 2019      April 30, 2019  
       Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount  

Common Stock

     4,383,167      $ 43,832        4,448,655      $ 44,487  

 

 

As of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019, the Company has reserved the following shares of common stock for future issuance:

 

     
     January 31,      April 30,  
       2019      2019  

Senior redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series A)

     13,674,365        13,674,365  

Senior redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series B)

     9,197,142        9,197,142  

Junior convertible preferred stock

     32,746,041        32,746,041  

Warrants to purchase Senior A redeemable convertible preferred stock

     788,792        788,792  

Warrants to purchase Junior redeemable convertible preferred stock

     489,605        489,605  

Warrants to purchase common stock

     563,418        893,618  

Employee stock options and restricted stock units

     11,108,934        14,137,371  
  

 

 

 

Total

     68,568,297        71,926,934  

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

 

8. Preferred stock

The number of outstanding shares and amount of preferred stock are as follows:

 

     
    January 31,     April 30,  
    2019     2019  
      Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Senior redeemable convertible preferred stock (Senior A)

    13,674,365     $ 79,311,317       13,674,365     $ 84,507,576  

Senior redeemable convertible preferred stock (Senior B)

    9,197,142       51,871,881       9,197,142       54,539,052  
 

 

 

 

Senior Preferred

    22,871,507       131,183,198       22,871,507       139,046,628  

Junior convertible preferred stock

    32,746,041       32,746,041       32,746,041       32,746,041  

Redeemable preferred stock

    42,560,530       42,560,530       42,560,530       42,560,530  
 

 

 

 

Total

    98,178,078     $ 206,489,769       98,178,078     $ 214,353,199  

 

 

Cumulative undeclared dividends totaled $14,836,521 and $16,413,252 at January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019, respectively.

The carrying values of the Senior Preferred are being accreted to their redemption values through April 30, 2019. The redemption values of the Senior Preferred are based on the estimated fair values at January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019 because they are estimated to be greater than the original issuance price plus accrued dividends.

9. Equity-based compensation

(a) Stock options

In 2006, the Board of Directors adopted the Company’s 2006 Stock Option Plan, which provided for the issuance of options to purchase up to 333,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to officers, directors, employees, and consultants. Over the years, the Company amended the plan to increase the shares available for issuance. On October 14, 2014, the Company increased the number of shares available for issuance under the 2006 plan to 9,723,107. The 2006 Stock Option Plan expired on August 2017.

In January 2018, the Board of Directors adopted the Company’s 2018 Stock Option Plan (as amended), which currently provides for the issuance of additional options to purchase up to 6,698,506 shares of the Company’s common stock to officers, directors, employees, and consultants. The option exercise price per share is determined by the Board of Directors based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock.

Options granted under the plans have a maximum term of ten years and vest over a period determined by the Board of Directors (generally four years from the date of grant or the commencement of the grantee’s employment with the Company). Options generally vest 25% at the one-year anniversary of grant after which point they generally vest pro rata on a monthly basis.

The fair value of stock options is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model for each of the stock option awards granted. Expected volatility was based on the stock volatility for

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

 

comparable publicly traded companies. The Company uses the simplified method as described in SAB 107 to estimate the expected life of stock options. Forfeitures are recorded when they occur. The risk-free rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of the grant over the expected term of the stock option grants. The weighted average assumptions are provided below.

 

   
     For the three months ended  
           April 30,            April 30,  
       2018      2019  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.68%        2.23%  

Expected dividends

     None        None  

Expected term (in years)

     6.25        6.25  

Volatility

     40.00%        45.00%  

Weighted average fair market value of grants

   $ 0.93      $ 2.19  

 

 

Stock option activity for the three months ended April 30, 2019 are as follows:

 

         
      Number of
options
    Weighted-
average
exercise
price
    Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual life
(in years)
    Aggregate
intrinsic value
 

Outstanding—January 31, 2019

    11,108,934     $ 1.11      

Granted during the quarter

    2,265,167     $ 3.65      

Exercised

    (64,988   $ 0.57      

Forfeited and expired

    (30,492   $ 1.82      
 

 

 

       

Outstanding and expected to vest—April 30, 2019

    13,278,621     $ 1.70       6.79     $ 35,883,726  
 

 

 

       

Exercisable—April 30, 2019

    8,485,991     $ 0.84       5.20     $ 29,144,592  

Amount vested in fiscal quarter ended April 30, 2019

    427,458     $ 1.54      

 

 

As of April 30, 2019, there are 429,330 shares available for future grant pursuant to the plan.

The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s estimated stock price at year end and the exercise price, multiplied by the related in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had they exercised their options at the end of the period. This amount changes based on the market value of the Company’s common stock. The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019 (based on the difference between the Company’s estimated stock price on the exercise date and the respective exercise price, multiplied by the number of options exercised) was $461,932 and $302,475, respectively.

For the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $251,697 and $599,156, respectively. As of April 30, 2019, there is $7,363,115 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options issued to employees that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average term of 2.28 years.

The Company has not recognized and does not expect to recognize in the foreseeable future, any tax benefit related to employee stock-based compensation expense.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

 

(b) Restricted stock units

On March 25, 2019, the Company issued 858,750 stock units to employees and directors that vest based on both a time-based condition and a performance-based condition. Pursuant to the time-based condition, 10% of the restricted stock units vest after one year, 20% vest after two years, 30% vest after three years and 40% vest after four years. The performance-based condition is based on a sale of the Company or an IPO, as defined. The restricted stock units expire in March 2026.

Upon completion of an initial public offering, the Company will immediately recognize the fair value of the vested portion of the awarded stock-based compensation with the unvested portion recognized over the remaining service period. As of April 30, 2019, there is $3,670,298 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to these awards.

10. Stock warrant liabilities

As of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019, the following warrants to purchase common and preferred stock were outstanding:

 

       
     Number of warrants                
Warrants to purchase    January 31, April 30, 2019      Exercise      Expiration  

Senior A Preferred

     116,232        116,232      $ 2.19        October 1, 2021  

Senior A Preferred

     672,560        672,560      $ 3.00        November 1, 2026  

Junior Preferred

     489,605        489,605      $ 0.01        September 5, 2020  

Redeemable Preferred

     358,244        358,244      $ 0.01        September 5, 2020  
  

 

 

       

Total preferred stock (liability-classified)

     1,636,641        1,636,641        
  

 

 

       

Common stock

     366,848        366,848      $ 0.92        October 21, 2025  

Common stock

     196,570        196,570      $ 1.59        November 1, 2026  

Common stock

            330,200      $ 3.65        February 28, 2029  
  

 

 

       

Total common stock (equity-classified)

     563,418        893,618        

 

 

The following table summarizes the activity for the Company’s warrants for the periods presented:

 

Balance—January 31, 2019

     2,200,059  

Granted

     330,200  
  

 

 

 

Balance—April 30, 2019

     2,530,259  

 

 

The following table is a reconciliation of the warrant liability measured at fair value:

 

   
       Warrant liability  

Balance at January 31, 2019

   $ 5,497,627  

Change in fair value of stock warrants during quarter

     423,108  
  

 

 

 

Balance at April 30, 2019

   $ 5,920,735  

 

 

11. Fair value measurements

The carrying value of the Company’s short-term financial instruments, including accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

 

The Company uses certain derivative financial instruments as part of its risk management strategy to reduce its foreign currency risk. The Company recognizes all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value based on quotes obtained from financial institutions. The fair value of its foreign currency contracts as of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019 was a liability of $142,858 and $280,093, respectively, which are included in Accounts payable on the accompanying balance sheet. The fair value of the foreign currency contracts are considered Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy as of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019, respectively.

Warrant Liability—The carrying value of the stock warrant liability is adjusted to fair value each reporting period. The Black-Scholes method and the following weighted-average inputs and assumptions was utilized to determine the fair value of the warrants as of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019:

 

   
     January 31, 2019  
       Series A
preferred
     Junior
preferred
     Redeemable
preferred
 

Estimated fair value of preferred stock

   $ 5.80      $ 4.88      $ 0.01  

Exercise price

   $ 2.88      $ 0.01      $ 0.01  

Remaining term (in years)

     7.01        1.60        1.60  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.6%        2.5%        2.5%  

Expected volatility

     45.1%        45.1%        45.1%  

Dividend yield

     0.0%        0.0%        0.0%  

 

 

 

   
     April 30, 2019  
       Series A
preferred
     Junior
preferred
     Redeemable
preferred
 

Estimated fair value of preferred stock

   $ 6.18      $ 5.24      $ 0.01  

Exercise price

   $ 2.88      $ 0.01      $ 0.01  

Remaining term (in years)

     6.76        1.35        1.35  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.4%        2.4%        2.4%  

Expected volatility

     45.1%        45.1%        45.1%  

Dividend yield

     0.0%        0.0%        0.0%  

 

 

As the Company refinanced all of its debt on February 28, 2019 (see Note 6), it believes that the face value of its outstanding debt at January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019 approximates fair value.

The increases in Level 3 warrant liability for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019 were $290,953 and $423,108, respectively. The Company did not have any transfers of assets and liabilities between levels of the fair value measurement hierarchy during the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019.

12. Commitments and contingencies

(a) Operating and capital leases

The Company leases its office premises in New York, North Carolina and Ottawa under operating leases which expire on various dates through August 2022. The Company recognizes rent expense under such arrangements on a straight-line basis. Rent expense under such operating leases amounted to $447,364 and $451,456 for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2019, respectively.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

 

 

As of April 30, 2019, the aggregate minimum net rental payments for non-cancelable operating leases and firmly committed contracts are as follows:

 

2020 (Remaining nine months)

   $ 1,304,616  

Year ending January 31,

  

2021

     1,751,115  

2022

     744,894  

2023

     224,532  
  

 

 

 

Total operating lease payments

   $ 4,025,157  

 

 

During the three months ended April 30, 2019 and in prior years, the Company entered into several capital leases for equipment and software. The leases are for 30-36 month periods. As of April 30, 2019, the minimum lease payments are as follows:

 

2020 (Remaining nine months)

   $ 1,511,906  

Year ending January 31,

  

2021

     1,766,928  

2022

     984,214  
  

 

 

 

Total capital lease payments

   $ 4,263,048  
  

 

 

 

Less amounts representing interest

     (511,047
  

 

 

 

Total capital lease payments, net of interest

     3,752,001  
  

 

 

 

Less current portion

     (1,953,635
  

 

 

 

Total capital lease payments, net of interest and current portion

   $ 1,798,363  

 

 

Interest expense related to capital leases was $48,973 and $62,971 for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

(b) Legal proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may be subject from time to time to various proceedings, lawsuits, disputes or claims. Although the Company cannot predict with assurance the outcome of any litigation, the Company does not believe there are currently any such actions that, if resolved unfavorably, would have a material impact on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

13. Income taxes

The effective tax rate is 0% and 0% in the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The difference between the U.S. Statutory rate of 21% and the effective tax rate is primarily due to the change in valuation allowance. The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets at January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

 

14. Net loss per share and unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

(a) Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was calculated as follows:

 

   
     Three months ended April 30,  
       2018     2019  

Numerator:

    

Net loss

   $ (3,223,531   $ (6,694,609

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

     (2,489,697     (7,863,430
  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (5,713,228   $ (14,558,039
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted

     3,810,993       4,425,191  
  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (1.50   $ (3.29

 

 

The Company’s potential dilutive securities, which include Convertible Preferred, stock options and outstanding warrants to purchase shares of common and preferred stock, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share. Therefore, the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same. The following potential common shares, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

   
     Three months ended April 30,  
                      2018                  2019  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (as-converted to common stock)

     55,617,548        55,617,548  

Stock options to purchase common stock and restricted stock units

     11,425,401        14,137,371  

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock

     1,278,397        1,278,397  

Warrants to purchase common stock

     563,418        893,618  
  

 

 

 
     68,884,764        71,926,934  

 

 

(b) Unaudited pro forma net loss per share

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the three months ended April 30, 2019 gives effect to the adjustments arising upon the closing of the initial public offering. The unaudited pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders used in the calculation of unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include the effects of the accretion of Convertible Preferred to redemption value because the calculation assumes that the conversion of Convertible Preferred into common stock occurred on February 1, 2019.

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Phreesia, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

 

the three months ended April 30, 2019 gives effect to the conversion upon the initial public offering of all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred as of April 30, 2019, into 55,617,548 shares of common stock as if the conversion had occurred on February 1, 2019, assuming a Qualified IPO as well as the automatic cashless exercise of a warrant to purchase 116,232 shares of Senior A, based on an assumption that the fair market value of the Company’s common stock for purposes of automatic exercise under the warrant will be equal to the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share.

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was calculated as follows:

 

   
       Three months ended
April 30, 2019
 

Numerator:

  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

                                   

Pro forma adjustment to add back the accretion of redeemable convertible stock

  
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $    
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted

  

Pro Forma adjustment for assumed conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon closing of proposed initial public offering

  
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

  
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $    

 

 

15. Related party transactions

The Company recognized revenue totaling approximately $1,359,000 and $1,503,000 from an affiliate of a stockholder of the Company for the three months ended April 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Accounts receivable from the affiliate totaled approximately $598,000 and $1,421,000 as of January 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019, respectively.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

                Shares

 

 

 

LOGO

Prospectus

Common Stock

 

J.P. Morgan   Wells Fargo Securities   William Blair
Allen & Company LLC     Piper Jaffray

                , 2019

Through and including                 , 2019 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

The following table sets forth the fees and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the registration of the common stock hereunder. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee.

 

   
       Amount
to be
paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 15,150  

FINRA filing fee

     19,250  

Exchange listing fee

     25,000  

Printing and mailing expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *  

Miscellaneous expenses

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *  

 

 

 

*   To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities arising out of actions, suits and proceedings to which they are made or threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that they have served or are currently serving as a director or officer to a corporation. The indemnity may cover expenses (including attorneys’ fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding. Section 145 permits corporations to pay expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by directors and officers in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. In addition, Section 145 provides that a corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in their capacity as a director or officer, or arising out of their status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the director or officer against such liability under Section 145.

We adopted an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as directors, except liability for the following:

 

 

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

 

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

 

any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

 

 

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.

In addition, we adopted amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will provide that:

 

 

we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended; and

 

 

we will advance reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings relating to their service for or on behalf of us, subject to limited exceptions.

We have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and intend to enter into such agreements with our executive officers. These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our directors, our executive officers and, at times, their affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. We will advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees (but excluding judgments, fines and settlement amounts), to each indemnified director, executive officer or affiliate in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available and we will indemnify our directors and officers for any action or proceeding arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer brought on behalf of us or in furtherance of our rights. Additionally, certain of our directors or officers may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance provided by their affiliates or other third parties, which indemnification relates to and might apply to the same proceedings arising out of such director’s or officer’s services as a director referenced herein. Nonetheless, we have agreed in the indemnification agreements that our obligations to those same directors or officers are primary and any obligation of such affiliates or other third parties to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the expenses or liabilities incurred by those directors are secondary.

We also maintain general liability insurance which covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of us and our directors and officers and the selling stockholders by the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

Since January 31, 2016, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

(a) Preferred stock issuances

On October 27, 2017, we issued and sold an aggregate of 4,598,571 shares of our Senior B preferred stock to four accredited investors at a price per share of $3.6968, for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $16,999,997.30.

On November 29, 2017, we issued and sold an additional 4,598,571 shares of our Senior B preferred stock to four accredited investors at a price per share of $3.6968, for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $16,999,997.30.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

On September 25, 2017, we issued 27,943 shares of our Junior Convertible preferred stock to SVB Financial Group upon the cashless exercise of a warrant to purchase 40,000 shares of our Junior Convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share, based on a fair market value of $3.3175 per share as determined under the terms of such warrant.

(b) Option and restricted stock unit issuances

Since January 31, 2016, we have granted to employees, officers, directors, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 1,384,000 shares of our common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $1.16 to $1.57 per share, pursuant to the 2006 Plan. The 2006 Plan expired on August 30, 2017. Since January 31, 2016, 1,237,643 shares of common stock have been issued upon the exercise of stock options pursuant to the 2006 Plan, at exercise prices between $0.31 and $1.57 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $593,392.74.

Since the adoption of the 2018 Plan by our board of directors on February 2, 2018 and stockholders on June 22, 2018, we have granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 6,104,417 shares of our common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $2.14 to $5.41 per share, to employees, officers, directors, consultants and other service providers pursuant to the 2018 Plan. Since the adoption of the 2018 Plan, 3,458 shares of common stock have been issued upon the exercise of stock options pursuant to the 2018 Plan, for an aggregate exercise price of $7,400.12.

Since the adoption of the 2018 Plan, we have granted an aggregate of 987,500 restricted stock units to be settled in shares of our common stock to employees, officers, directors, consultants and other service providers pursuant to the 2018 Plan.

(c) Warrants to purchase capital stock

On November 7, 2016, we issued to Silicon Valley Bank a warrant to purchase up to 196,570 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.59 per share.

On November 7, 2016, we issued to Escalate Capital Partners SBIC III, LP a warrant to purchase up to 336,280 shares of our Senior A preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

On November 7, 2016, we issued to Orix Finance Equity Investors, LP a warrant to purchase up to 336,280 shares of our Senior A preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

On February 28, 2019, we issued Silicon Valley Bank a warrant to purchase up to 165,100 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.65 per share.

On February 28, 2019, we issued WestRiver Innovation Lending Fund VII, L.P. a warrant to purchase up to 165,100 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.65 per share.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. We believe that such transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, including Regulation D and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder, by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act because the issuance of such securities to the recipients did not involve a public offering, or in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts

 

II-3


Table of Contents

relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with the distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

(a) Exhibits

 

   
Exhibit
number
   Description
  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
  3.3    Bylaws of Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, to be in effect upon the effectiveness of this registration statement.
  4.1    Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2    Fifth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2017, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
  4.3    Senior Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant, dated as of October 14, 2014, issued by the Registrant to Baird Financial Corporation.
  4.4    Warrant to Purchase Preferred Stock, dated as of February 25, 2015, issued by the Registrant to Escalate Capital Partners SBIC I, L.P.
  4.5    Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated as of October 22, 2015, issued by the Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank.
  4.6    Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated as of November 7, 2016, issued by the Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank.
  4.7    Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated as of November 7, 2016, issued by the Registrant to ORIX Finance Equity Investors, LP.
  4.8    Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated as of November 7, 2016, issued by the Registrant to Escalate Capital Partners SBIC III, LP.
  4.9    Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated as of February 28, 2019, issued by the Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank.
  4.10    Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated as of February 28, 2019, issued by the Registrant to WestRiver Innovation Lending Fund VIII, L.P.
  5.1*    Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP.
10.1#    Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended, and form of award agreements thereunder.
10.2#    2018 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended, and form of award agreements thereunder.
10.3#*    2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and form of award agreements thereunder.

 

 

II-4


Table of Contents
   
10.4#*    2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.5#    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
10.6#    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.7    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2019, by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.8#    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Chaim Indig (to be entered into connection with this offering).
10.9#    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Evan Roberts (to be entered into connection with this offering).
10.10#    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Thomas Altier (to be entered into connection with this offering).
10.11#    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Charles Kallenbach (to be entered into connection with this offering).
10.12#    Board Chairman Agreement, dated as of December 2018, by and between the Registrant and Michael Weintraub.
10.13    Agreement of Lease, by and between the Registrant and 432 Park South Realty Co. LLC, dated as of October 25, 2010, as amended by the Extension and Modification of Lease dated as of June 27, 2013 and the Second Extension, Modification and Expansion of Lease dated as of May 13, 2015.
10.14†    Lease Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Phoenix Limited Partnership of Raleigh dated as of December 9, 2016, as amended by Lease Modification Agreement No. 1 dated as of May 13, 2017.
10.15    Lease, by and between the Registrant and Elk Property Management Limited dated as of June 15, 2016.
10.16†    Master Software License and Services Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Ascension Health Resource and Supply Management Group, LLC dated as of March 31, 2015, as amended by the EMV Addendum Master Software License and Services Agreement dated as of November 18, 2015 and the Amendment to Master Software License and Services Agreement dated as of March 28, 2018.
10.17†    Partner Agreement, by and between the Registrant and athenahealth, Inc. dated as of January  10, 2014, as amended by the Revenue Share Addendum dated as of April 11, 2014, Amendment and Revenue Share Addendum No. 2 dated as of December 21, 2015.
10.18†    Strategic Alliance Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Allscripts Healthcare, LLC, dated as of December 10, 2015.
10.19#    Senior Executive Cash Bonus Plan.
10.20#    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Daniel Nathan (to be entered into connection with this offering).
10.21#    Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Registrant and each of its U.S.-based executive offers (to be entered into in connection with this offering).
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of Registrant.
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 

II-5


Table of Contents
23.2*    Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.

 

 

  Certain information in this exhibit has been omitted by means of redacting a portion of the text and replacing it with “[***]”. The Registrant has determined that such omitted information (i) is not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Registrant if publicly disclosed.

 

#   Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

(b) Financial statements schedules:

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or the Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1)   The registrant will provide to the underwriter at the closing as specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(2)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from a form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(3)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide  offering thereof.

 

(4)   If the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, New York on the 21st day of June, 2019.

 

PHREESIA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Chaim Indig

Name:   Chaim Indig
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Power of attorney and signatures

Each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints each of Chaim Indig and Thomas Altier as such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement (or any Registration Statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that any said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes of any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and Power of Attorney has been signed by the following person in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Name    Title   Date

/s/ Chaim Indig

Chaim Indig

   Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  June 21, 2019

/s/ Thomas Altier

Thomas Altier

   Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  June 21, 2019

/s/ Michael Weintraub

Michael Weintraub

   Chairman and Director   June 21, 2019

/s/ Edward Cahill

Edward Cahill

   Director   June 21, 2019

/s/ Victor Kats

Victor Kats

   Director   June 21, 2019

 

II-7


Table of Contents
Name    Title   Date

/s/ Alan Spoon

Alan Spoon, J.D.

   Director   June 21, 2019

/s/ Scott Perricelli

Scott Perricelli

   Director   June 21, 2019

/s/ Mark Smith

Mark Smith, M.D.

   Director   June 21, 2019

/s/ Cheryl Pegus

Cheryl Pegus, M.D., M.P.H.

   Director   June 21, 2019

/s/ Gillian Munson

Gillian Munson

   Director   June 21, 2019

 

II-8

Exhibit 3.1

 

 

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PHREESIA, INC.

 

Phreesia, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

  1.

That the name of the Corporation is Phreesia, Inc.

 

  2.

That the Corporation has filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware (i) its original Certificate of Incorporation on January 10, 2005, (ii) a Certificate of Amendment on May 18, 2006, (iii) an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on August 18, 2006, (iv) a Certificate of Amendment on November 30, 2006, (v) a Certificate of Amendment on June 5, 2007, (vi) a Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on August 30, 2007, (vii) a Certificate of Amendment on September 3, 2008, (viii) a Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on February 2, 2009, (ix) a Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on April 15, 2010, (x) a Certificate of Amendment on August 6, 2010, (xi) a Certificate of Amendment on January 21, 2011, (xii) a Certificate of Amendment on November 2, 2012, (xiii) a Certificate of Amendment on September 5, 2013; (xiv) a Certificate of Amendment on October 28, 2013; (xv) a Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on October 14, 2014; (xvi) a Certificate of Correction on November 17, 2014; and (xvii) a Certificate of Amendment on November 14, 2016 (the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended by the certificate of correction and amendment referenced in clauses (xvi) and (xvii), the “ Fifth A&R Charter ”).

 

  3.

That the Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted a resolution by written consent pursuant to Sections 141(f), 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law, setting forth this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Restated Certificate ”) and declaring said Restated Certificate to be advisable. The stockholders of the Corporation duly approved and adopted said proposed Restated Certificate by written consent in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law, and written notice of such consent has been or will be given to all stockholders who have not consented in writing to said Restated Certificate.

 

  4.

That the Resolution setting forth the Restated Certificate is as follows:

RESOLVED, That the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be and hereby is amended and restated in its entirety so that the same shall read as follows:

FIRST:         The name of the Corporation is: Phreesia, Inc.


SECOND:     The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD:         The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH:     The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 80,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and (ii) 103,320,169 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”), of which (A) 34,000,000 shares shall be designated as Junior Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Junior Preferred ”), (B) 44,000,000 shares shall be designated as Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Redeemable Preferred ”), (C) 14,500,000 shares shall be designated as Senior Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “ Senior A Preferred ”) and (D) 10,820,169 shares shall be designated as Senior B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “ Senior B Preferred ”, and together with the Senior A Preferred, the “ Senior Preferred ”, and the Senior Preferred, together with the Junior Preferred, the “ Convertible Preferred ”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

2


A.

COMMON STOCK

1.       General . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

2.       Voting . The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Restated Certificate that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Restated Certificate or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Restated Certificate) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

B.

PREFERRED STOCK

Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to consist of such number of shares and to have such terms, rights, powers and preferences, and the qualifications and limitations with respect thereto, as stated or expressed herein. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “ Sections ” or “ Subsections ” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

1.       Dividends .

1.1     General . From and after the date of the issuance of a share of Senior Preferred, cash dividends at the rate per annum of 8% of the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price or Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price, as applicable (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the applicable Senior Preferred), shall accrue on each such share of Senior Preferred (the “ Accruing Dividends ”). Accruing Dividends shall accrue, whether or not declared, shall be compounded annually and shall be cumulative; provided , however , that the Accruing Dividends shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 1.2 . The Junior Preferred and the Redeemable Preferred shall not accrue any dividends. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in this Restated Certificate) the holders of the Convertible Preferred then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Convertible Preferred in an amount at least equal to (i) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of

 

3


Convertible Preferred as would equal the product of (A) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of such Convertible Preferred, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (ii) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of such Convertible Preferred determined by (A) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (B) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below), as applicable; provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Convertible Preferred pursuant to this Subsection 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Convertible Preferred dividend; and, provided , further, that no dividend shall be payable on the Junior Preferred or Redeemable Preferred unless the Senior Preferred has received its Accruing Dividend, as may be adjusted pursuant to Section 1.2 . The “Applicable Original Issue Price” shall mean (i) in the case of Senior A Preferred, the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price, (ii) in the case of Senior B Preferred, the Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price, (iii) in the case of Junior Preferred, the Junior Preferred Original Issue Price, and (iv) in the case of Redeemable Preferred, the Redeemable Preferred Original Issue Price. The “Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price” shall mean $2.1939 per share, the Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price” shall mean $3.6968 per share, the “Junior Preferred Original Issue Price” shall mean $1.00 per share, and the “Redeemable Preferred Original Issue Price” shall mean $1.00 per share, in each case, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Convertible Preferred.

1.2     Potential Adjustments to Accruing Dividends . The Accruing Dividends payable may be adjusted as follows: (a) if the Participating Amount for a share of the Senior Preferred (calculated on a per share basis) would be greater than or equal to 4.5X the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price or Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price, as applicable, then no Accruing Dividends shall be paid with respect to such share of Senior Preferred; (b) if the Participating Amount for a share of the Senior Preferred (calculated on a per share basis) would be less than or equal to 3.5X the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price or Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price, as applicable, then 100% of the Accruing Dividends shall be paid with respect to such share of Senior Preferred; and (c) if the Participating Amount for a share of the Senior Preferred (calculated on a per share basis) would be greater than 3.5X and less than 4.5X (such applicable multiple, the “ Special Multiple ”) the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price or Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price, as applicable, then the amount of the aggregate Accruing Dividends paid with respect to such share of Senior Preferred shall equal the product of (a) the Applicable Difference for such share and (b) an amount equal to 100% of the Accruing Dividends for such share (prior to giving effect to any adjustment under this Section 1.2 ). As used in this Section 1.2 , the “ Applicable Difference ” for a share of Senior Preferred shall mean an amount equal to the difference between 4.5X and the Special Multiple.

 

4


2.       Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

2.1       Preferential Payments to Holders of Senior Preferred . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Senior Preferred then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Junior Preferred, Redeemable Preferred and Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share for the applicable Senior Preferred equal to the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price or Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price, as applicable, together with any accrued and unpaid Accruing Dividends (as adjusted by Subsection 1.2 ) and any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the aggregate amount per share payable to a holder of a share of such Senior Preferred pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Senior Preferred Liquidation Amount ”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Senior Preferred the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1 the holders of shares of Senior Preferred shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares under this Subsection 2.1 were paid in full.

2.2       Preferential Payments to Holders of Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred . Upon the completion of the distribution required by Subsection 2.1 , the holders of shares of Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders on a pari passu basis before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to (a) in the case of the Redeemable Preferred, the Redeemable Preferred Original Issue Price (the aggregate amount per share payable to a holder of a share of Redeemable Preferred pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “Redeemable Preferred Liquidation Amount”), and (b) in the case of the Junior Preferred, the Junior Preferred Original Issue Price, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the aggregate amount per share payable to a holder of a share of Junior Preferred pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Junior Preferred Liquidation Amount ”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Redeemable Preferred and Junior Preferred the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.2 , the holders of shares of Redeemable Preferred and Junior Preferred shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares under this Subsection 2.2 were paid in full.

2.3       Payments to Holders of Common Stock . Upon the completion of the distribution required by Subsection 2.1 and Subsection 2.2 , the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed pro rata among the

 

5


holders of Common Stock based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

2.4       Deemed Conversion . Notwithstanding the foregoing, solely for purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Senior Preferred, Junior Preferred or Redeemable Preferred is entitled to receive with respect to a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, Deemed Liquidation Event, each such holder of shares of Senior A Preferred, Senior B Preferred or Junior Preferred shall be deemed to have converted (regardless of whether such holder actually converted) such holder’s shares of such series into shares of Common Stock (and tendered to the Corporation any shares of Redeemable Preferred held by such holder for no consideration) immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, Deemed Liquidation Event if, as a result of an actual conversion, such holder would receive, in the aggregate, an amount pursuant to Subsection 2.3 (plus , solely in the case of the Senior Preferred, an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Accrued Dividends as adjusted by Subsection 1.2 ) greater (such greater amount, the “ Participating Amount ”) than the amount that would be distributed (a) pursuant to Subsection 2.1 to such holder in respect of his, her or its shares of Senior A Preferred if such holder did not convert such shares of Senior A Preferred into shares of Common Stock, (b) pursuant to Subsection 2.1 to such holder in respect of his, her or its shares of Senior B Preferred if such holder did not convert such shares of Senior B Preferred into shares of Common Stock or (c) pursuant to Subsection 2.2 to such holder in respect of his, her or its shares of Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred if such holder did not convert such shares of Junior Preferred into shares of Common Stock. For avoidance of doubt, if any such holder shall be deemed to have converted shares of Senior A Preferred, Senior B Preferred or Junior Preferred into Common Stock pursuant to this Subsection 2.4 , then such holder shall not be entitled to receive any distributions with respect to any Convertible Preferred or Redeemable Preferred pursuant to Subsection 2.1 or Subsection 2.2 , respectively (other than, with respect to holders of Senior Preferred, any accrued and unpaid Accrued Dividends as adjusted by Subsection 1.2) .

2.5       Deemed Liquidation Events .

2.5.1   Definition . Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Senior Preferred (consenting or voting as a single class) and a majority of the then outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred (consenting or voting as a single class) (together, the “ Requisite Approval ”) elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least one day prior to the effective date of any such event (an “ Opt-Out ”):

 

  (a)

a merger or consolidation in which

 

  (i)

the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

  (ii)

a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

 

6


except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation ( provided that , for the purpose of this Subsection 2.5.1 , all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged);

(b)       the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation; or

(c)       any purchase of shares of capital stock of the Corporation (either through a negotiated stock purchase or tender for such shares) in one or more transactions by any party or group that did not beneficially own at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such purchase, the effect of which is that such party or group beneficially owns at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of the Corporation immediately after such purchase.

2.5.2   Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event .

(a)       The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.5.1(a)(i) or 2.5.1(c) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation or stock purchase agreement for such transaction (the “ Acquisition Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 , 2.2 , 2.3 and 2.4 or compliance otherwise waived by the Requisite Approval.

(b)       In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in
Subsection 2.5.1(a)(ii) or 2.5.1(b) , the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect a dissolution of the Corporation as soon as reasonably practicable. If the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within 90 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the 90 th day after the

 

7


Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii)  to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) if the holders of at least a majority of the total then outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than 120 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (the “ Available Proceeds ”), to the extent legally available therefor, on the 150 th day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the aggregate amount such shares would receive from the Available Proceeds under Subsections 2.1 , 2.2 , 2.3 and 2.4 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Senior Preferred (not including any other classes of capital stock), the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Senior Preferred to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares of such Senior Preferred as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor prior to the redemption of any Junior Preferred or Redeemable Preferred. If after the redemption in full of the Senior Preferred, if the remaining Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred, then the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred to be redeemed if the remaining Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares of Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor. The provisions of Subsections 6.2 through 6.4 shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context (including, without limitation, to reflect a redemption price per share determined in accordance with Subsections 2.1 , 2.2 , 2.3 and 2.4 hereof), to the redemption of the Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 2.5.2(b) . Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.5.2(b) , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

2.5.3   Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed . The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. If the amount deemed paid or distributed under this Subsection 2.5.3 is made in property other than in cash, the value of such distribution shall be the fair market value of such property, determined as follows:

(a)       For securities not subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability,

 

8


  (i)

if traded on a securities exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or market over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the closing of such transaction;

 

  (ii)

if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the closing of such transaction; or

 

  (iii)

if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as reasonably determined in good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation after consulting with the investment banker or other financial professional advising the Corporation or the stockholders in connection with the Deemed Liquidation Event.

(b)       The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall take into account an appropriate discount (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) from the market value as determined pursuant to clause (a) above so as to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof.

2.5.4   Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration . Unless otherwise waived by the Requisite Approval, in the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.5.1(a)(i) , if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “ Additional Consideration ”), the Acquisition Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 , 2.2 and 2.3 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Subsection 2.5.4 , consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

 

9


3.        Voting .

3.1       General . On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Convertible Preferred held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. The holders of the Redeemable Preferred shall not be entitled to vote on any matters except as expressly provided in Section 3 below or as required by law. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of this Restated Certificate, holders of Convertible Preferred shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

3.2       Election of Directors . The number of directors of the Corporation shall be set at seven (7). Subject to any voting agreement among the holders of Preferred Stock, for so long as twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Junior Preferred originally issued by the Corporation shall remain outstanding, the holders of record of the shares of Junior Preferred, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three (3) directors of the Corporation (the “ Junior Preferred Directors ”); and for so long as twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Senior A Preferred originally issued by the Corporation shall remain outstanding, the holders of record of the shares of Senior A Preferred, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (the “ Senior A Preferred Directors ”; provided, that conditioned upon Echo Health Ventures LLC (“Echo”) purchasing all of the Conditional Closing Shares (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) to be purchased by it at the Conditional Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) in accordance with the terms thereof (the “ Conditional Closing Condition ”), upon the Conditional Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), (a) the right of the Junior Preferred to elect the Junior Preferred Directors as provided for above shall be reduced by one (1) Junior Preferred Director, (b) the right of the Senior Preferred to elect the Senior Preferred Directors as provided for above shall be reduced by one (1) Senior Preferred Director, and (c) for so long as twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Senior B Preferred originally issued by the Corporation shall remain outstanding, the holders of record of the shares of Senior B Preferred, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Senior B Preferred Director ” and together with the Senior A Preferred Director, the “ Senior Preferred Directors ”, and the Senior Preferred Directors together with the Junior Preferred Directors, the “ Preferred Stock Directors ”). Except as otherwise provided in any voting agreement among the holders of Preferred Stock, any Preferred Stock Director may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the series of Preferred Stock entitled to elect such Preferred Stock Director, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Junior Preferred, Senior A Preferred or Senior B Preferred fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, each voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 , then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Junior Preferred, Senior A Preferred or Senior B Preferred, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the

 

10


Corporation holding Junior Preferred, Senior A Preferred or Senior B Preferred, as the case may be, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Convertible Preferred), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.2 and any voting agreement among the holders of Preferred Stock, a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 .

3.3       Convertible Preferred Protective Provisions . For so long as any shares of Convertible Preferred remain outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Restated Certificate) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class:

(a)       amend, alter, waive or repeal the preferences, rights, powers, privileges or other terms of the Preferred Stock;

(b)       amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of this Restated Certificate or Bylaws of the Corporation;

(c)       authorize or designate, or issue any shares of, any class or series of capital stock having rights senior to or on a parity with the Convertible Preferred as to dividends, liquidation, redemption or otherwise (other than the Additional Issuance);

(d)       effect any change of control, liquidation, merger or other Deemed Liquidation Event, reincorporation, recapitalization, dissolution or winding-up of the business and affairs of the Corporation, or consent to any of the foregoing;

(e)       effect any acquisition of the capital stock of another entity (other than the creation of wholly owned subsidiaries of the Corporation) that results in the consolidation of that entity into the results of operations of the Corporation, or effect any acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another entity (other than wholly owned subsidiaries of the Corporation);

(f)       create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of, any indebtedness for borrowed money if the aggregate indebtedness of the Corporation for borrowed money following such action would exceed $500,000;

(g)       create, or authorize the creation of, any new plan or arrangement for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock or other similar stock-based compensation or increase the number of shares or other rights available

 

11


under any existing plan or arrangement, unless approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

(h)       increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation; or

(i)       pay or declare any dividend or distribution on any shares of the Corporation’s capital stock (except dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock), or apply any of the Corporation’s assets to the redemption or repurchase of the Corporation’s capital stock.

3.4     Senior Preferred Protective Provisions .

For so long as any shares of Senior A Preferred remain outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Restated Certificate) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Senior A Preferred, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) as a single class:

(a)       amend, alter, waive or repeal the preferences, rights, powers, privileges or other terms of the Senior A Preferred;

(b)       increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of Senior Preferred, or increase or decrease the par value of the shares of Senior A Preferred; or

(c)       any creation or issuance of any equity security having a preference superior to or pari passu with the Senior A Preferred (other than the Additional Issuance).

For so long as any shares of Senior B Preferred remain outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Restated Certificate) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Senior B Preferred, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) as a single class:

(a)       amend, alter, waive or repeal the preferences, rights, powers, privileges or other terms of the Senior B Preferred;

(b)       increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of Senior Preferred, or increase or decrease the par value of the shares of Senior B Preferred; or

(c)       following the satisfaction of the Conditional Closing Condition, any creation or issuance of any equity security having a preference superior to or pari passu with the Senior B Preferred (other than the Additional Issuance).

 

12


Subject to any voting agreement among the holders of Preferred Stock, for so long as any shares of Senior Preferred remain outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Restated Certificate) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Senior Preferred, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) as a single class: any voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, a Deemed Liquidation Event that does not result in gross proceeds actually received by (a) following the satisfaction of the Conditional Closing Condition, a holder of a share of Senior B Preferred at the closing of such transaction (including any customary escrow or holdback) of at least 2X of the Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price or any IPO which does not result in the shares of Common Stock received by the holders of Senior B Preferred upon conversion thereof having a value, at the per share public offering price in the IPO, of at least 2X of the Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price and (b) a holder of a share of Senior A Preferred at the closing of such transaction (including any customary escrow or holdback) of at least 2X of the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price or any IPO which does not result in the shares of Common Stock received by the holders of Senior A Preferred upon conversion thereof having a value, at the per share public offering price in the IPO, of at least 2X of the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price.

3.5       Junior Preferred Protective Provisions . For so long as any shares of Junior Preferred remain outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Restated Certificate) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Junior Preferred, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) as a single class:

(a)       amend, alter, waive or repeal the preferences, rights, powers, privileges or other terms of the Junior Preferred if any such amendment, alteration, waiver or repeal changes the preferences, rights, powers, privileges or other terms of the Junior Preferred in a different or disproportionate, and adverse manner than the preferences, rights, powers, privileges or other terms of the Senior Preferred or amend, alter, waive or repeal the rights, preferences, powers, privileges or other terms of the Redeemable Preferred; or

(b)       increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of Junior Preferred or Redeemable Preferred, or increase or decrease the par value of the shares of Junior Preferred or the Redeemable Preferred.

4.       Optional Conversion .

The holders of Convertible Preferred shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

4.1       Right to Convert .

4.1.1   Conversion Ratio . Each share of Senior Preferred shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without

 

13


the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price or the Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price, as applicable, by the Senior Conversion Price. The “ Senior Conversion Price ” shall mean, as of the date of this Restated Certificate, an amount equal to the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price or Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price, as applicable, the “ Junior Conversion Price ” shall mean, as of the date of this Restated Certificate, an amount equal $1.66 per share, and the “ Conversion Price ” shall mean the Senior Conversion Price or the Junior Conversion Price, as applicable. Each share of Junior Preferred shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $1.66 (subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Junior Preferred) by the Junior Conversion Price; provided , that , in connection with any such conversion of any shares of Junior Preferred, a number of shares of Redeemable Preferred equal to (a) the number of shares of Junior Preferred to be converted by such converting holder divided by the aggregate number of shares of Junior Preferred held by such holder (prior to such conversion), times (b) the number of shares of Redeemable Preferred held by such converting holder, shall be automatically extinguished and cancelled and such holder shall have no further rights with respect to such shares of Redeemable Preferred. Such initial Conversion Prices, and the rate at which shares of Convertible Preferred may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

4.1.2   Termination of Conversion Rights . In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Convertible Preferred pursuant to Section 6 , the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the redemption price is not fully paid on such redemption date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of such series of Convertible Preferred (including amounts distributable pursuant to Subsection 2.3 , as applicable).

4.2       Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Convertible Preferred. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of the series of Convertible Preferred the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

4.3       Mechanics of Conversion .

4.3.1   Notice of Conversion . In order for a holder of Convertible Preferred to voluntarily convert shares of Convertible Preferred into shares of Common Stock,

 

14


such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Convertible Preferred and any shares of Redeemable Preferred as applicable (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Convertible Preferred (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of Convertible Preferred represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion and/or, in the case of Redeemable Preferred, cancellation shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, issue and deliver to such holder of Convertible Preferred, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of the series of Convertible Preferred represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, and cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends (but not any undeclared Accruing Dividends) on the shares of Convertible Preferred converted.

4.3.2   Reservation of Shares . The Corporation shall at all times when Convertible Preferred shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of Convertible Preferred, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Convertible Preferred; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Restated Certificate. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the applicable Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Convertible Preferred, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

 

15


4.3.3   Effect of Conversion . All shares of Convertible Preferred which shall have been surrendered for conversion and/or any Redeemable Preferred which have been surrendered for cancellation, as applicable, as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon (but not any undeclared Accruing Dividends). Any shares of Convertible Preferred so converted and any shares of Redeemable Preferred so cancelled shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Convertible Preferred and/or Redeemable Preferred accordingly.

4.3.4   No Further Adjustment . Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Convertible Preferred surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

4.3.5   Taxes . The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Convertible Preferred pursuant to this Section 4 . The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Convertible Preferred so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

4.4       Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

4.4.1   Special Definitions . For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

(a)       “ Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(b)       “ Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Senior B Preferred was issued.

(c)       “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(d)       “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 , deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than the following shares of Common Stock, and shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (collectively “ Exempted Securities ”):

 

16


  (i)

additional shares of Senior B Preferred issued pursuant to the Senior B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated on or about October 27, 2017 by and among the Company and the purchasers set forth therein (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) to any Additional Purchasers (as defined therein) or Conditional Closing Shares (such issuance, an “ Additional Issuance ”).

 

  (ii)

shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to Section 6.2(b) of the Purchase Agreement to the Purchasers (as defined therein) (the “ Assessment Shares ”).

 

  (iii)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

 

  (iv)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4.5 , 4.6 , 4.7 or 4.8 ;

 

  (v)

(A) up to 9,932,118 shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, and (B) any shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries approved by at least two (2) Preferred Stock Directors, including at least one (1) Senior Preferred Director if and following the Senior B Preferred obtaining, and so long as the Senior B Preferred has, a right to elect the Senior B Preferred Director, in each case pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, whether issued before or after the Original Issue Date (provided that any Options for such shares that expire or terminate unexercised or any restricted stock repurchased by the Corporation at cost shall not be counted toward such maximum number unless and until such Options are re-granted as new Options or such shares are re-granted as new stock grants pursuant to any such plan, agreement or arrangement);

 

17


  (vi)

shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

 

  (vii)

shares of capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, issued to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings or similar transactions, approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; or

 

  (viii)

warrants to purchase shares of capital stock issued pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Senior Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 14, 2014, between the Corporation and the other entities a party thereto.

4.4.2   No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the applicable Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred subject to such adjustment agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

4.4.3   Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

(a)       If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(b)       If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such

 

18


Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have been obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b)  shall have the effect of increasing the applicable Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the applicable Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(c)       If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5 ) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Date), are revised after the Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a)) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(d)       Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , such Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(e)       If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price

 

19


provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3) . If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price, that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

4.4.4   Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price, in effect immediately prior to such issuance, then the applicable Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issuance, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP 2 = CP 1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C),

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a)       “CP 2 ” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock

(b)       “CP 1 ” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c)       “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(d)       “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

(e)       “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

 

20


4.4.5   Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Subsection 4.4 , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a)       Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:

 

  (i)

insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

  (ii)

insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

 

  (iii)

in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(b)       Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

 

  (i)

the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

  (ii)

the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein

 

21


 

for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

4.4.6   Multiple Closing Dates . In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than 90 days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

4.5     Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

4.6     Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying such Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

  (1)

the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

  (2)

the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding

 

22


 

immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the applicable Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the applicable Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Convertible Preferred simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.7     Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Convertible Preferred shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.8     Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc . Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.4 , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.4 , 4.6 or 4.7 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Convertible Preferred shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of such Convertible Preferred immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the applicable Conversion Price of any series of Convertible Preferred) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of Convertible Preferred.

 

23


4.9     Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 15 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of any Convertible Preferred affected by such adjustment a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Convertible Preferred is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Convertible Preferred (but in any event not later than 15 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of such Convertible Preferred.

4.10     Notice of Record Date . In the event:

(a)        the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

(b)        of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(c)        of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale transfer, disposition, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Convertible Preferred) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale transfer, disposition, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least 10 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

5.      Mandatory Conversion .

5.1     Trigger Events . Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least $9.20 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar

 

24


recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $50,000,000 of proceeds, net of the underwriting discount and commissions, to the Corporation or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote at a meeting or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the total then outstanding shares of Senior A Preferred, voting or consenting (as the case may be) as a separate class, following the satisfaction of the Conditional Closing Condition a majority of the total then outstanding shares of Senior B Preferred, voting or consenting (as the case may be) as a separate class, and a majority of the total then outstanding shares of Junior Preferred, voting or consenting (as the case may be) as a separate class (each of (a) and (b) a “ Mandatory Conversion ”, and time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Conversion Time ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective applicable conversion rate and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation. In addition to the foregoing, in the event of an initial public offering that satisfies the requirements of Subsection 5.1(a) (an “ IPO ”), each holder of shares of Senior Preferred also shall be entitled to any accrued and unpaid Accruing Dividends with respect to such shares in accordance with Subsection 2.1 with the Participating Amount of each such share determined, for this purpose and notwithstanding anything in this Restated Certificate to the contrary, upon the value of the shares of Common Stock received by the holders of such share of Senior Preferred upon conversion thereof at the initial public offering price per share in the IPO. Upon any Mandatory Conversion of the Junior Convertible, all shares of Redeemable Preferred shall be automatically extinguished and cancelled and the holders thereof shall have no further rights with respect to such shares.

5.2     Procedural Requirements . All holders of record of shares of Convertible Preferred shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Convertible Preferred pursuant to this Section 5 . Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Convertible Preferred shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares together with his, her or its certificate or certificates for all shares of Redeemable Preferred held by such holder (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion or tender shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to Convertible Preferred converted or Redeemable Preferred tendered pursuant to Subsection 5.1 , including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates for such shares on or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5.2 . As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate

 

25


affidavit and agreement) for Convertible Preferred, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Convertible Preferred converted. Such converted Convertible Preferred and any tendered Redeemable Preferred shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Convertible Preferred and Redeemable Preferred accordingly.

6.     Redemption .

6.1     Redemption .

6.1.1     Shares of Senior Preferred (together with any Assessment Shares in the case of the Senior B Preferred) shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor at a price per share equal to (a) for the Senior Preferred, the greater of (i) the fair market value a share of the applicable Senior Preferred as mutually agreed upon by the Corporation and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Senior Preferred (without discount for lack of marketability or control, and agreeing, voting or consenting (as the case may be) as a single class) as of the Senior Preferred Redemption Date, and if the Corporation and the holders of a majority of Senior Preferred the are unable to reach agreement, the fair market value of such securities shall be determined by a third party appraiser mutually acceptable to the Corporation and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Senior Preferred (without discount for lack of marketability or control, and agreeing, voting or consenting (as the case may be) as a single class) and (ii) the Senior A Preferred Original Issue Price or Senior B Preferred Original Issue Price, as applicable, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, and any Accruing Dividends with respect to such share accrued by unpaid thereon (the “ Senior Preferred Redemption Price ”) and (b) for any Assessment Shares, zero dollars, in three annual installments commencing 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after October 27, 2021, from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Senior Preferred voting or consenting (as the case may be) as a single class, of written notice requesting redemption of all (but not less than all) shares of Senior Preferred and Assessment Shares (the date of each such installment being referred to as a “Senior Preferred Redemption Date”). On each Senior Preferred Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Senior Preferred and Assessment Shares owned by each holder, that number of outstanding shares of Senior Preferred determined by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Senior Preferred outstanding immediately prior to such Senior Preferred Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Senior Preferred Redemption Dates (including the Senior Preferred Redemption Date to which such calculation applies) and that number of outstanding shares of Assessment Shares determined by dividing (i) the total number of Assessment Shares outstanding immediately prior to such Senior Preferred Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Senior Preferred Redemption Dates (including the Senior Preferred Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Senior Preferred Redemption Date all shares of Senior Preferred and Assessment Shares to be

 

26


redeemed on such Senior Preferred Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s redeemable shares of Senior Preferred and Assessment Shares out of funds legally available therefor, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor. In addition, if at any time the Corporation (i) becomes legally insolvent or (ii) defaults on any outstanding debt which is material to the Corporation which such default results in the acceleration of such debt (a “Special Redemption Event” ), the Board of Directors shall cause the Corporation to take all reasonable action to redeem the Senior Preferred and Assessment Shares at the Senior Preferred Redemption Price within one hundred and twenty (120) days or as soon as possible thereafter after written notice from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Senior Preferred (a “Special Redemption Date” ), including effecting a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event. If the Corporation has not paid in full the aggregate Senior Preferred Redemption Price due on any Senior Preferred Redemption Date or after any Special Redemption Event, it may not make any payments of the Junior Preferred Redemption Price or the Redeemable Preferred Redemption Price unless and until all payments of the Senior Preferred Redemption Price then due have been paid in full.

6.1.2    Effective only after the shares of Senior Preferred have been redeemed in accordance with Section 6.1.1 or with the express written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Senior Preferred voting or consenting (as the case may be) as a single class, shares of Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor at a price per share equal to the Junior Preferred Original Issue Price, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Junior Preferred Redemption Price ”), or Redeemable Preferred Original Issue Price (the “ Redeemable Preferred Redemption Price ” and together with the Senior Preferred Redemption Price and the Junior Preferred Redemption Price, the “ Redemption Price ”), respectively, in three annual installments commencing 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after October 27, 2021, from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Junior Preferred, of written notice requesting redemption of all (but not less than all) shares of Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred (the date of each such installment being referred to as a “ Junior Preferred Redemption Date ” and together with each Senior Preferred Redemption Date and each Junior Preferred Redemption Date, each a “ Redemption Date ”); provided , that the Junior Preferred can only provide such notice after the shares of Senior Preferred have been redeemed in accordance with Section 6.1.1 or the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Senior Preferred approve the redemption of the Junior Preferred. On each Junior Preferred Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, on a pro rata basis (a) in accordance with the number of shares of Junior Preferred owned by each holder, that number of outstanding shares of Junior Preferred determined by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Junior Preferred outstanding immediately prior to such Junior Preferred Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Junior Preferred Redemption Dates (including the Junior Preferred Redemption Date to which such calculation applies) and (b) in accordance with the number of shares of Redeemable Preferred owned by each holder, that number of outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred determined by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Redeemable Preferred outstanding immediately prior to such Junior Preferred Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Junior Preferred Redemption Dates (including

 

27


the Junior Preferred Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Junior Preferred Redemption Date all shares of Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred to be redeemed on such Junior Preferred Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s redeemable shares of Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred out of funds legally available therefor, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor.

6.2     Redemption Notice . Written notice of the mandatory redemption (the “ Redemption Notice ”) shall be sent to each holder of record of Preferred Stock not less than 40 days prior to each Redemption Date. Each Redemption Notice shall state:

(a)        the number of shares of each series of Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice;

(b)        the Redemption Date and the Redemption Price of each series of Preferred Stock;

(c)        the date upon which the holder’s right to convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with Subsection 4.1) ; and

(d)        that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

6.3     Surrender of Certificates; Payment . On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4 , shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. In the event less than all of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of such Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

6.4     Penalty Interest . If the Corporation for any reason fails to redeem any of the shares of Preferred Stock in accordance with Section 6.1 on or prior to any Redemption Date determined in accordance with this Section 6 , then the Corporation shall become obligated to pay, in addition to the applicable redemption price specified in Section 6.1 , as the case may be,

 

28


interest on the unpaid balance of such price, which shall accrue at a rate of one percent (1%) per month until such price is paid in full.

6.5     Rights Subsequent to Redemption . If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Redemption Date the Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of such Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of such Preferred Stock, as the case may be, shall cease to accrue after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

7.         Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares . Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

8.         Waiver. (a) Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms solely affecting the Senior Preferred set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Senior Preferred by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total then outstanding shares of Senior Preferred, voting or consenting (as the case may be) as a single class, and (b) any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms solely affecting the Junior Preferred set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Junior Preferred by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total then outstanding shares of Junior Preferred, voting or consenting (as the case may be) together as a single class.

 

29


9.         Notices . Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

10.         Corporate Opportunity . The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, affiliate or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

FIFTH: In furtherance of and not in limitation of powers conferred by statute, it is further provided:

1.         The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

2.         Election of directors need not be by written ballot.

3.         The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

SIXTH:        Except to the extent that the General Corporation Law prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability. No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.

SEVENTH:     The Corporation shall provide indemnification as follows:

1.         Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than by or in the Right of the Corporation . The Corporation shall indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) (all such persons being referred to hereafter as an “ Indemnitee ”), or by reason of any

 

30


action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

2.         Actions or Suits by or in the Right of the Corporation . The Corporation shall indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made under the Section 2 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent, that the Court of Chancery of Delaware shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which the Court of Chancery of Delaware shall deem proper.

3.         Indemnification for Expenses of Successful Party . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article, to the extent that an Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article SEVENTH, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, or on appeal from any such action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith. Without limiting the foregoing, if any action, suit or proceeding is disposed of, on the merits or otherwise (including a disposition without prejudice), without (i) the disposition being adverse to Indemnitee, (ii) an adjudication that Indemnitee was liable to the Corporation, (iii) a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by Indemnitee, (iv) an adjudication that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and (v) with respect to any criminal proceeding, an adjudication that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall be considered for the purposes hereof to have been wholly successful with respect thereto.

 

31


4.         Notification and Defense of Claim . As a condition precedent to an Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified, such Indemnitee must notify the Corporation in writing as soon as practicable of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnitee for which indemnity will or could be sought. With respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation is so notified, the Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense and/or to assume the defense thereof at its own expense, with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee. After notice from the Corporation to Indemnitee of its election so to assume such defense, the Corporation shall not be liable to Indemnitee for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, other than as provided below in this Section 4 . Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation, (ii) counsel to Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest or position on any significant issue between the Corporation and Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation or (iii) the Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel for Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Corporation, except as otherwise expressly provided by this Article. The Corporation shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Corporation or as to which counsel for Indemnitee shall have reasonably made the conclusion provided for in clause (ii) above. The Corporation shall not be required to indemnify Indemnitee under this Article SEVENTH for any amounts paid in settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation effected without its written consent. The Corporation shall not settle any action, suit, proceeding or investigation in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Corporation nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any proposed settlement.

5.         Advance of Expenses . Subject to the provisions of Section 6 of this Article SEVENTH, in the event of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation receives notice under this Article, any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by or on behalf of an Indemnitee in defending an action, suit, proceeding or investigation or any appeal therefrom shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such matter; provided , however , that the payment of such expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such matter shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article; and further provided that no such advancement of expenses shall be made under this Article SEVENTH if it is determined (in the manner described in Section 6 ) that (i) Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, or (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such undertaking shall be accepted without reference to the financial ability of Indemnitee to make such repayment.

 

32


6.         Procedure for Indemnification . In order to obtain indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant to Section 1 , 2 , 3 or 5 of this Article SEVENTH, an Indemnitee shall submit to the Corporation a written request. Any such advancement of expenses shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days after receipt by the Corporation of the written request of Indemnitee, unless (i) the Corporation has assumed the defense pursuant to Section 4 of this Article SEVENTH (and none of the circumstances described in Section 4 of this Article SEVENTH that would nonetheless entitle the Indemnitee to indemnification for the fees and expenses of separate counsel have occurred) or (ii) the Corporation determines within such 60-day period that Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 , 2 or 5 of this Article SEVENTH, as the case may be. Any such indemnification, unless ordered by a court, shall be made with respect to requests under Section 1 or 2 only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination by the Corporation that the indemnification of Indemnitee is proper because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 , as the case may be. Such determination shall be made in each instance (a) by a majority vote of the directors of the Corporation consisting of persons who are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question (“disinterested directors”), whether or not a quorum, (b) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by majority vote of disinterested directors, whether or not a quorum, (c) if there are no disinterested directors, or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel (who may, to the extent permitted by law, be regular legal counsel to the Corporation) in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

7.         Remedies . The right to indemnification or advancement of expenses as granted by this Article shall be enforceable by Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. Neither the failure of the Corporation to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation pursuant to Section 6 of this Article SEVENTH that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. Indemnitee’s expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred in connection with successfully establishing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding shall also be indemnified by the Corporation.

8.         Limitations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article, except as set forth in Section 7 of this Article SEVENTH, the Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee pursuant to this Article SEVENTH in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless the initiation thereof was approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article, the Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee to the extent such Indemnitee is reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, and in the event the Corporation makes any indemnification payments to an Indemnitee and such Indemnitee is subsequently reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, Indemnitee shall promptly refund such indemnification payments to the Corporation to the extent of such insurance reimbursement.

9.         Subsequent Amendment . No amendment, termination or repeal of this Article or of the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law or any other applicable laws shall affect or diminish in any way the rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification under the

 

33


provisions hereof with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation arising out of or relating to any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such amendment, termination or repeal.

10.         Other Rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding office for the Corporation, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. Nothing contained in this Article shall be deemed to prohibit, and the Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into, agreements with officers and directors providing indemnification rights and procedures different from those set forth in this Article. In addition, the Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by its Board of Directors, grant indemnification rights to other employees or agents of the Corporation or other persons serving the Corporation and such rights may be equivalent to, or greater or less than, those set forth in this Article.

11.         Partial Indemnification . If an Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Article to indemnification by the Corporation for some or a portion of the expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation and any appeal therefrom but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement to which Indemnitee is entitled.

12.         Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) against any expense, liability or loss incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law.

13.         Savings Clause . If this Article or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Indemnitee as to any expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal or administrative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

14.         Definitions . Terms used herein and defined in Section 145(h) and Section 145(i) of the General Corporation Law shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in such Section 145(h) and Section 145(i).

 

34


EIGHTH:         The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Restated Certificate, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this 26th day of October, 2017.

 

  /s/ Chaim Indig                        
Name: Chaim Indig
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

[Signature page to Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PHREESIA, INC.

Phreesia, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), hereby certifies as follows:

1.         Pursuant to Section 242 of the DGCL, this Certificate of Amendment to the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Amendment ”) amends the provisions of the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate ”).

2.         The Corporation intends to amend its Certificate in order to increase the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

3.         This Amendment amends the Certificate. This Amendment was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 of the DGCL, and was duly adopted by a written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

4.         The Certificate is hereby amended by striking Subsection 3.2 of Section B of Article FOURTH in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

“3.2      Election of Directors . The number of directors of the Corporation shall be set at eight (8). Subject to any voting agreement among the holders of Preferred Stock, (a) for so long as twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Junior Preferred originally issued by the Corporation shall remain outstanding, the holders of record of the shares of Junior Preferred, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (the “ Junior Preferred Directors ”); (b) for so long as twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Senior A Preferred originally issued by the Corporation shall remain outstanding, the holders of record of the shares of Senior A Preferred, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Senior A Preferred Director ”); and (c) for so long as twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Senior B Preferred originally issued by the Corporation shall remain outstanding, the holders of record of the shares of Senior B Preferred, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Senior B Preferred Director ” and together with the Senior A Preferred Director, the “ Senior Preferred Directors ”, and the Senior Preferred Directors together with the Junior Preferred Directors, the “ Preferred Stock Directors ”). Except as otherwise provided in any voting agreement among the holders of Preferred Stock, any Preferred Stock Director may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the series of Preferred Stock entitled to elect such Preferred Stock Director, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Junior Preferred, Senior A Preferred or


Senior B Preferred fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, each voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 , then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Junior Preferred, Senior A Preferred or Senior B Preferred, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation holding Junior Preferred, Senior A Preferred or Senior B Preferred, as the case may be, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Convertible Preferred), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2 and any voting agreement among the holders of Preferred Stock, a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 .”

5.        The Certificate is hereby further amended by striking Subsection 3.4(c) of Section B of Article FOURTH in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

“(c)    following the purchase of all of the Conditional Closing Shares (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) by Echo Health Ventures LLC (“ Echo ”) at the Conditional Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) in accordance with the terms thereof (the “ Conditional Closing Condition ”), any creation or issuance of any equity security having a preference superior to or pari passu with the Senior B Preferred (other than the Additional Issuance).”

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed this 31 st day of August, 2018.

 

/s/ Chaim Indig                                   

Name:   Chaim Indig

Title:     President and Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PHREESIA, INC.

Phreesia, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), hereby certifies as follows:

1.         Pursuant to Section 242 of the DGCL, this Certificate of Amendment to the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Amendment ”) amends the provisions of the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate ”).

2.         The Corporation intends to amend its Certificate in order to increase the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

3.         This Amendment amends the Certificate. This Amendment was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 of the DGCL, and was duly adopted by a written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

4.         The Certificate is hereby amended by striking Subsection 3.2 of Section B of Article FOURTH in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

“3.2      Election of Directors . The number of directors of the Corporation shall be set at ten (10). Subject to any voting agreement among the holders of Preferred Stock, (a) for so long as twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Junior Preferred originally issued by the Corporation shall remain outstanding, the holders of record of the shares of Junior Preferred, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (the “ Junior Preferred Directors ”); (b) for so long as twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Senior A Preferred originally issued by the Corporation shall remain outstanding, the holders of record of the shares of Senior A Preferred, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Senior A Preferred Director ”); and (c) for so long as twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Senior B Preferred originally issued by the Corporation shall remain outstanding, the holders of record of the shares of Senior B Preferred, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Senior B Preferred Director ” and together with the Senior A Preferred Director, the “ Senior Preferred Directors ”, and the Senior Preferred Directors together with the Junior Preferred Directors, the “ Preferred Stock Directors ”). Except as otherwise provided in any voting agreement among the holders of Preferred Stock, any Preferred Stock Director may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the series of Preferred Stock entitled to elect such Preferred Stock Director, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Junior Preferred. Senior A Preferred or

 

LOGO


Senior B Preferred fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, each voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 , then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Junior Preferred, Senior A Preferred or Senior B Preferred, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation holding Junior Preferred, Senior A Preferred or Senior B Preferred, as the case may be, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Convertible Preferred), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2. and any voting agreement among the holders of Preferred Stock, a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 .”

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed this 30th day of April, 2019.

 

/s/ Chaim Indig

Name:   Chaim Indig
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.2

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PHREESIA, INC.

Phreesia, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

1.    The name of the Corporation is Phreesia, Inc. The date of the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was January 10, 2005 (the “Original Certificate”).

2.    This Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”) amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, that was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 26, 2017 and amended on September 7, 2018 (the “Amended and Restated Certificate”), and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

3.    The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as herein set forth in full.

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is Phreesia, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.


ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Five Hundred Twenty Million (520,000,000), of which (i) Five Hundred Million (500,000,000) shares shall be a class designated as common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), and (ii) Twenty Million (20,000,000) shares shall be a class designated as undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Undesignated Preferred Stock”).

Except as otherwise provided in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of the class of Common Stock or Undesignated Preferred Stock may from time to time be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such class outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

The powers, preferences and rights of, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions upon, each class or series of stock shall be determined in accordance with, or as set forth below in, this Article IV.

A. COMMON STOCK

Subject to all the rights, powers and preferences of the Undesignated Preferred Stock and except as provided by law or in this Certificate (or in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock):

(a)    the holders of the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors of the Corporation (the “Directors”) and on all other matters requiring stockholder action, each outstanding share entitling the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate (or on any amendment to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) that alters or changes the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Undesignated Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Undesignated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, on such amendment pursuant to this Certificate (or pursuant to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL;

(b)    dividends may be declared and paid or set apart for payment upon the Common Stock out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof; and

 

2


(c)    upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the Common Stock.

B. UNDESIGNATED PREFERRED STOCK

The Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof is expressly authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to provide by resolution or resolutions for, out of the unissued shares of Undesignated Preferred Stock, the issuance of the shares of Undesignated Preferred Stock in one or more series of such stock, and by filing a certificate of designations pursuant to applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish or change from time to time the number of shares of each such series, and to fix the designations, powers, including voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

ARTICLE V

STOCKHOLDER ACTION

1.     Action without Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken or effected by a written consent of stockholders in lieu thereof.

2.     Special Meetings . Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, and special meetings of stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

DIRECTORS

1.     General . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

2.     Election of Directors . Election of Directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the Corporation (the “By-laws”) shall so provide.

 

3


3.     Number of Directors; Term of Office . The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, shall be classified, with respect to the term for which they severally hold office, into three classes. The initial Class I Directors of the Corporation shall be Chaim Indig, Edward Cahill and Michael Weintraub; the initial Class II Directors of the Corporation shall be Scott Perricelli and Cheryl Pegus; and the initial Class III Directors of the Corporation shall be Mark Smith and Gillian Munson. The initial Class I Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020, the initial Class II Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021, and the initial Class III Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022. At each annual meeting of stockholders, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Directors elected to each class shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, death or removal.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever, pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Certificate, the holders of any one or more series of Undesignated Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or together with holders of other such series, to elect Directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate and any certificate of designations applicable to such series.

4.     Vacancies . Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors relating thereto, any and all vacancies in the Board of Directors, however occurring, including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in the size of the Board of Directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any Director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors, when the number of Directors is increased or decreased, the Board of Directors shall, subject to Article VI.3 hereof, determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned; provided , however , that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, shall exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

 

4


5.     Removal . Subject to the rights, if any, of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to remove any Director whom the holders of any such series have the right to elect, any Director (including persons elected by Directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors) may be removed from office (i) only with cause and (ii) only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of Directors. At least forty-five (45) days prior to any annual or special meeting of stockholders at which it is proposed that any Director be removed from office, written notice of such proposed removal and the alleged grounds thereof shall be sent to the Director whose removal will be considered at the meeting.

ARTICLE VII

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

A Director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (d) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the effective date of this Certificate to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article VII by either of (i) the stockholders of the Corporation or (ii) an amendment to the DGCL, shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such amendment, repeal or modification of a person serving as a Director at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

1.     Amendment by Directors . Except as otherwise provided by law, the By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.

2.     Amendment by Stockholders . The By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed at any annual meeting of stockholders, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose, by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class; provided , however , that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.

 

5


ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal this Certificate in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Whenever any vote of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation is required to amend or repeal any provision of this Certificate, and in addition to any other vote of holders of capital stock that is required by this Certificate or by law, such amendment or repeal shall require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose; provided , however , that the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII or Article IX of this Certificate.

[End of Text]

 

6


THIS SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION is executed as of this      day of                     , 2019.

 

PHREESIA, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Chaim Indig
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.3

BY-LAWS

Of

Phreesia, Inc.

(the “Corporation”)

Article I - Stockholders

1.         Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors each year at such place, date and time as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. If no date for the annual meeting is established or said meeting is not held on the date established as provided above, a special meeting in lieu thereof may be held or there may be action by written consent of the stockholders on matters to be voted on at the annual meeting, and such special meeting or written consent shall have for the purposes of these By-laws or otherwise all the force and effect of an annual meeting.

2.         Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called by the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, a President, or by the Board of Directors, but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons. The call for the meeting shall state the place, date, hour and purposes of the meeting. Only the purposes specified in the notice of special meeting shall be considered or dealt with at such special meeting.

3.         Notice of Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a notice stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the Secretary (or other person authorized by these By-laws or by law) not less than ten (10)  nor more than sixty (60)  days before the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat and to each stockholder who, under the Certificate of Incorporation or under these By-laws is entitled to such notice. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to such stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be effectively given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section  232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).

If a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, except that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.


4.         Quorum . The holders of a majority in interest of all stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present. The stockholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to reduce the voting shares below a quorum.

5.         Voting and Proxies . Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by either written proxy or by a transmission permitted by Section  212(c) of the DGCL, but no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period or is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the meeting, or of any adjournment thereof. Except as otherwise limited therein, proxies shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting.

6.         Action at Meeting . When a quorum is present, any matter before the meeting shall be decided by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock voting on such matter except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws. Any election of directors by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws. The Corporation shall not directly or indirectly vote any share of its own stock; provided, however, that the Corporation may vote shares which it holds in a fiduciary capacity to the extent permitted by law.

7.         Presiding Officer . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or in his or her absence, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or if neither is elected or in their absence, a President. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to appoint a temporary presiding officer to serve at any meeting of the stockholders if the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board or a President is unable to do so for any reason.

8.         Conduct of Meetings . The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the presiding officer of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the presiding officer of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i)  the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii)  rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii)  limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (iv)  restrictions on


entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v)  limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the presiding officer of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

9.         Action without a Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office, by hand or by certified mail, return receipt requested, or to the Corporation’s principal place of business or to the officer of the Corporation having custody of the minute book. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature and no written consent shall be effective unless, within sixty (60)  days of the earliest dated consent delivered pursuant to these By-laws, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders entitled to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner set forth in these By-laws. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

10.         Stockholder Lists . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10)  days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Nothing contained in this Section  10 shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten (10)  days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law. The list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law.

Article II - Directors

1.         Powers . The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

2.         Number and Qualification . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or in these By-laws, the number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be stockholders.

3.         Vacancies; Reduction of Board . A majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or a sole remaining Director, may fill vacancies in the Board of


Directors occurring for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors. In lieu of filling any vacancy, the Board of Directors may reduce the number of directors.

4.         Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, directors shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

5.         Removal . To the extent permitted by law, a director may be removed from office with or without cause by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors.

6.         Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time, date and place as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called, orally or in writing, by the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President, or by two or more Directors, designating the time, date and place thereof. Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

7.         Notice of Meetings . Notice of the time, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary, or Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be given to each director in person, by telephone, or by facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic communications, sent to such director’s business or home address at least twenty-four (24)  hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to such director’s business or home address at least forty-eight (48)  hours in advance of the meeting.

8.         Quorum . At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting from time to time and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

9.         Action at Meeting . At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, unless otherwise provided in the following sentence, a majority of the directors present may take any action on behalf of the Board of Directors, unless a larger number is required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws. So long as there are two (2)  or fewer Directors, any action to be taken by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of all Directors.


10.         Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

11.         Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, establish one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these By-laws.

Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but in the absence of such rules its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided in these By-laws for the Board of Directors. All members of such committees shall hold their committee offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, and the Board may abolish any committee at any time.

Article III - Officers

1.         Enumeration . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of one or more Presidents (who, if there is more than one, shall be referred to as Co-Presidents), a Treasurer, a Secretary, and such other officers, including, without limitation, a Chief Executive Officer and one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board.

2.         Election . The Presidents, Treasurer and Secretary shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at their first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Other officers may be chosen by the Board of Directors at such meeting or at any other meeting.

3.         Qualification . No officer need be a stockholder or Director. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may be required by the Board of Directors


to give bond for the faithful performance of such officer’s duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.         Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, each of the officers of the Corporation shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified or until such officer’s earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his or her written resignation to the Corporation, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

5.         Removal . The Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

6.         Vacancies . Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

7.         Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman . Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one is elected, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Vice Chairman of the Board shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

8.         Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

9.         Presidents . The Presidents shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, each have general supervision and control of the Corporation’s business and any action that would typically be taken by a President may be taken by any Co-President. If there is no Chairman of the Board or Vice Chairman of the Board, a President shall preside, when present, at all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Presidents shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

10.         Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents . Any Vice President (including any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President) and any Assistant Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

11.         Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Treasurer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and


shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. The Treasurer shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation, except as the Board of Directors may otherwise provide. The Treasurer shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

12.         Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall record the proceedings of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors (including committees of the Board) in books kept for that purpose. In the absence of the Secretary from any such meeting an Assistant Secretary, or if such person is absent, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting, shall record the proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall have charge of the stock ledger (which may, however, be kept by any transfer or other agent of the Corporation) and shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

13.         Other Powers and Duties . Subject to these By-laws, each officer of the Corporation shall have in addition to the duties and powers specifically set forth in these By-laws, such duties and powers as are customarily incident to such officer’s office, and such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Article IV - Capital Stock

1.         Certificates of Stock . Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by a President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. Such signatures may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue. Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law. The Corporation shall be permitted to issue fractional shares.

2.         Transfers . Subject to any restrictions on transfer, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require.

3.         Record Holders . Except as may otherwise be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder


of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-laws.

It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the Corporation of such stockholder’s post office address.

4.         Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date on which it is established, and which shall not be more than sixty (60)  nor less than ten (10)  days before the date of such meeting, more than ten (10)  days after the date on which the record date for stockholder consent without a meeting is established, nor more than sixty (60)  days prior to any other action. In such case only stockholders of record on such record date shall be so entitled notwithstanding any transfer of stock on the books of the Corporation after the record date.

If no record date is fixed, (a) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, (b) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in this state, to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded, and (c) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

5.         Lost Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Article V - Indemnification

1.         Definitions . For purposes of this Article V:

(a)        “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i)  as a Director of the Corporation, (ii)  as an Officer of the Corporation, or


(iii) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section  1(a), an Officer or Director of the Corporation who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Corporate Status” shall not include the status of a person who is serving or has served as a director, officer, employee or agent of a constituent corporation absorbed in a merger or consolidation transaction with the Corporation with respect to such person’s activities prior to said transaction, unless specifically authorized by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation;

(b)        “Director” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as a director on the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

(c)        “Disinterested Director” means, with respect to each Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought hereunder, a Director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to such Proceeding;

(d)        “Expenses” means all reasonable attorneys fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, costs of preparation of demonstrative evidence and other courtroom presentation aids and devices, costs incurred in connection with document review, organization, imaging and computerization, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the type customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding;

(e)        “Non-Officer Employee” means any person who serves or has served as an employee or agent of the Corporation, but who is not or was not a Director or Officer;

(f)        “Officer” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as an officer appointed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

(g)        “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, inquiry, investigation, administrative hearing or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative; and

(h)        “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity of which the Corporation owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Corporation) either (i)  a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) 50% or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership,


limited liability company, joint venture or other entity, or (B) 50% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity.

2.         Indemnification of Directors and Officers . Subject to the operation of Section  4 of this Article V of these By-laws, each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against any and all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts reasonably paid in settlement that are incurred by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section  2 shall continue as to a Director or Officer after he or she has ceased to be a Director or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any Director or Officer seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director or Officer only if such Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, unless such Proceeding was brought to enforce an Officer or Director’s rights to indemnification or, in the case of Directors, advancement of Expenses under these By-laws in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.

3.         Indemnification of Non-Officer Employees . Subject to the operation of Section  4 of this Article V of these By-laws, each Non-Officer Employee may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against any or all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts reasonably paid in settlement that are incurred by such Non-Officer Employee or on such Non-Officer Employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, which such Non-Officer Employee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Non-Officer Employee’s Corporate Status, if such Non-Officer Employee acted in good faith and in a manner such Non-Officer Employee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section  3 shall exist as to a Non-Officer Employee after he or she has ceased to be a Non-Officer Employee and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may indemnify any Non-Officer Employee seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Non-Officer Employee only if such Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.


4.         Good Faith . Unless ordered by a court, no indemnification shall be provided pursuant to this Article V to a Director, to an Officer or to a Non-Officer Employee unless a determination shall have been made that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such determination shall be made by (a)  a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, (b)  a committee comprised of Disinterested Directors, such committee having been designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (even though less than a quorum), (c) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if a majority of Disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d)  by the stockholders of the Corporation.

5.         Advancement of Expenses to Directors Prior to Final Disposition .

(a)        The Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director in connection with any Proceeding in which such Director is involved by reason of such Director’s Corporate Status within ten (10)  days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written statement from such Director requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Director and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.

(b)        If a claim for advancement of Expenses hereunder by a Director is not paid in full by the Corporation within 10 days after receipt by the Corporation of documentation of Expenses and the required undertaking, such Director may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, such Director shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such advancement of Expenses under this Article V shall not be a defense to the action and shall not create a presumption that such advancement is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director is not entitled to an advancement of expenses shall be on the Corporation.

(c)        In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Director has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

6.         Advancement of Expenses to Officers and Non-Officer Employees Prior to Final Disposition .

(a)        The Corporation may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, advance any or all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Officer and Non-Officer Employee in connection with any Proceeding in which such is involved by


reason of the Corporate Status of such Officer or Non-Officer Employee upon the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from such Officer or Non-Officer Employee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Officer and Non-Officer Employee and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Officer or Non-Officer Employee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.

(b)        In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Officer or Non-Officer Employee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

7.         Contractual Nature of Rights .

(a)        The foregoing provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director and Officer entitled to the benefits hereof at any time while this Article V is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any Proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

(b)        If a claim for indemnification hereunder by a Director or Officer is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after receipt by the Corporation of a written claim for indemnification, such Director or Officer may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in whole or in part, such Director or Officer shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such indemnification under this Article V shall not be a defense to the action and shall not create a presumption that such indemnification is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director or Officer is not entitled to indemnification shall be on the Corporation.

(c)        In any suit brought by a Director or Officer to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder, it shall be a defense that such Director or Officer has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

8.         Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Director, Officer, or Non-Officer Employee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or these By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.

9.         Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee against any liability of any character


asserted against or incurred by the Corporation or any such Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee, or arising out of any such person’s Corporate Status, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the provisions of this Article V.

10.         Other Indemnification . The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person under this Article V as a result of such person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or enterprise.

Article VI - Miscellaneous Provisions

1.         Fiscal Year . Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December  31 of each year.

2.         Seal . The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.

3.         Execution of Instruments . Subject to any limitations which may be set forth in a resolution of the Board of Directors, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business without director action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by, a President, or by any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may authorize.

4.         Voting of Securities . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, a President, any Vice President or the Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of this Corporation, or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for this Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, any of whose securities are held by this Corporation.

5.         Resident Agent . The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation.

6.         Corporate Records . The original or attested copies of the Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and records of all meetings of the incorporators, stockholders and the Board of Directors and the stock and transfer records, which shall contain the names of all stockholders, their record addresses and the amount of stock held by each, shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, at the office of its counsel, or at an office of its transfer agent.

7.         Certificate of Incorporation . All references in these By-laws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

8.         Amendments . These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new By-laws may be adopted, by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors; provided, that (a)  the


Board of Directors may not alter, amend or repeal any provision of these By-laws which by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws requires action by the stockholders and (b)  any alteration, amendment or repeal of these By-laws by the Board of Directors and any new By-law adopted by the Board of Directors may be altered, amended or repealed by the stockholders.

9.         Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of these By-laws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting needs to be specified in any written waiver or any waiver by electronic transmission.

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

PHREESIA, INC.

(the “Corporation”)

ARTICLE I

Stockholders

SECTION 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders (any such meeting being referred to in these By-laws as an “Annual Meeting”) shall be held at the hour, date and place within or without the United States which is fixed by the Board of Directors, which time, date and place may subsequently be changed at any time by vote of the Board of Directors. If no Annual Meeting has been held for a period of thirteen (13) months after the Corporation’s last Annual Meeting, a special meeting in lieu thereof may be held, and such special meeting shall have, for the purposes of these By-laws or otherwise, all the force and effect of an Annual Meeting. Any and all references hereafter in these By-laws to an Annual Meeting or Annual Meetings also shall be deemed to refer to any special meeting(s) in lieu thereof.

SECTION 2. Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be brought before an Annual Meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this By-law, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who is present (in person or by proxy) at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this By-law as to such nomination or business. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (ii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring nominations or business properly before an Annual Meeting (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), and such stockholder must comply with the notice and other procedures set forth in Article I, Section 2(a)(2) and (3) of this By-law to bring such nominations or business properly before an Annual Meeting. In addition to the other requirements set forth in this By-law, for any proposal of business to be considered at an Annual Meeting, it must be a proper subject for action by stockholders of the Corporation under Delaware law.


(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (ii) of Article I, Section 2(a)(1) of this By-law, the stockholder must (i) have given Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (ii) have provided any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this By-law and (iii) together with the beneficial owner(s), if any, on whose behalf the nomination or business proposal is made, have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Solicitation Statement (as defined below) required by this By-law. To be timely, a stockholder’s written notice shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s Annual Meeting; provided , however , that in the event the Annual Meeting is first convened more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, or if no Annual Meeting were held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the scheduled date of such Annual Meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made (such notice within such time periods shall be referred to as “Timely Notice”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, for the first Annual Meeting following the initial public offering of common stock of the Corporation, a stockholder’s notice shall be timely if received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the scheduled date of such Annual Meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such Annual Meeting is first made or sent by the Corporation. Such stockholder’s Timely Notice shall set forth:

(A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected);

(B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person (as defined below);

(C) (i) the name and address of the stockholder giving the notice, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and the names and addresses of the other Proposing Persons (if any) and (ii) as to each Proposing Person, the following information: (a) the class or series and number of all shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially or of record by such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act), including any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation as to which such

 

2


Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future, (b) all Synthetic Equity Interests (as defined below) in which such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates, directly or indirectly, holds an interest including a description of the material terms of each such Synthetic Equity Interest, including without limitation, identification of the counterparty to each such Synthetic Equity Interest and disclosure, for each such Synthetic Equity Interest, as to (x) whether or not such Synthetic Equity Interest conveys any voting rights, directly or indirectly, in such shares to such Proposing Person, (y) whether or not such Synthetic Equity Interest is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares and (z) whether or not such Proposing Person and/or, to the extent known, the counterparty to such Synthetic Equity Interest has entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such Synthetic Equity Interest, (c) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Act), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such Proposing Person has or shares a right to, directly or indirectly, vote any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (d) any rights to dividends or other distributions on the shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, and (e) any performance-related fees (other than an asset based fee) that such Proposing Person, directly or indirectly, is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or any Synthetic Equity Interests (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (a) through (e) are referred to, collectively, as “Material Ownership Interests”) and (iii) a description of the material terms of all agreements, arrangements or understandings (whether or not in writing) entered into by any Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates with any other person for the purpose of acquiring, holding, disposing or voting of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation;

(D) (i) a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings by and among any of the Proposing Persons, or by and among any Proposing Persons and any other person (including with any proposed nominee(s)), pertaining to the nomination(s) or other business proposed to be brought before the meeting of stockholders (which description shall identify the name of each other person who is party to such an agreement, arrangement or understanding), and (ii) identification of the names and addresses of other stockholders (including beneficial owners) known by any of the Proposing Persons to support such nominations or other business proposal(s), and to the extent known the class and number of all shares of the Corporation’s capital stock owned beneficially or of record by such other stockholder(s) or other beneficial owner(s); and

(E) a statement whether or not the stockholder giving the notice and/or the other Proposing Person(s), if any, will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a business proposal, at least the percentage of

 

3


voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation required under applicable law to approve the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation reasonably believed by such Proposing Person to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder (such statement, the “Solicitation Statement”).

For purposes of this Article I of these By-laws, the term “Proposing Person” shall mean the following persons: (i) the stockholder of record providing the notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before a stockholders’ meeting, and (ii) the beneficial owner(s), if different, on whose behalf the nominations or business proposed to be brought before a stockholders’ meeting is made. For purposes of this Section 2 of Article I of these By-laws, the term “Synthetic Equity Interest” shall mean any transaction, agreement or arrangement (or series of transactions, agreements or arrangements), including, without limitation, any derivative, swap, hedge, repurchase or so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, the purpose or effect of which is to, directly or indirectly: (a) give a person or entity economic benefit and/or risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, in whole or in part, including due to the fact that such transaction, agreement or arrangement provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or avoid a loss from any increase or decrease in the value of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (b) mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk of or manage the risk of share price changes for, any person or entity with respect to any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (c) otherwise provide in any manner the opportunity to profit or avoid a loss from any decrease in the value of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, or (d) increase or decrease the voting power of any person or entity with respect to any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation.

(3) A stockholder providing Timely Notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before an Annual Meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information (including, without limitation, the Material Ownership Interests information) provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this By-law shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to such Annual Meeting, and such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the fifth (5th) business day after the record date for the Annual Meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the close of business on the eighth (8th) business day prior to the date of the Annual Meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting).

(4) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Article I, Section 2(a)(2) of this By-law to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the

 

4


increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with the second sentence of Article I, Section 2(a)(2), a stockholder’s notice required by this By-law shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b) General .

(1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the provisions of this By-law shall be eligible for election and to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an Annual Meeting as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this By-law or in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. The Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law. If neither the Board of Directors nor such designated committee makes a determination as to whether any stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law, the presiding officer of the Annual Meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether the stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law. If the Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof or the presiding officer, as applicable, determines that any stockholder proposal or nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law, such proposal or nomination shall be disregarded and shall not be presented for action at the Annual Meeting.

(2) Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Article I, Section 2 shall obligate the Corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the Corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any nominee for director or any other matter of business submitted by a stockholder.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article I, Section 2, if the nominating or proposing stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the Annual Meeting to present a nomination or any business, such nomination or business shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Article I, Section 2, to be considered a qualified representative of the proposing stockholder, a person must be authorized by a written instrument executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such written instrument or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the written instrument or electronic transmission, to the presiding officer at the meeting of stockholders.

 

5


(4) For purposes of this By-law, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(5) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this By-law, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this By-law. Nothing in this By-law shall be deemed to affect any rights of (i) stockholders to have proposals included in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule), as applicable, under the Exchange Act and, to the extent required by such rule, have such proposals considered and voted on at an Annual Meeting or (ii) the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances.

SECTION 3. Special Meetings . Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office. The Board of Directors may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and stockholder proposals of other business shall not be brought before a special meeting of stockholders to be considered by the stockholders unless such special meeting is held in lieu of an annual meeting of stockholders in accordance with Article I, Section 1 of these By-laws, in which case such special meeting in lieu thereof shall be deemed an Annual Meeting for purposes of these By-laws and the provisions of Article I, Section 2 of these By-laws shall govern such special meeting.

SECTION 4. Notice of Meetings; Adjournments .

(a) A notice of each Annual Meeting stating the hour, date and place, if any, of such Annual Meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the Annual Meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat by delivering such notice to such stockholder or by mailing it, postage prepaid, addressed to such stockholder at the address of such stockholder as it appears on the Corporation’s stock transfer books. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

(b) Notice of all special meetings of stockholders shall be given in the same manner as provided for Annual Meetings, except that the notice of all special meetings shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called.

 

6


(c) Notice of an Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders need not be given to a stockholder if a waiver of notice is executed, or waiver of notice by electronic transmission is provided, before or after such meeting by such stockholder or if such stockholder attends such meeting, unless such attendance is for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

(d) The Board of Directors may postpone and reschedule any previously scheduled Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders and any record date with respect thereto, regardless of whether any notice or public disclosure with respect to any such meeting has been sent or made pursuant to Section 2 of this Article I of these By-laws or otherwise. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment, postponement or rescheduling of any previously scheduled meeting of stockholders commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice under this Article I of these By-laws.

(e) When any meeting is convened, the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting if (i) no quorum is present for the transaction of business, (ii) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is necessary or appropriate to enable the stockholders to consider fully information which the Board of Directors determines has not been made sufficiently or timely available to stockholders, or (iii) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is otherwise in the best interests of the Corporation. When any Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders is adjourned to another hour, date or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting other than an announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the hour, date and place, if any, to which the meeting is adjourned and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days from the meeting date, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat and each stockholder who, by law or under the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may hereafter be amended and/or restated, the “Certificate”) or these By-laws, is entitled to such notice.

SECTION 5. Quorum . A majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of stockholders. If less than a quorum is present at a meeting, the holders of voting stock representing a majority of the voting power present at the meeting or the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article I. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The stockholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

SECTION 6. Voting and Proxies . Stockholders shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote owned by them of record according to the stock ledger of the Corporation as of the record date, unless otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate. Stockholders may

 

7


vote either (i) in person, (ii) by written proxy or (iii) by a transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL may be substituted for or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission. Proxies shall be filed in accordance with the procedures established for the meeting of stockholders. Except as otherwise limited therein or as otherwise provided by law, proxies authorizing a person to vote at a specific meeting shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but they shall not be valid after final adjournment of such meeting. A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by or on behalf of any one of them unless at or prior to the exercise of the proxy the Corporation receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them.

SECTION 7. Action at Meeting . When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, any matter before any such meeting (other than an election of a director or directors) shall be decided by a majority of the votes properly cast for and against such matter, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws. Any election of directors by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes properly cast on the election of directors.

SECTION 8. Stockholder Lists . The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or the Corporation’s transfer agent or other person authorized by these By-laws or by law) shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law. The list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law.

SECTION 9. Presiding Officer . The Board of Directors shall designate a representative to preside over all Annual Meetings or special meetings of stockholders, provide that if the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding officer, then the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside over such meetings. If the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding officer and there is no Chairman of the Board or the Chairman of the Board is unable to so preside or is absent, then the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall preside over such meetings, provided further that if there is no Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Executive Officer is unable to so preside or is absent, then the President shall preside over such meetings. The presiding officer at any Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders shall have the power, among other things, to adjourn such meeting at any time and from time to time, subject to Sections 4 and 5 of this Article I. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of the stockholders shall be determined by the presiding officer.

 

8


SECTION 10. Inspectors of Elections . The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the presiding officer shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Any inspector may, but need not, be an officer, employee or agent of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall perform such duties as are required by the DGCL, including the counting of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors. The presiding officer may review all determinations made by the inspectors, and in so doing the presiding officer shall be entitled to exercise his or her sole judgment and discretion and he or she shall not be bound by any determinations made by the inspectors. All determinations by the inspectors and, if applicable, the presiding officer, shall be subject to further review by any court of competent jurisdiction.

ARTICLE II

Directors

SECTION 1. Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or required by law.

SECTION 2. Number and Terms . The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The directors shall hold office in the manner provided in the Certificate.

SECTION 3. Qualification . No director need be a stockholder of the Corporation.

SECTION 4. Vacancies . Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be filled in the manner provided in the Certificate.

SECTION 5. Removal . Directors may be removed from office only in the manner provided in the Certificate.

SECTION 6. Resignation . A director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Secretary. A resignation shall be effective upon receipt, unless the resignation otherwise provides.

SECTION 7. Regular Meetings . The regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held, without notice other than this Section 7, on the same date and at the same place as the Annual Meeting following the close of such meeting of stockholders. Other regular meetings

 

9


of the Board of Directors may be held at such hour, date and place as the Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time determine and publicize by means of reasonable notice given to any director who is not present at the meeting at which such resolution is adopted.

SECTION 8. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called, orally or in writing, by or at the request of a majority of the directors, the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the President. The person calling any such special meeting of the Board of Directors may fix the hour, date and place thereof.

SECTION 9. Notice of Meetings . Notice of the hour, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the President or such other officer designated by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the President. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director in person, by telephone, or by facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic communication, sent to his or her business or home address, at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his or her business or home address, at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when hand-delivered to such address, read to such director by telephone, deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid if mailed, dispatched or transmitted if sent by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail or other form of electronic communications. A written waiver of notice signed before or after a meeting by a director and filed with the records of the meeting shall be deemed to be equivalent to notice of the meeting. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because such meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Except as otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

SECTION 10. Quorum . At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if less than a quorum is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice. Any business which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed may be transacted at such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present. For purposes of this section, the total number of directors includes any unfilled vacancies on the Board of Directors.

SECTION 11. Action at Meeting . At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of the directors present shall constitute action by the Board of Directors, unless otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws.

SECTION 12. Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or

 

10


electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Such consent shall be treated as a resolution of the Board of Directors for all purposes.

SECTION 13. Manner of Participation . Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting for purposes of these By-laws.

SECTION 14. Presiding Director . The Board of Directors shall designate a representative to preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors, provided that if the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding director or such designated presiding director is unable to so preside or is absent, then the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors. If both the designated presiding director, if one is so designated, and the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, are unable to preside or are absent, the Board of Directors shall designate an alternate representative to preside over a meeting of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 15. Committees . The Board of Directors, by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, may elect one or more committees, including, without limitation, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee and an Audit Committee, and may delegate thereto some or all of its powers except those which by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws may not be delegated. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided by these By-laws for the Board of Directors. All members of such committees shall hold such offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may abolish any such committee at any time. Any committee to which the Board of Directors delegates any of its powers or duties shall keep records of its meetings and shall report its action to the Board of Directors.

SECTION 16. Compensation of Directors . Directors shall receive such compensation for their services as shall be determined by a majority of the Board of Directors, or a designated committee thereof, provided that directors who are serving the Corporation as employees and who receive compensation for their services as such, shall not receive any salary or other compensation for their services as directors of the Corporation.

 

11


ARTICLE III

Officers

SECTION 1. Enumeration . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers, including, without limitation, a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer and one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine.

SECTION 2. Election . At the regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the Annual Meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect the President, the Treasurer and the Secretary. Other officers may be elected by the Board of Directors at such regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors or at any other regular or special meeting.

SECTION 3. Qualification . No officer need be a stockholder or a director. Any person may occupy more than one office of the Corporation at any time.

SECTION 4. Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or by these By-laws, each of the officers of the Corporation shall hold office until the regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the next Annual Meeting and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

SECTION 5. Resignation . Any officer may resign by delivering his or her written resignation to the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt, unless the resignation otherwise provides.

SECTION 6. Removal . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

SECTION 7. Absence or Disability . In the event of the absence or disability of any officer, the Board of Directors may designate another officer to act temporarily in place of such absent or disabled officer.

SECTION 8. Vacancies . Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 9. President . The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

12


SECTION 10. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

SECTION 11. Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

SECTION 12. Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents . Any Vice President (including any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President) and any Assistant Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

SECTION 13. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Treasurer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and except as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may otherwise provide, have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. The Treasurer shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation. He or she shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

SECTION 14. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors (including committees of the Board of Directors) in books kept for that purpose. In his or her absence from any such meeting, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting shall record the proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall have charge of the stock ledger (which may, however, be kept by any transfer or other agent of the Corporation). The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation, and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary shall have authority to affix it to any instrument requiring it, and, when so affixed, the seal may be attested by his or her signature or that of an Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary may perform his or her duties and responsibilities. Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

SECTION 15. Other Powers and Duties . Subject to these By-laws and to such limitations as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe, the officers of the Corporation shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, as well as such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

13


ARTICLE IV

Capital Stock

SECTION 1. Certificates of Stock . Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Corporation seal and the signatures by the Corporation’s officers, the transfer agent or the registrar may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue. Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in these Bylaws, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares (except that the foregoing shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation), and by the approval and adoption of these Bylaws the Board of Directors has determined that all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock may be uncertificated, whether upon original issuance, re-issuance, or subsequent transfer.

SECTION 2. Transfers . Subject to any restrictions on transfer and unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, shares of stock that are represented by a certificate may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate theretofore properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Shares of stock that are not represented by a certificate may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by submitting to the Corporation or its transfer agent such evidence of transfer and following such other procedures as the Corporation or its transfer agent may require.

SECTION 3. Record Holders . Except as may otherwise be required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-laws.

SECTION 4. Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of

 

14


stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date: (a) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting and (b) in the case of any other action, shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no record date is fixed: (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; and (ii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

SECTION 5. Replacement of Certificates . In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock of the Corporation, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

ARTICLE V

Indemnification

SECTION 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Article:

(a) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a Director of the Corporation, (ii) as an Officer of the Corporation, (iii) as a Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation, or (iv) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 1(a), a Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Corporate Status” shall not include the status of a person who is serving or has served as a director, officer, employee or agent of a constituent corporation absorbed in a merger or consolidation transaction with the Corporation with respect to such person’s activities prior to said transaction, unless specifically authorized by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation;

(b) “Director” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as a director on the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

(c) “Disinterested Director” means, with respect to each Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought hereunder, a Director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to such Proceeding;

 

15


(d) “Expenses” means all attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, costs of preparation of demonstrative evidence and other courtroom presentation aids and devices, costs incurred in connection with document review, organization, imaging and computerization, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the type customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding;

(e) “Liabilities” means judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement;

(f) “Non-Officer Employee” means any person who serves or has served as an employee or agent of the Corporation, but who is not or was not a Director or Officer;

(g) “Officer” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as an officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

(h) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, inquiry, investigation, administrative hearing or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative; and

(i) “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity of which the Corporation owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Corporation) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity, or (B) fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity.

SECTION 2. Indemnification of Directors and Officers .

(a) Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these By-laws, each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), and to the extent authorized in this Section 2.

(1) Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than By or In the Right of the Corporation . Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred or paid by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer

 

16


reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

(2) Actions, Suits and Proceedings By or In the Right of the Corporation . Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses that are incurred by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein by or in the right of the Corporation, which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 2(a)(2) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Director or Officer shall have been finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “Chancery Court”) or another court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Director or Officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Expenses that such court deems proper.

(3) Survival of Rights . The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 2 shall continue as to a Director or Officer after he or she has ceased to be a Director or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.

(4) Actions by Directors or Officers . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any Director or Officer seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director or Officer only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director or Officer) was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, unless such Proceeding was brought to enforce such Officer’s or Director’s rights to indemnification or, in the case of Directors, advancement of Expenses under these By-laws in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.

SECTION 3. Indemnification of Non-Officer Employees . Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these By-laws, each Non-Officer Employee may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against any or all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred by such Non-Officer Employee or on such Non-Officer Employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, which such Non-Officer Employee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Non-Officer Employee’s Corporate Status, if such Non-Officer Employee acted in good faith and in a manner such Non-Officer Employee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 3 shall exist as to a Non-

 

17


Officer Employee after he or she has ceased to be a Non-Officer Employee and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may indemnify any Non-Officer Employee seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Non-Officer Employee only if such Proceeding was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

SECTION 4. Determination . Unless ordered by a court, no indemnification shall be provided pursuant to this Article V to a Director, to an Officer or to a Non-Officer Employee unless a determination shall have been made that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such determination shall be made by (a) a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, (b) a committee comprised of Disinterested Directors, such committee having been designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (even though less than a quorum), (c) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if a majority of Disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

SECTION 5. Advancement of Expenses to Directors Prior to Final Disposition .

(a) The Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director in connection with any Proceeding in which such Director is involved by reason of such Director’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written statement from such Director requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Director and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director seeking advancement of expenses hereunder in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director) was (i) authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (ii) brought to enforce such Director’s rights to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under these By-laws.

(b) If a claim for advancement of Expenses hereunder by a Director is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of documentation of Expenses and the required undertaking, such Director may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, such Director shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such advancement of Expenses under this Article V shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director for recovery of the unpaid amount of an advancement claim and shall not create a presumption that such advancement is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director is not entitled to an advancement of expenses shall be on the Corporation.

 

18


(c) In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Director has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

SECTION 6. Advancement of Expenses to Officers and Non-Officer Employees Prior to Final Disposition .

(a) The Corporation may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, advance any or all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Officer or any Non-Officer Employee in connection with any Proceeding in which such person is involved by reason of his or her Corporate Status as an Officer or Non-Officer Employee upon the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from such Officer or Non-Officer Employee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Officer or Non-Officer Employee and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Officer or Non-Officer Employee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.

(b) In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Officer or Non-Officer Employee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

SECTION 7. Contractual Nature of Rights .

(a) The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director and Officer entitled to the benefits hereof at any time while this Article V is in effect, in consideration of such person’s past or current and any future performance of services for the Corporation. Neither amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article V nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article V shall eliminate or reduce any right conferred by this Article V in respect of any act or omission occurring, or any cause of action or claim that accrues or arises or any state of facts existing, at the time of or before such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption of an inconsistent provision (even in the case of a proceeding based on such a state of facts that is commenced after such time), and all rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses granted herein or arising out of any act or omission shall vest at the time of the act or omission in question, regardless of when or if any proceeding with respect to such act or omission is commenced. The rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall continue notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributes of such person.

 

19


(b) If a claim for indemnification hereunder by a Director or Officer is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written claim for indemnification, such Director or Officer may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in whole or in part, such Director or Officer shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such indemnification under this Article V shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director or Officer for recovery of the unpaid amount of an indemnification claim and shall not create a presumption that such indemnification is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director or Officer is not entitled to indemnification shall be on the Corporation.

(c) In any suit brought by a Director or Officer to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder, it shall be a defense that such Director or Officer has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

SECTION 8. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights to indemnification and to advancement of Expenses set forth in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Director, Officer, or Non-Officer Employee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or these By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.

SECTION 9. Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee against any liability of any character asserted against or incurred by the Corporation or any such Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee, or arising out of any such person’s Corporate Status, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the provisions of this Article V.

SECTION 10. Other Indemnification . The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or provide advancement of Expenses to any person under this Article V as a result of such person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or enterprise (the “Primary Indemnitor”). Any indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Article V owed by the Corporation as a result of a person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall only be in excess of, and shall be secondary to, the indemnification or advancement of Expenses available from the applicable Primary Indemnitor(s) and any applicable insurance policies.

 

20


ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous Provisions

SECTION 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 2. Seal . The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.

SECTION 3. Execution of Instruments . All deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business without director action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Treasurer or any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation as the Board of Directors or the executive committee of the Board may authorize.

SECTION 4. Voting of Securities . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of the Corporation, or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for the Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, any of whose securities are held by the Corporation.

SECTION 5. Resident Agent . The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation.

SECTION 6. Corporate Records . The original or attested copies of the Certificate, By-laws and records of all meetings of the incorporators, stockholders and the Board of Directors and the stock transfer books, which shall contain the names of all stockholders, their record addresses and the amount of stock held by each, may be kept outside the State of Delaware and shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, at an office of its counsel, at an office of its transfer agent or at such other place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 7. Certificate . All references in these By-laws to the Certificate shall be deemed to refer to the Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time.

SECTION 8. Exclusive Jurisdiction of Delaware Courts . Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Chancery Court shall be the sole and exclusive forum for state law claims for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the

 

21


Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate or By-laws, (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Certificate or these By-laws, or (v) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 8.

SECTION 9. Amendment of By-laws .

(a) Amendment by Directors . Except as provided otherwise by law, these By-laws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

(b) Amendment by Stockholders . These By-laws may be amended or repealed at any Annual Meeting, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose in accordance with these By-Laws, by the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, stockholder approval shall not be required unless mandated by the Certificate, these By-laws, or other applicable law.

SECTION 10. Notices . If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

SECTION 11. Waivers . A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.

Adopted             , 2019 and effective as of             , 2019.

 

22

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

. ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS# COMMON STOCK PAR VALUE $0.01 COMMON STOCK Certificate Number ZQ00000000 Shares * * 000000 ****************** * * * 000000 ***************** **** 000000 **************** ***** 000000 *************** ****** 000000 ************** PHREESIA, INC. INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE THIS CERTIFIES THAT ** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. MR. Alexander David SAMPLE Sample **** Mr. Alexander David &Sample MRS. **** Mr. Alexander SAMPLE David Sample **** Mr. Alexander & David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander MR. David Sample SAMPLE **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** &Mr. Alexander MRS. David Sample SAMPLE **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS CUSIP 71944F 106 is the owner of **000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares*** *000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares**** 000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0 00000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00 ***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND 0000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000 000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0000 00**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00000 0**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000 ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO*** **Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000* *Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000** Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**S THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CITIES DESIGNATED BY THE TRANSFER AGENT, AVAILABLE ONLINE AT www.computershare.com FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF Phreesia, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. DATED DD-MMM-YYYY COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, President Secretary By AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004 MR A SAMPLE DESIGNATION (IF ANY) ADD 1 ADD 2 ADD 3 ADD 4 CUSIP/IDENTIFIER XXXXXX XX X Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX Insurance Value 1,000,000.00 Number of Shares 123456 DTC 12345678 123456789012345 Certificate Numbers Num/No. Denom. Total 1234567890/1234567890 1 1 1 1234567890/1234567890 2 2 2 1234567890/1234567890 3 3 3 1234567890/1234567890 4 4 4 1234567890/1234567890 5 5 5 1234567890/1234567890 6 6 6 Total Transaction 7


LOGO

. PHREESIA, INC. THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT Custodian (Cust) (Minor) TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State) JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT Custodian (until age) and not as tenants in common (Cust) under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (Minor) (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated: Signature: Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever. Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. The IRS requires that the named transfer agent (we) report the cost basis of certain shares or units acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares or units are covered by the legislation, and you requested to sell or transfer the shares or units using a specific cost basis calculation method, then we have processed as you requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, then we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis. If you do not keep in contact with the issuer or do not have any activity in your account for the time period specified by state law, your property may become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state.

Exhibit 4.2

EXECUTION VERSION

 

PHREESIA, INC.

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

October 27, 2017

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  

1.

 

Certain Definitions

     1  

2.

 

Registration Rights

     5  
 

2.1

  

Required Registrations

     5  
 

2.2

  

Incidental Registration

     6  
 

2.3

  

Registration Procedures

     7  
 

2.4

  

Allocation of Expenses

     9  
 

2.5

  

Indemnification and Contribution

     9  
 

2.6

  

Other Matters with Respect to Underwritten Offerings

     12  
 

2.7

  

Information by Holder

     12  
 

2.8

  

“Lock-Up” Agreement; Confidentiality of Notices

     12  
 

2.9

  

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

     13  
 

2.10

  

Rule 144 Requirements

     13  
 

2.11

  

Termination

     13  

3.

 

Right of First Refusal

     13  
 

3.1

  

Rights of Purchasers to Acquire Offered Securities

     14  
 

3.2

  

Termination

     16  

4.

 

Covenants

     16  
 

4.1

  

Affirmative Covenants

     16  
 

4.2

  

Inspection and Observation

     17  
 

4.3

  

Financial Statements and Other Information

     17  
 

4.4

  

Material Changes and Litigation

     18  
 

4.5

  

BCBS Notification Rights

     19  
 

4.6

  

Key Man Insurance

     19  
 

4.7

  

Agreements with Employees; Options

     19  
 

4.8

  

Board of Directors

     20  
 

4.9

  

Related Party Transactions

     20  
 

4.10

  

Reservation of Common Stock

     21  
 

4.11

  

International Investment and Trade in Services Survey Act

     21  
 

4.12

  

Additional Covenants

     21  
 

4.13

  

Reserved

     21  
 

4.14

  

Termination of Covenants

     21  

5.

 

Confidentiality

     22  

6.

 

Transfers of Rights; Calculation of Share Numbers

     22  
 

6.1

  

Transfer of Rights

     22  
 

6.2

  

Calculation of Share Numbers

     22  

7.      

 

General

     22  

 

-i-


              Page  

        

 

7.1

  

Severability

     22  
 

7.2

  

Specific Performance

     22  
 

7.3

  

Governing Law

     23  
 

7.4

  

Notices

     23  
 

7.5

  

Complete Agreement

     23  
 

7.6

  

Amendments and Waivers

     23  
 

7.7

  

Pronouns

     24  
 

7.8

  

Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures

     24  
 

7.9

  

Section Headings and References

     24  
 

7.10

  

Termination

     24  

 

-ii-


PHREESIA, INC.

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2017 is entered into by and among Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the individuals and entities listed on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Purchasers ”).

Recitals

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Purchasers are parties to a certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of October 14, 2014, by and among the Company and the parties set forth therein (as amended, the “ Prior Agreement ”), which provided, among other things, for certain arrangements with respect to (i) the registration of shares of capital stock of the Company under the Securities Act (as defined below), (ii) certain Purchasers’ right of first refusal with respect to certain issuances of securities of the Company, and (iii) certain covenants of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Purchasers have entered into a Senior B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) pursuant to which such Purchasers have agreed to purchase certain shares of Senior B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Senior B Preferred Stock ,” and together with the Company’s Senior A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Senior A Preferred Stock ”), the “ Senior Preferred ”), the Company’s Junior Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Junior Preferred Stock ”) and the Company’s Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Redeemable Preferred Stock ”), the “ Preferred Stock ”) from the Company, and pursuant to Section 6.2(b) of the Purchase Agreement, the Company may issue the Purchasers shares of the Company’s Common Stock from the Company (the “ Purchase Agreement Common Stock ”); and

WHEREAS, such Purchasers have made it a condition to their agreement to purchase shares of Senior B Preferred Stock under the Purchase Agreement that the Prior Agreement be amended and restated as herein provided.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained in this Agreement and the consummation of the sale and purchase of shares of capital stock of the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the parties hereto agree that the Prior Agreement shall be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

1.         Certain Definitions As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Affiliated Party ” means, with respect to any Purchaser, any person or entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Purchaser, including, without limitation, any general partner, officer or director of such Purchaser and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing which is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company (or member thereof) with, such Purchaser.


Available Undersubscription Amount ” means the difference between the total of all of the Basic Amounts available for purchase by Qualified Purchasers pursuant to Section 3.1 and the Basic Amounts subscribed for pursuant to Section 3.1.

Basic Amount ” means, with respect to a Qualified Purchaser, its pro rata portion of the Offered Securities determined by multiplying the number of Offered Securities by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Purchase Agreement Common Stock then held by such Qualified Purchaser plus the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all Preferred Shares then held by such Qualified Purchaser, and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (giving effect to the conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock and the exercise of all outstanding options to purchase Common Stock).

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Company ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Company Sale ” means: (a) a merger or consolidation in which (i) the Company is a constituent party, or (ii) a Company Subsidiary is a constituent party and the Company issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation, except in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) any such merger or consolidation involving the Company or a Company Subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock which represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, more than 50% by voting power of the capital stock of (A) the surviving or resulting corporation or (B) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation; (b) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Company or a Company Subsidiary of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries taken as a whole (except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned Company Subsidiary); or (c) the sale or transfer, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the stockholders of the Company of more than 75% by voting power of the then-outstanding capital stock of the Company to any person or entity or group of affiliated persons or entities.

Company Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other non-corporate business enterprise in which the Company (or another Company Subsidiary) holds stock or other ownership interests representing (a) more than 50% of the voting power of all outstanding stock or ownership interests of such entity or (b) the right to receive more than 50% of the net assets of such entity available for distribution to the holders of outstanding stock or ownership interests upon a liquidation or dissolution of such entity.

 

2


Confidential Information ” means any information that is labeled as confidential, proprietary or secret which a Purchaser obtains from the Company pursuant to financial statements, reports and other materials provided by the Company to such Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or pursuant to visitation or inspection rights granted hereunder.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission issued under such Act, as they each may, from time to time, be in effect.

Indemnified Party ” means a party entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 2.5.

Indemnifying Party ” means a party obligated to provide indemnification pursuant to Section 2.5.

Initial Public Offering ” means the initial underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an effective Registration Statement.

Initiating Holders ” means the Purchasers initiating a request for registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or 2.1(b), as the case may be.

Notice of Acceptance ” means a written notice from a Purchaser to the Company containing the information specified in Section 3.1(b).

Offer ” means a written notice of any proposed or intended issuance, sale or exchange of Offered Securities containing the information specified in Section 3.1(a).

Offered Securities ” means (a) any shares of its Common Stock, (b) any other equity securities of the Company, including, without limitation, shares of preferred stock, (c) any option, warrant or other right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any equity securities of the Company, or (d) any debt securities convertible into capital stock of the Company.

Other Holders ” means holders of securities of the Company (other than Purchasers) who are entitled, by contract with the Company, to have securities included in a Registration Statement.

Preferred Shares ” means shares of Senior A Preferred Stock, Senior B Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock.

Prospectus ” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by an amendment or prospectus supplement, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the recitals hereto.

 

3


Purchaser ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the introductory paragraph hereto provided, however, that each of Silicon Valley Bank and Allen & Company LLC shall be deemed a Purchaser solely for purposes of Sections 2, 6 and 7 below; provided, that for purposes of Section 2.1(a), Silicon Valley Bank and Allen & Company LLC shall not be entitled to be an Initiating Holder. Silicon Valley Bank and Allen & Company LLC shall not be deemed a Purchaser for any other provision of this Agreement.

Qualified Purchaser ” means a Purchaser that is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

Refused Securities ” means those Offered Securities as to which a Notice of Acceptance has not been given by the Qualified Purchasers pursuant to Section 3.1.

Registrable Shares ” means (a) the shares of the Purchase Agreement Common Stock, (b) the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares, (c) any other shares of Common Stock, and any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any other securities, acquired by the Purchasers and (d) any other shares of Common Stock issued in respect of such shares (because of stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications, recapitalizations or similar events); provided , however , that shares of Common Stock which are Registrable Shares shall cease to be Registrable Shares upon any sale pursuant to a Registration Statement or Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Wherever reference is made in this Agreement to a request or consent of holders of a certain percentage of Registrable Shares, the determination of such percentage shall include shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares even if such conversion shall not yet have been effected.

Registration Expenses ” means all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with the provisions of Section 2, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, exchange listing fees, printing expenses, fees and expenses of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel selected by the Selling Stockholders to represent the Selling Stockholders, state Blue Sky fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but excluding underwriting discounts, selling commissions and the fees and expenses of Selling Stockholders’ own counsel (other than the counsel selected to represent all Selling Stockholders).

Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission for a public offering and sale of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or Form S-4, or their successors, or any other form for a similar limited purpose, or any registration statement covering only securities proposed to be issued in exchange for securities or assets of another corporation).

Restated Charter ” means the Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, restated or otherwise modified).

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission issued under such Act, as they each may, from time to time, be in effect.

 

4


Selling Stockholder ” means any Purchaser owning Registrable Shares included in a Registration Statement.

Shares ” means shares of Purchase Agreement Common Stock, and shares of Senior A Preferred Stock, Senior B Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock.

Undersubscription Amount ” means, with respect to a Qualified Purchaser, any additional portion of the Offered Securities attributable to the Basic Amounts of other Qualified Purchasers as such Qualified Purchaser indicates it will purchase or acquire should the other Qualified Purchasers subscribe for less than their Basic Amounts.

2.          Registration Rights .

2.1          Required Registrations .

(a)         Subject to Subsection 3.4 of Article FOURTH B of the Restated Charter, at any time after the earlier of (i) three (3) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) six (6) months after the closing of the Initial Public Offering, a Purchaser or Purchasers holding in the aggregate at least a majority of the Registrable Shares then outstanding may request, in writing, that the Company effect the registration on Form S-1 (or any successor form) of Registrable Shares owned by such Purchaser or Purchasers having an aggregate value of at least $10,000,000 (based on the market price or fair value on the date of such request).

(b)         At any time after the Company becomes eligible to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form relating to secondary offerings), a Purchaser or Purchasers holding Registrable Shares may request, in writing, that the Company effect the registration on Form S-3 (or such successor form), of Registrable Shares having an aggregate value of at least $5,000,000 (based on the public market price on the date of such request).

(c)         Upon receipt of any request for registration pursuant to this Section 2, the Company shall promptly give written notice of such proposed registration to all other Purchasers. Such Purchasers shall have the right, by giving written notice to the Company within 30 days after the Company provides its notice, to elect to have included in such registration such of their Registrable Shares as such Purchasers may request in such notice of election, subject in the case of an underwritten offering to the terms of Section 2.1(d). Thereupon, the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible, use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration on an appropriate registration form of all Registrable Shares which the Company has been requested to so register; provided, however, that in the case of a registration requested under Section 2.1(b), the Company will only be obligated to effect such registration on Form S-3 (or any successor form).

(d)         If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Shares covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or (b), as the case may be, and the Company shall include such information in its written notice referred to in Section 2.1(c). In such event, (i) the right of any other Purchaser to include its Registrable Shares in such registration pursuant to

 

5


Section 2.1(a) or (b), as the case may be, shall be conditioned upon such other Purchaser’s participation in such underwriting on the terms set forth herein, and (ii) all Purchasers, including Registrable Shares in such registration shall enter into an underwriting agreement upon customary terms with the underwriter or underwriters managing the offering; provided that such underwriting agreement shall not provide for indemnification or contribution obligations on the part of the Purchasers materially greater than the obligations of the Purchasers pursuant to Section 2.5. The Initiating Holders shall have the right to select the managing underwriter(s) for any underwritten offering requested pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or (b), subject to the approval of the Company, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If any Purchaser who has requested inclusion of its Registrable Shares in such registration as provided above disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Purchaser may elect, by written notice to the Company, to withdraw its Registrable Shares from such Registration Statement and underwriting. If the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then all securities held by other parties shall first be excluded, and thereafter the number of Registrable Shares to be included in the Registration Statement and underwriting shall be allocated among all Purchasers requesting registration in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective number of Registrable Shares which they have requested to be so registered.

(e)         The Company shall not be required to effect, or to take any action to effect, more than three (3) registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(a), and shall not be required to effect, or take any action to effect, more than two (2) registrations in any twelve (12) month period pursuant to Section 2.1(b). In addition, the Company shall not be required to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eight (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective. For purposes of this Section 2.1(e), a Registration Statement shall not be counted until such time as such Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission (unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration (other than as a result of information concerning the business or financial condition of the Company which is made known to the Purchasers after the date on which such registration was requested) and elect not to pay the Registration Expenses therefor pursuant to Section 2.4). For purposes of this Section 2.1(e), a Registration Statement shall not be counted if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions, less than 50% of the total number of Registrable Shares that Purchasers have requested to be included in such Registration Statement are so included.

2.2          Incidental Registration .

(a)         Whenever the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement (other than a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1) at any time and from time to time, it will, prior to such filing, give written notice to all Purchasers of its intention to do so. Upon the written request of a Purchaser or Purchasers given within 20 days after the Company provides such notice (which request shall state the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Shares), the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all

 

6


Registrable Shares which the Company has been requested by such Purchaser or Purchasers to register to be registered under the Securities Act to the extent necessary to permit their sale or other disposition in accordance with the intended methods of distribution specified in the request of such Purchaser or Purchasers; provided that the Company shall have the right to postpone or withdraw any registration effected pursuant to this Section 2.2 without obligation to any Purchaser.

(b)        If the registration for which the Company gives notice pursuant to Section 2.2(a) is a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Purchasers as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.2(a). In such event, (i) the right of any Purchaser to include its Registrable Shares in such registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be conditioned upon such Purchaser’s participation in such underwriting on the terms set forth herein and (ii) all Purchasers including Registrable Shares in such registration shall enter into an underwriting agreement upon customary terms with the underwriter or underwriters selected for the underwriting by the Company; provided that such underwriting agreement shall not provide for indemnification or contribution obligations on the part of Purchasers materially greater than the obligations of the Purchasers pursuant to Section 2.5. If any Purchaser who has requested inclusion of its Registrable Shares in such registration as provided above disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such person may elect, by written notice to the Company, to withdraw its shares from such Registration Statement and underwriting. If the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the shares held by holders of securities of the Company other than Purchasers and Other Holders shall be excluded from such Registration Statement and underwriting to the extent deemed advisable by the managing underwriter, and, if a further reduction of the number of shares is required, the number of shares that may be included in such Registration Statement and underwriting shall be allocated among all Purchasers and Other Holders requesting registration in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective number of shares of Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) held by them on the date the Company gives the notice specified in Section 2.2(a); provided that, unless such registration is in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering, the number of Registrable Shares permitted to be included therein shall in any event be at least 25% of the securities included therein (based on aggregate market values). If any Purchaser or Other Holder would thus be entitled to include more shares than such holder requested to be registered, the excess shall be allocated among other requesting Purchasers and Other Holders pro rata in the manner described in the preceding sentence.

2.3         Registration Procedures .

(a)         If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Shares under the Securities Act, the Company shall:

(i)         file with the Commission a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Shares and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause that Registration Statement to become effective as soon as possible;

 

7


(ii)        as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the Commission any amendments and supplements to the Registration Statement and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act (including the anti-fraud provisions thereof) and to keep the Registration Statement effective for 12 months from the effective date or such lesser period until all such Registrable Shares are sold;

(iii)        as expeditiously as possible furnish to each Selling Stockholder such reasonable numbers of copies of the Prospectus, including any preliminary Prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such Selling Stockholder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Shares owned by such Selling Stockholder;

(iv)        as expeditiously as possible use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Shares covered by the Registration Statement under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such states as the Selling Stockholders shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or desirable to enable the Selling Stockholders to consummate the public sale or other disposition in such states of the Registrable Shares owned by the Selling Stockholders; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required in connection with this paragraph (iv) to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction or to amend its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws in a manner that the Board of Directors of the Company determines is inadvisable;

(v)        as expeditiously as possible, cause all such Registrable Shares to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(vi)        promptly provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Shares not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(vii)        promptly make available for inspection by the Selling Stockholders, any managing underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the Selling Stockholders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement;

(viii)        notify each Selling Stockholder, promptly after it shall receive notice thereof, of the time when such Registration Statement has become effective or a supplement to any Prospectus forming a part of such Registration Statement has been filed; and

(ix)        as expeditiously as possible following the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, notify each Selling Stockholder of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of such Registration Statement or Prospectus.

 

8


(b)        If the Company has delivered a Prospectus to the Selling Stockholders and after having done so the Prospectus is amended to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act, the Company shall promptly notify the Selling Stockholders and, if requested, the Selling Stockholders shall immediately cease making offers of Registrable Shares and return all Prospectuses to the Company. The Company shall promptly provide the Selling Stockholders with revised Prospectuses and, following receipt of the revised Prospectuses, the Selling Stockholders shall be free to resume making offers of the Registrable Shares.

(c)        In the event that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it is advisable to suspend use of a Prospectus included in a Registration Statement due to pending material developments or other events that have not yet been publicly disclosed and as to which the Company, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, reasonably believes public disclosure would be detrimental to the Company, the Company shall notify all Selling Stockholders to such effect, and, upon receipt of such notice, each such Selling Stockholder shall immediately discontinue any sales of Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement until such Selling Stockholder has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus or until such Selling Stockholder is advised in writing by the Company that the then current Prospectus may be used and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in such Prospectus. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall not exercise its rights under this Section 2.3(c) to suspend sales of Registrable Shares for a period in excess of 30 days consecutively or 60 days in any 365-day period.

2.4         Allocation of Expenses . The Company will pay all Registration Expenses for all registrations under this Agreement; provided , however , that if a registration under Section 2.1 is withdrawn at the request of the Initiating Holders (other than as a result of information concerning the business or financial condition of the Company which is made known to the Selling Stockholders after the date on which such registration was requested) and if the Initiating Holders elect not to have such registration counted as a registration requested under Section 2.1, the Selling Stockholders shall pay the Registration Expenses of such registration pro rata in accordance with the number of their Registrable Shares included in such registration.

2.5         Indemnification and Contribution .

(a)        In the event of any registration of any of the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Stockholder, each underwriter of such Registrable Shares, and each other person, if any, who controls such Selling Stockholder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Selling Stockholder, underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, state securities or Blue Sky laws or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Shares were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained in

 

9


the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the Registration Statement or the offering contemplated thereby; and the Company will reimburse such Selling Stockholder, underwriter and each such controlling person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by such Selling Stockholder, underwriter or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or omission made in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company, in writing, by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder, underwriter or controlling person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

(b)        In the event of any registration of any of the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers and each underwriter (if any) and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company, such directors and officers, underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, Exchange Act, state securities or Blue Sky laws or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Shares were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, if and to the extent (and only to the extent) that the statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Selling Stockholder furnished in writing to the Company by such Selling Stockholder specifically for use in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement; provided , however , that the obligations of a Selling Stockholder hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Selling Stockholder of Registrable Shares sold in connection with such registration.

(c)        Each Indemnified Party shall give notice to the Indemnifying Party promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided , that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); and, provided , further , that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2.5 unless and except to the

 

10


extent that the Indemnifying Party is adversely affected by such failure. The Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; provided , however , that the Indemnifying Party shall pay such expense if the Indemnified Party reasonably concludes that representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between the Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding; provided further that in no event shall the Indemnifying Party be required to pay the expenses of more than one law firm per jurisdiction as counsel for the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party also shall be responsible for the expenses of such defense if the Indemnifying Party does not elect to assume such defense. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation, and no Indemnified Party shall consent to entry of any judgment or settle such claim or litigation without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(d)        In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.5 is due in accordance with its terms but for any reason is held to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party in respect to any losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Selling Stockholders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact related to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Selling Stockholders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.5(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.5(d), (i) in no case shall any one Selling Stockholder be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the net proceeds received by such Selling Stockholder from the offering of Registrable Shares and (ii) the Company shall be liable and responsible for any amount in excess of such proceeds; provided , however , that no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties under this Section 2.5(d), notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission so to notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought shall not relieve such party from any other obligation it or they may have thereunder or otherwise under this Section 2.5(d). No party shall be liable for contribution

 

11


with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or claim settled without its prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(e)        The rights and obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this Section 2.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.6         Other Matters with Respect to Underwritten Offerings . In the event that Registrable Shares are sold pursuant to a Registration Statement in an underwritten offering pursuant to Section 2.1, the Company agrees to (a) enter into an underwriting agreement containing customary representations and warranties with respect to the business and operations of the Company and customary covenants and agreements to be performed by the Company, including without limitation customary provisions with respect to indemnification by the Company of the underwriters of such offering; (b) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its legal counsel to render customary opinions to the underwriters and the Selling Stockholders with respect to the Registration Statement; and (c) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its independent public accounting firm to issue customary “cold comfort letters” to the underwriters and the Selling Stockholders with respect to the Registration Statement.

2.7         Information by Holder . Each holder of Registrable Shares included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such holder and the distribution proposed by such holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Agreement.

2.8         “Lock-Up” Agreement; Confidentiality of Notices . Each Purchaser, if requested by the Company and the managing underwriter of the Initial Public Offering, shall not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Shares or other securities of the Company (excluding securities acquired in the Initial Public Offering or in the public market after such offering) held by such Purchaser for a period of 180 days following the effective date of the Registration Statement for the Initial Public Offering; provided , that all stockholders of the Company then holding at least 1% of the outstanding Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) and all officers and directors of the Company enter into similar agreements; and provided further , that such agreement shall not apply to securities acquired in an open market transaction after such Registration Statement is declared effective.

The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Shares or other securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such 180-day period.

As a condition to the obligation of the Purchasers under this Section 2.8, the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the “lock-up” obligation of the Purchasers under this Section 2.8, and any agreement entered into by the Purchasers as a result of their obligations under this Section 2.8, shall (i) allow for periodic early releases of portions of the securities subject to such “lock-up” obligations, which may be conditioned upon the trading price of the Company’s Common Stock and (ii) provide that all Purchasers will participate on a pro-rata basis in any early release of any stockholder.

 

12


Any Purchaser receiving any written notice from the Company regarding the Company’s plans to file a Registration Statement shall treat such notice confidentially and shall not disclose such information to any person other than as necessary to exercise its rights under this Agreement.

2.9         Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Purchasers holding at least a majority of the Registrable Shares then held by all Purchasers and the Purchasers holding at least a majority of the Senior A Preferred Stock or Senior B Preferred Stock, enter into any agreement (other than this Agreement) with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which grants such holder or prospective holder rights to include securities of the Company in any Registration Statement, unless (a) such rights to include securities in a registration initiated by the Company or by Purchasers are not more favorable than the rights granted to Other Holders under Section 2.2, and (b) no rights are granted to initiate a registration, other than registration pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-3 (or its successor) in which Purchasers are entitled to include Registrable Shares on a pro rata basis with such holders based on the number of shares of Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) owned by Purchasers and such holders.

2.10         Rule 144 Requirements . After the earliest of (i) the closing of the sale of securities of the Company pursuant to a Registration Statement, (ii) the registration by the Company of a class of securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or (iii) the issuance by the Company of an offering circular pursuant to Regulation A under the Securities Act, the Company agrees to:

(a)        make and keep current public information about the Company available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144;

(b)        use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c)        furnish to any holder of Registrable Shares upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and (iii) such other reports and documents of the Company as such holder may reasonably request to avail itself of any similar rule or regulation of the Commission allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

2.11         Termination . All of the Company’s obligations to register Registrable Shares under Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest of (a) five years after the closing of the Initial Public Offering, (b) the date on which no Purchaser holds any Registrable Shares or (c) a Company Sale.

3.         Right of First Refusal .

 

13


3.1         Rights of Purchasers to Acquire Offered Securities .

(a)        The Company shall not issue, sell or exchange, agree to issue, sell or exchange, or reserve or set aside for issuance, sale or exchange, any Offered Securities, unless in each such case the Company shall have first complied with this Section 3.1. The Company shall deliver to each Qualified Purchaser an Offer, which shall (i) identify and describe the Offered Securities, (ii) describe the price and other terms upon which they are to be issued, sold or exchanged, and the number or amount of the Offered Securities to be issued, sold or exchanged, (iii) identify the persons or entities (if known) to which or with which the Offered Securities are to be offered, issued, sold or exchanged, and (iv) offer to issue and sell to or exchange with such Purchaser that is a Qualified Purchaser (A) such Qualified Purchaser’s Basic Amount and (B) such Qualified Purchaser’s Undersubscription Amount.

(b)        To accept an Offer, in whole or in part, a Qualified Purchaser must deliver to the Company, on or prior to the date 30 days after the date of delivery of the Offer, a Notice of Acceptance providing a representation letter certifying that such Qualified Purchaser is an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and indicating the portion of the Qualified Purchaser’s Basic Amount that such Qualified Purchaser elects to purchase and, if such Qualified Purchaser shall elect to purchase all of its Basic Amount, the Undersubscription Amount (if any) that such Qualified Purchaser elects to purchase. If the Basic Amounts subscribed for by all Qualified Purchasers are less than the total of all of the Basic Amounts available for purchase, then each Qualified Purchaser who has set forth an Undersubscription Amount in its Notice of Acceptance shall be entitled to purchase, in addition to the Basic Amounts subscribed for, the Undersubscription Amount it has subscribed for; provided , however , that if the Undersubscription Amounts subscribed for exceed the Available Undersubscription Amount, each Qualified Purchaser who has subscribed for any Undersubscription Amount shall be entitled to purchase only that portion of the Available Undersubscription Amount as the Undersubscription Amount subscribed for by such Qualified Purchaser bears to the total Undersubscription Amounts subscribed for by all Purchasers, subject to rounding by the Board of Directors to the extent it deems reasonably necessary.

(c)        The Company shall have 90 days from the expiration of the period set forth in Section 3.1(b) to issue, sell or exchange all or any part of the Refused Securities, but only to the offerees or purchasers described in the Offer (if so described therein) and only upon terms and conditions (including, without limitation, unit prices and interest rates) which are not more favorable, in the aggregate, to the acquiring person or persons or less favorable to the Company than those set forth in the Offer.

(d)        In the event the Company shall propose to sell less than all the Refused Securities, then each Qualified Purchaser may, at its sole option and in its sole discretion, reduce the number or amount of the Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance to an amount that shall be not less than the number or amount of the Offered Securities that the Qualified Purchaser elected to purchase pursuant to Section 3.1(b) multiplied by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number or amount of Offered Securities the Company actually proposes to issue, sell or exchange (including Offered Securities to be issued or sold to Qualified Purchasers pursuant to Section 3.1(b) prior to such reduction) and (ii) the

 

14


denominator of which shall be the original amount of the Offered Securities. In the event that any Qualified Purchaser so elects to reduce the number or amount of Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance, the Company may not issue, sell or exchange more than the reduced number or amount of the Offered Securities unless and until such securities have again been offered to the Qualified Purchasers in accordance with Section 3.1(a).

(e)        Upon (i) the closing of the issuance, sale or exchange of all or less than all of the Refused Securities or (ii) such other date agreed to by the Company and Qualified Purchasers who have subscribed for over 67.0 % of the Offered Securities subscribed for by the Qualified Purchasers, such Qualified Purchaser or Purchasers shall acquire from the Company and the Company shall issue to such Qualified Purchaser or Purchasers, the number or amount of Offered Securities specified in the Notices of Acceptance, as reduced pursuant to Section 3.1(d) if any of the Qualified Purchasers has so elected, upon the terms and conditions specified in the Offer.

(f)        The purchase by the Qualified Purchasers of any Offered Securities is subject in all cases to the preparation, execution and delivery by the Company and the Qualified Purchasers of a purchase agreement relating to such Offered Securities which is consistent with the terms set forth in the Offer and is otherwise reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Qualified Purchasers and their respective counsel.

(g)        Any Offered Securities not acquired by the Qualified Purchasers or other persons in accordance with Section 3.1(c) may not be issued, sold or exchanged until they are again offered to the Qualified Purchasers under the procedures specified in this Agreement.

(h)        The rights of the Qualified Purchasers under this Section 3.1 shall not apply to:

(i)        the issuance of any shares of Common Stock as a stock dividend to holders of Common Stock or upon any subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock;

(ii)        the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock currently outstanding or issued after the date hereof pursuant to the Purchase Agreement;

(iii)        the issuance of shares of Common Stock or options with respect thereto (subject in either case to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events occurring after the date of this Agreement), issued or issuable to employees, directors or officers of, or consultants to, the Company or any Company Subsidiary pursuant to any plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

(iv)        the issuance of securities solely in consideration for the acquisition (whether by merger or otherwise) by the Company or any Company Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of any other entity, or to financial institutions in

 

15


connection with commercial credit arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

(v)        the issuance of shares of Common Stock by the Company in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act;

(vi)        the issuance of any shares of Senior B Preferred Stock or Purchase Agreement Common Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement; or

(vii)        the issuance of any Exempted Securities (as defined in the Restated Charter).

3.2         Termination . This Section 3 shall terminate upon the earlier of the closing of a Company Sale or the closing of an Initial Public Offering.

4.         Covenants .

4.1         Affirmative Covenants . So long as at least 20% of the Shares are outstanding, the Company covenants and agrees that it will perform and observe the following covenants and provisions and will cause each Company Subsidiary to perform and observe such of the following covenants and provisions as are applicable to such Company Subsidiary:

(a)         Payment of Taxes and Trade Debt . Pay and discharge when due all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or business, or upon any properties belonging to it, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful claims, which, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any properties of the Company or a Company Subsidiary, other than those which are being contested in good faith if the Company shall have set aside on its books and shall have provided, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, adequate reserves with respect thereto; and pay in conformity with customary trade terms, all lease obligations, all trade debt, and all other indebtedness incident to its operations, except such as are being contested in good faith if the Company shall have set aside on its books and shall have provided, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, appropriate reserves with respect thereto.

(b)         Maintenance of Insurance . Maintain with responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations, insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as the Company reasonably deems advisable, subject, with respect to Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance, to the requirements of Section 4.9.

(c)         Preservation of Corporate Existence . Preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights, franchises and privileges in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and qualify and remain qualified as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, unless the failure to so qualify does not and will not have a material and adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of the Company; and preserve and maintain all material licenses and other rights to use patents, processes, licenses, trademarks,

 

16


trade names, inventions, intellectual property rights or copyrights owned or possessed by it as are reasonably necessary or advisable for it to conduct its business.

(d)         Compliance with Laws . Comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority, noncompliance with which could materially adversely affect its business or condition, financial or otherwise, except non-compliance being contested in good faith through appropriate proceedings so long as the Company shall have set up and funded sufficient reserves, if any, required under generally accepted accounting principles with respect to such items.

(e)         Keeping of Records and Books of Account . Keep adequate records and books of account, in which complete entries will be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, reflecting all financial transactions of the Company, and in which, for each fiscal year, all proper reserves for depreciation, depletion, obsolescence, amortization, taxes, bad debts and other purposes in connection within its business shall be made.

(f)         Maintenance of Properties, etc . Maintain and preserve all of its properties that the Company reasonably deems necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good repair, working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and from time to time make all necessary and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, additions and improvements thereto; and comply with the provisions of all material leases to which it is a party or under which it occupies property so as to prevent any material loss or forfeiture thereof or thereunder.

4.2         Inspection and Observation . So long as at least 20% of the Shares issued from time to time (determined on an as-if converted basis and including in such number the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares) are outstanding, the Company shall permit each Purchaser who continues to hold at least 20% of the Shares issued to such Purchaser (determined on an as-if converted basis and including in such number the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares), or any authorized representative thereof, to visit and inspect the properties of the Company, including its corporate and financial records, and to discuss its business and finances with officers of the Company, during normal business hours following reasonable notice and as often as may be reasonably requested.

4.3         Financial Statements and Other Information .

(a)        So long as at least 20% of the Shares issued from time to time (determined on an as-if converted basis and including in such number the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares) are outstanding, the Company shall deliver to each Purchaser who continues to hold at least 1,000,000 Shares, subject to equitable adjustment in the event of any stock split, stock dividend, reverse-split, recapitalization or other similar transaction (on an as-if converted basis and including in such number the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares):

 

17


(i)        within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an audited balance sheet of the Company as at the end of such year and audited statements of income and of cash flows of the Company for such year, certified by certified public accountants of established national reputation selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to LLR Equity Partners, and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied; and

(ii)        within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company (other than the fourth quarter), an unaudited balance sheet of the Company as at the end of such quarter, and unaudited statements of income and of cash flows of the Company for such fiscal quarter and for the current fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter.

(iii)        within 30 days after the end of each month (other than the last month of any fiscal quarter), an unaudited balance sheet of the Company as at the end of such month and unaudited statements of income and of cash flows of the Company for such month and for the current fiscal year to the end of such month, setting forth in comparative form the Company’s projected financial statements for the corresponding periods for the current fiscal year;

(iv)        as soon as available, but in any event prior to the commencement of each new fiscal year, a business plan and projected financial statements for such fiscal year containing an operating plan with a monthly forecast of results and a narrative explanation, which shall be approved by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the new fiscal year;

(v)        such other notices, information and data with respect to the Company as the Company delivers to the holders of its capital stock at the same time it delivers such items to such holders

(vi)        copies of all management letters from auditors and Company responses to same; and

(vii)        with reasonable promptness, such other information and data as such Purchaser may from time to time reasonably request.

(b)        The foregoing financial statements shall be prepared on a consolidated basis if the Company then has any subsidiaries. The financial statements delivered pursuant to clauses (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (a) shall be accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company stating that such statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted) and fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the date thereof and for the periods covered thereby, and shall be accompanied by a descriptive narrative of the results including a comparison between the actual, projected and comparable figures for the prior year.

4.4         Material Changes and Litigation . The Company shall promptly notify the Purchasers of any material adverse change in the business, assets or financial condition of the

 

18


Company and of any litigation or governmental proceeding or investigation brought or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company, or against any Founder (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), officer, director, key employee or principal stockholder of the Company which, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on the business, prospects, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company.

4.5         BCBS Notification Rights . Upon the Company’s receipt of a bona fide offer or proposal in writing for a transaction that would constitute a Company Sale from any person, the Company shall notify BlueCross BlueShield Venture Partners, L.P. (“ BCBS ”) in writing of such proposal, provided that the Company is not obligated to identify the name of the requesting or offering party or any of the terms of any proposed acquisition. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall not be required to provide notice to BCBS in connection with any offer made to the stockholders of the Company in respect of a Company Sale described in clause (c) of the definition of “Company Sale” in Section 1 above unless and until the Company receives a bona fide written offer with respect to such proposed Company Sale. The rights described in this Section 4.5 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest of (a) the consummation of the sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (b) the consummation of a Company Sale or (c) such time as BCBS together with its affiliates (including, but not limited to, for purpose of this Section 4.5, Sandbox Co-Investment Fund I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership) no longer hold at least fifty percent (50%) of the shares of Preferred Stock purchased by BCBS pursuant to that certain Series D Convertible Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2010, and that certain Series C Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2009, by and among the Company and certain of the Purchasers (or securities converted therefrom or exchanged therefor).

4.6         Key Man Insurance The Company shall maintain term life insurance upon the lives of Chaim Indig and Evan Roberts in the amount of $1,000,000 each, with the proceeds payable to the Company, for so long as each such person is engaged as an officer of the Company.

4.7         Agreements with Employees; Options .

(a)        The Company shall require (i) all persons now or hereafter employed by the Company and (ii) all independent contractors utilized by the Company who have access to confidential or proprietary information of the Company to enter into non-disclosure and assignment of inventions agreements substantially in the form of Exhibit K-1 or Exhibit K-2 to the Purchase Agreement and shall require all persons now or hereafter employed by the Company to enter into non-competition and non-solicitation agreements substantially in the form of Exhibit L to the Purchase Agreement, or such other form as may be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) In the event that after the date of this Agreement, the Company enters into an agreement with any Person to issue shares of capital stock to such Person, following which such Person shall hold shares of capital stock of the Company constituting one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock (treating for this purpose

 

19


all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities, as if exercised and/or converted or exchanged), then, the Company shall cause such Person, as a condition precedent to entering into such agreement, to (i) become a party to the Fifth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement (the “Amended and Restated Voting Agreement”) and the Fifth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, each of even date herewith, and (ii) enter into a lock-up agreement of the type described in Section 2.8.

(c)        The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, terminate, amend or waive any rights under any inventions, confidentiality, non-competition or restricted stock agreement between the Company and any Founder (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

(d)        Except as may otherwise be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, all options or restricted stock granted or issued by the Company shall become exercisable at the rate of 25% on the first anniversary of grant or issue and 6.25% per quarter thereafter over the subsequent three years so long as the holder continues to be an employee or consultant of the Company.

4.8         Board of Directors .

(a)        The Company shall promptly reimburse in full each director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company for all of his or her reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof or otherwise in connection with his or her services as a member of the Board of Directors or member of a committee thereof.

(b)        The Board of Directors shall meet on at least a monthly basis, unless otherwise agreed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the Company or a Company Subsidiary.

(c)        The Restated Charter shall at all times provide for the indemnification of the members of the Board of Directors to the fullest extent provided by the law of the jurisdiction in which the Company is organized. In the event that the Company or any of its successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other entity and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation in such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any entity, then, and in each such case, to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as contained in the Restated Charter.

(d)        The Company shall obtain and maintain Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance in an amount and on such terms as are approved by the Board of Directors.

4.9         Related Party Transactions . The Company shall not enter into any agreement with any stockholder, officer or director of the Company, or any “affiliate” of such persons (as such term is defined in the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities

 

20


Act), including without limitation any agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services by, rental of real or personal property from, or otherwise requiring payments to, any such person or entity, without the consent of a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors having no interest in such agreement or arrangement; provided, however, that no entity that directly or indirectly holds a primary license agreement issued by Blue Cross Blue Shield Association, an Illinois not-for-profit membership corporation, permitting such entity to use the Blue Cross Blue Shield brands shall be considered an “affiliate” for purposes of this Section 4.9.

4.10         Reservation of Common Stock . The Company shall reserve and maintain a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of all of the outstanding Preferred Shares.

4.11         International Investment and Trade in Services Survey Act . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file on a timely basis all reports required to be filed by it under 22 U.S.C. Section 3104, or any similar statute, relating to a foreign person’s direct or indirect investment in the Company.

4.12         Additional Covenants . The Company hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not, without approval of a majority of the Board of Directors, including, until such time as the Company has achieved $40 million or more in annual revenue and has EBITDA of greater than zero for a full auditable calendar year, at least three (3) of the Preferred Stock Directors:

(a)        approve the Company’s annual operating budget;

(b)        incur any aggregate indebtedness in excess of $500,000 that is not already included in a budget approved by the Board of Directors, other than trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business; or

(c)        unless with approval of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors pursuant to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, hire, terminate, or change the compensation of the CEO or CFO of the Company, including approving any option grants or stock awards to such executive officers.

4.13         Reserved . Termination of Covenants . All covenants of the Company contained in this Section 4 shall terminate upon the earlier of the closing of a Company Sale or the closing of an Initial Public Offering.

 

21


5.         Confidentiality . Each Purchaser agrees that he, she or it will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge or use for any purpose, other than to monitor its investment in the Company, any Confidential Information, unless such Confidential Information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 5 by such Purchaser), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Purchaser without use of the Company’s Confidential Information or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Purchaser by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided , however , that a Purchaser may disclose Confidential Information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company, (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Shares from such Purchaser as long as such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 5, (iii) to any Affiliated Party of such Purchaser, or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Purchaser takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such information shall not be deemed confidential for the purpose of enforcing this Agreement.

6.         Transfers of Rights; Calculation of Share Numbers .

6.1         Transfer of Rights . This Agreement, and the rights and obligations of each Purchaser hereunder, may be assigned by such Purchaser to (a) any person or entity to which at least 5% of the Shares issued to such Purchaser are transferred by such Purchaser, or (b) to any Affiliated Party of such Purchaser, and, in each case, such transferee shall be deemed a “Purchaser” for purposes of this Agreement; provided that such assignment of rights shall be contingent upon the transferee providing a written instrument to the Company notifying the Company of such transfer and assignment and agreeing in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement; provided , however, that in no event may a Purchaser transfer such Shares to a competitor of the Company, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

6.2         Calculation of Share Numbers . In determining the number of Shares owned by a Purchaser for purposes of exercising rights under this Agreement, (a) Shares owned by a Purchaser shall be deemed to include Preferred Shares which have been converted into Common Stock so long as such Common Stock is owned by such Purchaser and (b) all Shares held by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together (provided that no shares shall be attributed to more than one entity or person within any such group of affiliated entities or persons).

7.         General .

7.1         Severability . The provisions of this Agreement are severable, so that the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other term or provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

7.2         Specific Performance . In addition to any and all other remedies that may be available at law in the event of any breach of this Agreement, each Purchaser shall be entitled to

 

22


specific performance of the agreements and obligations of the Company hereunder and to such other injunctive or other equitable relief as may be granted by a court of competent jurisdiction.

7.3         Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as to matters within the scope thereof, and the internal laws of the State of New York (without reference to the conflicts of law provisions thereof), as to all other matters.

7.4         Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered (i) three business days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or (ii) one business day after being sent via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service guaranteeing next business day delivery, in each case to the intended recipient as set forth below:

If to the Company, at 432 Park Avenue South, 12 th Floor, New York, New York 10016, Attention: President, or at such other address as may have been furnished in writing by the Company to the other parties hereto, with a copy to Goodwin Procter LLP, 100 Northern Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, Attention: John J. Egan III, Esq.; or

If to a Purchaser, at its address set forth on Exhibit A , or at such other address as may have been furnished in writing by such Purchaser to the other parties hereto, with a copy to Steven Hull, Stoel Rives LLP, 760 SW Ninth Avenue, Suite 3000, Portland, Oregon 97205-2586.

Any party may give any notice, request, consent or other communication under this Agreement using any other means (including, without limitation, personal delivery, messenger service, telecopy, first class mail or electronic mail), but no such notice, request, consent or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until it is actually received by the party for whom it is intended. Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, consents or other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other parties notice in the manner set forth in this Section 7.4.

7.5         Complete Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall be deemed amended and restated, and superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement and shall be of no further force or effect.

7.6         Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended or terminated and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived with respect to all parties to this Agreement (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company and Purchasers holding Shares representing at least a majority of the voting power of all Shares then held by Purchasers; provided that (i) any amendment, termination or waiver to the terms of Section 2 (or a defined term used therein) that occurs after the closing of the Initial Public Offering shall instead require the written consent of the Company and Purchasers holding Registrable Shares representing at least a majority of the voting power of all Registrable Shares then held by all Purchasers, (ii) any

 

23


amendment, termination or waiver of any term of this Agreement which alters the rights or obligations of the Senior A Preferred Stock in a different or disproportionate, and adverse manner than the rights or obligations of the Senior B Preferred Stock, the Junior Preferred Stock and the Redeemable Preferred Stock taken together shall require the written consent of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Senior A Preferred Stock, (iii) any amendment, termination or waiver of any term of this Agreement which alters the rights or obligations of the Senior B Preferred Stock in a different or disproportionate, and adverse manner than the rights or obligations of the Senior A Preferred Stock, the Junior Preferred Stock and the Redeemable Preferred Stock taken together shall require the written consent of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Senior B Preferred Stock, and (iv) any amendment, termination or waiver of any term of this Agreement which alters the rights or obligations of the Junior Preferred Stock in a different or disproportionate, and adverse manner than the rights or obligations of the Senior A Preferred Stock and the Senior B Preferred Stock taken together shall require the written consent of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Junior Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereunder may not be waived with respect to any Purchaser without the written consent of such Purchaser unless such amendment, termination or waiver applies to all Purchasers in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 3 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Qualified Purchasers in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Qualified Purchasers may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction). The Company shall give prompt written notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination or waiver. Any amendment, termination or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 7.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, even if they do not execute such consent. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.

7.7         Pronouns . Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

7.8         Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including, in the case of the Purchasers, Financing Signature Pages (as defined in the Purchase Agreement)), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document. This Agreement (including the Financing Signature Pages) may be executed by facsimile signatures.

7.9         Section Headings and References . The section headings are for the convenience of the parties and in no way alter, modify, amend, limit or restrict the contractual obligations of the parties. Any reference in this agreement to a particular section or subsection shall refer to a section or subsection of this Agreement, unless specified otherwise.

7.10         Termination . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall terminate upon the closing of a Company Sale.

 

24


[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fifth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement has been executed by the parties as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

PHREESIA, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Chaim Indig                                      

 

Name:

 

Chaim Indig

 

Title:

  President and Chief Executive Officer

S IGNATURE P AGE TO F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fifth Amended and Restated ,Investor Rights Agreement has been executed by the parties as of the date first written above.

 

  STOCKHOLDERS:
 

/s/ Chaim Indig                              

 

Chaim Indig

 

Address: 432 Park Avenue South, 12th Floor

 

New York, NY 10016                    

 

/s/ Evan Roberts                             

 

Evan Roberts

 

Address: 432 Park Avenue South, 12th Floor

 

New York, NY 10016                   

 

/s/ Michael Weintraub                   

 

Michael Weintraub

 

Address: 432 Park Avenue South, 12th Floor

 

New York, NY 10016                   

 

/s/ David Linetsky                         

 

David Linetsky

 

Address: 432 Park Avenue South, 12th Floor

 

New York, NY 10016                   

S IGNATURE P AGE TO F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED

INVESTOR RIGHTS A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fifth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement has been executed by the parties as of the date first written above.

 

ECHO HEALTH VENTURES, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Robert M. Coppedge        

Name:

 

Robert M. Coppedge

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fifth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement has been executed by the parties as of the date first written above.

 

LLR EQUITY PARTNERS IV, L.P.
By: LLR Capital IV, L.P., its general partner
By: LLR Capital IV, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Scott Perricelli

  Name: Scott Perricelli
  Title:  Partner
LLR EQUITY PARTNERS PARALLEL IV, L.P.
By: LLR Capital IV, L.P., its general partner
By: LLR Capital IV, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Scott Perricelli

  Name: Scott Perricelli
  Title:  Partner

 

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fifth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement has been executed by the parties as of the date first written above.

 

CHV II, L.P.
By: Ascension Health Ventures II, LLC,
its General Partner
By  

/s/ Matthew I. Hermann

  Name: Matthew I. Hermann
  Title:   Senior Managing Director

 

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fifth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement has been executed by the parties as of the date first written above.

 

HLM VENTURE PARTNERS II, L.P.

By: HLM Venture Associates II, LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Edward L. Cahill

  Name: Edward L. Cahill
  Title:   Managing Partner

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fifth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement has been executed by the parties as of the date first written above.

 

POLARIS VENTURE PARTNERS V, L.P.

By: Polaris Venture Management Co. V,

L.L.C., its General Manager

By:  

/s/ Max Eisenberg

  Name: Max Eisenberg
  Title:   Attorney-in-Fact
POLARIS VENTURE PARTNERS
ENTREPRENEURS’ FUND V, L.P.

By: Polaris Venture Management Co. V,

L.L.C., its General Manager

By:  

/s/ Max Eisenberg

  Name: Max Eisenberg
  Title:   Attorney-in-Fact
POLARIS VENTURE PARTNERS
FOUNDERS’ FUND V, L.P.

By: Polaris Venture Management Co. V,

L.L.C., its General Manager

By:  

/s/ Max Eisenberg

  Name: Max Eisenberg
  Title:   Attorney-in-Fact

POLARIS VENTURE PARTNERS

SPECIAL FOUNDERS’ FUND V, L.P.

By: Polaris Venture Management Co. V, L.L.C., its General Manager
By:  

/s/ Max Eisenberg

  Name: Max Eisenberg
  Title:   Attorney-in-Fact

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fifth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement has been executed by the parties as of the date first written above.

 

LONG RIVER VENTURES II, L.P.

By: Long River Capital Partners II, LLC,

its General Partner

By: Long River Capital Management, LLC, its Manager
By:  

/s/ William R Cowen

  Name: William R Cowen
  Title:   General Partner

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fifth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement has been executed by the parties as of the date first written above.

 

BLUECROSS BLUESHIELD VENTURE
PARTNERS, L.P.

By: Bluecross Blueshield Ventures, Inc.,

its General Partner

By:    

/s/ John Banta

    Name: John Banta
    Title:   MD Venture Funds
SANDBOX CO-INVESTMENT FUND I, L.P.

By: Sandbox Co-Investment, LLC,

its General Partner

By: Sandbox Industries, LLC,

its Sole Member

By: Sandbox Industries Manager, LLC,

its Sole Manager

By:    

/s/ Matt Downs

    Name: Matt Downs
    Title:   Managing Director

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

List of Purchasers

 

Name and Address

of Purchasers

Echo Health Ventures LLC

100 SW Market Street, M/S WW3-30

Portland, OR 97201

CHV II, LP

101 South Hanley Road, Suite 200

St. Louis, MO 63105

Polaris Venture Partners V, L.P.

1000 Winter Street, Suite 3350

Waltham, MA 02451-1215

Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’ Fund V, L.P.

1000 Winter Street, Suite 3350

Waltham, MA 02451-1215

Polaris Venture Partners Founders’ Fund V, L.P.

1000 Winter Street, Suite 3350

Waltham, MA 02451-1215

Polaris Venture Partners Special Founders’ Fund V, L.P.

1000 Winter Street, Suite 3350

Waltham, MA 02451-1215

HLM Venture Partners II, L.P.

222 Berkeley Street, 21st Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Long River Ventures, L.P.

100 Venture Way, Suite 4

Hadley, MA 01035

Long River Ventures II, L.P.

100 Venture Way, Suite 4

Hadley, MA 01035

Village Ventures Fund II, L.P.

430 Main St., Suite 1

Williamstown, MA 01267

Village Ventures Fund II-B, L.P.

430 Main St., Suite 1

Williamstown, MA 01267

Worcester Venture Fund, L.P.

100 Venture Way, Suite 4

Hadley, MA 01035

BlueCross BlueShield Venture Partners, L.P.

 


225 N. Michigan Avenue

Chicago, IL 60601

Sandbox Co-Investment Fund I, L.P.

213 N. Racine Ave. Suite 201

Chicago, IL 60607

VP New York Venture Partners, L.P.

1001 Bayhill Dr.,

Suite 300, San Bruno, CA 94066

VantagePoint Venture Partners 2006 (Q), L.P.

1001 Bayhill Dr., Suite 300,

San Bruno, CA 94066

LLR Equity Partners IV, L.P.

Cira Centre, 2929 Arch Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104

LLR Equity Partners Parallel IV, L.P.

Cira Centre, 2929 Arch Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104

 

Exhibit 4.3

THIS WARRANT, AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT, HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND MAY NOT BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR UNLESS AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION, IS OBTAINED TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH PLEDGE, SALE, ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Void After October 14, 2021    Right to Purchase 116,232 (subject to the qualifications set forth herein) Shares of Senior Convertible Preferred Stock of Phreesia, Inc.

PHREESIA, INC.

Senior Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant

Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies that for value received Baird Financial Corporation, or permitted assigns, is entitled to purchase, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, an aggregate of One Hundred Sixteen Thousand Two Hundred Thirty-Two (116,232) shares of the Senior Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation (subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided) at a purchase price of $2.1939 per share (subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided), payable as hereinafter provided.

1.         Definitions . As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)        “ Warrant Stock ” shall mean the Corporation’s Senior Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, or other securities for which this Warrant shall become exercisable pursuant to the terms hereof.

(b)        “ Stated Purchase Price ” shall mean the purchase price to be paid upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof, which price initially shall be $2.1939 per share of Warrant Stock. The Stated Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to the provisions hereof.

(c)        “ Warrant Expiration Date ” shall mean the earlier of (i) 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on October 14, 2021; provided that if such date shall in New York, New York be a holiday or a day on which banks are authorized to close, then 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the next following day which in New York, New York is not a holiday or a day on which banks are authorized to close, (ii)  the date of the Initial Public Offering or (iii)  the date of an Extraordinary Event (as defined below).

(d)        “ Initial Public Offering ” means the initial underwritten public offering of the Corporation’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, which public offering has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


2.         Notice . In case at any time: (a)  the Corporation shall pay any dividend or make any distribution (other than regular cash dividends from earnings or earned surplus paid at an established rate) to the holders of its capital stock; (b) the Corporation shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of its capital stock any additional shares of stock of any class or other rights; (c)  there shall be any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation or consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation; (d)  there shall be any change to the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation that affects the rights, preferences, privileges or terms of the Warrant Stock; or (e)  there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation; then, in any one or more of such cases, the Corporation shall give written notice, by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the registered holder hereof at the address of such registered holder as shown on the books of the Corporation of the date on which (i)  the books of the Corporation shall close or a record date shall be fixed for determining the shareholders entitled to such dividend, distribution or subscription rights, or (ii)  such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up, conversion, redemption or other event shall take place, as the case may be. Such notice shall also provide reasonable details of the proposed transaction and specify the date as of which the holders of capital stock of record shall participate in such dividend, distribution or subscription rights, or shall be entitled to exchange their capital stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up, conversion, redemption or other event, as the case may be. Such written notice shall be given at least 15 days prior to the action in question and not less than 15 days prior to the record date or the date on which the Corporation’s transfer books are closed in respect thereto.

3.         Exercise .

(a)         Manner of Exercise . This Warrant may be exercised at any time or from time to time, on any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or holiday under the laws of The State of New York, for all or any part of the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable upon its exercise; provided, however, that this Warrant shall be void and all rights represented hereby shall cease unless exercised before the Warrant Expiration Date. In order to exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, the holder hereof shall deliver to the Corporation at its office at 432 Park Ave South, 12 Floor, New York, New York or at such other office as the Corporation may designate by notice in writing, (i)  this Warrant, (ii)  a written notice of such holder’s election to exercise its Warrant substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, and (iii)  payment to the Corporation by check made payable to the order of the Corporation or by wire transfer of funds to a bank account designated by the Corporation an amount equal to the aggregate purchase price for all shares of Warrant Stock as to which this Warrant is exercised. In lieu of such exercise of this Warrant, the holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of shares of Warrant Stock determined by using the following formula:

X=(P)(Y)(A-B)/A

where

 

- 2 -


  X =    the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be issued to the holder for the portion of this Warrant being exercised;
  P =    the percentage of this Warrant being exercised;
  Y =    the total number of shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in full;
  A =    the fair market value of one share of Warrant Stock as of the exercise date; and
  B =    the Stated Purchase Price as in effect on the exercise date.

Any portion of this Warrant that is exercised shall be immediately canceled. The fair market value of the Warrant Stock shall be determined pursuant to Section 10 hereof.

(b)         Issuance of Warrant Stock . Upon receipt of the documents and payments described in Section 3(a), the Corporation shall, as promptly as practicable, and in any event within 30 days thereafter, execute or cause to be executed, and deliver to such holder a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of full shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon such exercise, together with an amount in cash in lieu of any fraction of a share, as hereinafter provided. The stock certificate or certificates so delivered shall be in the denomination specified in said notice and shall be registered in the name of the holder hereof. This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and a certificate or certificates for shares of Warrant Stock shall be deemed to have been issued, and the holder hereof or any other person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such shares for all purposes as of the date of said notice, together with this Warrant and the documents and payments described in Section  3(a), are received by the Corporation as aforesaid. If this Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Corporation shall, at the time of delivery of said certificate or certificates, deliver to the holder hereof a new Warrant evidencing the rights of such holder to purchase the unpurchased shares of Warrant Stock called for by this Warrant, which new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical with this Warrant.

(c)         Automatic Exercise . In the event of termination of this Warrant, to the extent that this Warrant is then exercisable and such exercise would result in the issuance of shares of Warrant Stock to the holder hereof, this Warrant shall be deemed automatically exercised under Section 3(a) above immediately prior to the time at which it would otherwise terminate.

4.         Reservation of Shares; State Securities Laws .

(a)        The Corporation covenants that it will at all times until the Warrant Expiration Date reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock, solely for the purpose of issue upon exercise of this Warrant or conversion of Warrant Stock issued upon such exercise, such number of shares of Warrant Stock as shall then be issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant and such number of shares of capital stock as shall then be issuable upon conversion of such Warrant Stock.

(b)        If any securities to be reserved for the purpose of exercise of this Warrant require approvals or registrations under applicable state “blue sky” or federal securities laws, the Corporation will use its reasonable efforts to obtain such approvals or registrations as may be appropriate.

 

- 3 -


5.         Loss or Mutilation . Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Corporation of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant (including a reasonably detailed affidavit with respect to the circumstances of any loss, theft or destruction of such Warrant) and, if requested in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Corporation at its expense will execute and deliver, in lieu hereof, a new Warrant of like tenor.

6.         Subdivision or Combination of Warrant Stock . If the Corporation at any time subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or otherwise) its outstanding shares of Warrant Stock into a greater number of shares, the Stated Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision will be proportionately reduced and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant will be proportionately increased, and if the Corporation at any time combines (by reverse stock split, recapitalization or otherwise) its outstanding shares of Warrant Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Stated Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such combination will be proportionately increased and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant will be proportionately decreased.

7.         Reclassification , Reorganization and Consolidation. In case of any reclassification, capital reorganization, or change in shares of any class of equity securities that may be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant (other than as a result of a subdivision, combination, or stock dividend provided for in Section 6), then, as a condition of such reclassification, reorganization, or change, lawful provision shall be made, and duly executed documents evidencing the same from the Company or its successor shall be delivered to the holder of this Warrant, so that the holder of this Warrant shall have the right at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant to purchase, at a total price equal to that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable in connection with such reclassification, reorganization, or change by a holder of the same number of shares of securities as were purchasable by the holder of this Warrant immediately prior to such reclassification, reorganization, or change. In any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the holder of this Warrant so that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable with respect to any shares of stock or other securities and property deliverable upon exercise hereof, and appropriate adjustments shall be made to the Stated Purchase Price per share of Warrant Stock, provided the aggregate Stated Purchase Price shall remain the same.

8.         Consolidation, Merger, etc . If any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with another corporation that involves a transfer of more than 50% of the voting power of the Corporation, any transfer of shares representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Corporation are transferred to any person that is not, on the date hereof, a holder of stock of any class or preference of the Corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets to another entity (each an “ Extraordinary Event ”) shall be effected, then, as a condition of such Extraordinary Event, the Corporation shall cause lawful and adequate provision to be made whereby the registered holder of this Warrant shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon exercise hereof and the payment of the aggregate exercise price hereunder, in lieu of the shares of Warrant Stock of the Corporation immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant, such shares of stock, securities or property

 

- 4 -


(including cash) as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of shares of Warrant Stock of the Corporation immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant had such Extraordinary Event not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of the holder of this Warrant to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the Stated Purchase Price and of the number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or property thereafter deliverable upon the exercise hereof. The foregoing provisions shall similarly apply to successive Extraordinary Events.

9.         Notice of Adjustment of Stated Purchase Price . Upon any adjustment or other change relating to the Stated Purchase Price or the securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant, then, and in each such case, the Corporation shall give written notice thereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the registered holder at the address of such registered holder as shown on the books of the Corporation, which notice shall state the Stated Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease in the number or other denominations of securities purchasable at such price upon the exercise of this Warrant setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

10.         Fractional Shares . If the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant is adjusted pursuant to the terms hereof, the Corporation shall nevertheless not be required to issue fractions of shares, upon exercise of this Warrant or otherwise, or to distribute certificates that evidence fractional shares. With respect to any fraction of a share called for upon any exercise hereof, such fraction shall neither be issued nor extinguished until the final exercise of this Warrant, in which event if a fraction is issuable, the Corporation shall pay to the holder hereof an amount in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the current fair market value of the capital stock into which such fractional share is convertible, determined as follows:

(a)        If the capital stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the current fair market value shall be the last reported sale price of the capital stock on such exchange or market system on the last business day prior to the date of exercise of this Warrant or, if no such sale is made on such day, the average closing bid and asked price for such day on such exchange or market system; or

(b)        If the capital stock is not so listed, the current fair market value shall be an amount reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

11.         Representations and Warranties of the Corporation .

(a)        The Corporation is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry out its obligations under this Warrant.

(b)        The Corporation has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Warrant; and carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of this Warrant. The

 

- 5 -


execution, delivery and performance by the Corporation of this Warrant has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action. The Corporation has duly authorized, executed and delivered this Warrant, and this Warrant constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Corporation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally, the exercise of judicial or administrative discretion in accordance with general equitable principles, or public policy. All Warrant Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c)        The execution, delivery and performance of this Warrant, the issuance, sale and delivery of the Warrant Stock, and compliance with the provisions hereof and thereof by the Corporation do not and will not, with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, violate, conflict with or result in any breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration), or result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of the Corporation, under: (a)  the provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, loan, license, agreement, lease or other instrument or obligation that is binding on the Corporation or any of its assets, (b) the Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation, or (c)  any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation or any ruling, writ, injunction, order, judgment or decree of any court, administrative agency or other governmental body. The issuance of neither the Warrant nor the Warrant Stock is subject to preemptive or other similar statutory or contractual rights, which have not been duly and effectively waived.

(d)        No authorization, consent, approval or other order of, declaration to, or filing with, any governmental agency or body is required to be made or obtained by the Corporation for or in connection with the valid and lawful authorization, execution and delivery by the Corporation of this Warrant or for or in connection with the valid and lawful authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Warrant Stock.

(e)        Subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the original holder of this Warrant set forth herein, the provisions of Section 5 of the Act are inapplicable to the offering, issuance, sale and delivery of this Warrant, and no consent, approval, qualification or registration or filing under any state securities laws is required in connection therewith, except such exemptive filings which are not required to be made until after the issuance hereof.

(f)        The Corporation is acquiring the Warrants or Warrant Stock for its own account, for investment and not for, with a view to, or in connection with, any distribution or public offering thereof within the meaning of the Act.

(g)        The Corporation understands that the Warrants and Warrant Stock have not been, and will not be, registered under the Act or any state securities law, by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Act and such laws, that the Warrants and Warrant Stock must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Act and such laws or a subsequent disposition thereof is exempt from registration, that

 

- 6 -


the Warrants and Warrant Stock shall bear a legend to such effect, and that appropriate transfer instructions may be issued. The Corporation further understands that such exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Corporation’s investment intent expressed herein.

(h)        The Corporation has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Warrants or the Warrant Stock. The Corporation understands the term “accredited investor” as used in Regulation D promulgated under the Act and represents and warrants to the Corporation that the Corporation is an “accredited investor” for purposes of acquiring the Warrants or Warrant Stock being acquired by it hereunder.

(i)        The Corporation has sufficient knowledge and experience in business and financial matters and with respect to investment in securities of privately held companies so as to enable it to analyze and evaluate the merits and risks of the investment contemplated hereby and is capable of protecting its interest in connection with this transaction. The Corporation is able to bear the economic risk of such investment, including a complete loss of the investment.

(j)        The Corporation acknowledges that the Corporation and its representatives have had the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from officers and representatives of the Corporation concerning the transactions contemplated by this Warrant, and to obtain any additional information which the Corporation possesses or can acquire that is necessary to verify the accuracy of the information regarding the Corporation herein set forth or otherwise desired in connection with its purchase of the Warrants or Warrant Stock being acquired by it hereunder; provided, however, that no investigation made heretofore or hereafter by or on behalf of such Corporation shall have any effect on the representations and warranties of the Corporation hereunder, each of which will survive any such investigation.

(k)        The Corporation understands that the exemption from registration afforded by Rule 144 (the provisions of which are known to Corporation) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Act depends upon the satisfaction of various conditions and that such exemption is not currently available.

12.         Warrant Holder Not Deemed Stockholder .

(a)        The holder of this Warrant shall not, as such, be entitled to vote or to receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Warrant Stock that may at any time be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant for any purpose whatsoever, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Corporation or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive dividends or subscription rights, until such holder shall have exercised this Warrant and been issued shares of Warrant Stock in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b)        As a condition to issuing this Warrant to the holder, the holder shall execute and deliver counterpart signatures to that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, the Fourth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement and the Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement of the Corporation,

 

- 7 -


pursuant to which the holder of this Warrant, this Warrant and any Warrant Stock issued pursuant to an exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to certain restrictions, and the holder of this Warrant will be granted certain rights (including, without limitation, certain piggy-back registration rights) following its exercise of this Warrant.

13.         Transfer Restrictions . This Warrant may not be pledged, sold, assigned or otherwise transferred unless the proposed disposition is the subject of a currently effective registration statement under the Act, or unless the Corporation has received an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory in form and scope to the Corporation that such registration is not required if the Corporation believes such transfer will violate any applicable securities laws. Upon surrender of this Warrant to the Corporation, together with the assignment hereof (substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto) properly endorsed, for transfer of this Warrant as an entirety by the holder, the Corporation shall issue a new warrant of the same denomination to such permitted assignee. Upon surrender of this Warrant to the Corporation, together with the assignment hereof (substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto) properly endorsed, by the holder for transfer with respect to a portion of the shares of Warrant Stock purchasable hereunder, as the case may be, the Corporation shall issue a new warrant to such permitted assignee, in such denomination as shall be requested by the holder hereof, and shall issue to such holder a new warrant covering the number of shares in respect of which this Warrant shall not have been transferred.

14.         Rights of Action; Remedies . All rights of action with respect to this Warrant are vested in the holder of this Warrant, and the holder may enforce against the Corporation its right to exercise this Warrant for the purchase of shares of Warrant Stock in the manner provided in this Warrant. The Corporation stipulates that the remedies at law of the holder of this Warrant in the event of any default or threatened default by the Corporation in the performance of or compliance with any of the terms of this Warrant are not and will not be adequate, and that such terms may be specifically enforced by a decree for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or by an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or otherwise.

15.         Modification of Warrant . This Warrant shall not be modified, supplemented or altered in any respect except with the consent in writing of the holder hereof and the Corporation.

16.     Miscellaneous . This Warrant shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only, and shall not limit or otherwise affect any of the terms hereof. This Warrant is being executed as an instrument under seal. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

 

- 8 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Warrant to be duly executed as of October 14, 2014.

 

PHREESIA, INC.
By:      

/s/ Chaim Indig

  Name: Chaim Indig
  Title: President

Acknowledged and Agreed:

 

BAIRD FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Paul L. Schultz

  Name: Paul L. Schultz
  Title: Secretary

[Signature Page to Senior Convertible Preferred Warrant]

 


EXHIBIT A

EXERCISE FORM

(To be signed only on exercise of Warrant)

Phreesia, Inc.

432 Park Ave South, 12 Floor

New York, New York

Attn: President

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right to purchase represented by the within Warrant for, and to purchase thereunder,              shares of the stock provided for therein, and requests that certificates for such shares be issued in the name of:

 

 

 

(Please print name, address, and social security number)

 

 

 

and, if said number of shares shall not be all the shares purchasable thereunder, that a new Warrant for the balance remaining of the shares purchasable under the within Warrant be registered in the name of the undersigned holder of the within Warrant or his Assignee as below indicated and delivered to the address stated below.

NAME OF HOLDER OR ASSIGNEE:                                                                                               

(Please print)

ADDRESS OF HOLDER

OR ASSIGNEE:                                                                                                                                                          

SIGNATURE OF HOLDER:                                                                                                                                     

DATED:                                         

Note: The above signature must correspond with the name exactly as written upon the face of the within Warrant in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever, unless the within Warrant has been assigned.

 

- 1 -


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be signed only on transfer of Warrant)

For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto                                  the right represented by the within Warrant to purchase                                  shares of                                  Stock of Phreesia, Inc. to which the within Warrant relates, and appoints                                  attorney to transfer such rights on the books of Phreesia, Inc. with full power of substitution in the premises.

NAME OF HOLDER:                                                                                                                       

(Please print)

ADDRESS:                                                                                                                                                                

SIGNATURE OF HOLDER:                                                                                                                                     

DATED:                             

Note: The above signature must correspond with the name exactly as written upon the face of the within Warrant in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever, unless the within Warrant has been assigned.

SIGNED IN THE PRESENCE OF:


                                                         

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 4.4

EXECUTION COPY

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE COMPANY’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE PREFERRED STOCK

 

Company:

  

PHREESIA, INC., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares:

  

489,605 Shares of Junior Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Junior Preferred ”), and 358,244 Shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Redeemable Preferred ” and together with the Junior Preferred, the “ Preferred Stock ”) (Subject to Article 1.1.2 and Article 1.6 )

Classes of Stock:

  

Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred (Subject to Article 1.6 )

Initial Exercise Price:

  

$0.01 per unit (as defined below)

Issue Date:

  

February 25, 2015 (originally issued on September 5, 2013)

Expiration Date:

  

September 5, 2020 (Subject to Article 4.1 )

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, in consideration of the payment of $1.00 and for other good and valuable consideration, Escalate Capital Partners SBIC I, L.P., or its permitted assignee (“ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of units of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Preferred Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), at the initial exercise price per unit of Shares (in aggregate, the “ Warrant Price ”) all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. This Warrant amends and restates the Warrant to Purchase Preferred Stock issued by the Company to the holder of this warrant on September 5, 2013 (the “ Prior Warrant ”) in connection with the recapitalization of the Corporation’s Series D Preferred Stock, which was consummated on October 14, 2014 through the Restated Charter (as defined below), and this Warrant supersedes the Prior Warrant in its entirety which shall have no further force and effect.

As used herein, a “unit” of Shares shall be equal to one (1) share of Junior Preferred and 0.7317 shares of Redeemable Preferred; provided, that if and to the extent the number of shares of Redeemable Preferred associated with a share of Junior Preferred are automatically extinguished and cancelled pursuant to the terms of the Restated Charter, a “unit” of Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Restated Charter. “Restated Charter” shall mean the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

ARTICLE 1.     EXERCISE.

1.1        Exercise of Warrant.


1.1.1     Exercisability . Subject to Article 1.1.2 , the purchase rights represented by this Warrant are exercisable by Holder in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, on or before the Expiration Date set forth above, in the manner set forth in Article 1.2 below.

1.1.2     Vesting . Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant shall vest and be exercisable by Holder (pursuant to Article 1.1.1 ) only with respect to the number of units set forth in the following vesting schedule:

(i)       279,773 of the units shall vest and be immediately exercisable on September 5, 2013; and

(ii)       69,944 of the units shall vest and be immediately exercisable upon the date each One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) of Incremental Advances (as defined in the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 5, 2013, by and between Holder and Company (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”; capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Loan Agreement), is advanced by Holder to the Company, with a pro rata basis increase in such number of vested units if the incremental amount over $1,000,000 of any Incremental Advance is other than a whole multiple of $1,000,000. Thus, and by way of example, an Incremental Advance in the aggregate principal amount of One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) would result in three-fourteenths (3/14) of the units vesting and becoming immediately exercisable.

1.2       Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering this Warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise or Exchange in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company (or such other appropriate location as Holder is instructed by the Company); provided, that subject to Section 2.6, (i) Shares may only be purchased pursuant to the exercise of whole units and (ii) this Warrant shall not be exercisable for a number of Shares of Junior Preferred and Redeemable Preferred in any other ratio. Unless Holder is exercising the exchange right set forth in Article 1.3 , Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company) or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the units being purchased.

1.3       Exchange Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.2 , if the Fair Market Value of one unit is greater than the Warrant Price, Holder may from time to time exchange this Warrant, in whole or in part, by surrendering this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other appropriate location as Holder is instructed by the Company) together with a duly completed Notice of Exercise or Exchange for a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares (in whole units) or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or for which this Warrant shall become exercisable pursuant to the Restated Charter minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such whole units by (b) the Fair Market Value of one unit. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.4 .

1.4       Fair Market Value . For purposes of this Warrant, “Fair Market Value” shall be determined as follows:

1.4.1     If Holder elects to exchange this Warrant in connection with the closing of Company’s initial underwritten public offering of its securities to the general public (the “ IPO ”) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) and if the Company’s registration statement relating to such IPO has been declared effective

 

2


by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be the initial price to the public of such Share specified in the final prospectus with respect to such IPO.

1.4.2     If the Shares are traded regularly on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value of such Shares shall be the average closing prices of such Shares (or the closing price of the Company’s stock into which the Shares are convertible multiplied by the number of shares of the Company stock into which such Share is convertible) reported on such exchange for the ten (10) business days immediately prior to the date Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise or Exchange to the Company.

1.4.3     If Holder elects to exchange this Warrant in connection with an Acquisition, the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be the greater of (x) the price per share which each share of Junior Preferred and/or Redeemable Preferred is entitled to receive in such Acquisition multiplied by the number of Shares, and (y) the price per share which each share of the Company’s stock into which each Share is convertible is entitled to receive in such Acquisition multiplied by the number of applicable Shares.

1.4.4     In all other cases, the Board of Directors of the Company in its reasonable good faith judgment shall determine the fair market value of the Shares (or the Company’s stock into which the Shares are convertible multiplied by the number of shares of the Company stock into which a Share is convertible) as of the close of business on the business day immediately prior to the date Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise or Exchange to the Company.

1.5       Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or exchanges this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or exchanged and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.6       Reserved .

1.7       Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an affidavit of loss and indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at Holder’s expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new Warrant of like tenor.

1.8       Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition .

1.8.1     Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the equity, securities or assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or the successor or surviving entity, as applicable, immediately after the transaction; provided, that none of the following shall be considered an Acquisition: (A) a merger or consolidation affected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company or (B) any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is canceled or converted or a combination thereof. The Company will provide Holder at least five (5) business days’ prior notice of the estimated closing for any Acquisition.

1.8.2     Assumption of Warrant . If upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor or surviving entity expressly assumes the obligations of the Company pursuant to this Warrant, then from

 

3


and after the closing of such Acquisition, this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise or exchange of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for, or the closing of, the Acquisition. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly, as necessary.

1.8.3     Nonassumption . If upon the closing of any Acquisition, Holder has not otherwise exercised or exchanged this Warrant in full, then Holder, by written notice to the Company received prior to the closing of such Acquisition, may elect to (a) deem this Warrant to have been automatically exchanged for Shares pursuant to Article 1.3 and thereafter Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of Shares on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company or (b) require the successor or surviving entity or the Company, if the successor or surviving entity does not assume the obligations of this Warrant pursuant to Article 1.8.2 , to purchase this Warrant upon the closing of the Acquisition, subject to the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company participating in the Acquisition as if the Warrant were exercised and Holder held the Shares prior to the Acquisition, for an amount equal to the pro rata portion of the aggregate consideration Holder would have received in consideration for the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant in connection with the Acquisition had Holder exercised this Warrant immediately prior to the record date for determining such consideration to the security holders, minus the aggregate Warrant Price for such Shares.

1.9       Conditional Exercise, Exchange or Sale . The exercise, exchange or sale of this Warrant may at the election of Holder be contingent upon the Company’s IPO or the closing of an Acquisition or other transaction involving the Company, in which case, upon the Holder electing to exercise, exchange, or sell this Warrant once the conditions have been met, such exercise, exchange or sale shall be deemed to be effective immediately prior to or upon the commencement of the Company’s IPO or the closing of the Acquisition or other transaction involving the Company, as applicable.

ARTICLE 2.     ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1       Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays after the Issue Date a dividend on its Preferred Stock payable in preferred stock, common stock, or other securities of the Company or subdivides the outstanding Preferred Stock into a greater amount of Junior Preferred and/or Redeemable Preferred, then upon exercise or exchange of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

2.2       Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or exchange of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised or exchanged immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event and Holder had continued to hold such Shares until after such event. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new Warrant for such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change to the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The new Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

 

4


2.3       Adjustments for Combinations, Etc. If the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionally decreased.

2.4       No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its certificate of incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no waiver or amendment to any provision of the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, or of any provision of the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, by and between the Company and the Purchasers listed as party thereto, dated as of October 14, 2014, as amended from time to time (the “ IRA ”) and a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A , shall be deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights if such amendments or waivers do not affect Holder in a manner materially different than such amendments or waivers generally effect the holders of Preferred Stock.

2.5       Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer or other appropriate officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

2.6       Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest of Redeemable Preferred arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest times $1. If a fractional share interest of Junior Preferred arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest times the Fair Market Value, as determined in accordance with Section 1.4, of a full Share of Junior Preferred.

ARTICLE 3.     REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS.

3.1       Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

3.1.1     All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise or exchange of this Warrant, together with any shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, in the IRA, or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

3.1.2     The Company’s capitalization table attached to this Warrant as Schedule A is a complete and correct summary of the Company’s capitalization in all material respects as of the Issue Date.

 

5


3.2       Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its preferred stock or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights, including any rights of first offer contained in the IRA as in effect on the date hereof); (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of common stock or preferred stock; or (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock or preferred stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a)  and (b)  above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c)  and (d)  above at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which such holders will be entitled to exchange their common stock or preferred stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

3.3       Information Rights . During the term of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to the inspection rights contained in Section 4.2 of the IRA and the information rights contained in Section 4.3 of the IRA as in effect on the date of this Warrant, as if Holder were a “Purchaser” under the IRA with the requisite Share holdings to be entitled to such rights. In addition, but without duplication, so long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder, (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communiques to all holders of Shares, (b) to the extent updated, within thirty (30) days of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a detailed fully diluted capitalization table for the Company as of the end of such fiscal quarter, (c) within 180 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing, (d) within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, the Company’s monthly, unaudited financial statements, (e) within thirty (30) days after any amendment, revision, alteration or other modification of the Restated Charter, bylaws, or other applicable formation and governing documents, a copy thereof; and (f) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the Company receives copies of any 409A valuation reports or other documents that value any compensation, equity award, bonus, benefit plan or any other arrangement that could be deemed deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The rights set forth in this Article 3.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier to occur of (i) the closing of the Company’s IPO, (ii) the closing of an Acquisition, or (iii) the Company becoming subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

3.4       Reservation of Shares . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the exercise or exchange of this Warrant, the maximum number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the maximum number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares.

3.5       No Stockholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until exercise of this Warrant.

3.6       Representations and Warranties of Holder . The Holder hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Company as follows:

3.6.1     Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by the Holder will be acquired for investment for the Holder’s account, not as a

 

6


nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that the Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

3.6.2     Disclosure of Information . The Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. The Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to request additional information necessary to verify any information furnished to the Holder or to which the Holder has access.

3.6.3     Investment Experience . The Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. The Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that the Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that the Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables the Holder to be aw are of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

3.6.4     Accredited Investor Status . The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

3.6.5     The Act . The Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. The Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise, conversion or exchange hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless one or more exemptions from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

3.6.6     Market Stand-Off Agreement . Holder hereby agrees that if the Company and managing underwriter so request and if and only so long as all officers, directors and holders of more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s common stock are subject to the same agreements, during the period commencing on the effective date of the registration statement relating to the Company’s IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) it will not, without the prior written consent of such managing underwriter, (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Holder or are thereafter acquired), or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i)  or (ii)  above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s IPO are intended third party beneficiaries of this Article 3.6.6 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the registrable securities of each Holder until the end of such period.

 

7


3.7       Registration Rights . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback” and “S-3” registration rights in parity with Purchasers pursuant to and as set forth in the IRA. The provisions set forth in the IRA relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the Holder’s prior written consent unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to the Holder.

3.8       Compliance with Rule 144 . At the written request of the Holder, any time after the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to the extent that the Holder proposes to sell Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC, the Company shall furnish to the Holder, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such request, a written statement as to whether the Company is then in compliance with the filing requirements of the SEC as set forth in such Rule, as such Rule may be amended from time to time.

ARTICLE 4.     MISCELLANEOUS .

4.1       Term . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above. If the Company completes its IPO within the one-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the first anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s IPO. If this Warrant has not been exercised prior to the Expiration Date and the Fair Market Value of one unit of Shares as of the Expiration Date (determined in accordance with Article 1.4 ) is greater than the Warrant Price, this Warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically exercised on the Expiration Date by “cashless” exercise pursuant to Article 1.3 .

4.2       Legends . In addition to any other legends required by the Company’s Bylaws, the IRA, and any other agreements, this Warrant and the Shares shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form: THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE COMPANY’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

4.3       Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with, or an applicable exemption from, applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and

 

8


the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably acceptable to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company).

4.4       Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Article 4.3 , Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable) (which reissuance, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be in whole units of Shares); provided , however , that Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant to its affiliates at any time with prior written notice to the Company, and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises the Warrant. The terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

4.5       Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant, notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

  

Escalate Capital Partners SBIC I, L.P.

  

300 West Sixth Street

  

Suite 2300

  

Austin, Texas 78701

  

Attention: Tony Schell

  

Phone: 512.651.2105

  

Fax: 512.651.2101

  

Email: tony@escalatecapital.com

And to:

  
  

Escalate Capital Partners

  

1901 S. Bascom Avenue, Suite 1030

  

Campbell, California 95008

  

Attention: Simon James

  

Phone: 408.200.0097

  

Fax: 408.200.0099

  

Email: simon@escalatecapital.com

 

9


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

 

McGuire Woods LLP

 

2000 McKinney Avenue, Suite 1400

 

Dallas, Texas 75201

 

Attn: David McLean, Esq.

 

Phone: 214.932.6401

 

Fax: 214.932.6499

 

Email: dpmclean@mcguirewoods.com

 

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until the Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

Phreesia, Inc.

 

432 Park Avenue South, 12 th Floor

 

New York, NY 10016

 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

Phone: 212.863.9455

 

Email: taltier@phreesia.com

with a copy to:

 
 

Goodwin Procter LLP

 

53 State Street

 

Boston, MA 02109

 

Attention: John J. Egan III, Esq.

 

Phone: 617.570.1514

 

Fax: 617.321.4742

 

Email: jegan@goodwinprocter.com

4.6       Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be amended, changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such amendment, change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

4.7       Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

4.8       Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

4.9       Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, including by facsimile or e-mail, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[Signature page follows.]

 

10


The Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed and delivered as of the Issue Date specified above.

 

PREESIA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

/s/ Chaim Indig

Name:

 

Chaim Indig

Title:

 

CEO

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO W ARRANT TO P URCHASE P REFERRED S TOCK ]


AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

ESCALATE CAPITAL PARTNERS SBIC I, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

 

By:

  Escalate SBIC Capital Management, LLC,
 

its general partner

By:

 

/s/ Ross Cockrell

Name:

 

Ross Cockrell

Title:

 

Member

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO W ARRANT TO P URCHASE P REFERRED S TOCK ]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

ARTICLE 1.      The undersigned hereby elects to (check applicable blank below):

 

                           

 

               

  purchase                      units of Shares of Junior Convertible Preferred Stock and Redeemable Preferred Stock of PHREESIA, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the Warrant Price of such Shares in full: or
 

            

  exchange the attached Warrant for Shares in the manner specified in the Warrant. This exchange is exercised with respect to              of the units covered by the Warrant.

ARTICLE 2.     Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

 

                           

 

Attn:

 

                                 

 

 

 

 

  Or Registered Assignee

ARTICLE 3.     The undersigned represents it is acquiring the Shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

                         or Registered Assignee

 

 

(Signature)

 

(Date)


SCHEDULE A

(attached)

Exhibit 4.5

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: As set forth in Paragraph A below

Type/Series of Stock: Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

Warrant Price: As set forth in Paragraph A below

Issue Date: October 22, 2015

Expiration Date: October 21, 2025 See also Section 5.1(b).

Credit Facility: This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Fifth Loan Modification Agreement, of even date herewith, to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated June 6, 2012, between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company, as amended (collectively, and as may be further amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) as determined pursuant to Paragraph A below, at the Warrant Price (as defined below), subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

A.       Warrant Price; Number of Shares .

(1)         Warrant Price . The purchase price per Share hereunder (the “ Warrant Price ”) shall be: (a) if, on or before December 15, 2015, the Company shall receive, and its Board of Directors shall approve and adopt, a new valuation of the Company’s common stock conducted for purposes of its compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the fair market value of a share of the Class as reported therein; or (b) if, for any reason or no reason, the Company shall not have received, and/or its Board of Directors shall not have approved and adopted, such a new 409A valuation on or before December 15, 2015, or if, prior to such receipt, approval and adoption of such new 409A valuation on or before such date, there shall be an Acquisition (as hereinafter defined), IPO (as hereinafter defined) or any other event described in Section 3.2 below, then the “Warrant Price” shall be $0.92 (as such number may be adjusted from time to time from and after the Issue Date hereof in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant as if such number were the Warrant Price) from and after such date or as of immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition, the effectiveness of the registration statement filed in connection with the IPO or the effective date of such Section 3.2 event (or the record date thereof if the Company shall establish a record date for determining shareholders entitled


to participate in such event), as the case may be; and in all cases subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(2)     Number of Shares . The number of shares of the Class for which this Warrant shall be exercisable shall equal (a) $337,500, divided by (b) the Warrant Price as and when first determined pursuant to Paragraph A(l) above, subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant (the Shares ”).

SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1     Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2     Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

X =     the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

 

  Y =

the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

 

  A =

the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

B =     the Warrant Price.

1.3     Fair Market Value . If shares of the Class are then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”), the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Class reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If shares of the Class are not then traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4     Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to

 

 

2


Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5     Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6     Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a)     Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b)     Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

(c)     Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

3


(d)     As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

1.7     Certain Agreements . Upon any exercise of this Warrant, Holder shall, solely with respect to the Shares issued upon such exercise or conversion, join and become a “Purchaser” party to (a) that certain the Fourth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of October 14, 2014, as amended and in effect from time to time, and (b) that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement dated as of October 14, 2014, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Investor Agreements ”), to the extent that such agreements are then by their terms still in force and effect.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1     Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in additional shares of the Class or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2     Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3     No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such

 

4


fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.4     Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1     Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) $0.92 is not greater than the fair market value of a share of the Class as determined by the most recently completed valuation as of the date hereof, approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, of the Company’s stock for purposes of its compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(b)     All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, under the Investor Agreements (to the extent that Holder is then subject thereto in accordance with Section 1.7 above) or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant.

(c)     The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2     Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect its initial, underwritten offering and sale of its securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”);

 

5


then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE HOLDER .

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1         Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the Shares to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2         Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3         Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and

 

6


duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4         Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5         The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6         No Shareholder Rights . Without limiting any provision of this Warrant, Holder agrees that as a Holder of this Warrant it will not have any rights (including, without limitation, voting rights) as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Shares issuable hereunder unless and until the exercise of this Warrant, and then only with respect to the Shares issued on such exercise.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1         Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a)         Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b)         Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2         Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED OCTOBER 22, 2015, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

7


5.3     Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4     Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant; and provided further, that the transfer of any Shares issued on exercise hereof shall be subject to the provisions of the Investor Agreements (to the extent that Holder is then subject thereto in accordance with Section 1.7 above). Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5     Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: derivatives@svb.com

 

8


Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Phreesia, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

432 Park Avenue South, 12 th Floor

New York, NY 10016

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Goodwin Procter LLP

Attn: John Egan

Exchange Place

Boston, MA 02109

Telephone: 617-570-1514

Facsimile: 617-570-1231

Email: jegan@goodwinprocter.com

5.6     Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7     Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8     Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9     Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10     Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11     Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

“COMPANY”

PHREESIA, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Chaim Indig

Name:

 

Chaim Indig

Title:

 

(Print)

President & CEO

“HOLDER”

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

By:

 

/s/ Lauren Cole

Name:

 

Lauren Cole

Title:

 

(Print)

Vice President

 

10


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1.         The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                          shares of the Common/Series                  Preferred [circle one] Stock of                                  (the Company ) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ]

        check in the amount of $                      payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ]

        Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ]

        Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ]

        Other [Describe]                                                                                               

2.         Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

  

 

  
  

Holder’s Name

  
  

 

  
     
  

 

  
  

(Address)

  

 

3.         By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

                                     

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

(Date):

 

 

 

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 4.6

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: 196,570, subject to adjustment

Type/Series of Stock: Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

Warrant Price: $1.59 per Share, subject to adjustment

Issue Date: November 7, 2016

Expiration Date: November 6, 2026 See also Section 5.1(b).

Credit Facility: This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Sixth Loan Modification Agreement, of even date herewith, to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated June 6, 2012, between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company, as amended (collectively, and as may be further amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”), at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1         Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2         Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 


  

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

     
  

X =

  

the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

  

Y =

  

the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

  

A =

  

the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

  

B =

  

the Warrant Price.

1.3         Fair Market Value . If shares of the Class are then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”), the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Class reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If shares of the Class are not then traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4         Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5         Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6         Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a)         Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the

 

2


Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b)         Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

(c)        Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d)        As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

1.7         Certain Agreements . Upon any exercise of this Warrant, Holder shall, solely with respect to the Shares issued upon such exercise or conversion, join and become a “Purchaser” party to (a) that certain the Fourth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of October 14, 2014, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ ROFR Agreement ”), (b) that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement dated as of October 14, 2014, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Voting Agreement ”), and (c) that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of October 14, 2014, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Investor Rights Agreement ,” and collectively with the ROFR Agreement and the Voting Agreement, the “ Investor Agreements ”), to the extent that such agreements are then by their terms still in force and effect.

 

3


SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1         Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in additional shares of the Class or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2         Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3         No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value of a full Share (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above), less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.4         Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1         Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The Warrant Price first set forth above is not greater than one hundred thirty-eight percent (138%) of the fair market value of a share of the Class as determined by the most recently completed valuation, approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, of the Company’s stock for purposes of its compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

4


(b)        The number of Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable on and as of the Issue Date hereof represents not less than 0.3250% of the Company’s total issued and outstanding shares of common stock, calculated on and as of the Issue Date hereof on a fully-diluted, common stock-equivalent basis assuming (i) the conversion into common stock of all outstanding securities and instruments (including, without limitation, securities deemed to be outstanding pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 3.1(b)) convertible by their terms into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such securities or instruments are by their terms now so convertible), (ii) the exercise in full of all outstanding options, warrants (including, without limitation, this Warrant) and other rights to purchase or acquire shares of common stock or securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire are by their terms then exercisable); and (iii) the inclusion of all shares of common stock reserved for issuance under all of the Company’s incentive stock and stock option plans and not then subject to outstanding grants or options.

(c)        All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, under the Investor Agreements (to the extent that Holder is then subject thereto in accordance with Section 1.7 above) or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant.

(d)        The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2       Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect its initial, underwritten offering and sale of its securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”);

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

 

5


(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1         Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the Shares to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2         Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3         Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4         Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5         The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom,

 

6


which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6         No Shareholder Rights . Without limiting any provision of this Warrant, Holder agrees that as a Holder of this Warrant it will not have any rights (including, without limitation, voting rights) as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Shares issuable hereunder unless and until the exercise of this Warrant, and then only with respect to the Shares issued on such exercise.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1         Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a)         Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b)         Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2         Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT ), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED NOVEMBER 7, 2016, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3         Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the

 

7


Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4         Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant; and provided further, that the transfer of any Shares issued on exercise hereof shall be subject to the provisions of the Investor Agreements (to the extent that Holder is then subject thereto in accordance with Section 1.7 above). Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5         Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: derivatives@svb.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Phreesia, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

432 Park Avenue South, 12 th Floor

New York, NY 10016

 

8


Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Goodwin Procter LLP

Attn: John Egan

100 Northern Avenue

Boston, MA 02210

Telephone: 617-570-1514

Facsimile: 617-570-1231

Email: jegan@goodwinprocter.com

5.6         Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7         Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8         Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9         Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10         Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11        Business Days. “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”

PHREESIA, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Tom Altier                                

Name:

 

Tom Altier

Title:

 

(Print)

CFO, Treasurer & Secretary

“HOLDER”

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:

 

/s/ Ryan Roller                            

Name:

 

Ryan Roller

Title:

 

(Print)

Vice President

 

10


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1.        The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                      shares of the Common/Series                      Preferred [circle one] Stock of                          (the “ Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ]

check in the amount of $                      payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ]

Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ]

Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ]

Other [Describe]                                                                                           

2.        Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

                                                                                      

Holder’s Name

 

 

                                                                                      

 

                                                                                      

(Address)

3.        By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

                                                 

 

 

By:                                                      

 

Name:                                                       

 

Title:                                                        

 

(Date):                                                         

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 4.7

EXECUTION COPY

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR OTHERWISE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

 

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company:

  

Phreesia, Inc.

Number of Shares:

  

336,280

Class of Stock:

  

Senior Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”)

Initial Exercise Price:

  

$3.00 per share

Issue Date:

  

November 7, 2016

Expiration Date:

  

November 7, 2026

This WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, ORIX Finance Equity Investors, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”), is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Preferred Stock (or such other securities issuable as set forth in Section  2.2 hereof, the “ Shares ”) of Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), at the initial exercise price per Share (the “ Warrant Price ”) set forth above, as constituted on the date hereof and as adjusted pursuant to the other terms of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. This Warrant is being issued pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement between the Company, ORIX Growth Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ ORIX ”), Escalate Capital Partners SBIC III, LP (“ Escalate ”, and together with ORIX, collectively, the “Lenders”), a Delaware limited partnership, and ORIX, in its capacity as collateral agent for itself and the other Lenders, dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Loan Agreement.

ARTICLE 1.    SHARES; EXERCISE.

1.1         Number of Shares . The number of Shares subject to this Warrant shall be the number of Shares set forth above.

1.2         Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering (including by confirmed facsimile or electronic transmission) a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 (the “ Notice of Exercise ”) to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section  1.3 ,

 


Holder shall also concurrently deliver to the Company the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased by (i) wire transfer or by check, (ii) notice of cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Holder, or (iii) any combination of (i) and (ii).

1.3         Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Section  1.2 , Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon the proposed whole or partial exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section  1.6 below.

1.4         Effective Date of Exercise . This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise in compliance with Section  1.2 above. The person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, as designated in the Notice of Exercise, shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on the date Holder is deemed to have exercised this Warrant.

1.5         No Rights of Stockholder . This Warrant does not entitle Holder to any voting or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the exercise or conversion of this Warrant. Upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be deemed to be a stockholder of the Company holding the number of Shares as to which this Warrant has been exercised as of the effective date set forth in Section  1.4 above.

1.6         Fair Market Value . If the Shares are traded in a public market, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the closing price of the Shares (or the closing price of the Company’s stock into which the Shares are convertible, as adjusted for the number of Shares issuable upon any such conversion) reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering (“ IPO ”), the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Shares are not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment. The foregoing notwithstanding, if Holder advises the Board of Directors in writing that Holder disagrees with such determination, then the Company and Holder shall promptly select a reputable independent valuation firm to undertake such valuation. If the Company and Holder are unable to agree upon the selection of such independent valuation firm, then Holder shall propose three reputable independent valuation firms, and from those three firms the Company shall select one to undertake such valuation. If the valuation determined by such independent valuation firm is greater than the valuation determined by the Board of Directors, then all fees and expenses of such independent valuation firm shall be paid by the Company. In all other circumstances, such fees and expenses shall be paid by Holder. If the Holder elects to exchange this Warrant in connection with an Acquisition, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the price per share which each Share is entitled to receive in such Acquisition as if the Shares were outstanding multiplied by the number of Shares.

1.7         Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant, and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate

 

Phreesia Warrant    -2-        


Warrant Price for the applicable number of share Shares, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired shall be delivered to Holder.

1.8         Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of an affidavit of loss of Holder or an officer of Holder, depending upon whether Holder is a person or entity, of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.9         Acquisition of the Company .

(a) Upon the closing of any Acquisition (as defined below) that is not a Qualifying Acquisition (as defined below), the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable (as of immediately prior to such closing) upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were issued and outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly. Upon the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition, this Warrant shall terminate and be of no further force or effect if not exercised by Holder immediately prior to or in connection with such Qualifying Acquisition, provided that Holder may elect, within five (5) days of the closing of such Qualifying Acquisition, to receive the consideration (net of the Warrant Price) payable in such Qualifying Acquisition, without exercising this Warrant, that would have been owed to Holder if this Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to or in connection with such Qualifying Acquisition (and upon receipt of such net consideration, this Warrant shall terminate without any further action on behalf of the Company or Holder).

(b) For purposes of this Warrant:

1.9.b.1         “ Acquisition ” means: (i) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; (ii) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization (excluding for this purpose the shares held by an Acquiring Stockholder (as defined below) or any of its affiliates), continue to hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity in substantially the same proportions (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; (iii) any sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or equity securities of the Company to an unrelated third party; or (iv) any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting securities as of immediately before such

 

Phreesia Warrant    -3-        


transaction (for such purpose treating all outstanding options and warrants to purchase voting securities of the Company as having been exercised and treating all outstanding debt and equity securities convertible into voting securities of the Company as having been converted) beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity as of immediately after the transaction.

1.9.b.2         “ Qualifying Acquisition ” means any Acquisition in which the consideration payable to the Company and/or its stockholders consists either (i) solely of cash or (ii) solely of Marketable Securities (as defined below) or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities and the holders of Preferred Stock receive consideration upon closing of such Acquisition in an amount per share of Preferred Stock of greater than one times the Warrant Price.

1.9.b.3         “ Acquiring Stockholder ” means a stockholder of the Company that (i) merges or otherwise combines with the Company in such combination transaction or (ii) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, a majority of another corporation that merges or otherwise combines with the Company in such combination transaction.

1.9.b.4         “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re- selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

(c) The exercise, exchange or sale of this Warrant may at the election of Holder be contingent upon the closing of an Acquisition or other transaction involving the Company, in which case such exercise, exchange or sale shall be deemed to be effective immediately prior to or upon the closing of the Acquisition or other transaction involving the Company, as applicable.

1.10         Automatic Exercise Prior to Expiration . To the extent this Warrant is not previously exercised or converted as to all of the Shares subject hereto, and if the fair market value (as determined pursuant to Section  1.6 above) of one Share is greater than the Warrant Price then in effect, this Warrant shall be deemed automatically converted with respect to all remaining Shares pursuant to Section  1.3 above immediately prior to the Expiration Date set forth above. For purposes of such automatic exercise, the fair market value of one Share upon such expiration shall be determined pursuant to Section  1.6 above. To the extent this Warrant or any portion hereof is deemed automatically exercised pursuant to this Section  1.10 , the Company agrees to promptly notify Holder of the number of Shares, if any, Holder is to receive by reason of such automatic exercise.

 

Phreesia Warrant    -4-        


1.11         Certain Agreements . Upon any exercise of this Warrant, Holder shall join and become a “Purchaser” party to (a) that certain the Fourth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of October 14, 2014 by and between the Company and other parties listed therein, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Co-Sale Agreement ”), provided that, notwithstanding any provisions of Section 8 of the Co-Sale Agreement to the contrary, Holder shall not be required to enter into any noncompetition agreements in connection with a Required Sale (as defined in the Co-Sale Agreement), (b) that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement dated as of October 14, 2014 by and between the Company and other parties listed therein, as amended and in effect from time to time, and (c) that certain Fourth Amended and Restated, dated as of October 14, 2014 by and between the Company and other parties listed therein, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Investor Rights Agreement ” and together with the agreements referenced in clause (a) and (b), the “ Investor Agreements ”), to the extent that such agreements are then by their terms still in force and effect.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES.

2.1         Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its Preferred Stock payable in equity interests or other securities of the Company, or subdivides the outstanding Preferred Stock into a greater amount of equity interests, then upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, for each Share issuable, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred. In the case of a subdivision of the outstanding Preferred Stock into a greater amount of equity interest, the Warrant Price shall also be proportionately decreased.

2.2         Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares into Common Stock of the Company pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) upon the closing of an IPO or otherwise pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation. After the occurrence of such an event, the Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new Warrant for such new securities or other property. The new Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section  2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Section  2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions or other events.

2.3         Adjustments for Combinations, Etc . If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

Phreesia Warrant    -5-        


2.4         No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Bylaws or Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Section  2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this section against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no waiver or amendment to any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or of any provision of the Investor Agreements, shall be deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights if such amendment or waiver would not, if Holder held Shares as of the date of such waiver or amendment, affect Holder in respect of its Shares in a manner materially different than such amendments or waivers generally effect the holders of Shares.

2.5         Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder a cash amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6         Certificate as to Adjustments; Other Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1         Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a)        All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof (including, without limitation, payment of the aggregate Warrant Price), be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company shall, at all times, reserve a sufficient number of the Shares and of shares of Preferred Stock for issuance upon Holder’s exercise of its rights hereunder and conversion of the Shares.

(b)         The Capitalization Table attached hereto as Exhibit A is true and complete

as of the Issue Date.

3.2         Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any class or series of its preferred stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any

 

Phreesia Warrant    -6-        


class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of Preferred Stock or any of its preferred stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of Preferred Stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in clause (a)  and clause (b)  above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in clause (c)  and clause (d)  above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the closing of the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Preferred Stock, or preferred stock as the case might be, will be entitled to exchange their Preferred Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in clause (e)  above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights. The rights set forth in this Section 3.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest to occur of (i) the closing of the IPO (other than clause (e), which shall survive until the occurrence of either (ii) or (iv)), (ii) the closing of an Acquisition, (iii) the Company becoming subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) (other than clause (e), which shall survive until the occurrence of either (ii) or (iv)) or (iv) the Holder no longer holding this Warrant (as a result of it being exercised in full or otherwise).

3.3         Information Rights . The Company shall provide to Holder: (a) so long as Holder holds this Warrant and/or any Shares, promptly after mailing, copies of all notices or other written communications to the stockholders of the Company; and (b) so long as Holder holds this Warrant, (i) as soon as practicable after approval by the Board, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal year of Company, the Company’s annual budget; (ii) within one hundred eighty (180) days of the end of each fiscal year of Company, the Company’s audited annual financial statements; and (iii) within forty-five (45) days of the end of each fiscal quarter of Company, the Company’s unaudited quarterly financial statements. Furthermore, the Company shall deliver to Holder (x) within thirty (30) days of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a detailed fully diluted capitalization table for the Company as of the end of the such fiscal quarter, (y) within thirty (30) days after any amendment, revision, alteration or other modification of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws, or other applicable formation and governing documents, a copy thereof; and (z) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the Company receives copies of any 409A valuation reports or other documents that value any compensation, equity award, bonus, benefit plan or any other arrangement that could be deemed deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The rights set forth in this Section 3.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest to occur of (i) the closing of the IPO, (ii) the closing of an Acquisition (provided, that if such Acquisition is not a Qualifying Acquisition, the information requirements included in Sections 3.3(b)(ii) and 3.3(b)(iii) shall survive until another termination event occurs with respect to this Section 3.3), (iii) the Company becoming subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act or (iv) the Holder no longer holding this Warrant (as a result of it being exercised in full or otherwise).

 

Phreesia Warrant    -7-        


3.4         Registration Under the Act . The Company agrees that with respect to the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares issued to Holder, Holder shall have certain incidental, or “Piggyback,” and S-3 registration rights as set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement upon Holder becoming a party thereto. In the event of any subsequent changes to the Investor Rights Agreement in effect as of the date hereof relating to “Piggyback” and/or S-3 registration rights, such changes shall only apply to Holder’s Shares if such changes would affect the rights associated with Holder’s Shares (as if Holder held Shares as of the date of such changes) in the same manner in all material respects as such changes affect the rights associated with the Shares generally.

3.5         Market Stand-Off Agreement . Holder hereby agrees that if the Company and managing underwriter so request and if and only so long as all officers, directors and holders of more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding capital stock (on an as-converted to common stock basis) are subject to the same agreements, during the period commencing on the effective date of the registration statement relating to the IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) it will not, without the prior written consent of such managing underwriter, (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock of the Company (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Holder or are thereafter acquired), or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The underwriters in connection with the IPO are intended third party beneficiaries of this Article 3.5 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the registrable securities of the Holder until the end of such period.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER. Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1         Purchase for Own Account. Except for permitted transfers to Holder’s affiliates, this Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act, and Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2         Disclosure of Information. Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional

 

Phreesia Warrant    -8-        


information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3         Investment Experience. Holder: (i) has experience as an investor in securities and acknowledges that Holder is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or (ii) has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4         Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5         The Act . The Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the “Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. The Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise, conversion or exchange hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless one or more exemptions from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

4.6         Compliance with Rule 144 . At the written request of the Holder, any time after the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and to the extent that the Holder proposes to sell Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), the Company shall furnish to the Holder, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such request, a written statement as to whether the Company is then in compliance with the filing requirements of the SEC as set forth in such Rule, as such Rule may be amended from time to time.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS

5.1         Term . This Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above.

5.2         Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form, as well as any legends required by the Investor Agreements and the Company’s bylaws as in effect as of the date hereof or otherwise:

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND NO INTEREST MAY BE SOLD, DISTRIBUTED, ASSIGNED, OFFERED,

 

Phreesia Warrant    -9-        


PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS (A) THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS COVERING ANY SUCH TRANSACTION INVOLVING SAID SECURITIES, OR (B) THIS CORPORATION OTHERWISE SATISFIES ITSELF THAT SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3         Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee.

5.4         Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section  5.2 and Section  5.3 , Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any), by giving the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant or the Shares being transferred, setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee, and surrendering this Warrant or the Shares (as applicable) to the Company for reissuance to such transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); provided, that any transfer of Shares must be made in compliance with any Investor Agreement to which Holder is a party. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor; provided, that Holder may at any time transfer the Warrant/Shares together with a transfer of the Loan as permitted by the Loan Agreement.

5.5         Notices . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day; (iii) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications to a party shall be sent to the party’s address set forth on the signature page hereto or at such other address(es) as such party may designate by advance written notice to the other party.

5.6         Waiver; Amendment . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and Holder.

5.7         Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs reasonably incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8         Governing Law . This Warrant and all acts, transactions, disputes and controversies arising hereunder or relating hereto, and all rights and obligations of Holder and

 

Phreesia Warrant    -10-        


Company shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the internal laws (and not the conflict of laws rules) of the State of New York.

[ Signatures on Next Page ]

 

Phreesia Warrant    -11-        


The parties have executed this Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the Issue Date set forth above.

 

Company :
Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation

By:

 

/s/ Thomas Altier

Name:

 

THOMAS ALTIER

Title:

 

CFO

Address:
432 Park Avenue South
New York, New York 10016
Attn: Thomas Altier
Email: taltier@phreesia.com

 

Holder:

ORIX Finance Equity Investors, LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:

 

ORIX Corporate Capital, Inc.

its general partner

By:

 

/s/ Mark Campbell

Name:

 

Mark Campbell

Title:

 

Authorized Representative

Address:
1717 Main Street, Suite 1100
Dallas, TX 75201
Attn: General Counsel
Email: mark.campbell@orix.com robert.lenhardt@orix.com

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO W ARRANT TO P URCHASE S TOCK ]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1.        The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                          shares of the Senior Preferred Stock of Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Shares ”), pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant to Purchase Stock, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of the Shares in full.

1.         The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant to Purchase Stock (the “ Warrant ”) into                          shares of the Senior Preferred Stock of Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Shares ”), pursuant to the terms of the Warrant (including Section 1.3 of the Warrant).

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2.        Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.        The undersigned represents it is acquiring the Shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

[Entity Name]

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Date

 


Exhibit A

Capitalization Table

[See Attached.]

Exhibit 4.8

EXECUTION COPY

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR OTHERWISE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

 

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company:

  

Phreesia, Inc.

Number of Shares:

  

336,280

Class of Stock:

  

Senior Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”)

Initial Exercise Price:

  

$3.00 per share

Issue Date:

  

November 7, 2016

Expiration Date:

  

November 7, 2026

This WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Escalate Capital Partners SBIC III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”), is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Preferred Stock (or such other securities issuable as set forth in Section  2.2 hereof, the “ Shares ”) of Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), at the initial exercise price per Share (the “ Warrant Price ”) set forth above, as constituted on the date hereof and as adjusted pursuant to the other terms of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. This Warrant is being issued pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement between the Company, ORIX Growth Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ ORIX ”), Escalate Capital Partners SBIC III, LP (“ Escalate ”, and together with ORIX, collectively, the “Lenders”), a Delaware limited partnership, and ORIX, in its capacity as collateral agent for itself and the other Lenders, dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Loan Agreement.

ARTICLE 1.    SHARES; EXERCISE.

1.1         Number of Shares . The number of Shares subject to this Warrant shall be the number of Shares set forth above.

1.2         Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering (including by confirmed facsimile or electronic transmission) a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 (the “ Notice of Exercise ”) to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section  1.3 ,

 


Holder shall also concurrently deliver to the Company the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased by (i) wire transfer or by check, (ii) notice of cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Holder, or (iii) any combination of (i) and (ii).

1.3         Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Section  1.2 , Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon the proposed whole or partial exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section  1.6 below.

1.4         Effective Date of Exercise . This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise in compliance with Section  1.2 above. The person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, as designated in the Notice of Exercise, shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on the date Holder is deemed to have exercised this Warrant.

1.5         No Rights of Stockholder . This Warrant does not entitle Holder to any voting or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the exercise or conversion of this Warrant. Upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be deemed to be a stockholder of the Company holding the number of Shares as to which this Warrant has been exercised as of the effective date set forth in Section  1.4 above.

1.6         Fair Market Value . If the Shares are traded in a public market, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the closing price of the Shares (or the closing price of the Company’s stock into which the Shares are convertible, as adjusted for the number of Shares issuable upon any such conversion) reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering (“ IPO ”), the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Shares are not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment. The foregoing notwithstanding, if Holder advises the Board of Directors in writing that Holder disagrees with such determination, then the Company and Holder shall promptly select a reputable independent valuation firm to undertake such valuation. If the Company and Holder are unable to agree upon the selection of such independent valuation firm, then Holder shall propose three reputable independent valuation firms, and from those three firms the Company shall select one to undertake such valuation. If the valuation determined by such independent valuation firm is greater than the valuation determined by the Board of Directors, then all fees and expenses of such independent valuation firm shall be paid by the Company. In all other circumstances, such fees and expenses shall be paid by Holder. If the Holder elects to exchange this Warrant in connection with an Acquisition, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the price per share which each Share is entitled to receive in such Acquisition as if the Shares were outstanding multiplied by the number of Shares.

1.7         Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant, and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate

 

Phreesia Warrant    -2-        


Warrant Price for the applicable number of share Shares, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired shall be delivered to Holder.

1.8         Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of an affidavit of loss of Holder or an officer of Holder, depending upon whether Holder is a person or entity, of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.9         Acquisition of the Company .

(a) Upon the closing of any Acquisition (as defined below) that is not a Qualifying Acquisition (as defined below), the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable (as of immediately prior to such closing) upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were issued and outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly. Upon the closing of a Qualifying Acquisition, this Warrant shall terminate and be of no further force or effect if not exercised by Holder immediately prior to or in connection with such Qualifying Acquisition, provided that Holder may elect, within five (5) days of the closing of such Qualifying Acquisition, to receive the consideration (net of the Warrant Price) payable in such Qualifying Acquisition, without exercising this Warrant, that would have been owed to Holder if this Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to or in connection with such Qualifying Acquisition (and upon receipt of such net consideration, this Warrant shall terminate without any further action on behalf of the Company or Holder).

(b) For purposes of this Warrant:

1.9.b.1        “ Acquisition ” means: (i) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; (ii) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization (excluding for this purpose the shares held by an Acquiring Stockholder (as defined below) or any of its affiliates), continue to hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity in substantially the same proportions (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; (iii) any sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or equity securities of the Company to an unrelated third party; or (iv) any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting securities as of immediately before such

 

Phreesia Warrant    -3-        


transaction (for such purpose treating all outstanding options and warrants to purchase voting securities of the Company as having been exercised and treating all outstanding debt and equity securities convertible into voting securities of the Company as having been converted) beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity as of immediately after the transaction.

1.9.b.2        “ Qualifying Acquisition ” means any Acquisition in which the consideration payable to the Company and/or its stockholders consists either (i) solely of cash or (ii)    solely of Marketable Securities (as defined below) or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities and the holders of Preferred Stock receive consideration upon closing of such Acquisition in an amount per share of Preferred Stock of greater than one times the Warrant Price.

1.9.b.3        “ Acquiring Stockholder ” means a stockholder of the Company that (i) merges or otherwise combines with the Company in such combination transaction or (ii) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, a majority of another corporation that merges or otherwise combines with the Company in such combination transaction.

1.9.b.4        “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re- selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

(c) The exercise, exchange or sale of this Warrant may at the election of Holder be contingent upon the closing of an Acquisition or other transaction involving the Company, in which case such exercise, exchange or sale shall be deemed to be effective immediately prior to or upon the closing of the Acquisition or other transaction involving the Company, as applicable.

1.10     Automatic Exercise Prior to Expiration . To the extent this Warrant is not previously exercised or converted as to all of the Shares subject hereto, and if the fair market value (as determined pursuant to Section  1.6 above) of one Share is greater than the Warrant Price then in effect, this Warrant shall be deemed automatically converted with respect to all remaining Shares pursuant to Section  1.3 above immediately prior to the Expiration Date set forth above. For purposes of such automatic exercise, the fair market value of one Share upon such expiration shall be determined pursuant to Section  1.6 above. To the extent this Warrant or any portion hereof is deemed automatically exercised pursuant to this Section  1.10 , the Company agrees to promptly notify Holder of the number of Shares, if any, Holder is to receive by reason of such automatic exercise.

 

Phreesia Warrant    -4-        


1.11         Certain Agreements . Upon any exercise of this Warrant, Holder shall join and become a “Purchaser” party to (a) that certain the Fourth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of October 14, 2014 by and between the Company and other parties listed therein, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Co-Sale Agreement ”), provided that, notwithstanding any provisions of Section 8 of the Co-Sale Agreement to the contrary, Holder shall not be required to enter into any noncompetition agreements in connection with a Required Sale (as defined in the Co-Sale Agreement), (b) that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement dated as of October 14, 2014 by and between the Company and other parties listed therein, as amended and in effect from time to time, and (c) that certain Fourth Amended and Restated, dated as of October 14, 2014 by and between the Company and other parties listed therein, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Investor Rights Agreement ” and together with the agreements referenced in clause (a) and (b), the “ Investor Agreements ”), to the extent that such agreements are then by their terms still in force and effect.

ARTICLE 2.    ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES.

2.1         Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its Preferred Stock payable in equity interests or other securities of the Company, or subdivides the outstanding Preferred Stock into a greater amount of equity interests, then upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, for each Share issuable, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred. In the case of a subdivision of the outstanding Preferred Stock into a greater amount of equity interest, the Warrant Price shall also be proportionately decreased.

2.2         Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares into Common Stock of the Company pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) upon the closing of an IPO or otherwise pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation. After the occurrence of such an event, the Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new Warrant for such new securities or other property. The new Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section  2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Section  2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions or other events.

2.3         Adjustments for Combinations, Etc . If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

Phreesia Warrant    -5-        


2.4         No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Bylaws or Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Section  2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this section against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no waiver or amendment to any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or of any provision of the Investor Agreements, shall be deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights if such amendment or waiver would not, if Holder held Shares as of the date of such waiver or amendment, affect Holder in respect of its Shares in a manner materially different than such amendments or waivers generally effect the holders of Shares.

2.5         Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder a cash amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6         Certificate as to Adjustments; Other Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3.    REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1         Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a)        All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof (including, without limitation, payment of the aggregate Warrant Price), be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company shall, at all times, reserve a sufficient number of the Shares and of shares of Preferred Stock for issuance upon Holder’s exercise of its rights hereunder and conversion of the Shares.

(b)        The Capitalization Table attached hereto as Exhibit A is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2         Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any class or series of its preferred stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any

 

Phreesia Warrant    -6-        


class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of Preferred Stock or any of its preferred stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of Preferred Stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in clause (a)  and clause (b)  above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in clause (c)  and clause (d)  above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the closing of the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Preferred Stock, or preferred stock as the case might be, will be entitled to exchange their Preferred Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in clause (e)  above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights. The rights set forth in this Section 3.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest to occur of (i) the closing of the IPO (other than clause (e), which shall survive until the occurrence of either (ii) or (iv)), (ii) the closing of an Acquisition, (iii) the Company becoming subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) (other than clause (e), which shall survive until the occurrence of either (ii) or (iv)) or (iv) the Holder no longer holding this Warrant (as a result of it being exercised in full or otherwise).

3.3         Information Rights . The Company shall provide to Holder: (a) so long as Holder holds this Warrant and/or any Shares, promptly after mailing, copies of all notices or other written communications to the stockholders of the Company; and (b) so long as Holder holds this Warrant, (i) as soon as practicable after approval by the Board, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal year of Company, the Company’s annual budget; (ii) within one hundred eighty (180) days of the end of each fiscal year of Company, the Company’s audited annual financial statements; and (iii) within forty-five (45) days of the end of each fiscal quarter of Company, the Company’s unaudited quarterly financial statements. Furthermore, the Company shall deliver to Holder (x) within thirty (30) days of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a detailed fully diluted capitalization table for the Company as of the end of the such fiscal quarter, (y) within thirty (30) days after any amendment, revision, alteration or other modification of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws, or other applicable formation and governing documents, a copy thereof; and (z) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the Company receives copies of any 409A valuation reports or other documents that value any compensation, equity award, bonus, benefit plan or any other arrangement that could be deemed deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The rights set forth in this Section 3.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest to occur of (i) the closing of the IPO, (ii) the closing of an Acquisition (provided, that if such Acquisition is not a Qualifying Acquisition, the information requirements included in Sections 3.3(b)(ii) and 3.3(b)(iii) shall survive until another termination event occurs with respect to this Section 3.3), (iii) the Company becoming subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act or (iv) the Holder no longer holding this Warrant (as a result of it being exercised in full or otherwise).

 

Phreesia Warrant    -7-        


3.4         Registration Under the Act . The Company agrees that with respect to the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares issued to Holder, Holder shall have certain incidental, or “Piggyback,” and S-3 registration rights as set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement upon Holder becoming a party thereto. In the event of any subsequent changes to the Investor Rights Agreement in effect as of the date hereof relating to “Piggyback” and/or S-3 registration rights, such changes shall only apply to Holder’s Shares if such changes would affect the rights associated with Holder’s Shares (as if Holder held Shares as of the date of such changes) in the same manner in all material respects as such changes affect the rights associated with the Shares generally.

3.5         Market Stand-Off Agreement . Holder hereby agrees that if the Company and managing underwriter so request and if and only so long as all officers, directors and holders of more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding capital stock (on an as-converted to common stock basis) are subject to the same agreements, during the period commencing on the effective date of the registration statement relating to the IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) it will not, without the prior written consent of such managing underwriter, (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock of the Company (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Holder or are thereafter acquired), or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The underwriters in connection with the IPO are intended third party beneficiaries of this Article 3.5 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the registrable securities of the Holder until the end of such period.

ARTICLE 4.     REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER. Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1         Purchase for Own Account. Except for permitted transfers to Holder’s affiliates, this Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act, and Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2         Disclosure of Information. Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional

 

Phreesia Warrant    -8-        


information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3         Investment Experience. Holder: (i) has experience as an investor in securities and acknowledges that Holder is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or (ii) has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4         Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5         The Act . The Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the “Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. The Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise, conversion or exchange hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless one or more exemptions from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

4.6         Compliance with Rule 144 . At the written request of the Holder, any time after the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and to the extent that the Holder proposes to sell Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), the Company shall furnish to the Holder, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such request, a written statement as to whether the Company is then in compliance with the filing requirements of the SEC as set forth in such Rule, as such Rule may be amended from time to time.

ARTICLE 5.    MISCELLANEOUS

5.1         Term . This Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above.

5.2         Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form, as well as any legends required by the Investor Agreements and the Company’s bylaws as in effect as of the date hereof or otherwise:

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND NO INTEREST MAY BE SOLD, DISTRIBUTED, ASSIGNED, OFFERED,

 

Phreesia Warrant    -9-        


PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS (A) THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS COVERING ANY SUCH TRANSACTION INVOLVING SAID SECURITIES, OR (B) THIS CORPORATION OTHERWISE SATISFIES ITSELF THAT SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3         Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee.

5.4         Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section  5.2 and Section  5.3 , Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any), by giving the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant or the Shares being transferred, setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee, and surrendering this Warrant or the Shares (as applicable) to the Company for reissuance to such transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); provided, that any transfer of Shares must be made in compliance with any Investor Agreement to which Holder is a party. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor; provided, that Holder may at any time transfer the Warrant/Shares together with a transfer of the Loan as permitted by the Loan Agreement.

5.5         Notices . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day; (iii) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications to a party shall be sent to the party’s address set forth on the signature page hereto or at such other address(es) as such party may designate by advance written notice to the other party.

5.6         Waiver; Amendment . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and Holder.

5.7         Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs reasonably incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8         Governing Law . This Warrant and all acts, transactions, disputes and controversies arising hereunder or relating hereto, and all rights and obligations of Holder and

 

Phreesia Warrant    -10-        


Company shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the internal laws (and not the conflict of laws rules) of the State of New York.

[Signatures on Next Page]

 

Phreesia Warrant    -11-        


The parties have executed this Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the Issue Date set forth above.

 

Company:

Phreesia, Inc, a Delaware corporation

By:

 

/s/ Thomas Altier

Name:

 

THOMAS ALTIER

Title:

 

CFO

Address:

432 Park Avenue South

New York, New York 10016

Attn: Thomas Altier

Email: taltier@phreesia.com

 

Holder:

ESCALATE CAPITAL PARTNERS SBIC III,

LP, a Delaware limited partnership

By:

  Escalate SBIC Capital Management III,
  LLC, its general partner

By:

 

/s/ Chris Julich

Name:

 

Chris Julich

Title:

 

Member

Address:

Escalate Capital Partners SBIC III, LP

300 West Sixth Street, Suite 2230

Austin, Texas 78701

Attention: Tony Schell

Phone: 512.651.2105

Fax: 512.651.2101

Email: tony@escalatecapital.com

 

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE T O W ARRANT T O P URCHASE S TOCK ]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1.        The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                              shares of the Senior Preferred Stock of Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Shares ”), pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant to Purchase Stock, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of the Shares in full.

1.        The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant to Purchase Stock (the “ Warrant ”) into                              shares of the Senior Preferred Stock of Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Shares ”), pursuant to the terms of the Warrant (including Section 1.3 of the Warrant).

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2.        Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.        The undersigned represents it is acquiring the Shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

[Entity Name]

 

Name:

Title:

 

Date

 


Exhibit A

Capitalization Table

[See Attached.]

 

Exhibit 4.9

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: 165,100, subject to adjustment

Type/Series of Stock: Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

Warrant Price: $3.65 per Share, subject to adjustment (including pursuant to Section 2.5 below)

Issue Date: February 28, 2019

Expiration Date: February 27, 2029          See also Section 5.1(b).

Credit Facility: This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the Shares ”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the Class ”) of the above-named company (the Company ”), at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1         Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2         Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

    

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

    
    

X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;


  Y =  

the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

  A =  

the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

  B =  

the Warrant Price.

1.3         Fair Market Value . If shares of the Class are then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a Trading Market ”), the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Class reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If shares of the Class are not then traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4         Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5         Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6         Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a)         Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b)         Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable

 

2


Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

(c)         Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d)         As used in this Warrant, Marketable Securities means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

1.7         Certain Agreements . Upon any exercise of this Warrant, Holder shall, solely with respect to the Shares issued upon such exercise or conversion, join and become a “Purchaser” party to (a) that certain the Fourth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of October 14, 2014, as amended and in effect from time to time (the ROFR Agreement”), (b) that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement dated as of October 14,2014, as amended and in effect from time to time (the Voting Agreement ”), and (c) that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of October 14, 2014, as amended and in effect from time to time (the Investor Rights Agreement, and collectively with the ROFR Agreement and the Voting Agreement, the Investor Agreements ”), to the extent that such agreements are then by their terms still in force and effect.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1         Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in additional shares of the Class or other

 

3


securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2         Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3         No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value of a full Share (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above), less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.4         Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

2.5         Special Adjustment to Warrant Price . If the fair market value of a share of the Class, as reported in the first written valuation of a share of the Class conducted for purposes of the Company’s compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (a 409A Valuation ”) received by the Company and approved or accepted by its Board of Directors after the Issue Date hereof, is less than the Warrant Price in effect as of the date of such Board of Directors approval or acceptance, then the Warrant Price shall, from and after such date, equal such fair market value, subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. Promptly thereafter, the Company shall provide to Holder, at its address set forth in Section 5.5 below, (i) the certificate required by Section 2.4 above describing such change to the Warrant Price, (ii) a copy of such 409A Valuation, and (iii) evidence of such Board of Directors approval or acceptance.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1         Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

 

4


(a)         [Reserved].

(b)         The number of Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable on and as of the Issue Date hereof represents not less than 0.2250% of the Company’s total issued and outstanding shares of capital stock (excluding all shares of the Company’s Redeemable Preferred Stock (as defined in the Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date)), calculated on and as of the Issue Date hereof on a fully-diluted, common stock-equivalent basis assuming (i) the conversion into common stock of all outstanding securities and instruments (including, without limitation, securities deemed to be outstanding pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 3.1(b)) convertible by their terms into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such securities or instruments are by their terms now so convertible), (ii) the exercise in full of all outstanding options, warrants (including, without limitation, this Warrant) and other rights to purchase or acquire shares of common stock or securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire are by their terms now exercisable); and (iii) the inclusion of all shares of common stock reserved for issuance under all of the Company’s incentive stock and stock option plans and not now subject to outstanding grants or options.

(c)         All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, under the Investor Agreements (to the extent that Holder is then subject thereto in accordance with Section 1.7 above) or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant.

(d)         The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2     Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect its initial, underwritten offering and sale of its securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the IPO ”);

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription

 

5


rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1         Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the Shares to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2         Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3         Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4         Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

6


4.5         The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6         No Shareholder Rights . Without limiting any provision of this Warrant, Holder agrees that as a Holder of this Warrant it will not have any rights (including, without limitation, voting rights) as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Shares issuable hereunder unless and until the exercise of this Warrant, and then only with respect to the Shares issued on such exercise.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1         Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a)         Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b)         Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2         Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED FEBRUARY 28, 2019, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3         Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent

 

7


company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4         Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant; and provided further, that the transfer of any Shares issued on exercise hereof shall be subject to the provisions of the Investor Agreements (to the extent that Holder is then subject thereto in accordance with Section 1.7 above). Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5         Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408)988-8317

Email address: svbfgwarrants@svb.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Phreesia, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

432 Park Avenue South, 12 th Floor

 

8


New York, NY 10016

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Goodwin Procter LLP

Attn: John Egan

100 Northern Avenue

Boston, MA 02210

Telephone: 617-570-1514

Facsimile: 617-570-1231

Email: jegan@goodwinlaw.com

5.6         Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7         Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8         Counterparts: Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9         Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10         Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11         Business Days . Business Day is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”

PHREESIA, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Thomas Altier

Name:

 

Thomas Altier

 

(Print)

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

“HOLDER”

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:

 

/s/ Sam Subilia

Name:

 

Sam Subilia

 

(Print)

Title:

 

VP

 

10


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1.    The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                      shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [circle one] Stock of                      (the Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ]

check in the amount of $              payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ]

Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ]

Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ]

Other [Describe]                                                                                                   

2.    Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

  

 

        
  

Holder’s Name

        
  

 

        
  

 

        
  

(Address)

        

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

(Date):

 

 

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

ny-1393623

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 4.10

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: 165,100, subject to adjustment

Type/Series of Stock: Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

Warrant Price: $3.65 per Share, subject to adjustment (including pursuant to Section 2.5 below)

Issue Date: February 28, 2019

Expiration Date: February 27, 2029              See also Section 5.1(b).

Credit Facility: This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, WESTRIVER INNOVATION LENDING FUND VIII, L.P. (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the Shares ”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the Class ”) of the above-named company (the Company ”), at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1         Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2         Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

  X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

  X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;


  Y =

the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

 

  A =

the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

 

  B =

the Warrant Price.

1.3         Fair Market Value . If shares of the Class are then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a Trading Market ”), the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Class reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If shares of the Class are not then traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4         Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5         Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6         Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a)         Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b)         Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the

 

2


fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

(c)         Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d)         As used in this Warrant, Marketable Securities means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

1.7         Certain Agreements . Upon any exercise of this Warrant, Holder shall, solely with

respect to the Shares issued upon such exercise or conversion, join and become a “Purchaser” party to (a) that certain the Fourth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of October 14, 2014, as amended and in effect from time to time (the ROFR Agreement”), (b) that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement dated as of October 14, 2014, as amended and in effect from time to time (the Voting Agreement ”), and (c) that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of October 14, 2014, as amended and in effect from time to time (the Investor Rights Agreement, and collectively with the ROFR Agreement and the Voting Agreement, the Investor Agreements ”), to the extent that such agreements are then by their terms still in force and effect.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1         Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in additional shares of the Class or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired,

 

3


Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2         Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3         No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value of a full Share (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above), less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.4         Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

2.5         Special Adjustment to Warrant Price . If the fair market value of a share of the Class, as reported in the first written valuation of a share of the Class conducted for purposes of the Company’s compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (a 409A Valuation ”) received by the Company and approved or accepted by its Board of Directors after the Issue Date hereof, is less than the Warrant Price in effect as of the date of such Board of Directors approval or acceptance, then the Warrant Price shall, from and after such date, equal such fair market value, subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. Promptly thereafter, the Company shall provide to Holder, at its address set forth in Section 5.5 below, (i) the certificate required by Section 2.4 above describing such change to the Warrant Price, (ii) a copy of such 409A Valuation, and (iii) evidence of such Board of Directors approval or acceptance.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1         Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

  (a)         [Reserved].

 

4


(b)         The number of Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable on and as of the Issue Date hereof represents not less than 0.2250% of the Company’s total issued and outstanding shares of capital stock (excluding all shares of the Company’s Redeemable Preferred Stock (as defined in the Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date)), calculated on and as of the Issue Date hereof on a fully-diluted, common stock-equivalent basis assuming (i) the conversion into common stock of all outstanding securities and instruments (including, without limitation, securities deemed to be outstanding pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 3.1(b)) convertible by their terms into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such securities or instruments are by their terms now so convertible), (ii) the exercise in full of all outstanding options, warrants (including, without limitation, this Warrant) and other rights to purchase or acquire shares of common stock or securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire are by their terms now exercisable); and (iii) the inclusion of all shares of common stock reserved for issuance under all of the Company’s incentive stock and stock option plans and not now subject to outstanding grants or options.

(c)         All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, under the Investor Agreements (to the extent that Holder is then subject thereto in accordance with Section 1.7 above) or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant.

(d)         The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2         Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect its initial, underwritten offering and sale of its securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the IPO ”);

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription

 

5


rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

(2)         in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3)         with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1         Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the Shares to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2         Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3         Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4         Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

6


4.5         The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6         No Shareholder Rights . Without limiting any provision of this Warrant, Holder agrees that as a Holder of this Warrant it will not have any rights (including, without limitation, voting rights) as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Shares issuable hereunder unless and until the exercise of this Warrant, and then only with respect to the Shares issued on such exercise.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1         Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a)         Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b)         Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2         Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”). OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO WESTRIVER INNOVATION LENDING FUND VIII, L.P. DATED FEBRUARY 28, 2019, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3          Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder, provided that such affiliate is an

 

7


“accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4         Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any transferee shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant; and provided further, that the transfer of any Shares issued on exercise hereof shall be subject to the provisions of the Investor Agreements (to the extent that Holder is then subject thereto in accordance with Section 1.7 above). Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5         Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

WestRiver Innovation Lending Fund VIII, L.P.

c/o Chief Financial Officer

3720 Carillon Point

Kirkland, Washington 98033-7455

Attention: Trent Dawson

Telephone: (425) 952-3951

Email: tdawson@westrivermgmt.com

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Perkins Coie LLP

1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4800

Seattle, Washington 98101-3099

Attention: David C. Clarke

Telephone: (206) 359-8612

Email: dclarke@perkinscoie.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

8


Phreesia, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

432 Park Avenue South, 12 th Floor

New York, NY 10016

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Goodwin Procter LLP

Attn: John Egan

100 Northern Avenue

Boston, MA 02210

Telephone: 617-570-1514

Facsimile: 617-570-1231

Email: jegan@goodwinlaw.com

5.6         Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7         Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8         Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9         Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10         Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11         Business Days . Business Day is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in Washington are closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”

PHREESIA, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Thomas Altier

Name:

 

Thomas Altier

 

(Print)

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

“HOLDER”

WESTRIVER INNOVATION LENDING FUND VIII, L.P.
By: Loan Manager II, LLC, its general partner

By:    

 

/s/ Trent Dawson

  Trent Dawson, Chief Financial Officer

 

10


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1.    The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                      shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [circle one] Stock of                      (the Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ]        check

in the amount of $              payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ]        Wire

transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ]        Cashless

Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ]        Other

[Describe]

2.     Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

  

 

     
  

Holder’s Name

        
  

 

     
  

 

     
  

(Address)

        

3.    By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

(Date):

 

 

 

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 10.1

PHREESIA, INC.

Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan

SECTION 1.  GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

The name of the plan is the Phreesia, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, directors, consultants and other key persons of Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries, upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company. It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company’s welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company.

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Award ” or “ Awards, ” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, or any combination of the foregoing.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company or its successor entity.

Cause ” means, with respect to any grantee that has entered into an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, such definition of “Cause” as is set forth in such employment agreement, and with respect to all other grantees, a vote of the Board resolving that the grantee should be dismissed as a result of (i) the commission of any act by a grantee constituting financial dishonesty against the Company (which act would be chargeable as a crime under applicable law); (ii) a grantee’s engaging in any other act of dishonesty, fraud, intentional misrepresentation, moral turpitude, illegality or harassment which, as determined in good faith by the Board, would: (A) materially adversely affect the business or the reputation of the Company with its current or prospective customers, suppliers, lenders and/or other third parties with whom it does or might do business; or (B) expose the Company to a risk of civil or criminal legal damages, liabilities or penalties; (iii) the repeated failure by a grantee to follow the directives of the Company’s chief executive officer or Board or (iv) any material misconduct, violation of the Company’s policies, or willful and deliberate non-performance of duty by the grantee in connection with the business affairs of the Company; provided , that in the case of subclause (iv), the Company shall have given the grantee notice of the misconduct, and the grantee shall have failed to cure such misconduct within 10 days of receipt of such notice.

 


Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

Committee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.

Effective Date ” means the date on which the Plan is approved by stockholders as set forth at the end of this Plan.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Fair Market Value ” of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Committee; provided , however , that (i) if the Stock trades on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value on any given date is the closing sale price on such date; (ii) if the Stock does not trade on any national securities exchange but is admitted to trading on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), the Fair Market Value on any given date is the closing sale price as reported by NASDAQ on such date; or if no such closing sale price information is available, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices for the Stock reported on such date. For any date that is not a trading day, the Fair Market Value of the Stock for such date will be determined by using the closing sale price or the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices, as appropriate, for the immediately preceding trading day. The Committee can substitute a particular time of day or other measure of closing sale price if appropriate because of changes in exchange or market procedures. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Stock are reported on NASDAQ or trading on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

Initial Public Offering ” means the consummation of the first fully underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Stock shall be publicly held.

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

Option ” or “ Stock Option ” means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 5.

Restricted Stock Award ” means Awards granted pursuant to Section 6.

Stock ” means the Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 3.

 

2


Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in any unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with the Company if each of the corporations or entities (other than the last corporation or entity in the unbroken chain) owns stock or other interests possessing 50 percent or more of the economic interest or 50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other interests in one of the other corporations or entities in the chain.

Unrestricted Stock Award ” means any Award granted pursuant to Section 7.

SECTION 2.  ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; COMMITTEE AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES

                        AND DETERMINE AWARDS

(a)         Administration of Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Board, or at the discretion of the Board, by a committee of the Board, comprised, except as contemplated by Section 2(c), of not less than two Directors. All references herein to the Committee shall be deemed to refer to the group then responsible for administration of the Plan at the relevant time (i.e., either the Board of Directors or a committee or committees of the Board, as applicable).

(b)         Powers of Committee . The Committee shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

(i)        to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(ii)        to determine the time or times of grant, and the extent, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

(iii)        to determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by any Award;

(iv)        to determine and modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the form of written instruments evidencing the Awards;

(v)        to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

(vi)        to impose any limitations on Awards granted under the Plan, including limitations on transfers, repurchase provisions and the like and to exercise repurchase rights or obligations;

(vii)        subject to the provisions of Section 5(a)(ii), to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options may be exercised;

(viii)        to determine at any time whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances distribution or the receipt of Stock and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the grantee and whether and to

 

3


what extent the Company shall pay or credit amounts constituting interest (at rates determined by the Committee) or dividends or deemed dividends on such deferrals; and

(ix)        at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

All decisions and interpretations of the Committee shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan grantees.

(c)         Delegation of Authority to Grant Awards . The Committee, in its discretion, may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company all or part of the Committee’s authority and duties with respect to the granting of Awards at Fair Market Value, and in the event of such delegation, such Chief Executive Officer shall be deemed a one-person Committee of the Board. Any such delegation by the Committee shall include a limitation as to the amount of Awards that may be granted during the period of the delegation and shall contain guidelines as to the determination of the exercise price of any Option, the conversion ratio or price of other Awards and the vesting criteria. The Committee may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Committee’s delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.

(d)         Indemnification . Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any member of either or any delegatee thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Committee (and any delegatee thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time.

SECTION 3.  STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS; SUBSTITUTION

(a)         Stock Issuable . The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 1,761,628 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the shares of Stock underlying any Awards which are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitation, shares of Stock may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award; provided, however, that from and after the date the Company becomes subject to the deduction limit imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code, Stock Options with respect to no more than 100,000 shares of Stock may be granted to any one individual grantee during any one calendar year period. The shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of Stock or shares of Stock reacquired by the Company and held in its treasury.

 

4


(b)         Changes in Stock . Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding shares of Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Stock or other securities, or, if, as a result of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Committee shall make an appropriate or proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number of Stock Options that can be granted to any one individual grantee, (iii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iv) the repurchase price per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award, and (v) the exercise price and/or exchange price for each share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of Stock Options ) as to which such Stock Options remain exercisable. The adjustment by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Committee in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

The Committee may also adjust the number of shares subject to outstanding Awards and the exercise price and the terms of outstanding Awards to take into consideration material changes in accounting practices or principles, extraordinary dividends, acquisitions or dispositions of stock or property or any other event if it is determined by the Committee that such adjustment is appropriate to avoid distortion in the operation of the Plan, provided that no such adjustment shall be made in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, without the consent of the grantee, if it would constitute a modification, extension or renewal of the Option within the meaning of Section 424(h) of the Code.

(c)         Mergers and Other Sale Events . In the case of and subject to the consummation of (i) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation in which the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the successor entity and the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iv) the sale of all or a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company to an unrelated person or entity or (v) any other transaction in which, the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction (in each case, regardless of the form thereof, a “Sale Event”), the Committee may, in its sole discretion, take any of the following actions:

(i)        the Committee may provide for the assumption or continuation of Options theretofore granted (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder) by the successor entity, or the substitution of such Options with new Options of the successor entity or a parent or

 

5


subsidiary thereof, with such adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and the per share exercise prices as such parties shall agree;

(ii)        the Committee may provide that the Plan and all outstanding Options issued hereunder shall terminate upon the effective time of any such Sale Event, in which event each grantee shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as determined by the Committee, to exercise all outstanding Options held by such grantee which are then exercisable or will become exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder); provided, however, that the exercise of Options not exercisable prior to the Sale Event shall be subject to the consummation of the Sale Event; and/or

(iii)         the Committee may provide that the Plan and all outstanding options issued hereunder shall terminate upon the effective time of any such Sale Event, and that a holder of Options receive a cash payment in exchange for each Option which is then exercisable or which will become exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder), such cash payment to equal the value of the Company’s Common Stock as established in the Sale Event (as determined in the Committee’s sole discretion, and after taking into account any adjustments, holdbacks or other relevant provisions set forth in the agreements relating to the Sale Event), minus the applicable exercise prices for such Options, and minus all applicable tax withholdings.

The treatment of Restricted Stock Award in connection with any such transaction shall be as specified in the relevant Award agreement.

(d)         Substitute Awards . The Committee may grant Awards under the Plan in substitution for stock and stock based awards held by employees, directors or other key persons of another corporation in connection with a merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or a Subsidiary or the acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of property or stock of the employing corporation. The Committee may direct that the substitute awards be granted on such terms and conditions as the Committee considers appropriate in the circumstances. Any substitute Awards granted under the Plan shall not count against the share limitation set forth in Section 3(a).

SECTION 4.  ELIGIBILITY

Grantees in the Plan will be such full or part-time officers, employees, directors, consultants and other key persons (including prospective employees) of the Company and its Subsidiaries who are responsible for, or contribute to, the management, growth or profitability of the Company and its Subsidiaries as are selected from time to time by the Committee in its sole discretion.

SECTION 5.  STOCK OPTIONS

Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be pursuant to a Stock Option Agreement which shall be in such form as the Committee may from time to time approve. Option agreements need not be identical.

 

6


Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted under the Plan after the date which is ten years from the date the Plan is approved by the Board.

(a)         Terms of Stock Options . Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable. If the Committee so determines, Stock Options may be granted in lieu of cash compensation at the grantee’s election, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may establish, as well as in addition to other compensation.

(i)         Exercise Price . The exercise price per share for the Stock covered by a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant in the case of Incentive Stock Options. If an employee owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation and an Incentive Stock Option is granted to such employee, the option price of such Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the grant date.

(ii)         Option Term . The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the Stock Option is granted. If an employee owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation and an Incentive Stock Option is granted to such employee, the term of such Stock Option shall be no more than five years from the date of grant.

(iii)         Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder . Stock Options shall become exercisable at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Committee at or after the grant date. The Committee may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of any Stock Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options.

(iv)         Method of Exercise . Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part, by giving written notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods to the extent provided in the Award agreement or as otherwise provided by the Committee:

 

7


(A)        In cash, by certified or bank check, or other instrument acceptable to the Committee in U.S. funds payable to the order of the Company in an amount equal to the purchase price of such Option Shares;

(B)        By the optionee delivering to the Company a promissory note if the Board has expressly authorized the loan of funds to the optionee for the purpose of enabling or assisting the optionee to effect the exercise of his or her Stock Option; provided that at least so much of the exercise price as represents the par value of the Stock shall be paid other than with a promissory note if otherwise required by state law;

(C)        If permitted by the Committee, through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the optionee on the open market or have been beneficially owned by the optionee for at least six months and are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. Such surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

(D)        If permitted by the Committee, by the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure.

Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. No certificates for shares of Stock so purchased will be issued to optionee until the Company has completed all steps required by law to be taken in connection with the issuance and sale of the shares, including without limitation (i) receipt of a representation from the optionee at the time of exercise of the Option that the optionee is purchasing the shares for the optionee’s own account and not with a view to any sale or distribution thereof, (ii) the legending of any certificate representing the shares to evidence the foregoing representations and restrictions, and (iii) obtaining from optionee payment or provision for all withholding taxes due as a result of the exercise of the Option. The delivery of certificates representing the shares of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his or her stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Option Award agreement or applicable provisions of laws. In the event an optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the shares of Stock transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of shares attested to.

(b)         Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options . To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and subsidiary corporations become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall

 

8


not exceed $100,000. To the extent that any Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(c)         Non-transferability of Options . No Stock Option shall be transferable by the optionee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the optionee’s lifetime, only by the optionee, or by the optionee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the optionee’s incapacity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide in the Award agreement regarding a given Option that the optionee may transfer, without consideration for the transfer, his or her Non-Qualified Stock Options to members of his or her immediate family, to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Option.

SECTION 6.  RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

(a)         Nature of Restricted Stock Awards . A Restricted Stock Award is an Award pursuant to which the Company may, in its sole discretion, grant or sell, at such purchase price as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, shares of Stock subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee may determine at the time of grant (“Restricted Stock”), which purchase price shall be payable in cash or other form of consideration acceptable to the Committee. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. The terms and conditions of each such agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

(b)         Rights as a Stockholder . Upon execution of a written instrument setting forth the Restricted Stock Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the voting of the Restricted Stock, subject to such conditions contained in the written instrument evidencing the Restricted Stock Award. Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, certificates evidencing the Restricted Stock shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Stock is vested as provided in subsection (d) below of this Section, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank.

(c)         Restrictions . Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Restricted Stock Award agreement. If a grantee’s employment (or other service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates under the conditions specified in the relevant instrument relating to the Award, or upon such other event or events as may be stated in the instrument evidencing the Award, the Company or its assigns shall have the right or shall agree, as may be specified in the relevant instrument, to repurchase some or all of the shares of Stock subject to the Award at such purchase price as is set forth in such instrument.

(d)         Vesting of Restricted Stock . The Committee at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which Restricted Stock shall become vested, subject to such further rights of the

 

9


Company or its assigns as may be specified in the instrument evidencing the Restricted Stock Award.

(e)         Waiver, Deferral and Reinvestment of Dividends . The Restricted Stock Award agreement may require or permit the immediate payment, waiver, deferral or investment of dividends paid on the Restricted Stock.

SECTION 7.  UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

(a)         Grant or Sale of Unrestricted Stock . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such higher purchase price determined by the Committee) an Unrestricted Stock Award to any grantee, pursuant to which such grantee may receive shares of Stock free of any vesting restrictions (“Unrestricted Stock”) under the Plan. Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted or sold as described in the preceding sentence in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of any cash compensation due to such individual.

(b)         Elections to Receive Unrestricted Stock In Lieu of Compensation . Upon the request of a grantee and with the consent of the Committee, each such grantee may, pursuant to an advance written election delivered to the Company no later than the date specified by the Committee, receive a portion of the cash compensation otherwise due to such grantee in the form of shares of Unrestricted Stock either currently or on a deferred basis.

(c)         Restrictions on Transfers . The right to receive shares of Unrestricted Stock on a deferred basis may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

SECTION 8.  TAX WITHHOLDING

(a)         Payment by Grantee . Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Stock or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such income. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee. The Company’s obligation to deliver stock certificates to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on tax obligations being satisfied by the grantee.

(b)         Payment in Stock . Subject to approval by the Committee, a grantee may elect to have the minimum required tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by (i) authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to any Award a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due, or (ii) transferring to the Company shares of Stock owned by the grantee with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

 

10


SECTION 9.  TRANSFER, LEAVE OF ABSENCE, ETC.

For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of employment:

(a)        a transfer to the employment of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another; or

(b)         an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing.

SECTION 10.  AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Committee may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award (or provide substitute Awards at the same or reduced exercise or purchase price or with no exercise or purchase price in a manner not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan), but such price, if any, must satisfy the requirements which would apply to the substitute or amended Award if it were then initially granted under this Plan for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the holder’s consent. If and to the extent determined by the Committee to be required by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders who are eligible to vote at a meeting of stockholders. Nothing in this Section 10 shall limit the Board’s or Committee’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(c).

SECTION 11.  STATUS OF PLAN

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Committee shall otherwise expressly determine in connection with any Award or Awards. In its sole discretion, the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations to deliver Stock or make payments with respect to Awards hereunder, provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the foregoing sentence.

SECTION 12.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a)         No Distribution; Compliance with Legal Requirements . The Committee may require each person acquiring Stock pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof. No shares of Stock shall be issued pursuant to an Award until all applicable securities law and other legal and stock exchange or similar requirements have been satisfied. The Committee may require the placing of such stop-orders and restrictive legends on certificates for Stock and Awards as it deems appropriate.

 

11


(b)         Delivery of Stock Certificates . Stock certificates to grantees under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company.

(c)         Other Compensation Arrangements; No Employment Rights . Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, including trusts, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases. The adoption of this Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(d)         Trading Policy Restrictions . Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to such Company’s insider-trading-policy-related restrictions, terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee, or in accordance with policies set by the Committee, from time to time.

(e)         Loans to Award Recipients . The Company shall have the authority to make loans to recipients of Awards hereunder (including to facilitate the purchase of shares) and shall further have the authority to issue shares for promissory notes hereunder.

(f)         Designation of Beneficiary . Each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Administrator and shall not be effective until received by the Administrator. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate.

SECTION 13.  EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

This Plan shall become effective upon approval by the stockholders in accordance with applicable law. Subject to such approval by the stockholders and to the requirement that no Stock may be issued hereunder prior to such approval, Stock Options and other Awards may be granted hereunder on and after adoption of this Plan by the Board.

SECTION 14.  GOVERNING LAW

This Plan and all Awards and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by Delaware law, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

ADOPTED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:    August 30, 2007
APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS:    August 30, 2007

 

12


PHREESIA, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

2006 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the stockholders of Phreesia, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) approved and adopted the Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “ Plan ”) of the Corporation on August 30, 2007 and August 30, 2007, respectively;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Corporation have determined that it is in the best interest of the Corporation to amend the Plan as set forth in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is amended as follows:

 

1.

Amendment of the 2007 Stock Option/Issuance Plan .

1.01. Section 3(a) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 2,911,628 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the shares of Stock underlying any Awards which are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitation, shares of Stock may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award; provided, however, that from and after the date the Company becomes subject to the deduction limit imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code, Stock Options with respect to no more than 100,000 shares of Stock may be granted to any one individual grantee during any one calendar year period. The shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of Stock or shares of Stock reacquired by the Company and held in its treasury.”

 

2.

Miscellaneous .

2.01.   Effect . Except as amended hereby, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

2.02.   Defined Terms . All capitalized terms used but not specifically defined herein shall have the same meanings given such terms in the Plan unless the context clearly indicates or dictates a contrary meaning.


2.03.   Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

ADOPTED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:      January 20, 2011
APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS:      January 20, 2011

 

2


PHREESIA, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

2006 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the stockholders of Phreesia, Inc. (the “Corporation”) approved and adopted: (i) the Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “A&R Plan”) of the Corporation on August 30, 2007 and August 30, 2007, respectively and (ii) Amendment No. 1 to the A&R Plan on January 20, 2011 and January 20, 2011, respectively (the A&R Plan, as amended by Amendment No. 1, the “Plan”) ;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Corporation have determined that it is in the best interest of the Corporation to amend the Plan as set forth in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is amended as follows:

 

1.

Amendment of the Plan.

1.01.     Section 3(a) of the Plan is hereby amended by deleting “2,911,628” and replacing it with “6,211,628.”

 

2.

Miscellaneous .

2.01.      Effec t . Except as amended hereby, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

2.02.     Defined Terms . All capitalized terms used but not specifically defined herein shall have the same meanings given such terms in the Plan unless the context clearly indicates or dictates a contrary meaning.

2.03.     Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

 

ADOPTED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

  August 30, 2013

APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS:

  September 4, 2013


PHREESIA, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

2006 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the stockholders of Phreesia, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) approved and adopted: (i) the Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “ A&R Plan ”) of the Corporation on August 30, 2007 and August 30, 2007, respectively, (ii) Amendment No. 1 to the A&R Plan on January 20, 2011 and January 20, 2011, respectively, and (iii) Amendment No. 2 to the A&R Plan on August 30, 2013, and September 4, 2013, respectively (the A&R Plan, as amended by Amendment No. 1 and Amendment No. 2, the “ Plan ”) ;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Corporation have determined that it is in the best interest of the Corporation to amend the Plan as set forth in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is amended as follows:

 

1.

Amendment of the Plan.

1.01.     Section 3(a) of the Plan is hereby amended by deleting “6,211,628” and replacing it with “9,723,107.”

 

2.

Miscellaneous.

2.01.      Effect . Except as amended hereby, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

2.02.     Defined Terms . All capitalized terms used but not specifically defined herein shall have the same meanings given such terms in the Plan unless the context clearly indicates or dictates a contrary meaning.

2.03.     Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

 

ADOPTED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

  October 14, 2014

APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS:

  October 14, 2014


Incentive Stock Option Agreement

under the Phreesia, Inc.

Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan

 

Name of Optionee:   (the “Optionee”)
No. of Option Shares:   Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:   (the “Grant Date”)
Expiration Date:   (the “Expiration Date”)
Option Exercise Price/Share:   $ (the “Option Exercise Price”)

Pursuant to the Phreesia, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with all successors thereto, the “Company”), hereby grants to the Optionee, who is an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated above (the “Option Shares,” and such shares once issued shall be referred to as the “Issued Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Incentive Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) and in the Plan. This Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”). To the extent that any portion of the Stock Option does not so qualify, it shall be deemed a nonqualified stock option.

1.          Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Plan.

An “ Affiliate ” of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise

Bankruptcy ” shall mean (i) the filing of a voluntary petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or a petition for the appointment of a receiver or the making of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, with respect to the Optionee or any Permitted Transferee, or (ii) the Optionee or any Permitted Transferee being subjected involuntarily to such a petition


or assignment or to an attachment or other legal or equitable interest with respect to the Optionee’s or such Permitted Transferee’s assets, which involuntary petition or assignment or attachment is not discharged within 60 days after its date, and (iii) the Optionee or any Permitted Transferee being subject to a transfer of the Stock Option or the Issued Shares by operation of law (including by divorce, even if not insolvent), except by reason of death.

Cause ” shall mean a vote of the Board resolving that the Optionee should be dismissed as a result of (i) the commission of any act by the Optionee constituting financial dishonesty against the Company (which act would be chargeable as a crime under applicable law); (ii) the Optionee’s engaging in any other act of dishonesty, fraud, intentional misrepresentation, moral turpitude, illegality or harassment which, as determined in good faith by the Board, would: (A) materially adversely affect the business or the reputation of the Company with its current or prospective customers, suppliers, lenders and/or other third parties with whom it does or might do business; or (B) expose the Company to a risk of civil or criminal legal damages, liabilities or penalties; (iii) the repeated failure by the Optionee to follow the directives of the Company’s chief executive officer or Board or (iv) any material misconduct, violation of the Company’s policies, or willful and deliberate non-performance of duty by the Optionee in connection with the business affairs of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any definition in an employment agreement between the Optionee and the Company, which contains a conflicting definition of “Cause” for termination and which is in effect at the time of such termination, shall supersede the definition in this Agreement with respect to the Optionee.

Permitted Transferees ” shall mean any of the following to whom the Optionee may transfer Issued Shares hereunder (as set forth in Section 8): the Optionee’s spouse, children (natural or adopted), stepchildren or a trust for their sole benefit of which the Optionee is the settlor; provided , however , that any such trust does not require or permit distribution of any Issued Shares during the term of this Agreement unless subject to its terms. Upon the death of the Optionee (or a Permitted Transferee to whom shares have been transferred hereunder), the term Permitted Transferees shall also include such deceased Optionee’s (or such deceased Permitted Transferee’s) estate, executions, administrations, personal representations, heirs, legatees and distributees, as the case may be.

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any similar entity.

Sale Event ” shall mean, regardless of form thereof, consummation of (i) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation in which the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the successor entity and the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iv) the sale of all or a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company to an unrelated person or entity or (v) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting

 

2


power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction.

Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in any unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with the Company if each of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns stock or other interests possessing 50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or in one of the other corporations in the chain.

2.         Vesting, Exercisability and Termination .

(a)        No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested.

(b)        Except as set forth below and in Section 6, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be vested and exercisable with respect to the Option Shares over four years as follows:

(i)        25% of the Stock Option shall vest and be exercisable on the first anniversary of the Grant Date and thereafter, the remaining unvested portion of the Stock Option shall vest and be exercisable in 36 equal monthly cumulative installments.

(c)         Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below:

(i)         Termination Due to Death or Disability . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or disability (as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code), this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier, subject in any event to Section 6.

(ii)         Other Termination . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than death or disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however , if the Optionee’s employment is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees or Permitted Transferees. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination of the employment shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

 

3


(d)        It is understood and intended that this Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code to the extent permitted under applicable law. Accordingly, the Optionee understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code, no sale or other disposition may be made of Issued Shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within the oneyear period beginning on the day after the day of the transfer of such Issued Shares to him or her, nor within the twoyear period beginning on the day after the grant of this Stock Option and further that this Stock Option must be exercised within three (3) months after termination of employment as an employee (or 12 months in the case of death or disability) to qualify as an incentive stock option. If the Optionee disposes (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any such Issued Shares within either of these periods, he or she will notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition. The Optionee also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions required by the Company for tax purposes. Further, to the extent Option Shares and any other incentive stock options of the Optionee having an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000 (determined as of the Grant Date) vest in any year, such options will not qualify as incentive stock options.

3.         Exercise of Stock Option .

(a)        The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date (subject to Section 6), the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares with respect to which this Stock Option is exercisable at the time of such notice. Such notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described below. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

(i)        in cash, by certified or bank check, or other instrument acceptable to the Committee in U.S. funds payable to the order of the Company in an amount equal to the purchase price of such Option Shares;

(ii)        by the Optionee delivering to the Company a promissory note if the Board has expressly authorized the loan of funds to the Optionee for the purpose of enabling or assisting the Optionee to effect the exercise of his or her Stock Option; provided that at least so much of the exercise price as represents the par value of the Stock shall be paid other than with a promissory note if otherwise required by state law; or

(iii)        if the Initial Public Offering has occurred, then (A) through the delivery (or attestation to ownership) of shares of Common Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that have been held by the Optionee for at least six months and are not subject to restrictions under any plan of the Company and in any event with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date of such exercise) equal to the option purchase price, (B) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed Exercise Notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay

 

4


the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure, or (C) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii)(A) and (iii)(B) above.

(b)        Certificates for the Option Shares so purchased will be issued and delivered to the Optionee upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Committee with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such issuance. Until the Optionee shall have complied with the requirements hereof and of the Plan, the Company shall be under no obligation to issue the Option Shares subject to this Stock Option, and the determination of the Committee as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall have issued and delivered the Issued Shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as a stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such Issued Shares, subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(c)        Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

4.          Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

5.          Transferability of Stock Option . This Agreement is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

6.          Effect of Certain Transactions . In the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option shall terminate upon the effective time of any such Sale Event unless provision is made in connection with such transaction in the sole discretion of the parties thereto for the continuation or assumption of this Stock Option heretofore granted, or the substitution of this Stock Option with a new Stock Option of the successor entity or a parent thereof, with such adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and the per share exercise prices as such parties shall agree. In the event of such termination, the Optionee shall be permitted, for a specified period of time prior to

 

5


the consummation of the Sale Event as determined by the Committee, to exercise all portions of the Stock Option which are then exercisable.

7.          Withholding Taxes . The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of this Stock Option becomes a taxable event for federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for payment of any federal, state and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. Subject to approval by the Committee, the Optionee may elect to have the minimum tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Common Stock to be issued or transferring to the Company, a number of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due. The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company has the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the Optionee, or from the Option Shares to be issued in respect of an exercise of this Stock Option, any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the issuance of Option Shares to the Optionee.

8.          Restrictions on Transfer of Issued Shares . None of the Issued Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, given away or in any other manner disposed of or encumbered, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, unless such transfer is in compliance with all applicable securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “Act”)), and such disposition is in accordance with the terms and conditions of Sections 8 and 9 and such disposition does not cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In connection with any transfer of Issued Shares, the Company may require the transferor to provide at the Optionee’s own expense an opinion of counsel to the transferor, satisfactory to the Company, that such transfer is in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Act). Any attempted disposition of Issued Shares not in accordance with the terms and conditions of Sections 8 and 9 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of any Issued Shares as a result of any such disposition, shall otherwise refuse to recognize any such disposition and shall not in any way give effect to any such disposition of any Issued Shares. Subject to the foregoing general provisions, Issued Shares may be transferred pursuant to the following specific terms and conditions:

(a)         Transfers to Permitted Transferees . The Optionee may sell, assign, transfer or give away any or all of the Issued Shares to Permitted Transferees; provided , however , that such Permitted Transferee(s) shall, as a condition to any such transfer, agree to be subject to the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as the Optionee (including, without limitation, the provisions of Sections 8, 9, 11 and 12) and shall have delivered a written acknowledgment to that effect to the Company.

(b)         Transfers Upon Death . Upon the death of the Optionee, any Issued Shares then held by the Optionee at the time of such death and any Issued Shares acquired thereafter by the Optionee’s legal representative pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the provisions

 

6


of Sections 8, 9, 11 and 12, if applicable, and the Optionee’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees shall be obligated to convey such Issued Shares to the Company or its assigns under the terms contemplated hereby.

(c)         Company’s Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee (or any Permitted Transferee holding Issued Shares subject to this Section 8(c)) at any time after but not prior to termination of the Optionee’s employment desires to sell or otherwise transfer all or any part of the Issued Shares, the Optionee (or Permitted Transferee) first shall give written notice to the Company of the Optionee’s (or Permitted Transferee’s) intention to make such transfer. Such notice shall state the number of Issued Shares which the Optionee (or Permitted Transferee) proposes to sell (the “Offered Shares”), the price and the terms at which the proposed sale is to be made and the name and address of the proposed transferee. At any time within 30 days after the receipt of such notice by the Company, the Company or its assigns may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares at the price and on the terms offered by the proposed transferee and specified in the notice. The Company or its assigns shall exercise this right by mailing or delivering written notice to the Optionee (or Permitted Transferee) within the foregoing 30-day period. If the Company or its assigns elect to exercise its purchase rights under this Section 8(c), the closing for such purchase shall, in any event, take place within 45 days after the receipt by the Company of the initial notice from the Optionee (or Permitted Transferee). In the event that the Company or its assigns do not elect to exercise such purchase right, or in the event that the Company or its assigns do not pay the full purchase price within such 45-day period, the Optionee (or Permitted Transferee) may, within 60 days thereafter, sell the Offered Shares to the proposed transferee and at the same price and on the same terms as specified in the Optionee’s (or Permitted Transferee’s) notice. Any Shares purchased by such proposed transferee shall no longer be subject to the terms of this Agreement. Any Shares not sold to the proposed transferee shall remain subject to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions under this Section 8(c) shall terminate in accordance with Section 13(a).

9.         Company’s Right of Repurchase .

(a)         Right of Repurchase . The Company shall have the right (the “Repurchase Right”) upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 9(b) below (the “Repurchase Event”) to repurchase from the Optionee (or any Permitted Transferee) some or all (as determined by the Company) of the Issued Shares held or subsequently acquired upon exercise of this Stock Option in accordance with the terms hereof by the Optionee (or any Permitted Transferee) at the price per share specified below. The Repurchase Right may be exercised by the Company within the later of (i) six months following the date of such event or (ii) seven months after the exercise of this Stock Option (the “Repurchase Period”). The Repurchase Right shall be exercised by the Company by giving the holder written notice on or before the last day of the Repurchase Period of its intention to exercise the Repurchase Right, and, together with such notice, tendering to the holder an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares, determined as provided in Section 9(c). The Company may assign the Repurchase Right to one or more Persons. Upon such notification, the Optionee and any Permitted Transferees shall promptly surrender to the Company any certificates representing the Issued Shares being purchased, together with a duly executed stock power for the transfer of such

 

7


Issued Shares to the Company or the Company’s assignee or assignees. Upon the Company’s or its assignee’s receipt of the certificates from the Optionee or any Permitted Transferees, the Company or its assignee or assignees shall deliver to him, her or them a check for the Repurchase Price of the Issued Shares being purchased; provided , however , that the Company may pay the Repurchase Price for such shares by offsetting and canceling any indebtedness then owed by the Optionee to the Company. At such time, the Optionee and/or any holder of the Issued Shares shall deliver to the Company the certificate or certificates representing the Issued Shares so repurchased, duly endorsed for transfer, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances. The Repurchase Right shall terminate in accordance with Section 13(a).

(b)         Company’s Right to Exercise Repurchase Right . The Company shall have the Repurchase Right in the event that any of the following events shall occur:

(i) The termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever, regardless of the circumstances thereof, and including without limitation upon death, disability, retirement, discharge or resignation for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily; or

(ii) The Optionee’s or Permitted Transferee’s Bankruptcy.

(c)         Determination of Fair Market Value . The fair market value of the Issued Shares shall be, for purposes of this Section 9, determined by the Board as of the date the Board elects to exercise its repurchase rights in connection with a Repurchase Event.

10.         Escrow Arrangement .

(a)         Escrow . In order to carry out the provisions of Sections 8, 9 and 11 of this Agreement more effectively, the Company shall hold any Issued Shares in escrow together with separate stock powers executed by the Optionee in blank for transfer, and any Permitted Transferee shall, as an additional condition to any transfer of Issued Shares, execute a like stock power as to such Issued Shares. The Company shall not dispose of the Issued Shares except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. In the event of any repurchase by the Company (or any of its assigns), the Company is hereby authorized by the Optionee and any Permitted Transferee, as the Optionee’s and each such Permitted Transferee’s attorney-in-fact, to date and complete the stock powers necessary for the transfer of the Issued Shares being purchased and to transfer such Issued Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. At such time as any Issued Shares are no longer subject to the Company’s repurchase, first refusal and drag along rights, the Company shall, at the written request of the Optionee, deliver to the Optionee (or the relevant Permitted Transferee) a certificate representing such Issued Shares with the balance of the Issued Shares to be held in escrow pursuant to this Section 10.

(b)         Remedy . Without limitation of any other provision of this Agreement or other rights, in the event that the Optionee, any Permitted Transferees or any other person or entity is required to sell the Optionee’s Issued Shares pursuant to the provisions of Section 8, 9 and 11 of this Agreement and in the further event that he or she refuses or for any reason fails to deliver to the Company or its designated purchaser of such Issued Shares the certificate or

 

8


certificates evidencing such Issued Shares together with a related stock power, the Company or such designated purchaser may deposit the applicable purchase price for such Issued Shares with a bank designated by the Company, or with the Company’s independent public accounting firm, as agent or trustee, or in escrow, for the Optionee, any Permitted Transferees or other person or entity, to be held by such bank or accounting firm for the benefit of and for delivery to him, her, them or it, and/or, in its discretion, pay such purchase price by offsetting any indebtedness then owed by the Optionee as provided above. Upon any such deposit and/or offset by the Company or its designated purchaser of such amount and upon notice to the person or entity who was required to sell the Issued Shares to be sold pursuant to the provisions of Sections 8, 9 and 11, such Issued Shares shall at such time be deemed to have been sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to such purchaser, the holder thereof shall have no further rights thereto (other than the right to withdraw the payment thereof held in escrow, if applicable), and the Company shall record such transfer in its stock transfer book or in any appropriate manner.

11.          Drag Along Right . In the event the holders of a majority of the Company’s equity securities then outstanding (the “Majority Shareholders”) determine to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or all or fifty percent (50%) or more of the capital stock of the Company in each case in a transaction constituting a change in control of the Company, to any nonAffiliate(s) of the Company or any of the Majority Shareholders, or to cause the Company to merge with or into or consolidate with any non-Affiliate(s) of the Company or any of the Majority Shareholders (in each case, the “Buyer”) in a bona fide negotiated transaction (a “Sale”), the Optionee, including any Permitted Transferees, shall be obligated to and shall upon the written request of a Majority Shareholders (subject to Section 6): (a) sell, transfer and deliver, or cause to be sold, transferred and delivered, to the Buyer, his or her Issued Shares (including for this purpose all of such Optionee’s or his or her Permitted Transferee’s Issued Shares that presently or as a result of any such transaction may be acquired upon the exercise of options (following the payment of the exercise price therefor)) on substantially the same terms applicable to the Majority Shareholders (with appropriate adjustments to reflect the conversion of convertible securities, the redemption of redeemable securities and the exercise of exercisable securities as well as the relative preferences and priorities of preferred stock); and (b) execute and deliver such instruments of conveyance and transfer and take such other action, including voting such Issued Shares in favor of any Sale proposed by the Majority Shareholders and executing any purchase agreements, merger agreements, indemnity agreements, escrow agreements or related documents, as the Majority Shareholders or the Buyer may reasonably require in order to carry out the terms and provisions of this Section 11. The obligations under this Section 11 shall terminate in accordance with Section 13(a).

12.          Lockup Provision . The Optionee agrees, if requested by the Company and any underwriter engaged by the Company, not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Issued Shares (including, without limitation pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act) held by him or her for such period following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Act as the Company or such underwriter shall specify reasonably and in good faith, not to

 

9


exceed 180 days in the case of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or 90 days in the case of any other public offering.

13.         Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a)         Termination . The Company’s repurchase rights under Section 9, the restrictions on transfer of Issued Shares under Section 8(c) and the Drag Along obligations under Section 11 shall terminate upon the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or upon consummation of any Sale Event, in either case as a result of which shares of the Company (or successor entity) of the same class as the Issued Shares are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and publicly traded on NASDAQ/NMS or any national security exchange.

(b)         Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(c)         Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of the Company’s stock, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Issued Shares.

(d)         Change and Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

(e)         Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware without regard to conflict of law principles.

(f)         Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(g)         Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(h)         Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below,

 

10


or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(i)         Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, permitted assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(j)         Dispute Resolution . Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination or validity hereof shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§116, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be New York, New York.

The parties covenant and agree that the arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three (3) depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party shall provide to the other, no later than seven (7) business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six (6) months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages or any other damages that are specifically excluded under this Agreement, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

The parties covenant and agree that they will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 13(j) applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

Each of the parties hereto (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the abovenamed courts, that its property is exempt or immune

 

11


from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each of the parties hereto agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of the other parties hereto. Final judgment against any party hereto in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

(k)         Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

12


The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

PHREESIA, INC.  
By:  
Name:  
Title:  

Address:

432 Park Avenue South, 12 th Floor

New York, NY 10016

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

OPTIONEE:  
Print Name:  
Signature  
Address:  

 [SPOUSE’S CONSENT 1

I acknowledge that I have read the

foregoing Incentive Stock Option Agreement

and understand the contents thereof.

                                                                           ]

 

 

1 A spouse’s consent is required only if the Optionee’s state of residence is one of the following community property states: Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, New Mexico, Nevada, Texas, Washington and Wisconsin (check WI statute).

 

13


DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:

Beneficiary’s Address:

 

14


Appendix A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Phreesia, Inc.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

Pursuant to the terms of my stock option agreement dated                      (the “Agreement”) under the Phreesia, Inc.Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name]                              , hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $                representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Option Shares]                option shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

[ ]    1.    Cash
[ ]    2.    Certified or bank check payable to Phreesia, Inc.
   [ ]    3.        Other (as described in the Agreement (please describe))
        

                                                                                                                .

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to Phreesia, Inc.as follows:

(i)        I am purchasing the option shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii)        I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from Phreesia, Inc.such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in Phreesia, Inc.and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in Phreesia, Inc..

(iii)        I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the option shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv)        I can afford a complete loss of the value of the option shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such option shares for an indefinite period of time.

(v) I understand that the option shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the option shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or

 

15


disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing option shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing.

Sincerely yours,

Name:

Address:

 

16


Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement

under the Phreesia, Inc.

Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan

 

Name of Optionee:                                              (the “Optionee”)
No. of Option Shares:                             Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:                                              (the “Grant Date”)
Expiration Date:                                              (the “Expiration Date”)
Option Exercise Price/Share:    $                                       (the “Option Exercise Price”)

Pursuant to the Phreesia, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with all successors thereto, the “Company”), hereby grants to the Optionee, who is an officer, employee, director, consultant or other key person of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated above (the “Option Shares,” and such shares once issued shall be referred to as the “Issued Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) and in the Plan. To the extent that there is any inconsistency between the terms of the Plan and of the Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.

1.         Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Plan.

An “ Affiliate ” of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Bankruptcy ” shall mean (i) the filing of a voluntary petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or a petition for the appointment of a receiver or the making of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, with respect to the Optionee or any Permitted Transferee, or (ii) the Optionee or any Permitted Transferee being subjected involuntarily to such a petition or assignment or to an attachment or other legal or equitable interest with respect to the Optionee’s or such Permitted Transferee’s assets, which involuntary petition or assignment or attachment is not discharged within 60 days after its date, and (iii) the Optionee or any Permitted Transferee being subject to a transfer of the Stock Option or the Issued Shares by operation of law (including by divorce, even if not insolvent), except by reason of death.

 


Cause ” shall mean a vote of the Board resolving that the Optionee should be dismissed as a result of (i) the commission of any act by the Optionee constituting financial dishonesty against the Company (which act would be chargeable as a crime under applicable law); (ii) the Optionee’s engaging in any other act of dishonesty, fraud, intentional misrepresentation, moral turpitude, illegality or harassment which, as determined in good faith by the Board, would: (A) materially adversely affect the business or the reputation of the Company with its current or prospective customers, suppliers, lenders and/or other third parties with whom it does or might do business; or (B) expose the Company to a risk of civil or criminal legal damages, liabilities or penalties; (iii) the repeated failure by the Optionee to follow the directives of the Company’s chief executive officer or Board or (iv) any material misconduct, violation of the Company’s policies, or willful and deliberate non-performance of duty by the Optionee in connection with the business affairs of the Company.

Permitted Transferees ” shall mean any of the following to whom the Optionee may transfer Issued Shares hereunder (as set forth in Section 8): the Optionee’s spouse, children (natural or adopted), stepchildren or a trust for their sole benefit of which the Optionee is the settlor; provided , however , that any such trust does not require or permit distribution of any Issued Shares during the term of this Agreement unless subject to its terms. Upon the death of the Optionee (or a Permitted Transferee to whom shares have been transferred hereunder), the term Permitted Transferees shall also include such deceased Optionee’s (or such deceased Permitted Transferee’s) estate, executions, administrations, personal representations, heirs, legatees and distributees, as the case may be.

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any similar entity.

Sale Event ” shall mean, regardless of form thereof, consummation of (i) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation in which the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the successor entity and the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iv) the sale of all or a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company to an unrelated person or entity or (v) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction.

Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in any unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with the Company if each of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns stock or other interests possessing 50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or in one of the other corporations in the chain.

 

2


2.         Vesting, Exercisability and Termination .

(a)        No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested and become exercisable.

(b)        Except as set forth below and in Section 6, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be subject to a four-year vesting period with respect to the Option Shares with 25% of the Option Shares vesting on the first anniversary of the Grant Date and the remainder vesting quarterly over the three years following such anniversary.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, but without limitation of Section 6, in the event that there occurs a Sale Event, then this Stock Option shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan.

(c)         Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below:

(i)         Termination Due to Death or Disability . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or disability (as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code), this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier, subject in any event to Section 6.

(ii)         Other Termination . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than death or disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however , if the Optionee’s employment is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees or Permitted Transferees. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination of the employment shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

3.         Exercise of Stock Option .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date (subject to Section 6), the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares with respect to which this Stock Option is exercisable at the time of such notice. Such notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described below. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

 

3


(i)        in cash, by certified or bank check, or other instrument acceptable to the Committee in U.S. funds payable to the order of the Company in an amount equal to the purchase price of such Option Shares;

(ii)        by the Optionee delivering to the Company a promissory note if the Board has expressly authorized the loan of funds to the Optionee for the purpose of enabling or assisting the Optionee to effect the exercise of his or her Stock Option; provided that at least so much of the exercise price as represents the par value of the Stock shall be paid other than with a promissory note if otherwise required by state law; or

(iii)        if the Initial Public Offering has occurred, then (A) through the delivery (or attestation to ownership) of shares of Common Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that have been held by the Optionee for at least six months and are not subject to restrictions under any plan of the Company and in any event with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date of such exercise) equal to the option purchase price, (B) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed Exercise Notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure, or (C) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii)(A) and (iii)(B) above.

(b)        Certificates for the Option Shares so purchased will be issued and delivered to the Optionee upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Committee with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such issuance. Until the Optionee shall have complied with the requirements hereof and of the Plan, the Company shall be under no obligation to issue the Option Shares subject to this Stock Option, and the determination of the Committee as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall have issued and delivered the Issued Shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as a stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such Issued Shares, subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(c)        Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

4 .         Status of Stock Option . This Stock Option is not intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Code.

5.         Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

4


6.         Transferability of Stock Option . This Agreement is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

7.         Effect of Certain Transactions . In the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option shall terminate upon the effective time of any such Sale Event unless provision is made in connection with such transaction in the sole discretion of the parties thereto for the continuation or assumption of this Stock Option heretofore granted, or the substitution of this Stock Option with a new Stock Option of the successor entity or a parent thereof, with such adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and the per share exercise prices as such parties shall agree. In the event of such termination, the Optionee shall be permitted, for a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as determined by the Committee, to exercise all portions of the Stock Option which are then exercisable.

8.         Withholding Taxes . The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of this Stock Option becomes a taxable event for federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for payment of any federal, state and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. Subject to approval by the Committee, the Optionee may elect to have the minimum tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Common Stock to be issued or transferring to the Company, a number of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due. The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company has the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the Optionee, or from the Option Shares to be issued in respect of an exercise of this Stock Option, any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the issuance of Option Shares to the Optionee.

9.         Restrictions on Transfer of Issued Shares . None of the Issued Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, given away or in any other manner disposed of or encumbered, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, unless such transfer is in compliance with all applicable securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “Act”)), and such disposition is in accordance with the terms and conditions of Sections 9 and 10 and such disposition does not cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In connection with any transfer of Issued Shares, the Company may require the transferor to provide at the Optionee’s own expense an opinion of counsel to the transferor, satisfactory to the Company, that such transfer is in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws

 

5


(including, without limitation, the Act). Any attempted disposition of Issued Shares not in accordance with the terms and conditions of Sections 9 and 10 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of any Issued Shares as a result of any such disposition, shall otherwise refuse to recognize any such disposition and shall not in any way give effect to any such disposition of any Issued Shares. Subject to the foregoing general provisions, Issued Shares may be transferred pursuant to the following specific terms and conditions:

(a)     Transfers to Permitted Transferees . The Optionee may sell, assign, transfer or give away any or all of the Issued Shares to Permitted Transferees; provided , however , that such Permitted Transferee(s) shall, as a condition to any such transfer, agree to be subject to the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as the Optionee (including, without limitation, the provisions of Sections 9, 10, 12 and 13) and shall have delivered a written acknowledgment to that effect to the Company.

(b)     Transfers Upon Death . Upon the death of the Optionee, any Issued Shares then held by the Optionee at the time of such death and any Issued Shares acquired thereafter by the Optionee’s legal representative pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 9, 10, 12 and 13, if applicable, and the Optionee’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees shall be obligated to convey such Issued Shares to the Company or its assigns under the terms contemplated hereby.

(c)     Company’s Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee (or any Permitted Transferee holding Issued Shares subject to this Section 9(c)) [at any time after but not prior to termination of the Optionee’s employment] desires to sell or otherwise transfer all or any part of the Issued Shares, the Optionee (or Permitted Transferee) first shall give written notice to the Company of the Optionee’s (or Permitted Transferee’s) intention to make such transfer. Such notice shall state the number of Issued Shares which the Optionee (or Permitted Transferee) proposes to sell (the “Offered Shares”), the price and the terms at which the proposed sale is to be made and the name and address of the proposed transferee. At any time within 30 days after the receipt of such notice by the Company, the Company or its assigns may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares at the price and on the terms offered by the proposed transferee and specified in the notice. The Company or its assigns shall exercise this right by mailing or delivering written notice to the Optionee (or Permitted Transferee) within the foregoing 30-day period. If the Company or its assigns elect to exercise its purchase rights under this Section 9(c), the closing for such purchase shall, in any event, take place within 45 days after the receipt by the Company of the initial notice from the Optionee (or Permitted Transferee). In the event that the Company or its assigns do not elect to exercise such purchase right, or in the event that the Company or its assigns do not pay the full purchase price within such 45-day period, the Optionee (or Permitted Transferee) may, within 60 days thereafter, sell the Offered Shares to the proposed transferee and at the same price and on the same terms as specified in the Optionee’s (or Permitted Transferee’s) notice. Any Shares purchased by such proposed transferee shall no longer be subject to the terms of this Agreement. Any Shares not sold to the proposed transferee shall remain subject to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions under this Section 9(c) shall terminate in accordance with Section 14(a).

 

6


10.       Company’s Right of Repurchase .

(a)          Right of Repurchase . The Company shall have the right (the “Repurchase Right”) upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 10(b) below (the “Repurchase Event”) to repurchase from the Optionee (or any Permitted Transferee) some or all (as determined by the Company) of the Issued Shares held or subsequently acquired upon exercise of this Stock Option in accordance with the terms hereof by the Optionee (or any Permitted Transferee) at the price per share specified below. The Repurchase Right may be exercised by the Company within the later of (i) six months following the date of such event or (ii) seven months after the exercise of this Stock Option (the “Repurchase Period”). The Repurchase Right shall be exercised by the Company by giving the holder written notice on or before the last day of the Repurchase Period of its intention to exercise the Repurchase Right, and, together with such notice, tendering to the holder an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares, determined as provided in Section 10(c). The Company may assign the Repurchase Right to one or more Persons. Upon such notification, the Optionee and any Permitted Transferees shall promptly surrender to the Company any certificates representing the Issued Shares being purchased, together with a duly executed stock power for the transfer of such Issued Shares to the Company or the Company’s assignee or assignees. Upon the Company’s or its assignee’s receipt of the certificates from the Optionee or any Permitted Transferees, the Company or its assignee or assignees shall deliver to him, her or them a check for the Repurchase Price of the Issued Shares being purchased; provided , however , that the Company may pay the Repurchase Price for such shares by offsetting and canceling any indebtedness then owed by the Optionee to the Company. At such time, the Optionee and/or any holder of the Issued Shares shall deliver to the Company the certificate or certificates representing the Issued Shares so repurchased, duly endorsed for transfer, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances. The Repurchase Right shall terminate in accordance with Section 14(a).

(b)          Company’s Right to Exercise Repurchase Right . The Company shall have the Repurchase Right in the event that any of the following events shall occur:

(i)         The termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever, regardless of the circumstances thereof, and including without limitation upon death, disability, retirement, discharge or resignation for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily; or

(ii)         The Optionee’s or Permitted Transferee’s Bankruptcy.

(c)          Determination of Fair Market Value . The fair market value of the Issued Shares shall be, for purposes of this Section 10, determined by the Board as of the date the Board elects to exercise its repurchase rights in connection with a Repurchase Event.

11.       Escrow Arrangement .

(a)         Escrow . In order to carry out the provisions of Sections 9, 10 and 12 of this Agreement more effectively, the Company shall hold any Issued Shares in escrow together with separate stock powers executed by the Optionee in blank for transfer, and any Permitted Transferee shall, as an additional condition to any transfer of Issued Shares, execute a like stock

 

7


power as to such Issued Shares. The Company shall not dispose of the Issued Shares except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. In the event of any repurchase by the Company (or any of its assigns), the Company is hereby authorized by the Optionee and any Permitted Transferee, as the Optionee’s and each such Permitted Transferee’s attorney-in-fact, to date and complete the stock powers necessary for the transfer of the Issued Shares being purchased and to transfer such Issued Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. At such time as any Issued Shares are no longer subject to the Company’s repurchase, first refusal and drag along rights, the Company shall, at the written request of the Optionee, deliver to the Optionee (or the relevant Permitted Transferee) a certificate representing such Issued Shares with the balance of the Issued Shares to be held in escrow pursuant to this Section 11.

(b)      Remedy . Without limitation of any other provision of this Agreement or other rights, in the event that the Optionee, any Permitted Transferees or any other person or entity is required to sell the Optionee’s Issued Shares pursuant to the provisions of Section 9, 10 and 12 of this Agreement and in the further event that he or she refuses or for any reason fails to deliver to the Company or its designated purchaser of such Issued Shares the certificate or certificates evidencing such Issued Shares together with a related stock power, the Company or such designated purchaser may deposit the applicable purchase price for such Issued Shares with a bank designated by the Company, or with the Company’s independent public accounting firm, as agent or trustee, or in escrow, for the Optionee, any Permitted Transferees or other person or entity, to be held by such bank or accounting firm for the benefit of and for delivery to him, her, them or it, and/or, in its discretion, pay such purchase price by offsetting any indebtedness then owed by the Optionee as provided above. Upon any such deposit and/or offset by the Company or its designated purchaser of such amount and upon notice to the person or entity who was required to sell the Issued Shares to be sold pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9, 10 and 12, such Issued Shares shall at such time be deemed to have been sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to such purchaser, the holder thereof shall have no further rights thereto (other than the right to withdraw the payment thereof held in escrow, if applicable), and the Company shall record such transfer in its stock transfer book or in any appropriate manner.

12.      Drag Along Right . In the event the holders of a majority of the Company’s equity securities then outstanding (the “Majority Shareholders”) determine to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or all or fifty percent (50%) or more of the capital stock of the Company in each case in a transaction constituting a change in control of the Company, to any non-Affiliate(s) of the Company or any of the Majority Shareholders, or to cause the Company to merge with or into or consolidate with any non-Affiliate(s) of the Company or any of the Majority Shareholders (in each case, the “Buyer”) in a bona fide negotiated transaction (a “Sale”), the Optionee, including any Permitted Transferees, shall be obligated to and shall upon the written request of a Majority Shareholder (subject to Section 7): (a) sell, transfer and deliver, or cause to be sold, transferred and delivered, to the Buyer, his or her Issued Shares (including for this purpose all of such Optionee’s or his or her Permitted Transferee’s Issued Shares that presently or as a result of any such transaction may be acquired upon the exercise of options (following the payment of the exercise price therefor)) on substantially the same terms applicable to the Majority Shareholders (with appropriate adjustments to reflect the conversion of convertible securities, the redemption of redeemable securities and the exercise of exercisable securities as well as the relative preferences and priorities of preferred stock); and (b) execute and deliver such instruments of conveyance and

 

8


transfer and take such other action, including voting such Issued Shares in favor of any Sale proposed by the Majority Shareholders and executing any purchase agreements, merger agreements, indemnity agreements, escrow agreements or related documents, as the Majority Shareholders or the Buyer may reasonably require in order to carry out the terms and provisions of this Section 12. The obligations under this Section 12 shall terminate in accordance with Section 14(a).

13.      Lockup Provision . The Optionee agrees, if requested by the Company and any underwriter engaged by the Company, not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Issued Shares (including, without limitation pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act) held by him or her for such period following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Act as the Company or such underwriter shall specify reasonably and in good faith, not to exceed 180 days in the case of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or 90 days in the case of any other public offering.

14.      Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a)      Termination . The Company’s repurchase rights under Section 10, the restrictions on transfer of Issued Shares under Section 9(c) and the Drag Along obligations under Section 12 shall terminate upon the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or upon consummation of any Sale Event, in either case as a result of which shares of the Company (or successor entity) of the same class as the Issued Shares are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and publicly traded on NASDAQ/NMS or any national security exchange.

(b)      Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(c)      Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of the Company’s stock, the restrictions contained in this Section 9 shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Issued Shares.

(d)      Change and Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

(e)      Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware without regard to conflict of law principles.

(f)      Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

9


(g)      Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(h)      Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(i)      Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, permitted assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(j)      Dispute Resolution . Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination or validity hereof shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be Boston, Massachusetts.

The parties covenant and agree that the arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three (3) depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party shall provide to the other, no later than seven (7) business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six (6) months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages or any other damages that are specifically excluded under this Agreement, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

The parties covenant and agree that they will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 14(j) applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed

 

10


in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

Each of the parties hereto (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each of the parties hereto agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of the other parties hereto. Final judgment against any party hereto in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

(k)      Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

11


The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

PHREESIA, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address:

 

 

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

OPTIONEE:

 

  Name:
Address:

 

 

 

 

12


DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:

 

 

Beneficiary’s Address:

 

 

 

 

13


Appendix A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Phreesia, Inc.
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
                                                       
                                                       

Pursuant to the terms of my stock option agreement dated                      (the “Agreement”) under the Phreesia, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name]                              , hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $                  representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Option Shares]                  option shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

 

[ ]

   1.    Cash  
 

[ ]

   2.    Certified or bank check payable to Phreesia Inc.  
 

[ ]

   3.    Other (as described in the Agreement (please describe))  
                                                                                                                                                    .

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to Phreesia, Inc. as follows:

(i)     I am purchasing the option shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii)     I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from Phreesia Inc. such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in Phreesia Inc. and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in Phreesia Inc..

(iii)     I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the option shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv)     I can afford a complete loss of the value of the option shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such option shares for an indefinite period of time.

(v)     I understand that the option shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the option shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from

 

14


the registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing option shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing.

 

Sincerely yours,

 

 

Name:

Address:

 

 

 

15


Restricted Stock Agreement

under the Phreesia, Inc.

Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan

 

Name of Holder:                                    (the “Holder”)
No. of Shares Subject to Agreement:                                    shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:                             ,          (the “Grant Date”)
Vesting Start Date:                             ,          (the “Vesting Start Date”)
Per Share Purchase Price:   $                          (the “Per Share Purchase Price”)

Pursuant to the Phreesia, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (collectively with its subsidiaries and successors, as applicable, the “Company”), hereby grants, sells and issues to the individual named above, who is an officer, employee, director, consultant or other key person of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, the Shares (as defined below) at the Per Share Purchase Price, which represents the fair market value per share on the Grant Date, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. To the extent that there is any inconsistency between the terms of the Plan and of the Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control unless specifically provided herein. The Holder agrees to the provisions set forth herein and acknowledges that each such provision is a material condition of the Company’s agreement to issue and sell the Shares to him or her. The Company hereby acknowledges receipt of $[                 ] in full payment for the Shares. All references to share prices and amounts herein shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, mergers, reorganizations and similar changes affecting the capital stock of the Company, and any shares of capital stock of the Company or other property (including cash) received on or in respect of the Shares in connection with any such event (including any shares of capital stock or any right, option or warrant to receive the same or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any such shares or received upon conversion of any such shares) shall be subject to this Agreement on the same basis and extent at the relevant time as the Shares in respect of which such securities

or property were issued or paid, and shall be deemed Shares for all purposes of this Agreement.

1.         Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings.

An “ Affiliate ” of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.


Common Stock ” shall mean the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, subject to adjustment as described above.

Permitted Transferees ” shall mean any of the following to whom the Holder may transfer Shares hereunder (as set forth in Section 4): the Holder’s spouse, children (natural or adopted), grandchildren, parents, siblings or a trust for their sole benefit of which the Holder is the settlor; provided , however , that any such trust does not require or permit distribution of any Shares during the term of this Agreement unless subject to its terms. Upon the death of the Holder (or a Permitted Transferee to whom shares have been transferred hereunder), the term Permitted Transferees shall also include such deceased Holder’s (or such deceased Permitted Transferee’s) estate, executions, administrations, personal representations, heirs, legatees and distributees, as the case may be.

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any similar entity.

Restricted Shares ” shall initially mean all of the Shares; provided , however , that one-fourth (1/4) of all of the Shares shall no longer be Restricted Shares and shall be deemed to be “Vested Shares” on the one-year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date and the balance of such Shares shall no longer be Restricted Shares and be deemed to be “Vested Shares” in twelve (12) equal quarterly installments after such date, in each case, so long as the Holder remains an employee, consultant or director of the Company as of the date that such Shares cease being Restricted Shares and become Vested Shares hereunder.

Sale Event ” shall mean, regardless of form thereof, the consummation of (i) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation in which the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the successor entity and the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iv) the sale of all or a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company to an unrelated person or entity or (v) any other transaction in which, the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction, other than a transaction involving the issuance of equity securities of the Company where the principal business purpose of the Company for such transaction is to raise capital.

Shares ” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock being purchased by the Holder on the date hereof and any additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or property (including cash) received in respect of the Shares, as a dividend on, or otherwise on account of, the Shares.

Termination Event ” shall mean the termination of the Holder’s employment with, or services as a consultant or director of, the Company for any reason whatsoever, regardless of the circumstances thereof, and including without limitation upon death, disability,


retirement or discharge or resignation for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary. For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Holder’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Holder and the Holder’s representatives or legatees. Upon a Termination Event, the Holder shall cease to vest in any Restricted Shares.

Vested Shares ” shall mean all Shares which are not Restricted Shares.

2.         Purchase and Sale of Shares; Investment Representations .

(a)      Purchase and Sale . On the date hereof, the Company hereby sells to the Holder, and the Holder hereby purchases from the Company, the number of Shares set forth above for the Per Share Purchase Price.

(b)      Investment Representations . In connection with the purchase and sale of the Shares contemplated by Section 2(a) above, the Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i)     The Holder is purchasing the Shares for the Holder’s own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii)     The Holder has had such an opportunity as he or she has deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit him or her to evaluate the merits and risks of the Holder’s investment in the Company and has consulted with the Holder’s own advisers with respect to the Holder’s investment in the Company.

(iii)     The Holder has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv)     The Holder can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

(v)     The Holder understands that the Shares are not registered under the Act (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Act and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirements thereof). The Holder further acknowledges that certificates representing the Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing.

3.         Repurchase Right .

(a)      Repurchase . Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase all or any portion of the Restricted Shares that are not Vested Shares held by the Holder or any Permitted Transferee as of the date of such Termination Event, after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting described in the


definition of Restricted Shares above. The purchase and sale arrangements contemplated by the preceding sentences of this Section 3(a) are referred to herein as the “Repurchase.”

(b)      Repurchase Price . The per share purchase price of the Restricted Shares subject to the Repurchase (the “Repurchase Price”) shall be equal to the Per Share Purchase Price.

(c)      Closing Procedure . The Company or its assigns shall effect the Repurchase (if so elected) by delivering or mailing to the Holder (and/or, if applicable, any Permitted Transferees) written notice within three (3) months after the Termination Event, specifying a date within such three (3)-month period in which the Repurchase shall be effected. Upon such notification, the Holder and any Permitted Transferees shall promptly surrender to the Company any certificates representing the Restricted Shares being purchased, together with a duly executed stock power for the transfer of such Restricted Shares to the Company or the Company’s assignee or assignees. Upon the Company’s or its assignee’s receipt of the certificates from the Holder or any Permitted Transferees, the Company or its assignee or assignees shall deliver to him, her or them a check for the Repurchase Price of the Restricted Shares being purchased. At such time, the Holder and/or any holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company the certificate or certificates representing the Restricted Shares so repurchased, duly endorsed for transfer, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances. The Repurchase right specified herein shall survive and remain in effect as to Restricted Shares following and notwithstanding any public offering by or merger or other transaction involving the Company and certificates representing such Restricted Shares shall bear legends to such effect.

4.          Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . None of the Restricted Shares now owned or hereafter acquired shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, given away or in any other manner disposed of or encumbered, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, unless such disposition is in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 4. In connection with any transfer of Restricted Shares, the Company may require the transferor to provide at the Holder’s own expense an opinion of counsel to the transferor, satisfactory to the Company, so that such transfer is in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws. Any attempted disposition of Restricted Shares not in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 4 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of any Restricted Shares as a result of any such disposition, shall otherwise refuse to recognize any such disposition and shall not in any way give effect to any such disposition of any Restricted Shares. Subject to the foregoing general provisions, Restricted Shares may be transferred pursuant to the following specific terms and conditions:

(a)      Transfers to Permitted Transferees . The Holder (but not any transferee thereof) may sell, assign, transfer or give away any or all of the Restricted Shares to Permitted Transferees; provided , however , that such Permitted Transferee(s) shall, as a condition to any such transfer, agree to be subject to the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 3 and this Section 4) and shall have delivered a written acknowledgment to that effect to the Company.


(b)      Transfers Upon Death . Upon the death of the Holder, all Restricted Shares shall be subject to the Repurchase and the Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees shall be obligated to convey such Shares to the Company or its assigns under the terms contemplated hereby.

5.          Legend . Any certificate(s) representing the Shares shall carry substantially the following legend:

“The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions (including repurchase and restrictions against transfers) contained in a certain Restricted Stock Agreement dated                                 , 200_ between the Company and the holder of this certificate (a copy of which is available at the offices of the Company for examination).”

“The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or the securities laws of any state. The shares may not be sold or transferred in the absence of such registration or an exemption from registration.”

6.         Escrow Arrangement .

(a)      Escrow . In order to carry out the provisions of Sections 3 and 4 of this Agreement more effectively, the Company shall hold the Restricted Shares in escrow together with separate stock powers executed by the Holder in blank for transfer, and any Permitted Transferee shall, as an additional condition to any transfer of Restricted Shares, execute a like stock power as to such Shares. The Company shall not dispose of the Restricted Shares except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. In the event of any the exercise of the Repurchase right by the Company (or any of its assigns), the Company is hereby authorized by the Holder and any Permitted Transferee, as the Holder’s and each such Permitted Transferee’s attorney-in-fact, to date and complete the stock powers necessary for the transfer of the Restricted Shares being purchased and to transfer such Restricted Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. At such time as any Shares are no longer subject to the Company’s Repurchase right, the Company shall, at the written request of the Holder, deliver to the Holder (or the relevant Permitted Transferee) a certificate representing such Restricted Shares with the balance of the Restricted Shares (if any) to be held in escrow pursuant to this Section 6.

(b)      Remedy . Without limitation of any other provision of this Agreement or other rights, in the event that the Holder, any Permitted Transferees or any other person or entity is required to sell the Holder’s Restricted Shares pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 and 4 of this Agreement and in the further event that he or she refuses or for any reason fails to deliver to the designated purchaser of such Restricted Shares the certificate or certificates evidencing such Shares together with a related stock power, such designated purchaser may deposit the applicable purchase price for such Restricted Shares with a bank designated by the Company, or with the Company’s independent public accounting firm, as agent or trustee, or in escrow, for the Holder, any Permitted Transferees or other person or entity, to be held by such bank or accounting firm


for the benefit of and for delivery to him, her, them or it, and/or, in its discretion, pay such purchase price by offsetting any indebtedness then owed by the Holder as provided above. Upon any such deposit and/or offset by the designated purchaser of such amount and upon notice to the person or entity who was required to sell the Restricted Shares to be sold pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 and 4, such Restricted Shares shall at such time be deemed to have been sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to such purchaser, the holder thereof shall have no further rights thereto (other than the right to withdraw the payment thereof held in escrow, if applicable), and the Company shall record such transfer in its stock transfer book or in any appropriate manner.

7.          Assignment . The Company shall have the right to assign the right to exercise its rights with respect to the Repurchase to any Person or Persons, in whole or in part in any particular instance, upon the same terms and conditions applicable to the exercise thereof by the Company, and such assignee or assignees of the Company shall then take and hold any Restricted Shares so acquired subject to such terms as may be specified by the Company in connection with any such assignment.

8.         Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a)      Record Owner; Dividends . The Holder and any Permitted Transferees, during the duration of this Agreement, shall be considered the record owners of and shall be entitled to vote the Shares if and to the extent the Shares are entitled to voting rights. The Holder and any Permitted Transferees shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided , however , that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution.

(b)      Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies are inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(c)      Change and Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Holder.

(d)      Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflict of law principles.

(e)      Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(f)      Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.


(g)      Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Holder shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other. Notices to any holder of the Shares other than the Holder shall be addressed to the address furnished by such holder to the Company.

(h)      Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. Without limitation of the foregoing, upon any stock-for-stock merger in which the Company is not the surviving entity, shares of the Company’s successor issued in respect of the Shares shall remain subject to vesting and the Repurchase right hereunder. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(i)      Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Holder have executed this Restricted Stock Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
PHREESIA, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address:
110 East 23rd Street
Suite 400
New York, NY 10010
Attn.: Secretary
HOLDER:

 

Name:
Address:

Restricted Stock Agreement

Signature Page

Exhibit 10.2

PHREESIA, INC.

2018 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

 

SECTION 1.

GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

The name of the plan is the Phreesia, Inc. 2018 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, directors, Consultants and other key persons of Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor entity, the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries, upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business, to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company. It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company’s welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company.

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

Affiliate ” of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Award ” or “ Awards, ” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units or any combination of the foregoing.

Award Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Agreement may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan; provided, however, in the event of any conflict in the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause ” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Agreement(s). In the case that any Award Agreement does not contain a definition of “Cause,” it shall mean (i) the grantee’s dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers vendors or other third parties with which such entity does business; (ii) the grantee’s commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) the grantee’s failure to perform his assigned duties and responsibilities to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company which failure continues, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, after written notice given to the grantee by the Company; (iv) the grantee’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; or (v) the grantee’s material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between the grantee and the Company relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and/or assignment of inventions.


Chief Executive Officer ” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, then the President of the Company.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

Committee ” means the Committee of the Board referred to in Section 2.

Consultant ” means any natural person that provides bona fide services to the Company (including a Subsidiary), and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

Disability ” means “disability” as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code.

Effective Date ” means the date on which the Plan is adopted as set forth on the final page of the Plan.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Fair Market Value ” of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Committee based on the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method not inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code. If the Stock is admitted to trade on a national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price reported on such exchange. If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price. If the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Stock are reported on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

Grant Date” means the date that the Committee designates in its approval of an Award in accordance with applicable law as the date on which the Award is granted, which date may not precede the date of such Committee approval.

Holder ” means, with respect to an Award or any Shares, the Person holding such Award or Shares, including the initial recipient of the Award or any Permitted Transferee.

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

Initial Public Offering ” means the consummation of the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Stock shall be publicly held.

 

2


Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

Option ” or “ Stock Option ” means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 5.

Permitted Transfer ” means any of the following: (i) any Transfer by a Holder of any or all of the Shares to the Company; (ii) any Transfer by a Holder of any or all Shares for no consideration to a Permitted Transferee, provided that the Permitted Transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement; (iii) any Transfer by a Holder of any or all of the Shares effected pursuant to the Holder’s will or the laws of intestate succession; or (iv) any Transfer with Transfer Approval.

Permitted Transferee ” shall mean any of the following to whom a Holder may transfer Shares hereunder (as set forth in Section 9(a)(ii)(A)): the Holder’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in- law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Holder’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons own more than fifty percent of the voting interests ; provided, however, that any such trust does not require or permit distribution of any Shares during the term of the Award Agreement unless subject to its terms. Upon the death of the Holder, the term Permitted Transferees shall also include such deceased Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees, as the case may be.

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any similar entity.

Restricted Stock Award ” means Awards granted pursuant to Section 6 and “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to such Awards.

Restricted Stock Unit ” means an Award of phantom stock units to a grantee, which may be settled in cash or Shares as determined by the Committee, pursuant to Section 8.

Sale Event ” means the consummation of (i) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or resulting entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable), (iv) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by a Person or group of Persons, or (v) any other acquisition of the business of the Company, as determined by the Board; provided, however, that the Company’s Initial Public Offering, any subsequent public offering or another capital raising event, or a merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile shall not constitute a “Sale Event.”

 

3


Section  409A ” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Service Relationship ” means any relationship as a full- time employee, part-time employee, director or other key person (including Consultants) of the Company or any Subsidiary or any successor entity (e.g., a Service Relationship shall be deemed to continue without interruption in the event an individual’s status changes from full-time employee to part-time employee or Consultant).

Shares ” means shares of Stock.

Stock ” means the Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has more than a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

Ten Percent Owner ” means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent of the Company or any Subsidiary.

Termination Event ” means the termination of the Award recipient’s Service Relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever, regardless of the circumstances thereof, and including, without limitation, upon death, disability, retirement, discharge or resignation for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily. The following shall not constitute a Termination Event: (i) a transfer to the service of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary or (ii) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Committee, if the individual’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing.

Transfer ” means to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, encumber or in any manner dispose of any Award or Shares.

Transfer Approval ” means any Transfer permitted by written approval of the Committee or the Board, which Transfer Approval shall be granted or withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee and/or the Board.

Unrestricted Stock Award ” means any Award granted pursuant to Section 7 and “Unrestricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to such Awards.

 

4


SECTION 2.

ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; COMMITTEE AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS

(a) Administration of Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Board, or at the discretion of the Board, by a committee of the Board, comprised of not less than two directors. All references herein to the “Committee” shall be deemed to refer to the group then responsible for administration of the Plan at the relevant time (i.e., either the Board of Directors or a committee or committees of the Board, as applicable).

(b) Powers of Committee . The Committee shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

(i) to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(ii) to determine the time or times of grant, and the amount, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by any Award and, subject to the provisions of the Plan, the price, exercise price, conversion ratio or other price relating thereto;

(iv) to determine and, subject to Section 12, to modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the form of Award Agreements;

(v) to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

(vi) to impose any limitations on Awards, including limitations on Transfers, repurchase provisions and the like, and to exercise repurchase rights or obligations;

(vii) subject to Section 5(a)(ii) and any restrictions imposed by Section 409A, to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options may be exercised; and

(viii) at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including Award Agreements); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

All decisions and interpretations of the Committee shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and all Holders.

 

5


(c) Award Agreement . Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award.

(d) Delegation of Authority to Grant Awards . Subject to applicable law, the Committee, in its discretion, may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company the power to designate non-officer employees to be recipients of Options, and to determine the number of such Options to be received by such employees; provided, however, that the resolution so authorizing the Chief Executive Officer shall specify the total number of Options the Chief Executive Officer may so award and may not delegate to the Chief Executive Officer the authority to set the exercise price or the vesting terms of such Options. Any such delegation by the Committee shall also provide that the Chief Executive Officer may not grant Awards to himself or herself (or other officers) without the approval of the Committee. The Committee may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Committee’s delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan

(e) Indemnification . Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Committee (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s governing documents, including its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.

 

SECTION 3.

STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS; SUBSTITUTION

(a) Stock Issuable . The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 3,258,506 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) after the Effective Date shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than 3,258,506 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company. Beginning on the date that the Company becomes subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, Options with respect to no more than 3,258,506 Shares shall be granted to any one individual in any calendar year period.

 

6


(b) Changes in Stock . Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional Shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such Shares or other securities, in each case, without the receipt of consideration by the Company, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding Shares are converted into or exchanged for other securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Committee shall make an appropriate and proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iii) the repurchase price, if any, per Share subject to each outstanding Award, and (iv) the exercise price for each Share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of Stock Options) as to which such Stock Options remain exercisable. The Committee shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporation Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The adjustment by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Committee in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

(c) Sale Events .

(i) Options .

(A) In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Options issued hereunder shall terminate upon the effective time of any such Sale Event unless assumed or continued by the successor entity, or new stock options or other awards of the successor entity or parent thereof are substituted therefor, with an equitable or proportionate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder and/or pursuant to the terms of any Award Agreement).

(B) In the event of the termination of the Plan and all outstanding Options issued hereunder pursuant to Section 3(c), each Holder of Options shall be permitted, within a period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as specified by the Committee, to exercise all such Options which are then exercisable or will become exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event; provided, however , that the exercise of Options not exercisable prior to the Sale Event shall be subject to the consummation of the Sale Event.

(C) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3(c)(i)(A), in the event of a Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make or provide for a cash payment to the Holders of Options, without any consent of or notice to the Holders and subject to the holdbacks and escrows applicable to the Shares

 

7


and any withholding applicable to such payments, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the value as determined by the Committee of the consideration payable per share of Stock pursuant to the Sale Event (the “Sale Price”) times the number of Shares subject to outstanding Options being cancelled (to the extent then vested and exercisable, including by reason of acceleration in connection with such Sale Event, at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding vested and exercisable Options.

(ii) Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards .

(A) In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, all unvested Restricted Stock and unvested Restricted Stock Unit Awards (other than those becoming vested as a result of the Sale Event) issued hereunder shall be forfeited immediately prior to the effective time of any such Sale Event unless assumed or continued by the successor entity, or awards of the successor entity or parent thereof are substituted therefor, with an equitable or proportionate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares subject to such awards as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder and/or pursuant to the terms of any Award Agreement).

(B) In the event of the forfeiture of Restricted Stock pursuant to Section 3(c)(ii)(A), such Restricted Stock shall be repurchased from the Holder thereof at a price per share equal to the original per share purchase price paid by the Holder (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b)) for such Shares.

(C) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3(c)(ii)(A), in the event of a Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make or provide for a cash payment to the Holders of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Awards, without consent of or notice to the Holders and subject to the holdbacks and escrows applicable to the Shares and any withholding applicable to such payments, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the Sale Price times the number of Shares subject to such Awards, to be paid at the time of such Sale Event or upon the later vesting of such Awards.

(d) Substitute Awards . The Committee may grant Awards under the Plan in substitution for stock and stock-based awards held by employees, directors or other key persons of another corporation in connection with a merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or a Subsidiary or the acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of property or stock of the employing corporation. The Committee may direct that the substitute awards be granted on such terms and conditions as the Committee considers appropriate in the circumstances. Any substitute Awards granted under the Plan shall not count against the share limitation set forth in Section 3(a).

 

8


SECTION 4.

ELIGIBILITY

Grantees under the Plan will be such full or part-time officers and other employees, directors, Consultants and key persons of the Company and any Subsidiary who are selected from time to time by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided , however , that Awards shall be granted only to those individuals described in Rule 701(c) of the Securities Act.

 

SECTION 5.

STOCK OPTIONS

Upon the grant of a Stock Option, the Company and the grantee shall enter into an Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of

Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(a) Terms of Stock Options . The Committee in its discretion may grant Stock Options to those individuals who meet the eligibility requirements of Section 4. Stock Options shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable. If the Committee so determines, Stock Options may be granted in lieu of cash compensation at the grantee’s election, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may establish, as well as in addition to other compensation.

(i) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share for the Shares covered by a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the exercise price per share for the Shares covered by such Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date

(ii) Option Term . The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten years from the Grant Date. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Stock Option shall be no more than five years from the Grant Date.

(iii) Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder . Stock Options shall become exercisable and/or vested at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Committee at or after the Grant Date. The Award Agreement may permit a grantee to exercise all or a portion of a Stock Option immediately at grant; provided that the Shares issued upon such exercise shall be subject to restrictions and a vesting schedule identical to the vesting schedule of the related Stock Option, such Shares shall be deemed to be Restricted Stock for purposes of the Plan, and the optionee may be required to enter into an additional or new Award Agreement as a condition to exercise of such Stock Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to Shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options. An optionee shall not be deemed to have acquired any Shares unless and until a Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement and this Plan and the optionee’s name has been entered on the books of the Company as a stockholder.

 

9


(iv) Method of Exercise . Stock Options may be exercised by an optionee in whole or in part, by the optionee giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods (or any combination thereof) to the extent provided in the Award Agreement:

(A) In cash, by certified or bank check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, or other instrument acceptable to the Committee;

(B) If permitted by the Committee, by the optionee delivering to the Company a promissory note, if the Board has expressly authorized the loan of funds to the optionee for the purpose of enabling or assisting the optionee to effect the exercise of his or her Stock Option; provided , that at least so much of the exercise price as represents the par value of the Stock shall be paid in cash if required by state law;

(C) If permitted by the Committee and the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of Shares that have been purchased by the optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the optionee and are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. To the extent required to avoid variable accounting treatment under ASC 718 or other applicable accounting rules, such surrendered Shares if originally purchased from the Company shall have been owned by the optionee for at least six months. Such surrendered Shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

(D) If permitted by the Committee and the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), by the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or

(E) If permitted by the Committee, and only with respect to Stock Options that are not Incentive Stock Options, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of Shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.

Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. No certificates for Shares so purchased will be issued to the optionee or, with respect to uncertificated Stock, no transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company will take place, until the Company has completed all steps it has deemed necessary to satisfy legal requirements relating to the issuance and sale of the

 

10


Shares, which steps may include, without limitation, (i) receipt of a representation from the optionee at the time of exercise of the Option that the optionee is purchasing the Shares for the optionee’s own account and not with a view to any sale or distribution of the Shares or other representations relating to compliance with applicable law governing the issuance of securities, (ii) the legending of the certificate (or notation on any book entry) representing the Shares to evidence the foregoing restrictions, and (iii) obtaining from optionee payment or provision for all withholding taxes due as a result of the exercise of the Option. The delivery of certificates representing the shares of Stock (or the transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company with respect to uncertificated Stock) to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon (A) receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his or her stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such Shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Award Agreement or applicable provisions of laws and (B) if required by the Company, the optionee shall have entered into any stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Stock. In the event an optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned Shares through the attestation method, the number of Shares transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of Shares attested to.

(b) Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options . To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Grant Date) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and any Subsidiary that become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000 or such other limit as may be in effect from time to time under Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that any Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(c) Termination . Any portion of a Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of an optionee’s Service Relationship shall immediately expire and be null and void. Once any portion of the Stock Option becomes vested and exercisable, the optionee’s right to exercise such portion of the Stock Option (or the optionee’s representatives and legatees as applicable) in the event of a termination of the optionee’s Service Relationship shall continue until the earliest of: (i) the date which is: (A) 12 months following the date on which the optionee’s Service Relationship terminates due to death or Disability (or such longer period of time as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement), or (B) three months following the date on which the optionee’s Service Relationship terminates if the termination is due to any reason other than death or Disability (or such longer period of time as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement), or (ii) the Expiration Date set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Award Agreement may provide that if the optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, the Stock Option shall terminate immediately and be null and void upon the date of the optionee’s termination and shall not thereafter be exercisable.

 

11


SECTION 6.

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Awards . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such other purchase price determined by the Committee) to an eligible individual under Section 4 hereof a Restricted Stock Award under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Award at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship), achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or such other criteria as the Committee may determine. Upon the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Company and the grantee shall enter into an Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

(b) Rights as a Stockholder . Upon the grant of the Restricted Stock Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee of Restricted Stock shall be considered the record owner of and shall be entitled to vote the Restricted Stock if, and to the extent, such Shares are entitled to voting rights, subject to such conditions contained in the Award Agreement. The grantee shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided , however , that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution. Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, certificates evidencing the Restricted Stock shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Stock is vested as provided in subsection (d) below of this Section, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank and such other instruments of transfer as the Committee may prescribe.

(c) Restrictions . Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Award Agreement. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or, subject to Section 12 below, in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, if a grantee’s Service Relationship with the Company and any Subsidiary terminates, the Company or its assigns shall have the right, as may be specified in the relevant instrument, to repurchase some or all of the Shares subject to the Award at such purchase price as is set forth in the Award Agreement.

(d) Vesting of Restricted Stock . The Committee at the time of grant shall specify in the Award Agreement the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the substantial risk of forfeiture imposed shall lapse and the Restricted Stock shall become vested, subject to such further rights of the Company or its assigns as may be specified in the Award Agreement.

 

SECTION 7.

UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such other purchase price determined by the Committee) to an eligible person under Section 4 hereof an Unrestricted Stock Award under the Plan. Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.

 

12


SECTION 8.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Units . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant to an eligible person under Section 4 hereof Restricted Stock Units under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Unit at the time of grant. Vesting conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship), achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or other such criteria as the Committee may determine. Upon the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the grantee and the Company shall enter into an Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee and may differ among individual Awards and grantees. On or promptly following the vesting date or dates applicable to any Restricted Stock Unit, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in which such vesting occurs, such Restricted Stock Unit(s) shall be settled in the form of cash or shares of Stock, as specified in the Award Agreement. Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of.

(b) Rights as a Stockholder . A grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to Shares, if any, acquired upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units. A grantee shall not be deemed to have acquired any such Shares unless and until the Restricted Stock Units shall have been settled in Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, the Company shall have issued and delivered a certificate representing the Shares to the grantee (or transferred on the records of the Company with respect to uncertificated stock), and the grantee’s name has been entered in the books of the Company as a stockholder.

(c) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s cessation of Service Relationship with the Company and any Subsidiary for any reason.

 

SECTION 9.

TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS; COMPANY RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL; COMPANY REPURCHASE RIGHTS

(a) Restrictions on Transfer .

(i) Non-Transferability of Stock Options . Stock Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Stock Option, shall not be transferable by the optionee otherwise than by will, or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the optionee’s lifetime, only by the optionee, or by the optionee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the optionee’s incapacity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement regarding a given Stock Option that the optionee may transfer by gift, without consideration for the transfer, his or her Non-Qualified Stock Options to his or her family members (as defined in Rule 701 of the Securities Act), to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners (to the extent such trusts or

 

13


partnerships are considered “family members” for purposes of Rule 701 of the Securities Act), provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, including the execution of a stock power upon the issuance of Shares. Stock Options, and the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Stock Options, shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” (as defined in the Exchange Act) or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in the Exchange Act) prior to exercise.

(ii) Shares . Notwithstanding anything provided herein to the contrary, a Holder may not transfer Shares, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by means of a Permitted Transfer. Any Transfer of Shares shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions and provisions of this Section 9 are strictly observed and followed, and the Company shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of any Shares as a result of any such Transfer, shall otherwise refuse to recognize any such Transfer and shall not in any way give effect to any such Transfer of Shares. In addition, no Shares shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, given away or in any other manner disposed of or encumbered, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, unless (i) the Transfer is in compliance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, all applicable securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act), and with the terms and conditions of this Section 9, (ii) the Transfer does not cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and (iii) the transferee consents in writing to be bound by the provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement, including this Section 9. In connection with any proposed Transfer, the Committee may require the transferor to provide at the transferor’s own expense an opinion of counsel to the transferor, satisfactory to the Committee, that such Transfer is in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act). The Company shall be entitled to seek protective orders, injunctive relief and other remedies available at law or in equity including, without limitation, seeking specific performance or the rescission of any Transfer not made in strict compliance with the provisions of this Section 9. Subject to the foregoing general provisions, and unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, Shares may be transferred pursuant to the following specific terms and conditions (provided that with respect to any Transfer of Restricted Stock, all vesting and forfeiture provisions shall continue to apply with respect to the original recipient):

(A) Transfers to Permitted Transferees . The Holder may transfer any or all of the Shares to one or more Permitted Transferees; provided, however , that following such transfer, such Shares shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Plan (including this Section 9) and such Permitted Transferee(s) shall, as a condition to any such transfer, deliver a written acknowledgment to that effect to the Company and shall deliver a stock power to the Company with respect to the Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder may not transfer any of the Shares to a Person whom the Company reasonably determines is a direct competitor or a potential competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(B) Transfers Upon Death . Upon the death of the Holder, any Shares then held by the Holder at the time of such death and any Shares acquired after the Holder’s death by the Holder’s legal representative shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan, and the Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees shall be obligated to convey such Shares to the Company or its assigns under the terms contemplated by the Plan and the Award Agreement.

 

14


(b) Right of First Refusal . In the event that a Holder desires at any time to sell or otherwise transfer all or any part of his or her Shares (other than shares of Restricted Stock which by their terms are not transferrable), and including any Permitted Transfer (if applicable), the Holder first shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to make such transfer. Such notice shall state the number of Shares that the Holder proposes to sell (the “Offered Shares”), the price and the terms at which the proposed sale is to be made and the name and address of the proposed transferee. At any time within 30 days after the receipt of such notice by the Company, the Company or its assigns may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares at the price and on the terms offered by the proposed transferee and specified in the notice. The Company or its assigns shall exercise this right by mailing or delivering written notice to the Holder within the foregoing 30-day period. If the Company or its assigns elect to exercise its purchase rights under this Section 9(b), the closing for such purchase shall, in any event, take place within 45 days after the receipt by the Company of the initial notice from the Holder. In the event that the Company or its assigns do not elect to exercise such purchase right, or in the event that the Company or its assigns do not pay the full purchase price within such 45-day period, the Holder shall be required to pay a transaction processing fee of $10,000 to the Company (unless waived by the Committee) and then may, within 60 days thereafter, sell the Offered Shares to the proposed transferee and at the same price and on the same terms as specified in the Holder’s notice. Any Shares not sold to the proposed transferee shall remain subject to the Plan. If the Holder is a party to any stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Shares, (i) the transferring Holder shall comply with the requirements of such stockholders agreements or other agreements relating to any proposed transfer of the Offered Shares, and (ii) any proposed transferee that purchases Offered Shares shall enter into such stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Offered Shares on the same terms and in the same capacity as the transferring Holder.

(c) Company’s Right of Repurchase .

(i) Right of Repurchase for Unvested Shares Issued Upon the Exercise of an Option . Upon a Termination Event, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase from a Holder of Shares acquired upon exercise of a Stock Option which are still subject to a risk of forfeiture as of the Termination Event. Such repurchase rights may be exercised by the Company within the later of (A) six months following the date of such Termination Event or (B) seven months after the acquisition of Shares upon exercise of a Stock Option. The repurchase price shall be equal to the lower of the original per share price paid by the Holder, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) of the Plan, or the current Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date the Company elects to exercise its repurchase rights.

(ii) Right of Repurchase With Respect to Restricted Stock . Upon a Termination Event, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase from a Holder of Shares received pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award any Shares that are still subject to a risk of forfeiture as of the Termination Event. Such repurchase right may be exercised by

 

15


the Company within six months following the date of such Termination Event. The repurchase price shall be the lower of the original per share purchase price paid by the Holder, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) of the Plan, or the current Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date the Company elects to exercise its repurchase rights.

(iii) Procedure . Any repurchase right of the Company shall be exercised by the Company or its assigns by giving the Holder written notice on or before the last day of the repurchase period of its intention to exercise such repurchase right. Upon such notification, the Holder shall promptly surrender to the Company, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances, any certificates representing the Shares being purchased, together with a duly executed stock power for the transfer of such Shares to the Company or the Company’s assignee or assignees. Upon the Company’s or its assignee’s receipt of the certificates from the Holder, the Company or its assignee or assignees shall deliver to him, her or them a check for the applicable repurchase price; provided, however , that the Company may pay the repurchase price by offsetting and canceling any indebtedness then owed by the Holder to the Company.

(d) Drag Along Right . In the event the holders of a majority of the Company’s shares then outstanding voting on as-converted basis as a single class (the “Majority Shareholders”) determine to enter into a Sale Event in a bona fide negotiated transaction (a “Sale”), with any non-Affiliate of the Company or any majority shareholder (in each case, the “Buyer”), a Holder of Shares, including any Permitted Transferee, shall be obligated to and shall upon the written request of the Majority Shareholders: (a) sell, transfer and deliver, or cause to be sold, transferred and delivered, to the Buyer, his or her Shares (including for this purpose all of such Holder’s Shares that presently or as a result of any such transaction may be acquired upon the exercise of an Option (following the payment of the exercise price therefor)) on substantially the same terms applicable to the Majority Shareholders (with appropriate adjustments to reflect the conversion of convertible securities, the redemption of redeemable securities and the exercise of exercisable securities as well as the relative preferences and priorities of preferred stock); and (b) execute and deliver such instruments of conveyance and transfer and take such other action, including voting such Shares in favor of any Sale proposed by the Majority Shareholders, waiving any dissenters’ and appraisal rights applicable to the Sale, and executing any purchase agreements, merger agreements, joinders, indemnity agreements, escrow agreements or related documents as the Majority Shareholders or the Buyer may reasonably require in order to carry out the terms and provisions of this
Section 9(d).

(e) Escrow Arrangement .

(i) Escrow . In order to carry out the provisions of this Section 9 of this Plan more effectively, the Company shall hold any Shares issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan in escrow together with separate stock powers executed by the Holder in blank for transfer. The Company shall not dispose of the Shares except as otherwise provided in this Plan. In the event of any repurchase by the Company (or any of its assigns), the Company is hereby authorized by the Holder, as the Holder’s attorney-in-fact, to date and complete the stock powers necessary for the transfer of the Shares being purchased and to transfer such Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. At such time as any Shares are no longer subject to the Company’s repurchase and first refusal rights, the Company shall, at the written request of the Holder, deliver to the Holder a certificate representing such Shares with the balance of the Shares to be held in escrow pursuant to this Section.

 

16


(ii) Remedy . Without limitation of any other provision of this Plan or other rights, in the event that a Holder or any other Person is required to sell a Holder’s Shares pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9(b) or (c) hereof and in the further event that he or she refuses or for any reason fails to deliver to the Company or its designated purchaser of such Shares the certificate or certificates evidencing such Shares together with a related stock power, the Company or such designated purchaser may deposit the applicable purchase price for such Shares with a bank designated by the Company, or with the Company’s independent public accounting firm, as agent or trustee, or in escrow, for such Holder or other Person, to be held by such bank or accounting firm for the benefit of and for delivery to him, her, them or it, and/or, in its discretion, pay such purchase price by offsetting any indebtedness then owed by such Holder as provided above. Upon any such deposit and/or offset by the Company or its designated purchaser of such amount and upon notice to the Person who was required to sell the Shares to be sold pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9(b) or (c), such Shares shall at such time be deemed to have been sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to such purchaser, such Holder shall have no further rights thereto (other than the right to withdraw the payment thereof held in escrow, if applicable), and the Company shall record such transfer in its stock transfer book or in any appropriate manner.

(f) Lockup Provision . If requested by the Company, a Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Shares (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) held by him or her for such period following the effective date of a public offering by the Company of Shares as the Company shall specify reasonably and in good faith. If requested by the underwriter engaged by the Company, each Holder shall execute a separate letter confirming his or her agreement to comply with this Section.

(g) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Stock, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Section 9 shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by Holder in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Shares.

(h) Termination . The terms and provisions of Section 9(b) and Section 9(c) (except for the Company’s right to repurchase Shares still subject to a risk of forfeiture upon a Termination Event) shall terminate upon the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or upon consummation of any Sale Event, in either case as a result of which Shares are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and publicly-traded on any national security exchange.

 

17


SECTION 10.

TAX WITHHOLDING

(a) Payment by Grantee . Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Shares or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such income. The Company and any Subsidiary shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee. The Company’s obligation to deliver stock certificates (or evidence of book entry) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on any such tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee.

(b) Payment in Stock . The Company’s minimum required tax withholding obligation may be satisfied, in whole or in part, by the Company withholding from Shares to be issued pursuant to an Award a number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

 

SECTION 11.

SECTION 409A AWARDS

To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as may be specified by the Committee from time to time. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to any grantee under the Plan or any other Person with respect to any penalties or taxes under Section 409A that are, or may be, imposed with respect to any Award.

 

SECTION 12.

AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Committee may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the consent of the holder of the Award. The Committee may exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Options or effect repricing through cancellation of outstanding Stock Options and by granting such holders new Awards in replacement of the cancelled Stock Options. To the extent determined by the Committee to be required either by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code or otherwise, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders. Nothing in this Section 12 shall limit the Board’s or Committee’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(c). The Board reserves the right to amend the Plan and/or the terms of any outstanding Stock Options to the extent reasonably necessary to comply with the requirements of the exemption pursuant to paragraph (f)(4) of Rule 12h-1 of the Exchange Act.

 

18


SECTION 13.

STATUS OF PLAN

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Committee shall otherwise expressly so determine in connection with any Award.

 

SECTION 14.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a) No Distribution; Compliance with Legal Requirements . The Committee may require each person acquiring Shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the Shares without a view to distribution thereof. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to an Award until all applicable securities law and other legal and stock exchange or similar requirements have been satisfied. The Committee may require the placing of such stop-orders and restrictive legends on certificates for Stock and Awards as it deems appropriate.

(b) Delivery of Stock Certificates . Stock certificates to grantees under the Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company; provided that stock certificates to be held in escrow pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan shall be deemed delivered when the Company shall have recorded the issuance in its records. Uncertificated Stock shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records).

(c) No Employment Rights . The adoption of the Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any Person any right to continued employment or Service Relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(d) Trading Policy Restrictions . Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to such Company’s insider-trading-policy-related restrictions, terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee, or in accordance with policies set by the Committee, from time to time.

(e) Loans to Award Recipients . The Company shall have the authority to make loans to recipients of Awards hereunder (including to facilitate the purchase of shares) and shall further have the authority to issue shares for promissory notes hereunder.

(f) Designation of Beneficiary . Each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award on or after the grantee’s death or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Committee and shall not be effective until received by the Committee. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate.

 

19


(g) Legend . Any certificate(s) representing the Shares shall carry substantially the following legend (and with respect to uncertificated Stock, the book entries evidencing such shares shall contain the following notation):

The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions (including repurchase and restrictions against transfers) contained in the Phreesia, Inc. 2018 Stock Option and Grant Plan and any agreements entered into thereunder by and between the company and the holder of this certificate (a copy of which is available at the offices of the company for examination).

(h) Information to Holders of Options . In the event the Company is relying on the exemption from the registration requirements of Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act contained in paragraph (f)(1) of Rule 12h-1 of the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide the information described in Rule 701(e)(3), (4) and (5) of the Securities Act to all holders of Options in accordance with the requirements thereunder. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company shall not be required to provide such information unless the optionholder has agreed in writing, on a form prescribed by the Company, to keep such information confidential.

 

SECTION 15.

EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

The Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board and shall be approved by stockholders in accordance with applicable state law and the Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws within 12 months thereafter. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any Awards granted or sold under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants or sales shall thereafter be made under the Plan. Subject to such approval by stockholders and to the requirement that no Shares may be issued hereunder prior to such approval, Stock Options and other Awards may be granted hereunder on and after adoption of the Plan by the Board. No grants of Stock Options and other Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders, whichever is earlier.

 

20


SECTION 16.

GOVERNING LAW

This Plan, all Awards and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Plan and all Awards shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of New York.

DATE ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: February 2, 2018

DATE APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: June 22, 2018

 

21


PHREESIA, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

2018 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the stockholders of Phreesia, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) approved and adopted the 2018 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “ Plan ”) of the Corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Corporation have determined that it is in the best interest of the Corporation to amend the Plan as set forth in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is amended as follows:

 

1.

Amendment to the 2018 Stock Option and Grant Plan .

1.01. Section 3(a) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Stock Issuable . The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 6,698,506 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) after the Effective Date shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than 6,698,506 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company. Beginning on the date that the Company becomes subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, Options with respect to no more than 6,698,506 Shares shall be granted to any one individual in any calendar year period.”

 

2.

Miscellaneous .

2.01. Effect . Except as amended hereby, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

2.02. Defined Terms . All capitalized terms used but not specifically defined herein shall have the same meanings given such terms in the Plan unless the context clearly indicates or dictates a contrary meaning.

2.03. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

ADOPTED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS: January 17, 2019

ADOPTED BY STOCKHOLDERS: March 23, 2019


PHREESIA, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

2018 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

The Phreesia, Inc. 2018 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”) is hereby amended as follows:

Section 3(a) of the Plan is hereby amended to increase the total number of Shares (as defined in the Plan) reserved and available for issuance under the Plan by 650,000 shares such that Section 3(a) of the Plan, as so amended, shall read in its entirety as follows:

 

SECTION 3.

STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS; SUBSTITUTION

(a) Stock Issuable . The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 7,348,506 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) after the Effective Date shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than 7,348,506 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company. Beginning on the date that the Company becomes subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, Options with respect to no more than 7,348,506 Shares shall be granted to any one individual in any calendar year period.

ADOPTED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS: May 9, 2019

ADOPTED BY STOCKHOLDERS: May 23, 2019


INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

UNDER THE PHREESIA, INC.

2018 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

Pursuant to the Phreesia, Inc. 2018 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”), has granted to the individual named below, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated below (the “Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the attached Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. This Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”). To the extent that any portion of the Stock Option does not so qualify, it shall be deemed a non-qualified stock option.

 

Name of Optionee:                                     (the “Optionee”)
No. of Shares:                             Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:                            
Vesting Commencement Date:                             (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)
Expiration Date:    10 years from Grant Date (the “Expiration Date”)
Option Exercise Price/Share:    $FMV (the “Option Exercise Price”)
Vesting Schedule:    The Shares shall vest and become exercisable in 4 equal annual installments commencing on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company on each vesting date. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan.

Attachments : Incentive Stock Option Agreement


INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE PHREESIA, INC.

2018 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.

1. Vesting, Exercisability and Termination .

(a) No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested and become exercisable.

(b) Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be vested and exercisable on the respective dates indicated below:

(i) This Stock Option shall initially be unvested and unexercisable.

(ii) This Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

(c) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case, to Section 3(c) of the Plan):

(i) Termination Due to Death or Disability . If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or Disability, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or Disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(ii) Other Termination . If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or Disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however ,if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

 

2


(d) It is understood and intended that this Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code to the extent permitted under applicable law. Accordingly, the Optionee understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code, no sale or other disposition may be made of Shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within the one-year period beginning on the day after the day of the transfer of such Shares to him or her, nor within the two-year period beginning on the day after Grant Date of this Stock Option and further that this Stock Option must be exercised within three months after termination of employment as an employee (or 12 months in the case of death or disability) to qualify as an incentive stock option. If the Optionee disposes (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any such Shares within either of these periods, he or she will notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition. The Optionee also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions required by the Company for tax purposes. Further, to the extent this Stock Option and any other incentive stock options of the Optionee having an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000 (determined as of the Grant Date) first become exercisable in any year, such options will not qualify as incentive stock options.

2. Exercise of Stock Option .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Shares with respect to which this Stock Option is then exercisable. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price for such Shares may be made by one or more of the methods described in Section 5 of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Section of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

3. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

4. Transferability of Stock Option . This Stock Option is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

 

3


5. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan.

6. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.

(c) Change and Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

(d) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of New York.

(e) Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(f) Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(g) Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

 

4


(h) Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(i) Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(j) Integration . The Grant Notice and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

7. Dispute Resolution .

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be New York, New York.

(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

 

5


(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

8. Waiver of Statutory Information Rights . The Optionee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Optionee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Optionee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Optionee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Optionee under any other written agreement between the Optionee and the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6


The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

PHREESIA, INC.  
By:  
  Name: Chaim Indig
  Title: CEO
Address:  
432 Park Avenue South, 12 th  Floor  
New York, NY 10016  

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof, and understands that this Stock Option is subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 AND THE WAIVER OF STATUTORY INFORMATION RIGHTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 8 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

OPTIONEE:
Name:
Address:

 

7


DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:

Beneficiary’s Address:

 

8


Appendix A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Phreesia, Inc.   
Attention: [____________________]   

 

  

 

  

Pursuant to the terms of the grant notice and stock option agreement between the undersigned and Phreesia, Inc. (the “Company”) dated              (the “Agreement”) under the Phreesia, Inc. 2018 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name]                     , hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $        representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Shares]          Shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

[    ]    1.    Cash   
[    ]    2.    Certified or bank check payable to Phreesia, Inc.
   [    ]    3.    Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan
         (please describe))
         _____________________________________________________.

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

(i) I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.

(iii) I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(v) I understand that the Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of

 

9


in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

(vi) I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(vii) I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(viii) I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

(ix) I understand and agree that the Company has certain drag-along rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(d) of the Plan.

(x) I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

(xi) I understand and agree to the waiver of statutory information rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Agreement.

 

Sincerely yours,
Name:
Address:
Date:

 

10


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

UNDER THE PHREESIA, INC.

2018 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

Pursuant to the Phreesia, Inc. 2018 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”), has granted to the individual named below, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated below (the “Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the attached Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”).

 

Name of Optionee:    __________________ (the “Optionee”)
No. of Shares:    __________ Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:    __________
Vesting Commencement Date:    __________________ (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)
Expiration Date:    __________________ (the “Expiration Date”)
Option Exercise Price/Share:    $_________________ (the “Option Exercise Price”)
Vesting Schedule:    25 percent of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining 75 percent of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable monthly over three years following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company on each vesting date. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan.

Attachments : Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE PHREESIA, INC.

2018 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.

1. Vesting, Exercisability and Termination .

(a) No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested and become exercisable.

(b) Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be vested and exercisable on the respective dates indicated below:

(i) This Stock Option shall initially be unvested and unexercisable.

(ii) This Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

(c) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case, to Section 3(c) of the Plan):

(i) Termination Due to Death or Disability . If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or Disability, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or Disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(ii) Other Termination . If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or Disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however , if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees and any Permitted Transferee. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

 

2


2. Exercise of Stock Option .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may delivering to the Company prior to the Expiration Date a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Shares with respect to which this Stock Option is then exercisable. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price for such Shares may be made by one or more of the methods described in Section 5 of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Section of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

3. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

4. Transferability of Stock Option . This Stock Option is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and the Optionee may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company. Such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

5. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan.

6. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.

 

3


(c) Change and Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

(d) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of New York.

(e) Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(f) Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(g) Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(h) Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(i) Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(j) Integration . The Grant Notice and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

7. Dispute Resolution .

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be New York, New York.

 

4


(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

8. Waiver of Statutory Information Rights . The Optionee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Optionee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of

 

5


Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Optionee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Optionee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Optionee under any other written agreement between the Optionee and the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6


The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

PHREESIA, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address:

 

 

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof, and understands that this Stock Option is subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 AND THE WAIVER OF STATUTORY INFORMATION RIGHTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 8 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

OPTIONEE:

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

 

7


DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:

 

Beneficiary’s Address:

 

 

 

 

8


Appendix A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Phreesia, Inc.   
Attention: [____________________]   

 

  

 

  

Pursuant to the terms of the grant notice and stock option agreement between the undersigned and Phreesia, Inc. (the “Company”) dated                  (the “Agreement”) under the Phreesia, Inc. 2018 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name]                     , hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $                 representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Shares]              Shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

[    ]    1.    Cash
[    ]    2.    Certified or bank check payable to Phreesia, Inc.
[    ]    3.    Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan
      (please describe))
      _____________________________________________________.

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

(i) I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.

(iii) I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(v) I understand that the Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

 

9


(vi) I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(vii) I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(viii) I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

(i) I understand and agree that the Company has certain drag-along rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(d) of the Plan.

(ii) I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

(iii) I understand and agree to the waiver of statutory information rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Agreement.

 

Sincerely yours,

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

Date:  

 

 

10


RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

UNDER THE PHREESIA, INC.

2018 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:                                                                 
No. of Restricted Stock Units:                                
Grant Date:                                
Expiration Date:    Seven years from Grant Date
Vesting Commencement Date:                                

Pursuant to the Phreesia, Inc. 2018 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Stock Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Each Restricted Stock Unit shall relate to one share of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company.

1. Restrictions on Transfer of Award . This Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and any shares of Stock issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Stock Units have vested as provided in Section 2 of this Agreement and (ii) shares of Stock have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

2. Vesting of Restricted Stock Units . The Restricted Stock Units are subject to both a time-based condition (the “Time Condition”) and performance-based vesting (the “Performance Vesting”) described in paragraphs (a) and (b) below, both of which must be satisfied prior to the Expiration Date before the Restricted Stock Units will be deemed vested and may be settled in accordance with Section 4 of this Agreement.

(a) Time Condition . The Time Condition shall be satisfied as follows: 10% of the Restricted Stock Units shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided that the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time; 20% of the Restricted Stock Units shall vest on the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided that the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time; 30% of the Restricted Stock Units shall vest on the third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided that the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time; and 40% of the Restricted Stock Units shall vest on the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided that the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time.


(b) Performance Vesting . The Restricted Stock Units shall only satisfy the Performance Vesting on the first to occur of (i) immediately prior to a Sale Event or (ii) the Company’s Initial Public Offering, in either case, occurring prior to the Expiration Date.

(c) Vesting Date . Each date as of which both the Time Condition and Performance Vesting described in paragraphs (a) and (b) have been satisfied with respect to any Restricted Stock Units shall be referred to as a “Vesting Date.” No Vesting Date shall occur after the Expiration Date. To the extent the Restricted Stock Units have not satisfied both the Time Condition and the Performance Vesting, such Restricted Stock Units shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the Expiration Date.

The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 2.

3. Termination of Service Relationship . If the Grantee’s Service Relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason (including death or Disability) prior to the satisfaction of the Time Condition set forth in Section 2(a) above, any Restricted Stock Units that have not satisfied the Time Condition as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such forfeited Restricted Stock Units. Any Restricted Stock Units that have satisfied the Time Condition as of such date shall remain subject to the Performance Vesting set forth in Section 2(b) above, but shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the first to occur of (i) 90 days after Grantee’s Service Relationship is terminated and (ii) the Expiration Date; provided, however, that if the Grantee’s Service Relationship is terminated by the Company for Cause, all Restricted Stock Units (including those that have satisfied the Time Condition) shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited upon such termination date.

3. Issuance of Shares of Stock . As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date (but in no event later than March 15th of the year following the calendar year in which the Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of shares of Stock equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Stock Units that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such shares; provided, however, that if the Performance Vesting is satisfied by an Initial Public Offering, then any Restricted Stock Units that have satisfied the Time Condition prior to the expiration of the applicable lock-up (as set forth in Section 9(f) of the Plan) shall be settled immediately following the expiration of such lock-up but in no event later than March 15 th of the year following the calendar year in which the Initial Public Offering occurs.

4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

2


5. Restrictions on Transfer . All shares of Stock acquired under this Agreement upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan which include the Administrator’s authority to approve or disapprove of any transfer of Shares in its sole discretion.

6. Grantee Representations . In connection with any issuance of shares of Stock upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units under this Agreement, the Grantee hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows (to the extent applicable):

(i) The Grantee is acquiring the shares of Stock for the Grantee’s own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) The Grantee has had such an opportunity as he or she has deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit him or her to evaluate the merits and risks of the Grantee’s investment in the Company and has consulted with the Grantee’s own advisers with respect to the Grantee’s investment in the Company.

(iii) The Grantee has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the acquisition of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such acquisition.

(iv) The Grantee can afford a complete loss of the value of the shares of Stock and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such shares of Stock for an indefinite period.

(v) The Grantee understands that the shares of Stock are not registered under the Securities Act (it being understood that the shares of Stock are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirements thereof). The Grantee further acknowledges that certificates representing the shares of Stock will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated shares of Stock will include similar restrictive notations.

(vi) The Grantee has read and understands the Plan and acknowledges and agrees that the shares of Stock are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(vii) The Grantee understands and agrees that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(viii) The Grantee understands and agrees that the Grantee may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the shares of Stock for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

 

3


7. Tax Withholding . The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Company shall have the authority to cause the required tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued to the Grantee a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due. In addition, in its sole discretion the Company shall have the authority to cause the required tax withholding obligation may be satisfied, in whole or in part, by an arrangement whereby a certain number of shares of Stock issued upon settlement of the Award, if any, are immediately sold and proceeds from such sale are remitted to the Company in an amount that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

8. Section  409A of the Code. This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.

9. No Obligation to Continue Service Relationship . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Service Relationship of the Grantee, and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the Service Relationship of the Grantee at any time.

10. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Change and Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

(c) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of New York.

(d) Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(e) Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

4


(f) Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(g) Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(h) Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(i) Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

11. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

12. Dispute Resolution .

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or the Award, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, the Award or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1—16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be New York, New York.

 

5


(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Grantee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Restricted Stock Units or Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 11 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

13. Waiver of Statutory Information Rights . The Grantee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, upon settlement of the Award in shares of Stock, the Grantee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Grantee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general

 

6


public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Grantee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Grantee under any other written agreement between the Grantee and the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

7


The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

PHREESIA, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address:

432 Park Avenue South

12 th Floor

New York, NY 10016
ATTN: General Counsel and SVP HR

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof, and understands that this Award is subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement. The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions the Plan and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 12 AND THE WAIVER OF STATUTORY INFORMATION RIGHTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 13 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

GRANTEE:

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

 

8


SPOUSE’S CONSENT

I acknowledge that I have read the

foregoing Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and the Plan

and understand the contents thereof including, but not limited to,

the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

 

                                                             

 

9

Exhibit 10.5

PHREESIA, INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

The purpose of this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the “Policy”) of Phreesia, Inc. (the “Company”), is to provide a total compensation package that enables the Company to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, high-caliber directors who are not employees or officers of the Company or its subsidiaries. This Policy will become effective as of the effective time of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering of equity securities (the “Effective Date”). In furtherance of the purpose stated above, all non-employee directors shall be paid compensation for services provided to the Company as set forth below:

Cash Retainers

Annual Retainer for Board Membership : $30,000 for general availability and participation in meetings and conference calls of our Board of Directors, to be paid quarterly in arrears, prorated based on the number of actual days served by the director during such calendar quarter.

Additional Annual Retainer for Non-Executive Chair of the Board : $25,000, plus up to an additional $125,000 depending upon contributions

Additional Retainers for Committee Membership :

 

Audit Committee Chair:

   $ 22,500  

Audit Committee member:

   $ 7,500  

Compensation Committee Chair:

   $ 12,500  

Compensation Committee member:

   $ 5,000  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chair:

   $ 10,000  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee member:

   $ 5,000  

Note: Committee chair retainers and committee member retainers are in addition to retainer for general service as a member of the Board of Directors.

Equity Retainers

All grants of equity retainer awards to nonemployee directors pursuant to this Policy will be automatic and nondiscretionary and will be made in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) Value . For purposes of this Policy, “Value” means with respect to (i) any award of stock options, the grant date fair value of the option (i.e., Black-Scholes Value) determined in accordance with the reasonable assumptions and methodologies employed by the Company for calculating the fair value of options under ASC 718; and (ii) any award of restricted stock and restricted stock units, the product of (A) the average closing market price on The New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (or such other market on which the Company’s common stock is then principally listed) of one share of the Company’s common stock over the trailing 30-day period ending on the last day of the month immediately prior to the month of the grant date, and (B) the aggregate number of shares pursuant to such award.

 

1


(b) Revisions . Subject to approval from the Board of Directors, the Compensation Committee in its discretion may change and otherwise revise the terms of awards to be granted under this Policy, including, without limitation, the number of shares subject thereto, for awards of the same or different type granted on or after the date the Compensation Committee determines to make any such change or revision.

(c) Initial Award : An initial, one-time restricted stock unit award (the “Initial Award”) with a Value equal to the sum of (i) $150,000 plus (ii) $150,000 (which shall be pro-rated based on the estimated number of calendar days to be served from the date the nonemployee director joins the Board of Directors through the anticipated date of the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Annual Meeting”)) will be granted to each new non-employee director upon his or her election or appointment to the Board of Directors, which shall vest in 4 equal annual installments on each anniversary of the non-employee director’s election or appointment to the Board of Directors; provided, however, that all vesting ceases if the director resigns from our Board of Directors or otherwise ceases to serve as a director, unless the Board of Directors determines that the circumstances warrant continuation of vesting. This Initial Award applies only to non-employee directors who are first elected or appointed to the Board of Directors subsequent to the Company’s initial public offering.

(d) Annual Award : On each date of the Company’s Annual Meeting, each continuing non-employee member of the Board of Directors will receive an annual restricted stock unit award (the “Annual Award”) with a Value of $150,000, which shall vest in full upon the earlier to occur of the first anniversary of the date of grant or the date of the next Annual Meeting; provided, however, that all vesting shall cease if the director resigns from the Board of Directors or otherwise ceases to serve as a director, unless the Board of Directors determines that the circumstances warrant continuation of vesting.

(e) Acceleration . All equity awards granted pursuant to this Policy shall vest in full immediately prior to, but conditioned upon, the closing of a Sale Event (as defined in the 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan).

Expenses

The Company will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by non-employee directors in attending meetings of the Board or any Committee.

Adopted June 5, 2019, subject to effectiveness of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1.

 

2

Exhibit 10.6

PHREESIA, INC.

[FORM OF] DIRECTOR INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of [    ], 2019 by and between Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [Director] (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to provide or continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “ Charter ”) and the Amended and Restated Bylaws (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”);

WHEREAS, the Charter, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Charter or the Bylaws, so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [Name of Fund/Sponsor] which Indemnitee and [Name of Fund/Sponsor] intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided in this Agreement, with the Company’s acknowledgment and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve or continue to serve on the Board.]

 

1


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Services to the Company . Indemnitee agrees to [continue to] serve as a director of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.

Section 2. Definitions .

As used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person as a current or former director of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(c) “ Enforcement Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action. Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

(d) “ Enterprise ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company, or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee.

 

2


(e) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

(f) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(g) The term “ Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as a director of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided , however , that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

Section 3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

3


Section 4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “ Delaware Court ”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6. Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (i) is a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (ii) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

Section 7. Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:

(a) to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise[; provided that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors as set forth in Section 13(c)];

 

4


(b) to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of such securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (“ SOX ”);

(c) to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided , however , that this Section 7(c) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or

(d) to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).

Section 8. Advancement of Expenses . Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as incurred, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s (i) ability to repay the expenses, (ii) ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement, and (iii) entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses of covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)). Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein. Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitee’s right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.

 

5


Section 9. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement, and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.

(b) In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.

(c) In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

(d) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.

Section 10. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .

(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods: (x) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (y) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred: (i) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a

 

6


committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (iii) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought. In the case that such determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsel’s written opinion shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(b) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board if a Change in Control shall not have occurred or, if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Indemnitee. Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company or Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate. The person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the determination of entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be made without regard to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement or defense costs, expenses or covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)).

 

7


Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel, (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided , however , that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

8


(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought. Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.

 

9


Section 13. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

(c) [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [Name of Fund/Sponsor] and certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort ( i.e. , its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter and/or Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 13(c).]

 

10


(d) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] the Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.

Section 14. Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 15. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 16. Enforcement .

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director of the Company.

 

11


(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 17. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.

Section 18. Notice by Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

Section 19. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

(a) If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

(b) If to the Company to:

Phreesia, Inc.

432 Park Avenue South, 12 th Floor

New York, NY 10016

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 20. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the

 

12


relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.

Section 21. Internal Revenue Code Section  409A . The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company. The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.

Section 22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 23. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

Section 24. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

PHREESIA, INC.
By:  

                 

Name:
Title:

 

[Indemnitee]


PHREESIA, INC.

[FORM OF] OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of [    ], 2019 by and between Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [Officer] (“ Indemnitee ”). 1

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to provide or continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “ Charter ”) and the Amended and Restated Bylaws (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”);

WHEREAS, the Charter, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Charter or the Bylaws, so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1

To be entered into with all C-level officers and Section 16 officers.


Section 1. Services to the Company . Indemnitee agrees to [continue to] serve as [a director and] an officer of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from [any] such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.

Section 2. Definitions .

As used in this Agreement:

(a) “Change in Control” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person as a current or former [director or] officer of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(c) “ Enforcement Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action. Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

(d) “ Enterprise ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company, or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee.

(e) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

 

2


(f) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(g) The term “ Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was [a director or] an officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as [a director or] an officer of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided , however , that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

Section 3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

3


Section 4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “ Delaware Court ”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6. Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (i) is a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (ii) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

Section 7. Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:

(a) to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise;

(b) to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of such securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (“ SOX ”);

 

4


(c) to indemnify for any reimbursement of, or payment to, the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of SOX or any formal policy of the Company adopted by the Board (or a committee thereof), or any other remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law;

(d) to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided , however , that this Section 7(d) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or

(e) to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).

Section 8. Advancement of Expenses . Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as incurred, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s (i) ability to repay the expenses, (ii) ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement, and (iii) entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses of covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)). Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein. Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitee’s right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.

 

5


Section 9. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement, and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.

(b) In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.

(c) In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

(d) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the fact that an insurer under an applicable insurance policy delays or is unwilling to consent to such settlement or is or may be in breach of its obligations under such policy, or the fact that directors’ and officers’ liability insurance is otherwise unavailable or not maintained by the Company, may not be taken into account by the Company in determining whether to provide its consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.

 

6


Section 10. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification . 2

(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods: [(x) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (y) in any other case,] (i) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (iii) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought. In the case that such determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsel’s written opinion shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(b) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board[; provided that, if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee]. Indemnitee [or the Company, as the case may be,] may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company [or Indemnitee, as the case may be,] a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as

 

2

Bracketed portions for CEO Director version only

 

7


the court shall designate. The person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the determination of entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be made without regard to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses or covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)).

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel, (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor (including any invoices

 

8


received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided , however , that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought. Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.

 

9


(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.

Section 13. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d) The Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.

 

10


Section 14. Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as [both a director and] an officer of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 15. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 16. Enforcement .

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as [a director and] an officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as [a director and] an officer of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 17. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.

 

11


Section 18. Notice by Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

Section 19. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

(a) If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

(b) If to the Company to:

Phreesia, Inc.

432 Park Avenue South, 12 th Floor

New York, NY 10016

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 20. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.

Section 21. Internal Revenue Code Section  409A . The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company. The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.

 

12


Section 22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 23. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

Section 24. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

PHREESIA, INC.
By:  

                 

Name:
Title:

 

[Name of Indemnitee]

Exhibit 10.7

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

TIDS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of February 28, 2019 (the “ Effective Date ”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“ Bank ”), and PHREESIA, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

A.     Bank and Borrower have previously entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 6, 2012, between Borrower and Bank, as amended by a certain First Loan Modification Agreement dated as of April 24, 2013, as further amended by a certain Second Loan Modification Agreement dated as of September 5, 2013, as further amended by a certain Third Loan Modification Agreement dated as of July 25, 2014, as further amended by a certain Fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of September 24, 2014, as further amended by a certain Fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of October 22, 2015, as further amended by a certain Sixth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of November 7, 2016, and as further amended by a certain Seventh Loan Modification Agreement dated as of March 30, 2018 (as amended, the “ Prior Loan Agreement ”).

B.     Borrower and Bank have agreed to amend and restate, and replace, the Prior Loan Agreement in its entirety. Bank and Borrower hereby agree that the Prior Loan Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

  1

ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as explicitly set forth herein, all financial covenant and other financial calculations shall be computed with respect to Borrower only, and not on a consolidated basis. Notwithstanding any terms in this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of any financial covenant and other financial calculations in this Agreement (other than for purposes of updating the Borrowing Base) which are made in whole or in part based upon the Availability Amount as of the last day of a particular month, calculations relying on information from a Borrowing Base Report shall be derived from the Borrowing Base Report delivered within seven (7) days of month end pursuant to Section 6.2(a) (and not, for clarity, any more recent Borrowing Base Report delivered after such period), and the actual delivery date of such Borrowing Base Report shall be deemed to be the last day of the applicable month. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

  2

LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1    Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrower hereunder and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.2    Revolving Line.

(a)     Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Borrower shall be required to request that Bank make an Advance on the Effective Date with a principal amount equal to (i) the total outstanding obligations and liabilities of Borrower owed to ORIX Growth Capital, LLC and Escalate Capital Partners SBIC III, LP as of the date such Advance is to be made minus (ii) the principal amount of the Term Loan A Advance requested by Borrower to be made on the Effective Date, and Borrower shall be required to use the proceeds of such Advance and the Term Loan A Advance to repay all obligations and liabilities owed to ORIX Growth Capital, LLC and Escalate Capital Partners SBIC III, LP in full. Bank may make the Advance referenced in the preceding sentence without instructions from Borrower if Borrower fails to request such Advance on or prior to the Effective Date. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.


(b)     Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

2.3     Term Loan.

(a)     Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower shall request on the Effective Date and Bank shall, on or about the Effective Date, make, one (1) term loan advance available to Borrower in the original principal amount of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000.00) (the “ Term Loan A Advance ”). Borrower shall be required to use the proceeds of the Term Loan A Advance to pay in full all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to ORIX Growth Capital, LLC and Escalate Capital Partners SBIC III, LP and obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank in connection with 2015 Term Loan Advances (including, without limitation, the 2015 Term Loan Final Payment), and Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to apply proceeds of the Term Loan A Advance to such obligations and liabilities in connection therewith as part of the funding process (in the case of the 2015 Term Loan Advances, internally, without actually providing such funds to Borrower). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, upon Borrower’s request, during the Term Loan B Draw Period, Bank shall make one (1) term loan advance available to Borrower in the original principal amount of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) (the “ Term Loan B Advance ”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, upon Borrower’s request, during the Term Loan C Draw Period, Bank shall make one (1) term loan advance available to Borrower in the original principal amount of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000.00) (the “ Term Loan C Advance ”). The Term Loan A Advance, the Term Loan B Advance and the Term Loan C Advance are each hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term Loan Advance ” and collectively as the “ Term Loan Advances ”. After repayment, no Term Loan Advance (or any portion thereof) may be reborrowed.

(b)     Interest Payments . With respect to each Term Loan Advance, commencing on the first (1 st ) Payment Date of the month following the month in which the Funding Date of such Term Loan Advance occurs and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest, in arrears, on the outstanding principal amount of such Term Loan Advance at the rate set forth in Section 2.5(a)(ii).

(c)     Repayment . Commencing on the Term Loan Amortization Date and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall repay the Term Loan Advances in (i) thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest at the rate set forth in Section 2.5(a)(ii). All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Term Loan Advances, and all other outstanding Obligations with respect to the Term Loan Advances, are due and payable in full on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

(d)     Permitted Prepayment . Borrower shall have the option at any time to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term Loan Advances, provided Borrower (i) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Term Loan Advances at least five (5) Business Days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment (A) the outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term Loan Advances, (B) the Term Loan Prepayment Fee, (C) the Term Loan Final Payment and (D) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to the Term Loan Advances, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(e)     Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Term Loan Advances are accelerated by Bank pursuant to Section 9.1 following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (i) all outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term Loan Advances, (ii) the Term Loan Prepayment Fee, (iii) the Term Loan Final Payment and (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to the Term Loan Advances, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

2.4      Overadvances. If, at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the “ Overadvance ”). Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at a per annum rate equal to the rate that is otherwise applicable to Advances plus five percent (5.0%).

 

2


2.5    Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a)     Interest Rate .

(i)     Advances . Subject to Section 2.5(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to (A) at all times prior to the occurrence of the Adjusted EBITDA Event, the greater of (I) one-half of one percent (0.50%) below the Prime Rate and (2) five percent (5.0%) and (B) at all times upon and after the occurrence of the Adjusted EBITDA Event, the greater of (I) three-quarters of one percent (0.75%) below the Prime Rate and (2) four and three-quarters of one percent (4.75%), which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.5(d) below.

(ii)     Term Loan Advances . Subject to Section 2.5(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan Advances shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to (A) at all times prior to the occurrence of the Adjusted EBITDA Event, one and one-half of one percent (1.50%) above the Prime Rate and (B) at all times upon and after the occurrence of the Adjusted EBITDA Event, three-quarters of one percent (0.75%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.5(d) below.

(b)     Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percent (5.0%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.5(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c)     Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d)     Payment; Interest Computation . Interest is payable monthly on the Payment Date of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after I :00 p.m. Eastern time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

2.6    Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a)     Anniversary Fee . For each one (1) year anniversary of the Effective Date occurring prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, Borrower shall pay to Bank a fully earned, non-refundable anniversary fee of (i) with respect to the first (1 st ) through third (3 rd ) anniversaries of the Effective Date, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) each and (ii) with respect to the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date and each anniversary thereafter, Seventy Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00) each (each, an “ Anniversary Fee ” and, collectively, the “ Anniversary Fees ”). Each Anniversary Fee shall be fully earned on the Effective Date but shall be due and payable on the earliest to occur of (i) such one (1) year anniversary of the Effective Date, (ii) the occurrence of an Event of Default, and (iii) the termination of this Agreement;

(b)     Termination Fee . Upon termination of this Agreement or the termination of the Revolving Line for any reason prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, in addition to the payment of any other amounts then-owing, a termination fee in an amount equal to one and one-half of one percent (1.50%) of the Revolving Line (the “ Termination Fee ”), provided that no termination fee shall be charged if the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility from Bank;

 

3


(c)     Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee . Payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter occurring prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, and on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, a fee (the “ Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee ”) in an amount equal to fifteen-hundredths of one percent (0.15%) per annum of the average unused portion of the Revolving Line, as determined by Bank, computed on the basis of a year with the applicable number of days as set forth in Section 2.5(d). The unused portion of the Revolving Line, for purposes of this calculation, shall be calculated on a calendar year basis and shall equal the difference between (i) the Revolving Line, and (ii) the average for the period of the daily closing balance of the Revolving Line outstanding;

(d)     Term Loan Prepayment Fee . The Term Loan Prepayment Fee, when due hereunder;

(e)      Term Loan Final Payment . The Term Loan Final Payment, when due hereunder;

(f)     Good Faith Deposit . Borrower has paid to Bank a deposit of Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000.00) (the “ Good Faith Deposit ”), to initiate Bank’s due diligence review process. The Good Faith Deposit shall be utilized to pay Bank Expenses; and

(g)     Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable documented attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.6 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.7(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.6.

2.7    Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.

(a)    All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 1:00 p.m. Eastern time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after I :00 p.m. Eastern time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b)    Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

(c)    Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

2.8      Withholding. Payments received by Bank from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to Bank, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount

 

4


due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority, provided however that to the extent Bank is refunded any portion of such excess, Bank shall remit such amount to Borrower. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.9     Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.

(a)    Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, all payments received or collected by Bank (including proceeds for the realization of Collateral) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or after any or all of the Obligations have been accelerated by Bank pursuant to Section 9.1 (so long as such acceleration has not been rescinded) or upon the occurrence of an additional termination event (as defined under the respective Secured Rate Contract) with Borrower as the affected party (unless otherwise waived) or upon the designation of an early termination date with respect to any Secured Rate Contract with Borrower as the defaulting or affected party, shall be applied as follows:

(i)     First , to payment of costs and expenses, including Bank Expenses, of Bank payable or reimbursable by Borrower under the Loan Documents;

(ii)     Second , to (X) the payment of all accrued unpaid interest on the Obligations and fees owed to Bank, and (Y) the payment of any ordinary course settlement payments (including Unpaid Amounts) then due and payable to any Secured Swap Provider under its Secured Rate Contracts, after such ordinary course settlement payments have been reduced by the amount of any cash collateral that has been made available to such Secured Swap Provider to secure the obligations under such Secured Rate Contract;

(iii)     Third , to (i) the payment of principal of the Loan Obligations including, without limitation any reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit that are then due and payable; (ii) the payment of all termination payments (but excluding Unpaid Amounts paid under clause “second” above) under the Secured Rate Contracts then due and payable to any Secured Swap Provider, after such termination payments have been reduced by the amount of any cash collateral that has been made available to such Secured Swap Provider to secure the obligations under such Secured Rate Contract; and (iii) the cash collateralization of one hundred ten percent (110.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any unmatured Letters of Credit to the extent not then due and payable; and (iv) the cash collateralization of any other unmatured Secured Swap Obligations in an amount necessary to secure the obligations of Borrower to any Secured Swap Provider under its Secured Rate Contracts;

(iv)     Fourth , to payment of any other amounts owing constituting Obligations; and

(v)     Fifth , any remainder shall be for the account of and paid to whomever may be lawfully entitled thereto.

In carrying out the foregoing, (x) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided above until exhausted prior to the application to the next succeeding category and (y) Bank, each Secured Swap Provider and each other Persons entitled to payment shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share of amounts available to be applied pursuant to clauses second, third and fourth above. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

5


(b)    Bank, for itself and as agent for the Secured Swap Providers, may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank or any Secured Swap Provider when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

 

  3

CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1      Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank shall have reasonably requested, including, without limitation:

(a)    duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b)    duly executed original signature to the Warrant, together with a capitalization table for Borrower;

(c)    (i) the Operating Documents and a long-form good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of Delaware (or equivalent agency) and (ii) a certificate of good standing/foreign qualification of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of New York, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(d)    a secretary’s corporate borrowing certificate of Borrower with respect to Borrower’s Operating Documents, incumbency, specimen signatures and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(e)    duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(f)    duly executed signatures to a payoff letter from ORIX Growth Capital, LLC and Escalate Capital Partners SBIC III, LP;

(g)    evidence that (i) the Liens securing Indebtedness owed by Borrower to ORIX Growth Capital, LLC and Escalate Capital Partners SBIC III, LP will be terminated and (ii) the documents and/or filings evidencing the perfection of such Liens, including without limitation any financing statements and/or control agreements, have or will, concurrently with the initial Credit Extension, be terminated;

(h)    certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(i)     acknowledgment copies (from the Delaware Department of State) of either (i) an amendment to each of (A) UCC filing no. 20182814503 in favor of DeLage Landen Financial Services, Inc., (B) UCC filing no. 20182910053 in favor of C T Corporation System, as Representative, (C) UCC filing no. 20185907387 in favor of Vendor Services Center, (D) UCC filing no. 20185933136 in favor of Wells Fargo Vendor Financial Services, LLC and (E) UCC filing no. 20186496224 in favor of Hitachi Capital America Corp., in each case amending the collateral description to refer only to specific financed or leased equipment or (ii) a filed termination of each of the foregoing financing statements;

(j)    the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(k)    a legal opinion (authority and enforceability) of Borrower’s counsel dated as of the Effective Date together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

 

6


(1)    evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements required by Section 6.7 hereof are in full force and effect;

(m)    the completion of the Initial Audit;

(n)     with respect to the initial Advance, a completed Borrowing Base Report (and any schedules related thereto and including any other information requested by Bank with respect to Borrower’s Accounts) and a completed Recurring Revenue Report; and

(o)    payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.6 hereof.

3.2      Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a)    timely receipt of (i) with respect to requests for Advances, the Credit Extension request and any materials and documents required by Section 3.4 and (ii) with respect to requests for Term Loan Advances, an executed Payment/Advance Form and any materials and documents required by Section 3.4;

(b)    the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the proposed Credit Extension and/or the Payment/Advance Form, as applicable, and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement are true, accurate, and complete in all material respects as of such date; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c)    Bank determines to its satisfaction that there has not been any material impairment in the general affairs, management, results of operation, financial condition or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations when due, nor any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the most recent business plan of Borrower presented to and accepted by Bank.

3.3    Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.4    Procedures for Borrowing.

(a)     Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower (via an individual duly authorized by an Administrator) shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail by 1:00 p.m. Eastern time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Such notice shall be made by Borrower through Bank’s online banking program, provided, however, if Borrower is not utilizing Bank’s online banking program, then such notice shall be in a written format acceptable to Bank that is executed by an Authorized Signer. Bank shall have received satisfactory evidence that the Board has approved that such Authorized Signer may provide such notices and request Advances. In connection with any such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail or through Bank’s online banking program such reports and information, including without limitation, a Borrowing Base Report, sales journals, cash receipts journals, accounts receivable aging reports, as Bank may request in its sole discretion. Bank shall credit proceeds of an Advance to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

 

7


(b)     Term Loan Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Term Loan Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Term Loan Advance, Borrower (via an individual duly authorized by an Administrator) shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail by 1:00 p.m. Eastern time on the Funding Date of the Term Loan Advance. Such notice shall be made by Borrower through Bank’s online banking program, provided, however, if Borrower is not utilizing Bank’s online banking program, then such notice shall be in a written format acceptable to Bank that is executed by an Authorized Signer. Bank shall have received satisfactory evidence that the Board has approved that such Authorized Signer may provide such notices and request Term Loan Advances. In connection with such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail or through Bank’s online banking program a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by an Authorized Signer together with such other reports and information, as Bank may request in its sole discretion. Bank shall credit proceeds of any Term Loan Advance to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Term Loan Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or without instructions if the Term Loan Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

 

  4

CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1      Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Bank, for itself and as agent for each Secured Swap Provider, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, for itself and as agent for each Secured Swap Provider, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until (i) the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash and (ii) any Contingent Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and Secured Rate Contracts) are secured with cash collateral in an amount and on terms reasonably satisfactory to Bank and to each Secured Swap Provider. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall promptly, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment consistent with Bank’s then current practice for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred percent (100.0%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred five percent (105.0%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.2      Priority of Security Interest. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement and further subject to Bank perfecting it security interest in the Collateral). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank, for itself and as agent for each Secured Swap Provider, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

 

8


4.3      Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank, for itself and as agent for each Secured Swap Provider, to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Bank’s discretion.

 

  5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

5.1      Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority. Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower entitled “Perfection Certificate” (the “ Perfection Certificate ”). Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete in all material respects (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect), or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2      Collateral. Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith and which Borrower has taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein, pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b). The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate. None of the components of the Collateral (other than mobile equipment such as laptop computers in the possession of Borrower’s employees or agents) shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

 

9


All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects (normal wear and tear excluded).

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3    Accounts Receivable.

(a)    For each Account with respect to which Advances are requested, on the date each Advance is requested and made, such Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b)    All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Borrowing Base Report. To Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws relating to creditors’ rights and to general equitable principles..

5.4      Customer Accounts. For any customer Account that generates Recurring Revenue, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such customer Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each customer Account that generates Recurring Revenue shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are customer Accounts that generate Recurring Revenue. To Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all such customer Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws relating to creditors’ rights and to general equitable principles. Borrower is the owner of and has the legal right to sell, transfer, assign and encumber each such customer Account, and, there are no defenses, offsets, counterclaims or agreements for which the Account Debtor may claim any deduction or discount.

5.4      Litigation. There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00).

5.5      Financial Statements; Financial Condition. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations for the period reported. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements of Borrower submitted to Bank.

 

10


5.6      Solvency. The fair salable value of Borrower’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower’s liabilities; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7      Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations.

5.8      Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.9      Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower has timely filed (or has obtained an extension to file) all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except (a) to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, or (b) if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00).

To the extent Borrower defers payment of any contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien.” Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower in excess of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00). Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10      Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions to repay Borrower’s outstanding obligations and liabilities to ORIX Growth Capital, LLC and Escalate Capital Partners SBIC III, LP, as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11      Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank in connection with the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank in connection with the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

 

11


5.12      Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

5.13      Designation of Indebtedness under this Agreement as Senior Indebtedness. All principal of, interest (including all interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy or similar proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-petition interest is allowable as a claim in any such proceeding), and all fees, costs, expenses and other amounts accrued or due under this Agreement and under the Secured Rate Contracts shall constitute “Designated Senior Indebtedness” under the terms of any Subordinated Debt documents.

 

  6

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following (until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and the termination of this Agreement):

6.1     Government Compliance.

(a)     Maintain its and (except as permitted by Section 7.3) all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, in all material respects, with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject.

(b)     Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank, for itself and as agent for each Secured Swap Provider, in all of the Collateral. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2      Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Provide Bank with the following:

(a)     a Borrowing Base Report (and any schedules related thereto and including any other information reasonably requested by Bank with respect to Borrower’s Accounts) (i) with each request for an Advance and (ii) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month;

(b)     within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, a Recurring Revenue report (and any schedules related thereto and including any other information requested by Bank with respect to Borrower’s Accounts, including, without limitation, details of Borrower’s Recurring Revenue including, without limitation, total Recurring Revenue, total customers, new subscriptions in process, the Revenue Advance Rate and the Provider Retention Percentage), each in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank (such report, the “ Recurring Revenue Report ”);

(c)     within thirty (30) days after the end of each month (i) monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (ii) monthly accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, and outstanding or held check registers, if any, and (iii) monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), transaction reports, Deferred Revenue report, detailed Account Debtor listing and general ledger;

(d)     as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”);

(e)     within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank may reasonably request, including, without limitation, a statement that at the end of such month there were no held checks;

 

12


(f)     at least annually, as soon as available, and in any event no later than the earlier to occur of (i) March 31 st of each year and (ii) approval by the Board, and contemporaneously with any updates or amendments thereto, (A) annual operating budgets (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month), and (B) annual financial projections (on a quarterly basis), in each case as approved by the Board, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections;

(g)     as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied (except for the absence of footnotes), together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank;

(h)     in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower and/or any Guarantor with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the internet at Borrower’s website address; provided, however, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing (which may be by electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents;

(i)     within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders generally or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(j)    prompt written notice of any changes to the beneficial ownership information set out in Section 14 of the Perfection Certificate. Borrower understands and acknowledges that Bank relies on such true, accurate and up-to-date beneficial ownership information to meet Bank’s regulatory obligations to obtain, verify and record information about the beneficial owners of its legal entity customers;

(k)     prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or more; and

(1)    promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding Borrower or compliance with the terms of any Loan Documents as reasonably requested by Bank in writing.

6.3     Accounts Receivable.

(a)      Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts . Borrower shall deliver to Bank transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Bank’s standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s reasonable request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its reasonable request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

(b)      Disputes . Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts which, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00). Borrower may

 

13


forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base.

(c)      Collection of Accounts . Borrower shall direct Account Debtors to deliver or transmit all proceeds of Accounts into a lockbox account, or such other “blocked account” as specified by Bank (either such account, the “ Cash Collateral Account ”). Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to the Cash Collateral Account. Subject to Bank’s right to maintain a reserve pursuant to Section 6.3(d), all amounts received in the Cash Collateral Account shall be, so long as no Event of Default exists, transferred on a daily basis to Borrower’s operating account with Bank. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to transfer to the Cash Collateral Account any amounts that Bank reasonably determines are proceeds of the Accounts (provided that Bank is under no obligation to do so and this allowance shall in no event relieve Borrower of its obligations hereunder).

(d)      Reserves . Notwithstanding any terms in this Agreement to the contrary, at times when an Event of Default exists, Bank may hold any proceeds of the Accounts and any amounts in the Cash Collateral Account that are not applied to the Obligations pursuant to Section 6.3(c) above (including amounts otherwise required to be transferred to Borrower’s operating account with Bank) as a reserve to be applied to any Obligations regardless of whether such Obligations are then due and payable.

(e)      Returns . Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower with a value, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00), Borrower shall promptly (i) determine the reason for such return, (ii) issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount, and (iii) provide a copy of such credit memorandum to Bank, upon request from Bank. In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall hold the returned Inventory in trust for Bank, and immediately notify Bank of the return of the Inventory.

(f)      Verifications; Confirmations; Credit Quality; Notifications . Bank may, from time to time, (i) verify and confirm directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose, and notify any Account Debtor of Bank’s security interest in such Account and/or (ii) conduct a credit check of any Account Debtor to approve any such Account Debtor’s credit.

(g)      No Liability . Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

6.4      Remittance of Proceeds. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3(c), deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral to Bank in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than the following Business Day after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Obligations (a) prior to the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 6.3(c) hereof, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided that, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to Bank the proceeds of the sale of worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year). Borrower agrees that it will not commingle proceeds of Collateral with any of Borrower’s other funds or property, but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from such other funds and property and in an express trust for Bank. Nothing in this Section 6.4 limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

14


6.5     Taxes; Pensions. Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.10 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.6     Access to Collateral; Books and Records. At reasonable times, on one (1) Business Day’s notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy Borrower’s Books. Such inspections and audits shall be conducted as frequently as Bank determines in its sole discretion that conditions warrant. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be conducted at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than eight (8) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to or reschedules the audit with less than eight (8) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies) Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

6.7     Insurance.

(a)     Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as the sole lender loss payee. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.

(b)     Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (A) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (B) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement), and (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

(c)     At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.7 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.7 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.7, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.8     Accounts.

(a)     Maintain its and all of its Subsidiaries’ operating and other deposit accounts, the Cash Collateral Account and securities/investment accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates; provided that Borrower may maintain an operating account with Royal Bank of Canada so long as (a) such account is used exclusively for the

 

15


payment of ordinary course payroll expenses and (b) the aggregate amount of all cash in such account does not exceed One Million Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,300,000.00) at any time (the “ Permitted Account ”). In addition to the foregoing, Borrower shall conduct all of its asset management, letters of credit and business credit card banking with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates. Any Guarantor shall maintain all depository, operating and securities/investment accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates.

(b)     In addition to and without limiting the restrictions in (a), Borrower shall provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account (excluding the Permitted Account) that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes, and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

6.9     Financial Covenants.

(a)      Revenue . Maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, revenue for such calendar quarter calculated on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries of at least (i) Twenty Two Million Two Hundred Sixty Six Thousand Dollars ($22,266,000.00) for the fiscal quarter ending January 31, 2019, (ii) Twenty Four Million Nine Hundred Seventy Six Thousand Dollars ($24,976,000.00) for the fiscal quarter ending April 30, 2019, (iii) Twenty Six Million Nine Hundred Twenty Six Thousand Dollars ($26,926,000.00) for the fiscal quarter ending July 31, 2019, (iv) Twenty Seven Million Two Hundred Seventy Four Thousand Dollars ($27,274,000.00) for the fiscal quarter ending October 31, 2019 and (v) Twenty Seven Million Three Hundred Eighty Three Thousand Dollars ($27,383,000.00) for the fiscal quarter ending January 31, 2020.

With respect to any period commencing on or after February 1, 2020, Bank will set the revenue covenant levels for any such period in its sole discretion after consultation with Borrower based upon, among other factors, budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information with respect to Borrower that Bank deems relevant, including, without limitation, Borrower’s annual financial projections approved by Borrower’s board of directors. With respect thereto, Borrower’s failure to agree in writing (which agreement shall be set forth in a written amendment to this Agreement) on or before March 31, 2020 to any covenant levels proposed by Bank as contemplated above with respect to periods commencing on or after February 1, 2020 shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period.

Without limiting the fact that covenant levels for periods commencing on or after February 1, 2020 will be set in Bank’s sole discretion after consultation with Borrower in each instance, Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that the revenue covenant level for each such period shall be equal to at least the greater of (a) eighty-eight percent (88.0%) of the projected revenue for such period based upon the most current financial projections delivered by Borrower and accepted by Bank in its reasonable discretion and (b) one hundred ten percent (110.0%) of Borrower’s actual revenue for the same period in the prior calendar year.

Bank and Borrower shall mutually assess (x) the effect on Borrower’s revenue of Borrower’s implementation of ASC 606 and (y) what revisions, if any, should be made to this Section 6.9(a) as a result thereof (the final determination of whether to make any such revisions being in Bank’s sole discretion).

(b)     Liquidity . Maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, Liquidity of at least the greater of(i) an amount equal to Average Monthly Bum, expressed as a positive number, multiplied by six (6) and (ii) Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00).

6.10     Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a)     (i) Use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property as appropriate, consistent with prudent business practices; (ii) promptly

 

16


advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property that Borrower becomes aware of; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b)     Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.11      Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank and upon one (1) Business Day’s notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.12     Online Banking.

(a)     Utilize Bank’s online banking platform for all matters requested by Bank which shall include, without limitation (and without request by Bank for the following matters), uploading information pertaining to Accounts and Account Debtors, requesting approval for exceptions, requesting Credit Extensions, and uploading financial statements and other reports required to be delivered by this Agreement (including, without limitation, those described in Section 6.2 of this Agreement).

(b)     Comply in all material respects with the terms of Bank’s Online Banking Agreement as in effect from time to time and ensure that all persons utilizing Bank’s online banking platform are duly authorized to do so by an Administrator. Bank shall be entitled to assume the authenticity, accuracy and completeness on any information, instruction or request for a Credit Extension submitted via Bank’s online banking platform and to further assume that any submissions or requests made via Bank’s online banking platform have been duly authorized by an Administrator.

6.13      Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

6.14      Designated Senior Indebtedness. Borrower shall designate all principal of, interest (including all interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy or similar proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-petition interest is allowable as a claim in any such proceeding), and all fees, costs, expenses, termination payments and other amounts accrued or due under this Agreement and under any Secured Rate Contract as “Designated Senior Indebtedness”, or such similar term, in any future Subordinated Debt incurred by Borrower after the date hereof, if such Subordinated Debt contains such term or similar term and if the effect of such designation is to grant to Bank and any Secured Swap Providers the same or similar rights as granted to Bank and such Secured Swap Providers as a holder of “Designated Senior Indebtedness” under the Subordinated Debt documents.

6.15      Interest Rate Protection. If Borrower enters into Rate Contracts to hedge the interest rate with respect to the Advances and/or the Term Loan Advances, Borrower shall maintain at all times such Rate Contracts with one or more Secured Swap Providers selected by Bank in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank and such Secured Swap Providers, which Rate Contracts shall be Secured Rate Contracts hereunder, in an aggregate notional amount to at no time exceed one hundred percent (100.0%) of the outstanding principal amount of the Advances or the Term Loan Advances, as applicable.

 

17


6.16     Post-Closing Requirements. Deliver to Bank, each in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date: (a) an endorsement to Borrower’s general liability insurance policy that names Bank as an additional insured; (b) an endorsement to Borrower’s property insurance policy that names Bank as lender loss payee; and (c) endorsements to the general liability and property insurance policies of Borrower stating that the insurer will give Bank at least thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled.

 

  7

     NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and the termination of this Agreement, Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1     Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out, obsolete or surplus Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) of Equipment being leased to physician offices in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (e) consisting of the sale or issuance of any stock of Borrower permitted under Section 7.2 of this Agreement; (f) consisting of Borrower’s use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; and (g) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business. All of the foregoing are referred to as a “ Permitted Transfer ”.

7.2     Changes in Business, Management, Control, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related (or incidental) thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; (c) fail to provide notice to Bank of any Key Person departing from or ceasing to be employed by Borrower within five (5) days after such Key Person’s departure from Borrower; or (d) permit or suffer any Change in Control.

Borrower shall not, without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless each such new office or business location contains less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses, containing in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) of Borrower’s assets or property, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and the landlord of any such new offices or business locations, including warehouses, shall execute and deliver a landlord consent in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

7.3     Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than a Permitted Investment. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4     Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

18


7.5     Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6      Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b) hereof.

7.7      Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any cash dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock, provided that Borrower may (i) convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) pay dividends solely in common stock and (iii) repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of any such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to any such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed in the aggregate One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) per fiscal year; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8      Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person and (b) equity financings of Borrower that do not result in a Change in Control.

7.9      Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10      Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the applicable provisions of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

8      EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1      Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date or the Term Loan Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

 

19


8.2     Covenant Default.

(a)     Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 6.10, 6.12, 6.14, 6.15, or 6.16 or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b)     Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3     Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4     Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a)     (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b)     (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;

8.5     Insolvency. (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and is not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6     Other Agreements. There is, under any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00); or (b) any breach or default by Borrower or Guarantor, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s business;

8.7     Judgments; Penalties. One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);

 

20


8.8 Misrepresentations. Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt. Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or any applicable subordination or intercreditor agreement;

8.10 Guaranty. (a) Any guaranty of any Obligations terminates or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect; (b) any Guarantor does not perform any obligation or covenant under any guaranty of the Obligations; (c) any circumstance described in Sections 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, or 8.8 of this Agreement occurs with respect to any Guarantor, (d) the death, liquidation, winding up, or termination of existence of any Guarantor; or (e) (i) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the collateral provided by Guarantor or in the value of such collateral or (ii) a material adverse change in the general affairs, management, results of operation, condition (financial or otherwise) or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations occurs with respect to any Guarantor;

8.11 Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) causes, or could reasonably be expected to cause, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction; or

8.12 Secured Rate Contracts. A default or an event of default occurs under any Secured Rate Contract.

9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank, for itself and as agent for each Secured Swap Provider, may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to at least (A) one hundred percent (100.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars remaining undrawn, and (B) one hundred five percent (105.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency remaining undrawn (plus, in each case, all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit and (iii) deposit with Bank, to hold as agent for the Secured Swap Providers, cash

 

21


collateral in an amount determined by Bank and/or the Secured Swap Providers to be necessary to secure the unmatured obligations of Borrower under the Secured Rate Contracts, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts;

(d) terminate any FX Contracts;

(e) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank reasonably considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds. Borrower shall collect all such payments in trust for Bank and, if requested by Bank, immediately deliver the payments to Bank in the form received from the Account Debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit;

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary and reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates at a location that is reasonably convenient to Bank and Borrower. Bank may peaceably enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses reasonably incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge by Borrower, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) set off and apply to the Obligations then due any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks, payment instruments, or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) demand, collect, sue, and give releases to any Account Debtor for monies due, settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, and compromise, prosecute, or defend any action, claim, case, or proceeding about any Collateral (including filing a claim or voting a claim in any bankruptcy case in Bank’s or Borrower’s name, as Bank chooses); (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, or other claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and the Loan Documents have been terminated. Bank’s foregoing

 

22


appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and the Loan Documents have been terminated.

9.3 Protective Payments. If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.7 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise (collectively, the “Proceeds of Collection”), to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, unless Bank determines otherwise in its sole and absolute discretion, the Proceeds of Collection shall upon receipt by Bank be paid to and applied as follows:

First , to the payment of then outstanding Bank Expenses, including all amounts expended by Bank to preserve the value of the Collateral, of foreclosure or suit, if any, and of such sale and the exercise of any other rights or remedies, and of all proper fees, expenses, liability and advances;

Second , to the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest owing to Bank on the Revolving Line;

Third , to the payment of the outstanding principal owing to Bank on the Revolving Line;

Fourth , to the payment of the premiums or early termination fees (if applicable) owing to Bank on the Revolving Line;

Fifth , to the payment of all other outstanding and unpaid Obligations owing to Bank under the Revolving Line (including indemnification claims not otherwise satisfied pursuant to the preceding clauses);

Sixth , to the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest owing to Bank on the Term Loan Advances;

Seventh , to the payment of the outstanding principal owing to Bank on the Term Loan Advances;

Eighth , to the payment of the outstanding premiums (if any), the Term Loan Prepayment Fee and the Term Loan Final Payment, owing to Bank on the Term Loan Advances;

Ninth, to the payment of all other outstanding and unpaid Obligations owing to Bank under the Term Loan Advances (including indemnification claims not otherwise satisfied pursuant to the preceding clauses);

Tenth , to the payment of all outstanding and unpaid Obligations owing to Bank under Bank Services Agreements (including indemnification claims not otherwise satisfied pursuant to the preceding clauses);

 

23


Eleventh , to the payment of all other outstanding and unpaid Obligations owing to Bank (including indemnification claims not otherwise satisfied pursuant to the preceding clauses); and

Twelfth , to Borrower, its successors and assigns, or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices and its obligations under the Code, if any, regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral unless such loss, damage or destruction is caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:   

Phreesia, Inc.

432 Park Avenue South

12 th Floor

New York, New York 10016

Attn: Thomas Altier

Fax: (646) 607-1776

Email: taltier@phreesia.com

with a copy to:   

Goodwin Procter LLP

100 Northern Avenue

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

Attn: Mark D. Smith

Fax: (617) 801-8835

Email: marksmith@goodwinlaw.com

 

24


If to Bank:   

Silicon Valley Bank

275 Grove Street, Suite 2-200

Newton, Massachusetts 02466

Attn: Mr. Sam Subilia

Fax: (617)527-0177

Email: SSubilia@svb.com

with a copy to:   

Morrison & Foerster LLP

200 Clarendon Street

Floor 20

Boston, Massachusetts 02116

Attn: David A. Ephraim, Esquire

Fax: (617) 648-4730

Email: DEphraim@mofo.com

11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, Massachusetts law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Boston, Massachusetts; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Termination Prior to Maturity Date; Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, any other obligations which by their terms are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement) have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date and the Term Loan Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

 

25


12.2 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms thereof).

12.3 Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank, any Secured Swap Provider, and their directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank or any Secured Swap Provider (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or any Secured Rate Contract; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank or Secured Swap Provider and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement and the Secured Rate Contracts.

12.5 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.6 Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.

12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration. No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no amendment, waiver or consent of this Agreement or any Loan Document alternating the ratable treatment of the Secured Swap Obligations and resulting in such Secured Swap Obligations being junior in right of payment to principal on the Loan Obligations owing to Bank, or resulting in Secured Swap Obligations owing to any Secured Swap Provider becoming unsecured (other than releases and modifications of Liens permitted in accordance with the terms hereof), in each manner adverse to any Secured Swap Provider, shall be effective without the written consent of such Secured Swap Provider

12.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information of Borrower, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made:

 

26


(a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “ Bank Entities ”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use anonymous forms of confidential information for aggregate datasets, for analyses or reporting, and for any other uses not expressly prohibited in writing by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Electronic Execution of Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.11 Right of Setoff. Borrower hereby grants to Bank a Lien and a right of setoff as security for all Obligations to Bank, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Bank or any entity under the control of Bank (including a subsidiary of Bank) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Bank may setoff the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any Obligations of Borrower then due and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE BANK TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER, ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

12.12 Captions. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement. The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Relationship. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns (except for any benefits, rights or remedies expressly granted herein to Secured Swap Providers); (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

12.16 Amended and Restated Agreement. This Agreement amends and restates, in its entirety, and replaces, the Prior Loan Agreement. This Agreement is not intended to, and does not, novate the Prior Loan Agreement and Borrower reaffirms that the existing security interests created by the Prior Loan Agreement are and remain in full force and effect. In addition, the amendment and restatement of the Prior Loan Agreement pursuant to

 

27


this Agreement is not intended to amend the existing terms of any other Loan Document delivered in connection with the Prior Loan Agreement nor to terminate any such Loan Document, and no amendment or termination of any such Loan Document shall be deemed to have occurred unless set forth in a separate agreement or other document between Borrower and Bank.

13 DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions. As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

“Account” is, as to any Person, any “account” of such Person as “account” is defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to such Person.

“Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Adjusted EBITDA” means (a) EBITDA, minus (b) (i) capital expenditures and (ii) capitalized software expenses.

“Adjusted EBITDA Event” is confirmation in writing from Bank that Bank has received from Borrower evidence satisfactory to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion, demonstrating that Borrower had Adjusted EBITDA in an aggregate amount of at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) for any twelve (12) month period ending after the Effective Date.

“Administrator” is an individual that is named:

(a) as an “Administrator” in the “SVB Online Services” form completed by Borrower with the authority to determine who will be authorized to use SVB Online Services (as defined in Bank’s Online Banking Agreement as in effect from time to time) on behalf of Borrower; and

(b) as an Authorized Signer of Borrower in an approval by the Board.

“Advance” or “Advances” means a revolving credit loan (or revolving credit loans) under the Revolving Line.

“Affiliate” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors; partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members. For purposes of the definition of Eligible Accounts, Affiliate shall include a Specified Affiliate.

“Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Anniversary Fee” and “Anniversary Fees” are each defined in Section 2.6(a).

“Authorized Signer” is any individual listed in Borrower’s Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including making (and executing if applicable) any Credit Extension request, on behalf of Borrower.

“Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base, minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

 

28


“Average Monthly Burn” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the sum of the Adjusted EBITDA for each month in the three (3) month period ending on the last day of the immediately preceding month divided by (b) three (3).

“Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Bank Entities” is defined in Section 12.9.

“Bank Expenses” are all actual audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable documented attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower or any Guarantor.

“Bank Services” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).

“Bank Services Agreement” is defined in the definition of Bank Services.

“Board” is Borrower’s board of directors.

“Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

“Borrowing Base” is (a) eighty percent (80.0%) of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Report (and as may subsequently be updated by Bank based upon information received by Bank including, without limitation, Accounts that are paid and/or billed following the date of the Borrowing Base Report); provided, however, that Bank has the right, after notice to Borrower, to decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment to mitigate the impact of events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which may adversely affect the Collateral or its value plus (b) the product of (i) Borrower’s Recurring Revenue for the most recent month, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Recurring Revenue Report and financial reporting multiplied by (ii) the Revenue Advance Rate.

“Borrowing Base Report” is that certain report of the value of certain Collateral in the form specified by Bank to Borrower from time to time.

“Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions adopted by such Person’s board of directors (and, if required under the terms of such Person’s Operating Documents, stockholders) and delivered by such Person to Bank approving the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, together with a certificate executed by its secretary on behalf of such Person certifying (a) such Person has the authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents and the Secured Rate Contracts to which it is a party, (b) that set forth as a part of or attached as an exhibit to such certificate is a true, correct, and complete copy of the resolutions then in full force and effect authorizing and ratifying the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of the Loan Documents and the Secured Rate Contracts to which it is a party, (c) the name(s) of the Person(s) authorized to execute the Loan Documents and the Secured Rate Contracts, including making (and executing if applicable) any Credit Extension request, on behalf of such Person, together with a sample of the true signature(s) of such Person(s), and (d) that Bank may conclusively rely on such certificate unless and until such Person shall have delivered to Bank a further certificate canceling or amending such prior certificate.

 

29


Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

Cash Collateral Account ” is defined in Section 6.3(c).

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

Change in Control ” means (a) at any time, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means of warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of forty-nine percent (49.0%) or more of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or private equity investors prior to or immediately following the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction; (b) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of Borrower cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body; or (c) at any time, Borrower shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100.0%) of each class of outstanding capital stock of each Subsidiary of Borrower free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by this Agreement).

Claims ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A.

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

Conditional Deferred Revenue ” is Deferred Revenue for which payment is conditioned upon any impressions or views being achieved.

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each

 

30


case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension ” is any Advance, any Term Loan Advance, any Overadvance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Currency ” is coined money and such other banknotes or other paper money as are authorized by law and circulate as a medium of exchange.

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.5(b).

Deferred Revenue ” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

Deposit Account ” is any “ deposit account ” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account ” is the account number ending 896 (last three digits) maintained by Borrower with Bank (provided, however, if no such account number is included, then the Designated Deposit Account shall be any deposit account of Borrower maintained with Bank as chosen by Bank).

Dollars ,” “ dollars ” or use of the sign”$” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the”$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

EBITDA ” means (a) Net Income, plus (b) to the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income, (i) Interest Expense, (ii) income tax expense, (iii) depreciation expense and amortization expense and (iv) non-cash stock-based compensation expense.

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Eligible Accounts ” means Accounts owing to Borrower which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that (a) arise directly from messaging, implementation or professional services of Borrower and (b) meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3, that have been, at the option of Bank, confirmed in

 

31


accordance with Section 6.3(f) of this Agreement, and are due and owing from Account Debtors deemed creditworthy by Bank in its good faith business judgment. Bank reserves the right, upon notice to Borrower, at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a) Accounts (i) for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, investor, or agent, or (ii) that are intercompany Accounts;

(b) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within one hundred twenty (120) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(c) Accounts with credit balances over one hundred twenty (120) days from invoice date;

(d) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor if fifty percent (50%) or more of the Accounts owing from such Account Debtor have not been paid within one hundred twenty (120) days of invoice date;

(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor (i) which does not have its principal place of business in the United States or (ii) whose billing address (as set forth in the applicable invoice for such Account) is not in the United States, unless in the case of both (i) and (ii) such Accounts are otherwise approved by Bank in writing on a case by case basis in its sole discretion;

(f) Accounts billed from and/or payable to Borrower outside of the United States (sometimes called foreign invoiced accounts);

(g) Accounts in which Bank does not have a first priority, perfected security interest under all applicable laws;

(h) Accounts billed and/or payable in a Currency other than Dollars;

(i) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise – sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts);

(j) Accounts with or in respect of accruals for marketing allowances, incentive rebates, price protection, cooperative advertising and other similar marketing credits, unless otherwise approved by Bank in writing;

(k) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

(l) Accounts with customer deposits and/or with respect to which Borrower has received an upfront payment, to the extent of such customer deposit and/or upfront payment;

(m) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

(n) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

(o) Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

 

32


(p) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

(q) Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

(r) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

(s) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(t) Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(u) Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond one hundred twenty (120) days (including Accounts with a due date that is more than one hundred twenty (120) days from invoice date);

(v) Accounts arising from chargebacks, debit memos or other payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

(w) Accounts arising from product returns and/or exchanges (sometimes called “warranty” or “RMA” accounts);

(x) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding (whether voluntary or involuntary), or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(y) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received Conditional Deferred Revenue (but only to the extent of such Conditional Deferred Revenue); and

(z) Accounts for which Bank has notified Borrower that Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful, including, without limitation, accounts represented by “refreshed” or “recycled” invoices.

Equipment ” is all “ equipment ” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

 

33


FX Contract ” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Good Faith Deposit ” is defined in Section 2.6(f).

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Guarantor ” is any Person providing a Guaranty in favor of Bank.

Guaranty ” is any guarantee of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.

Increase Approval ” means the occurrence of all of the following on or prior to the date that is one (1) year following the Effective Date: (a) Borrower has requested that Bank make the Term Loan C Advance available; (b) Bank has received all necessary internal and credit approvals for such term loan to become available; (c) Borrower has delivered financial and other information required by Bank, which shall be satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion; (d) Borrower has agreed to the terms of any new Loan Documents proposed by Bank in its sole discretion and has executed such Loan Documents; (e) no Event of Default exists at the time the Term Loan C Advance is to be made or would exist as a result of the making of the Term Loan C Advance; and (f) Bank has provided written approval in its sole discretion that the Term Loan C Advance is available. For clarity, upon satisfaction of each of the conditions in (a) through (f), the determination of whether to make the Term Loan C Advance shall be in Bank’s sole discretion and shall in no event occur automatically.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Initial Audit ” is Bank’s inspection of Borrower’s Accounts, the Collateral, and Borrower’s Books, with results satisfactory to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

34


Intellectual Property ” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how and operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Interest Expense ” means for any fiscal period, interest expense (whether cash or non-cash) determined in accordance with GAAP for the relevant period ending on such date, including, in any event, interest expense with respect to any Credit Extension and other Indebtedness of Borrower, including, without limitation or duplication, all commissions, discounts, or related amortization and other fees and charges with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and the net costs associated with interest rate swap, cap, and similar arrangements, and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation (including leases of all types).

Inventory ” is all “ inventory ” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

ISDA Master Agreement ” means, as modified or supplemented from time to time, the 1992 or 2002 ISDA Master Agreement and related schedule thereto, as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., as supplemented by any credit support annex and confirmation confirming any transaction thereunder.

Key Person ” is each of Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.

Letter of Credit ” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Liquidity ” is, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of unrestricted and unencumbered cash maintained with Bank plus (b) the Availability Amount.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, any Control Agreement, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower and/or any Guarantor with or for the benefit of Bank, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

 

35


Loan Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, the Anniversary Fees, the Termination Fee, the Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee, the Term Loan Prepayment Fee, the Term Loan Final Payment, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to Bank Services and interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant); provided, however, that the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations under the Secured Swap Obligations.

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations when due; or (d) Bank determines, based upon information available to it and in its reasonable judgment, that there is a substantial likelihood that Borrower shall fail to comply with one or more of the financial covenants in Section 6 during the next succeeding financial reporting period.

Measurement Period ” is each twelve (12) month period.

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(c).

Net Income ” means, for any period as at any date of determination, the net profit (or loss), after provision for taxes, of Borrower for such period taken as a single accounting period.

Obligations ” means the Loan Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations.

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Overadvance ” is defined in Section 2.4.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment/Advance Form ” is that certain form in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

Payment Date ” is (a) with respect to Term Loan Advances, the first (1 st ) Business Day of each month and (b) with respect to Advances, the last calendar day of each month.

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Account ” is defined in Section 6.8(a).

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement or any other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date which is shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Indebtedness not to exceed Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00) in the aggregate secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;

 

36


(d) Subordinated Debt;

(e) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) endorsements for collection, deposit or negotiation and warranties of products or service, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(h) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(i) extensions, refinancings, modifications, renewals, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (h) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case maybe; and

(j) Indebtedness under Secured Rate Contracts permitted under Section 6.15.

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date which are shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

(c) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

(d) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower and Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(e) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by the Board not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(f) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(g) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (g) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(h) joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(i) Investments consisting of Secured Rate Contracts permitted under Section 6.15;

 

37


(j) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower; and

(k) Investments consisting of deposit accounts (but only to the extent that Borrower is permitted to maintain such accounts pursuant to Section 6.8 of this Agreement) in which Bank has a first priority perfected security interest.

Permitted Liens are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date which are shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens or capital leases (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(e) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(g) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7;

(h) Liens consisting of pledges of cash, Cash Equivalents or government securities to secure Secured Rate Contracts permitted under Section 6.15;

(i) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA); and

(j) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that (i) Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts (ii) such accounts are permitted to be maintained pursuant to Section 6.8 of this Agreement.

Permitted Transfer is defined in Section 7.1.

Person is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

 

38


Prime Rate ” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement; and provided further that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors); provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Prior Loan Agreement ” is defined in Recital A of this Agreement.

Proceeds of Collection ” is defined in Section 9.4.

Provider Retention Percentage ” is, as tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, (a) one hundred percent (100.0%) minus (b) expressed as a percentage, (i) the amount of Recurring Revenue lost or not retained in a Measurement Period ending on the last day of such quarter (as determined by taking the Recurring Revenue for the previous Measurement Period and determining which of that revenue has been lost or not retained in the current Measurement Period) (which amount cannot be less than zero (0)) divided by (ii) (1) the amount of Recurring Revenue during the previous Measurement Period plus (2) the amount of new revenue (taking into account both new customers and increased usage for existing customers) in the Measurement Period.

Rate Contracts ” mean any swap agreement (as such term is defined in Section 101 of the United States Bankruptcy Code) and all other agreements or documents now existing or hereafter entered into by Borrower that provide for an interest rate, credit, commodity or equity swap, cap, floor, collar, forward foreign exchange transaction (other than FX Contracts), currency swap, cross currency rate swap, currency option or any similar transaction, or any combination of, or option with respect to, these or similar transactions, for the purpose of hedging Borrower exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates, loan, credit exchange, security, or commodity prices.

Recurring Revenue ” is the amount (as determined by Borrower, subject to Section 5.4 hereof) of transaction and subscription fees earned by Borrower and paid to Borrower pursuant to binding service contracts and subscriptions between Borrower and its customers and deemed acceptable by Bank in its sole and absolute discretion, which amounts were not billed or invoiced by Borrower; provided, however, that such amount shall (i) specifically exclude any set-up fees and professional service fees and (ii) be reduced by the amount of any discounts, credits, reserves for bad debts, customer adjustments and any other offsets as determined by Bank in its sole discretion.

Recurring Revenue Report ” is defined in Section 6.2(b).

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Reserves ” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its good faith business judgment upon notice to Borrower, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower or any Guarantor, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank’s reasonable belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

 

39


Responsible Officer is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

Restricted License is any material license or other similar material agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

Revenue Advance Rate is the product of (a) the Revenue Advance Rate Multiplier multiplied by (b) the Provider Retention Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank may, in its sole discretion, change either of the Revenue Advance Rate or the Revenue Advance Rate Multiplier upon notice thereof to Borrower.

Revenue Advance Rate Multiplier is three hundred percent (300.0%).

Revolving Line is an aggregate principal amount equal to Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000.00).

Revolving Line Maturity Date is five (5) years from the Effective Date.

SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Secured Rate Contract means any Rate Contract entered into in writing under an ISDA Master Agreement (a) between Borrower and a Secured Swap Provider, (b) that has been provided or arranged by Bank or its Affiliate; and (c) if the Secured Swap Provider is not Bank or its Affiliate at the time of execution and delivery of such Rate Contract, Bank has acknowledged in writing such Rate Contract constitutes a “Secured Rate Contract” hereunder and Bank and such Secured Swap Provider have entered into an agency addendum to the ISDA Master Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

Secured Swap Obligations are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any and all amounts owed to any Secured Swap Provider, now or later, under any Secured Rate Contract, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and all debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to any Secured Swap Provider, including the obligation of each such entity to perform its duties under the Secured Rate Contracts.

Secured Swap Provider means (a) Bank or an Affiliate of Bank (or a Person who was Bank or an Affiliate of Bank at the time of execution and delivery of a Secured Rate Contract) who has entered into a Secured Rate Contract with Borrower, or (b) a Person with whom Borrower has entered into a Secured Rate Contract provided or arranged by Bank or an Affiliate of Bank, and any assignee thereof.

Securities Account is any securities account as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Specified Affiliate is any Person (a) more than ten percent (10.0%) of whose aggregate issued and outstanding equity or ownership securities or interests, voting, non-voting or both, are owned or held directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by Borrower, and/or (b) whose equity or ownership securities or interests representing more than ten percent (10.0%) of such Person’s total outstanding combined voting power are owned or held directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by Borrower.

Subordinated Debt is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

 

40


Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower or Guarantor.

Term Loan A Advance ” is defined in Section 2.3 of this Agreement.

Term Loan Advance ” and “ Term Loan Advances ” are each defined in Section 2.3 of this Agreement.

Term Loan Amortization Date ” is the Payment Date of the twenty-fifth (25 th ) month following the Effective Date.

Term Loan B Advance ” is defined in Section 2.3 of this Agreement.

Term Loan B Draw Period ” is the period of time commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through the earlier to occur of (a) the date that is one (1) year from the Effective Date and (b) the occurrence of an Event of Default.

Term Loan C Advance ” is defined in Section 2.3 of this Agreement.

Term Loan C Draw Period ” is the period of time commencing on the date on which the Increase Approval occurs and continuing through the earlier to occur of (a) the date that is one (1) year from the Effective Date and (b) the occurrence of an Event of Default.

Term Loan Final Payment ” is, with respect to the Term Loan Advances, a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) in an amount equal to two and three-quarters of one percent (2.75%) of the original principal amount of all Term Loan Advances made by Bank due on the earliest to occur of (a) the Term Loan Maturity Date, (b) the payment in full of the Term Loan Advances, (c) as required pursuant to Section 2.3(d) or 2.3(e), or (d) the termination of this Agreement.

Term Loan Maturity Date ” is the Payment Date of the thirty-fifth (35 th ) month following the Term Loan Amortization Date.

Term Loan Prepayment Fee ” shall be, with respect any prepayment of the Term Loan Advances (a) on or prior to the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Effective Date, an additional fee payable to Bank in an amount equal to three percent (3.0%) of the principal amount of the Term Loan Advances outstanding immediately prior to giving effect to such prepayment, (b) after the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Effective Date but on or prior to the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Effective Date, an additional fee payable to Bank in an amount equal to two percent (2.0%) of the principal amount of the Term Loan Advances outstanding immediately prior to giving effect to such prepayment and (c) after the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Effective Date, an additional fee payable to Bank in an amount equal to one percent (1.0%) of the principal amount of the Term Loan Advances outstanding immediately prior to giving effect to such prepayment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank agrees to waive fifty percent (50.0%) of the amount of the Term Loan Prepayment Fee if the Term Loan Advances are prepaid in full in accordance with Section 2.3(d) in connection and simultaneously with the refinancing of the Term Loan Advances by Bank in Bank’s sole and absolute discretion.

Termination Fee ” is defined in Section 2.6(b) of this Agreement.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

 

41


Transfer is defined in Section 7.1.

Unpaid Amounts has the meaning given such term in the Secured Rate Contact.

Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee is defined in Section 2.6(c).

Warrant is, collectively, (a) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of May 31, 2007 between Borrower and Bank, (b) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of September 16, 2008 between Borrower and Bank, (c) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of October 22, 2015 between Borrower and Bank, (d) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of November 7, 2016 between Borrower and Bank, (e) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date between Borrower and Bank and (f) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date between Borrower and WestRiver Innovation Lending Fund VIII, L.P., in each case as amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated from time to time.

[Signature page follows.]

 

42


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as a sealed instrument under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
PHREESIA, INC.
By  

/s/ Thomas Altier

Name:  

Thomas Altier

Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By  

/s/ Sam Subilia

Name:  

Sam Subilia

Title:  

VP

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as a sealed instrument under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
PHREESIA, INC.
By  

/s/ Thomas Altier

Name:  

Thomas Altier

Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By  

/s/ Sam Subilia

Name:  

Sam Subilia

Title:  

VP

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement


EXHIBIT A – COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include any Intellectual Property; provided, however , the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Bank’s prior written consent.


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK                               Date:                             
FROM:    PHREESIA, INC.      

The undersigned authorized officer of PHREESIA, INC. (“ Borrower ”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “ Agreement ”), (1) Borrower is in compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided , however , that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided , further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.10 of the Agreement, and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank. Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenants    Required    Complies
           
Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days    Yes   No
Annual financial statements (CPA Audited)    FYE within 180 days    Yes   No
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K    Within 5 days after filing with SEC    Yes   No
A/R & A/P Agings, Deferred Revenue report and Account Debtor listing    Monthly within 30 days    Yes   No
Borrowing Base Reports    (i) With each Advance request and (ii) monthly within 30 days    Yes   No
Recurring Revenue reports    Monthly within 30 days    Yes   No
Board-approved projections    Within the earlier of (a) March 31 st of each year and (b) Board approval, and as amended/updated    Yes   No

 

Financial Covenants

  

Required

 

Actual

  

Complies

               

Maintain as indicated:

             
       

Revenue (tested quarterly)

   ³ $              *   $                 Yes   No
       

Liquidity (tested monthly)

 

  

³               **

 

 

              

 

  

Yes   No

 

 

 

*

As set forth in Section 6.9(a).

*

As set forth in Section 6.9(b).

The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.


The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

PHREESIA, INC.      BANK USE ONLY    
     Received by:                                                                  
By:                                                                              AUTHORIZED SIGNER  
Name:                                                                       Date:                                                                            
Title:                                                                         Verified:                                                                      
       AUTHORIZED SIGNER  
     Date:                                                                            
     Compliance Status:             Yes             No  


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Agreement, the terms of the Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                                          

 

I.

Revenue (tested quarterly) (Section 6.9(a))

Required : $                                  *

 

*

As set forth in Section 6.9(a) of the Agreement.

Actual :

 

A.    Revenue for most recently ended fiscal quarter calculated on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries    $                     

Is line A equal to or greater than the required amount set forth above?

                               No, not in compliance                                                    Yes, in compliance

 

II.

Minimum Liquidity (tested monthly) (Section 6.9(b))

Required : $                                   (greater of (a) amount in line l.G of following table and (b) $5,000,000)

 

I.A.    Net Income    $                     
l.B.    To the extent included in the determination of Net Income   
  

I.   Interest Expense

   $                     
  

2.  Income Tax Expense

   $                     
  

3.  Depreciation

   $                     
  

4.  Amortization

   $                     
  

5.  Non-cash stock-based compensation expense

   $                     
  

6.  The sum of lines 1 through 5

   $                     
l.C    Capital expenditures    $                     
l.D    Capitalized software expenses    $                     
I.E    Sum of Adjusted EBITDA (line l.A plus line l.B.6 minus lines l.C and I.D) for each month in the three-month period ending on the last day of the immediately preceding month    $                     
l.F    Average Monthly Burn (line I.E divided by 3)    $                     


l.G.    Line l.F, expressed as a positive number, multiplied by 6    $                     

Actual :        $                      

2.A.    Aggregate value of Borrower’s unrestricted and unencumbered cash maintained with Bank    $                     
2.B.    Availability Amount    $                     
2.C.    Liquidity (line 2.A plus line 2.B)    $                     

Is line 2.C equal to or greater than the required amount set forth above?

                                 No, not in compliance                                                    Yes, in compliance


EXHIBIT C

LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

D EADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS N OON E ASTERN T IME

Fax To:                                                                                                                                                            Date:                                     

 

L OAN P AYMENT :

PHREESIA, INC.

 

From Account #                                                                  

                                 (Deposit Account #)

  

To Account #                                                                                       

(Loan Account #)

Principal $                                                                              and/or Interest $                                                                                  
Authorized Signature:                                                          Phone Number:                                                      
Print Name/Title:                                                                 

 

 

L OAN A DVANCE :

 

  
Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.
From Account #                                                                  To Account #                                                                                  
                                (Loan Account #)    (Deposit Account #)
Amount of Term Loan Advance $                                                         

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

Authorized Signature:                                                      Phone Number:                                                      
Print Name/Title:                                                          

 

 

O UTGOING W IRE R EQUEST :   
Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.
Deadline for same day processing is noon, Eastern Time
Beneficiary Name:                                                          Amount of Wire: $                                                                      
Beneficiary Bank:                                                            Account Number:                                                                       
City and State:                                                        
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:                         Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):                     
  

             (For International Wire Only)

 

Intermediary Bank:                                                      Transit (ABA) #:                                                                      
For Further Credit to:                                                                                                                                                                                 
Special Instruction:                                                                                                                                                                                     
By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us) .


 

Authorized Signature:                                                              

   2 nd Signature (if required):                                                              
Print Name/Title:                                                                      Print Name/Title:                                                                            
Telephone #:                                                                  Telephone #:                                                              

 

Exhibit 10.8

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is made between Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Chaim Indig (the “Executive”) and is effective immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Effective Date”). Except with respect to the Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement and the Equity Documents (each as defined below), this Agreement supersedes in all respects all prior agreements between the Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter herein, including without limitation (i) the offer letter between the Executive and the Company dated January 2008 (the “Prior Agreement”), and (ii) any other offer letter, employment agreement or severance agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to continue to be employed by the Company on the new terms and conditions contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment .

(a) Term . The Company shall employ the Executive and the Executive shall be employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement commencing as of the Effective Date and continuing until such employment is terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof (the “Term”). The Executive’s employment with the Company will continue to be “at will,” meaning that the Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Position and Duties . During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall have such powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”). The Executive shall devote the Executive’s full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may serve on other boards of directors, with the approval of the Board, or engage in religious, charitable or other community activities as long as such services and activities are disclosed to the Board and do not interfere with the Executive’s performance of the Executive’s duties to the Company.

2. Compensation and Related Matters.

(a) Base Salary . The Executive’s initial base salary shall be paid at the rate of $350,000 per year. The Executive’s base salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”). The base salary in effect at any given time is referred to herein as “Base Salary.” The Base Salary shall be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for executive officers.


(b) Incentive Compensation . During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to receive cash incentive compensation as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee from time to time. The Executive’s initial target annual incentive compensation shall be sixty percent of the Executive’s Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”). The actual amount of the Executive’s annual incentive compensation, if any, shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee, subject to the terms of any applicable incentive compensation plan that may be in effect from time to time. Except as otherwise provided herein, to earn incentive compensation, the Executive must be employed by the Company on the day such incentive compensation is paid.

(c) Expenses . The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive during the Term in performing services hereunder, in accordance with the policies and procedures then in effect and established by the Company for its executive officers.

(d) Other Benefits . During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in or receive benefits under the Company’s employee benefit plans in effect from time to time, subject to the terms of such plans.

(e) Paid Time Off . During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to take paid time off in accordance with the Company’s applicable paid time off policy for executives, as may be in effect from time to time. The Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays given by the Company to its executive officers.

(f) Equity . The equity awards held by the Executive shall continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s applicable equity incentive plan(s) and the applicable award agreement(s) governing the terms of such equity awards held by the Executive (collectively, the “Equity Documents”); provided, however, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Documents, Section 6(a)(ii) of this Agreement shall apply in the event of a termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason in either event within the Change in Control Period (as such terms are defined below).

3. Termination . During the Term, the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a) Death . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon death.

(b) Disability . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment if the Executive is disabled and unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions under this Agreement with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of 180 days (which need not be consecutive) in any 12-month period. If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Executive is disabled so as to be unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions with or without reasonable accommodation, the Executive may, and at the request of the Company shall, submit to the Company a certification in reasonable detail by a physician selected by the Company to whom the Executive or the Executive’s guardian has no reasonable objection as to

 

2


whether the Executive is so disabled or how long such disability is expected to continue, and such certification shall for the purposes of this Agreement be conclusive of the issue. The Executive shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the physician in connection with such certification. If such question shall arise and the Executive shall fail to submit such certification, the Company’s determination of such issue shall be binding on the Executive. Nothing in this Section 3(b) shall be construed to waive the Executive’s rights, if any, under existing law including, without limitation, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. §2601 et seq . and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq.

(c) Termination by Company for Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following:

(i) conduct by the Executive constituting a material act of misconduct in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties, including, without limitation, (A) willful failure or refusal to perform material responsibilities that have been requested by the Board; (B) dishonesty to the Board with respect to any material matter; or (C) misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates other than the occasional, customary and de minimis use of Company property for personal purposes;

(ii) the commission by the Executive of acts satisfying the elements of (A) any felony or (B) a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud;

(iii) any misconduct by the Executive, regardless of whether or not in the course of the Executive’s employment, that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury or reputational harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates if the Executive were to continue to be employed in the same position;

(iv) continued unsatisfactory performance or non-performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder (other than by reason of the Executive’s physical or mental illness, incapacity or disability) which has continued for more than 30 days following written notice of such unsatisfactory performance or non-performance from the Board;

(v) a breach by the Executive of any of the provisions contained in Section 8 of this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants Agreement (as defined below);

(vi) a material violation by the Executive of any of the Company’s written employment policies; or

(vii) the Executive’s failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Company to cooperate, or the willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation.

 

3


(d) Termination without Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time without Cause. Any termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement which does not constitute a termination for Cause under Section 3(c) and does not result from the death or disability of the Executive under Section 3(a) or (b) shall be deemed a termination without Cause.

(e) Termination by the Executive . The Executive may terminate employment hereunder at any time for any reason.

If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to the Executive’s authorized representative or estate) (i) any Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination; (ii) unpaid expense reimbursements (subject to, and in accordance with, Section 2(c) of this Agreement); and (iii) any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company through the Date of Termination, which vested benefits shall be paid and/or provided in accordance with the terms of such employee benefit plans (collectively, the “Accrued Obligations”).

4. Notice and Date of Termination .

(a) Notice of Termination . Except for termination as specified in Section 3(a), any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or any such termination by the Executive shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

(b) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean: (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by death, the date of death; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of disability under Section 3(b) or by the Company for Cause under Section 3(c), the date on which Notice of Termination is given; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company under Section 3(d), the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or the date otherwise specified by the Company in the Notice of Termination; (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive under Section 3(e) (other than as provided in 4(b)(v)), 30 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, and (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive under Section 3(e) for Good Reason (as defined below) during the Change in Control Period, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given after the end of the Cure Period. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that the Executive has completed all steps of the Good Reason Process (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events without the Executive’s consent (each, a “Good Reason Condition”): (i) a material diminution in the Executive’s responsibilities, authority or duties; (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s Base Salary except for across-the-board salary reductions based on the Company’s financial performance similarly affecting all or substantially all senior management employees of the Company; (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which the Executive provides services to the Company, such that there is an increase of at least fifty (50) miles of driving distance to such location from the Executive’s principal residence as of such change; or (iv) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company. The “Good Reason Process” consists of the following steps: (a) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason Condition has occurred; (b) the Executive notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason Condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (d) the

 

4


Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period of not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the Good Reason Condition; (e) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason Condition continues to exist; and the Executive terminates employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

5. Severance Pay and Benefits Upon Termination by the Company without Cause Outside the Change in Control Period . During the Term, if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 3(d) outside of the Change in Control Period, then the Company shall pay the Executive the Accrued Obligations. In addition, subject to (i) the Executive signing a separation agreement and release in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company, which shall include, without limitation, a general release of claims against the Company and all related persons and entities, and a reaffirmation of all of the Executive’s Continuing Obligations (as defined below ) , and shall provide that if the Executive breaches any of the Continuing Obligations, all payments of the Severance Amount shall immediately cease (the “Separation Agreement and Release”), and (ii) the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination (or such shorter period as set forth in the Separation Agreement and Release), which shall include a seven (7) business day revocation period:

(a) the Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to twelve (12) months of the Executive’s Base Salary (the “Severance Amount”); and

(b) subject to the Executive’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employees’ rate and the Executive’s proper election to receive benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall pay to the group health plan provider, the COBRA provider or the Executive a monthly payment equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company until the earliest of (A) the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Date of Termination; (B) the Executive’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under any other employer’s group medical plan; or (C) the cessation of the Executive’s continuation rights under COBRA; provided, however, if the Company determines that it cannot pay such amounts to the group health plan provider or the COBRA provider (if applicable) without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then the Company shall convert such payments to payroll payments directly to the Executive for the time period specified above. Such payments shall be subject to tax-related deductions and withholdings and paid on the Company’s regular payroll dates. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments described above may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to, continuation coverage under COBRA.

 

5


The amounts payable under Section 5, to the extent taxable, shall be paid out in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice over twelve (12) months commencing within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Severance Amount, to the extent it qualifies as “non-qualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period; provided, further, that the initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Date of Termination. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

6. Severance Pay and Benefits Upon Termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason within the Change in Control Period . The provisions of this Section 6 shall apply in lieu of, and expressly supersede, the provisions of Section 5 regarding severance pay and benefits upon a termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason if such termination of employment occurs within twenty-four (24) months after the occurrence of the first event constituting a Change in Control (such period, the “Change in Control Period”). These provisions shall terminate and be of no further force or effect after the Change in Control Period.

(a) Change in Control Period . During the Term, if during the Change in Control Period the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 3(d) or the Executive terminates employment for Good Reason, then, subject to the signing of the Separation Agreement and Release by the Executive and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming fully effective, all within the time frame set forth in the Separation Agreement and Release but in no event more than 60 days after the Date of Termination:

(i) the Company shall pay the Executive a lump sum in cash in an amount equal to the sum of (A )  an amount equal to eighteen (18) months of the Executive’s then current Base Salary (or the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher) plus (B) the pro rata portion of Executive’s Target Bonus through the Termination Date for the then-current year (the “Change in Control Payment”); and

(ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any applicable option agreement or other stock-based award agreement, all time-based stock options and other stock-based awards subject to time-based vesting held by the Executive (the “Time-Based Equity Awards”) shall immediately accelerate and become fully exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the later of (i) the Date of Termination or (ii) the Effective Date of the Separation Agreement and Release (the “Accelerated Vesting Date”); provided that any termination or forfeiture of the unvested portion of such Time-Based Equity Awards that would otherwise occur on the Date of Termination in the absence of this Agreement will be delayed until the Effective Date of the Separation Agreement and Release and will only occur if the vesting pursuant to this subsection does not occur due to the absence of the Separation Agreement and Release becoming fully effective within the time period set forth therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no additional vesting of the Time-Based Equity Awards shall occur during the period between the Executive’s Date of Termination and the Accelerated Vesting Date; and

 

6


(iii) subject to the Executive’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employees’ rate and the Executive’s proper election to receive benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall pay to the group health plan provider, the COBRA provider or the Executive a monthly payment equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company until the earliest of (A) the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the Date of Termination; (B) the Executive’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under any other employer’s group medical plan; or (C) the cessation of the Executive’s continuation rights under COBRA; provided, however, if the Company determines that it cannot pay such amounts to the group health plan provider or the COBRA provider (if applicable) without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then the Company shall convert such payments to payroll payments directly to the Executive for the time period specified above. Such payments shall be subject to tax-related deductions and withholdings and paid on the Company’s regular payroll dates. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments described above may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to, continuation coverage under COBRA.

The amounts payable under this Section 6(a), to the extent taxable, shall be paid or commence to be paid within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, such payments to the extent they qualify as “non-qualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, shall be paid or commence to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period.

(b) Additional Limitation .

(i) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code, and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Aggregate Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of all of the Aggregate Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which the Executive becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in the Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than the Executive would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction. In such event, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code: (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c).

 

7


(ii) For purposes of this Section 6(b), the “After Tax Amount” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise and employment taxes imposed on the Executive as a result of the Executive’s receipt of the Aggregate Payments. For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

(iii) The determination as to whether a reduction in the Aggregate Payments shall be made pursuant to Section 6(b)(i) shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Executive. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(c) Definitions . For purposes of this Section 6, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Change in Control” shall mean any of the following:

(i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with all “affiliates” and “associates” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Board (“Voting Securities”) (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company); or

(ii) the date a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of the appointment or election; or

(iii) the consummation of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than 50 percent of the voting shares of the Company

 

8


issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), or (B) any sale or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any person to 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any person referred to in this sentence shall thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities, then a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i).

7. Section 409A .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement or otherwise on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation otherwise subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

(b) All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

9


(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(e) The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

8. Continuing Obligations .

(a) Restrictive Covenants Agreement . The terms of the Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement, dated January 2008 (the “Restrictive Covenants Agreement”), between the Company and the Executive, attached hereto as Exhibit A , continue to be in full force and effect. For purposes of this Agreement, the obligations in this Section 8 and those that arise in the Restrictive Covenants Agreement and any other agreement relating to confidentiality, assignment of inventions, or other restrictive covenants shall collectively be referred to as the “Continuing Obligations.”

(b) Third-Party Agreements and Rights . The Executive hereby confirms that the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party which restricts in any way the Executive’s use or disclosure of information, other than confidentiality restrictions (if any), or the Executive’s engagement in any business. The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s proposed duties for the Company will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any such previous employer or other party. In the Executive’s work for the Company, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

 

10


(c) Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation . During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in (i) the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company, and (ii) the investigation, whether internal or external, of any matters about which the Company believes the Executive may have knowledge or information. The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims, actions or investigations shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to answer questions or to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 8(c).

(d) Relief . The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Company which might result from any breach by the Executive of the Continuing Obligations, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach. Accordingly , the Executive agrees that if the Executive breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of the Continuing Obligations, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach without the posting of a bond and without showing or proving any actual damage to the Company.

(e) Protected Disclosures and Other Protected Action . Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or applied to prohibit the Executive from making any good faith report to any governmental agency or other governmental entity (a “Government Agency”) concerning any act or omission that the Executive reasonably believes constitutes a possible violation of federal or state law or making other disclosures that are protected under the anti-retaliation or whistleblower provisions of applicable federal or state law or regulation. In addition, nothing contained in this Agreement limits the Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agency or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including the Executive’s ability to provide documents or other information, without notice to the Company. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to the federal Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, the Executive shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law or under this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants Agreement for the disclosure of a trade secret that (a) is made (i) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

9. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter , including the Prior Agreement, provided that the Restrictive Covenants Agreement and the Equity Documents remain in full force and effect.

 

11


10. Withholding; Tax Effect . All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Company to make any payments to compensate the Executive for any adverse tax effect associated with any payments or benefits or for any deduction or withholding from any payment or benefit.

11. Assignment . Neither the Executive nor the Company may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest in it, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including the Restrictive Covenants Agreement) without the Executive’s consent to any affiliate or to any person or entity with whom the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization, consolidate with, or merge into or to whom it transfers all or substantially all of its properties or assets; provided further that if the purchaser in any transaction involving the transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets assumes this Agreement and the Executive accepts a position with the purchaser that is equivalent or better to the Executive’s position immediately preceding such transaction, then the Executive shall not be entitled to any Severance Amount pursuant to Section 5 or any Change in Control Payment pursuant to Section 6. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Executive and the Company, and each of the Executive’s and the Company’s respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

12. Enforceability . If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

13. Survival . The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and/or the termination of the Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to effectuate the terms contained herein.

14. Waiver . No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

15. Notices . Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its main offices, attention of the Board.

16. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

 

12


17. Effect on Other Plans and Agreements . An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 8 hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Company severance pay plan, offer letter or otherwise. In the event that the Executive is party to an agreement with the Company providing for payments or benefits under such agreement and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and the Executive may receive payment under this Agreement only and not both. Further, Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement are mutually exclusive and in no event shall the Executive be entitled to payments or benefits pursuant to both Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement.

18. Governing Law . This is a New York contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof. With respect to any disputes concerning federal law, such disputes shall be determined in accordance with the law as it would be interpreted and applied by the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the “Effective Date.”

 

PHREESIA, INC.
By:    /s/ Michael Weintraub
Its:   Chairman, Board of Directors

 

EXECUTIVE
/s/ Chaim Indig
Chaim Indig

 

13


Exhibit A

Restrictive Covenants Agreement


PHREESIA, INC.

Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement

In consideration and as a condition of my employment or continued employment by Phreesia, Inc. (the “Company”), I agree as follows:

1. Proprietary Information . I agree that all information, whether or not in writing, concerning the Company’s business, technology, business relationships or financial affairs which the Company has not released to the general public (collectively, “Proprietary Information”) is and will be the exclusive property of the Company. By way of illustration, Proprietary Information may include information or material which has not been made generally available to the public, such as: (a)  corporate information, including plans, strategies, methods, policies, resolutions, negotiations or litigation; (b)  marketing information, including strategies, methods, customer identities or other information about customers, prospect identities or other information about prospects, or market analyses or projections; (c)  financial information, including cost and performance data, debt arrangements, equity structure, investors and holdings, purchasing and sales data and price lists; and (d)  operational and technological information, including plans, specifications, manuals, forms, templates, software, designs, methods, procedures, formulas, discoveries, inventions, improvements, concepts and ideas; and (e)  personnel information, including personnel lists, reporting or organizational structure, resumes, personnel data, compensation structure, performance evaluations and termination arrangements or documents. Proprietary Information also includes information received in confidence by the Company from its customers or suppliers or other third parties.

2. Recognition of Company’s Rights . I will not, at any time, without the Company’s prior written permission, either during or after my employment, disclose any Proprietary Information to anyone outside of the Company, or use or permit to be used any Proprietary Information for any purpose other than the performance of my duties as an employee of the Company. I will cooperate with the Company and use my best efforts to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of all Proprietary Information. I will deliver to the Company all copies of Proprietary Information in my possession or control upon the earlier of a request by the Company or termination of my employment.

3. Rights of Others . I understand that the Company is now and may hereafter be subject to non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements with third persons which require the Company to protect or refrain from use of Proprietary Information. I agree to be bound by the terms of such agreements in the event I have access to such Proprietary Information.

4. Commitment to Company; Avoidance of Conflict of Interest . While an employee of the Company, I will devote my full-time efforts to the Company’s business and I will not engage in any other business activity that conflicts with my duties to the Company. I will advise the president of the Company or his or her nominee at such time as any activity of either the Company or another business presents me with a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest as an employee of the Company. I will take whatever action is requested of me by the Company to resolve any conflict or appearance of conflict which it finds to exist.

5. Developments . I will make full and prompt disclosure to the Company of all inventions, discoveries, designs, developments, methods, modifications, improvements, processes, algorithms, databases, computer programs, formulae, techniques, trade secrets, graphics or images, and audio or visual works and other works of authorship (collectively “Developments”), whether or not patentable or copyrightable, that are created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by me (alone or jointly with others) or under my direction during the period of my employment. I acknowledge that all work performed by me is on a “work for hire” basis, and I hereby do assign and transfer and, to the extent any such assignment cannot be made at present, will assign and transfer, to the Company and its successors and assigns all my right, title and interest in all Developments that (a) relate to the business of the Company or any customer of or supplier to the Company or any of the products or services being researched, developed, manufactured or sold by the Company or which may be used with such products or services; or (b) result from tasks assigned to me by the Company; or (c) result from the use of premises or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for by the Company (“Company-Related Developments”), and all related patents, patent applications, trademarks and trademark applications, copyrights and copyright applications, and other intellectual property rights in all countries and territories worldwide and under any international conventions (“Intellectual Property Rights”).

This Agreement does not obligate me to assign to the Company any Development which, in the sole judgment of the Company, reasonably exercised, is developed entirely on my own time and does not relate to the business efforts or research and development efforts in which, during the period of my employment, the Company actually is engaged or reasonably would be engaged, and does not result from the use of premises or equipment owned or leased by the Company. However, I will also promptly disclose to the Company any such Developments for the purpose of determining whether they qualify for such exclusion. I understand that to the extent this Agreement is required to be construed in accordance with the laws of any state which precludes a requirement in an employee agreement to assign certain classes of inventions made by an employee, this paragraph 5 will be interpreted not to apply to any invention which a court rules and/or the Company agrees falls within such classes. I also hereby waive all claims to any moral rights or other special rights which I may have or accrue in any Company-Related Developments.


6. Documents and Other Materials . I will keep and maintain adequate and current records of all Proprietary Information and Company-Related Developments developed by me during my employment, which records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times. All files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, whether created by me or others, which come into my custody or possession, are the exclusive property of the Company to be used by me only in the performance of my duties for the Company. Any property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including without limitation computers, disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by the Company at any time with or without notice. In the event of the termination of my employment for any reason, I will deliver to the Company all files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, and other materials of any nature pertaining to the Proprietary Information of the Company and to my work, and will not take or keep in my possession any of the foregoing or any copies.

7. Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights . I will cooperate fully with the Company, both during and after my employment with the Company, with respect to the procurement, maintenance and enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights in Company-Related Developments. I will sign, both during and after the term of this Agreement, all papers, including without limitation copyright applications, patent applications, declarations, oaths, assignments of priority rights, and powers of attorney, which the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development. If the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure my signature on any such papers, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint each officer of the Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any such papers on my behalf, and to take any and all actions as the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development.

8. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . In order to protect the Company’s Proprietary Information and good will, during my employment and for a period of [twelve (12)] months following the termination of my employment for any reason (the “Restricted Period”), I will not directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, director, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, engage, participate or invest in any business activity anywhere in the United States that develops, manufactures or markets any products, or performs any services, that are otherwise competitive with or similar to the products or services of the Company, or products or services that the Company has under development or that are the subject of active planning at any time during my employment; provided that this shall not prohibit any possible investment in publicly traded stock of a company representing less than one percent of the stock of such company. In addition, during the Restricted Period, I will not, directly or indirectly, in any manner, other than for the benefit of the Company, (a) call upon, solicit, divert or take away any of the customers, business or prospective customers of the Company or any of its suppliers, and/or (b) solicit, entice or attempt to persuade any other employee or consultant of the Company to leave the services of the Company for any reason. I acknowledge and agree that if I violate any of the provisions of this paragraph 8, the running of the Restricted Period will be extended by the time during which I engage in such violation(s).

9. Prior Agreements . I hereby represent that, except as I have fully disclosed previously in writing to the Company, I am not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from using or disclosing any trade secret or confidential or proprietary information in the course of my employment with the Company or to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party. I further represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment with the Company. I will not disclose to the Company or induce the Company to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.

10. Remedies Upon Breach . I understand that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and I consider them to be reasonable for such purpose. Any breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage and therefore, in the event of such breach, the Company, in addition to such other remedies which may be available, will be entitled to specific performance and other injunctive relief.

11. Publications and Public Statements . I will obtain the Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material that relates to my work at the Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information. To ensure that the Company delivers a consistent message about its products, services and operations to the public, and further in recognition that even positive statements may have a detrimental effect on the Company in certain securities transactions and other contexts, any statement about the Company which I create, publish or post during my period of employment and for six (6) months thereafter, on any media accessible by the public, including but not limited to electronic bulletin boards and Internet-based chat rooms, must first be reviewed and approved by an officer of the Company before it is released in the public domain.

12. No Employment Obligation . I understand that this Agreement does not create an obligation on the Company or any other person to continue my employment. I acknowledge that, unless otherwise agreed in a formal written employment agreement signed on behalf of the Company by an authorized officer, my employment with the Company is at will and therefore may be terminated by the Company or me at any time and for any reason.

 

2


13. Survival and Assignment by the Company . I understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue in accordance with its express terms regardless of any changes in my title, position, duties, salary, compensation or benefits or other terms and conditions of employment. I further understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue following the termination of my employment regardless of the manner of such termination and will be binding upon my heirs, executors and administrators. The Company will have the right to assign this Agreement to its affiliates, successors and assigns. I expressly consent to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate to whose employ I may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be resigned at the time of such transfer.

14. Disclosure to Future Employers . I will provide a copy of this Agreement to any prospective employer, partner or coventurer prior to entering into an employment, partnership or other business relationship with such person or entity.

15. Severability . In case any provisions (or portions thereof) contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. If, moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear.

16. Interpretation . This Agreement will be deemed to be made and entered into in the State of New York, and will in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the State of New York. I hereby agree to consent to personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts situated within the State of New York for purposes of enforcing this Agreement, and waive any objection that I might have to personal jurisdiction or venue in those courts.

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS AGREEMENT AFFECTS IMPORTANT RIGHTS. BY SIGNING BELOW, I CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ IT CAREFULLY AND AM SATISFIED THAT I UNDERSTAND IT COMPLETELY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date set forth below.

 

Signed:    /s/ Chaim Indig    

 

  (Employee’s full name)    

 

Type or print name: Chaim Indig         
Social Security Number:          Date:        

 

3

Exhibit 10.9

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is made between Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Evan Roberts (the “Executive”) and is effective immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Effective Date”). Except with respect to the Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement and the Equity Documents (each as defined below), this Agreement supersedes in all respects all prior agreements between the Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter herein, including without limitation (i) the offer letter between the Executive and the Company dated June 21, 2006 (the “Prior Agreement”), and (ii) any other offer letter, employment agreement or severance agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to continue to be employed by the Company on the new terms and conditions contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment .

(a) Term . The Company shall employ the Executive and the Executive shall be employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement commencing as of the Effective Date and continuing until such employment is terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof (the “Term”). The Executive’s employment with the Company will continue to be “at will,” meaning that the Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Position and Duties . During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the Chief Operating Officer of the Company and shall have such powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”). The Executive shall devote the Executive’s full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may serve on other boards of directors, with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), or engage in religious, charitable or other community activities as long as such services and activities are disclosed to the Board and do not interfere with the Executive’s performance of the Executive’s duties to the Company.

2. Compensation and Related Matters .

(a) Base Salary . The Executive’s initial base salary shall be paid at the rate of $275,000 per year. The Executive’s base salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”). The base salary in effect at any given time is referred to herein as “Base Salary.” The Base Salary shall be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for executive officers.


(b) Incentive Compensation . During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to receive cash incentive compensation as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee from time to time. The Executive’s initial target annual incentive compensation shall be forty percent of the Executive’s Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”). The actual amount of the Executive’s annual incentive compensation, if any, shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee, subject to the terms of any applicable incentive compensation plan that may be in effect from time to time. Except as otherwise provided herein, to earn incentive compensation, the Executive must be employed by the Company on the day such incentive compensation is paid.

(c) Expenses . The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive during the Term in performing services hereunder, in accordance with the policies and procedures then in effect and established by the Company for its executive officers.

(d) Other Benefits . During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in or receive benefits under the Company’s employee benefit plans in effect from time to time, subject to the terms of such plans.

(e) Paid Time Off . During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to take paid time off in accordance with the Company’s applicable paid time off policy for executives, as may be in effect from time to time. The Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays given by the Company to its executive officers.

(f) Equity . The equity awards held by the Executive shall continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s applicable equity incentive plan(s) and the applicable award agreement(s) governing the terms of such equity awards held by the Executive (collectively, the “Equity Documents”); provided, however, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Documents, Section 6(a)(ii) of this Agreement shall apply in the event of a termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason in either event within the Change in Control Period (as such terms are defined below).

3. Termination . During the Term, the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a) Death . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon death.

(b) Disability . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment if the Executive is disabled and unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions under this Agreement with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of 180 days (which need not be consecutive) in any 12-month period. If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Executive is disabled so as to be unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions with or without reasonable accommodation, the Executive may, and at the request of the Company shall, submit to the Company a certification in reasonable detail by a physician selected by the Company to whom the Executive or the Executive’s guardian has no reasonable objection as to

 

2


whether the Executive is so disabled or how long such disability is expected to continue, and such certification shall for the purposes of this Agreement be conclusive of the issue. The Executive shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the physician in connection with such certification. If such question shall arise and the Executive shall fail to submit such certification, the Company’s determination of such issue shall be binding on the Executive. Nothing in this Section 3(b) shall be construed to waive the Executive’s rights, if any, under existing law including, without limitation, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. §2601 et seq . and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq.

(c) Termination by Company for Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following:

(i) conduct by the Executive constituting a material act of misconduct in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties, including, without limitation, (A) willful failure or refusal to perform material responsibilities that have been requested by the CEO; (B) dishonesty to the CEO with respect to any material matter; or (C) misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates other than the occasional, customary and de minimis use of Company property for personal purposes;

(ii) the commission by the Executive of acts satisfying the elements of (A) any felony or (B) a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud;

(iii) any misconduct by the Executive, regardless of whether or not in the course of the Executive’s employment, that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury or reputational harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates if the Executive were to continue to be employed in the same position;

(iv) continued unsatisfactory performance or non-performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder (other than by reason of the Executive’s physical or mental illness, incapacity or disability) which has continued for more than 30 days following written notice of such unsatisfactory performance or non-performance from the CEO;

(v) a breach by the Executive of any of the provisions contained in Section 8 of this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants Agreement (as defined below);

(vi) a material violation by the Executive of any of the Company’s written employment policies; or

(vii) the Executive’s failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Company to cooperate, or the willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation.

 

3


(d) Termination without Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time without Cause. Any termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement which does not constitute a termination for Cause under Section 3(c) and does not result from the death or disability of the Executive under Section 3(a) or (b) shall be deemed a termination without Cause.

(e) Termination by the Executive . The Executive may terminate employment hereunder at any time for any reason.

If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to the Executive’s authorized representative or estate) (i) any Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination; (ii) unpaid expense reimbursements (subject to, and in accordance with, Section 2(c) of this Agreement); and (iii) any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company through the Date of Termination, which vested benefits shall be paid and/or provided in accordance with the terms of such employee benefit plans (collectively, the “Accrued Obligations”).

4. Notice and Date of Termination .

(a) Notice of Termination . Except for termination as specified in Section 3(a), any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or any such termination by the Executive shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

(b) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean: (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by death, the date of death; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of disability under Section 3(b) or by the Company for Cause under Section 3(c), the date on which Notice of Termination is given; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company under Section 3(d), the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or the date otherwise specified by the Company in the Notice of Termination; (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive under Section 3(e) (other than as provided in 4(b)(v)), 30 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, and (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive under Section 3(e) for Good Reason (as defined below) during the Change in Control Period, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given after the end of the Cure Period. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that the Executive has completed all steps of the Good Reason Process (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events without the Executive’s consent (each, a “Good Reason Condition”): (i) a material diminution in the Executive’s responsibilities, authority or duties; (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s Base Salary except for across-the-board salary reductions based on the Company’s financial performance similarly affecting all or substantially all senior management employees of the Company; (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which the Executive provides services to the Company, such that there is an increase of at least fifty (50) miles of driving distance to such location from the Executive’s principal residence as of such change; or (iv) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company. The “Good Reason Process” consists of the following steps: (a) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason Condition has occurred; (b) the Executive notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason Condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (d) the

 

4


Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period of not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the Good Reason Condition; (e) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason Condition continues to exist; and the Executive terminates employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

5. Severance Pay and Benefits Upon Termination by the Company without Cause Outside the Change in Control Period . During the Term, if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 3(d) outside of the Change in Control Period, then the Company shall pay the Executive the Accrued Obligations. In addition, subject to (i) the Executive signing a separation agreement and release in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company, which shall include, without limitation, a general release of claims against the Company and all related persons and entities, and a reaffirmation of all of the Executive’s Continuing Obligations (as defined below ) , and shall provide that if the Executive breaches any of the Continuing Obligations, all payments of the Severance Amount shall immediately cease (the “Separation Agreement and Release”), and (ii) the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination (or such shorter period as set forth in the Separation Agreement and Release), which shall include a seven (7) business day revocation period:

(a) the Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to twelve (12) months of the Executive’s Base Salary (the “Severance Amount”); and

(b) subject to the Executive’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employees’ rate and the Executive’s proper election to receive benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall pay to the group health plan provider, the COBRA provider or the Executive a monthly payment equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company until the earliest of (A) the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Date of Termination; (B) the Executive’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under any other employer’s group medical plan; or (C) the cessation of the Executive’s continuation rights under COBRA; provided, however, if the Company determines that it cannot pay such amounts to the group health plan provider or the COBRA provider (if applicable) without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then the Company shall convert such payments to payroll payments directly to the Executive for the time period specified above. Such payments shall be subject to tax-related deductions and withholdings and paid on the Company’s regular payroll dates. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments described above may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to, continuation coverage under COBRA.

 

5


The amounts payable under Section 5, to the extent taxable, shall be paid out in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice over twelve (12) months commencing within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Severance Amount, to the extent it qualifies as “non-qualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period; provided, further, that the initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Date of Termination. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

6. Severance Pay and Benefits Upon Termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason within the Change in Control Period . The provisions of this Section 6 shall apply in lieu of, and expressly supersede, the provisions of Section 5 regarding severance pay and benefits upon a termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason if such termination of employment occurs within twenty-four (24) months after the occurrence of the first event constituting a Change in Control (such period, the “Change in Control Period”). These provisions shall terminate and be of no further force or effect after the Change in Control Period.

(a) Change in Control Period . During the Term, if during the Change in Control Period the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 3(d) or the Executive terminates employment for Good Reason, then, subject to the signing of the Separation Agreement and Release by the Executive and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming fully effective, all within the time frame set forth in the Separation Agreement and Release but in no event more than 60 days after the Date of Termination:

(i) the Company shall pay the Executive a lump sum in cash in an amount equal to the sum of (A )  an amount equal to eighteen (18) months of the Executive’s then current Base Salary (or the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher) plus (B) the pro rata portion of Executive’s Target Bonus through the Termination Date for the then-current year (the “Change in Control Payment”); and

(ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any applicable option agreement or other stock-based award agreement, all time-based stock options and other stock-based awards subject to time-based vesting held by the Executive (the “Time-Based Equity Awards”) shall immediately accelerate and become fully exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the later of (i) the Date of Termination or (ii) the Effective Date of the Separation Agreement and Release (the “Accelerated Vesting Date”); provided that any termination or forfeiture of the unvested portion of such Time-Based Equity Awards that would otherwise occur on the Date of Termination in the absence of this Agreement will be delayed until the Effective Date of the Separation Agreement and Release and will only occur if the vesting pursuant to this subsection does not occur due to the absence of the Separation Agreement and Release becoming fully effective within the time period set forth therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no additional vesting of the Time-Based Equity Awards shall occur during the period between the Executive’s Date of Termination and the Accelerated Vesting Date; and

 

6


(iii) subject to the Executive’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employees’ rate and the Executive’s proper election to receive benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall pay to the group health plan provider, the COBRA provider or the Executive a monthly payment equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company until the earliest of (A) the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the Date of Termination; (B) the Executive’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under any other employer’s group medical plan; or (C) the cessation of the Executive’s continuation rights under COBRA; provided, however, if the Company determines that it cannot pay such amounts to the group health plan provider or the COBRA provider (if applicable) without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then the Company shall convert such payments to payroll payments directly to the Executive for the time period specified above. Such payments shall be subject to tax-related deductions and withholdings and paid on the Company’s regular payroll dates. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments described above may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to, continuation coverage under COBRA.

The amounts payable under this Section 6(a), to the extent taxable, shall be paid or commence to be paid within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, such payments to the extent they qualify as “non-qualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, shall be paid or commence to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period.

(b) Additional Limitation .

(i) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code, and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Aggregate Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of all of the Aggregate Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which the Executive becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in the Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than the Executive would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction. In such event, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code: (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c).

 

7


(ii) For purposes of this Section 6(b), the “After Tax Amount” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise and employment taxes imposed on the Executive as a result of the Executive’s receipt of the Aggregate Payments. For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

(iii) The determination as to whether a reduction in the Aggregate Payments shall be made pursuant to Section 6(b)(i) shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Executive. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(c) Definitions . For purposes of this Section 6, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Change in Control” shall mean any of the following:

(i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with all “affiliates” and “associates” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Board (“Voting Securities”) (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company); or

(ii) the date a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of the appointment or election; or

(iii) the consummation of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than 50 percent of the voting shares of the Company

 

8


issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), or (B) any sale or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any person to 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any person referred to in this sentence shall thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities, then a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i).

7. Section 409A .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement or otherwise on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation otherwise subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

(b) All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

9


(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(e) The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

8. Continuing Obligations .

(a) Restrictive Covenants Agreement . The terms of the Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement, dated June 21, 2006 (the “Restrictive Covenants Agreement”), between the Company and the Executive, attached hereto as Exhibit A , continue to be in full force and effect. For purposes of this Agreement, the obligations in this Section 8 and those that arise in the Restrictive Covenants Agreement and any other agreement relating to confidentiality, assignment of inventions, or other restrictive covenants shall collectively be referred to as the “Continuing Obligations.”

(b) Third-Party Agreements and Rights . The Executive hereby confirms that the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party which restricts in any way the Executive’s use or disclosure of information, other than confidentiality restrictions (if any), or the Executive’s engagement in any business. The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s proposed duties for the Company will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any such previous employer or other party. In the Executive’s work for the Company, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

 

10


(c) Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation . During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in (i) the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company, and (ii) the investigation, whether internal or external, of any matters about which the Company believes the Executive may have knowledge or information. The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims, actions or investigations shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to answer questions or to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 8(c).

(d) Relief . The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Company which might result from any breach by the Executive of the Continuing Obligations, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach. Accordingly , the Executive agrees that if the Executive breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of the Continuing Obligations, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach without the posting of a bond and without showing or proving any actual damage to the Company.

(e) Protected Disclosures and Other Protected Action . Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or applied to prohibit the Executive from making any good faith report to any governmental agency or other governmental entity (a “Government Agency”) concerning any act or omission that the Executive reasonably believes constitutes a possible violation of federal or state law or making other disclosures that are protected under the anti-retaliation or whistleblower provisions of applicable federal or state law or regulation. In addition, nothing contained in this Agreement limits the Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agency or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including the Executive’s ability to provide documents or other information, without notice to the Company. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to the federal Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, the Executive shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law or under this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants Agreement for the disclosure of a trade secret that (a) is made (i) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

9. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter, including the Prior Agreement, provided that the Restrictive Covenants Agreement and the Equity Documents remain in full force and effect.

 

11


10. Withholding; Tax Effect . All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Company to make any payments to compensate the Executive for any adverse tax effect associated with any payments or benefits or for any deduction or withholding from any payment or benefit.

11. Assignment . Neither the Executive nor the Company may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest in it, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including the Restrictive Covenants Agreement) without the Executive’s consent to any affiliate or to any person or entity with whom the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization, consolidate with, or merge into or to whom it transfers all or substantially all of its properties or assets; provided further that if the purchaser in any transaction involving the transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets assumes this Agreement and the Executive accepts a position with the purchaser that is equivalent or better to the Executive’s position immediately preceding such transaction, then the Executive shall not be entitled to any Severance Amount pursuant to Section 5 or any Change in Control Payment pursuant to Section 6. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Executive and the Company, and each of the Executive’s and the Company’s respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

12. Enforceability . If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

13. Survival . The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and/or the termination of the Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to effectuate the terms contained herein.

14. Waiver . No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

15. Notices . Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its main offices, attention of the Board.

16. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

 

12


17. Effect on Other Plans and Agreements . An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 8 hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Company severance pay plan, offer letter or otherwise. In the event that the Executive is party to an agreement with the Company providing for payments or benefits under such agreement and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and the Executive may receive payment under this Agreement only and not both. Further, Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement are mutually exclusive and in no event shall the Executive be entitled to payments or benefits pursuant to both Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement.

18. Governing Law . This is a New York contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof. With respect to any disputes concerning federal law, such disputes shall be determined in accordance with the law as it would be interpreted and applied by the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the “Effective Date.”

 

PHREESIA, INC.
By:    /s/ Chaim Indig
Its:   Chief Executive Officer

 

EXECUTIVE

 
/s/ Evan Roberts
Evan Roberts

 

13


Exhibit A

Restrictive Covenants Agreement


PHREESIA, INC.

Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement

In consideration and as a condition of my employment or continued employment by Phreesia, Inc. (the “Company”), I agree as follows:

1. Proprietary Information . I agree that all information, whether or not in writing, concerning the Company’s business, technology, business relationships or financial affairs which the Company has not released to the general public (collectively, “Proprietary Information”) is and will be the exclusive property of the Company. By way of illustration, Proprietary Information may include information or material which has not been made generally available to the public, such as: (a)  corporate information, including plans, strategies, methods, policies, resolutions, negotiations or litigation; (b)  marketing information, including strategies, methods, customer identities or other information about customers, prospect identities or other information about prospects, or market analyses or projections; (c)  financial information, including cost and performance data, debt arrangements, equity structure, investors and holdings, purchasing and sales data and price lists; and (d)  operational and technological information, including plans, specifications, manuals, forms, templates, software, designs, methods, procedures, formulas, discoveries, inventions, improvements, concepts and ideas; and (e)  personnel information, including personnel lists, reporting or organizational structure, resumes, personnel data, compensation structure, performance evaluations and termination arrangements or documents. Proprietary Information also includes information received in confidence by the Company from its customers or suppliers or other third parties.

2. Recognition of Company’s Rights . I will not, at any time, without the Company’s prior written permission, either during or after my employment, disclose any Proprietary Information to anyone outside of the Company, or use or permit to be used any Proprietary Information for any purpose other than the performance of my duties as an employee of the Company. I will cooperate with the Company and use my best efforts to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of all Proprietary Information. I will deliver to the Company all copies of Proprietary Information in my possession or control upon the earlier of a request by the Company or termination of my employment.

3. Rights of Others . I understand that the Company is now and may hereafter be subject to non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements with third persons which require the Company to protect or refrain from use of Proprietary Information. I agree to be bound by the terms of such agreements in the event I have access to such Proprietary Information.

4. Commitment to Company; Avoidance of Conflict of Interest . While an employee of the Company, I will devote my full-time efforts to the Company’s business and I will not engage in any other business activity that conflicts with my duties to the Company. I will advise the president of the Company or his or her nominee at such time as any activity of either the Company or another business presents me with a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest as an employee of the Company. I will take whatever action is requested of me by the Company to resolve any conflict or appearance of conflict which it finds to exist.

5. Developments . I will make full and prompt disclosure to the Company of all inventions, discoveries, designs, developments, methods, modifications, improvements, processes, algorithms, databases, computer programs, formulae, techniques, trade secrets, graphics or images, and audio or visual works and other works of authorship (collectively “Developments”), whether or not patentable or copyrightable, that are created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by me (alone or jointly with others) or under my direction during the period of my employment. I acknowledge that all work performed by me is on a “work for hire” basis, and I hereby do assign and transfer and, to the extent any such assignment cannot be made at present, will assign and transfer, to the Company and its successors and assigns all my right, title and interest in all Developments that (a) relate to the business of the Company or any customer of or supplier to the Company or any of the products or services being researched, developed, manufactured or sold by the Company or which may be used with such products or services; or (b) result from tasks assigned to me by the Company; or (c) result from the use of premises or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for by the Company (“Company-Related Developments”), and all related patents, patent applications, trademarks and trademark applications, copyrights and copyright applications, and other intellectual property rights in all countries and territories worldwide and under any international conventions (“Intellectual Property Rights”).

This Agreement does not obligate me to assign to the Company any Development which, in the sole judgment of the Company, reasonably exercised, is developed entirely on my own time and does not relate to the business efforts or research and development efforts in which, during the period of my employment, the Company actually is engaged or reasonably would be engaged, and does not result from the use of premises or equipment owned or leased by the Company. However, I will also promptly disclose to the Company any such Developments for the purpose of determining whether they qualify for such exclusion. I understand that to the extent this Agreement is required to be construed in accordance with the laws of any state which precludes a requirement in an employee agreement to assign certain classes of inventions made by an employee, this paragraph 5 will be interpreted not to apply to any invention which a court rules and/or the Company agrees falls within such classes. I also hereby waive all claims to any moral rights or other special rights which I may have or accrue in any Company-Related Developments.


6. Documents and Other Materials . I will keep and maintain adequate and current records of all Proprietary Information and Company-Related Developments developed by me during my employment, which records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times. All files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, whether created by me or others, which come into my custody or possession, are the exclusive property of the Company to be used by me only in the performance of my duties for the Company. Any property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including without limitation computers, disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by the Company at any lime with or without notice. In the event of the termination of my employment for any reason, I will deliver to the Company all files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, and other materials of any nature pertaining to the Proprietary Information of the Company and to my work, and will not take or keep in my possession any of the foregoing or any copies.

7. Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights . I will cooperate fully with the Company, both during and after my employment with the Company, with respect to the procurement, maintenance and enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights in Company-Related Developments. I will sign, both during and after the term of this Agreement, all papers, including without limitation copyright applications, patent applications, declarations, oaths, assignments of priority rights, and powers of attorney, which the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development. If the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure my signature on any such papers, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint each officer of the Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any such papers on my behalf, and to take any and all actions as the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development.

8. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . In order to protect the Company’s Proprietary Information and good will, during my employment and for a period of [twelve (12)] months following the termination of my employment for any reason (the “Restricted Period”), I will not directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, director, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, engage, participate or invest in any business activity anywhere in the United States that develops, manufactures or markets any products, or performs any services, that are otherwise competitive with or similar to the products or services of the Company, or products or services that the Company has under development or that are the subject of active planning at any time during my employment; provided that this shall not prohibit any possible investment in publicly traded stock of a company representing less than one percent of the stock of such company. In addition, during the Restricted Period. I will not, directly or indirectly, in any manner, other than for the benefit of the Company, (a) call upon, solicit, divert or take away any of the customers, business or prospective customers of the Company or any of its suppliers, and/or (b) solicit, entice or attempt to persuade any other employee or consultant of the Company to leave the services of the Company for any reason. I acknowledge and agree that if I violate any of the provisions of this paragraph 8, the running of the Restricted Period will be extended by the time during which I engage in such violation(s).

9. Prior Agreements . I hereby represent that, except as I have fully disclosed previously in writing to the Company, I am not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from using or disclosing any trade secret or confidential or proprietary information in the course of my employment with the Company or to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party. I further represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment with the Company. I will not disclose to the Company or induce the Company to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.

10. Remedies Upon Breach . I understand that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and I consider them to be reasonable for such purpose. Any breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage and therefore, in the event of such breach, the Company, in addition to such other remedies which may be available, will be entitled to specific performance and other injunctive relief.

11. Publications and Public Statements . I will obtain the Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material that relates to my work at the Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information. To ensure that the Company delivers a consistent message about its products, services and operations to the public, and further in recognition that even positive statements may have a detrimental effect on the Company in certain securities transactions and other contexts, any statement about the Company which I create, publish or post during my period of employment and for six (6) months thereafter, on any media accessible by the public, including but not limited to electronic bulletin boards and Internet-based chat rooms, must first be reviewed and approved by an officer of the Company before it is released in the public domain.

12. No Employment Obligation . I understand that this Agreement does not create an obligation on the Company or any other person to continue my employment. I acknowledge that, unless otherwise agreed in a formal written employment agreement signed on behalf of the Company by an authorized officer, my employment with the Company is at will and therefore may be terminated by the Company or me at any time and for any reason.

 

2


13. Survival and Assignment by the Company . I understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue in accordance with its express terms regardless of any changes in my title, position, duties, salary, compensation or benefits or other terms and conditions of employment, I further understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue following the termination of my employment regardless of the manner of such termination and will be binding upon my heirs, executors and administrators. The Company will have the right to assign this Agreement to its affiliates, successors and assigns. I expressly consent to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate to whose employ I may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be resigned at the time of such transfer.

14. Disclosure to Future Employers . I will provide a copy of this Agreement to any prospective employer, partner or coventurer prior to entering into an employment, partnership or other business relationship with such person or entity.

15. Severability . In case any provisions (or portions thereof) contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. If, moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear.

16. Interpretation . This Agreement will be deemed to be made and entered into in the State of New York, and will in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the State of New York. I hereby agree to consent to personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts situated within the State of New York for purposes of enforcing this Agreement, and waive any objection that I might have to personal jurisdiction or venue in those courts.

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS AGREEMENT AFFECTS IMPORTANT RIGHTS. BY SIGNING BELOW, I CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ IT CAREFULLY AND AM SATISFIED THAT I UNDERSTAND IT COMPLETELY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date set forth below.

 

Signed:    /s/ Evan Roberts    

 

  (Employee’s full name)    

 

Type or print name:    Evan Roberts         
Social Security Number:         Date: 6/21/06   

 

3

Exhibit 10.10

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is made between Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Thomas Altier (the “Executive”) and is effective immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Effective Date”). Except with respect to the Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement and the Equity Documents (each as defined below), this Agreement supersedes in all respects all prior agreements between the Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter herein, including without limitation (i) the offer letter between the Executive and the Company dated December 14, 2012 (the “Prior Agreement”), and (ii) any other offer letter, employment agreement or severance agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to continue to be employed by the Company on the new terms and conditions contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment .

(a) Term . The Company shall employ the Executive and the Executive shall be employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement commencing as of the Effective Date and continuing until such employment is terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof (the “Term”). The Executive’s employment with the Company will continue to be “at will,” meaning that the Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Position and Duties . During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and shall have such powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”). The Executive shall devote the Executive’s full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may serve on other boards of directors, with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), or engage in religious, charitable or other community activities as long as such services and activities are disclosed to the Board and do not interfere with the Executive’s performance of the Executive’s duties to the Company.

2. Compensation and Related Matters .

(a) Base Salary . The Executive’s initial base salary shall be paid at the rate of $275,000 per year. The Executive’s base salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”). The base salary in effect at any given time is referred to herein as “Base Salary.” The Base Salary shall be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for executive officers.


(b) Incentive Compensation . During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to receive cash incentive compensation as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee from time to time. The Executive’s initial target annual incentive compensation shall be forty (40) percent of the Executive’s Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”). The actual amount of the Executive’s annual incentive compensation, if any, shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee, subject to the terms of any applicable incentive compensation plan that may be in effect from time to time. Except as otherwise provided herein, to earn incentive compensation, the Executive must be employed by the Company on the day such incentive compensation is paid.

(c) Expenses . The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive during the Term in performing services hereunder, in accordance with the policies and procedures then in effect and established by the Company for its executive officers.

(d) Other Benefits . During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in or receive benefits under the Company’s employee benefit plans in effect from time to time, subject to the terms of such plans.

(e) Paid Time Off . During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to take paid time off in accordance with the Company’s applicable paid time off policy for executives, as may be in effect from time to time. The Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays given by the Company to its executive officers.

(f) Equity . The equity awards held by the Executive shall continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s applicable equity incentive plan(s) and the applicable award agreement(s) governing the terms of such equity awards held by the Executive (collectively, the “Equity Documents”); provided, however, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Documents, Section 6(a)(ii) of this Agreement shall apply in the event of a termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason in either event within the Change in Control Period (as such terms are defined below).

3. Termination . During the Term, the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a) Death . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon death.

(b) Disability . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment if the Executive is disabled and unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions under this Agreement with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of 180 days (which need not be consecutive) in any 12-month period. If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Executive is disabled so as to be unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions with or without reasonable accommodation, the Executive may, and at the request of the Company shall, submit to the Company a certification in reasonable detail by a physician selected by the Company to whom the Executive or the Executive’s guardian has no reasonable objection as to

 

2


whether the Executive is so disabled or how long such disability is expected to continue, and such certification shall for the purposes of this Agreement be conclusive of the issue. The Executive shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the physician in connection with such certification. If such question shall arise and the Executive shall fail to submit such certification, the Company’s determination of such issue shall be binding on the Executive. Nothing in this Section 3(b) shall be construed to waive the Executive’s rights, if any, under existing law including, without limitation, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. §2601 et seq . and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq.

(c) Termination by Company for Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following:

(i) conduct by the Executive constituting a material act of misconduct in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties, including, without limitation, (A) willful failure or refusal to perform material responsibilities that have been requested by the CEO; (B) dishonesty to the CEO with respect to any material matter; or (C) misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates other than the occasional, customary and de minimis use of Company property for personal purposes;

(ii) the commission by the Executive of acts satisfying the elements of (A) any felony or (B) a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud;

(iii) any misconduct by the Executive, regardless of whether or not in the course of the Executive’s employment, that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury or reputational harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates if the Executive were to continue to be employed in the same position;

(iv) continued unsatisfactory performance or non-performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder (other than by reason of the Executive’s physical or mental illness, incapacity or disability) which has continued for more than 30 days following written notice of such unsatisfactory performance or non-performance from the CEO;

(v) a breach by the Executive of any of the provisions contained in Section 8 of this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants Agreement (as defined below);

(vi) a material violation by the Executive of any of the Company’s written employment policies; or

(vii) the Executive’s failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Company to cooperate, or the willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation.

 

3


(d) Termination without Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time without Cause. Any termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement which does not constitute a termination for Cause under Section 3(c) and does not result from the death or disability of the Executive under Section 3(a) or (b) shall be deemed a termination without Cause.

(e) Termination by the Executive . The Executive may terminate employment hereunder at any time for any reason.

If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to the Executive’s authorized representative or estate) (i) any Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination; (ii) unpaid expense reimbursements (subject to, and in accordance with, Section 2(c) of this Agreement); and (iii) any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company through the Date of Termination, which vested benefits shall be paid and/or provided in accordance with the terms of such employee benefit plans (collectively, the “Accrued Obligations”).

4. Notice and Date of Termination .

(a) Notice of Termination . Except for termination as specified in Section 3(a), any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or any such termination by the Executive shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

(b) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean: (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by death, the date of death; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of disability under Section 3(b) or by the Company for Cause under Section 3(c), the date on which Notice of Termination is given; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company under Section 3(d), the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or the date otherwise specified by the Company in the Notice of Termination; (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive under Section 3(e) (other than as provided in 4(b)(v)), 30 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, and (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive under Section 3(e) for Good Reason (as defined below) during the Change in Control Period, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given after the end of the Cure Period. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that the Executive has completed all steps of the Good Reason Process (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events without the Executive’s consent (each, a “Good Reason Condition”): (i) a material diminution in the Executive’s responsibilities, authority or duties; (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s Base Salary except for across-the-board salary reductions based on the Company’s financial performance similarly affecting all or substantially all senior management employees of the Company; (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which the Executive provides services to the Company, such that there is an increase of at least fifty (50) miles of driving distance to such location from the Executive’s principal residence as of such change; or (iv) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company. The “Good Reason Process” consists of the following steps: (a) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason Condition has occurred; (b) the Executive notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason Condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (d) the

 

4


Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period of not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the Good Reason Condition; (e) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason Condition continues to exist; and the Executive terminates employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

5. Severance Pay and Benefits Upon Termination by the Company without Cause Outside the Change in Control Period . During the Term, if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 3(d) outside of the Change in Control Period, then the Company shall pay the Executive the Accrued Obligations. In addition, subject to (i) the Executive signing a separation agreement and release in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company, which shall include, without limitation, a general release of claims against the Company and all related persons and entities, and a reaffirmation of all of the Executive’s Continuing Obligations (as defined below ) , and shall provide that if the Executive breaches any of the Continuing Obligations, all payments of the Severance Amount shall immediately cease (the “Separation Agreement and Release”), and (ii) the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination (or such shorter period as set forth in the Separation Agreement and Release), which shall include a seven (7) business day revocation period:

(a) the Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to six (6) months of the Executive’s Base Salary (the “Severance Amount”); and

(b) subject to the Executive’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employees’ rate and the Executive’s proper election to receive benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall pay to the group health plan provider, the COBRA provider or the Executive a monthly payment equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company until the earliest of (A) the six (6) month anniversary of the Date of Termination; (B) the Executive’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under any other employer’s group medical plan; or (C) the cessation of the Executive’s continuation rights under COBRA; provided, however, if the Company determines that it cannot pay such amounts to the group health plan provider or the COBRA provider (if applicable) without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then the Company shall convert such payments to payroll payments directly to the Executive for the time period specified above. Such payments shall be subject to tax-related deductions and withholdings and paid on the Company’s regular payroll dates. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments described above may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to, continuation coverage under COBRA.

 

5


The amounts payable under Section 5, to the extent taxable, shall be paid out in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice over six (6) months commencing within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Severance Amount, to the extent it qualifies as “non-qualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period; provided, further, that the initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Date of Termination. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

6. Severance Pay and Benefits Upon Termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason within the Change in Control Period . The provisions of this Section 6 shall apply in lieu of, and expressly supersede, the provisions of Section 5 regarding severance pay and benefits upon a termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason if such termination of employment occurs within twenty-four (24) months after the occurrence of the first event constituting a Change in Control (such period, the “Change in Control Period”). These provisions shall terminate and be of no further force or effect after the Change in Control Period.

(a) Change in Control Period . During the Term, if during the Change in Control Period the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 3(d) or the Executive terminates employment for Good Reason, then, subject to the signing of the Separation Agreement and Release by the Executive and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming fully effective, all within the time frame set forth in the Separation Agreement and Release but in no event more than 60 days after the Date of Termination:

(i) the Company shall pay the Executive a lump sum in cash in an amount equal to the sum of (A )  an amount equal to twelve (12) months of the Executive’s then current Base Salary (or the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher) plus (B) the pro rata portion of Executive’s Target Bonus through the Termination Date for the then-current year (the “Change in Control Payment”); and

(ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any applicable option agreement or other stock-based award agreement, all time-based stock options and other stock-based awards subject to time-based vesting held by the Executive (the “Time-Based Equity Awards”) shall immediately accelerate and become fully exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the later of (i) the Date of Termination or (ii) the Effective Date of the Separation Agreement and Release (the “Accelerated Vesting Date”); provided that any termination or forfeiture of the unvested portion of such Time-Based Equity Awards that would otherwise occur on the Date of Termination in the absence of this Agreement will be delayed until the Effective Date of the Separation Agreement and Release and will only occur if the vesting pursuant to this subsection does not occur due to the absence of the Separation Agreement and Release becoming fully effective within the time period set forth therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no additional vesting of the Time-Based Equity Awards shall occur during the period between the Executive’s Date of Termination and the Accelerated Vesting Date; and

 

6


(iii) subject to the Executive’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employees’ rate and the Executive’s proper election to receive benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall pay to the group health plan provider, the COBRA provider or the Executive a monthly payment equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company until the earliest of (A) twelve (12) month anniversary of the Date of Termination; (B) the Executive’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under any other employer’s group medical plan; or (C) the cessation of the Executive’s continuation rights under COBRA; provided, however, if the Company determines that it cannot pay such amounts to the group health plan provider or the COBRA provider (if applicable) without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then the Company shall convert such payments to payroll payments directly to the Executive for the time period specified above. Such payments shall be subject to tax-related deductions and withholdings and paid on the Company’s regular payroll dates. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments described above may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to, continuation coverage under COBRA.

The amounts payable under this Section 6(a), to the extent taxable, shall be paid or commence to be paid within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, such payments to the extent they qualify as “non-qualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, shall be paid or commence to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period.

(b) Additional Limitation .

(i) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code, and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Aggregate Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of all of the Aggregate Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which the Executive becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in the Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than the Executive would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction. In such event, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code: (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c).

 

7


(ii) For purposes of this Section 6(b), the “After Tax Amount” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise and employment taxes imposed on the Executive as a result of the Executive’s receipt of the Aggregate Payments. For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

(iii) The determination as to whether a reduction in the Aggregate Payments shall be made pursuant to Section 6(b)(i) shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Executive. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(c) Definitions . For purposes of this Section 6, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Change in Control” shall mean any of the following:

(i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with all “affiliates” and “associates” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Board (“Voting Securities”) (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company); or

(ii) the date a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of the appointment or election; or

(iii) the consummation of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than 50 percent of the voting shares of the Company issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), or (B) any sale or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

8


Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any person to 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any person referred to in this sentence shall thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities, then a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i).

7. Section 409A .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement or otherwise on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation otherwise subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

(b) All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

9


(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(e) The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

8. Continuing Obligations .

(a) Restrictive Covenants Agreement . The terms of the Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement, dated December 14, 2012 (the “Restrictive Covenants Agreement”), between the Company and the Executive, attached hereto as Exhibit A , continue to be in full force and effect. For purposes of this Agreement, the obligations in this Section 8 and those that arise in the Restrictive Covenants Agreement and any other agreement relating to confidentiality, assignment of inventions, or other restrictive covenants shall collectively be referred to as the “Continuing Obligations.”

(b) Third-Party Agreements and Rights . The Executive hereby confirms that the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party which restricts in any way the Executive’s use or disclosure of information, other than confidentiality restrictions (if any), or the Executive’s engagement in any business. The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s proposed duties for the Company will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any such previous employer or other party. In the Executive’s work for the Company, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

(c) Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation . During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in (i) the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future

 

10


against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company, and (ii) the investigation, whether internal or external, of any matters about which the Company believes the Executive may have knowledge or information. The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims, actions or investigations shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to answer questions or to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 8(c).

(d) Relief . The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Company which might result from any breach by the Executive of the Continuing Obligations, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach. Accordingly , the Executive agrees that if the Executive breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of the Continuing Obligations, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach without the posting of a bond and without showing or proving any actual damage to the Company.

(e) Protected Disclosures and Other Protected Action . Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or applied to prohibit the Executive from making any good faith report to any governmental agency or other governmental entity (a “Government Agency”) concerning any act or omission that the Executive reasonably believes constitutes a possible violation of federal or state law or making other disclosures that are protected under the anti-retaliation or whistleblower provisions of applicable federal or state law or regulation. In addition, nothing contained in this Agreement limits the Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agency or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including the Executive’s ability to provide documents or other information, without notice to the Company. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to the federal Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, the Executive shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law or under this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants Agreement for the disclosure of a trade secret that (a) is made (i) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

9. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter, including the Prior Agreement, provided that the Restrictive Covenants Agreement and the Equity Documents remain in full force and effect.

 

11


10. Withholding; Tax Effect . All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Company to make any payments to compensate the Executive for any adverse tax effect associated with any payments or benefits or for any deduction or withholding from any payment or benefit.

11. Assignment . Neither the Executive nor the Company may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest in it, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including the Restrictive Covenants Agreement) without the Executive’s consent to any affiliate or to any person or entity with whom the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization, consolidate with, or merge into or to whom it transfers all or substantially all of its properties or assets; provided further that if the purchaser in any transaction involving the transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets assumes this Agreement and the Executive accepts a position with the purchaser that is equivalent or better to the Executive’s position immediately preceding such transaction, then the Executive shall not be entitled to any Severance Amount pursuant to Section 5 or any Change in Control Payment pursuant to Section 6. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Executive and the Company, and each of the Executive’s and the Company’s respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

12. Enforceability . If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

13. Survival . The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and/or the termination of the Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to effectuate the terms contained herein.

14. Waiver . No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

15. Notices . Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its main offices, attention of the Board.

16. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

 

12


17. Effect on Other Plans and Agreements . An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 8 hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Company severance pay plan, offer letter or otherwise. In the event that the Executive is party to an agreement with the Company providing for payments or benefits under such agreement and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and the Executive may receive payment under this Agreement only and not both. Further, Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement are mutually exclusive and in no event shall the Executive be entitled to payments or benefits pursuant to both Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement.

18. Governing Law . This is a New York contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof. With respect to any disputes concerning federal law, such disputes shall be determined in accordance with the law as it would be interpreted and applied by the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the “Effective Date.”

 

PHREESIA, INC.
By:   /s/ Chaim Indig
Its:   Chief Executive Officer
EXECUTIVE
/s/ Thomas Altier
Thomas Altier

 

13


Exhibit A

Restrictive Covenants Agreement


LOGO

PHREESIA, INC.

Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement

In consideration and as a condition of my employment or continued employment by Phreesia, Inc. (the “Company”), I agree as follows:

1. Proprietary Information . I agree that all information, whether or not in writing, concerning the Company’s business, technology, business relationships or financial affairs which the Company has not released to the general public (collectively, “Proprietary Information”) is and will be the exclusive property of the Company. By way of illustration, Proprietary Information may include information or material which has not been made generally available to the public, such as: (a)  corporate information , including plans, strategies, methods, policies, resolutions, negotiations or litigation; (b)  marketing information , including strategies, methods, customer identities or other information about customers, prospect identities or other information about prospects, or market analyses or projections; (c)  financial information , including cost and performance data, debt arrangements, equity structure, investors and holdings, purchasing and sales data and price lists; and (d)  operational and technological information , including plans, specifications, manuals, forms, templates, software, designs, methods, procedures, formulas, discoveries, inventions, improvements, concepts and ideas; (e)  personnel information , including personnel lists, reporting or organizational structure, resumes, personnel data, compensation structure, performance evaluations and termination arrangements or documents (f)  patient information , including, but not limited to names, addresses, social security numbers, insurance information, clinical information, and diagnoses of patients of the Company’s customers, partners of affiliates, as well as other “Protected Health Information” as defined under the US Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“PHI”), (g) medical practice information , including, but not limited to practice name, staff, addresses, numerical identifiers (i.e. individual and practice NPI, Tax ID, DEA #, Medical Education number), and all individual-level or aggregated patient data associated with the practice, and (h)  customer information , including customer identities, pricing, advertising strategy, and results of advertising campaigns. Proprietary Information also includes information received in confidence by the Company from its customers or suppliers or other third parties.

2. Recognition of Company’s Rights . I will not, at any time, without the Company’s prior written permission, either during or after my employment, disclose any Proprietary Information to anyone outside of the Company, or use or permit to be used any Proprietary Information for any purpose other than the performance of my duties as an employee of the Company. I will cooperate with the Company and use my best efforts to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of all Proprietary Information. I will deliver to the Company all copies of Proprietary Information in my possession or control upon the earlier of a request by the Company or termination of my employment. I further acknowledge and agree that to the extent that I come into contact with any PHI in the course of my employment with the Company, I shall also abide by the additional terms and conditions set forth on the HIPAA Addendum attached hereto in addition to the obligations set forth above.

3. Rights of Others . I understand that the Company is now and may hereafter be subject to non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements with third persons which require the Company to protect or refrain from use of Proprietary Information. I agree to be bound by the terms of such agreements in the event I have access to such Proprietary Information.

4. Commitment to Company; Avoidance of Conflict of Interest . While an employee of the Company, I will devote my full-time efforts to the Company’s business and I will not engage in any other business activity that conflicts with my duties to the Company. I will advise the president of the Company or his or her nominee at such time as any activity of either the Company or another business presents me with a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest as an employee of the Company. I will take whatever action is requested of me by the Company to resolve any conflict or appearance of conflict which it finds to exist.

toll-free 1-888-654-7473                    www.phreesia.com


5. Developments . I will make full and prompt disclosure to the Company of all inventions, discoveries, designs, developments, methods, modifications, improvements, processes, algorithms, databases, computer programs, formulae, techniques, trade secrets, graphics or images, and audio or visual works and other works of authorship (collectively “Developments”), whether or not patentable or copyrightable, that are created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by me (alone or jointly with others) or under my direction during the period of my employment. I acknowledge that all work performed by me is on a “work for hire” basis, and I hereby do assign and transfer and, to the extent any such assignment cannot be made at present, will assign and transfer, to the Company and its successors and assigns all my right, title and interest in all Developments that (a) relate to the business of the Company or any customer of or supplier to the Company or any of the products or services being researched, developed, manufactured or sold by the Company or which may be used with such products or services; or (b) result from tasks assigned to me by the Company; or (c) result from the use of premises or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for by the Company (“Company-Related Developments”), and all related patents, patent applications, trademarks and trademark applications, copyrights and copyright applications, and other intellectual property rights in all countries and territories worldwide and under any international conventions (“Intellectual Property Rights”).

This Agreement does not obligate me to assign to the Company any Development which, in the sole judgment of the Company, reasonably exercised, is developed entirely on my own time and does not relate to the business efforts or research and development efforts in which, during the period of my employment, the Company actually is engaged or reasonably would be engaged, and does not result from the use of premises or equipment owned or leased by the Company. However, I will also promptly disclose to the Company any such Developments for the purpose of determining whether they qualify for such exclusion. I understand that to the extent this Agreement is required to be construed in accordance with the laws of any state which precludes a requirement in an employee agreement to assign certain classes of inventions made by an employee, this paragraph 5 will be interpreted not to apply to any invention which a court rules and/or the Company agrees falls within such classes. I also hereby waive all claims to any moral rights or other special rights which I may have or accrue in any Company-Related Developments.

6. Documents and Other Materials . I will keep and maintain adequate and current records of all Proprietary Information and Company-Related Developments developed by me during my employment, which records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times. All files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, whether created by me or others, which come into my custody or possession, are the exclusive property of the Company to be used by me only in the performance of my duties for the Company. Any property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including without limitation computers, disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by the Company at any time with or without notice. In the event of the termination of my employment for any reason, I will deliver to the Company all files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, and other materials of any nature pertaining to the Proprietary Information of the Company and to my work, and will not take or keep in my possession any of the foregoing or any copies.

7. Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights . I will cooperate fully with the Company, both during and after my employment with the Company, with respect to the procurement, maintenance and enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights in Company-Related Developments. I will sign, both during and after the term of this Agreement, all papers, including without limitation copyright applications, patent applications, declarations, oaths, assignments of priority rights, and powers of attorney, which the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development. If the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure my signature on any such papers, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint each officer of the Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any such papers on my behalf, and to take any and all actions as the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development.

 

page 2


8. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . In order to protect the Company’s Proprietary Information and good will, during my employment and for a period of twelve (12)  months following the termination of my employment for any reason (the “Restricted Period”), I will not directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, director, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, engage, participate or invest in any business activity anywhere in the United States that develops, manufactures or markets any products, or performs any services, that are otherwise competitive with or similar to the products or services of the Company, or products or services that the Company has under development or that are the subject of active planning at any time during my employment; provided that this shall not prohibit any possible investment in publicly traded stock of a company representing less than one percent of the stock of such company. In addition, during the Restricted Period, I will not, directly or indirectly, in any manner, other than for the benefit of the Company, (a) call upon, solicit, divert or take away any of the customers, business or prospective customers of the Company or any of its suppliers, and/or (b) solicit, entice or attempt to persuade any other employee or consultant of the Company to leave the services of the Company for any reason. I acknowledge and agree that if I violate any of the provisions of this paragraph 8, the running of the Restricted Period will be extended by the time during which I engage in such violation(s).

9. Prior Agreements . I hereby represent that, except as I have fully disclosed previously in writing to the Company, I am not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from using or disclosing any trade secret or confidential or proprietary information in the course of my employment with the Company or to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party. I further represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment with the Company. I will not disclose to the Company or induce the Company to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.

10. Remedies Upon Breach . I understand that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and I consider them to be reasonable for such purpose. Any breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage and therefore, in the event of such breach, the Company, in addition to such other remedies which may be available, will be entitled to specific performance and other injunctive relief.

11. Publications and Public Statements . I will obtain the Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material that relates to my work at the Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information. To ensure that the Company delivers a consistent message about its products, services and operations to the public, and further in recognition that even positive statements may have a detrimental effect on the Company in certain securities transactions and other contexts, any statement about the Company which I create, publish or post during my period of employment and for six (6)  months thereafter, on any media accessible by the public, including but not limited to electronic bulletin boards and Internet-based chat rooms, must first be reviewed and approved by an officer of the Company before it is released in the public domain.

12. No Employment Obligation . I understand that this Agreement does not create an obligation on the Company or any other person to continue my employment. I acknowledge that, unless otherwise agreed in a formal written employment agreement signed on behalf of the Company by an authorized officer, my employment with the Company is at will and therefore may be terminated by the Company or me at any time and for any reason.

13. Survival and Assignment by the Company . I understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue in accordance with its express terms regardless of any changes in my title, position, duties, salary, compensation or benefits or other terms and conditions of employment. I further understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue following the termination of my employment regardless of the manner of such termination and will be binding upon my heirs, executors and administrators. The Company will have the right to assign this Agreement to its affiliates, successors and assigns. I expressly consent to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate to whose employ I may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be resigned at the time of such transfer.

 

page 3


14. Disclosure to Future Employers . I will provide a copy of this Agreement to any prospective employer, partner or coventurer prior to entering into an employment, partnership or other business relationship with such person or entity.

15. Severability . In case any provisions (or portions thereof) contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. If, moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear.

16. Interpretation . This Agreement will be deemed to be made and entered into in the State of New York, and will in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the State of New York. I hereby agree to consent to personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts situated within the State of New York for purposes of enforcing this Agreement. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, I hereby accepts, generally and unconditionally, the exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts.

17. Entire Agreement. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. No statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of any kind not expressly set forth in this Agreement will affect, or be used to interpret, change or restrict, the express terms and provisions of this Agreement.

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS AGREEMENT AFFECTS IMPORTANT RIGHTS. BY SIGNING BELOW, I CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ IT CAREFULLY AND AM SATISFIED THAT I UNDERSTAND IT COMPLETELY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date set forth below.

 

Signed:     /s/ Thomas Altier      
   (Employee’s full name)      
Type or print name: Thomas Altier
Social Insurance Number:                                  Date: 12-14-12
  

 

page 4

Exhibit 10.11

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is made between Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Charles Kallenbach (the “Executive”) and is effective immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Effective Date”). Except with respect to the Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement and the Equity Documents (each as defined below), this Agreement supersedes in all respects all prior agreements between the Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter herein, including without limitation (i) the offer letter between the Executive and the Company dated September 7, 2016 (the “Prior Agreement”), and (ii) any other offer letter, employment agreement or severance agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to continue to be employed by the Company on the new terms and conditions contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment .

(a) Term . The Company shall employ the Executive and the Executive shall be employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement commencing as of the Effective Date and continuing until such employment is terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof

(the “Term”). The Executive’s employment with the Company will continue to be “at will,” meaning that the Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Position and Duties . During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the General Counsel of the Company and shall have such powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”). The Executive shall devote the Executive’s full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may serve on other boards of directors, with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), or engage in religious, charitable or other community activities as long as such services and activities are disclosed to the Board and do not interfere with the Executive’s performance of the Executive’s duties to the Company.

2. Compensation and Related Matters .

(a) Base Salary . The Executive’s initial base salary shall be paid at the rate of $275,000 per year. The Executive’s base salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”). The base salary in effect at any given time is referred to herein as “Base Salary.” The Base Salary shall be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for executive officers.


(b) Incentive Compensation . During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to receive cash incentive compensation as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee from time to time. The Executive’s initial target annual incentive compensation shall be forty-five (45) percent of the Executive’s Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”). The actual amount of the Executive’s annual incentive compensation, if any, shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee, subject to the terms of any applicable incentive compensation plan that may be in effect from time to time. Except as otherwise provided herein, to earn incentive compensation, the Executive must be employed by the Company on the day such incentive compensation is paid.

(c) Expenses . The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive during the Term in performing services hereunder, in accordance with the policies and procedures then in effect and established by the Company for its executive officers.

(d) Other Benefits . During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in or receive benefits under the Company’s employee benefit plans in effect from time to time, subject to the terms of such plans.

(e) Paid Time Off . During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to take paid time off in accordance with the Company’s applicable paid time off policy for executives, as may be in effect from time to time. The Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays given by the Company to its executive officers.

(f) Equity . The equity awards held by the Executive shall continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s applicable equity incentive plan(s) and the applicable award agreement(s) governing the terms of such equity awards held by the Executive (collectively, the “Equity Documents”); provided, however, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Documents, Section 6(a)(ii) of this Agreement shall apply in the event of a termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason in either event within the Change in Control Period (as such terms are defined below).

3. Termination . During the Term, the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a) Death . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon death.

(b) Disability . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment if the Executive is disabled and unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions under this Agreement with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of 180 days (which need not be consecutive) in any 12-month period. If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Executive is disabled so as to be unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions with or without reasonable accommodation, the Executive may, and at the request of the Company shall, submit to the Company a certification in reasonable detail by a physician selected by the Company to whom the Executive or the Executive’s guardian has no reasonable objection as to

 

2


whether the Executive is so disabled or how long such disability is expected to continue, and such certification shall for the purposes of this Agreement be conclusive of the issue. The Executive shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the physician in connection with such certification. If such question shall arise and the Executive shall fail to submit such certification, the Company’s determination of such issue shall be binding on the Executive. Nothing in this Section 3(b) shall be construed to waive the Executive’s rights, if any, under existing law including, without limitation, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. §2601 et seq . and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq.

(c) Termination by Company for Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following:

(i) conduct by the Executive constituting a material act of misconduct in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties, including, without limitation, (A) willful failure or refusal to perform material responsibilities that have been requested by the CEO; (B) dishonesty to the CEO with respect to any material matter; or (C) misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates other than the occasional, customary and de minimis use of Company property for personal purposes;

(ii) the commission by the Executive of acts satisfying the elements of (A) any felony or (B) a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud;

(iii) any misconduct by the Executive, regardless of whether or not in the course of the Executive’s employment, that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury or reputational harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates if the Executive were to continue to be employed in the same position;

(iv) continued unsatisfactory performance or non-performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder (other than by reason of the Executive’s physical or mental illness, incapacity or disability) which has continued for more than 30 days following written notice of such unsatisfactory performance or non-performance from the CEO;

(v) a breach by the Executive of any of the provisions contained in Section 8 of this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants Agreement (as defined below);

(vi) a material violation by the Executive of any of the Company’s written employment policies; or

(vii) the Executive’s failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Company to cooperate, or the willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation.

 

3


(d) Termination without Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time without Cause. Any termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement which does not constitute a termination for Cause under Section 3(c) and does not result from the death or disability of the Executive under Section 3(a) or (b) shall be deemed a termination without Cause.

(e) Termination by the Executive . The Executive may terminate employment hereunder at any time for any reason.

If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to the Executive’s authorized representative or estate) (i) any Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination; (ii) unpaid expense reimbursements (subject to, and in accordance with, Section 2(c) of this Agreement); and (iii) any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company through the Date of Termination, which vested benefits shall be paid and/or provided in accordance with the terms of such employee benefit plans (collectively, the “Accrued Obligations”).

4. Notice and Date of Termination .

(a) Notice of Termination . Except for termination as specified in Section 3(a), any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or any such termination by the Executive shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

(b) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean: (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by death, the date of death; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of disability under Section 3(b) or by the Company for Cause under Section 3(c), the date on which Notice of Termination is given; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company under Section 3(d), the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or the date otherwise specified by the Company in the Notice of Termination; (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive under Section 3(e) (other than as provided in 4(b)(v)), 30 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, and (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive under Section 3(e) for Good Reason (as defined below) during the Change in Control Period, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given after the end of the Cure Period. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that the Executive has completed all steps of the Good Reason Process (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events without the Executive’s consent (each, a “Good Reason Condition”): (i) a material diminution in the Executive’s responsibilities, authority or duties; (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s Base Salary except for across-the-board salary reductions based on the Company’s financial performance similarly affecting all or substantially all senior management employees of the Company; (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which the Executive provides services to the Company, such that there is an increase of at least fifty (50) miles of driving distance to such location from the Executive’s principal residence as of such change; or (iv) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company. The “Good Reason Process” consists of the following steps: (a) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason Condition has occurred; (b) the Executive notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason Condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (d) the

 

4


Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period of not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the Good Reason Condition; (e) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason Condition continues to exist; and the Executive terminates employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

5. Severance Pay and Benefits Upon Termination by the Company without Cause Outside the Change in Control Period . During the Term, if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 3(d) outside of the Change in Control Period, then the Company shall pay the Executive the Accrued Obligations. In addition, subject to (i) the Executive signing a separation agreement and release in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company, which shall include, without limitation, a general release of claims against the Company and all related persons and entities, and a reaffirmation of all of the Executive’s Continuing Obligations (as defined below ) , and shall provide that if the Executive breaches any of the Continuing Obligations, all payments of the Severance Amount shall immediately cease (the “Separation Agreement and Release”), and (ii) the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination (or such shorter period as set forth in the Separation Agreement and Release), which shall include a seven (7) business day revocation period:

(a) the Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to six (6) months of the Executive’s Base Salary (the “Severance Amount”); and

(b) subject to the Executive’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employees’ rate and the Executive’s proper election to receive benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), the Company shall pay to the group health plan provider, the COBRA provider or the Executive a monthly payment equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company until the earliest of (A) the six (6) month anniversary of the Date of Termination; (B) the Executive’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under any other employer’s group medical plan; or (C) the cessation of the Executive’s continuation rights under COBRA; provided, however, if the Company determines that it cannot pay such amounts to the group health plan provider or the COBRA provider (if applicable) without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then the Company shall convert such payments to payroll payments directly to the Executive for the time period specified above. Such payments shall be subject to tax-related deductions and withholdings and paid on the Company’s regular payroll dates. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments described above may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to, continuation coverage under COBRA.

 

5


The amounts payable under Section 5, to the extent taxable, shall be paid out in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice over six (6) months commencing within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Severance Amount, to the extent it qualifies as “non-qualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period; provided, further, that the initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Date of Termination. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

6. Severance Pay and Benefits Upon Termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason within the Change in Control Period . The provisions of this Section 6 shall apply in lieu of, and expressly supersede, the provisions of Section 5 regarding severance pay and benefits upon a termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason if such termination of employment occurs within twenty-four (24) months after the occurrence of the first event constituting a Change in Control (such period, the “Change in Control Period”). These provisions shall terminate and be of no further force or effect after the Change in Control Period.

(a) Change in Control Period . During the Term, if during the Change in Control Period the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 3(d) or the Executive terminates employment for Good Reason, then, subject to the signing of the Separation Agreement and Release by the Executive and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming fully effective, all within the time frame set forth in the Separation Agreement and Release but in no event more than 60 days after the Date of Termination:

(i) the Company shall pay the Executive a lump sum in cash in an amount equal to the sum of (A )  an amount equal to twelve (12)  months of the Executive’s then current Base Salary (or the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher) plus (B) the pro rata portion of Executive’s Target Bonus through the Termination Date for the then-current year (the “Change in Control Payment”); and

(ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any applicable option agreement or other stock-based award agreement, all time-based stock options and other stock-based awards subject to time-based vesting held by the Executive (the “Time-Based Equity Awards”) shall immediately accelerate and become fully exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the later of (i) the Date of Termination or (ii) the Effective Date of the Separation Agreement and Release (the “Accelerated Vesting Date”); provided that any termination or forfeiture of the unvested portion of such Time-Based Equity Awards that would otherwise occur on the Date of Termination in the absence of this Agreement will be delayed until the Effective Date of the Separation Agreement and Release and will only occur if the vesting pursuant to this subsection does not occur due to the absence of the Separation Agreement and Release becoming fully effective within the time period set forth therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no additional vesting of the Time-Based Equity Awards shall occur during the period between the Executive’s Date of Termination and the Accelerated Vesting Date; and

 

6


(iii) subject to the Executive’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employees’ rate and the Executive’s proper election to receive benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall pay to the group health plan provider, the COBRA provider or the Executive a monthly payment equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company until the earliest of (A) the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Date of Termination; (B) the Executive’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under any other employer’s group medical plan; or (C) the cessation of the Executive’s continuation rights under COBRA; provided, however, if the Company determines that it cannot pay such amounts to the group health plan provider or the COBRA provider (if applicable) without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then the Company shall convert such payments to payroll payments directly to the Executive for the time period specified above. Such payments shall be subject to tax-related deductions and withholdings and paid on the Company’s regular payroll dates. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments described above may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to, continuation coverage under COBRA.

The amounts payable under this Section 6(a), to the extent taxable, shall be paid or commence to be paid within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, such payments to the extent they qualify as “non-qualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, shall be paid or commence to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period.

(b) Additional Limitation .

(i) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code, and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Aggregate Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of all of the Aggregate Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which the Executive becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in the Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than the Executive would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction. In such event, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code: (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c).

 

7


(ii) For purposes of this Section 6(b), the “After Tax Amount” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise and employment taxes imposed on the Executive as a result of the Executive’s receipt of the Aggregate Payments. For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

(iii) The determination as to whether a reduction in the Aggregate Payments shall be made pursuant to Section 6(b)(i) shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Executive. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(c) Definitions . For purposes of this Section 6, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Change in Control” shall mean any of the following:

(i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with all “affiliates” and “associates” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Board (“Voting Securities”) (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company); or

(ii) the date a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of the appointment or election; or

(iii) the consummation of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than 50 percent of the voting shares of the Company

 

8


issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), or (B) any sale or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any person to 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any person referred to in this sentence shall thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities, then a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i).

7. Section 409A .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement or otherwise on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation otherwise subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

(b) All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

9


(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(e) The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

8. Continuing Obligations .

(a) Restrictive Covenants Agreement . The terms of the Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement, dated September 7, 2016 (the “Restrictive Covenants Agreement”), between the Company and the Executive, attached hereto as Exhibit A , continue to be in full force and effect. For purposes of this Agreement, the obligations in this Section 8 and those that arise in the Restrictive Covenants Agreement and any other agreement relating to confidentiality, assignment of inventions, or other restrictive covenants shall collectively be referred to as the “Continuing Obligations.”

(b) Third-Party Agreements and Rights . The Executive hereby confirms that the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party which restricts in any way the Executive’s use or disclosure of information, other than confidentiality restrictions (if any), or the Executive’s engagement in any business. The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s proposed duties for the Company will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any such previous employer or other party. In the Executive’s work for the Company, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

 

10


(c) Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation . During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in (i) the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company, and (ii) the investigation, whether internal or external, of any matters about which the Company believes the Executive may have knowledge or information. The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims, actions or investigations shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to answer questions or to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 8(c).

(d) Relief . The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Company which might result from any breach by the Executive of the Continuing Obligations, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach. Accordingly , the Executive agrees that if the Executive breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of the Continuing Obligations, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach without the posting of a bond and without showing or proving any actual damage to the Company.

(e) Protected Disclosures and Other Protected Action . Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or applied to prohibit the Executive from making any good faith report to any governmental agency or other governmental entity (a “Government Agency”) concerning any act or omission that the Executive reasonably believes constitutes a possible violation of federal or state law or making other disclosures that are protected under the anti-retaliation or whistleblower provisions of applicable federal or state law or regulation. In addition, nothing contained in this Agreement limits the Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agency or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including the Executive’s ability to provide documents or other information, without notice to the Company. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to the federal Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, the Executive shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law or under this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants Agreement for the disclosure of a trade secret that (a) is made (i) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

9. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter, including the Prior Agreement, provided that the Restrictive Covenants Agreement and the Equity Documents remain in full force and effect.

 

11


10. Withholding; Tax Effect . All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Company to make any payments to compensate the Executive for any adverse tax effect associated with any payments or benefits or for any deduction or withholding from any payment or benefit.

11. Assignment . Neither the Executive nor the Company may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest in it, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including the Restrictive Covenants Agreement) without the Executive’s consent to any affiliate or to any person or entity with whom the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization, consolidate with, or merge into or to whom it transfers all or substantially all of its properties or assets; provided further that if the purchaser in any transaction involving the transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets assumes this Agreement and the Executive accepts a position with the purchaser that is equivalent or better to the Executive’s position immediately preceding such transaction, then the Executive shall not be entitled to any Severance Amount pursuant to Section 5 or any Change in Control Payment pursuant to Section 6. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Executive and the Company, and each of the Executive’s and the Company’s respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

12. Enforceability . If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

13. Survival . The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and/or the termination of the Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to effectuate the terms contained herein.

14. Waiver . No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

15. Notices . Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its main offices, attention of the Board.

16. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

 

12


17. Effect on Other Plans and Agreements . An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 8 hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Company severance pay plan, offer letter or otherwise. In the event that the Executive is party to an agreement with the Company providing for payments or benefits under such agreement and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and the Executive may receive payment under this Agreement only and not both. Further, Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement are mutually exclusive and in no event shall the Executive be entitled to payments or benefits pursuant to both Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement.

18. Governing Law . This is a New York contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof. With respect to any disputes concerning federal law, such disputes shall be determined in accordance with the law as it would be interpreted and applied by the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the “Effective Date.”

 

PHREESIA, INC.
By:   /s/ Chaim Indig
Its:   Chief Executive Officer

 

EXECUTIVE
/s/ Charles Kallenbach
Charles Kallenbach

 

13


Exhibit A

Restrictive Covenants Agreement


LOGO

PHREESIA, INC.

Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement

In consideration and as a condition of my employment or continued employment by Phreesia, Inc. (the “Company”), I agree as follows:

Proprietary Information . I agree that all information, whether or not in writing, concerning the Company’s business, technology, business relationships or financial affairs which the Company has not released to the general public (collectively, “Proprietary Information”) is and will be the exclusive property of the Company. By way of illustration, Proprietary Information may include information or material which has not been made generally available to the public, such as: (a)  corporate information, including plans, strategies, methods, policies, resolutions, negotiations or litigation; (b)  marketing information, including strategies, methods, customer identities or other information about customers, prospect identities or other information about prospects, or market analyses or projections; (c)  financial information, including cost and performance data, debt arrangements, equity structure, investors and holdings, purchasing and sales data and price lists; and (d)  operational and technological information, including plans, specifications, manuals, forms, templates, software, designs, methods, procedures, formulas, discoveries, inventions, improvements, concepts and ideas; (e)  personnel information, including personnel lists, reporting or organizational structure, resumes, personnel data, compensation structure, performance evaluations and termination arrangements or documents (f)  patient information, including, but not limited to names, addresses, social security numbers, insurance information, clinical information, and diagnoses of patients of the Company’s customers, partners of affiliates, as well as other “Protected Health Information” as defined under the US Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“PHI”), (g) medical practice information, including, but not limited to practice name, staff, addresses, numerical identifiers (i.e. individual and practice NPI, Tax ID, DEA #, Medical Education number), and all individual-level or aggregated patient data associated with the practice, and (h)  customer information, including customer identities, pricing, advertising strategy, and results of advertising campaigns. Proprietary Information also includes information received in confidence by the Company from its customers or suppliers or other third parties.

Recognition of Company’s Rights . I will not, at any time, without the Company’s prior written permission, either during or after my employment, disclose any Proprietary Information to anyone outside of the Company, or use or permit to be used any Proprietary Information for any purpose other than the performance of my duties as an employee of the Company. I will cooperate with the Company and use my best efforts to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of all Proprietary Information. I will deliver to the Company all copies of Proprietary Information in my possession or control upon the earlier of a request by the Company or termination of my employment. I further acknowledge and agree that to the extent that I come into contact with any PHI in the course of my employment with the Company, I shall also abide by the additional terms and conditions set forth on the HIPAA Addendum attached hereto in addition to the obligations set forth above.

Rights of Others . I understand that the Company is now and may hereafter be subject to non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements with third persons which require the Company to protect or refrain from use of Proprietary Information. I agree to be bound by the terms of such agreements in the event I have access to such Proprietary Information.

Commitment to Company; Avoidance of Conflict of Interest . While an employee of the Company, I will devote my full-time efforts to the Company’s business and I will not engage in any other business activity that conflicts with my duties to the Company. I will advise the president of the Company or his or her nominee at such time as any activity of either the Company or another business presents me with a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest as an employee of the Company. I will take whatever action is requested of me by the Company to resolve any conflict or appearance of conflict which it finds to exist.

Developments . I will make full and prompt disclosure to the Company of all inventions, discoveries, designs, developments, methods, modifications, improvements, processes, algorithms, databases,

 

Phreesia.com 432 Park Avenue South    •    12th Floor    •    NewYork, NY 10016    •    (888) 654-7473


LOGO

computer programs, formulae, techniques, trade secrets, graphics or images, and audio or visual works and other works of authorship (collectively “Developments”), whether or not patentable or copyrightable, that are created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by me (alone or jointly with others) or under my direction during the period of my employment. I acknowledge that all work performed by me is on a “work for hire” basis, and I hereby do assign and transfer and, to the extent any such assignment cannot be made at present, will assign and transfer, to the Company and its successors and assigns all my right, title and interest in all Developments that (a) relate to the business of the Company or any customer of or supplier to the Company or any of the products or services being researched, developed, manufactured or sold by the Company or which may be used with such products or services; or (b) result from tasks assigned to me by the Company; or (c) result from the use of premises or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for by the Company (“Company-Related Developments”), and all related patents, patent applications, trademarks and trademark applications, copyrights and copyright applications, and other intellectual property rights in all countries and territories worldwide and under any international conventions (“Intellectual Property Rights”).

This Agreement does not obligate me to assign to the Company any Development which, in the sole judgment of the Company, reasonably exercised, is developed entirely on my own time and does not relate to the business efforts or research and development efforts in which, during the period of my employment, the Company actually is engaged or reasonably would be engaged, and does not result from the use of premises or equipment owned or leased by the Company. However, I will also promptly disclose to the Company any such Developments for the purpose of determining whether they qualify for such exclusion. I understand that to the extent this Agreement is required to be construed in accordance with the laws of any state which precludes a requirement in an employee agreement to assign certain classes of inventions made by an employee, this paragraph 5 will be interpreted not to apply to any invention which a court rules and/or the Company agrees falls within such classes. I also hereby waive all claims to any moral rights or other special rights which I may have or accrue in any Company-Related Developments.

Documents and Other Materials . I will keep and maintain adequate and current records of all Proprietary Information and Company-Related Developments developed by me during my employment, which records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at ail times. All files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, whether created by me or others, which come into my custody or possession, are the exclusive property of the Company to be used by me only in the performance of my duties for the Company. Any property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including without limitation computers, disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by the Company at any time with or without notice. In the event of the termination of my employment for any reason, I will deliver to the Company all files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, and other materials of any nature pertaining to the Proprietary Information of the Company and to my work, and will not take or keep in my possession any of the foregoing or any copies.

Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights . I will cooperate fully with the Company, both during and after my employment with the Company, with respect to the procurement, maintenance and enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights in Company-Related Developments. I will sign, both during and after the term of this Agreement, all papers, including without limitation copyright applications, patent applications, declarations, oaths, assignments of priority rights, and powers of attorney, which the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development. If the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure my signature on any such papers, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint each officer of the Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any such papers on my behalf, and to take any and all actions as the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development.

Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . In order to protect the Company’s Proprietary Information and good will, during my employment and for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of my

 

Phreesia.com 432 Park Avenue South    •    12th Floor    •    NewYork, NY 10016    •    (888) 654-7473


LOGO

employment for any reason (the “Restricted Period”), I will not directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, director, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, engage, participate or invest in any business activity anywhere in the United States that develops, manufactures or markets any products, or performs any services, that are otherwise competitive with or similar to the products or services of the Company, or products or services that the Company has under development or that are the subject of active planning at any time during my employment; provided that this shall not prohibit any possible investment in publicly traded stock of a company representing less than one percent of the stock of such company. In addition, during the Restricted Period, I will not, directly or indirectly, in any manner, other than for the benefit of the Company, (a) call upon, solicit, divert or take away any of the customers, business or prospective customers of the Company or any of its suppliers, and/or (b) solicit, entice or attempt to persuade any other employee or consultant of the Company to leave the services of the Company for any reason. I acknowledge and agree that if I violate any of the provisions of this paragraph 8, the running of the Restricted Period will be extended by the time during which I engage in such violation(s).

Prior Agreements . I hereby represent that, except as I have fully disclosed previously in writing to the Company, I am not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from using or disclosing any trade secret or confidential or proprietary information in the course of my employment with the Company or to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party. I further represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment with the Company. I will not disclose to the Company or induce the Company to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.

Remedies Upon Breach . I understand that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and I consider them to be reasonable for such purpose. Any breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage and therefore, in the event of such breach, the Company, in addition to such other remedies which may be available, will be entitled to specific performance and other injunctive relief.

Publications and Public Statements . I will obtain the Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material that relates to my work at the Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information. To ensure that the Company delivers a consistent message about its products, services and operations to the public, and further in recognition that even positive statements may have a detrimental effect on the Company in certain securities transactions and other contexts, any statement about the Company which I create, publish or post during my period of employment and for six (6) months thereafter, on any media accessible by the public, including but not limited to electronic bulletin boards and Internet-based chat rooms, must first be reviewed and approved by an officer of the Company before it is released in the public domain.

No Employment Obligation . I understand that this Agreement does not create an obligation on the Company or any other person to continue my employment. I acknowledge that, unless otherwise agreed in a formal written employment agreement signed on behalf of the Company by an authorized officer, my employment with the Company is at will and therefore may be terminated by the Company or me at any time and for any reason.

Survival and Assignment by the Company . I understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue in accordance with its express terms regardless of any changes in my title, position, duties, salary, compensation or benefits or other terms and conditions of employment. I further understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue following the termination of my employment regardless of the manner of such termination and will be binding upon my heirs, executors and administrators. The Company will have the right to assign this Agreement to its affiliates, successors and assigns. I expressly consent to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate to whose employ I may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be resigned at the time of such transfer.

 

Phreesia.com 432 Park Avenue South    •    12th Floor    •    New York, NY 10016    •    (888) 654-7473


LOGO

Disclosure to Future Employers . I will provide a copy of this Agreement to any prospective employer, partner or coventurer prior to entering into an employment, partnership or other business relationship with such person or entity.

Severability . In case any provisions (or portions thereof) contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. If, moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear.

Interpretation . This Agreement will be deemed to be made and entered into in the State of New York, and will in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the State of New York. I hereby agree to consent to personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts situated within the State of New York for purposes of enforcing this Agreement. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, i hereby accepts, generally and unconditionally, the exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts.

Entire Agreement. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. No statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of any kind not expressly set forth in this Agreement will affect, or be used to interpret, change or restrict, the express terms and provisions of this Agreement.

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS AGREEMENT AFFECTS IMPORTANT RIGHTS. BY SIGNING BELOW, I CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ IT CAREFULLY AND AM SATISFIED THAT I UNDERSTAND IT COMPLETELY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date set forth below.

DocuSigned by:

 

Signed:   /s/ Charles Kallenbach
  (Employee’s full name)

 

Type or print name:   Charles Kallenbach                        
Social Security Number:                                      Date: 9/7/2016

 

Phreesia.com 432 Park Avenue South      •    12th Floor     •     New York, NY 10016     •     (888) 654-7473

Exhibit 10.12

BOARD CHAIRMAN AGREEMENT

This Board Chairman Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into on December 2018 by and between Michael Weintraub (the “ Chairman ”) and Phreesia, Inc ., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) (together the “ Parties, ” and each individually, a “ Party ”).

WHEREAS, the Chairman has served as an outside director and non-executive founding chairman of the Company since its inception; and

WHEREAS, commencing on the Effective Date (as defined below), the Company requested that the Chairman perform certain Services (as defined below) in his capacity as an outside director and the chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company; and

WHEREAS, in furtherance thereof, the Company and the Chairman desire to memorialize the terms and scope of the Services, and the compensation provided to the Chairman in respect of the Services, in each case in accordance with this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, of the mutual promises herein contained, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto, intending legally to be bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Services; Payment . Beginning on the Effective Date (as defined below), the Chairman agrees to undertake the services set forth on Exhibit A (collectively, the “ Services ”). As the only consideration due to the Chairman regarding the subject matter of this Agreement, the Company will pay to the Chairman the compensation set forth on Exhibit B . Unless otherwise specifically agreed upon by the Company in writing (and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement), all activity relating to Services will be performed by and only by the Chairman.

2. Term of Engagement . This Agreement shall be effective as of March 12, 2018 (the “ Effective Date ”). The Chairman’s Services commenced as of the Effective Date and shall continue through December 31, 2018 (the “ Term ”). At the end of such initial Term, the Term shall be extended for successive six (6) month periods unless either Party provides written notice to the other Party of its intention to not extend at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the then current Term. The Company or the Chairman may also terminate the Agreement at any time by giving no less than sixty (60) days prior written notice to the other Party. For the purposes of this Agreement, Sections 2 through 8 of this Agreement and any remedies for breach of this Agreement shall survive any termination or expiration.

3. Director Obligations . The Chairman acknowledges that the Services provided hereunder will be provided in his capacity as a director of the Company and as such all of the information which the Chairman has access to and all activities the Chairman undertakes shall be subject to the confidentiality and fiduciary duty obligations the Chairman owes to the Company as a director.

4. Warranties and Other Obligations . The Chairman represents, warrants and covenants that: (i) the Services will be performed in a professional manner and that none of such Services nor any part of this Agreement is or will be inconsistent with any obligation the Chairman may have to others; (ii) the Chairman has the full right to allow it to provide the Company with the assignments and rights provided for herein (and has written enforceable agreements with all persons necessary to give it the rights to do the foregoing and otherwise fully perform this Agreement); and (iii) the Chairman shall comply with all applicable laws in the course of performing the Services.


5. Independent Director Status . The Company and the Chairman agree that the Chairman shall at all times be acting in his capacity as an independent director hereunder, and not a co-venturer, agent, employee or representative of the Company, and no act, action or omission to act of the Chairman shall in any way be binding upon or obligate the Company. The Chairman shall not be treated as an employee for Federal, state or local tax purposes. The Company and the Chairman agree that the Chairman is intended to be an independent contractor for Federal, state and local tax purposes. Further, the Chairman hereby covenants and agrees to pay any and all Federal, state and local taxes required by law to be paid by an independent contractor.

6. Assignment . This Agreement and the services contemplated hereunder are personal to the Chairman and the Chairman shall not have the right or ability to assign, transfer or subcontract any rights or obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the Company. Any attempt to do so shall be void. The Company may fully assign and transfer this Agreement in whole or part.

7. Notice . All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when personally delivered, or three days after being sent by prepaid certified or registered U.S. mail to the address of the Party to be noticed as set forth herein or to such other address as such Party last provided to the other by written notice.

8. Miscellaneous . This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding by and between Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no representations, promises, agreements or understandings, written or oral, not herein contained shall be of any force or effect. No change or modification hereof shall be valid or binding unless the same is in writing and signed by both Parties. The failure of either Party to enforce its rights under this Agreement at any time for any period shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, that provision will be limited or eliminated to the minimum extent necessary so that this Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof. Headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way affect interpretation of the Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


THE COMPANY:
PHREESIA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Chaim Indig

Name: Chaim Indig
Title: Chief Executive Officer
THE CHAIRMAN:

/s/ Michael Weintraub

Michael Weintraub
 
 

S IGNATURE P AGE T O C HAIRMAN A GREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

SERVICES

The Chairman shall serve as the Company’s non-executive Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board” ) and shall perform duties related to such role, including:

 

   

Leadership and governance of the Board

 

   

Partnering with Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”) to set Board meeting agendas

 

   

Advising and assisting CEO with strategy and capital raising matters

 

   

Leading or serving on Board committees as requested and agreed upon

 

   

Facilitating ongoing dialogue, calls and meetings with CEO, both scheduled and ad hoc

 

   

Participating in internal strategy, planning and management meetings as requested

 

   

Partnering with CEO on establishing and driving a business development agenda, including strategic partnerships and acquisitions

 

   

Partnering with CEO and external parties (e.g., investment bankers, lawyers, accountants) as appropriate and participating in select external sales and business development meetings

 

   

Partnering with CEO on transaction planning/execution and post-transaction integration success

 

   

Working with and supporting the management team on select projects as requested


EXHIBIT B

FEES/EXPENSES

As compensation for the Chairman’s Services, the Company shall recommend to the Board that the Chairman be granted a nonqualified stock option to purchase up to 125,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value per share of such Common Stock on the date such option is approved by the Board. The option will vest in 36 equal monthly installments beginning on March 31, 2018 and continuing on each month-end thereafter, subject to the Chairman’s continued service to the Company, as provided in this Agreement, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2018 Stock Option and Grant Plan and the option agreement to be entered into between the Company and the Chairman. As compensation for the Chairman’s Services during the initial Term, the Company shall pay to the Chairman an aggregate cash payment of $200,000 (the “ Initial Cash Payment ”). The Initial Cash Payment shall be payable in $25,000 equal monthly installments, subject to the Chairman’s continued service to the Company on each such payment date. The monthly cash payments shall cease once the Chairman has received the Initial Cash Payment in full.

During any extended Term of this Agreement, the Chairman shall be entitled to a monthly cash payment of $25,000 payable as provided above.

Exhibit 10.13

 

                   
    

 

STANDARD FORM OF LOFT LEASE

The Real Estate Board of New York, Inc.

 

      
               

Agreement of Lease , made as of this 25                       day of                       OCTOBER                       in the year                       2010                      , between

                    432 PARK SOUTH REALTY CO. LLC, with offices at 116 EAST 27TH STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10016 party of the first part, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and         PHREESIA. INC., presently located at 110 EAST 23RD STREET, NEW

YORK, NEW YORK 10010

party of the second part, hereinafter referred to as TENANT,

Witnesseth: Owner hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Owner                                                            ENTIRE 12TH FLOOR                                   

in the building known as                                                                                           432 PARK AVENUE SOUTH

in the Borough of             MANHATTAN                         , City of New York, for the term of                                 THREE (3) YEARS

(or until such term shall sooner cease and expire as hereinafter provided) to commence on the

                    1ST                     day of                     FEBRUARY                     in the year                             2011                             , and to end on the

                    31ST                   day of                     JANUARY                         in the year                                     2014                                                      , and

both dates inclusive, at the annual rental rate of             AS PER PARAGRAPH 42.01 OF RIDER ANNEXED HERETO AND MADE PART

HEREOF.

which Tenant agrees to pay in lawful money of the United States which shall be legal tender in payment of all debts and dues, public and private, at the time of payment, in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each month during said term, at the office of Owner or such other place as Owner may designate in writing without any setoff or deduction whatsoever, except that Tenant shall pay the first                                                                monthly installment(s) on the execution hereof (unless this lease be a renewal).

                    In the event that, at the commencement of the term of this lease, or thereafter, Tenant shall be in default in the payment of rent to Owner pursuant to the terms of another lease with Owner or with Owner’s predecessor in interest. Owner may at Owner’s option and without notice to Tenant add the amount of such arrears to any monthly installment of rent payable hereunder and the same shall be payable to Owner as additional rent.

                    The parties hereto, for themselves, their heirs, distributes, executors, administrators, legal representative, successors and assigns, hereby covenant as follows:

Rent:                      1.         Tenant shall pay the rent as above and as hereinafter provided.

Occupancy:           2.         Tenant shall use and occupy the demised premises for                 GENERAL AND EXECUTIVE OFFICES AND USES ANCILLARY THERETO

provided such use is in accordance with the certificate of occupancy for the building, if any, and for no other purpose.

Alterations:

3. Tenant shall make no changes in or to the demised premises of any nature without Owner’s prior written consent. Such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Subject to the prior written consent of Owner, and to the provisions of this article, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, may make alterations, installations additions or improvements which are nonstructural and which do not affect adversly utility services or plumbing and electrical lines, in or to the interior of the demised premises, using contractors or mechanics first approved in each instance by Owner. Tenant shall, at its expense, before making any alterations, additions, installations or improvements obtain all permits, approvals and certificates required by any governmental or quasi-governmental bodies and (upon completion) certificates of final approval thereof, and shall deliver promptly duplicates of all such permits, approvals and certificates to Owner. Tenant agrees to carry, and will cause Tenant’s contractors and sub-contractors to carry, such worker’s compensation, commercial general liability, personal and property damage insurance as Owner may require. If any mechanic’s lien is filed against the demised premises, or the building of which the same forms a part, for work claimed to have been done for, or materials furnished to, Tenant, whether or not done pursuant to this article, the same shall be discharged by Tenant within thirty (30) days thereafter, at Tenant’s expense, by payment or filing a bond as permitted by law. All fixtures and all paneling, partitions, railings and like installations, installed in the demised premises at any time, either by Tenant or by Owner on Tenant’s behalf, shall, upon installation, become the property of Owner and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the demised premises. Nothing in this article shall be construed to give Owner title to, or to prevent Tenant’s removal of, trade fixtures, moveable office furniture and equipment, but upon removal of same from the demised premises, or upon removal of other installations as may be required by Owner, Tenant shall immediately, and at its expense, repair and restore the demised premises to the condition existing prior to any such installations, and repair any damage to the demised premises or the building due to such removal. All property permitted or required to be removed by Tenant at the end of the term remaining in the demised premises after Tenant’s removal shall be deemed abandoned and may, at the election of Owner, either be retained as Owner’s property or removed from the demised premises by Owner,

Repairs:

4. Owner shall maintain and repair the exterior of and the public portions of the building. Tenant shall, throughout the term of this lease, take good care of the demised premises including the bathrooms and lavatory facilities (if the demised premises encompass the entire floor of the building), the windows and window frames, and the fixtures and appurtenances therein, and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense promptly make all repairs thereto and to the building, whether structural or non-structural in nature, caused by, or resulting from, the omission, improper conduct of Tenant, Tenant’s servants, employees, invitees, or licensees, and whether or not arising from Tenant’s conduct or omission, when required by other provisions of this lease, including article 6. Tenant shall also repair all damage to the building and the demised premises caused by the moving of Tenant’s fixtures, furniture or equipment. All the aforesaid repairs shall be of quality or class equal to the original work or construction. If Tenant fails, after ten (10) business days

notice, to proceed with due diligence to make repairs required to be made by Tenant, the same may be made by Owner at the expense of Tenant, and the expenses thereof incurred by Owner shall be collectible, as additional rent, after rendition of a bill or statement therefore. If the demised premises be or become infested with vermin, Tenant shall, at its expense, cause the same to be exterminated. Tenant shall give Owner prompt notice of any defective condition in any plumbing, heating system or electrical lines located in the demised premises and following such notice, Owner shall remedy the condition with due diligence, but at the expense of Tenant, if repairs are necessitated by damage or injury attributable to the gross negligence of Tenant, Tenant’s servants, agents, employees, invitees or licensees as aforesaid. Except as specifically provided in Article 9 or elsewhere in this lease, there shall be no allowance to Tenant for a diminution of rental value and no liability on the part of Owner by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Owner, Tenant or others making or failing to make any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements in or to any portion of the building or the demised premises, or in and to the fixtures, appurtenances or equipment thereof. It is specifically agreed that Tenant shall not be entitled to any setoff or reduction of rent by reason of any failure of Owner to comply with the covenants of this or any other article of this lease. Tenant agrees that Tenant’s sole remedy at law in such instance will be by way of an action for damages for breach of contract. The provisions of this Article 4 with respect to the making of repairs shall not apply in the case of fire or other casualty with regard to which Article 9 hereof shall apply.

Window Cleaning:

5. Tenant will not clean nor require, permit, suffer or allow any window in the demised premises to be cleaned from the outside in violation of Section 202 of the New York State Labor Law or any other applicable law, or of the Rules of the Board of Standards and Appeals, or of any other Board or body having or asserting jurisdiction.

Requirements of Law, Fire Insurance, Floor Loads:

6. Prior to the commencement of the lease term, if Tenant is then in possession, and at all times thereafter, Tenant shall at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all present and future laws, orders and regulations of all state, federal, municipal and local governments, departments, commissions and boards and any direction of any public officer pursuant to law, and all orders, rules and regulations of the New York Board of Fire Underwriters, Insurance Services Office, or any similar body which shall impose any violation, order or duty upon Owner or Tenant with respect to the demised premises, whether or not arising out of Tenant’s use or manner of use thereof, or, with respect to the building, if arising out of Tenant’s use or manner of use of the demised premises of the building (including the use permitted under the lease). Except as provided in Article 30 hereof, nothing herein shall require Tenant to make structural repairs or alterations unless Tenant has, by its manner of use of the demised premises or method of operation therein, violated any such laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations or requirements with respect thereto. Tenant shall not do or permit any act or thing to be done in or to the demised premises which is contrary to law, or which will invalidate or be in conflict with public liability, fire or other policies of insurance at any time carried by or for the benefit of Owner, or which shall or might subject Owner to any liability or responsibility to any person, or for property damage. Tenant shall not keep anything in the demised premises except as now or hereafter permitted by the Fire

 


Department, Board of Fire Underwriters, Fire Insurance Rating Organization and other authority having jurisdiction, and then only in such manner and such quantity so as not to increase the rate for fire insurance applicable to the building, nor use the demised premises in a manner which will increase the insurance rate for the building or any property located therein over that in effect prior to the commencement of Tenant’s occupancy. If by reason of failure to comply with the foregoing the fire insurance rate shall, at the beginning of this lease or at any time thereafter, be higher than it otherwise would be, then Tenant shall reimburse Owner, as additional rent hereunder, for that portion of all fire insurance premiums thereafter paid by Owner which shall have been charged because of such failure by Tenant. In any action or proceeding wherein Owner and Tenant are parties, a schedule or “make-up” or rate for the building or demised premises issued by a body making fire insurance rates applicable to said premises shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated and of the several items and charges in the fire insurance rates then applicable to said premises. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the demised premises exceeding the floor load per square foot area which it was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. Owner reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all safes, business machines and mechanical equipment. Such installations shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, in settings sufficient, in Owner’s reasonable judgment, to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance.

Subordination:

7. This lease is subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases and to all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect such leases or the real property of which the demised premises are a part, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any such underlying leases and mortgages. This clause shall be self-operative and no further instrument or subordination shall be required by any ground or underlying lessor or by any mortgagee, affecting any lease or the real property of which the demised premises are a part. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall from time to time execute promptly any certificate that Owner may request.

Tenant’s Liability Insurance Property Loss, Damage, Indemnity:

8. Owner or its agents shall not be liable for any damage to property of Tenant or of others entrusted to employees of the building, nor for loss of, or damage to, any property of Tenant by theft or otherwise, nor for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from any cause of whatsoever nature, unless caused by, or due to, the negligence or misconduct of Owner, its agents, servants or employees; Owner or its agents shall not be liable for any damage caused by other tenants or persons in, upon or about said building or caused by operations in connection of any private, public or quasi public work. If at any time any windows of the demised premises are temporarily closed, darkened or bricked up (or permanently closed, darkened or bricked up, if required by law) Owner shall not be liable for any damage Tenant may sustain thereby, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation therefore nor abatement or diminution of rent, nor shall the same release Tenant from its obligations hereunder nor constitute an eviction. Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Owner against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, costs and expenses for which Owner shall not be reimbursed by insurance, including reasonable attorney’s fees, paid, suffered or incurred as a result of any breach by Tenant, Tenant’s agents, contractors, employees, invitees, or licensees, of any covenant or condition of this lease, or the carelessness, negligence or improper conduct of Tenant, Tenant’s agents, contractors, employees, invitees or licensees. Tenant’s liability under this lease extends to the acts and omissions of any subtenant, and any agent, contractor, employee, invitee or licensee of any subtenant. In case any action or proceeding is brought against Owner by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon written notice from Owner, will, at Tenant’s expense, resist or defend such action or proceeding by counsel approved by Owner in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

Destruction, Fire, and Other Casualty:

9. (a) If the demised premises or any part thereof shall be damaged by fire or other casualty. Tenant shall give immediate notice thereof to Owner and this lease shall continue in full force and effect except as hereinafter set forth, (b) If the demised premises are partially damaged or rendered partially unusable by fire or other casualty, the damages thereto shall be repaired by, and at the expense of, Owner, and the rent and other items of additional rent, until such repair shall be substantially completed, shall be apportioned from the day following the casualty according to the part of the demised premises which is usable, (c) If the demised premises are totally damaged or rendered wholly unusable by fire or other casualty, then the rent and other items of additional rent as hereinafter expressly provided shall be proportionately paid up to the time of the casualty and thenceforth shall cease until the date when the demised premises shall have been repaired and restored by Owner (or sooner reoccupied in part by Tenant then and additional rent shall be apportioned as provided in subsection (b) above), subject to Owner’s right to elect not to restore the same as hereinafter provided, (d) If the demised premises are rendered wholly unusable or (whether or not the demised premises are damaged in whole or in part) if the building shall be so damaged that Owner shall decide to demolish it or to rebuild it, then, in any of such events, Owner may elect to terminate this lease by written notice to Tenant, given within ninety (90) days after such fire or casualty, or thirty (30) days after adjustment of the insurance claim for such fire or casualty, whichever is sooner, specifying a date for the expiration of the lease, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice, and upon the date specified in such notice the term of this lease shall expire as fully and completely as if such date were the date set forth above for the termination of this lease, and Tenant shall forthwith quit, surrender and vacate the demised premises without prejudice however, to Owner’s rights and remedies against Tenant under the lease provisions in effect prior to such termination, and any rent owing shall be paid up to such date, and any payments of rent made by Tenant which were on account of any period subsequent to such date shall be returned to Tenant. Unless Owner shall serve a termination notice as provided for herein, Owner shall make the repairs and restorations under the conditions of (b) and (c) hereof, with all reasonable expedition, subject to delays due to adjustment of insurance claims, labor troubles and causes beyond Owner’s control. After any such casualty, Tenant shall cooperate with Owner’s restoration by removing from the demised premises as promptly as reasonably possible, all of Tenant’s

salvageable inventory and movable equipment, furniture, and other property. Tenant’s liability for rent shall resume five (5) days after written notice from Owner that the demised premises are substantially ready for Tenant’s occupancy, (e) Nothing contained hereinabove shall relieve Tenant from liability that may exist as a result of damage from fire or other casualty. Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in subdivisions (a) through (e) hereof, including Owner’s obligation to restore under subparagraph (b) above, each party shall look first to any insurance in its favor before making any claim against the other party for recovery for loss or damage resulting from fire or other casualty, and to the extent that such insurance is in force and collectible, and to the extent permitted by law. Owner and Tenant each hereby releases and waives all right of recovery with respect to subparagraphs (b), (d) and (e) above, against the other or any one claiming through or under each of them by way of subrogation or otherwise. The release and waiver herein referred to shall be deemed to include any loss or damage to the demised premises and/or to any personal property, equipment, trade fixtures, goods and merchandise located therein. The foregoing release and waiver shall be in force only if both releasors’ insurance policies contain a clause providing that such a release or waiver shall not invalidate the insurance. If, and to the extent, that such waiver can be obtained only by the payment of additional premiums, then the party benefiting from the waiver shall pay such premium within ten (10) days after written demand or shall be deemed to have agreed that the party obtaining insurance coverage shall be free of any further obligation under the provisions hereof with respect to waiver of subrogation Tenant acknowledges that Owner will not carry insurance on Tenant’s furniture and/or furnishings or any fixtures or equipment, improvements, or appurtenances removable by Tenant, and agrees that Owner will not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same. (f) Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 227 of the Real Property Law and agrees that the provisions of this article shall govern and control in lieu thereof.

Eminent Domain:

10. If the whole or any part of the demised premises shall be acquired or condemned by Eminent Domain for any public or quasi public use or purpose, then and in that event, the term of this lease shall cease and terminate from the date of title vesting in such proceeding and Tenant shall have no claim for the value of any unexpired term of said lease. Tenant shall have the right to make an independent claim to the condemning authority for the value of Tenant’s moving expenses and personal property, trade fixtures and equipment provided Tenant is entitled pursuant to the terms of the lease to remove such property, trade fixtures and equipment at the end of the term, and provided further such claim does not reduce Owner’s award.

Assignment, Mortgage, Etc.:

11. Tenant, for itself, its heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives. successors and assigns, expressly covenants that it

shall not assign, mortgage or encumber this agreement, nor underlet. or suffer or permit the demised premises or any part thereof to be used by others, without the prior written consent of Owner in each instance Transfer of the majority of the stock of a corporate Tenant or the majority interest in any partnership or other legal entity which is Tenant shall be deemed an assignment. If this lease be assigned, or if the demised premises or any part thereof be underlet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, Owner may, after default by Tenant, collect rent from the assignee, undertenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, but no such assignment, underletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of this covenant, or the acceptance of the assignee, undertenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained. The consent by Owner to an assignment or underletting shall not in any way be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express consent in writing of Owner to any further assignment or underletting.

Electric Current:

12. Rates and conditions in respect to submetering to be added in RIDER attached hereto. Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric current shall not exceed the capacity that which currently services the Premises, defined as 300 AMPS, 120 VOLTS, three (3) phase, for (4) wire service. The change at any time of the character of electric service shall in no way make Owner liable or responsible to Tenant, for any loss, damages or expenses which Tenant may sustain.

Access to Premises:

13. Owner or Owner’s agents shall have the right (but shall not be obligated) to enter the demised premises in any emergency at any time, and, at other reasonable times, to examine the same and to make such repairs, replacements and improvements as Owner may deem necessary and reasonably desirable to any portion of the building, or which Owner may elect to perform in the demised premises after Tenant’s failure to make repairs, or perform any work which Tenant is obligated to perform under this lease, or for the purpose of complying with laws, regulations and other directions of governmental authorities. Tenant shall permit Owner to use. maintain and replace pipes, ducts, and conduits in and through the demised premises, and to erect new pipes, ducts, and conduits therein provided, wherever possible, that they are within walls or otherwise concealed. Owner may, during the progress of any work in the demised premises, take all necessary materials and equipment into said premises without the same constituting an eviction, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any abatement of rent while such work is in progress, nor to any damages by reason of loss or interruption of business or otherwise. Throughout the term hereof Owner shall have the right to enter the demised premises at reasonable hours for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers or mortgagees of the building, and during the last six (6) months of the term for the purpose of showing the same to prospective tenants, and may, during said six (6) months period, place upon the demised premises the usual notices “To Let” and “For Sale” which notices Tenant shall permit to remain thereon without molestation. If Tenant is not present to open and permit an entry into the demised premises, Owner or Owner’s agents may enter the same whenever such entry may be necessary or permissible by master key or forcibly, and provided reasonable care is exercised to safeguard Tenant’s property, such entry shall not render Owner or its agents liable therefore, nor in any event shall the obligations of Tenant hereunder be affected. If during the last month of the term Tenant shall have removed all or substantially all of Tenant’s property therefrom, Owner may immediately enter, alter, renovate or redecorate the demised premises without limitation or abatement of rent, or

 


incurring liability to Tenant for any compensation, and such act shall have no effect on this lease or Tenant’s obligation hereunder.

Vault, Vault Space, Area:

14. No vaults, vault space or area, whether or not enclosed or covered, not within the property line of the building is leased hereunder, anything contained in or indicated on any sketch, blue print or plan, or anything contained elsewhere in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding. Owner makes no representation as to the location of the property line of the building. All vaults and vault space and all such areas not within the property line of the building, which Tenant may be permitted to use and/or occupy, is to he used and/or occupied under a revocable license, and if any such license be revoked, or if the amount of such space or area be diminished or required by any federal, state or municipal authority or public utility, Owner shall not be subject to any liability, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or diminution or abatement of rent, not shall such revocation, diminution or requisition be deemed constructive or actual eviction. Any tax, fee or charge of municipal authorities for such vault or area shall be paid by Tenant, if used by Tenant, whether or not specifically leased hereunder.

Occupancy:

15. Tenant will not at any time use or occupy the demised promises in violation of the certificate of occupancy issued for the building of which the demised premises are a part. Tenant has inspected the demised premises and accepts them as is subject to the riders annexed hereto with respect to Owner’s work, If any governmental license or permit shall be required for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant shall be responsible for, and shall procure and maintain, such license or permit. Tenant will agree not to use or occupy the demised premises in violation of current zoning resrtictions. If any governmental license or permit shall be required for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant’s business, Tenant shall be responsible for, and procure and maintain such license or permit.

Bankruptcy:

16. (a) Anything elsewhere in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding, this lease may be cancelled by Owner by sending of a written notice to Tenant within a reasonable time after the happening of any one or more of the following events.: (1) the commencement of a case in bankruptcy or under the laws of any state naming Tenant (or a guarantor of any of Tenant’s obligations under this lease) as the debtor; or (2) the making by Tenant (or a guarantor of any of Tenant’s obligations under this lease) of an assignment or any other arrangement for the benefit of creditors under any state statute. Neither Tenant nor any person claiming through or under Tenant, or by reason of any statute or order of court, shall thereafter be entitled to possession of the premises demised, but shall forthwith quit and surrender the demised premises. If this lease shall be assigned in accordance with its terms, the provisions of this Article 16 shall be applicable only to the party then owning Tenant’s interest in this lease.

(b) It is stipulated and agreed that in the event of the termination of this lease pursuant to (a) hereof, Owner shall forthwith, notwithstanding any other provisions of this lease to the contrary, be entitled to recover from Tenant, as and for liquidated damages, an amount equal to the difference between the rental reserved hereunder for the unexpired portion of the term demised and the fair and reasonable rental value of the demised premises for the same period. In the computation of such damages the difference between any installment of rent becoming due hereunder after the dale of termination and the fair and reasonable rental value of the demised premises for the period for which such installment was payable shall be discounted to the date of termination at the rate of four percent (4%) per annum. If the demised premises or any part thereof be relet by Owner for the unexpired term of said lease, or any part thereof, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting, shall be deemed to be the fair and reasonable rental value for the part or the whole of the demised premises so re-let during the term of the re-letting. Nothing herein contained shall limit or prejudice the right of the Owner to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of such termination, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved, whether or not such amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the difference referred to above.

Default:

17. (1) If Tenant defaults in fulfilling any of the covenants of this lease other than the covenants for the payment of rent or additional rent; or if this lease be rejected under §365 of Title 11 of the U.S. Code (Bankruptcy Code); or if any execution or attachment shall be issued against Tenant or any of Tenant’s property whereupon the demised premises shall be taken or occupied by someone other than Tenant; or if Tenant shall be in default with respect to any other lease between Owner and Tenant; or if Tenant shall have failed, after five (5) days written notice, to with Owner any portion of the security deposited hereunder which Owner has applied to the payment of any rent and additional rent due and payable hereunder; or if Tenant fails to move into or take possession of the demised premises within forty-five (45) days after the commencement of the term of this lease, of which fact Owner shall be the sole judge; then in any one or more of such events, upon Owner serving a written thirty (30) days notice upon Tenant specifying the nature of said default and upon the expiration of said thirty (30) days Tenant shall have failed to comply with or remedy such default, or If the said default or omission complained of shall be of a nature that the same cannot be completely cured or remedied within said thirty (30) day period, and if Tenant shall not have diligently commenced during such default within such thirty (30) day period, and shall not thereafter with reasonable diligence and in good faith, proceed to remedy or cure such default, then Owner may serve a written five (5) days notice of cancellation of this lease upon Tenant, and upon the expiration of said five (5) days this lease and the term thereunder shall end and expire as fully and completely as if the expiration of such five (5) day period were the day herein definitely fixed for the end and expiration of this lease and the team thereof, and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the demised premises to Owner, but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.

(2) If the notice provided for in (1) hereof shall have been given, and the term shall expire as aforesaid; or if Tenant shall be in default in the payment of the rent reserved herein or any item of additional rent herein mentioned, or any part of either, or in making any other payment herein required; then, and in any of such events, Owner may without notice, re-enter the demised premises either by force or otherwise, and dispossess Tenant by summary proceedings or otherwise, and the legal representative of Tenant or other occupant of the demised premises, and remove their effects and hold the demised promises as if this lease had not been made, and Tenant hereby

waives the service of notice of intention to re-enter or to institute legal proceedings to that end. If Tenant shall make default hereunder prior to the date fixed as the commencement of any renewal or extension of this lease. Owner may cancel and terminate such renewal or extension agreement by written notice.

Remedies of Owner and Waiver of Redemption:

18. In case of any such default, re-entry, expiration and/or dispossess by summary proceedings or otherwise, (a) the rent, and additional rent, shall become duo thereupon and be paid up to the time of such re-entry, dispossess and/or expiration, (b) Owner may re-let the demised premises or any part or parts thereof, either in the name of Owner or otherwise, for a term or terms, which may at Owner’s option be less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this lease, and may grant concessions or free rent or charge a higher rental than that in this lease, (c) Tenant or the legal representatives of Tenant shall also pay to Owner as liquidated damages for the failure of Tenant to observe and perform said Tenant’s covenants herein contained, any deficiency between the rent hereby reserved and or covenanted to be paid and the net amount, if any, of the rents collected on account of the subsequent lease or leases of the demised premises for each month of the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this lease. The failure of Owner to re-let the demised premises or any part or parts thereof shall not release or affect Tenant’s liability for damages. In computing such liquidated damages there shall be added to the said deficiency such expenses as Owner may incur in connection with re-letting, such as legal expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees, brokerage, advertising, and for keeping the demised premises in good order or for preparing the same for re-letting. Any such liquidated damages shall be paid in monthly installments by Tenant on the rent day specified in this lease, and any suit brought to collect the amount of the deficiency for any month shall not prejudice in any way the rights of Owner to collect the deficiency for any subsequent month by a similar proceeding. Owner, in putting the demised premises in good order or preparing the name for re-rental may, at Owner’s option, make such alterations, repairs, replacements, and/or decorations in the demised premises as Owner, in Owner’s sole judgment, considers advisable and necessary for the purpose of re-letting the demised premises, and the making of such alterations, repairs, replacements, and/or decorations shall not operate or be construed to release Tenant from liability hereunder as aforesaid. Owner shall in no event be liable in any way whatsoever for failure to re-let the demised premises, or in the event that the demised premises are re-let, for failure to collect the rent thereof under such re-letting, and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess, if any, of such net rents collected over the sums payable by Tenant to Owner hereunder. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of the covenants or provisions hereof, Owner shall have the right of injunction and the right to invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if re-entry, summary preceding and other remedies were not herein provided for. Mention is this lease of any particular remedy, shall not preclude Owner from any other remedy, in law or in equity. Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future laws.

Fees and Expenses:

19. If Tenant shall default in the observance or performance of any term or covenant on Tenant’s part to he observed or performed under, or by virtue of, any of the terms or provisions in any article of this lease, after notice if required, and upon expiration of the applicable grace period, if any, (except in an emergency), then, unless otherwise provided elsewhere in this lease, Owner may immediately, or at any time thereafter, and without notice, perform the obligation of Tenant thereunder. If Owner, in connection with the foregoing, or in connection with any default by Tenant in the covenant to pay rent hereunder, makes any expenditures or incurs any obligations for the payment of money, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees, in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding, and prevails in any such action or proceeding, then Tenant will reimburse Owner for such sums so paid or obligations incurred with interest and costs. The foregoing expenses incurred by reason of Tenant’s default shall be deemed to be additional rent hereunder and shall be paid by Tenant to Owner within ten (10) business days of rendition of any bill or statement to Tenant therefore. If Tenant’s lease term shall have expired at the time of making of such expenditures or incurring of such obligations, such sums shall be recoverable by Owner as damages.

Building Alterations and Management:

20. Owner shall have the right, at any time, without the same constituting an eviction and without incurring liability to Tenant therefore, to change the arrangement and or location of public entrances, passageways, doors, doorways, corridors, elevator, stairs, toilets or other public parts of the building, and to change the name, number of designation by which the building may be known, There shall be no allowance to Tenant for diminution of rental value and no liability on the part of Owner by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Owner or other Tenant making any repairs in the building or any such alterations, additions and improvements. Furthermore, Tenant shall not have any claim against Owner by reason of Owner’s imposition of any controls of the manner of access to the building by Tenant’s social or business visitors, as Owner may deem necessary, for the security of the building and its occupants.

No Representations by Owner:

21. Neither Owner nor Owner’s agents have made any representations or premises with respect to the physical condition of the building, the land upon which it is erected, the demised promises, the rents, leases, expenses of operation, or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the demised premises or the building, except as herein expressly set forth, and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise except as expressly set forth in the provisions of this lease. Tenant has inspected the building and the demised premises and is thoroughly acquainted with their condition and agrees to take the name “as-is” on the date possession is tendered, and acknowledges that the taking of possession of the demised premises by Tenant shall be conclusive evidence that the said premises, and the building of which the same form a part, were in good and satisfactory condition at the time such possession was so taken, except as to latent defects. All understandings and agreements heretofore made between the parties hereto are merged in this contract, which alone fully and completely expresses the agreement between Owner and Tenant, and any executory agreement hereafter made shall be ineffective to change, modify, discharge or effect an abandonment of it in whole or in part, unless such executory agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, discharge or abandonment is sought.

 


End of Term:

22 . Upon the expiration or other termination of the term of this lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender to Owner the demised promises, “broom-clean”, in good order and condition, ordinary wear and damages which Tenant is not required to repair as provided elsewhere in this lease excepted, and Tenant shall remove all its property from the demised premises. Tenant’s obligation to observe or perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other termination of this lease. If the last day of the term of this lease, or any renewal thereof, falls on Sunday, this lease shall expire at noon on the preceding Saturday, unless it be a legal holiday, in which case it shall expire at noon on the preceding business day.

Quiet Enjoyment:

23. Owner covenants and agrees with Tenant that upon Tenant paying the rent and additional rent and observing and performing all the terms, covenants and conditions, on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the premises hereby demised, subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this lease including, but not limited to, Article 34 hereof, and to the around leases, underlying leases and mortgages hereinbefore mentioned.

Failure to Give Possession:

24. If Owner in unable to give possession of the demised premises on the date of the commencement of the term hereof because of the holding-over or retention of possession of any tenant, undertenant or occupants, or if Owner has not completed any work required to be performed by Owner, or for any other reason, Owner shall not be subject to any liability for failure to give possession on said date and the validity of the lease shall not be impaired under such circumstances, nor shall the same be construed in any way to extend the term of this lease, but the rent payable hereunder shall be abated (provided Tenant is not responsible for Owner’s inability to obtain possession or complete any work required) until after Owner shall have given Tenant notice that Owner is able to deliver possession in the condition required by this lease. If permission is given to Tenant to enter into possession of the demised premises, or to occupy premises other than the demised premises, prior to the date specified as the commencement of the term of this lease, Tenant covenants and agrees that such possession and/or occupancy shall be deemed to be under all the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this lease, except the obligation to pay the fixed annual rent set forth in page one of this lease and any additional rent. The provisions of this article arc intended to constitute “an express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of Section 223-a of the New York Real Property Law.

No Waiver:

25. The failure of Owner to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this lease, or of any of the Rules or Regulations, set forth or hereafter adopted by Owner, shall not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation, from having all the force and effect of an original violation. The receipt by Owner of rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no provision of this lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Owner unless such waiver be in writing signed by Owner. No payment by Tenant, or receipt by Owner, of a lesser amount than the monthly rent herein stipulated shall he deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement of any cheek or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Owner may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Owner’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy in this lease provided. All checks tendered to Owner as and for the rent of the demised premises shall be deemed payments for the account of Tenant. Acceptance by Owner of rent from anyone other than Tenant shall not be deemed to operate as an attornment to Owner by the payor of such rent, or as a consent by Owner to an assignment or subletting by Tenant of the demised premises to such payor, or as a modification of the provisions of this lease. No act or thing done by Owner or Owner’s agents during the term hereby demised shall he deemed an acceptance of a surrender of said premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing signed by Owner. No employee of Owner or Owner’s agent shall have any power to accept the keys of said premises prior to the termination of the lease, and the delivery of keys to any such agent or employee shall not operate as a termination of the lease or a surrender of the demised premises.

Waiver of Trial by Jury:

26. It is mutually agreed by and between Owner and Tenant that the respective parties hereto shall, and they hereby do, waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other (except for personal injury or property damage) on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this lease, the relationship of Owner and Tenant, Tenant’s use of or occupancy of demised premises, and any emergency statutory or any other statutory remedy. It is further mutually agreed that in the event Owner commences any proceeding or action for possesion, including a summary proceeding for possession of the demised premises, Tenant will not interpose any counterclaim, of whatever nature or description, in any such proceeding, Including a counterclaim under Article 4, except for statutory mandatory counterclaims.

Inability to Perform:

27. This lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay rent hereunder and perform all of the Other covenants and agreements hereunder on part of Tenant to be performed shall in no way be affected, impaired or excused because Owner is unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this lease, or to supply, or is delayed in supplying, any service expressly or impliedly to be supplied, or is unable to make, or is delayed in making, any repairs additions, alterations or decorations, or is unable to supply, or is delayed in supplying, any equipment, fixtures or other materials, if Owner is prevented or delayed from doing so by reason of strike or labor troubles, or any cause whatsoever beyond Owners sole control including, but not limited to, government preemption or restrictions, or by reason of any rule, order or regulation of any department or subdivision thereof of any government agency, or by reason of the conditions which have been or are affected, either directly or indirectly, by war or other emergency.

Bills and Notices:

28. Except as otherwise in this lease provided, any notice, statement, demand or other communication required or permitted to be given, rendered or made by either party to the other, pursuant to this lease or pursuant to any applicable law or requirement of public authority, shall be in writing (whether or not so stated elsewhere in this lease) and shall be deemed to have been properly given, rendered or made, if sent by registered or certified mail (express mail, if available), return receipt requested, or by courier guaranteeing overnight delivery and furnishing a receipt in evidence thereof, addressed to the other party at the address hereinabove set forth (except that after the date specified as the commencement of the term of this lease. Tenant’s address, unless Tenant shall give notice to the contrary, shall be the building), and shall be deemed to have been given, rendered or made (a) on the date delivered, if delivered to Tenant personally, (b) on the date delivered, if delivered by overnight courier or (c) on the date which is two (2) days after being mailed. Either parly may, by notice as aforesaid, designate a different address or addresses for notices, statements demand or other communications intended for it. Notices given by Owner’s managing agent shall be deemed a valid notice if addressed and set in accordance with the provisions of this Article. At Owner’s option, notices and bills to Tenant may be sent by hand delivery.

Water Charges:

29. If Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any purpose in addition to ordinary lavatory purposes (of which fact Owner shall be the sole judge) Owner may install a water meter and thereby measure Tenant’s water consumption for all purposes. Tenant shall pay Owner for the cost of the motor and the cost of the installation. Throughout the duration of Tenant’s occupancy, Tenant shall keep said meter and installation equipment in good working order and repair at Tenant’s own cost and expense. In the event Tenant fails to maintain the meter and installation equipment in good working order and repair (of which fact Owner shall be the sole judge) Owner may cause such meter and equipment to be replaced or repaired, and collect the cost thereof from Tenant as additional rent. Tenant agrees to pay for water consumed, as shown on said motor as and when bills are rendered, and in the event Tenant defaults in the making of such payment, Owner may pay such charges and collect the same from Tenant as additional rent. Tenant covenants and agrees to pay, as additional rent, the sewer rent, charge or any other tax, rent or levy which now or hereafter is assessed, imposed or a lien upon the demised premises, or the realty of which they are a part, pursuant to any law, order or regulation made or issued in connection with the use, consumption, maintenance or supply of water, the water system or sewage or sewage connection or system, If the building, the demised premises, or any part thereof, is supplied with water through a meter through which water is also supplied other premises, Tenant shall pay to Owner, as additional rent, on the first day of each month,        % ($ 150) of the total meter charges as Tenant’s portion independently of, and in addition to, any of the remedies reserved to Owner hereinabove or elsewhere in this lease, Owner may sue for and collect any monies to bo paid by Tenant, or paid by Owner, for any of the reasons or purposes hereinabove set forth.

Sprinklers:

30. Anything elsewhere in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding, if the New York Board of Fire Underwriters or the New York Fire Insurance Exchange or any bureau, department or official of the federal, state or city government recommend or require the installation of a sprinkler system, or that any changes, modifications, alterations, or additional sprinkler heads or other equipment be made or supplied in an existing sprinkler system by reason of Tenant’s business, the location of partitions, trade fixtures, or other contents of the demised premises, or for any other reason, or if any such sprinkler system installations, modifications, alterations, additional sprinkler heads or other such equipment, become necessary to prevent the imposition of a penalty or charge against the full allowance for a sprinkler system in the fire insurance rate set by said Exchange or any other body making fire insurance rates, or by any fire insurance company, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, promptly make such sprinkler system installations, changes, modifications, alterations, and supply additional sprinkler heads or other equipment as required, whether the work involved shall be structural or non-structural in nature. Tenant shall pay to Owner as additional rent the sum of $ 150, on the first day of each month during the term of this lease, as Tenant’s portion of the contract price for sprinkler supervisory service.

Elevators, Heat, Cleaning:

31. Owner shall: (a) provide necessary passenger elevator facilities at all times (b) freight elevator service shall be provided on regular business days, Monday through Friday inclusive, and on those days only between the hours of 9 a.m. and 12 noon and between 1 p.m. and 5 p.m.; (c) furnish heat, water and other services supplied by Owner to the demised premises, when and as required by law, on business days from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. and on Saturdays from 8 a.m. to 1 p.m.; (d) clean the public halls and public portions of the building which are used in common by all tenants. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, keep the demised premises, including the windows, clean and in order, to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner, and for that purpose shall employ person or persons, or corporations approved by Owner. Tenant shall pay to Owner the cost of removal of any of Tenant’s refuse and rubbish from the building. Bills for the same shall be rendered by Owner to Tenant at such time as Owner may elect, and shall be due and payable hereunder, and the amount of such bills shall be deemed to be, and be paid as additional rent. Tenant shall, however, have the option of independently contracting for the removal of such rubbish and refuse in the event that Tenant does not wish to have same done by employees of Owner. Under such circumstances, however, the removal of such refuse and rubbish by others shall be subject to such rules and regulations as, in the judgment of Owner, are necessary for the proper operation of the building. Owner reserves the right to stop service of the heating, elevator, plumbing and electric systems, when necessary, by reason of accident or emergency, or for repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements, which in the judgment of Owner are desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements shall have been completed. If the building of which the demised premises are a part supplies manually operated elevator service. Owner may proceed diligently with alterations necessary to substitute automatic control elevator service without in any way affecting the obligations of Tenant hereunder.

 


Security :

32 . Tenant has deposited with Owner the sum of $ 51,000.00 as security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, provisions and conditions of this lease. It is agreed that in the event Tenant defaults in respect of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of rent and additional rent, Owner may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the security so deposited to the extent required for the payment of any rent and additional rent, or any other sum as to which Tenant is in default, or for any sum which Owner may expend, or may he required to expend, by reason of Tenant’s default in respect of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease, Including but not limited to, any damages or deficiency in the re-letting of the demised premises, whether such damages or deficiency accrued before or after summary proceedings or other re-entry by Owner. In the case of every such use, application or retention, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after demand, pay to Owner the sum so used, applied or retained which shall be added to the security deposit so that the same shall be replenished to its former amount. In the event that Tenant shall fully and faithfully comply with all of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of the lease, the security shall be returned to Tenant within fifteen (15) days of after the date fixed as the end of the lease, and after delivery of entire possession of the demised premises to Owner. In the event of a sale of the land and building or leasing of the building, of which the demised premises form a part, Owner shall have the right to transfer the security to the vendee or lessee, and Owner shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability for the return of such security; and Tenant agrees to look to the new Owner solely for the return of said security, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment made of the security to a new Owner Tenant further covenants that it will not assign or encumber, or attempt to assign or encumber, the monies deposited herein as security, and that neither Owner nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

Captions :

33 . The Captions are Inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this lease nor the intent of any provision thereof.

Definitions :

34 . The term “Owner” as used in this lease means only the owner of the fee or of the leasehold of the building, or the mortgagee in possession for the time being, of the land and building (or the owner of a least of the building or of the land and building) of which the demised premises form a part, so that in the event of any sale or sales or conveyance, assignment or transfer of said land and building or of said lease, or in the event of a lease of said building, or of the land and building, the said Owner shall be and hereby is entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Owner hereunder, and it shall be deemed and construed without further agreement between the parties or their successors in interest, or between the parties and the purchaser, grantee, assignee or transferee at any such sale, or the said lessee of the building, or of the land and building, that the purchaser or the lessee of the building has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and obligations of Owner hereunder. The words “re-enter” and “re-entry” as used in this lease are not restricted to their technical legal meaning. The term “rent” includes the annual rental rate whether expressed or expressed in monthly installments, and “additional rent.” “Additional rent” means all sums which shall be due to Owner from Tenant under this lease, in addition to the annual rental rate. The term “business days” as used in this lease, shall exclude Saturdays, Sundays and all days observed by the State or federal Government as legal holidays, and those designated as holidays by the applicable building service union employees service contract, or by the applicable Operating Engineers contract with respect to HVAC service. Wherever it is expressly provided in this lease that consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, such consent shall not be unreasonably delayed.

Adjacent Excavation-Shoring:

35 . If an excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to the demised promises, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorised to cause such

excavation, a license to enter upon the demised promises for the purpose of doing such work as said person shall deem necessary to preserve the wall or the building, of which demised premises form a part, from injury or damage, and to support the same by proper foundations, without any claim for damages or indemnity against Owner, or diminution or abatement of rent.

Rules and Regulation s:

36 . Tenant and Tenant’s servants, employees, agents, visitors, and licensees shall observe faithfully, and comply strictly with, the Rules and Regulations annexed hereto and such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as Owner or Owner’s agents may from time to lime adopt. Notice of any additional Rules or Regulations shall be given in such manner as Owner may elect. In case Tenant disputes the reasonableness of any additional Rules or Regulations hereafter made or adopted by Owner or Owner’s agents, the parties hereto agree to submit the question of the reasonableness of such Rules or Regulations for decision to the New York office of the American Arbitration Association, whose determination shall be final and conclusive upon the parties hereto. The right to dispute the reasonableness of any additional Rules or Regulations upon Tenant’s part shall be deemed waived unless the same shall be asserted by service of a notice, in writing, upon Owner, within fifteen (15) days after the giving of notice thereof. Nothing in this lease contained shall be construed to impose upon Owner any duty or obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease, as against any other tenant, and Owner shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees.

Glass :

37 . Owner shall replace, at the expense of Tenant, any and all plate and other glass damaged or broken from any cause whatsoever in and about the demised premises. Owner may insure, and keep insured, all plate and other glass in the demised premises for and in the name of Owner.

Estoppel Certificate :

38 . Tenant. at any time. and from time to time, upon at least ten (10) business days prior notice by Owner, shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Owner, and/or to any other person, firm or corporation specified by Owner, a statement certifying that this lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and affect as modified and stating the modifications), stating the dates to which the rent and additional rent have been paid, stating whether or not there exists any default by Owner under this Lease, and, If so, specifying each such default and such other information as shall be required of Tenant.

Directory Board Listing :

39 . If, at the request of. and as accommodation to, Tenant, Owner shall place upon the directory board in the lobby of the building, one or more names of persons or entities other than Tenant, such directory boards listing shall not be construed as the consent by Owner to an assignment or subletting by Tenant to such persons or entities.

Successors and Assigns :

40 . The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Owner and Tenant and their respective heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, successors, and except as otherwise provided in this lease, their assigns. Tenant shall look only to Owners estate and interest in the land and building for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) against Owner in the event of any default by Owner hereunder, and no other properly or assets of such Owner (or any partner, member, officer or director thereof, disclosed or undisclosed), shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under, or with respect to, that lease, the relationship of Owner and Tenant hereunder, or Tenant’s use and occupancy of the demised premises.

 

 

 

RIDER ANNEXED HERETO AND MADE PART HEREOF

In Witness Whereof , Owner and Tenant have respectively signed and sealed this lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

                

/s/ Jeffrey D. Smith

   LOGO
Witness for Owner:       432 PARK SOUTH REALTY CO. LLC, Landlord

 

     

 

      BY: JEFFREY D. SMITH, Managing Member    [L.S]        
Witness for Tenant:      

 

/s/ Chaim Indig

   LOGO
      PHREESIA, INC. Tenant

 

     

 

      BY: CHAIM INDIG, CEO   

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

STATE OF NEW YORK,

ss.:                                                                                  

COUNTY OF

On the                      day of                                          in the year              , before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared                                                               , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, the individual(s), or the person upon behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

     

 

  
      NOTARY PUBLIC   


LOGO   IMPORTANT – PLEASE READ   LOGO

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS ATTACHED TO AND

MADE A PART OF THIS LEASE

IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 36.

1.   The sidewalks, entrances, driveways, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls shall not be obstructed or encumbered by Tenant or used for any purpose other than for ingress or egress from the demised premises and for delivery of merchandise and equipment in a prompt and efficient manner, using elevators and passageways designated for such delivery by Owner. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public hall of the building, either by Tenant or by jobbers or others in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires and sideguards. If said premises are situated on the ground floor of the building, Tenant shall further, at Tenant’s expense, keep the sidewalk and curb in front of said premises clean and free from ice, snow, dirt and rubbish.

2.   The water and wash closest and plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were designed or constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or other substance shall be deposited therein, and the expense of any breakage, stoppage, or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant, whether or not caused by Tenant, its clerks, agents, employees or visitors.

3.   No carpet, rug or other article shall be hung or shaken out of any window of the building; and Tenant shall not sweep or throw, or permit to be swept or thrown substances from the demised premises, any dirt or other substance into any of the corridors of halls, elevators, or out of the doors or windows or stairways of the building, and Tenant shall not use, keep, or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in the demised premises, or permit or suffer the demised premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Owner or other occupants of the buildings by reason of noise, odors, and or vibrations, or interfere in any way, with other tenants or those having business therein, nor shall any, vehicles, animals, fish or birds be kept in or about the building. Smoking or carrying lighted cigars or cigarettes in the elevators of the building is prohibited.

4.   No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the building without the prior written consent of Owner.

5.   No sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the outside of the demised premises or the building, or on the inside of the demised premises if the same is visible from the outside of the demised premises, without the prior written consent of Owner, except that the name of Tenant may appear on the entrance door of the demised premises. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by Tenant, Owner may remove same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal to Tenant. Interior signs on doors and directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted, or affixed for Tenant by Owner at the expense of Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and style acceptable to Owner.

6.   Tenant shall not mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part of the demised premises or the building of which they form a part. No boring, cutting, shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Owner, and as Owner may direct. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, or other similar floor covering, so that the same shall come in direct contact with the floor of the demised premises, and, if linoleum or other similar floor covering is desired to be used, an interlining of builder’s deadening felt shall be first affixed to the floor, by a paste or other material, soluble in water, the use of cement or other similar adhesive material being expressly prohibited.

7.   No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or mechanism thereof. Tenant must, upon the termination of his tenancy, restore to Owner all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys, so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Owner the cost thereof.

 

Address   

432 PARK AVENUE SOUTH

NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10016

Premises            ENTIRE 12TH FLOOR

 

 

TO

432 PARK SOUTH REALTY CO. LLC

TO

PHREESIA, INC.

 

 

 

STANDARD FORM OF

 

LOGO   

Loft

Lease

   LOGO

 

The Real Estate Board of New York, Inc.

Copyright 2004. All rights Reserved.

Reproduction in whole or in part prohibited.

 

     

 

 

8.   Freight, furniture, business equipment, merchandise and bulky matter of any description shall be delivered to and removed from the demised premises only on the freight elevators and through the service entrances and corridors, and only during hours, and in a manner approved by Owner. Owner reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the building, and to exclude from the building all freight which violates any of those Rules and Regulations of the lease, of which these Rules and Regulations are a part.

9.   Tenant shall not obtain for use upon the demised premises ice, drinking water, towel and other similar services, or accept barbering or bootblacking services in the demised premises, except from persons authorized by Owner, and at hours and under regulations fixed by Owner. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the building is prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

10.   Owner reserves the right to exclude from the building all persons who do not present a pass to the building signed by Owner. Owner will furnish passes to persons for whom any Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests such pass, and shall be liable to Owner for all acts of such persons. Tenant shall not have a claim against Owner by reason of Owner excluding from the building any person who does not present such pass.

11.   Owner shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Tenant referencing the building which in Owner’s reasonable, good faith opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the building or its desirability as a loft building, and upon written notice from Owner, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

12.   Tenant shall not bring, or permit to be brought or kept, in or on the demised premises, any inflammable, combustible, explosive, or hazardous fluid, material, chemical or substance, or cause or permit any odors of cooking or other processes, or any unusual or other objectionable odors, to permeate in, or emanate from, the demised premises.

13.   Tenant shall not use the demised premises in a manner which disturbs or interferes with other tenants in the beneficial use of their premises.

14.   Refuse and Trash. (1) Compliance by Tenant. Tenant covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply with all present and future laws, orders, and regulations, of all state, federal, municipal, and local governments, departments, commissions and boards regarding the collection, sorting, separation and recycling of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash. Tenant shall sort and separate such waste products, garbage, refuse and trash into such categories as provided by law. Each separately sorted category of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash shall be placed in separate receptacles reasonably approved by Owner. Tenant shall remove, or cause to be removed by a contractor acceptable to Owner, at Owner’s sole discretion, such items as Owner may expressly designate. (2) Owner’s Rights in Event of Noncompliance. Owner has the option to refuse to collect or accept from Tenant waste products, garbage, refuse or trash (a) that is not separated and sorted as required by law or (b) which consists of such items as Owner may expressly designate for Tenant’s removal, and to require Tenant to arrange for such collection at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, utilizing a contractor satisfactory to Owner. Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties or damages that may be imposed on Owner or Tenant by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Building Rule 14, and, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall indemnity, defend and hold Owner harmless (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) from and against any actions, claims and suits arising from such noncompliance, utilizing counsel reasonably satisfactory to Owner.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated                  OCTOBER                   in the year                2010            
Rent Per Year
Rent Per Month

Term

From

To

Drawn by _____________________________________________________
Checked by ____________________________________________________
Entered by ____________________________________________________
Approved by ___________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company: ______________________    Smith & Shapiro __________________________________________________    S/N:       PCF5-10919      
Provided by: ____________________    Joshua Smith         Printed using Software from Professional Computer Forms Co. v. 12/04


RIDER TO LEASE BETWEEN

432 Park South Realty Co LLC., AS LANDLORD AND

PHREESIA, INC., AS TENANT

The following provisions were agreed to prior to the execution and delivery of this lease and are a part thereof. In case of any contradiction or inconsistency between any of the following provisions and the foregoing provisions of this lease, the following provisions shall prevail.

ARTICLE 41

PREMISES; TERM; USE;

41.01 PERMITTED USE . Notwithstanding Section 2 of the Lease, Tenant shall be free to use the Demised Premises for general, clerical (but not a boiler room), administrative and executive office use (including computer and data rooms ancillary thereto).

41.02 INTENTIONALLY DELETED

41.03 EARLY POSSESSION

Tenant shall have the right to take possession of the Demised Premises prior to the Commencement Date for the sole purpose of installing furniture, wiring, equipment or other personal property of Tenant and the Tenant covenants and agrees that such occupancy shall be deemed to be under all the terms, covenants, conditions, and provisions of this lease, except as to the covenant to pay the annual rent or any additional rent.

41.04 ESTIMATE OF COMMENCEMENT DATE

Landlord makes no representations as to the date when the Demised Premises will be ready for Tenant’s occupancy and notwithstanding any date specified herein as the Commencement Date, it is understood that the same is an estimate. The Commencement Date shall be defined the later of (a) February 1, 2011 and (b) the date when the Demised Premises is “substantially completed.” The Demised Premises shall be deemed “substantially completed” and ready for occupancy on the date that Landlord’s work in the Demised Premises shall have been substantially completed and it shall be so deemed notwithstanding the fact that minor or insubstantial details of construction, mechanical adjustment or decoration (i.e. “punchlist” items) remained to be performed, (the non-completion of which do not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises) provided further that Landlord completes such punchlist items within thirty (30) days of the Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the actual Commencement Date does not occur by March 1, 2011, Tenant shall receive a credit against annual rent due hereunder in an amount equal to the product of (x) $838.36 multiplied by (y) the number of days that elapse after March 1, 2011, until the occurrence of the Commencement Date, which credit shall be applied against the first installments of annual rent payable hereunder. In addition to the foregoing, to the extent that the Commencement Date has not occurred on or before April 1, 2011 Tenant may

 

1


terminate this Lease as its sole and exclusive remedy by giving Landlord written notice on or prior to April 10, 2011. In such event, this Lease shall be deemed null and void and of no further force and effect as of the date of Tenant’s notice and Landlord shall promptly refund any prepaid rent, security deposits and all other fees (if any) previously advanced by Tenant under this Lease and the parties hereto shall have no further responsibilities or obligations to each other with respect to this Lease.

ARTICLE 42

RENT; ADDITIONAL RENT;

42.01 ANNUAL RENTAL RATE

The Annual Rental Rate shall be payable in accordance with the printed portion of the Lease as follows:

 

Time Period    Per Year    Per Month
Commencement Date-1/31/12    $306,000.00    $25,500.00
2/1/12-1/31/13    $312,120.00    $26,010.00
2/1/13-1/31/14    $318,362.40    $26,530.20

42.02 ADDITIONAL CHARGES

Any charges payable in addition to the basic rent and/or additional rent expressly specified in this lease shall be deemed additional rent hereunder.

42.03 TAXES

Tenant agrees to pay as additional rent 6.25% of any and all increases in Real Estate Taxes above the Real Estate Taxes for the 2011/2012 New York City fiscal year (hereinafter referred to as the “Base Tax Year”) imposed on the Property with respect to every Tax Year or part thereof during the term of this lease following the Base Tax Year, whether any such increase results from a higher tax rate or an increase in the assessed valuation of the property, or, if any, “Property” shall mean the land and building of which the Demised Premises are a part. “Real Estate Taxes” shall mean taxes and assessment imposed thereon for any purpose whatsoever and also including taxes payable by Landlord to a ground lessor with respect thereto. Real Estate Taxes shall not include any income, capital levy, transfer, capital stock, franchise, gift, estate or inheritance tax or interest

 

2


or penalties incurred by Landlord as a result of Landlord’s late payment of real estate taxes and/or assessments. If due to change in the method of taxation any franchise, income, profit, other tax, however, designated, shall be levied against Landlord’s interest in the property in whole or in part in lieu of any tax which would otherwise constitute Real Estate Taxes, such change in method of taxation shall be included in the term “Real Estate Taxes” for purposes hereof, “Tax Year” shall mean each period of twelve months commencing on the first day of July subsequent to the Base Tax Year, in which occurs any part of the term of this lease or such other period of twelve months occurring during the term of this lease as hereinafter may be duly adopted a the fiscal year for real estate tax purposes of the City of New York. All such payments shall be appropriately pro-rated for any partial Tax Years occurring during the second and last years of the term of this lease. A copy of the Tax Bill of the City of New York shall be sufficient evidence of the amount of Real Estate Taxes and calculation of the amount to be paid by Tenant.

Only Landlord shall be eligible to institute tax reduction or other proceedings to reduce the assessed valuation. Should Landlord be successful in any such reduction proceedings and obtain a rebate for periods during which Tenant has paid Tenant’s share of increases, Landlord shall, after deducting Landlord’s reasonable expenses in connection therewith including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements, return to Tenant Tenant’s pro-rata share of such rebate except that Tenant may not obtain any portion of the benefits which may accrue to Landlord from any reduction in Real Estate Taxes for any Tax Year below those imposed in the Base Tax Year.

The amount due under this provision shall be collected as additional rent without set-off or deduction and shall be paid in the following manner:

Any adjustment in rent occurring by reason of the tax year concerned and, after Landlord shall have furnished Tenant with a statement setting forth the Real Estate Taxes for the tax year concerned, all monthly installments of rent shall reflect 1/12th of the annual amount of such adjustment until a new adjustment becomes effective pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph.

If any tax statement is furnished to the Tenant after the commencement of the effective date of any such adjustment, there shall be promptly paid by Tenant to Landlord an amount equal to the portion of such adjustment allocable to that part of the tax year which shall have elapsed prior to the first day of the calendar month next succeeding the calendar month in which said statement was furnished to Tenant.

The Landlord’s failure during the lease term to prepare and deliver any of the tax bills or Landlord’s failure to make a demand, shall not in any way cause Landlord to forfeit or surrender its right to collect any of the additional rent which may have become due during the term of this lease. The Tenant’s liability for the amounts due under this paragraph shall survive the expiration of the term.

In no event shall any rent adjustment hereunder result in a decrease in the Basic Annual Rent.

42.04 METHOD OF PAYMENT

 

3


(i) LATE FEES

If the Tenant shall fail to pay after the 10th day of the month any installment or payment of Basic Annual Rent or additional rents, the Tenant shall be required to pay a late charge of two cents for each one dollar which remains so unpaid. Such late charge is intended to compensate Landlord for additional expenses incurred by the Landlord in processing such late payments. Nothing herein shall be intended to violate any applicable law, code or regulation, and in all instances all such charges shall be automatically reduced to any maximum applicable legal rate or charge. Such charge shall be imposed monthly for each late payment.

(ii) APPLICATION OF MONEY PAID

If and whenever, Tenant is in arrears in payment of Basic Annual Rent or additional rent hereunder, or if Landlord receives any payment from Tenant, the Tenant waives its right, to designate the items under which any payments made by Tenant are to be credited, and the Tenant agrees that Landlord in its sole discretion may apply such of Tenant’s payments to any items or for any period(s) that Landlord chooses, notwithstanding any designation or request by Tenant as to the items or period(s) against which any such payments shall be credited.

42.05 SECURITY

(i) Supplementing Paragraph 32 of the printed portion of this Lease, the Rent Security shall be placed in an interest bearing account in a bank located in New York State. To the extent not prohibited by law, Landlord shall be entitled to receive and retain as administrative expense that portion of the interest received on such account which represents the maximum fee permitted under an applicable law which fee Landlord shall have the right to withdraw from time to time, as Landlord may determine. The balance of the interest shall be added to and held as part of the rent security under this Lease subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing Article. Landlord shall not be required to credit Tenant with any interest for any period during which Landlord does not receive interest on the security deposited nor when Tenant is in default under the payment of any rent (beyond any applicable notice or grace period). If the Landlord applies or retains any part of the security deposited hereunder, the Tenant, within ten (10) days of Landlord’s demand, shall pay to Landlord as additional rent the amount so applied or retained so that Landlord shall have the full deposit as stated in Article 32 at all times during the term of this Lease. Failure to replenish the security account within said ten (10) days shall be a material default under this Lease.

In lieu of a cash security deposit, Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, deliver the security to Landlord in the form of a clean, irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of $51,000.00 in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and the Issuing Bank (as hereinafter defined), issued by and drawable upon any reputable commercial bank, trust company, national banking association or savings and loan association with offices for banking and drawing purposes the

 

4


State of New York and a member of the New York Clearing House Association (the “Issuing Bank”). The letter of credit shall (a) name Landlord as beneficiary, (b) be in the amount of $51,000.00, (c) have a term of not less than one (1) year, (d) permit multiple drawings, (e) be fully transferable by Landlord to any purchaser of the Real Property of which the Demised Premises are a part, (f) be payable to Landlord upon presentation of the letter of credit and a sight draft, and (g) contain as a condition to a draw the requirement of Landlord’s statement as to the existence of Tenant’s default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and/or cure periods, if any. The letter of credit shall provide that it shall be deemed automatically renewed, without amendment, for consecutive periods of one (1) year each thereafter during the Term through the date that is at least thirty days after the Expiration Date, unless the Issuing Bank sends a notice (the “Non-Renewal Notice”) to Landlord by certified mail, return receipt requested, not less than sixty (60) days prior to the then-current expiration date of the letter of credit, stating that the Issuing Bank has elected not to renew the letter of credit. Landlord shall have the right to draw upon the letter of credit (in whole or in part) at any time or times that Landlord shall, under this Lease, be entitled to retain or apply all or any portion of the security. Landlord also shall have the right, upon receipt of a Non-Renewal Notice (and provided a substitute Letter of Credit is not delivered at least 20 days prior to the expiration of the letter of credit for which a Non-Renewal Notice was issued), to draw the full amount of the letter of credit, by sight draft on the Issuing Bank, and shall thereafter hold or apply the cash proceeds of the letter of credit pursuant to the terms of this Section 42.05 and Article 32 of this Lease. The Letter of Credit shall state that drafts drawn under and in compliance with the terms of the Letter of Credit will be duly honored upon presentation to the Issuing Bank at an office location in the State of New York.

ARTICLE 43

UTILITIES; BUILDING SERVICES

43.01 GENERALLY

The Tenant shall make all arrangements for and pay for all utilities and services furnished to the Demised Premises or used by Tenant except as otherwise provided herein.

43.02 ELECTRIC;

The Demised Premises are separately sub metered for electricity. Tenant shall pay directly to Landlord as additional rent all electric current used in the Demised Premises for light or power or any other purpose for the exclusive use of the Demised Premises and the operation of fans and other devices in the heating, air conditioning and ventilating which exclusively serve the Demised Premises.

A.        Tenant shall keep all electric meters at the Demised Premises and all installation equipment in good working order and repair at Tenant’s own cost and expense (reasonable wear and tear excepted), in default of which Landlord may cause such meter and equipment to be replaced or repaired and collect the reasonable cost thereof from Tenant. Provided that Tenant is not then in default

 

5


hereunder (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods), Landlord shall assign to Tenant any guaranty and warranty, covering such required repair, the Landlord may have obtained. Tenant shall pay for all such items consumed as shown on said meters within ten (10) days of the rendition of bills and charges rents and collect the same from Tenant as additional rent. Any such costs or expenses incurred or payments made by Landlord for any reason or purposes hereinabove stated shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand or, at Landlord’s election, may be added to any subsequent installment or installments of Basic Annual Rent.

B.        Landlord shall not be responsible for the maintenance or repair of the Tenant’s electrical system from the point beyond and including the panel box serving the Tenant, air conditioning and ventilation systems including all mechanical equipment which serves the Tenant and piping and ducting within Tenant’s space, and lighting and lighting fixtures within Tenant’s space. Said repairs and maintenance shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

43.03 ELECTRIC SUBMETER;

If electric current is supplied by Landlord, Tenant covenants and agrees to purchase the same from Landlord or Landlord’s designated agent at charges, terms and rates set, from time to time, during the term of this lease by Landlord but not more than those specified in the service classification from the public utility corporation serving the part of the city where the building is located, plus 5.0 percent. Where more than one meter measures the service of Tenant in the building, the service rendered through each meter may be computed and billed separately in accordance with the rates herein. Bills therefore shall be rendered at such times as Landlord may elect. In the event that such bills are not paid within ten (10) days after the same are rendered, Landlord may, without further notice, discontinue the service of electric current to Demised Premises without releasing Tenant from any liability under this lease and without Landlord or Landlord’s agent incurring any liability for any damage or loss sustained by Tenant by such discontinuance of service until such time as Tenant has made all such payments. Except as set forth herein, Landlord shall not in any wise be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur if either the quantity or character of electric services is changed or is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements. Any riser or risers to supply Tenant’s electrical requirements, upon written request of Tenant, will be installed by Landlord, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, if, in Landlord’s sole judgment, the same are necessary and will not cause permanent damage or injury to the building or Demised Premises or cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs or expense or interfere with or disturb other tenants,s or occupants. In addition to the installation of such riser or risers Landlord will also at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, install all other equipment proper and necessary in connection therewith subject to the aforesaid terms and conditions. Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of existing feeders to the building or the risers of wiring installations. It is further covenanted and agreed by Tenant that all the aforesaid costs and expenses shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after rendition of any bill or statement to Tenant therefor.

 

6


Landlord may discontinue any of the aforesaid services upon thirty (30) days notice to Tenant without being liable to Tenant therefor or without in any way affecting this lease or the liability of Tenant hereunder or causing a diminution of rent and the same shall not be deemed to be lessening or diminution of services within the meaning of any law, rule or regulation now or hereafter enacted, promulgated or issued provided that a suitable replacement provider is procured. In the event Landlord gives such notice of discontinuance Landlord shall permit Tenant to receive such service direct from said public utility corporation, in which event, the tenant will at its own cost and expense, furnish and install all risers, service wiring and switches that may be necessary for such installation and required by the public utility corporation, in which event, the tenant will at its own cost and expense, maintain and keep in good repair all such risers, wiring and switches. Tenant shall make no alteration or additions to the electric equipment without the prior written consent or Landlord in each instance (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Rigid conduit only will be allowed. If any tax in imposed upon Landlord’s receipt from the sale or resale of electrical energy or gas or telephone service to Tenant by any Federal, State or Municipal Authority, Tenant covenants and agrees that, where permitted by law, Tenant’s pro-rata share of such taxes shall be passed on to, and included in the bill of and paid by Tenant to Landlord.

43.04 NO ABATEMENT :

Tenant shall not be released or excused from the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease for any failure or for interruption or curtailment of any energy, elevator service, heat, or for any reason whatsoever and no such failure, interruption or curtailment shall constitute a constructive or partial eviction.

43.05 INTENTIONALLY DELETED

43.06 ELEVATOR SERVICE

Heat and/or manual elevator facilities shall not be provided on holidays deemed to be commercial building contract holidays of Local 32B-32J of Service Employees Union.

ARTICLE 44

LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS; LANDLORD REPRESENTATIONS, TENANT

COVENANTS, TENANT OBLIGATIONS

44.01 LANDLORD’S WORK

Landlord shall perform the following Landlord work, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, prior to February 1, 2011.

 

  1.

Deliver Demised Premises vacant and in Broom Clean Condition

  2.

Ensure that HVAC, bathroom(s) and electric are in good working order

 

7


  3.

Restore the conference room door and glass panels and remove power and data poles in the middle of conference room

  4.

Replace carpet in the Demised Premises where presently there is carpet at a cost no more than $22.00 per square yard

  5.

Paint entire premises two coat of paint no more than three different colors.

44.02 LANDLORD WARRANTIES . Landlord hereby assures Tenant that (i) as of the Commencement Date, the plumbing, electrical, mechanical and heating and air conditioning systems servicing the Demised Premises will be in good operating condition, (ii) as of the Commencement Date, the Demised Premises will not contain any mold or asbestos Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, furnish the following services: (i) customary heating, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, for comfortable occupancy of the Demised Premises under normal business operations; (ii) (iii) passenger elevator service, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week; and freight elevator service on business days, upon request of Tenant and subject to scheduling (availability of porters) and charges by Landlord. Tenant shall inspect the Demised Premises to make sure that Tenant has telecommunication riser access at a riser terminating at the telecommunications closets located at the Demised Premises (with the riser providing reasonably sufficient access to allow Tenant to bring T1/T3 lines to the Demised Premises).

Landlord shall keep and maintain in good repair and working order and perform maintenance upon the: (a) structural elements of the Building and the Demised Premises; (b) mechanical, HVAC (subject to Tenant’s obligations below in Section 44.12), electrical, plumbing and fire/life safety systems serving the Building in general and the Demised Premises (subject to Section 44.12 below); (c) all common areas of the Building; (d) roof and windows of the Building; and (e) elevators serving the Building. Landlord shall promptly make repairs for which Landlord is responsible, however Tenant cannot compel Landlord to make such repairs unless such disrepair directly impacts Tenant’s access to, physical use of, enjoyment or occupancy of the Demised Premise. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Demised Premises in making any repairs and in performance of the foregoing obligations.

44.03 A DDITIONAL W ORK

The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no obligations, liability or responsibility of any nature with respect to any installations made by Tenant, nor shall Landlord at any time have any obligation, liability or responsibility of any nature with respect to any installations at any time made in the Demised Premises by or for Tenant, and Tenant agrees to maintain and/or replace, if necessary all of the same.

Landlord hereby agrees that so long as Tenant utilizes the Demised Premises for office use, then notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not be responsible for (i) correcting any violations of any federal, state or local codes, ordinances, laws or regulations with

 

8


respect to the Demised Premises or (ii) making any improvements or alterations to the Demised Premises to comply with any such codes, ordinances, laws or regulations.

44.04 TENANT’S ALTERATIONS

The Tenant shall have the right to make no alterations or improvements to the Demised Premises without Landlord’s consent that will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, for the purpose of its business provided such alterations, improvements, or additions are made in accordance with the requirements of local ordinances and public authorities having jurisdiction thereover and further provided that the value of the property shall not be diminished thereby and further provided that:

 

  (a)

Tenant or Tenant’s contractor shall carry worker’s compensation insurance in accordance with the statutory limits, “all risk” Builders Risk coverage and general liability insurance, with completed operation endorsement, for any occurrence in or about the Building, under which Landlord and Samco Properties whose name and address have been furnished to Tenant shall be named as parties insured, but no less than two Million Dollars, with insurers reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with evidence that such insurance is in effect at or before the commencement of Alterations and, on request, at reasonable intervals thereafter during the continuance of Alterations.

 

  (b)

Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a copy of all architectural drawing, plans or specifications for Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

  (c)

The Tenant will hold Landlord harmless for any and all violations concerning work, permits, and filing required, all of which will be done at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

  (d)

Each Contractor shall indemnify Landlord with an indemnity agreement as set forth in Exhibit “B”.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent (Tenant is still required to provided Landlord insurance pursuant to the subdivision (a) above) shall not be required, however, for any alteration that satisfies all of the following criteria (a “Cosmetic Alteration”): (1) is of a cosmetic nature (such as installing carpeting or wiring/cabling); (2) will not affect the structure of the Building or require an Alt II permit; and (3) does not cost more than $50,000.

Tenant shall also be entitled, without requiring any consent from Landlord, to install low-voltage data and telecommunications lines and equipment.

44.05 USE OF PUBLIC CORRIDORS FOR SHIPPING

 

9


The Tenant shall not ship or receive goods, merchandise or inventory or use the public corridors of the building to ship or receive same and Tenant shall not at any time use any hand trucks or other wheeled vehicles in the public or other corridors of the building. The aforesaid shall be restricted to the freight passageways and freight elevator.

44.06 MAINTAIN LICENSES AND PERMITS

The Tenant covenants and agrees to obtain and maintain, at its sole cost and expense, all licenses and permits from the governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof, necessary for the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Demised Premises, and, Tenant will comply with all applicable laws, resolutions, rules, codes and regulations of any department, bureau or agency or any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the operation, occupancy, maintenance or use of the Demised Premises. The Tenant will indemnify and save owner harmless from and against any claims, penalty, loss, damage or expense, including reasonable attorneys fees of Landlord imposed by reason of violation of any such applicable law or the rules and regulations of any such governmental authority having jurisdiction thereof pertaining to the proposed use by Tenant of the Demised Premises.

44.07 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

Tenant covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply with all present and future laws, orders and regulations of all state, federal municipal and local governments, departments, commissions and boards regarding the collection, sorting, separation and recycling of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash. Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties or damages which may be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article, and, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) from and against any actions, claims and suits arising from such non-compliance, utilizing counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

44.08 COMPLIANCE WITH PRIVATE LAW

Tenant shall not suffer or permit the Demised Premises or any part thereof to be used in any manner, or anything to be done therein, or suffer or permit anything to be brought into or kept therein, which would in any way (i) violate any of the provisions of any grant, lease or mortgage to which this Lease is subordinate, of which the Tenant has received actual notice (ii) violate any laws or requirements of public authorities, (iii) make void or voidable any fire or liability insurance policy then in force with respect to the building (iv) make unobtainable from reputable insurance companies authorized to do business in New York State any fire insurance with extended coverage or liability elevator, boiler or other insurance required to be furnished by Landlord under the terms of any lease or mortgage to which this Lease is subordinate at standard rates, (v) cause or in Landlord’s reasonable opinion be likely to cause physical damage to the building or any part thereof, (vi) constitute a public or private nuisance, (vii) impair, the appearance character or reputation of the building, (viii) discharge objectionable fumes, vapors or

 

10


odors into the building air-conditioning system or into the building flues or vents not designed to receive them or otherwise in such manner as may unreasonably offend other occupants, (ix) impair or interfere with any of the building services or the proper and economic heating cleaning, air-conditioning or other servicing of the building or the Demised Premises or impair or interfere with or tend to impair or interfere with the use of any of the other areas of the building by, or occasion discomfort, annoyance or inconvenience to, Landlord or any of the other tenants or occupants of the building, any such impairment or interference to be in the sole judgment of Landlord.

44.09 HOLDOVER

If the Tenant holds over in possession after the expiration or sooner termination of the original term or of any extended term of this Lease, such holding over shall not be deemed to extend the term or renew the lease, but such holding over thereafter shall continue upon the covenants and conditions herein set forth except that the charge for use and occupancy of such holding over for each calendar month or part hereof (even if such part shall be a small fraction) of a calendar month shall be the product of 1/12th of the highest annual rent rate set forth in this Lease multiplied by 2.0 plus all of the additional rent required to be paid by the Tenant under this Lease, which total sum Tenant agrees to pay to the Landlord promptly upon demand, in full, without set-off or deduction.

44.10 FLOOR LOAD

The Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Demised Premises exceeding the floor load which said such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. Business machines and mechanical equipment used by the Tenant which causes vibration, noise, cold or heat shall be placed and maintained by Tenant in settings of cork, rubber or spring-type vibration eliminators sufficient to absorb and prevent such vibration or noise, or prevent transmission of such cold or heat. The Landlord shall be under no obligation to reduce such vibrations, noise, heat or cold.

44.11 EXTERMINATION SERVICES

The Tenant at its sole cost and expense shall maintain such extermination services as are necessary to keep the Demised Premises free of pests and vermin at all times. Landlord represents and warrants that as of the Commencement Date the Demised Premises will be free of pests and vermin. Tenant shall object to this representation within 15 days from the Commencement Date failure to do so be deemed that Landlord’s representation regarding pest and vermin shall be deemed accurate.

44.12 AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACT

The Tenant covenants and agrees to obtain and maintain at Tenant’s sole cost and expense an air-conditioning maintenance contract for the maintenance of the heating unit and air-cooling unit, all of which serve only the Demised Premises with a reputable air-conditioning contractor

 

11


acceptable to Landlord, at all times during the term of this Lease, and to promptly deliver a copy of such contract to the Landlord. The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Air-Conditioning Unit is Landlord’s property. If the Air-Conditioning Unit requires replacement, and such replacement is not because of the negligence or misuse thereof by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, servants or employees, and provided the Tenant has maintained said service contract in full force and effect throughout the term of the lease, then the Landlord shall be responsible for said replacement. The Tenant further agrees to pay for all electricity consumed in connection with the operation of such unit and for all permits required by any governmental agency.

44.13 SECURITY SYSTEM

The Tenant may install, maintain and repair its own security system and security devices at the Demised Premises inasmuch as Tenant is solely responsible for the installation of the security system and security devices at the Demised Premises. The Landlord shall not be liable and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all liability for injury or damage to the personal property of the Tenant, or persons under Tenant’s control, caused by or resulting from theft, illegal entry or trespass, vandalism or any other similar cause and Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord’s agents, servants, employees, contractors harmless of and from any and all claims against Landlord or such agents, employees, contractors of whatever nature arising from or out of such theft, illegal entry or trespass or any other similar act.

44.14 GARBAGE

Tenant hereby agrees not to allow garbage or refuse of any description to accumulate in or about the Demised Premises. If Tenant shall fail to do so, or shall fail to adopt and employ reasonably proper methods therefor, Landlord shall have the right to incur any disbursements necessary or advisable to effect such purpose and any sums so disbursed by Landlord shall be repayable to it by Tenant, and upon failure to pay the same within ten (10) days after presentation of bill therefor, same shall be added to and form a part of the next or any subsequently accruing installment of rent and be collectible therewith as such.

ARTICLE 45

ASSIGNMENT/ SUBLETTING

45.01 ASSIGNMENT/SUBLETTING

Tenant, for itself, its heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, expressly covenants that it shall not sublet, assign, mortgage or encumber this Lease or any of its rights or estates hereunder, without the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld and provided that the Tenant has fully complied with the covenants and conditions of this Lease on its part to be performed, nor sublet the Demised Premises or any part thereof, or suffer or permit, the Demised Premises, or any part thereof, to be used or occupied by others, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The

 

12


prohibition against assignments shall include assignments by operation of law. If this Lease be assigned, or if the Demised Premises or any part thereof be sublet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, Landlord may, after default by Tenant (beyond any applicable notice or cure period), collect rent from the assignee, subtenant, or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, but no assignment, subletting, occupancy, or collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions hereof, the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant, or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained. Landlord’s consent to an assignment or subletting shall not, in any way, be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining Landlord’s express written consent to any further assignment or subletting. In no event shall any permitted sublessee or assignee sublet or assign or otherwise suffer or permit the sublet space, or any part thereof, to be used or occupied by others, without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance.

45.02 PROHIBITIONS TO ASSIGNMENT/SUBLET

No assignment or subletting of all or part of said Demised Premises shall be made to a business that is a non-profit institution, a messenger service, a union, a school, a business requiring meetings of groups of persons or public assembly, a government agency, or a business having substantially more persons than the Tenant employed on the leased Demised Premises or a business requiring manufacturing, shipping or warehousing (but not to include minor shipping or warehousing), nor as a restaurant, luncheonette, or other for the preparation and/or sale of food for on or off premises consumption, by a foreign or domestic (federal, state, local) governmental, quasi-governmental department, branch, division or agency or any such person or entity that claims or asserts governmental or diplomatic immunity, a gambling parlor, or by a utility company.

45.03 ASSIGNMENT/SUBLETTING PROCEDURES

In the event that (a) the Landlord consents to a proposed assignment or sublease and (b) Tenant fails to execute and deliver the assignment or sublease to which Landlord consents within thirty (30) days after the giving of such consent, then Tenant shall again comply with all of the provisions and conditions of this Article before assigning this Lease or subletting all or part of the Demised Premises.

Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any reasonable out of pocket costs and legal fees that may be incurred by Landlord in connection with the assignment, including the costs of making investigations as to the acceptability of the proposed assignee or subtenant and legal costs incurred in connection with the granting of any requested consent, (excluding possible litigation) which amount shall not exceed $500.00.

45.04 LANDLORD’S GUIDELINES

In the event that Tenant shall apply to the Landlord for consent to an assignment or sublease of the Demised Premises, the Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay such consent, provided

 

13


however, in determining whether to allow any such assignment or sublease the Landlord shall be supplied with financial statements, references and other information regarding the proposed assignee or sublessee as Landlord shall reasonably request. The following factors shall be considered by Landlord in its determination whether to allow any such assignment or sublease:

i.      The financial strength and reputation of the proposed assignee or sublessee relative to that of Tenant and

ii.     The type of business proposed to be operated by the assignee or sublessee.

In connection with Landlord’s review of any non-public documents and information furnished by Tenant in connection with a proposed assignment or subletting, Landlord agrees to hold such information in confidence and not to disclose such information to third parties, other than its attorneys, accountants, prospective purchasers of the Building, partners in the Landlord entity and current or prospective mortgagees or the attorneys of any of them, or as required by law. Landlord further agrees to inform any such attorneys, accountants, prospective purchasers of the Building, partners in the Landlord entity and current or prospective mortgagees or the attorneys of any of them that such information is confidential.

45.05 TENANTS OBLIGATION

No consent by the Landlord to an assignment or sublease shall relieve the Tenant of any liability to the Landlord for the faithful performance of all obligations of Tenant hereunder. If the Tenant believes that the Landlord has unreasonably withheld its consent, the Tenant sole remedy will be to seek a declaratory judgment that the Landlord has unreasonably withheld its consent or an order of specific performance. The Tenant will not have any right to any monetary damages. The restriction upon Tenant assigning or transferring its interest in this Lease shall apply to any such assignment or transfer which results from the sale or transfer of all or a controlling interest of the stock or beneficial interest in Tenant or from the consolidation or merger of Tenant with any other person or from bankruptcy, reorganization insolvency, dissolution or liquidation of the Tenant by operation of law or otherwise.

45.06 COLLECTION OF RENT

If this Lease be assigned or if the Demised Premises or any part thereof be underlet or occupied by anybody other than the Tenant, the Landlord, may, after default by the Tenant beyond any applicable notice or cure period), collect rent from the assignee, undertenant or occupant and apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, and such collection shall not be deemed either a waiver of the covenant herein against assignment and subletting or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release from the Tenant from the further performance by the Tenant of the covenants and conditions herein contained on the part of the

Tenant.

45.07 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE PROFITS

 

14


(a) If the aggregate of the amounts payable as Basic Annual Rent and as additional rent on account of Taxes, Expense Escalations-and electricity by a subtenant under a sublease of any part of the Premises and the amount of any Other Sublease Consideration payable to Tenant by such subtenant, whether received in a lump-sum payment or otherwise shall be in excess of Tenant’s Basic Cost therefor at that time then, promptly after the collection thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord in monthly installments as and when collected, as Additional Charges, 50% of such excess. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord within 90 days after the end of each calendar year and within 90 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease a statement specifying each sublease in effect during such calendar year or partial calendar year, the rentable area demised thereby, the term thereof and a computation in reasonable detail showing the calculation of the amounts paid and payable by the subtenant to Tenant, and by Tenant to Landlord, with respect to such sublease for the period covered by such statement. “ Tenant’s Basic Cost ” for sublet space at any time means the sum of (i) the portion of the Basic Annual Rent and all Tax Payments-which is attributable to the sublet space, plus (ii) the amount payable by Tenant on account of electricity in respect of the sublet space, plus (iii) the amount of any costs reasonably incurred by Tenant in making changes in the layout and finish of the sublet space for the subtenant amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the sublease, plus (iv) the amount of any reasonable brokerage commissions, free-rent concessions, marketing costs and reasonable legal fees paid by Tenant in connection with the sublease amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the sublease. “ Other Sublease Considerations ” means all sums paid for the furnishing of guaranteed services by Tenant or rental of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture or other personal property.

(b) Upon any assignment of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord 50% of the Assignment Consideration received by Tenant for such assignment, after deducting therefrom customary and reasonable closing expenses. “ Assignment Consideration ” means an amount equal to all sums and other considerations paid to Tenant by the assignee for or by reason of such assignment of this Lease (including, without limitation, sums paid for the furnishing of services by Tenant).

45.08 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE EXCLUSIONS

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, Tenant may assign its entire interest under this Lease to a successor to Tenant by purchase (of either all or substantially all of Tenant’s stock or assets), merger, consolidation or reorganization without the consent of Landlord, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied (a “Permitted Transfer”): (1) Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice or cure period; (2) Tenant’s successor shall own all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant; (3) Tenant’s successor shall have a net worth which is at least equal to the greater of Tenant’s net worth at the date of this Lease or Tenant’s net worth as of the day prior to the proposed purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization; and (4) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice (subject to any legal restrictions as to the timing of such notice) prior to the effective date of the proposed purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization. Tenant’s notice to Landlord shall include information and documentation showing that each of the above conditions has been satisfied. If requested by Landlord, Tenant’s successor shall sign a

 

15


commercially reasonable form of assumption agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant may assign its entire interest under this Lease or sublet all or part of the Demised Premises to a wholly owned corporation, partnership or other legal entity or to any affiliate, subsidiary or parent of Tenant (hereinafter, collectively, referred to as “Transfer to a Related Corporation”) without the consent of Landlord, provided: (i) Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice or cure period; (ii) such proposed transferee operates the business in the Premises for the Use and no other purpose; and (iii) in no event shall any Transfer release or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease. Tenant shall give Landlord written notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such Transfer to a Related Corporation. As used herein: (a) ‘parent’ shall mean a company which owns a majority of Tenant’s voting equity; (b) “subsidiary” shall mean a entity wholly owned by Tenant or at least fifty-one percent (51%) of whose voting equity is owned by Tenant; and (c) ‘affiliate’ shall mean an entity controlled, controlling or under common control with Tenant.

ARTICLE 46

SUBORDINATION; DEFAULT AND INDEMNITY

46.01 DEFAULT

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease or at law or in equity to the contrary, it is expressly understood, acknowledged and agreed by Tenant that there shall at no time be or be construed as being any personal liability by or on the part of Landlord under or in respect of this Lease or in any wise related hereto or the Demised Premises; it being further understood, acknowledged and agreed that Tenant is accepting this Lease and the estate created hereby upon and subject to the understanding that it shall not enforce or seek to enforce any claim or judgment or any other matter, for money or otherwise, personally against any officer, director, stockholder, partner, principal (disclosed or undisclosed), representative or agent of Landlord, or any person acting in connection herewith or executing this Lease in a trustee or fiduciary capacity on behalf of Landlord, but shall look solely to the equity of Landlord in the Building and the underlying land, and not to any other assets of Landlord, for the satisfaction of any and all remedies or claims of Tenant in the event of any breach by Landlord of any of the terms, covenants or agreements to be performed by Landlord under this Lease or otherwise, such exculpation of any officer, director, stockholder, partner, principal (disclosed or undisclosed), representative or agent of Landlord or trustee or fiduciary from personal liability as set forth in this Article to be absolute, unconditional and without exception of any kind.

46.02 NOTICE OF DEFAULT

The Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease in any respect unless the Tenant shall have given the Landlord written notice of the breach by certified or registered mail, return receipt

 

16


requested, and within thirty (30) days after notice, the Landlord has not cured the breach or if the breach is such that it cannot reasonably be cured under the circumstances within thirty (30) days, has not commenced diligently to prosecute the cure to completion.

ARTICLE 47

INSURANCE CASUALTY; CONDEMNATION

47.01 INTENTIONALLY DELETED.

47.02 TENANT’S INSURANCE [Currently Under Review]

Supplementing Article 6 of this Lease:

A.        Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain at all times during the term of this Lease and at all times when Tenant is in possession of the Demised Premises, a comprehensive policy of general liability insurance in which Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, any mortgagees designated by Landlord, and Tenant, are the named insured, for any and all claims arising during the term of this Lease for damages or injuries to goods, wares, merchandise and property and/or for any personal injury or loss of life, in, upon or about the Demised Premises; protecting Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, any mortgagees designated by Landlord, and Tenant against any liability whatsoever occasioned by accidents on or about the Demised Premises or any appurtenances thereto. Such policy is to be written by a good and solvent insurance company, satisfactory to Landlord, in the amount of TWO MILLION AND 00/100 -- ($2,000,000.00)--DOLLARS per occurrence (combined single limit), THREE MILLION AND 00/100 ($3,000,000.00) DOLLARS in aggregate (inclusive of umbrella insurance). Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord a certificate of endorsement of the aforesaid insurance policy and upon Tenant’s failure to provide and keep in force the aforementioned insurance, it shall be regarded as a material default, entitling Landlord to exercise any or all of the remedies as provided in this Lease.

B.        Tenant shall deliver to Landlord such policies or certificates of such policies no later than ten (10) days after the commencement of the term of this Lease. Tenant shall procure and pay for renewals of such insurance from time to time before the expiration thereof, and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord and any additional named insured such renewal policy or certificate at least thirty (30) days before the expiration of any existing policy. All such policies shall be for a period of not less than one year and shall contain a provision whereby the same cannot be canceled or modified unless Landlord and any additional named insured are given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of such cancellation or modification, including, without limitation, any such cancellation resulting from the nonpayment or premiums. Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time, but no more frequently than once every year, to require Tenant to increase the amount

 

17


of the insurance maintained by Tenant under this Article, so that the amount thereof, as reasonably determined by Landlord, adequately protects the interest of Landlord.

C.          Tenant shall secure an appropriate clause in, or an endorsement upon, each insurance policy obtained by it and covering or applicable to the Demised Premises or the personal property, fixtures, and equipment located therein or thereon, pursuant to which the insurance company waives subrogation or permits the insured, prior to any loss, to agree with a third party to waive any claim it might have against said third party without invalidating the coverage under the insurance policy. The waiver of subrogation or permission for waiver of any claim shall extend to Landlord and its agents and their respective employees

C.        Tenant shall also obtain, at its own cost and expense, naming both Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, any mortgagees designated by Landlord, and Tenant as named insured, fire insurance for all personal property which may be affixed to the realty now located in the Demised Premises and including any future installations.

D.        Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall prevent Landlord from recovering in the event of fire or other loss under Landlord’s fire or other insurance coverage for all betterments and improvements by Tenant so affixed to the Demised Premises as to be considered part of the realty under law.

E.        Landlord to maintain insurance in reasonable standards for commercial Landlord in keeping with the size and standard of the building where the Demised Premises forms a part.

F.        Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable (by way of subrogation or otherwise) to the other party (or to any insurance company insuring the other party) for any loss or damage to any of the property of Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, with respect to their respective property, the Building, the Real Property or the Demised Premises or any addition or improvements thereto, or any contents therein, to the extent covered by insurance carried or required to be carried by a party hereto even though such loss might have been occasioned by the negligence or willful acts or omissions of the Landlord or Tenant or their respective employees, agents, contractors or invitees. Landlord and Tenant shall give each insurance company which issues policies of insurance, with respect to the items covered by this waiver, written notice of the terms of this mutual waiver, and shall have such insurance policies properly endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the invalidation of any of the coverage provided by such insurance policies by reason of such mutual waiver. For the purpose of the foregoing waiver, the amount of any deductible applicable to any loss or damage shall be deemed covered by, and recoverable by the insured under the insurance policy to which such deductible relates.

 

18


ARTICLE 48

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

48.01 ACCEPTANCE OF RENT

Unless Landlord shall otherwise expressly agree in writing, acceptance of Basic Annual Rent or additional rent from anyone other than Tenant shall not relieve the Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease, including the obligation to pay Basic Annual Rent and additional rent, and Landlord shall have the right at any time, upon notice to Tenant, to require Tenant to pay the Basic Annual Rent and additional rent payable hereunder directly to Landlord. Furthermore, such acceptance of Basic Annual Rent or additional rent shall not be deemed to constitute Landlord’s consent to an assignment of this Lease or subletting or other occupancy of the Demised Premises by anyone other than Tenant, nor a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights or Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any letter or otherwise as payment as rent shall not be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Landlord’s acceptance of any check or payment shall be without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of rent due or to pursue any other remedy available to Landlord pursuant to this Lease or otherwise.

48.02 INTENTIONALLY DELETED

48.03 “AIR RIGHTS”

Tenant acknowledges that it has no rights to any development rights, “air rights” or comparable rights appurtenant to the land or building, and consents, without further consideration, to any utilization of such rights by Landlord and agrees to promptly execute and deliver any instruments which may be requested by Landlord, including instruments merging zoning lots, evidencing such acknowledgment and consent.

48.04 INTENTIONALLY DELETED

48.05 BILL AND NOTICES: COPIES DEEMS AS ORIGINAL

In all cases hereunder, and in any suit, action or proceeding of any kind between the parties, it shall be presumptive evidence of the fact of the existence of a charge being due, if Landlord shall produce a bill, notice or certificate of any public official entitled to give the same to the effect that such charge appears of record on the books in its office and has not been paid. True copies of all bills from the City of New York shall be admissible in evidence in any trial between Landlord and Tenant without requiring said copies of bills to be certified by any governmental agency or authority.

48.06 BROKEN GLASS

 

19


Landlord, at its own cost and expense, shall replace all damaged or broken plate glass or other glass in or about the Demised Premises unless such damage was caused by Tenant’s negligent acts or omissions.

48.07 BROKER

Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant that they have dealt with no broker except Newmark  & Company Real Estate, Inc. (d/b/a Newmark Knight Frank).(whose commission shall be paid solely by Landlord) in connection with the Demised Premises and this Lease and hereby agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each other against and from any and all loss, costs, liability, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements) incurred by the other by reason of any claim of or liability to any other broker who shall claim to be entitled to a commission in connection with the Demised Premises or this Lease.

48.08 BUILDINGS DIRECTORY

The listing of any name other than that of the Tenant, whether on the doors or windows of the Demised Premises or on the building directory, or otherwise, shall not operate to vest any right or interest in this Lease or in the Demised Premises or to be deemed to be the consent of the Landlord; it being expressly understood that any such listing is a privilege extended by the Landlord revocable at will by notice to the Tenant. Notwithstanding the forgoing, Landlord shall provide Tenant with three(3) listings on the building directory at no additional charge.

48.09 EMERGENCY REPAIRS

Tenant shall permit Landlord and/or its designees to erect, use, maintain and repair pipes, cables, conduits, plumbing, vents and wires, in, to and through the Demised Premises, as and to the extent that Landlord may now or hereafter deem to be necessary or appropriate for the proper operation and maintenance of the building in which the Demised Premises are located. All such work shall be done, so far as practicable, in such manner as to avoid unreasonable interference with Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises. If the Landlord is unable to arrange for admittance to the Demised Premises during any emergency, or if time does not permit the making of such arrangement, Landlord shall have the right to gain admittance to the Demised Premises by forcibly or otherwise breaking into the Demised Premises. The sole liability of the Landlord to the Tenant in such event shall be that Landlord shall be obligated to repair all damage caused by such breaking in within a reasonable time after the occurrence thereof.

48.10 INTENTIONALLY DELETED

48.11 INTENTIONALLY DELETED

 

20


48.12 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

48.13 INTENTIONALLY DELETED

48.14 MERGER CLAUSE

This Lease supersedes and revokes all previous negotiations, arrangements, letters of intent, offers to lease, lease proposals, covenants, promises, assurances, agreements, representations, conditions, guarantees, statements and understandings, and information whether conveyed orally or in writing between the parties hereto or their respective representatives or any other person purporting to represent the Landlord or the Tenant. The Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has not made and is not making, and by executing and delivering this Lease, is not relying upon, and has not been induced to enter into this Lease by, any representations, except to the extent that the same are expressly set forth in this Lease or in other written agreement which may be made and executed between the parties concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Lease and shall expressly refer to this Lease, and no such representations not so expressly herein set forth shall be used in the interpretation or construction of this Lease, and Landlord shall have no liability for any consequences arising as a result of any such representations not so expressly herein set forth.

48.15 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

48.16 NO GRANTING OF LICENSES

Tenant covenants that Tenant will not without the written consent of the Landlord first obtained in each case, make or grant any license in respect of the Demised Premises or any part thereof, or in respect of the use thereof, and will not permit any such license to be made or granted.

48.17 NO AUCTIONS OR GOING OUT OF BUSINESS SALES

No public or private auction or “going out of business”, bankruptcy or similar sales or auctions shall be conducted in or from the Demised Premises. The Demised Premises shall not be used except in a dignified and ethical manner consistent with the general high standards of business and not in a disreputable or immoral manner or in violation of national, state or local laws.

48.18 NO OFFER

The submission of this Lease to the Tenant shall not be construed as an offer, nor shall the

 

21


Tenant have any rights with respect thereto unless and until the Landlord shall, or its managing agent shall, execute a copy of this Lease and deliver the same to Tenant.

48.19 NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD

Neither the Landlord nor its agents have made any representations with respect to the leased property except as is expressly set forth in the provisions of this Lease. The Tenant accepts the same “as is” as of the date hereof except as hereinafter provided. The Tenant does hereby acknowledge that no representations have been made by the Landlord or anyone acting on behalf of the Landlord as to the amount of square footage in the Demised Premises. The Tenant has inspected the Demised Premises and relies upon its own judgment in computing the square footage.

48.20 NO WAIVER

The following specific provisions of this article shall not be deemed to limit the generality of the provisions of this Lease:

a) No agreement to accept the surrender of all or any part of the Demised Premises shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the Landlord. The delivery of keys to an employee of Landlord or its agent shall not operate as the termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Demised Premises. If Tenant shall at any time request Landlord to sublet the Demised Premises for Tenant’s account, Landlord or its agent is authorized to receive said keys for such purposes without releasing Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease, and Tenant hereby releases Landlord of any liability for loss or damage to any of Tenant’s property in connection with such subletting.

b) The receipt or acceptance by Landlord of rents with knowledge of breach by Tenant of any term, agreement, covenant, condition or obligation of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach.

c) No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the correct Basic Annual Rent or additional rent due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than the payment on account, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment be deemed to effect or evidence an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord shall accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance or pursue any other remedy in this Lease or at law provided.

d) Tenant agrees not to record this Lease. At the request of either party, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver a memorandum with respect to this Lease sufficient for recording, which Tenant may record. Such memorandum shall not in any circumstances be deemed to change or

 

22


otherwise affect any of the obligations or provisions of this Lease.

48.21 NO WAIVER OF CONDITIONS

One or more waivers of any covenant or condition by Landlord or Tenant shall not be construed as a waiver of a subsequent breach of the same or any other covenant or condition, and the consent or approval by Landlord or Tenant to or of any act by Tenant or Landlord requiring the other party’s consent or approval shall not be construed to waive or render unnecessary such consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar act. The failure of either party to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any term, covenant or condition in this Lease shall not prevent a similar subsequent act from constituting a default under this Lease.

48.22 NO WAIVER OF PAYMENT

No receipt of moneys by Landlord from Tenant, after the cancellation or termination hereof in any lawful manner, shall reinstate, continue or extend the term, or affect any notice theretofore given to Tenant or operate as a waiver of the right of Landlord to enforce the payment of rent and additional rent then due or thereafter falling due or operate as a waiver or the right of Landlord to recover possession of the Demised Premises by proper suit, action, proceedings or other remedy; it being agreed that, after the service of notice to cancel or terminate as herein provided and the expiration of the time therein specified, after the commencement of any suit, action, proceedings or other remedy, or after a final order or judgment for possession of the Demised Premises, Landlord may demand, receive and collect any moneys due, or thereafter falling due, without in any manner affecting such notice, suit, action, proceedings, order or judgment; and any and all such moneys so collected shall be deemed to be payments on account of the use and occupation of the Demised Premises, or at the election of Landlord, on account of Tenant’s liability hereunder.

48.23 NOTICE

Any notice under this Lease, (except a demand for the payment of rent or additional rent, for which no written notice is required), must be in writing and shall be served personally, sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested or by an nationally recognized overnight courier to the last address to the party to whom notice is to be given as designated by such party in writing.

The Tenant hereby designates its address following the Commencement Date as:        

PHREESIA, INC,

432 Park Avenue South, 12TH Floor,

New York, New York, 10016

Attention; Chief Financial Officer

Whenever Landlord is required or permitted to send any notice or demand to Tenant under or pursuant to this Lease, including, but not limited to any demand for rent or notice of default it may be given by Landlord’s agent, attorney, executor, trustee or personal representative, with the same

 

23


force and effect as if given by the Landlord. The Landlord hereby advises Tenant that Landlord’s current agent is Samco Properties of 116 East 27 th Street, New York, New York 10016.

48.24 PROCEEDING BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT

Except as otherwise provided herein, it is hereby understood by and between the Landlord and the Tenant that the Tenant herein shall not be entitled to any abatement of rent or rental value or diminution of rent in any dispossess proceedings for a nonpayment of rent, by reason of any breach by the Landlord of any covenant contained in this Lease, on its part to be performed, and in any dispossess for nonpayment of rent, the Tenant shall not have the right of set-off by way of damage, recoupment or counterclaim any damages which the Tenant may have sustained by reason of the Landlord’s failure to perform any of the terms, covenants or conditions contained in this Lease, on its part to be performed, but the Tenant shall be relegated to an independent action for damages and such independent action shall not be at any time joined or consolidated with any action or proceeding to dispossess for nonpayment.

In the event Tenant shall be in default in the payment of rent reserved herein, or any item of additional rent herein mentioned, or a part of either, or in making any other payment herein required and Landlord shall have served upon Tenant a petition and notice of petition to dispossess Tenant by summary proceedings more then three separate occasions whether or not consecutive in any twelve (12) month period, then, notwithstanding that such defaults shall have been cured prior to the entry of a judgment against Tenant, any further similar default shall be deemed to be deliberate and Landlord may serve a written three (3) days’ notice of cancellation of this Lease upon Tenant, and upon the expiration of said three (3) days, this Lease and the term thereunder shall end and expire as fully and completely at the expiration of such three (3) day period was the day herein definitely fixed for the end and expiration of this Lease and the term thereof, and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the demised premises to Landlord, but Tenant shall remain liable as elsewhere provided in this Lease.

48.25 REMEDIES

The rights and remedies given to Landlord in this Lease are distinct, separate and cumulative, and no one of them, whether or not exercised by Landlord, shall be deemed to be in exclusion of any of the others herein or by law or equity provided.

48.26 STATUS OF PARTIES

Nothing in this Lease shall be deemed to constitute the Landlord and the Tenant as partners, or business associates, or in any way responsible for the other.

48.27 SURVIVAL

Tenant’s obligation to pay basic rent, additional rent and any other charges hereunder shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease in accordance with its terms.

 

24


48.28 VENUE AND GOVERNING LAW

This Lease shall be deemed to have been made in New York County, and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. All actions or proceedings relating, directly or indirectly to this Lease shall be litigated only in Courts located within the County of New York.

48.29 WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY AND NO SET-OFF

The Tenant shall and hereby does waive its right and agrees not to interpose any counterclaim or set off, of whatever nature or description, in any summary proceeding or action which may be instituted by the Landlord against the Tenant to recover rent, additional rent other charges, or for damages, or in connection with any matters or claims whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, or any renewal, extension, holdover, or modification, thereof, relationship of Landlord and Tenant, or Tenant’s use or occupancy of said Demised Premises. This clause, as well as the “waiver of jury trial” provision contained in the printed portion of this Lease, shall survive the expiration, early termination, or cancellation of this Lease or the term thereof. Nothing herein contained, however, shall be construed as a waiver of Tenant’s right to commence a separate plenary action on a bona fide claim against Landlord.

48.30 WAIVER OF MONEY DAMAGES IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES

Whenever in this Lease the Landlord’s consent or approval is require in any provision of this Lease such consent or approval shall never be the basis for any award of damages or give rise to a right of set off to the Tenant, but shall be the basis for a declaratory judgment or specific injunction with respect to the matter in question. If the Landlord delays or refuses such consent or approval, the Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action for specific performance to direct the Landlord to give the required consent; and Tenant shall not be entitled to make (and shall not make) any claim, and Tenant hereby waives any claim for money damages (nor shall Tenant claim any money damages by way of set off, counterclaim or defense) based upon any claim or assertion by Tenant that Landlord unreasonably withheld or delayed Landlord’s consent or approval.

48.31 DESTRUCTION/FIRE AND OTHER CASUALTY

Notwithstanding Section 9 of the Lease to the contrary, if all or any substantial portion of the Demised Premises or the Building is destroyed or made untenantable by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall, with reasonable promptness, cause an architect or general contractor selected by Landlord to provide Landlord and Tenant with a written estimate of the amount of time required to substantially complete the repair and restoration of the Demised Premises and restore the Demised Premises, using standard working methods, to substantially the condition of the Demised Premises prior to the damage (or to such other condition as Tenant may proscribe which is reasonably acceptable to Landlord, but in no event less than restoring building standard installations) (“Completion Estimate”). If the Completion Estimate indicates that the Demised Premises cannot

 

25


be made tenantable within 180 days from the date of such casualty(unless Tenant delays such process for any reason), then regardless of anything to the contrary in the Lease, tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease as its sole and exclusive remedy by giving written notice to Landlord of such election within 10 days after receipt of the Completion Estimate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant was entitled to but elected not to exercise its right to terminate the Lease as its sole and exclusive remedy and Landlord does not substantially complete the repair and restoration the Demised Premises within one (1) month after the expiration of the estimated period of time set forth in the Completion Estimate, then Tenant may terminate this Lease as its sole and exclusive remedy by written notice to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of such period.

48.32 SIGNAGE.

Tenant shall have the right, at its expense, to install and maintain customary entry signage at the entry to the Premises (subject to Landlord’s prior written consent – such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

432 Park South Realty Co LLC,
LANDLORD
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey D. Smith

  Name: Jeffrey D. Smith
  Title: Member
PHREESIA, INC., TENANT
By:  

/s/ Chaim Indig

  Name: CHAIM INDIG
  Title: President

 

26


GUARANTY

As an inducement to 432 Park South Realty Co LLC .(“Landlord”), to enter into an agreement of lease dated as of the dated hereof (the “Lease”) with PHREESIA, INC ., as tenant (“Tenant”) of ENTIRE 12 TH FLOOR of 432 Park Avenue South, NEW YORK, NEW YORK, (the “Demised Premises”) the undersigned, (hereinafter, the “Guarantor”), being a shareholder of Tenant hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to Landlord all rent and additional rent and other charges payable by Tenant under the Lease and/or use and occupancy (Month-to-Month Tenancy) (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Accrued Rent”), up to the “Surrender Date”. The “Surrender Date” means the date that Tenant shall have given Landlord one month’s prior written notice that Tenant intends to vacate and surrender the Demised Premises and Tenant shall then have performed all of the following: (a) Tenant is current on all of the rent and additional rent obligations under the Lease up through the date of such notice (b) vacated and surrendered the Demised Premises to Landlord (or its managing agent) free of all subleases or licensees and in broom clean condition, and so notified Landlord or such agent in writing, (c) delivered the keys personally or by a national recognized overnight carrier of the doors to the Demised Premises to Landlord (or its managing agent), (d) the personal delivery of a letter to Landlord stating that the demised premises are surrendered vacant and free of all tenancies and Notwithstanding such vacancy and surrender the Tenant (but not the Guarantor) shall continue to be liable under the terms of this Lease for breach thereof and no exception under this paragraph shall be deemed to release or otherwise relieve the Tenant of any liability whatsoever under the said lease.

i.        Guarantor shall not be liable under this Guarantee for any rent, additional or other charges or payments accruing under the Lease after the Surrender Date. Any security deposit under the lease shall not be credited against amounts payable by Tenant, or by Guarantor under the terms of this Guarantee. The acceptance by Landlord of payments under this Guarantee or the acceptance of a surrender of the Demised Premises shall not be deemed a release or waiver by Landlord of any obligation of the Tenant under the Lease, and Tenant’s obligations shall survive such acceptance and surrender.

ii.        Notwithstanding any payments made by Guarantor hereunder, the Guarantor shall not be subrogated to any of the rights of Landlord against Tenant for any payment, nor shall the Guarantor seek any reimbursement from Tenant in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder until all of the amounts due or becoming due to Landlord under the Lease have been paid.

iii.        This Guarantee is absolute and unconditional, up to the Surrender Date, and is a guarantee of payment and performance, not of collection. This Guarantee may be enforced without the necessity of restoring to or exhausting any other security or remedy, and without the necessity at any time of having recourse to Tenant. The validity of this Guarantee shall not be affected or impaired by reason of the assertion by Landlord against Tenant of any of the rights or remedies reserved to Landlord under the Lease. Unless otherwise terminated in writing by the parties, Guarantor agrees that this Guarantee shall remain in force and effect as to any assignment, transfer, renewal, modification or extension of the Lease whether or not Guarantor shall have received any notice of or consented to such renewal, modification, extension, assignment or transfer.

iv.        The granting of any extensions of time or the forbearance or failure of

 

27


Landlord to insist upon strict performance or observance of any of the terms of the Lease, or otherwise to exercise any right therein contained, shall not be construed as a waiver as against Tenant or Guarantor of any such term or right and the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect. Receipt by Landlord of rent with knowledge of the breach of any provision of the Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. The Guarantor waives notice of any and all defaults by Tenant in the payment of annual rent, additional rent, or other charges, and waives notice of any and all defaults by Tenant in the performance of any of the terms, of the Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed.

v. Guarantor further agrees that if Tenant becomes insolvent or shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or shall file for reorganization or similar relief or if such petition is filed by creditors of Tenant, under any present or future Federal or State law, Guarantor’s obligations hereunder may nevertheless be enforced against the Guarantor. The termination of the Lease pursuant to the exercise of any rights of a trustee or receiver in any of the foregoing proceedings, shall not affect Guarantor’s obligation hereunder or create in Guarantor any setoff against such obligation. Neither Guarantor’s obligation under this Guarantee nor any remedy for enforcement thereof, shall be impaired, modified or limited in any manner whatsoever by any impairment, modification, waiver or discharge resulting from the operation of any present or future provision under the National Bankruptcy Act or any other statute or decision of any court. Guarantor further agrees that its liability under this Guarantee shall be primary and that in any right of action which may accrue to Landlord under the Lease, Landlord may, at its option, proceed against Guarantor for its obligations expressly set forth herein and Tenant, or may proceed against either guarantor or Tenant without having any action against or having obtained any judgment against Tenant or Guarantor.

vi. Guarantor will pay reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs and other expenses incurred by Landlord in enforcing or attempting to enforce this Guarantee.

vii. This Guarantee is made and delivered in New York, New York and shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Guarantor hereby waives any right to trial by jury in any action or proceeding arising out of this Guarantee.

All terms and provisions herein shall inure to the benefit of the assigns and successors of Landlord and shall be binding upon the assigns and successors of Guarantor.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has signed this guarantee on the day of             October, 2010.

 

  Guarantor
/s/ Chaim Indig                                   
                                                             
  (residence)
                                                               

 

28


STATE OF NEW YORK    )
   )ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK    )

On this day of October in the year 2010, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared Chaim Indig personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

Notary Public  
 

/s/ Lourdes Zapatero

  LOURDES ZAPATERO
  Notary Public - State of New York
  No. 01ZA6190527
  Qualified In New York County
  My Commission Expires July 28, 2012

 

29


[To be retyped on Letterhead of Tenant’s General Contractor, addressed to

432 Park South Realty Co LLC

116 East 27 th Street

New York, New York 10016

RE:                    Tenant: PHREESIA, INC.,

Premises:          The Entire 12TH Floor at 432 Park Avenue South, NYC

The undersigned contractor or subcontractor (hereinafter called “Contractor”) has been hired by the Tenant or occupant (hereinafter called “Tenant”) of the Building named above or by Tenant’s contractor to perform certain work (hereinafter called “Work”) for Tenant in the Tenant’s Premises in the Building. Contractor and Tenant have requested the undersigned Landlord (hereinafter called “Landlord”) to grant Contractor access to the Building and its facilities in connection with the performance of the Work and Landlord agrees to grant such access to Contractor upon and subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

  1)

Contractor agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Landlord, any Superior Lessor and any Superior Mortgagee and their respective officers, employees, agents, affiliates, subsidiaries, and partners, and each of them, from and with respect to any claims, demands, suits, liabilities, losses and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of or in connection with the Work (and/or imposed by law upon any or all of them) because of personal injuries, including death at any time resulting therefrom, and loss of or damage to property, including consequential damages, whether such injuries to persons or property are claimed to be due to negligence of the Contractor, Tenant, Landlord or any other party entitled to be indemnified as aforesaid except to the extent specifically prohibited by law (and any such prohibition shall not void this Agreement but shall be applied only to the minimum extent required by law).

 

  2)

Contractor shall provide and maintain at its own expense, until completion of Work, the following insurance:

 

  a)

Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance covering each and every workman employed in, about or upon the Work, as provided for in each and every statute applicable to Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance.

 

  b)

Commercial General Liability Insurance Including Coverage for Completed Operations, Broad Form Property Damage “XCU” exclusion if any deleted, and Contractual Liability (to specifically include coverage for the

 

 

EXHIBIT “A”


  indemnification clause of this Agreement) for not less than the following limits:

 

  Combined

 Single Limit

  Bodily

 Injury and

  Property

 Damage Liability: 2,000,000 (written on a per occurrence basis)

 

  c)

Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance (covering all owned,

  non-owned

and/or hired motor vehicles to be used in connection with the

  Work)

for not less than the following limits:

Bodily Injury:       $2,000,000 per person
      $2,000,000 per occurrence
Property Damage:       $2,000,000 per occurrence

Contractor shall furnish a certificate from its insurance carrier or carriers to the Building office before commencing the Work, showing that it has complied with the above requirements regarding insurance and providing that the insurer will give Landlord 10 days prior written notice of the cancellation of any of the foregoing policies.

  3)

Contractor shall require all of its subcontractors engaged in the Work to provide the following insurance:

  a)

Commercial General Liability Insurance Including Protective and Contractual Liability Coverage with limits of liability at least equal to the above stated limits.

  b)

Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance (covering all owners, non-owned and/or hired motor vehicles to be used in connection with the Work) for not less than the following limits:

 

Bodily Injury:      $2,000,000 per person
     $2,000,000 per occurrence
Property Damage:      $2,000,000 per occurrence

Upon the request of Landlord, Contractor shall require all of its subcontractors engaged in the Work to execute an Insurance Requirements agreement in the same form as this Agreement.

 

Agreed to and executed this    day of    , 2004
(Contractors Name and Signature)      
(Name)      
By:      

 

 

31


EXTENSION AND MODIFICATION OF LEASE

(this “Amendment”)

AGREEMENT made this 27 th day of June, 2013 (this “Amendment”) between 432 Park South Realty Co, LLC with offices at 116 East 27 th Street, 3rd Floor, New York, New York 10016, (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”), and PHREESIA, INC. with offices at 432 Park Avenue South, New York, New York 10016 (hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Landlord and Tenant had entered into a lease (hereinafter referred to as “Lease”) dated October 25, 2010, for the entire 12 th Floor (hereinafter referred to as “Demised Premises”) in the building known as 432 Park Avenue South New York, New York (hereinafter referred to as “Building”) for a term that commenced on February 1, 2011 and was set to terminate on January 31, 2014 and WHEREAS, the parties intend to extend the term of the Lease on the terms set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1.        All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them from the Lease.

2.        The term of the Lease is hereby extended through January 31, 2016 (hereinafter referred to as the “Extended Lease Term”).

3.        Landlord and Tenant agree that the rent(a continuation of the rent schedule set forth in paragraph 42.01 of the Lease) during the Extended Lease Term shall be as follows:

 

Time Period    Per Year    Per Month
2/1/14-1/31/15    $327,913.27    $27,326.11
2/1/15-1/31/16    $337,750.67    $28,145.89

4.        Except as provided for in this Agreement, all terms and conditions of the Lease shall be and continue to be in full force and effect. Facsimile/PDF signatures shall be deemed as originals for all purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Amendment on the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD
432 Park South Realty Co LLC

/s/ Jeffrey D. Smith

By:   Jeffrey D. Smith, General Partner
TENANT
PHREESIA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Thomas Altier, CFO


SECOND EXTENSION, MODIFICATION AND EXPANSION OF LEASE

(this “Amendment”)

AGREEMENT made this 13th day of May, 2015 (this “Amendment”) between 432 Park South Realty Co, LLC with offices at 116 East 27th Street, 3rd Floor, New York, New York 10016, (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”), and PHREESIA, INC. with offices at 432 Park Avenue South, New York, New York 10016 (hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Landlord and Tenant had entered into a lease (hereinafter referred to as “Original Lease”) dated October 25, 2010, for the entire 12th Floor (hereinafter referred to as “Current Demised Premises”) in the building known as 432 Park Avenue South, New York, New York (hereinafter referred to as “Building”);

WHEREAS, the Landlord and Tenant had entered into an Extension and Modification of Lease dated June 27, 2013 (hereinafter referred to as “1 st Mod”) in which amongst other items Landlord and Tenant extended the term of the Lease through and including January 31, 2016. The Original Lease and the 1 st Mod shall hereinafter collectedly be referred to as the Lease; and

WHEREAS, Tenant now seeks to rent and Landlord now seeks to lease to Tenant the entire rentable area of the 13 th floor in the Building (hereinafter referred to as the “Expanded 13 th Floor Premises”) and Landlord and Tenant wish to incorporate the Expanded 13th Floor Premises and the Current Demised Premises and make all of the terms and conditions of the Lease other than as expressly set forth herein apply to the Expanded 13th Floor Premises and the Current Demised Premises (and it is hereby acknowledged that the Current Demised Premises and the Expanded 13th Floor Premises shall collectively hereinafter be referred to as the “Demised Premises”), it is agreed as follows:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1.        All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Lease. The clauses set forth above under the heading “WITNESSETH” are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Amendment.

2.        The term of the Lease is hereby extended through January 31, 2021 (hereinafter referred to as the “Extended Lease Term”).

3.        The Landlord and Tenant agree that the paragraph 42.01 shall be


amended to continue the rent schedule [for the 12 th Floor of the Demised Premises] as follows:

 

Time Period    Per Year      Per Month   

 

  
2/1/16-1/31/17        $405,000.00          $33,750.00    

 

  
2/1/17-1/31/18        $415,125.00          $34,593.75    

 

  
2/1/18-1/31/19        $425,503.13          $35,458.59    

 

  
2/1/19-1/31/20        $436,140.70          $36,345.06    

 

  
2/1/20-1/31/21        $447,044.22          $37,253.69    

 

  

3a.        As of the Expanded 13th Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date (defined below) Tenant hereby hires and leases from Landlord and Landlord hereby leases to Tenant the Expanded 13th Floor Premises.

4.        Except as set forth below, the Tenant shall commence paying monthly rent for the Expanded 13th Floor Premises on the later of (x) December 1, 2015 and (y) three (3) business days after (i) Landlord substantially completes (the word “substantially complete(s)” and/or “substantial completion” shall be the same definition as set forth in paragraph 41.04 of the Lease) all of the work described in the Expanded 13th Floor Work Letter (defined below) and (ii) delivers possession of the Expanded 13th Floor Premises to Tenant, free of all tenants and occupants and in broom clean condition (hereinafter the “Expanded 13th Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date”) as follows:

 

Time Period     Per Year      Per Month
Expanded 13th Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date -1/31/17       $405,000.00       $33,750.00
2/1/17-1/31/18       $415,125.00       $34,593.75
2/1/18-1/31/19       $425,503.13       $35,458.59
2/1/19-1/31/20       $436,140.70       $36,345.06
2/1/20-1/31/21       $447,044.22       $37,253.69

In the event that the Expanded 13th Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date does not occur on the beginning of a calendar month then per diem adjustments shall be made in order for the Expanded 13th Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date to commence on the next calendar month. Landlord shall at its sole cost and expense perform the work to the Expanded 13th Floor Premises as set forth in Exhibit “A” of this Amendment, prior to the Expanded 13th Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date (hereinafter referred to as the “Expanded the 13th Floor Work Letter”). All such work shall be performed in a professional, workmanlike and first class manner. Landlord shall complete any and all “punch list” items within thirty (30) days after the Expanded 13th Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date (subject to long lead items that Tenant ordered that require either fabrication or arriving late from


manufacturer). All of Landlord’s warranties set forth in paragraph 44.02 of the Lease shall apply to the Expanded 13th Floor Premises as of the Expanded 13th Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date except with respect to the telecom closet language. .

5.        As of the Expanded 13th Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay 6 1/4% of the Real Estate taxes over the 2015/2016 New York City fiscal Year. Such payment shall be made in the same manner and accordance with paragraph 42.03 of the Lease.

6.        As of the Expanded 13th Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay as additional rent, the sum of $250.00 per month for water charges with respect to the Expanded 13th Floor Premises.

7.        As of the Expanded 13th Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay as additional rent the sum of $250.00 per month for sprinkler charges with respect to the Expanded 13th Floor Premises.

8.        The amount set forth in paragraphs 4, 5, 6 and 7 of this Agreement are in addition to any other charges set forth in this Agreement and/or Lease.

9.        It is currently intended that Tenant and its employees, visitors, invitees, guests and occupants of the Demised Premises will be able to routinely access each floor of the Demised Premises via use of the internal fire escape stairs for the ordinary conduct of its business. If during the term of the Lease Tenant or its employees, visitors, invitees, guests and occupants are unable to routinely access each floor of the Demised Premises via use of the internal fire escape stairs for the ordinary conduct of its business as a result of any requirement of law, regulation or code or if prohibited by any governmental authority then in such case Tenant will notify Landlord and Landlord shall at Landlord’s sole cost and expense and, within ninety (90)  days of receiving Tenant’s notice of the same, commence to construct (and diligently pursue the completion of) an internal staircase within the Demised Premises between the 12 th and 13 th floors (Landlord shall not be required to build a staircase anytime after 2/1/2019). Such internal staircase will be provided in a form and location mutually agreed to by Tenant and Landlord acting reasonably. Upon termination or expiration of the Lease, Tenant shall not have any obligation to remove the internal staircase or otherwise return the Demised Premises to their condition prior to the installation of the internal staircase.

10.        Effective as of the January  1, 2015 paragraph 42.03 of the Original Lease shall be modified where in which 2011/2012 Base Tax Year shall be modified to 2015/2016 (and which for the sake of clarity shall apply to both the 12 th and 13 th floors).


11.        Except as provided for in this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the Lease shall be and continue to be in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of the Lease and the provisions of this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall control. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against any Party whose signature appears thereon, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Signatures to this Amendment transmitted by facsimile, by electronic mail in “portable document format” (“.pdf”), or by any other electronic means which preserves the original graphic and pictorial appearance of the Amendment, shall have the same effect as physical delivery of the paper document bearing the original signature.

12.        The terms of this Amendment shall be kept strictly confidential and Tenant shall not disclose the terms of this Amendment to any third party other than its directors, attorneys, lenders, accountants and advisors who are under a duty of confidentiality. Tenant shall redact all business terms of this Amendment if required to be shared with a third party unless such third party has a “need to know” such terms in connection with its relationship with the Tenant (e.g. an accountant).

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Amendment on the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD
432 Park South Realty Co LLC
/s/ Jeffrey D. Smith                        
By:   Jeffrey D. Smith, General Partner
TENANT
PHREESIA, INC.
/s/ Thomas Altier                          
By:   Thomas Altier CFO


WORK LETTER     Violet 646-760-7416

13 th Floor

   

Recarpet using Building standard, Tenant to spec carpet within 60 days from the date hereof.

   

Door Security swipe cards as performed by Target (this maybe performed after the Expanded 13th Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date)

 

   

Paint entire Demised Premises two coats of paint white

   

Enclose freight door after move in (this will be performed after the Expanded 13th Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date)

   

Enlarge Kitchen to area of the IT room

   

Kitchen reconfigure cabinets, Tenant to purchase appliances

   

Install glass enclosures on rooms along the east interior wall to be consistent with other glass enclosed offices on 13 th floor

12 th Floor

Landlord to promptly and diligently perform work for the 12th Floor work at anytime from now upon request of Tenant, therefore, these items will not toll or delay the Expanded 13th Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date.

 

   

Fix Bathroom

 

   

Fix windows in back corner conference room

 

   

Fix ceiling tiles in back corner conference room

 

   

Middle conference room split into two office with glass walls.

Exhibit 10.14

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS

BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE IT IS NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM

TO THE COMPANY IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

LEASE AGREEMENT

by and between

PHOENIX LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF RALEIGH

LANDLORD

and

PHREESIA, INC.

TENANT

Dated as of: December 9, 2016

© 2000 Capital Associates. All rights reserved.


Article 1 - LEASED PREMISES

     1  

1.01

  Leased Premises      1  

Article 2 - BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

     1  

2.01

  Basic Lease Provisions      1  

Article 3 - TERM AND POSSESSION

     3  

3.01

  Term      3  

3.02

  Commencement      3  

3.03

  Tenant’s Delay      4  

3.04

  Tenant’s Possession      4  

3.05

  Confirmation of Dates      4  

3.06

  Holdover      4  

Article 4 - RENT AND SECURITY FOR THE LEASE

     5  

4.01

  Base Rent      5  

4.02

  Payment of Rent      5  

4.03

  Additional Rent      6  

4.04

  Operating Expense Adjustment      6  

4.05

  Cost of Living Adjustment      9  

4.06

  Letter of Credit      9  

4.07

  Late Charge      10  

Article 5 - SERVICES

     11  

5.01

  Services      11  

Article 6 - USE AND OCCUPANCY

     12  

6.01

  Use      12  

6.02

  Care of the Leased Premises      12  

6.03

  Entry for Repairs and Inspection      12  

6.04

  Compliance with Laws; Rules of Building      13  

6.05

  Access to Building      13  

6.06

  Peaceful Enjoyment      13  

6.07

  Relocation      13  

Article 7 - CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATIONS AND REPAIRS

     14  

7.01

  Construction      14  

7.02

  Alterations      14  

7.03

  Repairs by Landlord      15  


7.04

  Tenant’s Maintenance Obligation      15  

Article 8 - CONDEMNATION, CASUALTY, INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

     16  

8.01

  Condemnation      16  

8.02

  Damages from Certain Causes      17  

8.03

  Fire Clause      17  

8.04

  Insurance Policies      17  

8.05

  Hold Harmless      18  

8.06

  Waiver of Subrogation Rights      18  

8.07

  Limitation of Landlord’s Personal Liability      18  

Article 9 - LANDLORD’S LIEN, DEFAULT, REMEDIES AND SUBORDINATION

     19  

9.01

  Lien for Rent      19  

9.02

  Default by Tenant      19  

9.03

  Non Waiver      20  

9.04

  Attorney’s Fees      20  

9.05

  Subordination; Estoppel Certificate      20  

9.06

  Attornment      21  

9.07

  Accord and Satisfaction      21  

Article 10 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE

     21  

10.01

  Assignment or Sublease      21  

10.02

  Assignment by Landlord      22  

Article 11 - NOTICES AND MISCELLANEOUS

     23  

11.01

  Notices      23  

11.02

  Miscellaneous      23  

Article 12 - ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND LIMITATION OF WARRANTIES

     27  

12.01

  ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND LIMITATION OF WARRANTIES.      27  


EXHIBITS

 

A-1    -      Floor Plan(s) of the Leased Premises
A-2    -      The Land
A-2    -      The Temporary Premises
B    -      Acceptance of Leased Premises Memorandum
C    -      Workletter Agreement
C-1    -      Schematic Space Plan
D    -      Building Rules
E    -      Intentionally Deleted
F    -      HVAC Schedule
G    -      Extension Option
H    -      First Offer Right
H-1    -      The Space
I    -      Parking


LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Lease”) is made and entered into on this 9 th day of December, 2016, by and between Phoenix Limited Partnership of Raleigh , a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), on the terms and conditions set forth below.

ARTICLE 1 - LEASED PREMISES

1.01 Leased Premises.

Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the space (the “Leased Premises”) set forth in Subsections (a)  and (b) of the Basic Lease Provisions below and shown on the floor plan(s) attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease together with the right in common with others to use any portions of the Project (as defined below) that are designated from time to time by Landlord for the common use of tenants and others, such as sidewalks, common corridors, elevator foyers, restrooms, vending areas and lobby areas (the “Common Areas”). The office building in which the Leased Premises are located, the land on which the office building is located (the “Land”, described on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto), the parking facilities and all improvements and appurtenances to the building are collectively referred to as the “Building”. The Building and any larger complex of which the Building is a part are collectively referred to as the “Project”.

ARTICLE 2 - BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

2.01 Basic Lease Provisions.

The following provisions set forth various basic terms of this Lease and are sometimes referred to as the “Basic Lease Provisions”.

 

(a)   Building Name:

Address:

   Two Hannover Square
434 Fayetteville Street
Raleigh, North Carolina 27601

(b)   Floor(s)

Suite #:

Square Feet Area:

   Fourteen (14)
1400
13,449

(c)   Total Area of Building:

   444,051 square feet

(d)   Base Rent:

  

        Initial per Square Foot/Annum:
        Initial Annual Base Rent:
        Initial Monthly Base Rent:

   [***] per Square Foot leased
[***]
[***]

        Payment Schedule:

   See chart on the following page:

 

1


Date(s)

  

Price Per

Square Foot,
per annum (rounded)

  

Square Feet

  

Annual (or
for time period noted)
Base Rent

  

Monthly Base

Rent

[***]

   [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]

[***]

   [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]

 

(e)   Base Operating Expense Factor

   Calendar year 2017 actual Operating Expenses expressed by a price per square foot of the Building.

(f)   Parking:

   [***] spaces pursuant to Exhibit I

(g)   Term:

   5 Year(s)            4 Month(s)

(h)   Target Commencement Date:
Target Expiration Date:

   April 15, 2017
August 31, 2022

(i) Letter of Credit:

   $200,000.00 subject to reduction pursuant to Section  4.06 of this Lease

(j) Permitted Use:

   General business and executive offices and all ancillary related uses (including computer and data rooms ancillary thereto)

(k)   Addresses for notices and other communications under this Lease

Landlord                                                                                                          

Tenant

Phoenix Limited Partnership of Raleigh
c/o Capital Associates
434 Fayetteville Street, Suite 2060
Raleigh, North Carolina 27601
(919) 839-8400

   Phreesia, Inc.
432 Park Avenue South
New York, New York 10016
Attn: General Counsel
(212) 358-7808

(l) Broker:

Co-Broker:

   Capital Associates Management, LLC
None

 

2


ARTICLE 3 - TERM AND POSSESSION

3.01 Term.

This Lease shall be and will continue in full force and effect for the term set forth in Subsection 2.01(g) . Subject to the remaining provisions of this Article, the Term shall commence on the Target Commencement Date shown in Subsection 2.01(h) and shall expire, without notice to Tenant, on the Target Expiration Date shown in Subsection 2.01(h) ; provided, however, that if the Commencement Date is other than the first (1st) day of the month, the Expiration Date shall nevertheless be the last day of the last month of the Term. Such term, as it may be modified, renewed and extended, pursuant to Exhibit G or by other written agreement between Landlord and Tenant, is herein called the “Term”.

3.02 Commencement.

(a) Subject to Section 3.03 hereof, if on the Target Commencement Date any of the work described in Exhibit C that is required to be performed by Landlord at Landlord’s expense to prepare the Leased Premises for occupancy has not been substantially completed, or if Landlord is unable to tender possession of the Leased Premises to Tenant on the specified date due to any other reason beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, the hereinafter defined Commencement Date (and commencement of installments of Base Rent) shall be postponed until the work to be performed in the Leased Premises at Landlord’s expense is substantially completed, and the postponement shall operate to extend the Expiration Date in order to give full effect to the stated duration of the Term.

(b) Provided Tenant signs and delivers this Lease to Landlord on or before December 14, 2016, if the Commencement Date is postponed beyond June 1, 2017, because the Leased Premises are not substantially complete due only to Landlord delays, Tenant has the right to the abatement of Base Rent one (1) day for each day that the Commencement Date is delayed beyond June 1, 2017. If the Leased Premises are not substantially complete on or before September 1, 2017, due only to delays caused by Landlord, Tenant may terminate this Lease, by giving Landlord notice of its intent to do so on or before September 10, 2017, and so long as the Leased Premises are not substantially complete prior to the date notice is given. If Tenant does not provide notice on or before September 10, 2017, Tenant has waived its right to terminate this Lease in accordance with this provision. The Leased Premises shall be deemed to be substantially complete the day after (i) the date that Landlord substantially completes all of the Tenant Improvements described on Exhibit C other than minor details of construction, mechanical adjustment or any other similar matter typically referred to as “punch list” items, the non-completion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises (and which shall be completed by Landlord within thirty (30) days of the Commencement Date) and (ii) inspection and approval for occupancy for the intended use, whether permanent, conditional, or temporary, by the issuing municipality in North Carolina where the Leased Premises are located, provided the approval is subsequently evidenced by a certificate of occupancy, whether permanent, conditional, or temporary, issued by the municipality. The certificate of occupancy may be dated as of the date that it is actually processed by the municipality, rather than the date of the inspection and approval for occupancy.

(c) The deferment of installments of Base Rent created by the delay in the Rent Commencement Date and the right to terminate as provided above are Tenant’s exclusive remedies for postponement of the Commencement Date, and Tenant has no, and waives any, claim against Landlord because of delay.

 

3


3.03 Tenant’s Delay.

No delay in the completion of the Leased Premises resulting from delay or failure on the part of Tenant in furnishing information or other matters required in Exhibit C , and no delay resulting from any cause set forth in Paragraph 7 of Exhibit C , shall delay the Commencement Date, Expiration Date or commencement of payment of Rent (as defined in Subsection 4.02 below).

3.04 Tenant’s Possession.

(a) If, prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall enter into possession of all or any part of the Leased Premises for the conduct of its business, the Term, the payment of monthly installments of Base Rent and all other obligations of Tenant to be performed during the Term shall commence on, and the Commencement Date shall be deemed to be, the date of such entry; provided, no such early entry shall operate to change the Expiration Date.

(b) Effective as of the later of (i) January  1, 2017 or (ii)  the day after Landlord receives a permit for the Tenant Improvements (defined in Exhibit C ) , Tenant is granted a license to occupy and use the approximately 2,655 square feet of space on the fourteenth (14th) floor not contained in the Leased Premises (the “Temporary Premises”, as shown on the attached Exhibit A-3 ) free of charge while Landlord completes the Tenant Improvements. Tenant’s right to use the Temporary Premises is conditioned upon Tenant and Landlord conducting a “walk through” of the space and documenting its condition prior to Tenant’s occupancy. Tenant will take the Temporary Premises “as is”. Tenant must vacate the Temporary Premises, and return the Temporary Premises in the same condition as received, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and the license expires one day after substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements. If Tenant fails to vacate the Temporary Premises when required, Tenant shall pay Rent on its use of the Temporary Premises equal to 200% of the annual per square foot rate being charged for the Leased Premises. The terms of this Lease, except the obligation to pay Base Rent, applies to Tenant’s use of the Temporary Premises. Prior to Tenant’s entry into the Temporary Premises, Tenant must establish that it has obtained the insurance required and is in compliance with Section 8.04 of this Lease.

3.05 Confirmation of Dates.

Tenant shall confirm its acceptance of the Leased Premises by execution of the Acceptance of Leased Premises Memorandum attached hereto as Exhibit B . If either the actual commencement date (“Commencement Date”) or actual expiration date (“Expiration Date”) are different from the Target Commencement Date and the Target Expiration Date, respectively, as set forth in Subsection 2.01(h), Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to the Lease setting forth such actual dates. If such amendment is not executed, the Commencement Date and Expiration Date shall be conclusively deemed to be the Target Commencement Date and the Target Expiration Date set forth in Subsection 2.01(h).

3.06 Holdover.

If Tenant shall remain in possession of the Leased Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease without the execution of a new lease or an amendment to this Lease extending the Term, Tenant shall become a tenant-at-sufferance, and for a period of sixty (60) calendar days after such termination or expiration, as the case may be, shall pay daily rent at one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the per day Rent (as defined in Section  4.02) payable with respect to the last full calendar month immediately prior to the end of the Term or termination of this

 

4


Lease, but otherwise shall be subject to all of the terms, conditions, provisions and obligations of this Lease, and such tenancy may be terminated at any time on seven (7) calendar days’ prior notice. After such sixty (60) day period Tenant shall continue to be a tenant-at-sufferance, terminable on one (1) day’s notice, and shall pay daily rent at double the per day Rent payable with respect to the last full calendar month immediately prior to the end of the Term or termination of this Lease, but otherwise shall be subject to all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord (i) against all claims for damages by any other tenant to whom Landlord may have leased all or any part of the Leased Premises effective upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, and (ii) for all other losses, costs and expenses, including consequential damages and reasonable attorneys’ fees, sustained or incurred by reason of such holding over. In the event of any holdover and failure of Tenant to pay the holdover rent set forth herein, Landlord shall have the right to immediately apply the Security (defined and set forth in Section  4.06) to the Rent, at the holdover rate set forth herein, for as many days as would be represented by the amount of the Security. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant. This provision shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 4 - RENT AND SECURITY FOR THE LEASE

4.01 Base Rent.

Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord rent (“Base Rent”) throughout the Term in the amount of the Annual Base Rent set forth in Subsection 2.01(d) . Base Rent shall be payable in monthly installments in the amount set forth in Subsection 2.01(d) (“Monthly Base Rent”) in advance and without demand, deduction or offset, on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term. If the Commencement Date is not the first day of a month, Tenant shall be required to pay on the Commencement Date a pro rata portion of the Monthly Base Rent for the first partial month of the Term, and any references to “month” shall refer to full month(s) of the Term. Base Rent is abated for the first four (4) full months of the Term, as shown in the chart in Subsection 2.01(d) . Tenant’s right to abated Base Rent is conditioned upon it not being in monetary default beyond any applicable notice and cure period. Landlord will amortize the abated Base Rent over the Term on a straight line basis. If monetary default occurs beyond any applicable notice and cure period, the unamortized portion of the abated Base Rent will be owed and immediately due and payable by Tenant.

4.02 Payment of Rent.

(a) As used in this Lease, “Rent” means Base Rent, Additional Rent (defined below), late charges, and all other amounts required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease.

(b) Rent must be paid by electronic transfer (intrabank transfer, ACH or wire transfer). Tenant must provide Landlord with notice when it makes a transfer as a Rent payment. Electronic mail may be used to provide notice of the transfer. If electronic mail is used for transfer notices, the email address to use is: vpoe@casso.com or another address as provided by Landlord. The notice must provide information regarding the transfer, including the amount, date and details for the transfer (for example, rent, electricity, etc.), so that the funds can be applied appropriately. Landlord is not responsible for any default that may occur if a transfer is made without adequate notice from Tenant.

 

5


(c) Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent is independent of any obligation of Landlord under this Lease. Rent is to be paid without Landlord notice, demand, abatement, deduction or offset except as is expressly allowed in this Lease.

4.03 Additional Rent.

The term “Additional Rent” shall mean the total of the “Operating Expense Adjustment”, as such term is defined below, and any other amounts in addition to Base Rent which Tenant is required to pay to Landlord under this Lease.

4.04 Operating Expense Adjustment.

Commencing January 1, 2018, if the Operating Expenses (defined below) for the Building for any calendar year, expressed on a per square foot basis, exceed the Base Operating Expense Factor specified in Subsection 2.01(e) , Tenant shall pay to Landlord increased Rent (an “Operating Expense Adjustment”) in an amount equal to the product of such excess times the square feet of the Leased Premises as stated in Subsection 2.01(b) . The Operating Expense Adjustment shall be payable in monthly installments on the first day of each calendar month based on Landlord’s good faith estimate of the Operating Expenses for the then current year. Landlord may at any time give Tenant notice specifying Landlord’s estimate of the Operating Expenses for the then current calendar year or the subsequent calendar year and specifying the Operating Expense Adjustment to be paid by Tenant for each such year, and Tenant shall adjust its payments accordingly beginning with the monthly installment immediately following Landlord’s notice. Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant specifying the actual Operating Expenses for the prior calendar year and any necessary adjustment to the Operating Expense Adjustment paid by Tenant for that calendar year. Tenant shall pay any deficit amount to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s notice. Any excess payment by Tenant for the prior calendar year shall be applied as a Rent credit, or, if the Lease has expired or terminated, be returned to Tenant by Landlord within fifteen (15) calendar days of Landlord’s notice. For purposes of determining Tenant’s annual Operating Expenses, the Operating Expenses which are controllable by Landlord (the “Controllable OE”) shall not be more than five percent (5%) over Controllable OE for the prior year (or the Controllable OE for the Base Operating Expense Factor in the first year that Tenant is required to pay an Operating Expense Adjustment), compounded annually. The cap on Controllable OE does not apply to taxes, insurance, utilities, snow removal or other weather related cleanup, and any other Operating Expense item not within Landlord’s reasonable control for example expenses related to unexpected mechanical breakdowns, pipe rupture repair or damage, repair of a broken window or unforeseen repairs to parking decks. Tenant shall have the right, one (1) time per year, upon notice to Landlord within sixty (60) days of receipt of the Operating Expense statement, to have Landlord’s books and records relating solely to Operating Expenses reviewed by a qualified accounting professional selected by Tenant. If Landlord’s calculation of Operating Expenses fails to comply with the requirements of this Section or contains any other material error or miscalculation, as determined by both Tenant’s and Landlord’s qualified accounting professionals, Tenant’s past payments of its proportionate share of Operating Expenses shall be adjusted in accordance with the results of the review, and appropriate payments shall be made by Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, within forty-five (45) days after completion of the review. All books and records necessary to accomplish any review permitted under this Section shall be retained by Landlord for a period of one (1) year, and shall be made available to the person conducting the review at the Building or Project during normal business hours. All out-of-pocket costs of the review shall be paid by Tenant unless

 

6


the review reveals that total Operating Expenses controllable by Landlord were mis-stated by five percent (5%) or more in the calendar year reviewed, in which case Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable costs of the review. The provisions of this Section shall survive the cancellation or termination of this Lease.

The term “Operating Expenses” shall mean, except as otherwise specified in this definition, all expenses, costs, and disbursements of every kind and nature, computed on an accrual basis, which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay because of or in connection with the ownership and operation of the Building, or Landlord’s efforts to reduce Operating Expenses, including, without limitation:

 

  (1)

wages and salaries of all employees to an extent commensurate with such employees’ involvement in the operation, repair, replacement, maintenance, and security of the Building, including, without limitation, amounts attributable to the employer’s Social Security Tax, unemployment taxes, and insurance, and any other amount which may be levied on such wages and salaries, and the cost of all insurance and other employee benefits related thereto;

 

  (2)

all supplies and materials used in the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement and security of the Building;

 

  (3)

the rental costs of any and all leased capital improvements and the annual amortization of any and all capital improvements made to the Building which, although capital in nature, can reasonably be expected to reduce the normal operating costs of the Building, to the extent of the lesser of such expected reduction in Operating Expenses or the annual amortization of such capital improvements, as well as all capital improvements made in order to comply with any legal requirement promulgated by any governmental authority after the Commencement Date including, but not limited to, requirements relating to the environment, energy, conservation, public safety, access for the disabled or security, as amortized over the useful life of such improvements by Landlord for federal income tax purposes;

 

  (4)

the cost of all utilities, other than the cost of electricity supplied to tenants of the Building which is separately metered and reimbursed to Landlord by such tenants;

 

  (5)

the cost of all maintenance and service agreements with respect to the operation of the Building or any part thereof, including, without limitation, customary and reasonable management fees, alarm service, equipment, window cleaning, elevator maintenance, landscape maintenance, and parking area maintenance and operation;

 

  (6)

the cost of all insurance relating to the Building, including, without limitation, casualty and liability insurance applicable to the Building and Landlord’s personal property used in connection therewith;

 

  (7)

all taxes and assessments and governmental charges, whether federal, state, county, or municipal, and whether by taxing districts or authorities presently taxing or by others, subsequently created or otherwise, including all taxes levied or assessed against or for leasehold improvements and any other taxes and assessments attributable to the Building and/or the operation thereof, including any franchise or other tax based on the ad valorem property value of the Building and calculated as an ad valorem tax, together with the reasonable cost (including attorneys, consultants and appraisers) of any negotiation, contest or appeal pursued by Landlord in an effort to reduce any such tax, assessment or charge, excluding, however, federal and state taxes on Landlord’s income, but including all rental, sales, use and occupancy taxes or other similar taxes, if any, levied or imposed by any city, state, county, or other governmental body having jurisdiction; and

 

7


  (8)

the cost of all repairs, replacements, removals and general maintenance with respect to the Building.

Specifically excluded from Operating Expenses are:

 

  (1)

expenses for capital improvements made to the Building, other than capital improvements described in Section  4.04 (3) above and except for items which, though capital for accounting purposes, are properly considered maintenance and repair items, such as painting and/or wallpapering of common areas, replacement of carpet in elevator lobbies and like items;

 

  (2)

increases in taxes resulting from higher valuations of the Building attributable to improvements or alterations made by Tenant in excess of typical fitups in the Building, which increase shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent;

 

  (3)

depreciation of the Building;

 

  (4)

Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general administrative expenses;

 

  (5)

costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions;

 

  (6)

federal and state income and franchise taxes of Landlord or any other such taxes not in the nature of real estate taxes, except taxes on Rent;

 

  (7)

management fees to the extent they exceed the greater of (a) reasonable, similar costs incurred in comparable office buildings in the Raleigh, North Carolina area, or (b) five percent (5%) of the gross rent received for the Building;

 

  (8)

salaries, wages or other compensation paid to officers or executives of Landlord above the level of property manager in their respective capacities;

 

  (9)

overhead and profit increments paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for services provided to the Building or Project, to the extent that the costs of services exceed competitive costs;

 

  (10)

any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord;

 

  (11)

costs incurred by Landlord for the repair of damage to the Building, to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance proceeds;

 

  (12)

renovating or otherwise improving or decorating, painting or redecorating space leased to tenants or other occupants of the Building;

 

  (13)

costs for purchasing sculpture, paintings or other objects of art;

 

  (14)

all items and services for which a tenant has reimbursed Landlord or a tenant has paid directly to third persons;

 

  (15)

any ground lease rental;

 

  (16)

interest, principal, points and fees on debts, or amortization on any mortgage or other debt instrument encumbering the Building or the Land;

 

  (17)

legal and other costs associated with the mortgaging, refinancing or sale of the Building, Land or Project or any interest therein;

 

  (18)

tax penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or inability to make payments when due;

 

  (19)

any costs and expenses related to or incurred in connection with disputes with tenants of the Building or Land or any lender for the Building or Land;

 

8


  (20)

any cost relating to the marketing, solicitation, negotiation and execution of leases of space in the Building, including without limitation, promotional and advertising expenses, commissions, finder’s fees, and referral fees, accounting, legal and other professional fees and expenses relating to the negotiation and preparation of any lease, license, sublease or other such document, costs of design, plans, permits, licenses, inspection, utilities, construction and clean up of tenant improvements to the Leased Premises or the premises of other tenants or other occupants, the amount of any allowances or credits paid to or granted to tenants or other occupants of any such design or construction, and all other costs of alterations of space in the Building leased to or occupied by other tenants or occupants;

 

  (21)

all advertising and promotional costs including any form of entertainment expenses, dining expenses, any costs relating to tenant or vendor relation programs including flowers, gifts, luncheons, parties, and other social events but excluding any cost associated with life safety information services;

 

  (22)

any inheritance, estate, succession, transfer, gift, franchise, net income or capital stock tax profit, revenue, capital levy, or any interest or penalties incurred by Landlord as a result of Landlord’s late payment of any taxes; and

 

  (23)

cash reserves.

If, during all or part of any calendar year, the Building is less than 95% occupied, or if Landlord is providing less than 95% of the Building with any item or items of work or service which would constitute an Operating Expense hereunder, then the amount of the Operating Expenses for such period shall be adjusted to include any and all items enumerated under the definition of Operating Expenses set forth in this Subsection which Landlord would have incurred if the Building had been at least 95% leased and occupied with all tenant improvements constructed or if Landlord had been providing such item or items of work or service to at least 95% of the Building. If the actual occupancy of the Building is between 95% and 100%, then the actual Operating Expenses shall be used for purposes of determining the Operating Expense Adjustment described in this Section  4.04 .

4.05 Cost of Living Adjustment.

Intentionally deleted.

4.06 Letter of Credit .

(a) As a condition for Landlord granting Tenant possession of the Leased Premises, Tenant will provide Landlord with a letter of credit (“Letter of Credit”) in the amount of $200,000.00 within ten days of signing the Lease.

(b) The Letter of Credit must be: (i)  an unconditional, irrevocable, clean letter of credit (which permits partial draws), payable on sight in cash, in favor of Landlord, Landlord’s lender or an assignee of Landlord; (ii)  in a form acceptable to Landlord; (iii)  issued by a third-party nationally recognized banking institution (“Bank”) that is approved by Landlord; (iv)  allow Landlord to draw upon it without notice to Tenant if Tenant defaults or fails to meet a condition of the Lease; and (v)  be transferable by Landlord or any other beneficiary. The Letter of Credit is to be governed by the International Standby Practices set forth by the International Chamber of Commerce. Except as provided otherwise below, the Letter of Credit will be maintained

 

9


throughout the Lease so either: (A) have an expiration date no earlier than 30 days after the Expiration Date, or (B) have an expiration date no earlier than the first anniversary of the date of issuance of the Letter of Credit and be automatically renewed from year to year unless terminated or not renewed by Bank by notice to Landlord given not less than 60 days prior to the expiration date of the Letter of Credit by certified or registered mail. If the Letter of Credit is terminated or not renewed by Bank, Tenant will, within 15 days after notice is given to Tenant by Landlord, deliver to Landlord either a substitute letter of credit meeting the requirements of this Lease or cash security in the Letter of Credit amount. Tenant will cooperate with Landlord in replacing the Letter of Credit if it is destroyed, lost or stolen. If the Bank becomes unsolvent or unacceptable to Landlord, enters into a receivership or is downgraded by the FDIC, Tenant must provide a replacement Letter of Credit from another Bank or provide a cash security in the amount of the Letter of Credit. If the Letter of Credit is transferred by Landlord, Tenant will not hold Landlord responsible for the return of the Letter of Credit and will hold the transferee responsible for its return. Tenant will cooperate with and assist Landlord in completing the Letter of Credit transfer and be responsible for any fees that are owed as a result of the transfer.

(c) Provided Tenant is not and has not been in default of this Lease, has met all Lease obligations and Tenant provides Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit in the amount of $100,000.00, Landlord, within 30 days of the receipt of notice from Tenant, will return the $200,000.00 Letter of Credit to Tenant after the first day of the 37th full month of the Term. If Tenant is not and has not been in default of the Lease and has met all Lease obligations, Landlord will, within 30 days of the receipt of notice from Tenant after the first day of the 49th full month of the Term, return the Letter of Credit to Tenant and Tenant will not be required to provide a Letter of Credit. Tenant’s right to have a letter of credit replaced or returned is waived if it defaults under this Lease. In the event of default, Tenant must provide Landlord with a $200,000.00 Letter of Credit.

4.07 Late Charge.

If Tenant fails or refuses to pay any installment of Rent when due, Landlord, at Landlord’s option, shall be entitled to exercise the remedies afforded to it under this Lease and to collect a late charge of five percent (5%) of the amount of the late payment to compensate Landlord for the additional expense involved in handling delinquent payments and not as interest; provided, however, that Tenant shall be allowed one (1) late payment of Rent in each calendar year of the Term, which late payment shall not be subject to a late charge hereunder so long as such Rent is paid within five (5) calendar days of the due date. If the payment of a late charge required by this Section is found to constitute interest notwithstanding the contrary intention of Landlord and Tenant, the late charge shall be limited to the maximum amount of interest that lawfully may be collected by Landlord under applicable law, and if any payment is determined to exceed such lawful amount, the excess shall be applied to any unpaid Rent then due and payable hereunder and/or credited against the next succeeding installment of Rent payable hereunder. If all Rent payable hereunder has been paid in full, any excess shall be refunded to Tenant. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any processing fees charged to Landlord as a result of Tenant’s checks having been returned for insufficient funds.

 

10


ARTICLE 5 - SERVICES

5.01 Services.

(a) Landlord shall furnish Tenant while occupying the Leased Premises, subject to curtailment as required by governmental laws, rules or regulations:

(i) central heat and air conditioning in season, at such times as Landlord normally furnishes these services to other tenants in the Building and at such temperatures and in such amounts as are considered standard in other similar class “A” office buildings in the greater Raleigh, Durham and Chapel Hill areas of North Carolina, but such service on Saturday afternoons, Sundays and holidays to be furnished only upon request of Tenant, who shall bear the entire cost thereof as provided in Exhibit F attached hereto; (ii) elevator service 24 hours a day, seven (7) days a week; (iii) routine maintenance and electric lighting service for all public areas and special service areas of the Building in the manner and to the extent deemed by Landlord to be standard for similar class “A” office buildings in the greater Raleigh, Durham and Chapel Hill areas of North Carolina; (iv) janitor service for the Building and the Leased Premises on a five (5) day week basis; (v) water and sewer service that is considered standard for other class “A” office buildings in the greater Raleigh, Durham and Chapel Hill areas of North Carolina, and (vi) proper electrical facilities to furnish sufficient power for personal computers, fax machines, desktop computer printers, calculating machines and other machines of similar low electrical consumption, but not including electricity required for electronic data processing equipment which (singly) consumes more than 0.25 kilowatts per hour at a rated capacity or requires a voltage other than 120 volts single phase. If Landlord separately meters Tenant’s electrical, water or sewer service, or if Landlord’s engineer determines that Tenant’s electrical, water or sewer usage exceeds the usage set forth above, then (A) (but only in the case of excess usage) Tenant shall pay Landlord the costs of installing the separate meter and (B) the amount of the charges for such separately metered or excess usage, immediately upon receipt of any invoices therefor. If Tenant uses any heat generating machines, equipment, fixtures or other devices of any nature whatsoever in the Leased Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the Building standard air conditioning, Tenant shall pay the additional cost necessitated by Tenant’s use of such machines, equipment, fixtures or other devices, including the cost of installation of any necessary additional air conditioning equipment and the cost of operation and maintenance thereof.

(b) Subject to Section 5.01(c) below, should any of Landlord’s equipment or machinery break down, or for any cause cease to function properly, Landlord shall use reasonable diligence during normal business hours to repair same promptly, but Tenant shall have no claim for rebate of rent or damages on account of any interruptions in service occasioned thereby or resulting therefrom. Failure by Landlord to any extent to furnish these services, or any cessation thereof, resulting from causes beyond the control of Landlord shall not render Landlord liable in any respect for damages to either person or property, nor be construed as an eviction of Tenant, nor work an abatement of rent, nor relieve Tenant from its obligation to fulfill any covenant or agreement hereof.

(c) If (i) the services which Landlord is obligated to provide are continuously interrupted for four (4)  consecutive business days after Landlord’s receipt of notice from Tenant (“Interruption”), (ii) Tenant is unable to conduct business in the Leased Premises as a result of the Interruption, (iii)  Tenant notifies Landlord immediately in writing that because of the Interruption Tenant is unable to conduct its business, and (iv)  the restoration of the services is within Landlord’s (its employees or agents’) reasonable control and the services are not restored by Landlord, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Rent for each day Tenant is unable to conduct its business operations in the Leased Premises because of the Interruption. The abatement shall begin on the fifth (5 th ) consecutive business day after Landlord’s receipt of the notice of the Interruption from Tenant and shall end automatically when the services are restored.

 

11


ARTICLE 6 - USE AND OCCUPANCY

6.01 Use.

The Leased Premises are to be used and occupied by Tenant (and its permitted assignees, subtenants, invitees, customers, and guests) solely for the purpose specified in Subsection 2.01(j) with no more than one (1) person per two hundred fifty (250) square feet of space; provided, however, that Tenant may change such purpose upon Landlord’s prior written agreement. Tenant agrees not to occupy or use, or permit any portion of the Leased Premises to be occupied or used for any business or purpose which is unlawful, disreputable or deemed to be extra-hazardous on account of fire or exposure to or interference from electromagnetic rays and/or fields, or permit anything to be done which would in any way increase the rate of insurance coverage on the Building and/or its contents. Tenant further agrees to conduct its business and control its agents, employees, invitees and visitors in such manner as not to create any nuisance, or interfere with, annoy or disturb any other tenant or Landlord in its operation of the Building,

6.02 Care of the Leased Premises.

Tenant shall not commit or allow to be committed any waste or damage to any portion of the Leased Premises or the Building and, at the termination of this Lease, by lapse of time or otherwise, Tenant shall deliver up the Leased Premises to Landlord in as good a condition as existed on the date of possession by Tenant, ordinary wear and tear and damage by insured casualty or condemnation excepted. Upon such termination of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to re-enter and resume possession of the Leased Premises.

6.03 Entry for Repairs and Inspection.

Tenant shall, upon reasonable advance oral notice in regards to routine maintenance services and otherwise with advance notice by Landlord (which notice may be sent by electronic mail), except in the case of routine janitorial services and in the event of an emergency when no notice is required, permit Landlord and its contractors, agents and representatives to enter into and upon any part of the Leased Premises at all reasonable hours and for reasonable time periods to provide maintenance as required under this Lease, show the same to prospective tenants (but only during the last 12 months of the Term), lenders or purchasers, and for any other purpose as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable. Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rent by reason of any such entry. In the event of an emergency when entry to the Leased Premises shall be necessary, and if Tenant’s employees, agents or representatives shall not be personally present to open and permit entry into the Leased Premises, Landlord or Landlord’s agent may enter the same by master key, code, card or switch, or may forcibly enter the same, without rendering Landlord or such agents liable therefor, and without, in any manner, affecting the obligations and covenants of this Lease. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business and operations in connection with any such entry.

 

12


6.04 Compliance with Laws; Rules of Building.

Tenant shall comply with and Tenant shall cause its visitors, employees, contractors, agents and invitees to comply with, all laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations (state, federal, municipal and other agencies or bodies having any jurisdiction thereof) relating to the use, condition or occupancy of the Leased Premises, including, without limitation, all local, state and federal environmental laws, and the rules of the Building reasonably adopted and altered by Landlord from time to time, all of which Building rules will be sent by Landlord to Tenant in writing and shall thereafter be carried out and observed by Tenant, its employees, contractors, agents, invitees and visitors. The initial rules of the Building are attached hereto as Exhibit D . In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of this Lease and any of the Building’s rules and regulations, the provisions of this Lease shall control.

6.05 Access to Building.

Tenant shall have access to the Leased Premises and Building twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, except in the event of an emergency. Landlord shall have the right to limit access to the Building after normal business hours; provided, Landlord shall have no responsibility to prevent, and shall not be liable to Tenant for, and shall be indemnified by Tenant against, liability and loss to Tenant, its agents, employees and visitors, arising out of losses due to theft, burglary and damage and injury to persons and property caused by persons gaining access to the Building or Leased Premises after normal business hours, and Tenant waives and releases Landlord from all liability relating thereto. Landlord expressly reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to temporarily or permanently change the location of, close, block and otherwise alter any entrances, corridors, skywalks, tunnels, doorways and walkways leading to or providing access to the Building or any part thereof and otherwise restrict the use of same provided such activities do not unreasonably impair Tenant’s access to or use of the Leased Premises. Landlord shall not incur any liability whatsoever to Tenant as a consequence thereof. Such activities shall not be deemed to be a breach of any of Landlord’s obligations hereunder. Landlord agrees to exercise good faith in notifying Tenant a reasonable time in advance of any alterations, modifications or other actions of Landlord under this Section. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business and operations in connection with any such alterations, modifications or other actions.

6.06 Peaceful Enjoyment.

Landlord covenants that Tenant shall and may peacefully have, hold and enjoy the Leased Premises without interference from any party claiming by or through Landlord, subject to the terms of this Lease, provided Tenant pays the Rent and other sums required to be paid by Tenant and performs all of Tenant’s covenants and agreements herein contained. It is understood and agreed that this covenant and any and all other covenants of Landlord contained in this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord and its successors only with respect to breaches occurring during its and their respective ownership of Landlord’s interest in the Building. Landlord shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of any other tenant or third party that may interfere with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Leased Premises; provided, however, that Landlord shall use its best efforts to enforce the rules and regulations of the Building.

6.07 Relocation.

Intentionally deleted.

 

13


ARTICLE 7 - CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATIONS AND REPAIRS

7.01 Construction.

Prior to the start of the Term, Landlord shall, at its expense up to the amount of the Allowance (as defined in Exhibit C ) , design and construct the fit-up in the Leased Premises in accordance with the Workletter Agreement set forth in Exhibit C . Any cost incurred by Landlord for the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements in excess of the Allowance shall be paid by Tenant as stated in Exhibit C . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that any increases in taxes resulting from higher valuations of the Building attributable to Tenant’s Tenant Improvements or other tenant improvements in excess of Building-standard shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent.

7.02 Alterations.

(a) Tenant shall make no alterations, installations, additions or improvements in, on or to the Leased Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. All such work shall be designed and made in a manner, and by architects, engineers, workmen and contractors, satisfactory to Landlord. All alterations, installations (excluding art works and other removable items), additions and improvements (including, without limitation, paneling, partitions, millwork and fixtures) made by or for Tenant to the Leased Premises shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Leased Premises and become the property of Landlord at the expiration or termination of this Lease or the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Leased Premises; provided, Landlord may require Tenant to remove any or all of such items that are not Building standard upon the expiration or termination of this Lease or the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Leased Premises in order to restore the Leased Premises to the condition existing at the time Tenant took possession. Landlord will notify Tenant if Tenant needs to remove any of the Tenant Improvements or Alterations upon the expiration or termination of this Lease at the time that it approves the Tenant Improvements or grants the request for alterations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request and upon written notification from Landlord, remove all telephone and data wiring installed by Tenant from the Leased Premises, and Tenant shall repair any damage to the Leased Premises caused by any such removal. Tenant shall bear the reasonable and documented costs of removal of Tenant’s property from the Building and of all resulting repairs thereto. All work performed by Tenant with respect to the Leased Premises shall: (a) not alter the exterior appearance of the Building or adversely affect the structure, safety, systems or services of the Building; (b) comply with all Building safety, fire and other codes and governmental and insurance requirements; (c) not result in any usage in excess of Building standard of water, electricity, gas, heating, ventilating or air conditioning, (either during or after such work) unless prior written arrangements satisfactory to Landlord are entered into; (d) be completed promptly and in a good and workmanlike manner; (e) be performed in such a manner that does not cause interference with any labor used by Landlord, Landlord’s contractors or mechanics or by any other tenant or such other tenant’s contractors or mechanics; (f) not cause any mechanic’s, materialman’s or other similar liens to attach to Tenant’s leasehold estate; and (g) include a construction management fee for Landlord of five percent (5%) of the total cost of the alterations, additions or improvements. Tenant shall not permit, or be authorized to permit, any liens (valid or alleged) or other claims to be asserted against Landlord or Landlord’s rights, estates and interests with respect to the Building or this Lease in connection with any work done by or on behalf of Tenant, and Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any such liens.

 

14


(b) Tenant has the right, upon prior notice to Landlord and at Tenant’s cost, to make minor, non-structural improvements to the Leased Premises without obtaining Landlord’s consent so long as they: (i) are in keeping with the standards of the Leased Premises, (ii) do not affect the structure of the Building or connect to or involve the electrical, mechanical, plumbing or life safety systems of the Building (iii) meet all of the conditions of (c) above, and (iv) costs incurred by Tenant per year related to minor, non-structural improvements do not exceed $25,000.00 per annum.

7.03 Repairs by Landlord.

(a) Unless otherwise expressly stipulated herein, Landlord shall be required to maintain and keep in good repair, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion, the following portions of the Building: parking lots, indoor and outdoor lighting including parking lot lighting facilities, driveways, sidewalks, fences, all structural portions (including but not limited to foundations, roof, windows with regard to settling issues but not breakage, walls and floors), heating ventilation and air conditioning systems, and all electrical water, plumbing and other utility equipment connections and facilities servicing the Building and the Leased Premises including the mechanical (including HVAC), electrical, plumbing and fire/life safety systems serving the Building in general and the Leased Premises. Landlord shall perform only routine maintenance for Building-standard leasehold improvements in the Leased Premises. Maintenance of non-Building standard leasehold improvements, and repairs to Building-standard leasehold improvements necessitated by acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees, will at Tenant’s written request (which request may be made by electronic mail), be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, at a cost or charge equal to the costs incurred in such maintenance plus an additional charge of ten percent (10%). Notwithstanding any provisions of this Lease to the contrary, all repairs, alterations or additions to the base Building and its systems (as opposed to those involving only Tenant’s leasehold improvements), and all repairs, alterations and additions to Tenant’s non-Building standard leasehold improvements which affect the Building’s structural components or major mechanical, electrical or plumbing systems, made by, for or on behalf of Tenant and any other tenants in the Building shall be made by Landlord or its contractor only, and, if on behalf of Tenant (with respect to Tenant’s non-Building standard leasehold improvements), shall be paid for by Tenant in an amount equal to Landlord’s costs plus ten percent (10%). Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, except as expressly provided in this Lease, for any damage or inconvenience, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason of any repairs, alterations or additions made by Landlord under this Lease.

(b) Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, to the best of its knowledge and without independent investigation, (i) the plumbing, electrical, mechanical and heating/ventilating/air conditioning systems servicing the Leased Premises will be in good operating condition on the Commencement Date and (ii) as of the Commencement Date the Leased Premises will be completed in accordance with the attached Workletter which provides for law compliance with regards to Tenant Improvement construction in Section 11.

7.04 Tenant’s Maintenance Obligation.

(a) Except as approved by Landlord or provided otherwise in this Lease, Tenant does not have the right to make repairs or provide maintenance to the Leased Premises. All repairs and maintenance are to be provided by Landlord.

 

15


(b) Tenant is responsible for the costs of repairs or maintenance required to non-Building standard leasehold improvements. Non-Building standard leasehold improvements include supplemental hot water heaters, light fixtures that require non-standard bulbs and any other improvement that requires unusual or unique maintenance or repairs. Tenant is also responsible for Landlord’s costs plus a 10% service charge in providing specially requested services or repairs. Specially requested services or repairs are services or repairs provided at Tenant’s request or in addition to general services or repairs provided pursuant to Landlord’s ownership or management of the Building or those Landlord is required to provide in the Lease. Tenant’s obligation to pay for the repair and maintenance of non-Building standard leasehold improvements or specially requested services is in addition to its Operating Expenses Additional Rent obligation.

(c) Tenant is responsible for maintaining and repairing non-Building standard leasehold improvements that require special handling. Landlord has no responsibility for repair or maintenance of these items. Special handling items include audio visual systems that are built by or on behalf of Tenant into the walls of the Leased Premises or operable walls/accordion partitions.

(d) Tenant shall notify Landlord immediately of any material damage to the Leased Premises or Building. Landlord is responsible for repairing all damage, except for damage to any non-Building standard leasehold improvements of Tenant that require special handling. If the damage is caused by Tenant, its employees, agents or invitees or is to non-Building standard improvements, Tenant is responsible for the costs of the repairs plus a service charge of 10%. Damage caused by Tenant includes damage resulting from Tenant’s equipment malfunction (for example, damage caused by a leaking coffee maker water line).

(e) Tenant shall pay for any maintenance or repair costs that are its responsibility within thirty (30) days of written demand for payment by Landlord.

ARTICLE 8 - CONDEMNATION, CASUALTY, INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

8.01 Condemnation.

If all or substantially all of the Leased Premises is taken by virtue of eminent domain or for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, this Lease shall terminate on the date the condemning authority takes possession. If only a part of the Leased Premises is so taken, or if a portion of the Building not including the Leased Premises is taken, this Lease shall, at the election of Landlord, either (i) terminate on the date the condemning authority takes possession by giving notice thereof to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of such taking of possession or (ii) continue in full force and effect as to that part of the Leased Premises not so taken, in which case Rent shall be reduced on a square footage basis by the amount of square footage of the Leased Premises taken or condemned. All proceeds payable from any taking or condemnation of all or any portion of the Leased Premises and the Building shall belong to and be paid to Landlord, and Tenant hereby expressly assigns to Landlord any and all right, title and interest of Tenant now or hereafter arising in and to any such awards. Tenant shall have no, and waives any, claim against Landlord and the condemnor for the value of any unexpired term. Tenant has the right to pursue a condemnation award from the condemning party, at Tenant’s cost, but only to the extent that Tenant’s award (A) is separately stated, and (B) does not diminish any award to Landlord.

 

16


8.02 Damages from Certain Causes.

Landlord shall not be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage to any property or person occasioned by theft, fire, act of God, public enemy, injunction, riot, strike, insurrection, war, court order, requisition order of governmental body or authority, or any cause beyond Landlord’s control, or for any damage or inconvenience which may arise through repair or alteration of any part of the Building.

8.03 Fire Clause.

(a) In the event of a fire or other casualty in the Leased Premises, Tenant shall immediately give notice thereof to Landlord. If the Leased Premises or any material portion of the Building is damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease or to repair the Leased Premises with reasonable dispatch, subject to delays resulting from adjustment of the loss and any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control; provided, Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any furniture, furnishings or other personal property which Tenant may be entitled to remove from the Leased Premises or any installations in excess of Building standard.

(b) Landlord will provide notice to Tenant within 60 days after the date of any casualty as to its decision to either terminate this Lease or repair the Leased Premises. The notice will provide Landlord’s reasonable estimate as to whether the repair and restoration can be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the casualty. In the event Landlord’s notice provides that completion will take more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the casualty, Tenant has the right to terminate this Lease, provided that Tenant must deliver notice of its election to terminate within 10 business days after receipt of Landlord’s notice. If Tenant fails to deliver the notice in the time period specified above, Tenant is deemed to have waived its right to terminate. From the date of the casualty until completion, Rent is abated in proportion to the portions of the Leased Premises, if any, which are untenantable.

(c) Until Landlord’s repairs are completed the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the portions of the Leased Premises, if any, which are untenantable or unsuited for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section, Landlord shall only be obligated to restore or rebuild the Leased Premises to a Building standard condition and Landlord shall not be required to expend more funds than the amount received by Landlord from the proceeds of any insurance carried by Landlord.

8.04 Insurance Policies.

(a) Tenant shall, at its expense, maintain in full force and effect during the Term, and during any holdover, if applicable, (i) standard fire and extended coverage insurance on all of its personal property, including removable trade fixtures, located in the Leased Premises and on any leasehold improvements that are paid for by Tenant (excluding any improvements paid for through the use of a Landlord- provided allowance) and all other additions and improvements (including fixtures) made by Tenant; and (ii) a policy or policies of commercial general liability insurance, such policy or policies to afford, through primary and/or excess coverage, minimum protection of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) per occurrence for bodily injury and/or property damage and Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000.00) general aggregate, provided, Tenant shall carry such greater limits of liability coverage as Landlord may reasonably request from time to time, and any such policy shall have a deductible of no more than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00). All insurance policies required to be maintained by Tenant shall (a) be issued by and binding upon

 

17


solvent insurance companies licensed to conduct business in the State of North Carolina, (b) have all premiums fully paid on or before the due dates, (c) name Landlord as an additional insured, and (d) provide that they shall not be cancelable and/or the coverage thereunder shall not be reduced without at least ten (10) days advance notice to Landlord. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certified copies of all policies or, at Landlord’s option, certificates of insurance in a form satisfactory to Landlord not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the Commencement Date or the expiration of current policies.

(b) Landlord will maintain, (i) insurance covering loss or damage to the Building, for its full replacement value, that provides standard property protection against all perils included within the classifications of fire, extended coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief, and (ii) comprehensive general liability insurance, with minimum protection (through primary or excess coverage) of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for personal injury or death in any one occurrence and of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for property damage in any one occurrence.

8.05 Hold Harmless.

Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, customers or invitees, for any damage to person or property caused by any act, omission or neglect of Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, customers or invitees and subject to Section 8.06 below, Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its partners, agents, directors, officers, and employees from all liability and claims for any such damage, including, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees and costs of investigation.

8.06 Waiver of Subrogation Rights.

Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives to the extent that such waiver will not invalidate any insurance policy maintained by Landlord or Tenant nor increase any premiums thereon, any and all rights of recovery, claims, actions or causes of action, against the other, its agents, servants, partners, shareholders, officers and employees, for any loss or damage that may occur to the Leased Premises or the Building, or any improvements thereto, or any personal property of such party therein, by reason of fire, the elements, and any other cause which is insured against under the terms of the standard fire and extended coverage insurance policies referred to in Section 8.04 hereof, to the extent that such loss or damage is recovered under said insurance policies, regardless of cause or origin, including negligence of the other party hereto, its agents, officers, partners, shareholders, servants or employees, and covenants that no insurer shall hold any right of subrogation against such other party. If the respective insurers of Landlord and Tenant do not permit such a waiver without an appropriate endorsement to such party’s insurance policy, Landlord and Tenant covenant and agree to notify the insurers of the waiver set forth herein and to secure from each such insurer an appropriate endorsement to its respective insurance policy concerning such waiver.

8.07 Limitation of Landlord’s Personal Liability.

Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building and the Land (including all rents and proceeds of sale thereof) for the recovery of any judgment against Landlord, and Landlord, its partners, officers, directors and employees, shall never be personally liable for any such judgment. The provisions contained in the foregoing sentence are not intended to, and shall not, limit any right that Tenant or Landlord might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against the other party or the other party’s successors in interest or any suit or action in connection with enforcement or collection of amounts which may become owing or payable under or on account of liability insurance maintained by Landlord or Tenant.

 

18


ARTICLE 9 - LANDLORD’S LIEN, DEFAULT, REMEDIES AND SUBORDINATION

9.01 Lien for Rent.

Intentionally deleted.

9.02 Default by Tenant.

If Tenant shall default in the payment of any Rent or other sum required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease when due; provided, however, that two (2) times in a calendar year Tenant shall not be in default of this Lease if a payment is late, but it pays the amount due within five (5) days of notice that the payment is late, then Landlord may treat the occurrence of the foregoing event as a default under this Lease. If Tenant shall default in the performance of any of the other covenants or conditions which Tenant is required to observe and to perform under this Lease and such default shall continue for twenty (20) days after notice to Tenant or a longer period of time not to exceed 60 days, provided (A) Tenant commences to cure the default within twenty (20) days and Tenant is exercising due diligence to effect the cure, (B) Tenant cannot reasonably cure the default within twenty (20) days, (C) the default does not impact any other tenants in the Building and (D) the default does not cause any additional liability to Landlord; or the interest of Tenant under this Lease shall be levied on under execution or other legal process; or any petition shall be filed by or against Tenant to declare Tenant a bankrupt or to delay, reduce or modify Tenant’s debts or obligations (and the same is not dismissed within 60 days); or any petition shall be filed or other action taken to reorganize or modify Tenant’s debts or obligations (and the same is not dismissed within 60 days); or any petition shall be filed or other action taken to reorganize or modify Tenant’s capital structure; or Tenant is declared insolvent according to law; or any assignment of Tenant’s property shall be made for the benefit of creditors; or if a receiver or trustee is appointed for Tenant or its property; or Tenant shall vacate or abandon the Leased Premises or any part thereof at any time during the Term for a period of thirty (30) or more continuous days (other than for purposes of making repairs or alterations); or Tenant is a corporation and Tenant shall cease to exist as a corporation in good standing in the state of its incorporation (and fails to immediately cure the same); or Tenant is a partnership or other entity and Tenant shall be dissolved or otherwise liquidated; then Landlord may treat the occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing events as a default under this Lease (provided, no such levy, execution, legal process or petition filed against Tenant shall constitute a default under this Lease if Tenant shall vigorously contest the same by appropriate proceedings and shall remove or vacate the same within sixty (60) days from the date of its creation, service or filing). Upon the default under this Lease by Tenant, at Landlord’s option and in addition to all other rights and remedies provided at law or in equity, Landlord may terminate this Lease and repossess the Leased Premises and be entitled to recover as damages a sum of money equal to the total of (a) the cost of recovering the Leased Premises (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit), (b) the unpaid Rent earned at the time of termination, (c) the present value (discounted at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum) of the balance of the rent for the remainder of the Term less the present value (discounted at the same rate) of the fair market rental value of the Leased Premises for said period, (d) the amount of any unamortized leasing commissions or any allowances or concessions previously made by Landlord to Tenant, (e) any other sum of money, and damages owed by Tenant to Landlord and (f) interest

 

19


on (a) (b) (c) (d) and (e) above at a rate equal to the average of the prime rate of interest published from time to time and made available to the general public by the three (3) largest commercial banks in the marketplace, plus five percent (5%) or the highest rate allowed by applicable North Carolina law. In addition to the foregoing, if any event of default by Tenant occurs as described in this Section 9.02 (even if the event of default is cured to the satisfaction of Landlord and the Lease is not terminated), then any option(s) which Tenant may have for the modification of the Term or of the Leased Premises or otherwise pursuant to this Lease shall terminate and shall be of no further force or effect. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Lease, as well as any invoices and notices relating thereto, constitutes evidence of an indebtedness within the meaning of North Carolina General Statutes section 6-21.2. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages upon a default under this Lease by Tenant.

9.03 Non Waiver.

Failure of Landlord to declare any default immediately upon occurrence thereof, or delay in taking any action in connection therewith, shall not waive such default and Landlord shall have the right to declare any such default at any time and take such action as might be lawful or authorized hereunder, either in law or in equity.

9.04 Attorney’s Fees.

Should either party hereto institute any action or proceeding in court to enforce any provision hereof or for damages by reason of any alleged breach of any provisions of this Lease or for any other judicial remedy, the prevailing party shall be entitled to receive from the non-prevailing party all actual and reasonable attorneys’ fees and all court costs in connection with said proceeding.

9.05 Subordination; Estoppel Certificate.

(a) This Lease is and shall be subject and subordinate to any and all ground or similar leases affecting the Building, and to all mortgages which may now or hereafter encumber or affect the Building and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any such leases and mortgages; provided, at the option of any such landlord or mortgagee, this Lease shall be superior to the lease or mortgage of such landlord or mortgagee. The provisions of this Section shall be self-operative and shall require no further consent or agreement by Tenant. Tenant agrees, however, to execute and return any estoppel certificate, subordination agreement, consent or agreement reasonably requested by any such landlord or mortgagee, or by Landlord, within ten (10) days after receipt of same, including, without limitation, an estoppel certificate. In the event Tenant does not execute and return such estoppel certificate within such ten (10) day period, Tenant will be deemed to have ratified such estoppel certificate, and the information contained therein shall be deemed to be correct and binding upon Tenant. Tenant shall, at the request of Landlord or any mortgagee of Landlord secured by a lien on the Building or any landlord to Landlord under a ground lease of the Building, furnish such mortgagee and/or landlord with notice of any default or breach by Landlord at least sixty (60) days prior to the exercise by Tenant of any rights and/or remedies of Tenant hereunder arising out of such default or breach.

(b) Upon Tenant’s request, Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain for Tenant a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“SNDA”) from its lender on the lender’s standard form. Tenant is responsible for the payment of any lender fee associated with obtaining, negotiating or completing the SNDA. Landlord will not be in default of this Lease if it is unable to obtain an SNDA in accordance with this provision.

 

20


9.06 Attornment.

If any ground or similar lease or mortgage is terminated or foreclosed, Tenant shall, upon request, attorn to the landlord under such lease or the mortgagee or purchaser at such foreclosure sale, as the case may be, and execute instrument(s) confirming such attornment. In the event of such a termination or foreclosure and upon Tenant’s attornment as aforesaid, Tenant will automatically become the tenant of the successor to Landlord’s interest without change in the terms or provisions of this Lease; provided, such successor to Landlord’s interest shall not be bound by (i) any payment of rent for more than one month in advance except prepayments of Security for the Lease, if any, or (ii) any amendments or modifications of this Lease made without the prior written consent of such landlord or mortgagee.

9.07 Accord and Satisfaction.

No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of an amount less than is due under this Lease shall be deemed to be other than payment towards or on account of the earliest portion of the amount then due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment in any letter accompanying any check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept any such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such amount or to pursue any other remedy available to Landlord.

ARTICLE 10 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE

10.01 Assignment or Sublease.

Tenant shall not, voluntarily, by operation of law, or otherwise, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, or encumber this Lease or sublease the Leased Premises or any part thereof, or allow any person other than Tenant, its employees, agents, servants and invitees, to occupy or use the Leased Premises or any portion thereof, without the express prior written consent of Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and any attempt to do any of the foregoing without such written consent shall be null and void and shall constitute a default under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Tenant assign this Lease or sublease the Leased Premises to any entity engaged in the commercial real estate business, including, without limitation, property management or the brokerage, ownership or development of competitive properties. Landlord’s consent to any assignment or sublease hereunder does not constitute a waiver of its right to consent to any further assignment or sublease. If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublet the Leased Premises or any part thereof, Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such desire at least thirty (30) days in advance of the date on which Tenant desires to make such assignment or sublease, together with a non-refundable fee of Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($750.00) (the “Transfer Fee”). Landlord shall then have a period of thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice within which to notify Tenant in writing that Landlord elects (a) to terminate this Lease as to the space so affected as of the date so specified by Tenant, in which event Tenant shall be relieved of all further obligations hereunder as to such space, or (b) to permit Tenant to assign this Lease or sublet such space, or (c) to refuse to consent to Tenant’s assignment or subleasing such space and to continue this Lease in full force and effect as to the entire Leased Premises. If Landlord should fail to notify Tenant in writing of such election within the thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have elected option (b) above. If Landlord elects option

 

21


(b) above and approves the assignment or sublease, then (i)) if the rent agreed upon between Tenant and subtenant is greater than the Monthly Base Rent that Tenant is obligated to pay to Landlord under this Lease, fifty percent (50%) of the excess rent (exclusive of Tenant’s reasonable, documented costs of subleasing the Leased Premises, including, but not limited to, commissions, legal fees, marketing costs and tenant improvements), shall be deemed Additional Rent owed by Tenant and payable to Landlord in the same manner that Tenant pays the Rent hereunder; and (ii) Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs, including but not limited to, additional fit-up work required due to any changes in the building, fire or other municipal, state, or federal codes after the date of this Lease, together with all costs of providing any additional certificate of occupancy required for the subleased space or assigned premises. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord’s actual reasonable attorney’s fees (not to exceed $5,000.00) associated with Landlord’s review and documentation of any requested assignment or sublease hereunder regardless of whether Landlord consents to any such assignment or sublease. No assignment or subletting by Tenant shall relieve Tenant of any obligations under this Lease, and Tenant shall remain fully liable hereunder. If Tenant is not a public company that is registered on a national stock exchange or that is required to register its stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 12(g) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, any change in a majority of the voting rights or other controlling rights or interests of Tenant shall be deemed an assignment for the purposes hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, subject to the conditions contained in this Section  10.01 , including providing Landlord with prior notice of the assignment or sublease (but without the need for obtaining Landlord’s prior approval and consent or the payment of the Transfer Fee) to assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Leased Premises to (i) any entity resulting from a merger or consolidation with Tenant; (ii) any entity succeeding to the business and assets of Tenant; (iii) any subsidiary or affiliate of Tenant; and (iv) any entity which is part of or affiliated with Tenant (any of the foregoing shall be deemed an “Affiliate”), so long as the Affiliate is at least as credit-worthy as Tenant, in Landlord’s sole discretion, at the time of the transfer or has a net worth equal to or greater than Tenant’s at the time of transfer or as of the date of this Lease. Tenant shall not be released from liability under this Lease upon the assignment or sublease of the Lease to an Affiliate. In conjunction with any Tenant debt or equity financing, Landlord agrees that it shall endeavor to review and respond to any consent request from Tenant within five (5) business days of receipt of such request. In connection with Landlord’s review of any non-public documents and information furnished by Tenant in connection with a proposed Transfer, Landlord agrees to hold such information in confidence and not to disclose such information to third parties, other than its attorneys, accountants, prospective purchasers of the Building, partners in the Landlord entity and current or prospective mortgagees or the attorneys of any of them, or as required by law. Landlord further agrees to inform any such attorneys, accountants, prospective purchasers of the Building, partners in the Landlord entity and current or prospective mortgagees or the attorneys of any of them that such information is confidential.

10.02 Assignment by Landlord.

Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, all its rights and obligations hereunder and in the Building and all other property referred to herein, and in such event and upon such transfer (any such transferee to have the benefit of, and be subject to, the provisions of Section  6.06 and Section  8.07 hereof) no further liability or obligation shall thereafter accrue against Landlord under this Lease.

 

22


ARTICLE 11 - NOTICES AND MISCELLANEOUS

11.01 Notices.

Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, any statement, notice, or other communication which Landlord or Tenant may desire or is required to give to the other shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given or rendered if hand delivered, or if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or Federal Express or similar next day delivery courier with evidence of delivery, to the addresses for Landlord and Tenant set forth in Subsection 2.01(k), or at such other address(es) as either party shall designate from time to time by ten (10) days prior notice to the other party. Tenant shall obtain written acknowledgement from Landlord recognizing any change in Tenant’s address for the purposes of this Section, or such change shall not be effective as against Landlord.

11.02 Miscellaneous.

(a) Pronouns of any gender shall include the other genders, and either the singular or the plural shall include the other.

(b) All rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease shall be cumulative and none shall exclude any other rights or remedies allowed by law. This Lease is declared to be a North Carolina contract, and all of the terms thereof shall be construed according to the laws of the State of North Carolina.

(c) This Lease may not be altered, changed or amended, except by an instrument in writing executed by all parties hereto. Further, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall not be construed against or in favor of a party hereto merely because such party is the “Landlord” or the “Tenant” hereunder or such party or its counsel is the draftsman of this Lease.

(d) The terms and provisions of Exhibits A through I described herein and attached hereto are hereby made a part hereof for all purposes; provided, however, that, unless otherwise expressly stated, in the event of a conflict between the terms of this Lease and the terms of any Exhibit attached hereto, the terms of this Lease shall control.

(e) If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or other entity, Tenant warrants that all consents and approvals required of third parties (including, without limitation, its Board of Directors or partners) for the execution, delivery and performance of this Lease have been obtained and that Tenant has the right and authority to enter into and perform its covenants contained in this Lease, and to conduct business in the State of North Carolina. Tenant warrants further that Tenant has never been the subject of a petition for relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code, whether voluntarily or involuntarily.

(f) Whenever in this Lease there is imposed upon Landlord the obligation to use its best efforts, reasonable efforts or diligence, Landlord shall be required to do so only to the extent the same is economically feasible and otherwise will not impose upon Landlord extreme financial or other business burdens.

(g) If any term or provision of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of this Lease shall be valid and shall be enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

 

23


(h) If applicable in the jurisdiction where the Leased Premises are situated, Tenant shall pay and be liable for all rental, sales and use taxes or other similar taxes, if any, levied or imposed by any city, state, county or other governmental body having authority, such payments to be in addition to all other payments required to be paid to Landlord by Tenant under the terms of this Lease. Any such payment shall be paid concurrently with the payment of the rent upon which the tax is based as set forth above.

(i) Tenant at all times shall use and occupy the Leased Premises in compliance with Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined). Except for substances found in routine office and cleaning supplies, neither Tenant nor any of Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees shall use, handle, store, or dispose of (or permit the use, handling, storing, or disposal of) any hazardous or toxic waste or substance in or at the Leased Premises or the Building (or transport, transship or permit the transportation or transshipment of the same over or through the Leased Premises or Building) which is regulated, controlled, or prohibited by any federal, state, or local statutes, ordinances, regulations, or laws, including without limitation the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C.§ 6901, et seq. (“RCRA”); the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §9601, et. seq. (“CERCLA”); the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §801, et. seq; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. §1321, et. seq; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. (“TSCA”); and the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. §651 et seq. (as subsequently amended, “Environmental Laws”). As used herein, hazardous or toxic substances or materials shall include without limitation the following: (1) “hazardous wastes” as defined under RCRA or any other federal, state or local law or regulation, (2) “hazardous substances” as defined under CERCLA or any other federal, state or local law or regulation, (3) gasoline, petroleum, or other hydrocarbon products, by-products, derivatives, or fractions (including spent products), (4) “toxic substances” as defined under TSCA, (5) “regulated medical waste” as defined by 40 C.F.R. § 259.30, (6) any radioactive materials or substances, or (7) asbestos and asbestos containing products. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord, its successors and assigns, and hold the same harmless from any loss, damage, claims, costs, liabilities, and cleanup costs arising out of Tenant’s violation of this Section. Tenant’s violation of this Section shall constitute an Event of Default under this Lease, and, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, at law, or in equity, at Landlord’s election Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall immediately and diligently remove any such hazardous or toxic materials introduced by Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors from the Leased Premises and/or the Building, as applicable, and shall restore the same to its condition prior to the time of the release of such material or substance and to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction. If Tenant fails to comply with the Tenant’s obligations hereunder, Landlord, at its option, may clean up and remove such material or substance and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any and all of the costs thereof (including without limitation reasonable fees and expenses for attorneys, engineers, environmental specialists, and similar professionals). Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

24


(j) Tenant is prohibited from recording this Lease or any memorandum thereof without the prior written consent of Landlord.

(k) Intentionally deleted.

(l) “Square feet” or “square foot” as used in this Lease includes the area contained within the space occupied by Tenant together with a common area percentage factor of Tenant’s space proportionate to the total Building area.

(m) Landlord agrees to pay to the Broker named in Subsection 2.01(1), a real estate brokerage commission only as set forth in the separate Management and Leasing Agreement, as may be amended, dated June 1, 2014, by and between Landlord and Broker. Broker shall pay Co-Broker, if any, named in Subsection 2.01(1), a real estate brokerage commission only as set forth in the separate commission agreement(s) between Broker and the named Co-Broker. Landlord and Tenant each hereby represent and warrant to the other that they have not employed any other agents, brokers or other parties in connection with this Lease, and each agrees that it shall hold the other harmless from and against any and all claims of all other agents, brokers or other parties claiming by, through or under the respective indemnifying party.

(n) Tenant understands and agrees that the property manager for the Building is the agent of Landlord and is acting at all times in the best interest of Landlord. Any and all information pertaining to this Lease that is received by the property manager shall be treated as though received directly by Landlord.

(o) This Lease may be signed in counterparts. Each counterpart is considered an original and when taken together one and the same agreement. Signatures of this Lease that are transmitted by electronic mail, facsimile or similar means are valid.

(p) During the Term of the Lease, Tenant shall provide Landlord, upon ten (10) days’ notice, a true, accurate and complete copy of Tenant’s last financial statements, including income and expense statements and balance sheets, which shall reflect the most recent quarter and most recent year-end at the time of such review. All such information shall be held by Landlord in strict confidence.

(q) Upon execution by Tenant, this Lease shall be binding upon Tenant, its legal representatives and successors, and, to the extent assignment may be approved by Landlord hereunder, Tenant’s assigns. Upon execution by Landlord, this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord, its legal representatives, successors and assigns. This Lease shall inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant, their representatives, successors and assigns.

(r) Landlord shall include Tenant’s name and suite number on (i) the Building directory(ies) located inside the Building, and (ii) a Building-standard suite sign to be located at the entrance to the Leased Premises. For Tenant’s initial listing, the cost of such directory(ies) and suite signage shall be Landlord’s responsibility. Any subsequent changes to directory(ies) and suite signage requested by Tenant shall be paid for by Tenant within ten (10) days of receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor.

(s) Tenant, its officers, partners, members, managers, employees, and agents shall not disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease to any third party, except for purposes of accounting and legal review, or for use by other in-house employees of Tenant’s business, or as may otherwise be required by law, and such disclosure may be subject to injunctive relief in addition to other

 

25


remedies available to Landlord. If Tenant is a publicly traded company and the Lease, any amendment to it or document related to the Lease is considered a material contract so must be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), Tenant may file the Lease, amendment or document only after: (i) it has notified Landlord of the fact that the Lease, amendment or document is material and its intent to file it with the SEC; and (ii) it makes and is granted a confidential treatment request from the SEC and coordinates the redaction of confidential portions of the Lease, amendment or document with Landlord. In addition, Tenant must provide Landlord with a copy of the SEC filing that includes the Lease, amendment or document prior to filing the Lease, amendment or document with the SEC. If the Lease, amendment or document is filed with the SEC, Tenant agrees that any publicity regarding the Lease, amendment or document and/or its filing will be made jointly with Landlord and only with Landlord’s prior approval.

(The remainder of this page intentionally left blank.)

 

26


ARTICLE 12 - ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND LIMITATION OF WARRANTIES

12.01 ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND LIMITATION OF WARRANTIES.

TENANT AGREES THAT THIS LEASE AND THE EXHIBITS ATTACHED HERETO CONSTITUTE THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES AND ALL PRIOR CORRESPONDENCE, MEMORANDA, AGREEMENTS AND UNDERSTANDINGS (WRITTEN AND ORAL) ARE MERGED INTO AND SUPERSEDED BY THIS LEASE AND THERE ARE AND WERE NO VERBAL REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, UNDERSTANDINGS, STIPULATIONS, AGREEMENTS OR PROMISES MADE BY LANDLORD IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE. TENANT FURTHER AGREES THAT THERE ARE NO, AND TENANT EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THOSE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS LEASE OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, HABITABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR OF ANY OTHER KIND ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease, under seal, as of the date aforesaid.

 

LANDLORD:
Phoenix Limited Partnership of Raleigh, a Delaware limited partnership
By   Acquisition Group Inc., Its Managing General Partner
By:  

[***]

  [***]
TENANT:
Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Thomas Altier

Name: Thomas Altier
Title: CFO


EXHIBIT A-1

FLOOR PLANS

434 Fayetteville Street, Suite 1400

Raleigh, North Carolina 27601

 

LOGO

 

28


EXHIBIT A-2

THE LAND

Lying and being in the City of Raleigh, County of Wake, State of North Carolina and being more particularly described as follows:

BEGINNING at a point in the eastern technical property line of South Salisbury Street, said point being located South 06 degrees 45 minutes West 330.69 feet (measured along said property line) from the point of intersection of said property line with the southern technical property line of West Davie Street, said point also being the Southwest corner of the property of the City of Raleigh designated as “Designated Street R/W” (said right of way having been closed) on a map prepared by Bennie R. Smith recorded in Book of Maps 1982, Page 853 of the Wake County Registry; thence with the property line of the City of Raleigh South 83 degrees 15 minutes East 70.00 feet to a point; thence North 06 degrees 45 minutes East 28.56 feet to a point; thence South 83 degrees 15 minutes East 6.67 feet to a point; thence North 06 degrees 45 minutes East 20.50 feet to a point in the southern property line of York-Hannover (Greenwich), Inc. (formerly Raleigh Hotel Associates, Ltd.); thence along the southern property line of York-Hannover (Greenwich), Inc. South 83 degrees 17 minutes 30 seconds East 63.33 feet to a point; thence with the property line of the City of Raleigh and One Hannover Square Associates Limited Partnership South 06 degrees 45 minutes West 219.11 feet to a point; thence with the property line of the City of Raleigh North 83 degrees 15 minutes West 140.00 feet to a point in the eastern technical property line of South Salisbury Street; thence with said property line of South Salisbury Street North 06 degrees 45 minutes East 170.00 feet to the point and place of BEGINNING; and being the property of York-Hannover (Raleigh), Inc. according to a recombination map dated February 1989, prepared by Robert T. Newcomb, III, R.L.S., recorded in Book of Maps 1989, Page 608, of the Wake County Registry.

(The remainder of this page intentionally left blank.)

 

29


EXHIBIT A-3

TEMPORARY PREMISES

434 Fayetteville Starrt, portion of the 14 th floor

Raleigh, North Carolina 27601

 

LOGO

 

30


EXHIBIT B

ACCEPTANCE OF LEASED PREMISES MEMORANDUM

Pursuant to the Lease dated                     , 2016, by and between Phoenix Limited Partnership of Raleigh , a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), for the Leased Premises located in Suite 1400, at Two Hannover Square, 434 Fayetteville Street, Raleigh, North Carolina 27601, with a Commencement Date of                     , 2017, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that:

1. Except for those items shown on the attached “punch list”, which Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy within thirty (30) days after the date hereof, Landlord has fully completed the construction work required of Landlord under the terms of the Lease, and the workletter attached as Exhibit C thereto.

2. The Leased Premises are tenantable, Landlord has no further obligation for construction (except as specified above), and Tenant acknowledges that the Leased Premises are satisfactory in all respects.

All other terms and conditions of the Lease are hereby ratified and acknowledged to be unchanged.

Agreed and Executed this                      day of                     , 2017.

 

TENANT:
Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation
By:    
Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

31


EXHIBIT C

WORKLETTER AGREEMENT

1) Existing Condition and Tenant Improvements . The condition of the Leased Premises as of the date of this Lease, as is and with all faults, shall be deemed the “Existing Condition”. All demolition of and improvements made to the Existing Condition of the Leased Premises in accordance with the Schematic Space Plan and Plans (both defined below) shall be deemed the “Tenant Improvements”.

2) Allowance . Landlord shall provide Tenant with a tenant improvement allowance in the amount not to exceed [***] (or [***] per square foot) (the “Allowance”), to pay for the costs and expenses incurred by Landlord for the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements. The costs and expenses shall include, but not be limited to, the costs and expenses of any (i) design and construction services related to architectural, plumbing, mechanical and electrical trades, (ii) demolition work, and (iii) construction administration services provided by Landlord’s architect and consulting engineers. Costs and expenses shall also include a construction management fee for Landlord of five percent (5%) of the total cost of the Tenant Improvements and all costs associated with any contractor’s general conditions, permits (including any new or changes to development, facility or transportation impact fees), taxes, insurance and fees.

3) Design . Landlord shall cause an architect and one or more engineers, each of whom shall be designated by Landlord in its commercially reasonable discretion, to consult with Tenant and to prepare architectural, plumbing, mechanical and electrical plans that are (i) consistent with the “Schematic Space Plan” for the Leased Premises, which is attached hereto as Exhibit C-l , (ii) sufficiently detailed for pricing, approval and construction of the Tenant Improvements, and (iii) subject to Landlord’s approval, in its sole discretion (the “Detailed Plans”). All millwork, partitions, doors, hardware, ceiling tile, window coverings, plumbing, HVAC, lighting fixtures, switches, outlets and life safety items shall be designed in Landlord’s standard manner. Carpet and paint shall be selected and designed in Landlord’s standard manner and from Landlord’s standard finishes, unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord, in accordance with Section 4 herein. Landlord intends to reuse existing materials to the extent possible, including doors, frames, hardware, lights, ceiling tile and millwork. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord all other information and technical data reasonably necessary for the preparation of the Detailed Plans within two (2) business days of Landlord’s request therefor, or as otherwise agreed to by Tenant and Landlord, so as not to delay the design, pricing, approval and construction of the Tenant Improvements by the Target Commencement Date. Tenant has authorized Sarah Kohut (“Tenant’s Representative”) to represent Tenant for all purposes related to the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, including approval of the Plans and any Change Orders (as defined below), and approval by Tenant’s Representative shall constitute approval by Tenant.

4) Approval of Plans and Cost . Landlord shall cause a general contractor or contractors designated by Landlord, at its sole discretion, to prepare detailed pricing of construction of the Tenant Improvements pursuant to the Detailed Plans. Landlord shall submit to Tenant for Tenant’s approval (i) the Detailed Plans and (ii) an itemized cost statement of all design and construction costs related to the Tenant Improvements (the “Cost Statement”). Within five (5) business days after its receipt of the Detailed Plans and Cost Statement, Tenant shall approve the Detailed Plans

 

32


and the Cost Statement in writing, subject to any modifications or changes in the Detailed Plans requested by Tenant, Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall retain final approval rights for the Detailed Plans. After Tenant’s approval of the Detailed Plans and the Cost Statement, or in the event Tenant does not respond to Landlord within such five (5) business day period, the Detailed Plans and the Cost Statement shall be deemed to be approved by Tenant, and such approved Detailed Plans shall be thereafter deemed the “Plans”. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the costs and expenses of the Tenant Improvements as approved by Tenant exceed the Allowance, then Tenant shall be obligated to pay for all such excess costs. Landlord shall submit an invoice to Tenant for such excess costs at the time the Detailed Plans and Cost Statement are approved or deemed approved by Tenant, and Tenant shall pay such excess costs immediately upon receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor. If the cost of designing and constructing the Tenant Improvements as approved by Tenant is less than the Allowance, Tenant shall not be entitled to any refund of the unused portion of the Allowance.

5) Change Orders and Additional Costs . After approval of the Cost Statement by Tenant, additional costs will likely be incurred by Landlord. These costs may include, without limitation, design costs that may not yet have been billed, design costs for selection of finishes, costs for construction clarifications and other construction administration by the architect or engineers, construction changes required by governmental inspectors, and changes to the Plans or actual construction initiated by Tenant. From time to time, Landlord shall update the previously approved Cost Statement to account for the subsequent changes in cost, and Tenant shall immediately pay any cost in excess of the Allowance and not previously paid by Tenant. For changes initiated by Tenant that will revise the previously approved Cost Statement or the construction schedule, a change order (“Change Order”) shall be prepared by Landlord, its architect, or general contractor. Each Change Order shall include information regarding any revisions to the cost and construction schedule, and shall provide sufficient information for evaluation by Landlord, its architect, and Tenant. Before the work detailed on the Change Order proceeds, Tenant’s Representative must approve the Change Order, including any change in cost and time. Tenant shall have two (2) business days to approve each Change Order, unless Landlord grants Tenant more time. If Tenant does not approve the Change Order within the approval period, the Change Order shall be deemed disapproved by Tenant. If the Change Order is not approved or deemed disapproved, Landlord shall not proceed with the work contemplated in the Change Order. If the Change Order is approved and the additional cost exceeds Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) and is in excess of the Allowance, and if requested by Landlord, Tenant shall pay the cost of any such Change Order before Landlord proceeds with the work that is the subject of the Change Order.

6) Construction . After Tenant (i) approves the Detailed Plans and the Cost Statement, (or if Tenant does not respond to Landlord regarding the Detailed Plans and the Cost Statement, as set forth in Section 4 herein), and (ii) pays any and all costs in excess of the Allowance as set forth in Section 4 herein, then Landlord shall be entitled to cause, and shall cause, the general contractor designated by Landlord to construct the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Plans and the Cost Statement. Landlord shall ensure that the Tenant Improvements are constructed in a first-class and professional manner and in accordance with the Plans.

 

33


7) Delay . The Commencement Date, Expiration Date, and commencement of installments of Monthly Base Rent shall not be postponed or delayed as a result of any of the following:

 

  a)

Tenant’s failure to furnish information or consult with Landlord or Landlord’s architects or engineers when requested in order to prepare the Detailed Plans;

 

  b)

Tenant’s failure to approve the Detailed Plans and/or Cost Statement or to pay any excess cost as provided in Sections 4 and 5 herein;

 

  c)

Tenant’s failure during construction to furnish information or consult with Landlord or Landlord’s architects, engineers or contractors when requested in order to complete construction;

 

  d)

Additional time necessary to consider changes, revise the Plans, obtain pricing, and/or prepare other documentation for a Change Order initiated by Tenant, whether or not such Change Order is approved by Tenant, and to construct approved Change Orders; or

 

  e)

Any other delay from any other cause attributable to Tenant, its agents, consultants, contractors, subcontractors or employees.

8) Tenant’s Access to Leased Premises . Landlord shall permit Tenant and its agents reasonable access to the Leased Premises during normal business hours at least two (2) weeks prior to the Commencement Date for the purpose of installing telephone and computer cabling and equipment and fixtures. Tenant’s right to install equipment and fixtures does not include a general right to move personal property into the Leased Premises before the Leased Premises is inspected for purposes of obtaining a certificate of occupancy. Therefore the right to install equipment and fixtures only is granted to the extent the installation does not interfere or hinder Landlord’s ability to obtain a certificate of occupancy for the Leased Premises. Tenant’s entry of the Leased Premises for installation shall not constitute acceptance of the Leased Premises nor Tenant’s acknowledgment of the Commencement Date of the Lease, unless Tenant commences the operation of any portion of its business therein. This right Page 27 Two Hannover Square of entry onto the Leased Premises is a license from Landlord to Tenant and is subject to revocation in the event that Tenant or its employees, contractors or agents indirectly or directly causes or is the cause of any code or governmental violation, labor dispute, delay or damage or otherwise becomes in default of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease as provided in Section  9.02 . Prior to Tenant’s access, Tenant shall demonstrate to Landlord that it has obtained the insurance required and is in compliance with Section  8.04 of the Lease. Tenant’s early access shall be subject to the Section  8.05 of the Lease (Hold Harmless) and Section  8.06 of the Lease (Waiver of Subrogation Rights). Therefore, Tenant agrees to assume all risk of loss or damage to any telephone and computer cabling, equipment and fixtures installed pursuant to this provision and to indemnify and hold Landlord, its contractors, employees or agents harmless for any damage or injury indirectly or directly caused by Tenant’s entry.

9) Warranties . Landlord shall cause the repair or replacement of any defects in material or workmanship in the Tenant Improvements installed by Landlord for a period of one (1) year after the date of substantial completion of the Leased Premises, or the duration of any manufacturer’s warranty, whichever is longer, provided Tenant notifies Landlord of such defect as soon as reasonably practicable after the date Tenant discovers such defect. LANDLORD MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED

 

34


WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, IN CONNECTION WITH THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 9. Tenant’s sole remedy for the breach of any applicable warranty shall be the remedy set forth in this Section 9. Tenant agrees that no other remedy, including without limitation, incidental or consequential damages for lost profits, injury to person or property or any other incidental or consequential loss, shall be available to Tenant.

10) Compliance with Certain Requirements . At any time before, during, and after construction, Landlord shall have the right to require changes to the Plans and construction in order to comply with applicable building codes, other governmental requirements, and insurance requirements. Neither Landlord’s nor Tenant’s approval of the Plans is a warranty that the Plans comply with applicable building codes, other governmental requirements, and insurance requirements.

11) Liability . The architects and engineers are responsible for completing the Plans in accordance with applicable, laws, rules and regulations, including the local building code, and in a manner that is consistent with Tenant’s intended use. The contractor is responsible for completing the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Plans. The architects and engineers and contractor are responsible if the Tenant Improvements are not completed in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations or Tenant’s intended use.

(The remainder of this page intentionally left blank.)

 

35


LOGO

 

36


LOGO

 

37


LOGO

 

38


LOGO

 

39


EXHIBIT D

BUILDING RULES

(1) The sidewalks, walks, plaza entries, corridors, concourses, ramps, staircases, escalators and elevators shall not be obstructed or used by Tenant, or the employees, agents, servants, visitors or licensees of Tenant, for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Leased Premises. No motorcycle shall be brought into the Building or kept on the Leased Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Bicycles may be brought into the Building and Leased Premises provided (i) Tenant must use the service elevator for the Building for access to the Building and Leased Premises and (ii) Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, its members, managers, agents, employees, and other tenants in the Building, from all loss, costs, expense, liability or damages incurred by Tenant due to its bicycles in the Building or Leased Premises.

(2) No freight, furniture or bulky matter of any description shall be received into the Building or carried into the elevators except in such a manner, during such hours and using such elevators and passageways as may be approved by Landlord, and then only upon having been scheduled in advance. Any hand trucks, carryalls or similar appliances used for the delivery or receipt of merchandise or equipment shall be equipped with rubber tires, side guards and such other safeguards as Landlord shall require.

(3) Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, position and manner of installation of safes, concentrated filing/storage systems or other heavy equipment which shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, be installed in a manner which shall insure satisfactory weight distribution. All damage done to the Building by reason of a safe or any other article of Tenant’s office equipment being on the Leased Premises shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant. The time, routing and manner of moving safes or other heavy equipment shall be subject to prior written approval by Landlord.

(4) Only persons authorized by Landlord shall be permitted to furnish newspaper, ice, drinking water, towels, barbering, shoe shining, janitorial services, floor polishing and other similar services and concessions to Tenant, and only at hours and under regulations fixed by Landlord. Tenant shall use no other method of heating or cooling than that supplied by Landlord.

(5) Tenant, and the employees, agents, servants, visitors or licensees of Tenant, shall not at any time place, leave or discard any rubbish, paper, articles or objects of any kind whatsoever outside the doors of the Leased Premises or in the corridors or passageways of the Building. No animals, except for dogs trained to assist disabled persons, shall be brought or kept in or about the Leased Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord.

(6) Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Tenant which, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability for offices, and, upon notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising. Landlord shall have the right to use Tenant’s name in advertising announcements.

 

40


(7) Tenant shall not place, or cause or allow to be placed, any sign or lettering whatsoever, in or about the Leased Premises except in and at such places as may be designated by Landlord and consented to by Landlord. All lettering and graphics on corridor doors and walls shall conform to the Building standard prescribed by Landlord. No trademark shall be displayed on corridor doors and walls in any event, except on any floor fully leased by Tenant. Tenant may display trademarks on interior walls and doors of the Leased Premises. Landlord shall provide and maintain an alphabetical directory board in the ground floor lobby of the Building.

(8) Canvassing, soliciting or peddling in the Building is prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent same.

(9) Landlord shall have the right to exclude any person from the Building other than during customary business hours, and any person in the Building shall be subject to identification by employees and agents of Landlord. All persons in or entering the Building shall be required to comply with the security policies of the Building. If Tenant desires any additional security services for the Leased Premises, Tenant shall have the right (only with the advance written consent of Landlord) to obtain such additional services at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall keep doors to unattended areas locked and shall otherwise Page 33 exercise reasonable precautions to protect property from theft, loss, or damage. Landlord shall not be responsible for the theft, loss or damage of any property.

(10) Only workers employed, designated or approved by Landlord may be employed for repairs, installations, alterations, painting, material moving and other similar work that may be done in or on the Leased Premises.

(11) Tenant shall not establish any restaurant, luncheonette, automat or cafeteria for the sale or service of food to its employees or to others, nor shall Tenant provide any vending machines without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant may, however, operate coffee bars by and for its employees and invitees.

(12) Tenant shall not bring or permit to be brought or kept in or on the Leased Premises any flammable, combustible, corrosive, caustic, poisonous, toxic or explosive substance or any substance deemed to be a hazardous substance under applicable environmental laws, or cause or permit any odors to permeate or emanate from the Leased Premises.

(13) Tenant shall not mark, paint, drill into or in any way deface any part of the Building or the Leased Premises. No boring, driving of nails or screws, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Landlord, and as Landlord may direct. Tenant shall not install coat hooks or identification plates on doors nor any resilient tile or similar floor covering in the Leased Premises except with the prior written approval of Landlord. The use of cement or other similar adhesive material is expressly prohibited.

(14) Except as provided in this Rule, Tenant shall not place any additional locks or bolts of any kind on any door in the Building or the Leased Premises or change or alter any lock on any door. Landlord shall furnish a minimum of two (2) keys (conventional or card type) for each lock on exterior doors to the Leased Premises and the Building, and shall, on Tenant’s request and at Tenant’s expense, provide additional duplicate keys. Tenant shall not make any duplicate keys. Upon the expiration or termination of the Lease, all keys shall be returned to Landlord and Tenant shall give to Landlord the combination of all safes, vaults and combination locks in the Leased

 

41


Premises. Landlord may at all times keep a pass key to the Leased Premises. All entrance doors to the Leased Premises shall be left locked when the Leased Premises are not in use. Tenant has the right at its cost and expense to install a security system at the Leased Premises, provided (i) Tenant obtains Landlord’s written approval (which approval is not unreasonably withheld or delayed) to the specific security system to be installed prior to installation; (ii) the security system is compatible with and able to tie into the security access system for the Building; and (iii) Landlord is given the access codes for the system. If Tenant installs a security system, Tenant must remove the system and any related equipment, wiring or cabling and restore the area from which the removal occurred at its cost, upon the termination or expiration of the Lease.

(15) Tenant shall give expeditious notice to Landlord in case of theft, unauthorized solicitation or accident in the Leased Premises or in the Building or of defects therein or in any fixtures or equipment, or of any known emergency in the Building.

(16) Tenant shall place a water-proof tray under all plants in the Leased Premises and shall be responsible for any damage to the floors and/or carpets caused by over-watering such plants.

(17) Tenant shall not use the Leased Premises or permit the Leased Premises to be used for photographic, multilith or multigraph reproductions, except in connection with its own business and not as a service for others, without Landlord’s prior written permission.

(18) Tenant shall not use or permit any portion of the Leased Premises to be used as an office for a public stenographer or typist, offset printing, the sale of liquor or tobacco, a barber or manicure shop, an employment bureau, a labor union office, a doctor’s or dentist’s office, a dance or music studio, any type of school, or for any use other than those specifically granted in this Lease.

(19) Intentionally deleted.

(20) Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties, unless under Page 34 special instructions from the management office in the Building.

(21) Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Leased Premises which exceeds the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. Business machines and mechanical and electrical equipment belonging to Tenant which cause noise, vibration, electrical or magnetic interference, or any other nuisance that may be transmitted to the structure or other portions of the Building or to the Leased Premises to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or which interfere with the use or enjoyment by other tenants of their leased premises or the public portions of the Building, shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, in settings of cork, rubber, spring type or other vibration eliminators sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration.

(22) Intentionally deleted.

 

42


(23) No solar screen materials, awnings, draperies, shutters or other interior or exterior window coverings that are visible from the exterior of the Building or from the exterior of the Leased Premises within the Building may be installed by Tenant.

(24) Tenant shall not place, install or operate within the Leased Premises or any other part of the Building any engine, stove or machinery, or conduct mechanical operations therein, without the written consent of Landlord.

(25) No portion of the Leased Premises or any other part of the Building shall at any time be used or occupied as sleeping or lodging quarters.

(26) For purposes of the Lease, holidays shall be deemed to mean and include the following: (a) New Year’s Day; (b) Memorial Day; (c) Independence Day; (d) Labor Day; (e) Thanksgiving Day and the Friday following; (f) Christmas Day; and (g)any other holidays taken by tenants occupying at least one-half (1/2) of the Square Footage of office space in the Building.

(27) Tenant shall at all times keep the Leased Premises neat and orderly.

(28) All requests for overtime air conditioning or heating should be submitted in writing (which may be sent by electronic mail) to the Building management office by 2:00 P.M. on the last prior business day.

(29) Landlord reserves the right, acting reasonably, to rescind, add to and amend any rules or regulations, to add new rules or regulations, and to waive any rules or regulations with respect to any tenant or tenants.

(30) Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed.

(31) All permitted alterations and additions to the Leased Premises must conform to applicable building and fire codes. Tenant shall obtain approval from the office of the Building with respect to any such modifications and shall deliver “as-built” plans therefor to the office of the Building on completion.

(32) Visible areas of the Leased Premises, including areas with lobby exposure, must be maintained in a manner that is consistent with the professional nature of the Building. To ensure that this requirement is being met, Tenant must obtain Landlord’s prior approval before installing any furnishings, floor covering or wall covering in visible areas. Any furnishings, floor or wall covering installed must be of a color and style that compliments the lobby, as determined by Landlord. Visible areas may not be used for storage and boxes may not be stacked within them. If Landlord or its agent determines that a visible area within the Leased Premises does not meet these requirements, it will inform Tenant and give Tenant directions as to how to change the area to meet the requirements. Tenant has ten (10) days from being informed of the need to change the area to make the change as directed by Landlord or if the change cannot be made within ten (10) days to present Landlord with a plan for completing the change. If more than ten (10) days is needed, Tenant must diligently work to make the change and complete the change within two (2) months of being informed that a change is needed. If Tenant is not diligently working to complete the change within ten (10) business days of being informed that change is needed or the change is not made within two (2) months, Landlord may, at Tenant’s expense, provide frosted window film to the glassed area so that the area is no longer visible.

 

43


(33) The Building is designated as “non-smoking”. This means the smoking of tobacco or other products (including the use of electronic cigarettes) is strictly prohibited in the Building, including all of the Building common areas (inside and outside) except for any areas specifically designated by Landlord as smoking areas.

(34) Tenant shall not play nor permit the playing of unreasonably loud music in the Leased Premises or Common Areas, to the extent that any music in the Leased Premises may not disturb other tenants in the Building.

(35) No firearms, whether concealed or otherwise, shall be allowed in the Building at any time.

(36) The water supply lines used with equipment installed in the Leased Premises must be braided stainless steel. Plastic or copper lines are not permitted. Equipment used in the Leased Premises and connected to water supply lines must have a separate shut off valve. Saddle valves are not permitted. These requirements apply to ice makers, coffee makers, dishwashers, water filtration systems, water coolers and any other equipment installed in the Leased Premises that attach to a water supply line.

(The remainder of this page intentionally left blank.)


EXHIBIT E

Intentionally Deleted

 

45


EXHIBIT F

HVAC SCHEDULE

Subject to the provisions of Section  5.01 of the Lease and excluding the holidays defined in Section 26 of the Building Rules, Landlord furnishes Building standard heating, ventilating and air conditioning between 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. on weekdays (from Monday through Friday) and Saturdays between 8:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m. Air conditioning and heating may be provided at other times, so long as Tenant reimburses Landlord for furnishing the services.

Tenant must request after-hours heating, ventilating and air conditioning service in accordance with the method provided in the Building Rules. The cost of additional heating and air conditioning is Thirty-five and No/100 Dollars ($35.00) per hour per air handling unit (the “Cost”). The Cost is based upon the electricity rate charged by the public utility providing electricity to the Building as of the Commencement Date (the “Base Rate”). If the electricity rate increases over the Base Rate, the Cost shall automatically increase proportionately. For example, if the electricity rate increases by 10% over the Base Rate, the Cost charged to Tenant shall automatically increase by 10%.

(The remainder of this page intentionally left blank.)

 

46


EXHIBIT G

EXTENSION OPTION

As long as (i) Tenant is not in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure period) of this Lease when the Extension Option is exercised or when the Extension Term commences, and (ii) the Leased Premises contain at least 13,449 square feet, (iii) Tenant, or an Affiliate continuously occupies the Leased Premises, and (iv) Tenant has not assigned the Lease nor subleased all or a portion of the Leased Premises other than to an Affiliate, then Tenant is granted the option (the “Extension Option”) to extend the Lease for a period of five (5) years (“Extension Term”). Tenant shall exercise its option by delivering notice of the election to Landlord at least twelve (12) months prior to the Expiration Date. The extension is upon the terms and conditions of the Lease, except that Base Rent during the Extension Term is the prevailing Market Base Rent Rate for similar space in the Building at the time the Extension Term commences, but in no event less than the Base Rent plus Additional Rent that Tenant is then paying under the terms of the Lease. Tenant does not have an option to extend the Lease beyond the Extension Term. If Tenant exercises its option, the leasehold improvements are provided for Tenant’s continued use in their then existing condition (on an “as is” basis).

“Market Base Rent Rate” means the annual rental rate then being charged in the greater downtown Raleigh, North Carolina sub-market, as reasonably determined by Landlord, for space comparable to the space for which the Market Base Rent Rate is being determined (taking into consideration, but not limited to, use, location and floor level within the applicable building, definition of rentable area, leasehold improvements provided, quality and location of the applicable building, rental concessions such as abatements or Lease assumptions) and the time the particular rate under consideration became effective), and in no event less than then Rent per square foot for the Leased Premises. It is agreed that bona fide written offers to lease the Leased Premises or comparable space made to Landlord by third parties (at arm’s-length) may be used by Landlord as an indication of Market Base Rent Rate.

Landlord will provide Tenant with a written statement of its determination of the Market Base Rent Rate within thirty (30) days of receipt of Tenant’s notice. Tenant can either accept Landlord’s determination or object to it by providing notice to Landlord within 10 days of the receipt of Landlord’s statement. If Tenant does not provide its objection within the 10 days, the Market Base Rent Rate will be the rate provided in Landlord’s statement. If Tenant provides notice that it rejects Landlord’s rate, each party shall select an appraiser that is designated as a senior member of the Appraisal Institute (or its successor), with at least 10 years experience in appraising commercial real estate in the market area that the Leased Premises are located, and has not been hired by either party in the past five years (“MAI”) to provide an estimate. The two appraisers shall select a third MAI. The third MAI will pick which of the rates provided by the MAIs is the closest to the Market Base Rent Rate. Each party shall pay for the costs of the MAI selected by it. The costs of hiring the third appraiser shall be shared by both parties.

(The remainder of this page intentionally left blank.)

 

47


EXHIBIT H

FIRST OFFER RIGHT

Landlord grants Tenant a right (this “First Offer Right”) to lease in its entirety, the remaining space on the 14 th floor (containing approximately 2,655 square feet) adjacent to the Leased Premises shown in the attached Exhibit H-1 (the “Space”), upon the following terms and conditions:

1. This First Offer Right is granted to Tenant provided: (i) Tenant is not and has never been in default of this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period), and (ii) the Leased Premises contain at least 13,449 square feet (iii) Tenant continuously occupies the Leased Premises, and (iv) Tenant has not assigned the Lease nor subleased all or a portion of the Leased Premises.

2. This First Offer Right is subject to the prior rights of third parties. In addition, Landlord reserves the right to continue to lease the Space to the tenant, assignee or subtenant occupying the Space.

3. If the Space becomes vacant and available, Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice. Landlord’s notice may require that the Space be leased promptly. If there is a prospective tenant interested in leasing space that includes but is greater than the Space, Tenant must lease all of the space being considered for lease by the third-party, as well as the Space. The terms for the lease of the additional space shall be as provided for in this Exhibit.

4. If Tenant elects to lease the Space, Tenant shall provide Landlord with notice of its election within ten (10) business days of the date of Landlord’s notice. The parties shall then have thirty (30) days from the date of Tenant’s election notice to enter into an amendment documenting the lease of the Space by Tenant.

5. Tenant shall accept the Space “AS IS” and will lease the Space as set forth in Section 7 below. The lease of the Space shall commence as agreed by the parties, but no later than 60 days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice (the “Space Commencement Date”). The lease of the Space shall expire on the later of: (i) the Expiration Date, or (ii) three years from the Space Commencement Date. If (ii) applies, the lease for the remainder of the Leased Premises shall also be extended so that the lease for all space expires on the same date.

6. If Tenant does not respond to Landlord’s notice within the ten (10) business day period or provides Landlord with notice that Tenant does not elect to lease the Space, or if Landlord and Tenant, working in good-faith, fail to enter into an amendment to the Lease with regard to the Space within the thirty (30) day period, then this First Offer Right shall automatically terminate, Landlord may lease the Space to others, and Tenant shall have no further rights to lease the Space. If Tenant’s right to the Space terminates as a result of Tenant’s failure to sign an amendment within the thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall be responsible for any damage to Landlord resulting from Tenant’s exercise of the First Offer Right and resulting termination.

 

48


7. If Tenant leases the Space within the first twelve (12) months of the Term, Base Rent for the Space will be at the same annual square foot rate that is provided in Subsection  2.01(d) of this Lease. The Base Operating Expenses Factor shall also be the same if the Space is leased within the first 12 months. If Tenant leases the Space after the first 12 months, Tenant will lease the Space at the Market Base Rent Rate. “Market Base Rent Rate” means the annual rental rate being charged in the greater downtown Raleigh, North Carolina sub-market, as reasonably determined by Landlord, for space comparable to the space for which the Market Base Rent Rate is being determined (taking into consideration, but not limited to, use, location and floor level within the applicable building, definition of rentable area, leasehold improvements provided, quality and location of the applicable building, rental concessions such as abatements or Lease assumptions) and the time the particular rate under consideration became effective), and in no event less than then Rent per square foot for the Leased Premises. It is agreed that bona fide written offers to lease the Leased Premises or comparable space made to Landlord by third parties (at arm’s-length) may be used by Landlord as an indication of Market Base Rent Rate.

 

49


EXHIBIT H-1

THE SPACE

434 Fayetteville Street, Fourteenth Floor

Raleigh, North Carolina 27601

 

LOGO

 

50


EXHIBIT I

PARKING

Provided Tenant is not in default of this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods), Tenant shall have the parking noted in Subsection 2.01(f) of the lease in the surface parking lot located at 113 W. Davie Street, Raleigh, North Carolina 27601 (“Parking Lot”). As of the Commencement Date, the fee for the use of each parking space is $85.00 per month. The parking fee must be paid as of the first day of the month in the same manner as Rent. Landlord will notify Tenant of any changes to the parking fee. Tenant shall pay the new fee within 30 days of the receipt of Landlord’s notice of the fee change. Tenant’s failure to pay the parking fee when due results in an automatic right to use parking spaces.

In the event Landlord is unable to provide the parking spaces in the Parking Lot, Landlord is responsible for providing Tenant with an equivalent number of parking spaces at a location to be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant.

Tenant expects that it will need an additional [***] parking spaces based upon its planned occupancy and use of the Leased Premises. Landlord will assist Tenant, to the extent it is able, in Tenant’s quest to find additional parking in the downtown Raleigh area. Landlord’s assistance may include providing Tenant with contact information for potential parking or other assistance as Landlord is able and is commercially reasonable.

(The remainder of this page intentionally left blank.)

 

51


STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

 

WAKE COUNTY    LEASE MODIFICATION AGREEMENT NO. 1

THIS LEASE MODIFICATION AGREEMENT NO. 1 (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 13 th day of May, 2017, by and between Phoenix Limited Partnership of Raleigh , a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and Phreesia, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into the Lease Agreement dated December 9, 2016 (the “Lease”), pursuant to which Tenant leases Suite 1400 containing approximately 13,449 square feet of space (the “Leased Premises”) in the building known as Two Hannover Square and located at 434 Fayetteville Street, Raleigh, North Carolina 27601 (the “Building”); and

WHEREAS, the Commencement Date has been established and Landlord and Tenant want to modify the Lease accordingly.

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Commencement Date and Expiration Date . The Commencement Date provided in Subsection 2.01(h) of the Lease is changed to “April 19, 2017”. The Expiration Date remains unchanged as August 31, 2022.

2. Base Rent . The Base Rent chart in Subsection 2.01(d) of the Lease is amended to be as follows:

 

Date(s)

   Price Per
Square
Foot, per annum
(rounded)
  Square
Feet
  Annual  (or
for time period
noted) Base
Rent
  Monthly
Base Rent
[***]    [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]    [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]    [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]    [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]    [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]    [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]    [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]    [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]

Tenant continues to be liable for Additional Rent in accordance with Article Four of the Lease.

3. Parking . The last line of the first paragraph in Exhibit I to the Lease (Parking) is deleted and replaced with the following: “Tenant’s failure to pay the parking fee when due results in an automatic termination of the right to use the parking spaces.”


4. Brokerage . Landlord and Tenant each represent to the other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement except for Capital Associates Management, LLC, Landlord’s broker. No commission or fee is due to Landlord’s broker with respect to this Agreement.

5. Affirmation of Lease . Except as expressly modified in this Agreement, the original terms and conditions of the Lease remain in full force and effect. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined have the definition given them in the Lease.

6. Binding Agreement . This Agreement is binding upon Landlord and Tenant, and their legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement inures to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant, and their representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

7. Counterparts and Electronic Signatures . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts. Each counterpart is considered an original and when taken together one and the same agreement. Signatures of this Agreement that are transmitted by electronic mail, facsimile or similar means are valid.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties, intending to be legally bound, have caused this instrument to be signed by their duly authorized representatives, on the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
Phoenix Limited Partnership of Raleigh, a Delaware limited partnership
By Acquisition Group Inc., Its Managing General Partner
By:   [***]
    [***]
TENANT:
Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Tom Altier

Name: Tom Altier
Title: CFO

Exhibit 10.15

This lease made this 15 day of June, 2016.

BETWEEN:   Elk Property Management Limited, in its authorized capacity as Property Manager for PBX Properties Ltd. and Hines Road Inc.

(Hereinafter called the “Landlord”)

OF THE FIRST PART.

 

AND:

          Phreesia Inc.

(Hereinafter called the “Tenant”)

OF THE SECOND PART.

Whereas:

A.         This document and all schedules shall hereafter be referred to as the “Lease” or the “lease”.

B.         “Proportionate” Share means, with respect to the Tenant, a fraction, the numerator of which is the rentable area of the Premises and the denominator of which is the rentable area of the Building with such rentable areas to be determined in accordance with the prevailing BOMA standard.

C.         “Rent” or “rent” means either or both of Minimum Rent and Additional Rent.

PREMISES

1.(a)       WITNESSETH that in consideration of the Tenant paying the rents and any other amounts provided for herein and in consideration of the Tenant meeting all its other obligations as provided for herein, the Landlord does demise and lease unto the Tenant the premises as described herein. These premises shall be hereinafter called either the “Leased Premises” or the “Premises” and has been estimated to have a rentable area of approximately 19,074 square feet, as shown in bold and hatched on the attached Schedule B, and located on portions of the first and second floors of the building bearing the civic address of 1 Hines Road in the City of Ottawa, Province of Ontario which said building and lands are legally described and shown in Schedule “A” hereto annexed. The rentable area of the Leased Premises shall be measured by the Landlord’s representative after completion of the Landlord’s Work and will be in accordance with the prevailing BOMA standards. The Tenant agrees that all rental amounts (including Minimum Rent, Additional Rent and any Security Deposit) referred to in this Lease may be subject to changes to reflect the actual rentable area of the Leased Premises (i.e. including its share of any common areas), as determined by the Landlord in accordance with prevailing BOMA standards.

The parties confirm that the Leased Premises consist of the following:

(i) 7,237 sq. ft. of space on the ground floor of the Building, subject to an existing lease agreement between the parties dated May, 2010 (“ Current Space Lease ”), with a current term to expire on September 30, 2016 (“ Existing Premises ”);

(ii) 4,322 sq. ft. of space on the ground floor of the Building, currently subleased by the Tenant from Bluedrop Performance Learning Inc. pursuant to a sublease agreement dated January 6, 2015 (“ Sublease ”), with a sublease term to expire on July 30, 2016 (“ Sublease Premises ”);

(iii) 4,975 sq. ft. of new space on the ground floor of the Building (“ New Ground Floor Space ”); and


 

- 2 -

 

(iv) 2,540 sq. ft of new space on the second floor of the Building (“Second Floor Space”).

The building, including the Premises and lands, including all driveways, parking areas and access and egress points shall be hereafter referred to as the “Building”.

1(b)       The parties confirm that workstation cubicles and reception desk in the Sublease Premises are the property of the Landlord. The Landlord agrees that the Tenant may continue to use such furniture at no charge throughout the Term of this Lease (including any extension or renewal thereof).

1(c)       In the event that the Tenant requires additional space during the period leading up to the commencement of the Term with respect to the New Ground Floor Space, the Landlord agrees that it shall, upon request of the Tenant at any point after August 15, 2016 and up to the date the Tenant commences operations in the New Ground Floor Space, make a secure portion of Suite 300 on the 3 rd floor of the Building (the “Swing Space”) available for use by the Tenant on an ‘as is’ (including all workstations currently in the space) and Rent-free basis. The size and configuration of the Swing Space shall be mutually agreed upon by the parties, but in no event shall the area of the Swing Space exceed the area of the New Ground Floor Space. The Landlord shall be responsible, at its own expense, for the construction of any demising walls, doors, locking mechanisms, etc. to create and secure the Swing Space. The Tenant must vacate the Swing Space within one week of the issuance of an occupancy permit, by the City of Ottawa Building’s Branch, certifying completion of the Tenant’s fit-up (as set out in s.17) failing which the Tenant shall pay rent, both Minimum and Additional Rent as called for in the Lease, for the Swing Space.

TERM

2(a)       The Tenant shall lease the Leased Premises for a term (hereinafter called the “ Term ” or “ term ”) commencing on the 1st day of September, 2016 or such later date has provided herein (the “ Commencement Date ”), and to be completed and ended on the date which is five (5) years after the completion of the Free Rent Period (as defined in Section 3(a)(ii) below).

The parties acknowledge that the current tenant of the New Ground Floor Space is subject to a lease which does not expire until December 31, 2016. The Landlord shall use its best efforts to deliver vacant possession of the New Ground Floor Space (with the Landlord’s Work completed) by September 1, 2016, failing which the Commencement Date shall be deemed to be the date on which the Landlord delivers vacant possession of the New Ground Floor Space to the Tenant (with the Landlord’s Work completed), which date shall in no event be later than January 15, 2017.

2(b)       The parties acknowledge that the current term of the Current Space Lease expires on September 30, 2016. Accordingly, if the Commencement Date is on or before September 30, 2016 then, as of the Commencement Date, the Tenant’s lease of the Existing Premises shall be governed exclusively by the terms of this Lease and the Current Space Lease shall be null and void. If the Commencement Date is after September 30, 2016, then the Current Space Lease shall be deemed to be extended, on all of the same terms and conditions contained therein, to the period ending on the day prior to the Commencement Date, and thereafter the Tenant’s lease of the Current Space Lease shall be governed exclusively by the terms of this Lease. For clarity, it is the intention of the parties that, until the Commencement Date, the Tenant shall continue to pay rent for the Existing Premises at the current


 

- 3 -

 

rental rate set out in the Current Space Lease.

2(c)       The parties agree that, during the period commencing on August 1, 2016 and to be completed and ended on the day prior to the Commencement Date, the Tenant shall continue to occupy the Sublease Premises on all of the same terms and conditions as set out in the Sublease, save and except that the Sublease shall be deemed to be directly between the Tenant and the Landlord and, as of August 1, 2016 the rent to be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord for the Sublease Premises shall be based upon a fully net rental rate of Twelve Dollars ($12.00) per square foot. As of the Commencement Date, the Tenant’s lease of the Sublease Premises shall be governed exclusively by this Agreement.

RENTALS PAYABLE

3(a)      (i) The Tenant covenants and agrees to pay the Landlord as rental for the Leased Premises, without setoff or deduction:

(ii) For the first 2 months of the term (the “Reduced Rent Period”), the Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to the Landlord as Minimum Rental for the Leased Premises, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever the amount of $26,435.62 plus HST in equal monthly installments of $13,217.81 plus HST based on a fully net rental rate of $11.25 per square foot. For clarification, notwithstanding that the Premises has a rental area of 19,074 square feet the Minimum Rent and Additional Rent, both as defined herein, during the Reduced Rent Period shall be calculated on a rental area of 14,099 square feet. Both Minimum Rent and Additional Rent, for the balance of the Term shall be calculated on the full rental area of the Premises, being 19,074 square feet. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Tenant does not obtain an occupancy permit for the New Ground Floor Space within two (2) months of the Commencement Date, then the Reduced Rent Period shall be extended to the earlier of: (i) the date which is three (3) months from the Commencement Date; and (ii) the date on which the Tenant obtains an occupancy permit with respect to the New Ground Floor Space. For greater clarity. Minimum Rent and Additional Rent shall be payable on the full 19,074 square feet by no later than the date which is three (3) months after the Commencement Date, regardless of whether or not the Tenant’s Fit-up has been completed by such date.

(iii) For the next 36 months of the term, the Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to the Landlord as Minimum Rental for the Leased Premises, without any set-off or deduction whatsoever the amount of $643,747.50 plus HST, in equal monthly installments of $17,881.88 plus HST based on a fully net rental rate of $11.25 per square foot.

(iv) For the final 24 months of the term, the Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to the Landlord as Minimum Rental for the Leased Premises, without any set-off or deduction whatsoever the amount of $486,387.00 plus HST, in equal monthly installments of $20,266.13 plus HST based on a fully net rental rate of $12.75 per square foot.

All such rental payments shall be made in advance, on the first day of each calendar month and shall be referred to either as the “Minimum Rental” or “Minimum Rent”;


 

- 4 -

 

(v) In addition to the Minimum Rent, the Tenant shall pay Additional Rental (the “Additional Rent” or ‘‘Additional Rental”) representing payment by the Tenant of its Proportionate Share of all taxes, insurance and operating costs for the Building and other costs as set forth in subparagraphs 3(j), 3(k) and 3(I) and elsewhere in this lease, as applicable. The Landlord hereby estimates such Additional Rental for the 2016 to be $13.06 per square foot. All such payments of Additional Rental shall be based on the Landlord’s estimates and shall also be paid monthly on the first day of each calendar month.

The Tenant agrees that all rental amounts referred to in this paragraph and the amount shown under paragraph 3(d) entitled Security Deposit may be subject to change to reflect the actual rentable area of the Leased Premises (i.e. including its share of any common areas), as reasonably determined by the Landlord in accordance with prevailing BOMA standards.

MINIMUM RENTAL and ADDITIONAL RENTAL

3(b)     The Minimum Rental and Additional Rental will be adjusted proportionately for any Lease Year , which is other than twelve (12) calendar months. Tenant shall, on or before the first day of each month, deliver to the Landlord payment for an amount equal to the amount of Minimum Rental and Additional Rental plus GST or HST as applicable payable in each month of such Lease Year, provided that the first such payment, if applicable, is to include also any pro-rated Minimum Rental and Additional Rental for the period from the date of the commencement of the Term to the first day of the first full calendar month in the Term.

RENT ADJUSTMENT FOR INTEREST RATE INCREASE

3(c)     deleted intentionally

SECURITY DEPOSIT

3(d)     The Landlord confirms that it is currently holding the sum of $16,480.16, previously received from the Tenant as a security deposit with respect to the Existing Premises. The Landlord shall receive an additional amount of $62,153.39 (which includes HST), which shall be payable by way of a set-off of this amount by the Landlord against the Tenant Inducement (as set out in s.17). Of this amount, $32,275.31 will apply on account of the first month’s rent of the Term and the balance (i.e. $46,358.24) will be retained by the Landlord without interest, as a security deposit, to be released after the expiry of the Term so long as the Tenant has complied with all of its obligations herein including but not limited to the paragraph entitled Surrender of the Premises.

MANNER AND PLACE OF PAYMENT OF RENT

3(e)    (i)     All rent shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord or to any entity designated by the Landlord, at par at the principal office of the Landlord or at such other place as the Landlord may designate in writing from time to time without any prior demand therefore, and shall be payable in lawful money of Canada.

(ii)     Any sums received by the Landlord from or for the account of the Tenant when the Tenant is in default hereunder may be applied at the Landlord’s option to the satisfaction, in whole or part, of any of the obligations of the Tenant then due hereunder in such manner as the Landlord sees fit, and regardless of any designation or instruction of the Tenant to the contrary.

LEASE YEAR


 

- 5 -

 

3(f)     The first Lease Year shall commence on the first day of the Term and shall end 12 calendar months after the first day of the first calendar month following the Commencement Date. Thereafter, the Lease Years shall consist of consecutive periods of twelve (12) months. If, however, the Landlord deems it necessary or convenient for the Landlord’s accounting purposes, the Landlord may at any time and from time to time, by written notice to the Tenant, specify an annual date from which each subsequent Lease Year is to commence, and, in such event, the then current Lease Year shall terminate on the day preceding the commencement of such new Lease Year. The last Lease Year of the term shall terminate as of the termination of this Lease Agreement either on account of the running of time or on account of the early termination of this Lease under the terms hereof.

SET-OFF & ABATEMENT

3(g)     All Minimum Rent and Additional Rent and other sums payable hereunder by the Tenant to the Landlord shall be payable without any deduction, set-off or abatement whatsoever.

INTEREST ON ARREARS

3(h)     If the Tenant shall fail to pay, when due, any Minimum Rent, Additional Rent, or installment on account thereof, or any other amount payable to the Landlord hereunder, the amount unpaid shall bear interest from the due date thereof to the date of payment at the rate of 4% in excess of the prime rate of interest then chargeable by the Landlord’s bankers to its most favoured customers on commercial loans in Canadian currency, but this provision for interest shall not limit any other remedies which the Landlord may have in respect of such default.

OPERATE ON CONTINUOUS BASIS

3(i)     Deleted Intentionally

ADDITIONAL TAXES AND RATES

3(j)     In addition to the Minimum Rent, The Tenant shall pay an additional monthly sum (herein called the “Additional Rental for Taxes”) estimated by the Landlord as sufficient to reimburse the Landlord for the Tenant’s Proportionate Share of all municipal, provincial, federal or other governmental taxes or rates or charges of every nature or description that are attributable to the Building (hereafter “Taxes”). These Taxes shall include without limiting the generality of the foregoing, realty taxes, school taxes, general taxes, goods and services taxes (i.e. GST, HST or any other tax or levy that replaces or is in addition to such tax or that is charged on any of the rent payable by the Tenant as called for herein), value added taxes, business transfer taxes, any and all capital taxes including but not limited to taxes based upon or computed by reference to capital or paid up capital of the Landlord so long as such capital taxes relate to this Building, fire protection charges, water rates, sewerage rates, local improvement rates, general or particular levies or assessments, or charges or any similar rates, taxes, assessments or charges levied by any municipal, provincial, federal or other governmental authority against the Building to the extent that the same are attributed, by the Landlord, to the Leased Premises but excluding any interest or penalty payable as a result of the failure by the Landlord to make any payment of any such taxes, rates, or charges when due. Upon the receipt by the Landlord of any demand for payment or statement of


 

- 6 -

 

account with respect to any such taxes, rates and charges, it shall notify the Tenant and the Tenant shall pay for any variation in the monthly amount payable as Additional Rental for Taxes under this clause; provided, however, that the Landlord shall be entitled to vary the Additional Rental for Taxes at any time upon giving notice in writing of such variation to the Tenant and all amounts payable under this Lease as Additional Rental for Taxes shall be recoverable by the Landlord from the Tenant in the same manner as rent under the terms hereof.

If at any time during the Term, Taxes payable for the Building are calculated based, in whole or in part, on the Building being less than fully occupied by tenants carrying on business, then the Landlord may at its option and acting reasonably, adjust the Taxes payable as if the Building had been fully occupied by tenants carrying on business. The parties acknowledge that the purpose of this clause is to ensure that the Landlord solely benefits from any lower rate or assessment levied on vacant space in the Building. It is the intent of this paragraph that the Tenant pays no more in Taxes than if the Building were fully occupied and that the Landlord benefit from any reduction in Taxes related to vacancies in the Building

In addition, if at any time during the Term, such taxes payable for the Building are calculated or assessed based, in whole or in part, on 1 or more tenants being tax exempt or receiving a reduction or any relief in taxes then the Landlord may, at its option and acting reasonably, charge the remaining tenants, including the Tenant by adjusting such taxes for the Building payable for that period of time such that taxes assessed on the non-exempt portion(s) of the Building are shared among the remaining tenants, including the Tenant and/or in the event of a tax reduction or tax relief being afforded to one or more tenants, charge the remaining tenants, including the Tenant by adjusting the taxes to an amount which reflects the amount of such real property taxes which would have been payable if the Building had been or were fully occupied by tenants, none of whom are tax exempt or are receiving a reduction or any relief in taxes

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Landlord shall appeal Taxes as would a prudent landlord of a similar property, should any assessment appear unfair to the Landlord, acting reasonably.

INSURANCE

3(k)     The Tenant shall, during the Term of this tenancy and any renewal thereof, at the Tenant’s sole cost and expense, obtain and keep in full force and effect insurance policies to cover fire and property damage, business interruption, and public liability of not less than two million ($2,000,000) dollars for each occurrence. In addition, the Tenant shall obtain and maintain tenant’s legal liability Insurance in an amount equal to the cost of reconstructing the portion of the building specifically occupied by the Tenant under the terms of this Lease. Such Tenant’s insurance shall include, but not be limited to coverage from loss or damage caused by malicious damage, lightning, explosion, windstorm, hail, sprinkler leakage (if applicable), smoke, impact of vehicles or aircraft and such other insurable hazards as the Landlord may from time to time reasonably decide but not in an amount exceeding the replacement value thereof. Such Tenant’s “all risk” insurance shall also cover property of every kind and nature owned by the Tenant or for which the Tenant is legally liable, or installed by or on behalf of the Tenant and which is located within, in or about, the Leased Premises in an amount not less than the full replacement cost thereof. The Tenant shall provide the Landlord with a certificate of insurance confirming that all insurance coverage required by this Lease has been placed by the Tenant pursuant hereto prior to the commencement date and annually thereafter with renewals thereof at least 30 days prior to any expiry thereof. Such certificate shall confirm that both the Landlord and the Property Manager have been added as Additional Insureds, and shall contain a clause


 

- 7 -

 

providing 30 days written notice of any material change or cancellation of any of the required policies. If required, the Tenant shall provide the Landlord with actual copies of the policies. The Tenant shall provide the Landlord with copies of all certificates of insurance coverage required to be placed by the Tenant pursuant hereto prior to the Commencement Date or, date it takes occupancy and annually thereafter with renewals thereof at least thirty (30) days prior to any expiry thereof. In addition if required by a mortgagee of the Landlord, the Tenant shall furnish to the Landlord, within ten (10) business days after demand thereof by the Landlord, additional copies of same. In the event the Tenant fails to obtain any insurance referred to in this section, the Landlord may place such insurance, and the cost thereof together with interest on such payment at a rate equal to the stipulated rate of interest (Royal Bank prime rate plus 4%) from the date such payments are made by the Landlord until reimbursed by the Tenant shall forthwith be payable by the Tenant to the Landlord. The Tenant hereby agrees and understands that the placing of any of the above mentioned insurance by the Landlord shall in no way relieve the Tenant from any obligation assumed under this Lease.

The Tenant covenants that nothing will be done or omitted to be done upon the Leased Premises or any part thereof and nothing will be brought upon the Leased Premises or any part thereof which may result in an insurance policy to be cancelled or the Leased Premises or Building to be rendered uninsurable.

All insurance policies shall be in form and substance and with insurers satisfactory to the Landlord, acting reasonably, The “all risk” insurance required to be maintained by the Tenant under this clause shall include a waiver of subrogation in favour of the Landlord and against those for whom the Landlord is in law responsible and the comprehensive general liability policy shall in addition contain a provision for cross-liability and severability of interest.

The Landlord shall be entitled to be named as a co-insured or additional insured, under the Tenant’s public liability policy required herein, and, in any event, the Tenant will arrange, if possible, for notice to be given by an insurer to the Landlord of any cancellation of any of the policies of insurance required by this Lease to be maintained by the Tenant.

The Landlord shall maintain on the Building, any and all insurance as would be maintained by a prudent landlord of a similar property, including but not limited to, all risks insurance and insurance against all perils, reasonable in the circumstances, for full replacement cost with minimum by-law endorsement and broad extended coverage, boiler insurance coverage, insurance against loss of rental income by reason of fire, flood or any other peril and third person liability and any other liability insurance protecting the Landlord against all or any claims for personal injury including death or property damage in an amount deemed advisable by the Landlord from time to time, and if and when deemed advisable by the Landlord, insurance against loss of an “all risk” nature including but not limited to earthquake, and the Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord by paying a further additional monthly sum (herein called the “Additional Rental for Insurance”) for the Tenant’s proportionate share of all costs and charges in connection with any such insurance, including but not limited to deductibles paid by the Landlord as part of claims made by the Landlord and all such costs and charges may be recovered by the Landlord from the Tenant in the same manner as rent under the terms hereof.

OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE COSTS

3(l)     Unless caused by Tenant’s misuse or neglect and subject to Tenant’s obligation to maintain and


 

- 8 -

 

effect repairs, at the Tenant’s cost, as outlined in paragraph 4(e) herein entitled Tenant Repairs and Alterations and elsewhere as called for in the Lease, the Landlord shall maintain and repair the Building, including the repair and replacement of any Building components such as the roof as well as the foundations, structural columns of the Building and mechanical, electrical and other basic systems of the Building as well as perimeter fences, if applicable, and the Landlord shall maintain, operate and manage to the standard of a high quality building, all the lands comprising the said Building including the parking areas and landscaped areas. The Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord its Proportionate Share for all costs related to the aforementioned repairs and replacements and for all other operating costs to maintain, operate and manage the Building and lands in such a manner. Such Tenant’s reimbursement for such costs shall hereinafter be called “Additional Rental for Operating Costs”. Subject to the Tenant Repairs and Alterations clause herein, the said operating costs shall include all the aforenoted costs and shall also include, but not be limited to, the amounts paid whether by the Landlord or others on behalf of the Landlord for complete maintenance services for the Building such as are in keeping with maintaining the standard of a high quality building and shall include all repairs and replacements required for such maintenance, including but not limited to the following: all grass cutting and removal and other landscaping costs including litter removal, parking lot maintenance and snow removal, the costs of policing and providing security and fire safety, all costs for removal of any debris including Hazardous Substances as later defined herein, maintenance of the exterior of the Building including roof repairs and maintenance, the costs of providing water and electricity or any other utility not otherwise chargeable directly to or payable by tenants, and any costs related to consumption of utilities (including but not limited to electricity, gas, water, oil, cable, etc.) or any costs incurred to investigate or to install any devices, systems or equipment designed to reduce the consumption of such utilities, service contracts with independent contractors, all amounts paid for wages, benefits, and other payments to janitors, caretakers and any other staff, to the extent they are directly involved in the maintenance and management of the Building, managerial fees (not to exceed 5% of total Rent (ie including both Minimum Rent and Additional Rent), all costs related to building measurements as well as costs to investigate and/or contest changes in zoning, by-laws or other regulatory issues which may affect the use or occupancy of the Building, supplies used in the maintenance of the Building, the cost of heating, ventilating and/or air-conditioning the Building, including the common areas of the Building not directly chargeable to the Tenant and including repairs and replacements to all equipment used in the provision of plumbing, electricity, heating, ventilating, and air conditioning of the Building including any meters and all other expenses paid or payable by the Landlord in connection with the operation of the Building. All such costs and charges may be recoverable by the Landlord from the Tenant in the same manner as rent under the terms hereof.

Such operating costs shall not include interest on debt or capital retirement of debt, or any amount directly chargeable by the Landlord and collected from any tenant or tenants as otherwise provided herein, or the proceeds realized by the Landlord from any insurance claims made by the Landlord in connection with repairs done by the Landlord, sums payable by the Landlord as taxes on income of the Landlord and which are clearly personal to the Landlord and are not directly related to the Building, the costs of enforcing other tenants’ obligations under leases, costs and expenses of leasehold improvements relating to renewed tenancies, real estate commissions, tenant inducements or tenants’ work costs incurred by the Landlord in acquiring new tenants for the Building, charitable or political contributions; interest, penalties, or other costs arising out of the Landlord’s failure to make timely payment of its obligations under this Lease; costs of adding or deleting floors; any bad debt loss, rent


 

- 9 -

 

loss, or reserves for bad debt or rent loss; overhead and profit increment paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of the Landlord for services on or to the Building, but only to the extent that the costs of such services exceed competitive costs for such services rendered by unaffiliated persons or entities with respect to comparable buildings in the immediate vicinity of the Building – however such restriction or limit on payments to affiliates shall exclude managerial fees which were determined to be 5% of gross rent as noted herein.

Should the Landlord determine, in its sole discretion, that the amount of any expense should be amortized over more than 1 year, then such expense shall be amortized at a rate of interest equal to the greater of 47% per annum, compounded monthly, or that rate of interest equal to 12% per annum over the prime rate of interest in effect and charged from time to time by the Landlord’s bankers.

Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, the amount payable by the Tenant for operating costs, excluding taxes, utilities and insurance, in any year of the Term, on a per-square foot basis shall be capped as follows

 

2016

  $5.25psf   2019   $6.08psf

2017

  $5.51psf   2020   $6.38psf

2018

  $5.79psf   2021   $6.70psf

For clarity, the Landlord and Tenant agree that the applicable sales taxes, realty taxes, utilities and insurance premiums are not included in the capped amount and the Tenant shall pay such costs in the manner and at the time as set out in the Lease without deduction or limitation.

Should part of the Building be vacant any time during the term of the lease, then, where appropriate, the Landlord may reasonably allocate expenses such that the Landlord shall benefit from any reduced costs that are reasonably attributable to the vacancy and such that the Tenant shall pay amounts which it otherwise would have had to pay if the Building were fully occupied.

DIRECT CHARGE FOR UTILITY CHARGES

3(m)     Notwithstanding that the Landlord has included an estimate of the annual utility charges for the Building and Premises which estimate is included in the Landlord’s estimate of Additional Rental for Operating Costs the Landlord reserves the right to separately meter and charge the occupants of the Building for their individual utility consumption. The cost of separately metering the utilities shall be a common cost of the Building.

PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL RENT

3(n)     During the Term of the Lease, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, Additional Rental for Taxes, Additional Rental for Insurance and Additional Rental for Operating Costs and any other costs charged to the Tenant as provided for in this Lease, which shall be collectively be referred to herein as Additional Rent, Additional Rental or Additional Rentals. Prior to the commencement of the term of this Lease and of each calendar year the Landlord shall estimate the amounts of the said Additional Rentals as herein before set forth for the ensuing calendar year or (if applicable) broken portion thereof, as the case may be, and shall notify the Tenant in writing of such estimate. The amount so estimated shall be payable in equal monthly installments in advance over the calendar year or broken portion thereof in question, on the first day of each and every month during such Lease Year. The Landlord may from time to time alter the calendar year selected in which case the appropriate adjustment in monthly installments shall be made. From time to time during a calendar year, the Landlord may re-estimate the amount of the taxes, insurance, or operating costs or any of them, in which event the Landlord shall notify the Tenant in


 

- 10 -

 

writing of such re-estimate and the Tenant shall pay the amended monthly installments for the then remaining balance of such calendar year or broken portion thereof.

Within sixty (60) days after the expiration of each calendar year, the Landlord shall make a calculation of such taxes, insurance, and operating costs for such calendar year or broken portion thereof and shall notify the Tenant of such calculation and the Landlord and the Tenant shall make the necessary readjustment within thirty (30) days of such notification to the Tenant. The Tenant may not claim a readjustment with respect to such Additional Rentals based upon any error of estimation, determination or calculation thereof unless claimed in writing within one (1) year after the Landlord has provided the Tenant with the calculation referred to herein.

EXAMINATION OF RECORDS

3(o)     The Tenant and its agents may within 60 days of the receipt by the Tenant of any notice respecting Additional Rental for Taxes, Insurance or Operating Costs payable hereunder, at reasonable times, and upon giving reasonable prior notice in writing of its intention to do so, examine at the expense of the Tenant, the accounts, records, books, statements and other documents concerning such Additional Rental all of which accounts, records, books, statements and other documents will be made available by the Landlord to the Tenant at reasonable times and at the Landlord’s place of business. All information obtained by the Tenant as a result of such examination shall be treated as confidential. Should, as a result of the Tenant’s examination of records, the Landlord or Tenant feel an adjustment is warranted and should the Landlord and Tenant fail to agree on such adjustment then an accountant, agreed upon by both parties, shall be appointed to examine the Landlord’s records to determine what adjustment if any, is required. The cost of such accountant shall not be included in operating and maintenance costs under Section 3(l) of this Lease.

Should the adjustment, if any, be less than 5% of the total annual cost for the Additional Rent then the Tenant shall pay, on its own, for the cost of such accountant. Should the cost be more than the 5% figure noted herein and should such adjustment result, in the Landlord being requested to pay such adjustment to the Tenant, then the Landlord shall pay the cost for such accountant.

The Tenant may not use the services of an individual or company to verify such costs or the Additional Rent calculation referred to herein if such company’s or individual’s compensation is in anyway related to achieving reductions in such amounts or savings for the Tenant. For clarity, there are no restrictions on the Tenant’s choice of company or individual to verify such costs so long as compensation is based on a fixed fee or based on the amount of time spent.

APPEAL OF ASSESSMENT

3(p)     The Tenant shall be entitled at any time and from time to time, provided that it has first obtained the Landlord’s written consent, at the Tenant’s own cost and expense to appeal any assessment or taxes imposed or levied on the Leased Premises or the Building and may take such appeal in the name of the Landlord provided that such appeal is prosecuted in good faith, and provided that if the Building or any part thereof or the Landlord shall become liable to assessment, prosecution, fine or other liability, the


 

- 11 -

 

Tenant shall have given cash security in an amount satisfactory to the Landlord in respect of such liability and such undertakings as the Landlord may reasonably require to indemnify the Landlord from any costs of any nature in connection with such appeal. In no event shall the Tenant’s appeals noted herein permit the Tenant to delay any payments of rent to the Landlord including but not limited to payment of Additional Rent for Taxes as called for herein. If the appeal results in a lower tax payment. Tenant’s Additional Rent shall be adjusted accordingly.

TENANT’S COVENANTS

 

4.

THE TENANT COVENANTS WITH THE LANDLORD AS FOLLOWS:

(a)

To pay, without setoff, Minimum Rent and Additional Rents as herein set forth;

(b)

To observe and perform all covenants and obligations of the Tenant herein;

(c)

To pay the costs of, as and when the same become due, all gas, electrical, water and sewer rates and charges levied or imposed or any other utility consumption costs including the cost of installing, repairing or replacing any meter so long as such cost does not also form part of the cost outlined in paragraph 3(l) herein entitled Operating and Maintenance Costs charged or assessed against the Leased Premises as and when the same become due;

BUSINESS TAX, ETC.

4(d)     To pay business and other taxes, charges, rates, duties and assessments levied, rated, charged or assessed against and in respect of the Tenant’s occupancy of the Leased Premises or in respect of the personal property, trade fixtures, furniture and facilities of the Tenant or business of the Tenant on the Leased Premises, as and when the same become due, and to indemnify and keep indemnified the Landlord from and against all payment of all loss, costs, charges and expenses occasioned by or arising from any and all such taxes, rates, duties, assessments, license fees and any and all taxes which may in future be levied in lieu of such taxes, and also if the Tenant or any person occupying the Leased Premises or any part thereof shall elect to have the Leased Premises or any part thereof assessed for separate school taxes, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord as soon as the amount of the separate school taxes is ascertainable, any amount by which the separate school taxes exceed the amount which would have been payable for school taxes had such election not been made as aforesaid.

TENANT REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS

4(e)    (i) General Repairs : Subject to the provisions of Section 9 of this Lease, the Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, keep and maintain the interior, non-structural portions of the Leased Premises in good order, condition and repair including all replacements, maintenance and repair, ordinary, extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen, except for those matters that are clearly indicated herein as the Landlord’s obligation to repair. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing the Tenant shall, at all times, at its sole cost, keep and maintain the whole of the Premises including without limitation, all interior partitions and interior walls, interior and exterior of all door frames and doors including, where applicable, loading doors, dock levels, interior of all windows, fixtures, shelves, equipment and appurtenances thereof and improvements thereto (including without limitation, electrical, lighting, including ballasts and tubes, wiring, plumbing fixtures and equipment), and all telephone outlets and conduits within or serving the Premises in good working order and repair (which shall include periodic painting and decoration) as reasonably determined by the Landlord, and the Tenant shall make all needed repairs and replacements with due diligence and dispatch. The Tenant shall be responsible to replace any glass broken on the


 

- 12 -

 

Premises including outside windows and doors of the perimeter of the Premises (including perimeter windows in the exterior walls) during the Term and such glass shall be replaced by the Tenant with glass of as good quality and size as that glass so broken. The Tenant shall effect all repairs referred to herein according to notice from the Landlord but failure to give notice shall not relieve the Tenant from its obligation to repair.

The Tenant will at all times keep the Leased Premises clean and in a sanitary condition, conforming to all municipal by-laws or ordinances and laws affecting the use of the Leased Premises including, without limitation to, the city regulations.

 

  4 (e) (ii)

     Urgent Repairs : Notwithstanding anything herein before contained, the Landlord may, in any event, enter the Leased Premises and make repairs to the Leased Premises without notice if such repairs are, in the Landlord’s opinion, necessary for the protection of the Building and the Tenant covenants and agrees with the Landlord that if the Landlord exercises any such option to repair, the Tenant will pay to the Landlord together with the next installment of rent due following the exercise of such option all sums which the Landlord shall have expended in making such repairs (less any insurance proceeds recovered in connection therewith) and such sums if not so paid within such time shall be recoverable from the Tenant as rent in arrears. Provided further that in the event that the Landlord from time to time makes any repairs as herein before provided, the Tenant shall not be deemed to have been relieved from its ongoing obligation during the Term, to repair and maintain the Leased Premises in a good state of repair including leaving the Leased Premises in a good state of repair and cleanliness after the Tenant leaves.

4 (e) (iii)     Additional Repairs : Notwithstanding any other terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease, including without limitation, the Landlord’s obligations to take out insurance and the Tenant’s obligation to pay the cost of such insurance, if the Building or any part thereof including but not limited to the Leased Premises, or any equipment, machinery, facilities or improvements contained therein or made thereto, or the roof or outside walls of the Building or any other structural portions thereof require repair or become damaged or destroyed through the negligence, carelessness or misuse of the Tenant or its servants, agents, employees or anyone permitted by the Tenant to be in the Building, or through the Tenant in any way blocking or damaging the heating apparatus, water pipes, drainage pipes or other equipment or facilities or parts of the Building, the cost of the resulting repairs, replacements or alterations plus a sum equal to 15% of the cost thereof representing the Landlord’s administrative overhead and charges, shall be borne by the Tenant who shall pay the same to the Landlord together with interest (with such interest to be calculated in accordance with paragraph 3(h) herein), forthwith upon fifteen days following presentation of an account for such expenses incurred by the Landlord

4 (e) (iv)      Tenant to Notify . The Tenant shall promptly notify the Landlord of any damage to, malfunction of, or deficiency or defect in any part of the Premises or any equipment or utility systems or installations therein or serving the Premises (collectively referred to as “Premises Defect”) that might cause or result in injury to any person or property including


 

- 13 -

 

the Building.

4(e)            (v) Alterations . The Tenant shall not make any repairs, alterations, additions, decorations, improvements nor add fixtures except trade fixtures (hereafter collectively referred to as the “Alterations”) to any part of the Premises without first obtaining the Landlord’s written approval. Prior to commencing any such Alterations, the Tenant shall submit the following, at the sole cost of the Tenant, to the Landlord, for the Landlord’s approval:

  (a)

If reasonably required by the Landlord, drawings and specifications prepared by qualified architects or engineers and conforming to good engineering practice;

  (b)

Confirmation that the Tenant’s insurance policy provides coverage for any damage caused by the Alterations;

  (c)

Evidence satisfactory to the Landlord that the Tenant has obtained, at its expense, all necessary consents, permits, licenses and inspections from all governmental and regulatory authorities having jurisdiction and

  (c)

Should the Landlord’s review and approval require the use of third party consultants the Tenant shall be responsible to pay all said reasonable third party costs.

And the Landlord shall have 10 business days from having received all the previous information to indicate, in writing, whether it shall permit such Alterations, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Should the Tenant make a request, in writing, asking the Landlord which of its proposed Alterations the Tenant may leave behind or leave as is at the end of the term, then the Landlord shall also have 10 business days to respond in writing to this request from the Tenant.

4 (e) (vi)        All Alterations approved by the Landlord shall be performed in the following manner:

  (a)

At the sole cost of the Tenant.

  (b)

By competent workmen approved by the Landlord, acting reasonably, and whose labour union affiliations, if any are compatible with others employed by the Landlord and its contractors. In the case of work or repairs related to the mechanical, electrical or structural systems of the Building, the Landlord will have the right to insist that the Tenant use the Landlord’s trades, professionals or contractors provided the amount charged by any such contractor shall be at market rates.

  (c)

In a good and workmanlike manner;

  (d)

In accordance with the drawings and specifications approved in writing by the Landlord

  (e)

subject to the reasonable regulations, controls, approvals, and inspections of the Landlord or its professionals with any reasonable out of pocket cost of such supervision or inspection to be at the Tenant’s expense. All Alterations shall be subject to a supervisory charge of 15% of the cost in addition to the Landlord’s reasonable out of pocket costs. Upon completion of the Alterations the Tenant must provide a list of all costs incurred for the Alterations including all applicable invoices, if requested, to the Landlord

 

  (f)

The Tenant covenants that it will not suffer or permit during the term hereof any mechanics’ or other liens, for work, labour, services or materials ordered by it or for the costs of which it may be in any way obligated, to attach to the Leased Premises or to the Building and that whenever and so often as any such liens shall attach or claims therefore shall be filed, the Tenant shall, within twenty (20) days after the Tenant has notice of the


 

- 14 -

 

 

claim for lien, procure the discharge thereof by payment or by giving security or in such other manner as is or may be required or permitted by law.

 

  (f)

Except for the Tenant’s trade fixtures, the Tenant accepts that any Alterations shall, when made or installed in the Leased Premises, be and become the property of the Landlord without any payment or compensation to the Tenant being made and that unless specifically instructed, in writing, by the Landlord, the Tenant shall not remove any such Alterations from the Leased Premises either during or after the term. The Landlord may at is sole discretion require the Tenant to restore all or part of the Leased Premises to the condition in which they were at the commencement of this Lease, except for reasonable wear and tear all being done at the Tenant’s expense. Should the Tenant fail to perform such repair or restoration work requested by the Landlord, then the Landlord may do such work at the expense of the Tenant and collect from the Tenant the cost of same as Additional Rent whether before or after the expiry of the Lease.

The Tenant’s obligation to observe and perform this covenant shall survive, for a period of 12 months after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

4(e)    (vii)  Landlord’s Right to Perform . At all reasonable times which are not unduly inconvenient to the Tenant, the Landlord has the right to enter and view the conditions or state of repair of the Leased Premises. If the Tenant shall fail to make any of the repairs required by any of the provisions of sections 4(e)(i) to 4(e)(vii) inclusive hereof, or any other section of the Lease, or to commence the performance of any of its obligations thereunder within ten business (10) days after notice to the Tenant by the Landlord or any shorter period of time required by any mortgage affecting the Premises, the Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to make any such repairs, replacements or perform maintenance work or any other work required of the Tenant pursuant to the above noted sections or any other section of this Lease and charge the actual cost and if the Landlord has performed the work plus 15% of such cost representing the Landlord’s administrative and overhead charges and such total cost shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord as Additional Rent within 15 days of invoicing by the Landlord.

ASSIGNING OR SUBLETTING

 

4(f)

(1)    The Tenant will not:

  (i)

assign this Lease; nor

  (ii)

sublet, share or part with possession of all or any part of the Leased Premises; nor

  (iii)

mortgage or encumber the Lease or the Leased Premises,

(collectively, a “Transfer”) by or in favour of any person, corporation or other entity (a “Transferee”) without the prior written consent of the Landlord, acting reasonably. For the purpose of this Lease, any “management” agreement, or similar agreement entered into by the Tenant and another party, whereby the Tenant assigns or delegates the management of the business conducted in the Leased Premises, in whole or in part, to another party, even temporarily, shall fall under the definition of parting with or sharing of the occupation, control or possession of the Leased Premises.

The Landlord will take into account the following factors in deciding whether to grant or withhold its consent:

 

  a.

whether the Transfer is contrary to any covenants or restrictions granted by the


 

- 15 -

 

 

Landlord to any other party including, but not limited to, governmental authorities or to other existing tenants or occupants of the Building; and

  b.

whether in the Landlord’s opinion the financial strength and background, business and credit history and capability of the Transferee, including the Transferee’s proposed use of the premises, is satisfactory to the Landlord.

  c.

Any change in use- The Landlord may withhold its consent if any such Transfer entails a change in use from that use approved by the Landlord for the Tenant, as provided for in this Lease.

Any sublet, assignment or other transfer of the Lease, Leased Premises or change in ownership of the Tenant without the written consent of the Landlord, shall be a default under the Lease. The Tenant may not assign the Lease, sublet the Leased Premises or part with or share occupation, control or possession of the Leased Premises if it is in default of any of its obligations under the Lease.

 

  (2)

The Landlord shall have no liability for or in connection with any claims, actions, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever of the Tenant as a result of the Landlord withholding its consent to any Transfer pursuant to and in accordance with this paragraph 4(f). The Tenant agrees that its only remedy in respect of the Landlord’s withholding of consent will be to bring an application for a declaration that the Transfer should be allowed.

The consent by the Landlord to any Transfer will not constitute a waiver of any necessity for consent to any subsequent Transfer. This prohibition against a Transfer includes:

  (i)

a change in the control of the Tenant from the persons or entities holding voting control at the date of the Lease, in which case the provisions of section 4(h) herein shall apply:

  (ii)

an assignment by operation of law; and

  (iii)

a change in the composition or control of the partnership if the Tenant is a partnership or is controlled by a partnership.

 

  (3)

If the Tenant intends to effect a Transfer, then the Tenant will give prior written notice to the Landlord of such intent, specifying the proposed Transferee and providing additional information, including without limitation:

  (i)

financial and business information, including business history, relating to the Transferee that the Landlord may reasonably request, including all intended uses to be conducted in the Premises by the Transferee; and

  (ii)

a copy of the page of the agreement between the Tenant and Transferee identifying the parties to the transaction.

      

The Landlord will, within 15 business days after having received notice and all necessary information, notify the Tenant in writing either that it consents or does not consent to the Transfer (in which case the Landlord shall provide its reasons for such refusal).

 

  (4)

If there is a Transfer, the Landlord may collect Rent from the Transferee, and apply the net amount collected to the Rent required to be paid pursuant to this Lease, but no acceptance


 

- 16 -

 

 

by the Landlord of any payments by a Transferee will be a waiver of this covenant, or the acceptance of the Transferee as the Tenant, or a release of the Tenant from the further performance by the Tenant of its covenants or obligations.

 

  (5)

Any documents evidencing or approving the Transfer will be prepared by the Landlord or its solicitors, and all reasonable legal costs and other reasonable costs incurred by the Landlord, including but not limited to reasonable costs to offset the Landlord’s time and effort in processing the transfer, shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord, or its agent, as a condition of and prior to the transfer and, if necessary may be collected as Additional Rent.

 

  (6)

Notwithstanding a Transfer, the Tenant will remain jointly and severally liable with the Transferee on this Lease and will not be released from performing any of its obligations and it shall be a condition of receipt of the Landlord’s consent that the Transferee enter into a written agreement directly with the Landlord agreeing to be bound by all of the terms contained in this Lease.

 

  (7)

If the Landlord consents to the Transfer, notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 4(f), any rent or other consideration received by the Tenant on account of the Transfer of its interest in all or part of the Leased Premises or this Lease in excess of the rent payable by the Tenant under this Lease shall be payable to the Landlord.

The Tenant may not assign the Lease, sublet the Leased Premises or part with or share occupation, control or possession of the Leased Premises if it is in default of any of its obligations under the Lease.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Tenant shall have the right, without the consent of the Landlord, but on prior written notice to the Landlord, to (A) assign this entire Lease to, or (B) sublet the whole or part of the Premises to, or (C) undergo a change in effective voting control where, after such change, effective voting control-vests in (individually and collectively referred to herein as a “Permitted Transferee”):

 

  (a)

a parent, holding body corporate, affiliate or subsidiary corporation of the Tenant;

 

  (b)

an entity beneficially owned or controlled by the Tenant; or

 

  (c)

a purchaser, whether by way of shares or assets, of the Tenant’s business operated on the Premises.

But such transfers to a Permitted Transferee shall only be permitted if the tenant remains unconditionally responsible for the Lease and if the Landlord receives evidence, to its satisfaction, that such transfer does not result in any reduction in the net worth and financial capacity of either such Transferee or, if applicable, the Tenant after the change of control, when compared with the net worth and financial capacity of the Tenant at the time of Lease commencement or at time of such Transfer, whichever net worth and financial capacity is the greater. The Tenant must provide all information reasonably requested by the Landlord to allow it to make such determination including but not limited to all financial information and all documents related to the Transfer or change of control.

ASSIGNMENT BY LANDLORD

 

4(g)

If there is a sale, lease or other disposition by the Landlord of the Building, or the assignment by the Landlord of this Lease or any interest of the Landlord hereunder, and if the party acquiring the Landlord’s interest in the Building or this Lease agrees to be bound by all the covenants of the Landlord under this Lease, then the Landlord will, thereupon and without further agreement, be relieved of all further liability


 

- 17 -

 

 

with respect to its covenants and obligations, and the Landlord shall notify the Tenant of any transfer of the Security Deposit.

At any time it so chooses, the Landlord may designate a management company to manage the Building and upon written notice, from the Landlord, the Tenant will pay all rent called for herein to such management company.

CHANGE IN CORPORATE CONTROL

4(h)    For the purposes of this paragraph, a change in control shall mean a change whereby one or more related entities de facto control fifty percent (50%) of the then issued and outstanding voting shares plus one (1) share of the Tenant and such entity or entities are different from those owning such majority of voting shares at the time of signing this lease. If at any time during the term any part of or all of the shares or voting rights of shareholders shall be transferred by sale, assignment, bequest, inheritance, trust, operation of law or other disposition, or treasury shares be issued, so as to result in a change in the control of such corporation, the Tenant must disclose in writing, such changes to the Landlord failing which the Tenant would be in default of the Lease and the Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease, at any time after such change in control by giving the Tenant 60 days prior written notice of such termination. The Tenant shall, at the reasonable request of the Landlord, make available to the Landlord for inspection or copying, or both, all books and records of the Tenant which, alone or with other data, show the applicability or inapplicability of this paragraph. If the corporation, after the request of the Landlord, fails or refuses to furnish forthwith to the Landlord such data, which data, alone or with other data would show the applicability or inapplicability of this paragraph, the Landlord may, at its sole option, terminate this Lease by giving the Tenant 60 days prior written notice of such termination. Should the Landlord determine that such change in control results in a material deterioration in the financial strength or creditworthiness of the Tenant, then the Landlord may terminate, at its sole option, this Lease by giving the Tenant sixty (60) days prior written notice of such termination

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

4(i)

The Tenant and its employees and all persons visiting or doing business with it on the Leased Premises or the Building, shall be bound by and shall observe such reasonable Rules and Regulations as may hereafter be set by the Landlord of which notice in writing shall be given to the Tenant and upon such notice being delivered all such Rules and Regulations shall be deemed to be incorporated into and form part of this Lease. The Rules and Regulations as at the date of execution of this Lease are those set out in Schedule “C”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no changes to the Rules and Regulations attached hereto shall derogate from the other provisions of this Lease.

USE OF PREMISES

4(j)     Without the prior written consent of the Landlord, the Leased Premises shall be used only for general office for a technology firm, as well as associated contact phone centre services providing clients, customers and suppliers with sales and consultation services. It is the Tenant’s obligation to ensure that such uses or activities conducted by it, in the Building, comply with all applicable zoning and building by-laws and regulations or any other legislation or rules that govern such matters. Any failure to comply and any resulting prohibition by any governmental authority of any or all the Tenant’s use, work or activity in the Building shall not relieve the Tenant from any of its rental obligations to the Landlord as described herein.


 

- 18 -

 

INCREASE IN INSURANCE PREMIUMS

4(k)     The Tenant agrees that it will not keep, use, sell or offer for sale in or upon the Leased Premises any article which may be prohibited by any insurance policy in force from time to time covering the Building. In the event the Tenant’s occupancy or conduct of business in, or on the Leased Premises, whether or not the Landlord has consented to same, results in any increase in premiums for the insurance carried from time to time by the Landlord with respect to the Building, the Tenant shall pay any such increase in premiums as Additional Rent within 10 days after bills for such additional premiums shall be rendered by the Landlord. In determining whether increased premiums are a result of the Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Leased Premises, a schedule issued by the organization computing the insurance rate on the Building showing the various components of such rate, shall be conclusive evidence of the several items and charges which make up such rate. The Tenant shall promptly comply with all reasonable requirements of the insurance authority or of any insurer now or hereafter in effect relating to the Leased Premises.

CANCELLATION OF INSURANCE

4(l)     If any policy of insurance upon the Building or any part thereof shall be canceled by the insurer by reason of the use or occupation of the Leased Premises or any part thereof by the Tenant or by any assignee or subtenant of the Tenant or by anyone permitted by the Tenant to be upon the Leased Premises, and the Tenant is unable to arrange similar insurance coverage within 20 days, the Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease forthwith by leaving upon the Leased Premises notice in writing of its intention to do so and thereupon rent and any other payments and obligations, including but not limited to the Tenant’s obligations under the Surrender of Premises clause herein, for which the Tenant is liable under this Lease shall be apportioned and paid in full to the date of such termination and the Tenant shall immediately deliver up possession of the Leased Premises to the Landlord and the Landlord may re-enter and take possession of same.

OBSERVANCE OF LAW

4(m)     The Tenant must comply with all provisions of law including without limitation, federal and provincial legislative enactment, building by-laws, and any other governmental or municipal regulations which relate to the partitioning, equipment, operation and use of the Leased Premises, and to the making of any repairs, replacements, alterations, additions, changes, substitutions or improvements of or to the Leased Premises. The Tenant must also comply with all police, fire and sanitary regulations imposed by any federal, provincial or municipal authorities or made by fire insurance underwriters, and to observe and obey all governmental and municipal regulations and other requirements governing the conduct of any business conducted in the Leased Premises. Provided that in default of the Tenant so complying, the Landlord may, at its option, where possible, comply with any such requirement and the cost of such compliance shall be payable by the Tenant to the Landlord as Additional Rent and the Landlord may enforce payment thereof as rent in arrears.

WASTE & OVERLOADING OF FLOORS

 

4(n)

The Tenant shall not do or suffer any waste or damage, disfiguration or injury to the Leased Premises or the fixtures and equipment thereof or permit or suffer any overloading of the floors thereof; and not to place therein any safe, heavy business machine or other heavy object without first obtaining the consent in writing of the Landlord; and not to use or permit to be used any part of the Leased Premises for any


 

- 19 -

 

 

dangerous, noxious or offensive trade or business and not to cause or permit any nuisance in, at or on the Leased Premises; and without the prior consent in writing of the Landlord, the Tenant will not bring onto or use in the Leased Premises or permit any person subject to the Tenant to bring onto or use on the Leased Premises any fuel or combustible material for heating, lighting or cooking nor will it allow onto the Leased Premises any stove, or burner or appliances for utilizing the same and the Tenant will not purchase, acquire or use electrical current or gas for consumption on the Leased Premises except from some supplier thereof as shall have been approved in writing by the Landlord.

INSPECTION

4(o)     To permit the Landlord, its servants or agents to enter upon the Leased Premises, for the purpose of inspection with 1 business day’s notice, and, without notice, if making emergency repair alterations or improvements to the Leased Premises or to the Building. The Tenant shall not be entitled to compensation for any inconvenience, nuisance or discomfort occasioned thereby. The Landlord, its servants or agents may, upon having provided notice to this effect and from time to time enter upon the Leased Premises to remove any article or remedy any condition which in the opinion of the Landlord, reasonably arrived at, would be likely to lead to cancellation of any policy of insurance as referred to in this Lease or elsewhere herein and such entry by the Landlord shall not be deemed to be a re-entry.

INDEMNITY BY TENANT

4(p)     (i) The Tenant agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Landlord of and from all liabilities, suits, claims, demands, and actions of any kind or nature, including the full cost of the Landlord in resisting or defending same, to which the Landlord shall or may become liable for or suffer by reason of any breach, violation or non-performance by the Tenant or any covenant, term or provision hereof or by reason of any occurrence resulting from, occasioned to or suffered by any person or property by reason of any act, neglect or default on the part of the Tenant or any of its officers, agents, employees, visitors, customers or licensees; and the covenant of the Tenant in regard to such indemnification occurring during the term of the Lease or any renewal or overholding in respect thereof shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the expiration of the term or the termination of this Lease for any reason whatsoever.

4(p)     (ii) The Landlord shall not be liable for any damage howsoever caused to property of the Tenant or of any person subject to the Tenant which is in or upon or being brought to or from the Leased Premises or the Building or for personal injury (including death) sustained in any manner by the Tenant or any person subject to the Tenant while the Tenant or any such person is in or upon or entering or leaving the Leased Premises or Building unless such property damage or personal injury is clearly attributable to the gross and willful misconduct on the part of the Landlord or of any person for whom the Landlord is responsible, and except where the Landlord is not exempt from liability under this paragraph, the Tenant will indemnify and save harmless the Landlord from and against all claims and demands made against the Landlord by any person for or arising out of any such property damage or personal injury.

NO ABATEMENT OF RENT

4(q)     Except as provided in Sections 9 of this Lease there shall be no abatement or reduction of rent whatsoever during the term of the Lease or any extension thereof.


 

- 20 -

 

EXHIBITING PREMISES

4(r)     To permit the Landlord or its agents or servants upon twenty-four (24) hours’ notice to enter and show the Leased Premises, during normal business hours, to prospective purchasers or to existing or prospective lenders of the Building and may, after notice terminating this Lease has been given, or within the last 12 months of the Term, enter and show the Leased Premises to prospective tenants and erect a sign with reasonable dimensions stating that the Leased Premises are “For Rent”.

MAINTENANCE

4(s)     Deleted Intentionally

SIGNS

4(t)     The Tenant shall not erect or maintain any identification sign of any type and in any location unless the Tenant has received the Landlord’s prior written approval for such sign and it complies with all applicable by-laws and other regulations imposed by any governmental authority. In addition, the Tenant shall not erect, install, inscribe, paint or affix any sign, lettering or advertisement upon or above the exterior of the Leased Premises or grounds, including the exterior glass surface of the windows or doors, nor shall the Tenant install, display, inscribe, paint or affix any sign, lettering or advertisement to or upon the interior doors of the common areas of the Building without first, in each instance, securing the written approval of the Landlord failing which it shall be removed forthwith by the Tenant upon the request of the Landlord. Should the Tenant fail to remove any such signage or markings after written notice to the Tenant, then the Landlord shall have the right to remove same, at the cost of the Tenant and the cost of same shall be collectible by the Landlord under the same conditions as if it were considered to be rent.

On or before the expiry of the Lease or earlier termination thereof, the Tenant, at its cost, must remove all signage and repair any damage caused by the installation or removal of such signage including any discolouration of the surface beneath the sign, failing which the Landlord shall have the right to remove same, at the cost of the Tenant and the cost of same shall be collectible by the Landlord from the Tenant under the same conditions as if it were considered to be rent.

The Tenant is a current occupant of the Building and may keep its existing lawn monument signage

NAME OF BUILDING 4(u)      Intentionally deleted

KEEP TIDY

4(v)     At the end of each business day, to leave the office portion of the Leased Premises in a tidy condition. No outside storage of raw or processed materials or any other debris shall be permitted on or around the Building.

GARBAGE REMOVAL

4(w)     The Tenant shall, at its own cost, be responsible for the removal and disposal of all extraordinary garbage, whether by volume or type, as reasonably determined by the Landlord, in and around the Leased Premises, failing which the Landlord shall do so at the cost of the Tenant. The Landlord shall be responsible to remove daily garbage and recycle, which form part of the operating costs for the Building.


 

- 21 -

 

DELIVERIES

4(x)     The Tenant shall receive, ship, take delivery of and allow and require suppliers or others to deliver or take delivery of merchandise, supplies, fixtures, equipment, furnishings, wares or merchandise only through the facilities provided for that purpose as determined by the Landlord. Small packages and equipment/components may be delivered directly to the Premises.

NOTICE OF DAMAGE

4(y)Deleted Intentionally

CERTIFICATES

4(z)     The Tenant agrees that prior to the Commencement Date and at any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10) business days prior notice execute and deliver to the Landlord a statement on a form to be provided by the Landlord certifying, amongst other items reasonably requested on the Landlord’s form, that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the modifications and that the same is in full force and effect as modified), the amount of the annual rental then being paid hereunder, the dates to which the same, by installments or otherwise, and other charges hereunder have been paid, and whether or not there is any existing default on the part of the Landlord of which the Tenant has notice.

QUIET ENJOYMENT

5.     The Landlord covenants with the Tenant for quiet enjoyment.

LANDLORD’S COVENANTS

6.     The Landlord covenants with the Tenant that, subject to the Tenant paying amounts as set forth in Paragraphs 3(a) and 3(j) or elsewhere as called for in this Lease, it shall pay all taxes and rates, municipal, parliamentary or otherwise, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, water rates with respect to the Leased Premises or assessed against the Landlord in respect thereof, except such as the Tenant has herein covenanted or is herein obligated to pay.

PARKING

7.     The Tenant and all persons employed by or doing business with the Tenant shall have the use of the land as designated from time to time by the Landlord for the purpose of access to and egress from the Building or Leased Premises, as applicable, and for parking of standard sized motor vehicles, provided that no such motor vehicle shall be parked on any part of the lands contained in or around the Building which is a loading zone or is not designated by the Landlord for parking or where signs are in place indicating that parking is prohibited and the Tenant agrees to reimburse the Landlord on demand for the cost of removal of any motor vehicles which are parked in breach of this clause and which belong to or are parked by any person employed by or doing business with the Tenant, all such costs to be recoverable by the Landlord as rent in arrears under this Lease., It is specifically understood and agreed that the Landlord shall have the right to make all reasonable rules, regulations and by-laws relating to the operation of the parking area and means of ingress to and egress from the Building or any part thereof,


 

- 22 -

 

in regard to the parking, traffic control, excessive weights of loads on ramps or loading docks and all such matters as are required or are normally incidental to the proper management of the Building. The Tenant covenants and agrees that it will observe, abide by and conform to all such reasonable rules, regulations and by-laws made or established by the Landlord as aforesaid and as currently exist as outlined in the schedule attached hereto entitled Rules and Regulations The Tenant shall have the right to park up to 3.5 cars per 1,000sf of rentable space which parking shall be un-allocated.

FIXTURES

8.     The Tenant hereby accepts that all installations, alterations, additions, partitions, and fixtures, other than trade fixtures and chattels in or upon the Leased Premises, whether placed there by the Tenant or the Landlord, shall immediately upon such placement, be the Landlord’s property without compensation therefore to the Tenant and shall not be removed from the Leased Premises by the Tenant at any time either during or after the term. Notwithstanding anything herein contained, the Landlord shall be under no obligation to repair or maintain the Tenant’s installations, alterations, additions, partitions and fixtures or anything in the nature of a leasehold improvement made or installed whether by the Tenant or by the Landlord on behalf of the Tenant; and further, notwithstanding anything herein contained, the Landlord shall have the right upon the termination of this Lease by affluxion of time or otherwise to require the Tenant to remove its installations, alterations, additions, partitions and fixtures or anything in the nature of a leasehold improvement made or installed by the Tenant or by the Landlord on behalf of the Tenant and to make good any damage caused to the Leased Premises by such installation or removal.

FIRE

 

  9.

Provided that if during the continuation of this Lease the Building or the Leased Premises are destroyed or damaged by fire or the elements, then the following provisions shall apply and in all cases the Landlord shall act reasonably in applying such provisions:

 

  (a)

If the Building or the Leased Premises are totally destroyed or are partially destroyed so as in the opinion of the Landlord’ architect to render the Leased Premises wholly unfit for operation of its business by the Tenant or if they shall be so badly damaged that they cannot in the opinion of the Landlord’s architect be repaired with reasonable diligence within 180 days of the happening of such damage, then this Lease shall at the option of the Landlord or Tenant cease and become null and void from the date of such damage or destruction and the Tenant shall within 15 days on reasonable notice from the Landlord, surrender the Leased Premises and all interest therein to the Landlord, and the Tenant shall pay rent only to the time of such damage or destruction, and the Landlord may re-enter or re-possess the Leased Premises, discharged of this Lease, and remove all parties therefrom.

  (b)

But if the Building or the Leased Premises are partially destroyed and can in the opinion of the Landlord’s architect be repaired with reasonable diligence within 180 days from the happening of such damage and if the damage is such as to render the Leased Premises wholly unfit for operation of its business by the Tenant, then the rent shall not run or accrue after said damage, while the process of repairs is going on, and the Landlord shall repair same with all reasonable


 

- 23 -

 

 

speed, and then the rent shall recommence immediately after the Landlord’s repairs shall be completed.

  (c)

But if the Building or the Leased Premises can in the opinion of the Landlord’s architect be repaired within 180 days from the happening of such damage, and if the damage is such that the Tenant can operate its business in the undamaged portion of the Leased Premises, then until such damage shall have been repaired, the rent shall abate in the proportion that the portion of the Leased Premises rendered unfit for occupancy bears to the whole of the Leased Premises, and the Landlord shall repair same with all reasonable speed.

Provided, that, if, upon the completion by the Landlord of any repairs required as a result of any such destruction or damage a dispute shall arise between the Landlord and the Tenant as to whether or not the Leased Premises have been made fit for the purposes of the Tenant under this Lease, such disputes shall be determined by an architect agreed upon by the Landlord and the Tenant and paid for equally by them which decision shall be final and binding on the Landlord and the Tenant.

Provided further that if any such total or partial destruction or damage is caused in whole or in part by any fault or neglect on the part of the Tenant or of any person subject to the Tenant nothing herein contained shall release or discharge the Tenant from liability for any loss or damage thereby sustained by the Landlord.

  (d)

Other than an event where the Tenant (including but not limited to its employees, guests, customers, trades, suppliers or anyone else related to or affiliated with the Tenant) is responsible for the damage then and for the purposes of clarifying the obligations of the Landlord and the Tenant in relation to repair when required pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Tenant shall be required to restore or replace all improvements and any Alterations as well as all its personal belongings and trade fixtures in the Leased Premises.

DAMAGE OF PROPERTY

10.     As the Tenant acknowledges that it is required to carry insurance as called for in paragraph 3k or elsewhere in this lease, the Landlord shall not be liable or responsible in any way for any loss of or damage or injury to any property belonging to the Tenant or to employees of the Tenant or to any other person while such property is on the Leased Premises or in the Building or in or on the surrounding lands and buildings owned by the Landlord whether or not such property has been entrusted to employees of the Landlord and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Landlord shall not be liable for any damage to any such property caused by steam, water, rain or snow which may leak into, issue or flow from any part of the Building or from the water, steam or drainage pipes or plumbing works of the Building or from any other place or quarter or from any damage caused by or attributable to the condition or arrangement of any electric or other wiring or for any damage caused by anything done or omitted by any other tenant.

DELAYS IN PROVISION OF SERVICE

11.     It is understood and agreed that whenever and to the extent that the Landlord shall be unable to fulfill, or shall be delayed or restricted in the fulfillment of any obligation hereunder in respect of the supply or provision of any service or utility or the doing of any work or the making of any repairs by reason of being unable to obtain the material, goods, equipment, service, utility or labour required to enable it to fulfill such obligation or by reason of any statute, law or order-in-council or any regulation or


 

- 24 -

 

order passed or made pursuant thereto or by reason of the order or direction of any administrator, controller or board, or any governmental department or officer of other authority, or by reason of not being able to obtain any permission or authority required thereby, or by reason of any other cause beyond its control whether in the foregoing character or not, the Landlord shall be entitled to extend the time for fulfillment of such obligation by a time equal to the duration of such delay or restriction, and the Tenant shall not be entitled to either compensation or rent reduction for any inconvenience, nuisance or discomfort thereby occasioned, however Landlord agrees it shall use its best efforts in all cases to effect all repairs so as to reasonably minimize disturbance to the Tenant’s business operations.

 

  12

DEFAULT OF TENANT - Without prejudice to all of the rights and recourses available to the Landlord under the Lease or otherwise, the following shall be considered as defaults under the terms of this Lease (each of which default is hereinafter called an “Event of Default”).

 

  (i)-

In the event that the Tenant shall be in default under any provision of this Lease providing for any payment of rent or any other amount payable hereunder when due and such default shall continue for 3 business days after written notice specifying such default is given to the Tenant by the Landlord, the Landlord shall be authorised forthwith to commence legal action without any further written notification to the Tenant.

 

  (ii)-

In the event that the Tenant is adjudicated bankrupt or makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or takes, or attempts to take, the benefit of any insolvency or bankruptcy legislation, or if a petition in bankruptcy is granted against the Tenant, or if a receiver or a trustee is appointed for its property, or any part thereof, pursuant to any insolvency legislation, or any execution is issued pursuant to a judgement rendered against the Tenant unless same has been satisfied at least 10 days prior to the date fixed for sale or has been duly contested; or

 

  (iii)-

In the event that the Tenant shall be in default in observing any covenant herein contained or performing any of its obligations contained in this Lease (other than a default in the payment of rent as provided herein) and such default shall continue for 15 days after written notice specifying such default is given to the Tenant by the Landlord, unless such default is incapable of being remedied with due diligence within such period of 15 days, in which case, provided the Tenant has commenced to remedy such default and continues to act with due diligence in remedying same, the Tenant shall be entitled to a reasonable extension of time to enable such default to be so remedied.

 

  (iv)-

In the event of any occurrence of an Event of Default, the current month’s Minimum Rent plus Additional Rent plus the next ensuing 3 months’ Minimum Rent and Additional Rent shall immediately become due and payable and the Landlord may terminate this Lease and the term of this Lease will, at the option of the Landlord and without prejudice to the Landlord’s other rights hereunder or by law, forthwith become forfeited and terminated and no payment or acceptance of rental subsequent to such termination will give the Tenant the right to continue occupancy of the Leased Premises or in any way affect the rights of the Landlord herein. If the Landlord at any lime terminates this Lease for any breach or by reason of the occurrence of an Event of Default or if any legal action is taken for the recovery or possession of the Leased Premises or for the recovery of any amount due under this Lease, the Landlord, in addition to any other remedies it may have


 

- 25 -

 

 

hereunder or by law, may recover from the Tenant all damages and all expenses it may incur or suffer by reason thereof, including, without limitation, attorney’s fees and legal costs and the cost of re-possessing and re-letting the Leased Premises.

 

  13-

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Landlord may, without notice to the Tenant and without prejudice to any other right of the Landlord hereunder or by law, enter and repossess the Leased Premises and it may use such force as it may deem necessary for that purpose and for gaining admittance to the Leased Premises and it may expel all persons and remove all property of the Tenant from the Leased Premises and such property may be stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of the Tenant, the whole without the Landlord being considered guilty of trespassing or becoming subject to any prosecution or becoming liable for any loss or damage which may be occasioned thereby, any statute or law to the contrary notwithstanding.

If the Landlord elects to repossess the Leased Premises as herein provided, or it takes possession thereof pursuant to legal proceedings, or pursuant to any notice provided for by law, it may either terminate this Lease or it may from time to time, without terminating this Lease, make such alterations and repairs as may be necessary in order to re-let the Leased Premises, or any part thereof, either in the name of the Landlord or otherwise for a term or terms which may, if the Landlord chooses, be less or greater than the balance of the Term and at such rent and upon such other terms and conditions that the Landlord in its sole discretion deems advisable, and the Landlord may grant reasonable concessions in connection therewith. Upon each such re-letting all rent received by the Landlord from such re-letting shall be applied firstly to the payment of any indebtedness other than rent due hereunder from the Tenant to the Landlord, including legal costs, solicitor’s fees and brokerage fees, secondly the expenses of keeping Leased Premises in good order and of preparing the Leased Premises for re-letting and thirdly to the payment of arrears of rent due to the Landlord and on account of future rents.

 

  14-

Without limiting the generality of any provision of this Lease, if the Tenant shall default in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease, the Landlord may from time to time after giving such notice as it reasonably considers sufficient (or without notice in the case of an emergency) perform or cause to be performed any such obligations and for such purposes and for such things as may be required, including, without limitation, entering upon the Leased Premises and doing such things upon or in respect of the Leased Premises or any part thereof as the Landlord reasonably considers requisite or necessary to remedy such default. All expenses incurred pursuant to this section shall be paid by the Tenant as Additional Rent forthwith upon demand.

The Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant for any loss or damage resulting from any such action or entry by the Landlord unless caused by the gross negligence or willful act of the Landlord or those for whom at law the Landlord is responsible for and same shall not be considered a breach of any obligation for peaceable enjoyment contained in this Lease or implied by law.


 

- 26 -

 

  15-

Mention in this Lease of any particular remedy or remedies of the Landlord in respect of any default by the other party shall not preclude the Landlord from any other remedy in respect thereof, whether available in law or in equity or by statue or expressly provided herein. No remedy shall be exclusive or dependent upon any other remedy, but the Landlord may from time to time exercise anyone or more of such remedies generally or in combination, such remedies being cumulative and not alternative.

 

  16

RE-ENTRY BY LANDLORD - The Tenant further covenants and agrees that on the Landlord becoming entitled to re-enter the Leased Premises under any of the provisions of this Lease, the Landlord in addition to all other rights the Landlord may have in law or as outlined in the Lease, shall have the right to enter the Leased Premises as the agent of the Tenant either by force or otherwise, without being liable for any prosecution and to re-rent the Leased Premises as the agent of the Tenant, and to receive the rent and as the agent of the Tenant, to take possession of any furniture or other property on the Leased Premises and to sell the same at public or private sale without notice and to apply the proceeds of such sale and any rent derived from re-renting the Leased Premises on account of the rent, costs and damages under this Lease, and the Tenant shall be liable to the Landlord for the deficiency, if any.

LANDLORD’S WORK

 

  17.

For that portion of the Premises on the first floor, the Landlord, at the Landlord’s sole cost, will be responsible for the removal of the walls and kitchenette identified in blue on the plan dated April 29, 2016 and prepared by Parallel 45 Design Group Ltd. attached to the Lease as Schedule B1. Removal will include patching and repairing those areas where the walls were disconnected from adjoining walls.

For that portion of the Premises on the second floor the Landlord, at the Landlord’s sole cost, will remove the existing door and install drywall ready to accept the Tenant’s finishing in the location shown in orange on the floor plan attached to the Lease as Schedule B1.

All other work within the Premises (the Tenant’s Fit-up) shall, subject to the prior written approval of the Landlord, be the responsibility of the Tenant. In order to approve the Tenant’s Fit-up the Landlord will require the final plans, specifications and costs all of which must be to the Landlord’s satisfaction. At the time of the Landlord’s review of the Tenant’s final plans and specifications the Landlord will be prepared to indicate, in writing, which, if any, of the Tenant’s Fit-up will not be subject to the surrender and restoration provisions of the Lease, as detailed in paragraph 19 herein and elsewhere where applicable. No work under the Tenant’s Fit-up can commence without the prior written approval of the Landlord. Upon completion of the Tenant’s Fit-up, the issuance of an occupancy permit by the Buildings Branch of the City of Ottawa, the expiry of all lien periods, written confirmation from the Tenant that all trades and suppliers having worked on or supplied material for the Tenant’s fit-up have been paid in full and the Tenant is in occupancy of the Premises the Landlord will provide the Tenant with a payment of $190,740.00 plus HST (the “ Tenant Inducement ”), less the amount setoff against the security deposit (as set out in s 3(d)), regardless of the actual cost of the Tenant’s Fit-up.


 

- 27 -

 

NON-WAIVER

18.       No condoning, excusing or overlooking by the Landlord or the Tenant of any default, breach or non-observance by the other of them at any time or times in respect of any covenant, proviso or condition herein contained shall operate as a waiver of the Landlord’s rights hereunder in respect of any continuing or subsequent default, breach or non-observance, or so as to defeat or affect in any way the rights of the Landlord herein in respect of any such continuing or subsequent default or breach, and no waiver shall be inferred from or implied by anything done or omitted by the Landlord save only express waiver in writing. All rights and remedies of the Landlord contained in this Lease shall be cumulative and not alternative.

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

19. (i) Surrender: At the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, the Tenant shall surrender to the Landlord the Premises in as good condition and repair as the Tenant is required to maintain the Premises throughout the Term. The Tenant shall also surrender at that time all keys for the Premises to the Landlord at the place then fixed for the payment of rent, and shall inform the Landlord of all combinations of locks, safes and vaults, if any, in the Premises. The Tenant shall, however, remove all its moveable trade fixtures and if requested by the Landlord, the Tenant shall also remove all or part of its Alterations as defined in this Lease, before surrendering the Premises as detailed later herein.

 

(ii)

Removal and Restoration by Tenant:

 

  (a)

As provided for elsewhere in this Lease, the Tenant accepts that, except for the Tenant’s moveable trade fixtures, any repairs, alterations, leasehold improvements (which shall include but not be limited to demising walls within the Leased Premises, doors, ceilings, lighting and plumbing fixtures, floor coverings etc), additions, decorations, and fixtures (hereafter collectively referred to as the “Alterations” and which shall include all work done within the Premises after the signing of the Lease or at any time during the term of the Lease or any renewal thereof whether such Alterations are being done by the Tenant, its contractors or by the Landlord on behalf of the Tenant) shall, when made or installed in the Leased Premises, be and become the property of the Landlord without any payment or compensation to the Tenant being made and that unless specifically instructed, in writing, by the Landlord, the Tenant shall not remove any such Alterations from the Leased Premises either during or after the term of the Lease. Notwithstanding this, the Landlord shall be under no obligation to repair, maintain, or insure the Alterations. The Tenant also accepts that upon the termination of this Lease, whether at expiry or otherwise, the Landlord may, at its option, require the Tenant to remove all or part of such Alterations whether or not such Alterations were installed by the Tenant or any other person including but not limited to the Landlord on behalf of the Tenant) and to require the Tenant to repair any damage caused to the Leased Premises or the Building by such Alterations or removal. Alternatively, the Landlord may request that the Tenant pay to the Landlord at Lease expiry or termination, the amount of money estimated by the Landlord to perform the removal, restoration and /or replacement work required for the Tenant to comply with the Landlord’s surrender requirements as outlined herein. Such Landlord’s estimate must be either, at the Landlord’s sole discretion, based on bona fide, arms length, written quotes from reputable contractors and or an estimate from a certified engineer or architect chosen by the Landlord.


 

- 28 -

 

The Tenant’s obligation to observe and perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

Should the Tenant fail to perform such repair or restoration work requested by the Landlord in accordance with provisions of the Lease, then the Landlord may do such work at the expense of the Tenant and collect from the Tenant the cost of same as Additional Rent whether before or after the expiry of the Lease.

  With respect to the Tenant’s trade fixtures, the Tenant may during the Term in the usual or normal course of its business remove its moveable trade fixtures provided that such have become excess or obsolete for the Tenant’s purposes or the Tenant is substituting new and similar moveable trade fixtures and provided that in each case, the Tenant is not in default under this Lease, and such removal is done at the Tenant’s sole cost and expense; and, (ii) the Tenant shall, at the expiration or termination of the Lease, at its own cost, remove all its trade fixtures, and such of the Alterations as the Landlord by notice requires to be removed, in accordance with provisions of this Lease.

 

  (b)

If the Tenant does not remove its trade fixtures at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, such fixtures shall, at the option of the Landlord, become the property of the Landlord and may be removed from the Premises and sold or be disposed of by the Landlord in such manner as it deems advisable.

 

  (c)

The Tenant shall, in the case of every such installation or removal of either its trade fixtures or Alterations either during or at the expiration of the Term effect the same at times designated by the Landlord, acting reasonably.

 

  (d)

For greater certainty, the Tenant’s fixtures shall not include any

 

  (i)

heating, ventilating or air conditioning systems, facilities and equipment in, or serving the Premises;

 

  (ii)

floor covering affixed to the floor of the Premises;

 

  (iii)

light fixtures; and,

 

  (iv)

any fixtures, facilities, equipment or installations installed by or at the expense of the Landlord.

Notwithstanding the above it is understood and agreed that the Tenant’s restoration obligations, as provided for herein, shall not apply to the architectural elements of the Tenant’s Fit-up plan that is attached hereto as Schedule B1 (which have been approved by the Landlord), or to such finishes or architectural changes that the Landlord has specifically excluded in writing.

(iii)       Indemnity . If the Premises is not surrendered at the end of the Term, and the Tenant and Landlord have not executed a legally binding extension agreement then the Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord against any and all loss or liability resulting from such delay by the Tenant in so surrendering the Premises, including without limitation, any claims founded on such delay made by any succeeding occupant of the Premises or any part thereof, and the Tenant shall be liable to the Landlord for legal fees (on a solicitor and his client basis), and all other costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord in obtaining possession of the Premises.

 

(iv)

No Tacit Renewal . If the Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the end of the Term,


 

- 29 -

 

 

and without the execution and delivery of a new lease, or a written renewal or extension of this Lease, there shall be no tacit or other renewal of this Lease, and the Tenant will be considered to be occupying the Premises as a tenant from month to month at a monthly Rent, payable in advance on the first day of each month equal to the sum of:

 

  (a)

2X the monthly installment of Minimum Rent payable for the last month of the Term, and

 

  (b)

One-twelfth of the amount of Additional Rent and charges paid or payable by the Tenant for the last Lease Year of the Term, and otherwise upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, so far as applicable.

RECOVERY OF ADJUSTMENT

20.       The Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy of the Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of default by the Tenant in payment of any amount payable by the Tenant hereunder, as the Landlord would have in the case of default in payment of rent.

NOTICE

21.       Any notice required or contemplated by any provisions of this Lease shall be given in writing enclosed in a sealed envelope addressed, in the case of notice to the Landlord, at 451 Daly Avenue, 2 nd Floor, Ottawa, Ontario K1N 6H6 and in the case of notice to the Tenant, to it at the Leased Premises and mailed, registered and postage prepaid. The time of giving of such notice shall be conclusively deemed to be the 5th business cay after the day of such mailing. Such notice shall be delivered, in the case of notice to the Landlord, to an executive officer of the Landlord, and in the case of notice to the Tenant or to any executive or senior officer or director of the Tenant if the Tenant is a corporation. Such notice, if delivered shall be conclusively deemed to have been given and received at the time of such delivery. If in this Lease two or more persons are named as Tenant, such notice shall also be sufficiently given if and when the same shall be delivered personally to any one of such persons. Provided that either party may, by notice to the other from time to time designate another address in Canada to which notices mailed more than ten (10) days thereafter shall be addressed.

SUBORDINATION

22.       This Lease is subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases and to all mortgages (including any deed of trust and mortgage securing bonds and all indentures supplemental thereto) which may now or hereafter affect such leases, the Leased Premises, the Building and/or the property where the Building is situated and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. The Tenant agrees to execute a certificate in confirmation provided by the Landlord of such subordination as the Landlord may request subject to the lender entering into a non-disturbance agreement with the Tenant. The Landlord shall use its best efforts, but shall not be obliged, to obtain a non-disturbance agreement from any current mortgagee of the Leased Premises.

LEASE ENTIRE AGREEMENT

23.       The Tenant acknowledges that there are no covenants, representations, warranties, agreements or conditions expressed or implied, collateral or otherwise forming part of or in any way affecting or relating to this Lease save as expressly set out in this Lease and that this Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant and may not be modified except as herein explicitly


 

- 30 -

 

provided or except by subsequent agreement in writing of equal formality hereto executed by the Landlord and the Tenant.

REGISTRATION

24.       The Tenant covenants and agrees with the Landlord that the Tenant will not register this Lease in this or any other form in the Registry Office or the Land Titles Office but may register a notice of lease which discloses only the term and expiry date thereof and the existence of options to renew the term.

OPTION TO RENEW

25.       Provided the Tenant is not then in default under this lease and has not been in default on more than two (2) occasions, the Tenant shall have one option to renew the lease for a further term of 5 years at market rents for renewing leases for similar premises in similar buildings in Kanata Ontario. This option to renew is to be exercised in writing by the Tenant to the Landlord no later than 9 months prior to the expiration of the Term and failing its exercise within the time provided such option to be null and void. The Tenant and Landlord must have negotiated the rent and have executed a new lease within 30 days of the Tenant exercising its option, as provided for herein, failing which the minimum rent will be determined by arbitration pursuant to the Arbitration Act, 1991 (Ontario).

NET/NET/NET RENT

26.       It is expressly agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant that it is intended that the rent reserved in this Lease shall be an absolutely net/net/net return to the Landlord during the Term of the Lease without regard to the condition of the Leased Premises, and, except as otherwise explicitly provided in this Lease, the Landlord shall be free of any and all costs, expenses, taxes and charges with respect to the Leased Premises whatsoever, save and except only taxes which are attributable to the income or profits of the Landlord and any charges to the Landlord in respect of the amortization or interest under any mortgage or charge on the Building.

PAYMENTS BY TENANT

27.       In addition to any other specific provisions herein contained, where the Tenant is obligated under the terms of this Lease to pay any monies, whether to the Landlord or any third party, or to do any act involving the payment of money, and the Tenant shall fail to carry out its obligations, the Landlord may do such act or pay such monies and charge the cost of doing such act or the amount of such monies paid against the Tenant and may enforce the payment thereof by the Tenant in the same manner as if rent had not been paid on a timely basis under the terms of this Lease, and the Tenant shall pay unto the Landlord, in respect of any amount so paid in respect of any rent not paid on the due date thereof, interest at the rate computed in accordance with Paragraph 3(h) hereof.

ELECTRONIC PAYMENTS

28.       The Tenant shall make arrangements for the payment of Minimum Rent and Additional Rent by electronic funds transfer.

INTERPRETATION

29(a)      In this Indenture “herein”, “hereof”, “hereby”, “hereunder”, “hereto”, “hereinafter” and similar


 

- 31 -

 

expressions refer to this lease or indenture and not to any particular paragraph, section or other portion thereof, unless there is something in the subject matter or context inconsistent therewith.

  (a)

“business day” means any of the days from Monday to Friday of each week inclusive unless such day is a statutory holiday.

  (b)

“normal business hours” means the hours from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on business days.

So long as the Tenant pays for associated costs, including but not limited to incremental heating, lighting, ventilation or cooling costs associated with operations outside of normal business hours, if any, the Landlord shall ensure that the Tenant’s employees can comfortably work in the Leased Premises outside of “normal business hours”. The Landlord is currently providing lighting and ventilation or cooling to the Building and Premises 7 days a week, 24 hours a day which costs are included in the monthly Additional Rent being paid by the Tenant.

SEVERABILITY OF COVENANTS

30.       The Landlord and the Tenant agree that all of the provisions of this Lease are to be construed as covenants and agreements as though the words importing such covenants and agreements were used in each separate paragraph hereof. Should any provision or provisions of this Lease be illegal or not enforceable, it or they shall be considered separate and severable from the Lease and its remaining provisions shall remain in force and be binding upon the parties hereto as though the said provision or provisions had never been included.

CAPTIONS

31.       The captions appearing in this Lease have been inserted as a matter of convenience and for reference only, and in no way define, limit or enlarge the scope or meaning of this Lease or of any provision hereof.

SUCCESSORS & ASSIGNS

32.       This indenture and everything herein contained shall ensure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns and other legal representatives as the case may be, of each and every of the parties hereto, and every reference herein to any party hereto shall include the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns and other legal representatives of such party, and where there is more than one tenant, the provisions hereof shall be read with all grammatical changes thereby rendered necessary, and all covenants shall be deemed joint and several. The neutral gender shall include both the masculine and feminine gender.

ADDITIONAL TAXES

33.       If any business transfer tax, value-added tax, multi-stage sales tax, sales tax, goods and services tax (GST), harmonized sales tax (HST) or any like tax is imposed on the Landlord by any governmental authority on any rent payable by the Tenant under this Lease or due in any way to the Tenant’s occupancy, then the Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord for the amount of such tax forthwith upon demand as Additional Rent.

CHANGES TO BUILDING

34.       The Landlord hereby reserves the right at any time and from time to time to make changes in, additions to, subtractions from or rearrangements of the Building and or the Leased Premises including,


 

- 32 -

 

without limitation, all improvements at any time thereon, all entrances and exits thereto, and to grant, modify and terminate easements or other agreements pertaining to the use and maintenance of all or parts of the lands and Building and to make changes and additions to the pipes, conduits, utilities and other necessary building services in the Leased Premises which serve other premises, provided thatin doing so the Landlord shall take reasonable steps so as to minimize the disruption to the Tenant and in no case shall the Landlord be permitted to relocate the Leased Premises or to materially alter the Leased Premises.

GUARANTEE

 

35.

Intentionally Deleted

LANDLORD CONDITION

 

36.

Intentionally Deleted

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

37(a)             For the purposes of this section, HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES means any substance, or class of substance or mixture of substances which may be detrimental to the environment, plant or animal life, or human health and includes, without limitation, flammable, explosives, or radioactive materials, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl’s (PCB’s), chemicals believed to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, pollutants, contaminants, hazardous wastes, toxic substances and related materials, petroleum and petroleum products, any substance that, if added to water, may degrade or alter or form part of a process of degradation or alteration of the quality or temperature of that water to the extent that it is detrimental to its use by man or by any animal, fish or plant, and substances declared to be hazardous or toxic under any law or regulation now or hereafter enacted or promulgated by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Landlord, the Tenant, the Leased Premises or the Building (the “Authorities”).

(b)       If the Tenant shall cause or permit any Hazardous Substances to be brought onto, created in, released or discharged from, placed or disposed of, at or near the Leased Premises, the Tenant shall be responsible at its own expense to completely remedy the occurrence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord.

(c)       The Tenant shall not cause or permit to occur any violation of any federal, provincial, municipal or local law, ordinance, or regulation, now or hereinafter enacted (the “Laws”), related to environmental conditions on, under, at, near or about the Leased Premises, or related to the Landlord, the Tenant or the Building, air, soil or ground water condition, including without limitation, the generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Substances.

 

(d)

The Tenant shall:

  (i)

at its own expense comply with the Laws;

  (ii)

at its own expense make all submissions to, provide all information required by, and comply with all requirements of the Authorities under the Laws; and

  (iii)

indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Landlord, the Landlord’s mortgagees, any manager of the Building, and their respective officers, directors, beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, agents and employees, from all fines, suits, procedures, claims and actions of every kind, and all costs associated therewith (including legal fees on a solicitor and his own


 

- 33 -

 

 

client basis and consultants’ fees) arising out of or in any way connected with any deposit, spill, discharge, or other release of Hazardous Substances that occurs during the Term or any renewal or extension period, at or from the Leased Premises, and caused by the Tenant or those for whom it is in law responsible, or which arises at any time from the Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Leased Premises, or from the Tenant’s failure to provide all information, make all submissions, and take all steps required by this Section or by the Authorities.

 

  (iv)

pay for any and all remediation and clean up costs including but not limited to paying all fines, suits, procedures, claims and actions of every kind, and all costs associated therewith (including legal fees on a solicitor and his own client basis and consultants’ fees) arising out of or in any way connected with any deposit, spill, discharge, or other release of Hazardous Substances that occurs during the Term or any renewal or extension period, at or from the Leased Premises, or which arises at any time from the Tenants’ use or occupancy of the Leased Premises, or from the Tenants’ failure to provide all information, make all submissions, and take all steps required by this Section or by the Authorities.

(e)       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, if the Tenant creates or brings to the Leased Premises any Hazardous Substances or if the conduct of the Tenant’s business shall cause there to be any Hazardous Substances at or near the Leased Premises, or discharged or released on, under or about the Leased Premises, the Building or the lands upon which the Building is constructed, the air, soil or ground water, then notwithstanding any rule of law to the contrary, such Hazardous Substances shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of the Tenant and shall not become the property of the Landlord, notwithstanding the degree of affixation to the Leased Premises of the Hazardous Substances or the goods containing the Hazardous Substances. This affirmation of the Tenant’s interest in the Hazardous Substances or the goods containing the Hazardous Substances shall not however prohibit the Landlord from dealing with such material as otherwise provided for in this Lease.

(f)       All obligations of the Tenant regarding this clause and its dealing with Hazardous Substances shall survive the expiry or termination of this Lease.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Landlord shall indemnify and save harmless the Tenant and those for whom it is responsible at law from and against all liabilities, claims and damages caused by or resulting from any Hazardous Substance existing or generated prior to the date the Premises were first used or occupied by the Tenant.

First Right of Refusal on Adjacent Space

38.       The Tenant shall, during the Term of the Lease, have an ongoing first right of refusal (FROR) on the full space currently occupied by Rohde and Schwarz on the first floor of the Building and on not less than 6,000 sf space on the 2 nd floor of the Building, both as shown on the plans attached to the Lease as Schedule D (individually and collectively the FROR Space). Should the Landlord receive a serious expression of interest for the FROR space, as evidenced by a second showing or a request for information after a first showing, the Landlord will provide written notice (“FROR Notice”) to the Tenant informing them of the serious expression of interest and the Tenant shall have 10 business days, from the issuance of such notice by the Landlord, to execute a lease with the Landlord for the FROR Space. Should such lease for the FROR Space not be executed by both parties within such 10 day period then


 

- 34 -

 

such first right of refusal shall be null and void as it pertains to the particular third party indicated in the Landlord’s written notice. For clarity, if the Landlord does not ultimately lease the FROR Space to such third party and/or if such third party does lease the FROR Space but it later again becomes available, then the Tenant’s first right of refusal on the FROR Space as set out herein shall once again apply, and shall continue to apply in each similar instance.

If the FROR Notice is delivered to the Tenant within the first two (2) years of the Term of this Lease and the Tenant wishes to exercise its FROR on such space, then the lease to be executed by the parties with respect to the FROR Space shall be coterminous with this Lease and shall be on all of the same terms and conditions as this Lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of rent, both Minimum Rent and Additional Rent, save and except that there shall be no free rent, no landlord’s work (except as specifically set out below) and the inducement to be paid by the Landlord to the Tenant shall be an amount equal to Two Dollars ($2.00) per square foot of the FROR Space per year of the term. If the FROR Notice is delivered to the Tenant more than two (2) years after the Commencement Date, then the terms of the lease shall be subject to the mutual agreement of the parties at that time and the lease must be executed within 10 business days of the giving of the FROR Notice.

Except as noted for the 2 nd floor space, the FROR space is to be provided on an “as is” condition and the Tenant, subject to the Landlord’s written approval, shall be responsible for all improvements within the FROR space. In the event the Tenant, under the FROR, leases not less than 6000 sf of the FROR Space on the 2 nd floor the Landlord, at the Landlord’s costs and to the Landlord’s specification (including location), will install an internal stairwell connecting the Premises to the FROR Space on the 2 nd floor.

Special Provisions

 

39.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease

1) The Landlord will permit a food truck to operate between the hours of 11:30 AM and 2:00 PM in an area of the parking lot of the Building designated by the Landlord. The food truck must be fully insured and licensed by the City of Ottawa with satisfactory evidence provided to the Landlord. The operators of the food truck and patrons must keep the area free of debris and food waste and give consideration to the health and wellbeing of all Building occupants failing which the Landlord, at its sole option, may terminate the food truck service.

2) The Tenant may, at the Tenant’s sole cost, contract for additional cleaning services in their Premises.

3) The Tenant, subject to the Landlord’s approval, which approval is not to be unreasonably withheld, may hire its own contractors to complete the architectural elements (walls, drop ceiling, floor coverings, millwork, finishings etc) of the Tenant’s Fit-up and alterations. The Tenant must use the Landlord’s contractors for all base building work including, but not limited to, HVAC, plumbing, electrical fire safety and sprinklers.


 

- 35 -

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto set their respective hands and seals and/or affixed their corporate seals duly attested to by the hands of their proper signing officer(s) authorized in that behalf.

 

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

 

 

Elk Property Management Limited, in its authorized capacity as Property Manager

In the presence of:

  )    (LANDLORD)
 

)

  

Per: /s/ George Gaty                                                

  )   

Name:     George Gaty

  )   

Position:   President

    

I HAVE AUTHORITY TO BIND THE CORPORATION

    
  )   

Phreesia Inc.                                                                  (TENANT)

  )   

Per: /s/ Thomas Altier             

  )   

Name:     Thomas Altier

  )   

Position: CFO

  )   

I HAVE AUTHORITY TO BIND THE CORPORATION.


 

- 36 -

 

Schedule “A”

Legal Description – Lands

Parcel 10-1, Section 4M-417; Block 10, Plan 4M-417 and Parcel 1-1, Section 4M-417; Block 1, Plan 4M-417, City of Kanata, Ontario


 

- 37 -

 

Schedule “B”

Approximate Floor Plans

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


 

- 38 -

 

Schedule B1

Demolition Plan (Landlord’s Work) and Tenant Fit-up Plan

 

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO


 

- 39 -

 

Schedule “C”

Rules and Regulations

The Tenant and its invitees and employees shall observe the following rules and regulations (as added to, amended or modified from time to time by the Landlord).

 

1.

SECURITY: Landlord may from time to time adopt appropriate systems and procedures for the security or safety of the Building, any persons occupying using or entering the same, or any equipment finishings or contents thereof, and Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s reasonable requirements relative thereto.

 

2.

LOCKS: Landlord may from time to time install and change locking mechanisms on the entrances to the Building, common area thereof, and the Premises, and shall provide to the Tenant a reasonable number of keys and replacements therefore to meet the bona fide requirements of the Tenant. In these rules “keys” include any device serving the same purpose. Tenant shall not add to or change existing locking mechanisms on any door in or to the Leased Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent and without providing a copy of the key to the Landlord. If, with Landlord’s consent, Tenant installs lock(s) incompatible with the Building master locking system:

 

  (a)

Landlord, without abatement of Rent, shall be relieved of any obligation under the Lease to provide any service to the affected areas which require access thereto,

 

  (b)

Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against any expense as a result of forced entry thereto which may be required in an emergency, and

 

  (c)

Tenant shall at the end of the Term and at Landlord’s request remove such lock(s) at Tenant’s expense

 

3.

RETURN OF KEYS: At the end of the Term, Tenant shall promptly return to Landlord all keys for the Building and Leased Premises which are in possession of Tenant.

 

4.

WINDOWS: Tenant shall observe Landlord’s rules with respect to maintaining window coverings at all windows in the Leased Premises so that the Building presents a uniform exterior appearance, and shall not install any signs, window shades, screens, drapes, covers or any other on or at window in the Leased Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

5.

REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS: Tenant shall carry out Tenant’s repair, maintenance, alterations and improvements in the Leased Premises only during times agreed to in advance by Landlord and in a manner in which will not interfere with the rights of other tenants in the Building.


 

- 40 -

 

6.

WATER FIXTURES: Tenant shall not use water fixtures for any purpose for which they are not intended, nor shall Tenant tamper in any way with water fixtures so as to increase water consumption. Tenant shall pay for any cost or damage resulting from such misuse by Tenant.

 

7.

PERSONAL USE OF LEASED PREMISES: The Leased Premises shall not be used or permitted to be used for residential, lodging or sleeping purposes or for the storage of personal effects or property not required for business purposes.

 

8.

HEAVY ARTICLES: Tenant shall not place in or move about the Leased Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent any safe or other heavy article, which in the Landlord’s reasonable opinion may damage the Building and Landlord may designate the location of any heavy articles in the Leased Premises.

 

9.

CARPET PADS: In those portions of the Leased Premises where carpet has been provided directly or indirectly by Landlord, Tenant shall at its own expense install and maintain pads to protect the carpet under all furniture having casters other than carpet casters.

 

10.

BICYCLES, ANIMALS: Tenant shall not bring any animals or birds into the Building and shall not permit bicycles or other vehicles inside or on the sidewalks outside the Building except in areas designated from time to time by Landlord for such purposes. The Landlord accepts that the Tenant will use forklifts and other standard warehouse equipment so long as such forklifts and other equipment are only used in the rear warehouse area.

 

11.

DELIVERIES: Tenant shall insure that deliveries of materials and supplies to the Leased Premises are made through such entrances, elevators and corridors and at such times as may from time to time be designated by Landlord, and shall promptly pay or cause to be paid to Landlord the cost of repairing any damage to the Building caused by any person making such deliveries.

 

12.

FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT: Tenant shall insure that furniture and equipment being moved into or out of the Leased Premises is moved through such entrances, elevators and corridors and at such times as may from time to time be designated by the Landlord, and by movers or a moving company approved by Landlord and shall promptly pay or cause to be paid to Landlord the cost of repairing any damage in the Building caused thereby.

 

13.

SOLICITATIONS: Landlord reserves the right to restrict or prohibit canvassing, soliciting or peddling in the Building.

 

14.

FOOD AND BEVERAGES: Tenant shall be permitted the use of the equipment on the Leased Premises for the dispensation of soft drinks, cold confectioneries and the like, for the preparation of coffee, tea and the like, and for the warming of food already prepared. The Tenant shall not permit on the premise equipment for the preparation of food. In addition only persons approved from time to time by the Landlord may prepare, solicit orders for, sell, serve, or distribute foods or beverages in the Building or use the elevators, corridors or common areas for such purpose. This


 

- 41 -

 

however shall not prevent the Tenant from using catering services from time to time for special occasions as luncheons and receptions.

 

15.

REFUSE: Tenant shall place all refuse in proper receptacles provided by Tenant at its expense in the Leased Premises or in receptacles (if any) provided by Landlord for the Building and shall keep sidewalks and driveways outside the Building and lobbies, corridors, stairwells, ducts and shafts of the Building free of all refuse.

 

16.

OBSTRUCTIONS: Tenant shall not obstruct or place anything in or on the sidewalks or driveways outside the Building or in the lobbies, corridors, stairwells or other common areas of the Building, or use such locations for any purpose except access to and exit from the Leased Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord may remove at Tenant’s expense any such obstruction or thing (unauthorized by Landlord) without notice or obligation to Tenant.

 

17.

DANGEROUS OR IMMORAL ACTIVITIES: Tenant shall not make any use of the Leased Premises which involves the danger or injury to any person, nor shall the same be used for any immoral or illegal purpose.

 

18.

PROPER CONDUCT: Tenant shall not conduct itself in any manner which is inconsistent with the character of the Building as a first quality building or which will impair the comfort and convenience of other tenants in the Building.

 

19.

EMPLOYEES, AGENTS AND INVITEES: In these Rules and Regulations, Tenant includes the employees, agents, invitees and licensees of Tenant and others permitted by Tenant to use, occupy, or visit the Leased Premises.

 

20.

PARKING: The Tenant, its employees, agents and suppliers shall park only in those portions of the parking area on the Building designated for such purposes by the Landlord. If required by Landlord to control parking. Tenant will provide the Landlord with the license numbers of all cars of the Tenant and its employees authorized to park in the parking area. The parking area shall not be used for anything but for the temporary parking of passenger vehicules. At no time shall cars or anything else including but not limited to items of storage be left overnight anywhere in or around the Building including those areas reserved for parking. The Tenant agrees that it will not hold the Landlord responsible in any manner whatsoever for theft or damage of any vehicule or its contents however caused, including for greater certainty, damage or loss caused by fire, vandalism, or damage caused by the falling, escaping or dripping of any substance including but not limited to water, solutions or any falling building material. The aforesaid parking area shall be solely used for the temporary parking of passenger automobiles and no such automobiles shall be cleaned or washed or serviced in any way in the parking area.

 

21.

WINDOWS AND WINDOW COVERINGS: The skylights and windows that reflect or admit light into any place in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by the Tenant, and no awnings, curtains or blinds shall be installed without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Window coverings that are installed shall have lining on the side facing the interior side of exterior windows. The Tenant shall not and shall not permit its employees, agents or invitees to throw


 

- 42 -

 

 

anything out the windows or doors of the Building or into the passageways, stairways, lightwells or elevators shafts of the Building.

 

22 .

SMOKING: Smoking is prohibited in all areas of the Building.

Exhibit 10.16

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS

BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE IT IS NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM

TO THE COMPANY IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

MASTER SOFTWARE LICENSE AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Master Software License and Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 31st day of March, 2015 (“ Effective Date ”), by and between Ascension Health Resource and Supply Management Group, LLC, a Missouri limited liability company having its principal place of business at 11775  Borman Drive, Suite 340, St. Louis, Missouri  63146 (“ The Resource Group ”), and Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation with a principal place of business at 432 Park Avenue South, New York, New York 10016 (hereinafter referred to as “ Licensor ” or “ Phreesia ”).

 

1.

Definitions . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings detailed below.

 

  1.1

Ascension Health . Ascension Health is a Missouri non-profit corporation and a health system comprised of health ministries, hospitals, facilities and affiliates. It is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ascension Health Alliance.

 

  1.2

Ascension Health Alliance . Ascension Health Alliance is a Missouri non-profit corporation. It is the parent organization of, Ascension Health, a health system consisting primarily of non-profit corporations that own and operate local health care facilities.

 

  1.3

Ascension Health Resource and Supply Management Group, LLC . Ascension Health Resource and Supply Management Group, LLC is a Missouri limited liability company that has operational responsibility for supply chain management of Ascension Health Alliance and the Participants. Its sole member is Ascension Health Alliance.

 

  1.4

Data . Data shall mean [***].

 

  1.5

Designated Site . Designated Site means a specific Licensee location(s) set forth on the Order Form where Licensee may install and use the Products.

 

  1.6

Documentation . Documentation shall mean [***].

 

  1.7

Error . Error shall mean any failure of the Products to conform to the Documentation.

 

  1.8

Error Correction . Error Correction shall mean either a modification or addition to the Products that, when made or added to the Products, corrects an Error including, without limitation, bug fixes, patches, workarounds and maintenance releases.

 

  1.9

Enhancement . Enhancement shall mean [***].

 

  1.10

Hardware . Hardware means all equipment (including PhreesiaPads) as well as accompanying wireless routers and charging stations provided by Licensor listed on an Order Form and provided by Licensor hereunder.


1.11

Intellectual Property . Intellectual Property means trade secrets, copyrightable subject matter, patents, und patent applications and other proprietary information, activities, and any ideas, concepts, innovations, inventions and designs.

 

1.12

Licensee . Licensee shall mean The Resource Group and/or Participants, as applicable in each instance, who enter into an Order Form with Licensor for Products or Services.

 

1.13

Participant . Any health ministry hospital or medical facility in the Ascension Health system that has entered into a written Participant Agreement with The Resource Group.

 

1.14

Participant Agreement . Participant Agreement means a written agreement between an entity and The Resource Group entered into for the purpose of allowing the entity to participate in this Agreement.

 

1.15

Personnel . Personnel shall mean Licensor’s employees, agents, contractors (and subcontractors), subsidiaries, affiliates or any person directly or indirectly, controlled by, controlling or under common control with Licensor.

 

1.16

PhreesiaPad . PhreesiaPad means Licensor’s proprietary touch screen wireless device, used at a Designated Site, which allow Licensee’s patients to check in for such patient’s medical visit.

 

1.17

Product(s) . Product(s) shall mean any Software, Hardware or other deliverable pursuant to this Agreement, including the PhreesiaPad.

 

1.18

Services . Services shall mean any maintenance, training service, support and hosting service provided by Licensor to Licensee as identified in an Order Form in the form of Exhibit A.

 

1.19

Software . Software shall mean: (a) any computer program, programming or modules specified in each Order Form; (b) Documentation; (c) Updates; and (d) Enhancements; if and to the extent provided by Licensor under this Agreement.

 

1.20

Updates . Updates shall mean an update or revision to Software that Licensor generally makes available to its customers of the Software at no additional charge. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Updates may include, for example, the following:

 

  1.20.1

[***];

 

  1.20.2

[***];

 

  1.20.3

[***];

 

  1.20.4

[***];

 

2


  1.20.5

[***];

 

  1.20.6

[***].

 

  1.20.7

[***].

 

2.

Participants . Before any entity, other than The Resource Group, is eligible to purchase Products or Services pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the entity must qualify as a Participant. A list of Participants is available at: http://www.ascensionhealth.org/communication/vendorparticipants.xls, as may be updated from time to time. [***]. Licensor shall [***] any change The Resource Group makes with regard to Participants that complies with the criteria set forth above.

 

  2.1

Termination of Existing Contracts . Any Participant desiring to avail itself of the benefits of this Agreement may, [***] terminate any existing contract(s) or other arrangements) with Licensor (“ Existing Agreement ”) tor the purpose of participating in the group purchasing arrangement set forth in this Agreement. [***] In the event a Participant elects to avail itself of the benefits of this Agreement, the Participant shall provide [***] to Licensor of its intent to access the terms and conditions and pricing of this Agreement for the remainder of the Existing Agreement’s term and the terms and conditions and pricing hereunder shall apply. [***].

 

  2.2

Several Liabilit y. Licensor recognizes that Ascension Health Alliance, The Resource Group, Ascension Health, each Participant and each subsidiary and affiliate entity thereof are separate legal entities. Except to the extent expressly stated in this Agreement, none of the liabilities of a Participant shall be treated as a joint liability of Ascension Health Alliance, The Resource Group or Ascension Health, any other Participant, or any affiliate entity of Ascension Health Alliance, The Resource Group or Ascension Health. [***].

 

3.

Order Forms . From time to time during the Perm of this Agreement, Licensee may request Licensor to provide Licensee with certain Products, Services or license certain software to Licensee, and Licensor may provide such Products, Services or grant such license subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any license granted shall not be effective until: (a) the parties have executed a written agreement (each an “ Order Form ”, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A); and (b) Licensee has issued a purchase order (“ P.O. ”) to Licensor with respect to the Order Form. Each Order Form must be signed by Licensee and Licensor and contain, at a minimum: (w) a description of the Products and Services to be sold or licensed to Licensee or the Software to be licensed; (x) the time period in which such licenses are to be in effect; (y) the Fees; and (z) any other duties and fees associated with such purchase or license. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement shall apply in respect of any such Order Form unless this Agreement is expressly excluded from such Order Form by a written instrument signed by Licensee and Licensor. Each Order Form executed shall constitute a separate agreement that is subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and shall be binding, when duly executed by each of the parties hereto, upon such parties and their respective successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Neither party shall be required to enter into any Order Form.

 

3


4.

License .

 

  4.1

Grant . Licensor hereby grants to Licensee, and Licensee hereby accepts a non-exclusive, non-transferable, license to use and access the Software (on a remote hosted basis where the Software will be hosted by Licensor) during the Term of the Licensee’s applicable Order Form solely for Licensee’s internal business use. The license granted hereunder shall apply to Licensee wherever situated, and Software may be used by Licensee and its officers, contactors and employees engaged in work on behalf of Licensee at the Designated Sites.

 

  4.2

Limitations . Except as provided in this Agreement or as otherwise authorized by Licensor, Licensee has no right to: (a) decompile, reverse engineer, disassemble, print, copy or display the Software or otherwise reduce the Software to a human perceivable form in whole or in part; (b) publish, release, rent, lease, loan, sell, distribute or transfer the Software to another person or entity; (c) reproduce the Software for the use or benefit of anyone other than Licensee; (d) alter, modify or create derivative works based upon the Software either in whole or in part; or (e) use or permit the use of the Software for commercial time-sharing arrangements or providing service bureau, data processing, rental, or other services to any third party, provided, however, [***]. Licenses granted under the provisions of this Agreement do not constitute a sale of the Software. Licensor retains title to and ownership of the Software.

 

  4.3

Work Product . The parties do not contemplate the development of any custom deliverables by Licensor for Licensee hereunder. In the event Licensee requests the development of custom deliverables in the future, Licensor and Licensee will agree to terms regarding ownership at that time, which may be set forth in an Order Form executed by the parties.

 

  4.4

Hardware . Licensee shall take [***] efforts to protect the Products from damage and theft and upon termination of the applicable Order Form Licensee shall return the Products to Licensor in good working condition (reasonable wear and tear excepted) in accordance with Section 14.5. Licensee shall [***] notify Licensor in the event any Products have been stolen, lost or damaged. Licensee shall not remove any proprietary labels or notices on the Products or remove the Products from the Designated Sites [***]. The Products are owned by Licensor or its licensors and are licensed (and not sold) to Licensee. Amount of PhreesiaPad distribution to each Participant will be [***] controlled by Licensor in consultation with the Licensee. If Licensee requires additional PhreesiaPads beyond that recommended by Licensor or to accommodate a non-standard configuration, then Licensor and Licensee may enter into an additional Order Form. Upon request by Licensor, Licensee agrees to return PhreesiaPads that are not being utilized by a Licensee. Licensee agrees to be responsible for the applicable freight charges for any PhreesiaPads returned pursuant to this Section.

 

4


5.

Use of Products .

 

  5.1

Generally . Licensee shall use the Products for patient check-in purposes only and for other purposes expressly set forth in the applicable Documentation. Licensee is responsible at its sole cost and expense for maintaining a high speed internet connection required to use the Products and the Software as set forth under the Customer Requirements section of the applicable Order Form. Licensor shall not be responsible for any errors or inaccuracies in any data, information or content entered into the Products by Licensee, or any of Licensee’s employees, contractors or patients. Licensee shall not directly or indirectly use the Products (including, without limitation, the Software) to: (a) upload or otherwise transmit any content that is unlawful, threatening, abusive, harassing, tortious, defamatory, vulgar, obscene, libelous, invasive of another’s privacy, hateful, or racially, ethnically or otherwise objectionable or that infringes any trademark, trade secret, copyright or other proprietary or intellectual property rights of any person; or (b) upload or otherwise transmit any material that contains software viruses or any other computer code, files or programs designed to interrupt, destroy or limit the functionality of the Products.

 

  5.2

Product Configuration . During the Set-up process indicated on the Order Form (or an Exhibit thereto) Licensor will make reasonable efforts to configure the Product to meet the needs of the Licensee, Licensor [***].

 

  5.3

Data Storage . Licensee acknowledges and agrees that all information, content and data entered into the Products by Licensee or its employees, contractors or patients will be securely stored by Licensor at designated data centers in accordance with HIPAA and all other applicable laws. Licensor agrees to use physical and technical security measures to protect patient data, including, but not limited to, encrypted data connections to designated data centers, encrypted data storage, firewalls, and electronic surveillance of designated data centers.

 

  5.4

Data Use . Licensee acknowledges and agrees that all information, content and data entered into the Products by Licensee or its employees, contractors or patients may be used by Licensor solely in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Business Associate Agreement attached hereto. Licensee further acknowledges and agrees that, Licensor shall have the right, to the extent requested or directed by Licensee, to direct messages to Licensee’s patients by email, texting, letter or other means including for post visit reminders, copay receipts, portal enrollments, surveys, links to mobile and other requested communications.

 

  5.5

Medical Decisions . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Licensee acknowledges and agrees that Licensor is not engaged in the practice of medicine, and is not determining appropriate medical use of any of the Products and Services that are, or may be, offered pursuant to this Agreement or resulting from any content displayed on the Products. Medical treatment and diagnostic decisions, including those arising from the results of any patient interview, are the responsibility of Licensee and its professional healthcare providers.

 

5


6.

Acceptance Testing . Acceptance testing, if applicable, will be set forth in the applicable Order Form.

 

7.

Fees, Invoices and Payments .

 

  7.1

Fees . In consideration of the rights granted, Licensee agrees, subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the applicable Order Form, to pay Licensor the tees to license the Hardware, license the Software and receive the Services as set forth in the particular Order Form(s) (“ Fees ”).

 

  7.2

[***].

 

  7.3

Rates . Unless otherwise provided elsewhere in the Agreement, prices are stated in U.S. dollars [***].

 

  7.4

Charges . Licensee will determine the applicability of charges by the following criteria: [***].

 

  7.5

Invoices .

 

  7.5.1

Invoices shall be delivered to Licensee at the address indicated on the applicable Order Form.

 

  7.5.2

Licensor acknowledges that Licensee requires the correct, applicable P.O. number to be included on all invoices and that such invoice match the P.O. line data in order to authorize payment therefore. [***].

 

  7.5.3

Each invoice submitted by Licensor will provide supporting detail for the Fees, and any other products or services provided by Licensor invoiced, including: [***].

 

  7.5.4

Licensor will invoice Licensee in a timely manner not to exceed [***] after the date the payment obligation is incurred for the Products or Services. [***].

 

  7.5.5

Undisputed invoiced amounts shall be paid by Licensee within [***] after the date the invoice is received by Licensee. In the event that Licensee, in good faith, disputes the validity of any amount in any invoice, Licensee shall communicate to Licensor the nature of the dispute within [***] after the date the invoice is received by Licensee.

 

  7.5.6

In the event that Licensor submits an incorrect invoice. Licensee will notify Licensor [***]. Furthermore, in the event Licensee disputes the amounts specified on any invoice received from Licensor, Licensor agrees that it shall [***] enter into [***] negotiations to resolve any discrepancy or misunderstanding associated with such amounts. [***].

 

6


  7.6

Tax-Exemption . Fees exclude sales, use, excise and similar taxes (which shall be Licensee’s obligation to pay). [***].

 

  7.7

Travel Expenses . Licensee shall pay to Licensor all undisputed invoiced amounts for reimbursement of reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred by Licensor that have been pre-approved in writing (or email) by Licensee in connection with the Services, provided that: [***].

 

8.

Administrative Fees . From the Effective Date through the term of this Agreement, Licensor expressly agrees that it will remit to The Resource Group, within [***] a Contract Administrative Pee, as defined herein, equal to [***] of the fees that Participants paid to Licensor under this Agreement during [***]. Licensor shall provide to The Resource Group [***].

Example of payment term : [***].

Administrative Fee Payment . Licensor must send all Contract Administrative Fee payments by either Electronic Funds Transfer or by check as follows:

[***]

Checks:

Ascension Health Resource and Supply Management Group, LLC

[***]

A remittance advice must accompany each payment and must include the following information:

 

   

The Resource Group Agreement number;

 

   

The amount of the total payment of the Contract Administrative Fee allocated to the Agreement;

 

   

The period for which the Contract Administrative Fee payment is being made; and

 

   

Licensor name as it appears on the Agreement.

Reporting Fees Paid to Licensor Data and Pricing Data . Accompanying each Contract Administrative Fee payment, Licensor must provide The Resource Group with a sales data report, [***].

 

9.

Infringement Indemnity . If a third party claim is made or an action brought alleging that the Products infringe a U.S. patent, or any copyright, trademark, trade secret or other proprietary right, Licensor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend The Resource Group, Ascension Health, Ascension Health Alliance, Participants and their officers, directors, trustees, sponsors, employees, or agents (each an “ Indemnitee ” and collectively, the “ Indemnitees ”) against such claim [***].

 

7


10.

General Indemnity . Licensor will indemnify, hold harmless and defend Indemnitees from and against any and all third party claims, suits or actions and all resulting losses, damages and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and expert fees), (“ Claims ”), resulting from the [***] pursuant to this Agreement, whether carried out by Licensor’s employees, agents, or subcontractors. [***].

 

11.

Loss of Data . Licensor shall [***].

 

12.

Representations and Warranties . The parties acknowledge that Licensor’s willingness and ability to provide Products and Services of the quality and at the levels specified herein are the essence of this Agreement. Accordingly, the following provisions shall apply to all Products and/or Services furnished by Licensor hereunder:

 

  12.1

Title . Licensor warrants and represents that: (i) it has and shall continue to have for the Term of this Agreement, the right to grant to Licensee the license to use the Products as set forth in this Agreement without, to its knowledge, violating the rights of any third party; and (ii) there is no actual or, to its knowledge, threatened suit by any third party based on an alleged violation of such right by Licensor. To the extent Licensor incorporates third party rights into the Products, Licensor warrants and represents that it has obtained the rights from those third parties necessary to vest in or grant to Licensee the various license rights necessary under this Agreement. Licensor further agrees that it shall notify Licensee, in writing, of any regulatory issues, arbitration, or litigation, pending or active, that may adversely affect Licensor’s performance or ability to perform under this Agreement or any Order Form, promptly upon learning of same, [***].

 

  12.2

Documentation . Any Documentation furnished as part of Product(s) hereunder will be in form and substance [***]. If at any time such original Documentation is revised or supplemented by additional Documentation, thereupon Licensor shall deliver to Licensee copies of such revised or additional Documentation at no charge in quantity equivalent to the quantity of such original Documentation then in Licensee’s possession. Licensee shall have the right to reproduce all Documentation supplied hereunder provided such reproduction shall be solely for the internal use of Licensee and provided further that Licensee replicates all copyright and other proprietary notices contained on the Documentation.

 

  12.3

Compatibility . Licensor warrants that the Software will be compatible with the Licensor’s technical environment recommendations, including hardware, operating system(s), software application(s), and networks specified by Licensor in the Order Form or in the Documentation.

 

  12.4

Performance . Licensor represents and warrants to Licensee that the Products upon delivery will be the latest commercially available releases, and that future release and engineering changes to the Software or its components will not materially degrade performance or remove any material functionality. Licensor warrants and represents that the Products will perform, in all material respects, in accordance with all Documentation provided by Licensor during the term set forth on the Order Schedule. The Documentation provided on or before the Effective Date shall represent the [***] of the Products. [***].

 

8


  12.5

Illicit Code . Licensor warrants and represents that it will use [***] to ensure that: (i) unless authorized in writing by Licensee; or (ii) necessary to perform valid duties under this Agreement, any Products made available to Licensee by Licensor for use by Licensor or Licensee shall: (a) contain no hidden files; (b) not replicate, transmit or activate itself without control of a person operating computing equipment on which it resides; (c) not alter, damage, or erase any data or computer programs without control of a person operating the computing equipment on which it resides; or (d) contain no key, node lock, time out or other function, whether implemented by electronic, mechanical or other means, which restricts or may restrict use or access to any programs or data developed under this Agreement, based on residency on a specific hardware configuration, frequency or duration of use, or other limiting criteria (“ Illicit Code ”). [***].

 

  12.6

Date and Time . Licensor warrants and represents that the occurrence in or use by the Products of any dates or times (“ Temporal Elements ”), including without limitation any date with a year specified as “99” or “00” regardless of other meanings attached to these values, any date before, on, or after January 1, 2000, and any time change related to daylight savings time or changes in time zones will not adversely affect its performance with respect to date and time-dependent data, computations, output, or other functions (including, without limitation, calculating, comparing, and sequencing) and that the Products will create, store, process, and output information related to or including Temporal Elements without errors or omissions and at no additional cost to Licensee. At Licensee’s request, Licensor will provide [***].

 

  12.7

Due Authority . Each party’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each agreement or instrument contemplated by this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action. This Agreement and each agreement or instrument contemplated by this Agreement, when executed and delivered by each party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be the legal, valid, and binding obligation of such party, in each case enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization, or similar laws then in effect that govern the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally. All persons who have executed this Agreement on behalf of a party, or who will execute any agreement or instrument contemplated by this Agreement on behalf of a party, have been duly authorized to do so by all necessary corporate action,

 

  12.8

Warranty of Services . Licensor warrants and represents that Services performed by Licensor or its Personnel shall be performed in a professional manner, consistent with the standard practices in the industry and in a diligent, workmanlike, and expeditious manner. Licensor acknowledges that [***] for all Services provided hereunder. [***].

 

9


  12.9

Continuous Representations and Warranties . Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement; all representations and warranties made by Licensor in this Agreement shall be deemed first made on the date hereof (and as an inducement to Licensee’s execution and delivery of this Agreement) and they shall run continuously thereafter.

 

  12.10

Disclaimers . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 12, THE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” “WHERE IS” BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES MADE ABOVE IN THIS SECTION 12, LICENSOR MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES AND HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTIES RIGHTS.

 

  12.11

CLINICAL DISCLAIMER . LICENSEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTENT OR OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED IN OR MADE AVAILABLE VIA THE PRODUCTS SHOULD BE REVIEWED BY A QUALIFIED PHYSICIAN PRIOR TO USE AND IS NOT INTENDED AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR, THE KNOWLEDGE, EXPERTISE, SKILL AND JUDGMENT OF MEDICAL PROFESSIONALS IN MAKING DECISIONS WITH RESPECT TO HEALTHCARE. LICENSEE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL INFORMATION BEFORE APPLYING IT TO THE CLINICAL SETTING.

 

13.

Services .

 

  13.1

Maintenance . Unless otherwise provided in the Order Form, Licensor agrees to provide Licensee with: (a) during the Term of the Order Form all Updates to the Software (but not Enhancements) and (b) the maintenance and support services as identified in the applicable Order Form for the Term of the Order Form.

 

  13.2

Service Levels . Licensor will provide Services in accordance with the Service Level Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit F.

 

  13.3

Support . Licensor will provide support to Licensee in the following manner: During the Term of the applicable Order Form, Licensor will provide Licensee with technical support services which consist of: (i) assistance related to questions on the installation and operational use of the Product; (ii) assistance in identifying and verifying the causes of suspected errors in the Product; and (iii) providing workarounds for identified Product errors or malfunctions, where reasonably available to Licensor. Licensee shall designate a reasonable number of individuals to act as support liaisons to utilize the technical support services and will ensure that such persons will be properly trained in the operation and usage of the Product. Licensor will have the right to elect not to provide technical support services other than to those designated support liaisons. Licensee agrees to promptly implement

 

10


  all Updates provided by Licensor under this Agreement. Licensee may contact Licensor’s Customer Support directly between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., EST, Monday through Friday and on Saturday from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., excluding Licensor holidays. Any changes to Customer Support hours will be posted by Licensor on its website: www.phreesia.com.

 

  13.4

Hosting . Licensor will provide Hosting Services to Licensee as set forth in Exhibit H.

 

14.

Term and Termination .

 

  14.1

General . The term of this Agreement (“ Term ”) shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until the last day of that month which is three (3) years after the month in which the Effective Date falls; subject, however, to earlier termination as provided herein; provided, however, that the expiration of the Term shall not affect the term of any Order Form then in effect which shall otherwise continue according to its terms and subject to the provisions hereof. [***].

 

  14.2

Either The Resource Group or Licensor may terminate this Agreement for an [***] by the other party. Either Licensee or Licensor may terminate an Order Form for [***] by the other party. The non-breaching party must provide written notice to the breaching party of such breach. The breaching party may attempt to cure such breach during the [***] period following notice. If the breaching party fails to cure the breach within the [***] after notice, the non-breaching party may immediately terminate the Agreement or the applicable Order Form. Termination of an Order Form due to a breach by Licensor or Licensee will not affect any other Order Form between Licensor and Licensee or any other Order Form hereunder.

 

  14.3

The Resource Group may terminate this Agreement without cause within [***] prior written notice to Licensor; provided, however, that the termination of this Agreement shall not affect the term of any Order Form then in effect which shall otherwise continue according to its terms and subject to the provisions hereof. In the event a notice of termination is given pursuant to this Section 14.3, this Agreement shall terminate [***] after the date such notice is given.

 

  14.4

Licensee may terminate an Order Form without cause within [***] prior written notice to Licensor. In the event a notice of termination is given pursuant to this Section 14.34, the Order Form shall terminate [***] after the date such notice is given. [***].

 

  14.5

[***]. Upon termination of an Order Form as set forth in this Section 14, Licensee agrees to discontinue use of the Products and return Products to Licensor within the time period set forth in the Order Form or if no time period is set forth therein, within [***] of the effective date of the termination.

 

11


15.

Employee Conduct . Licensor acknowledges Ascension Health Alliance’s, The Resource Group’s, Ascension Health’s and a Participant’s obligations to comply with certain laws and regulations as well as the need for Licensor’s employees and agents to comply with reasonable requests, standard rides, and regulations of Ascension Health Alliance, The Resource Group, Ascension Health and/or a Participant regarding personal and professional conduct (including the use of an identification badge or personal protective equipment and the adherence to health care facility laws or regulations, including in some instances, criminal background checks, credit checks, health screening, vaccinations and testing, and general safety practices or procedures) generally applicable to such facilities. Licensor shall provide Ascension Health Alliance, The Resource Group, Ascension Health and a Participant with reasonable assistance in ensuring Licensor employee and agent compliance with (i) laws and regulations affecting Ascension Health Alliance’s, The Resource Group’s, Ascension Health’s or a Participant’s facility and (ii) Ascension Health Alliance’s, The Resource Group’s, Ascension Health’s and a Participant’s facility rales and regulations provided to Licensor in writing in advance. [***]. To the extent Licensor’s employee or permitted subcontractor has access to Protected Health Information as such is defined in the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended (“ HIPAA ”), Licensor warrants that it has educated such employee or permitted subcontractor on the obligation imposed by applicable law and the requirements of any applicable business associate agreement. [***]. Further, Licensor shall be fully responsible for all acts and omissions of any employee and subcontractor used by Licensor. Licensee may, in its reasonable discretion, require Licensor to replace any personnel of Licensor, including any employee or permitted subcontractor personnel, if such personnel does not perform satisfactorily, does not comply with Licensee’s security requirements or other rules and regulations applicable to the conduct of Licensee employees or contractors, or for other good cause.

 

16.

Remote Access . Remote access to Licensee’s systems for Services and for any other purpose allowed by this Agreement is subject to compliance with Licensee’s remote access and other security requirements provided to Licensor in writing in advance. Licensor’s access may require prior certification by each Licensee that Licensor complies with Licensee’s security policies and standards. Licensee may reasonably modify these security requirements upon written notice to Licensee and Licensor must comply with the most recent version of the Licensee’s security requirements. Licensor must ensure that each of its personnel having access to any part of Licensee’s computer system: (i) is assigned a separate log-in ID by Licensee and uses only that ID when logging on to Licensee’s system; (ii) logs-off Licensee’s system immediately upon completion of each session of service; (iii) does not allow other individuals to access Licensee’s computer system; and (iv) keeps strictly confidential the log-in ID and all other information that enables access. Licensor must promptly notify Licensee upon termination of employment or reassignment of any of its personnel with access to Licensee’s computer system. If Licensee revises the requirements for access to its computer system, then Licensee must notify Licensor of the changed or additional requirements and Licensor must comply with them as a prerequisite to further access.

 

17.

Trademark and Publicity .

 

  17.1

As a material obligation of this Agreement, Licensor agrees that it shall not, without prior written consent of the applicable party’s Office of the Genera! Counsel in each instance: [***].

 

  17.2

[***].

 

12


18.

Confidentiality, Proprietary Nature of Information . Licensor agrees that it shall not disclose or verify to any third party any The Resource Group, a Participant, Ascension Health, or Ascension Health Alliance Data which it learned or had access to during the course of its performance of this Agreement, without the prior written consent of such party. This obligation shall survive the cancellation or other termination of this Agreement. The parties agree that any information furnished to one by the other that is marked “confidential” or “proprietary” or which consists of or relates to patient information, a party’s initiatives, business plans or intellectual property, and employee and medical staff information, constitutes the sole and exclusive proprietary information of the providing party (“ Confidential Information ”). “Confidential Information” shall also include any information concerning a disclosing party (whether prepared by a disclosing party or its representatives or otherwise and irrespective of the form of communication (i.e., whether written or oral)) which is furnished to a receiving party or to its representatives now or in the future by or on behalf of a disclosing party, including, without limitation, any business, technical (including, but not limited to, patented or patent-pending information), marketing, financial, patient, The Resource Group, a Participant, Ascension Health, Ascension Health Alliance, vendor, employee, manufacturing, marketing, sales, research and development, or other information which is communicated by or on behalf of a disclosing party to a receiving party orally, in writing or other physical form. “Confidential Information” shall also be deemed to include the existence of and content of this Agreement, as well as any notes, analyses, compilations, studies, forecasts, interpretations or other documents prepared by a receiving party or its representatives that contain, in whole or in part, the information furnished to such receiving party or its representatives pursuant hereto. Confidential Information shall also be deemed to include [***]. Each party agrees: (i) not to disclose any such Confidential Information (other than to its employees and contractors with a need to know); (ii) not to use any such Confidential Information for the benefit of itself or any other person or entity except as expressly provided in this Agreement; (iii) to keep all Confidential Information in strict confidence; and (iv) to safeguard all Confidential Information with reasonable security measures at least equivalent to the measures that it uses to safeguard its own proprietary or Confidential Information. All Confidential Information obtained by the receiving party is the exclusive property of disclosing party and the receiving party agrees to promptly return all Confidential Information including any copies, notes or summaries made thereof which the receiving party may have made, may have access to, or may receive or possess to the disclosing party upon the earlier of a request by the disclosing party or the completion of the discussions and/or business relationship. The receiving party shall not retain any copies or summaries of the Confidential Information unless expressly approved in writing by disclosing party.

 

19.

Geographic Limitations on Data . Licensor warrants and represents that in its provision of Products to Licensee, Licensor will limit the flow of Protected Health Information as such is defined in HIPAA and Confidential Information to the geographic limits of the United States of America and Canada. [***].

 

13


20.

Data Breach . In the event of an unauthorized use or disclosure by Licensor, its employees, agents or subcontractors of individually identifiable information held by Licensee (“ Personal Information ”), Licensor shall take the following action with respect to such unauthorized use or disclosure: [***].

 

21.

Ownership of Data . Licensor acknowledges that it [***]. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, Licensor acknowledges that it may not use any of Licensee’s Data, even if it is in “cleansed” or “deidentified” form, for any purpose other than to fulfill its contractual obligations to Licensee and, if applicable, for other purposes that have been agreed to by Licensee in the HIPAA Business Associate Addendum attached hereto.

 

22.

Insurance . Throughout the term of this Agreement and for a period of at least [***] for any insurance written on a claims-made form, Licensor shall maintain [***], the insurance coverages described below. Licensor shall obtain or otherwise arrange for appropriate levels of insurance coverage for all subcontractors providing Services that shall also comply with the insurance requirements as set forth below:

 

  (a)

commercial general liability insurance, including products/completed operations, personal and advertising injury coverage, in a form substantially equivalent to [***];

 

  (b)

commercial automobile liability insurance covering use of all owned, non-owned and hired automobiles with a minimum combined single limit [***] for bodily injury and property damage liability;

 

  (c)

worker’s compensation insurance and employer’s liability insurance or any alternative plan or coverage as permitted or required by applicable law, with a minimum employer’s liability limit of [***], each employee for disease, and policy limit for disease;

 

  (d)

umbrella/excess liability insurance, with underlying coverage in subsections (i) through (iii) above, [***];

 

  (e)

computer processor/computer Licensor professional liability insurance (Technology Errors and Omissions) covering the liability for financial loss due to error, omission or negligence of Licensor, [***];

 

  (f)

Privacy and Network Security (“ cyber ”) insurance covering loss arising out of or in connection with loss or disclosure of confidential information or confidential medical information, in a minimum amount [***]; and

 

  (g)

third-party fidelity/crime coverage, including blanket employee dishonesty and computer fraud insurance, for loss arising out of or in connection with fraudulent or dishonest acts committed by the employees of Licensor, acting alone or in collusion with others, [***].

 

14


  22.2

The required limits may be satisfied by a combination of primary and excess policies. In the event Licensor is unwilling or unable to indemnify Licensee and coverage is denied or reimbursement of a properly presented claim is disputed by the carrier for insurance described above, upon written request, [***]. The terms of this Section shall not be deemed to limit the liability of Licensor hereunder, or to limit any rights Licensee may have including, without limitation, rights of indemnity or contribution. If, for any reason, any of the required insurance is cancelled or non-renewed, notice shall be delivered in accordance with policy provisions, and Licensor shall promptly deliver such notice to Licensee. [***].

 

  22.3

Any general liability, automobile liability and excess liability insurance policies Licensor is required to carry pursuant to this Section 22 shall: [***].

 

23.

[***]

 

24.

Documentation to Support Provision of the Product . For a period of [***] Licensor shall maintain complete and accurate accounting records in a form in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (including, but not limited to, detailed time and expense records), to substantiate Licensor’s charges and expenses. Licensor’s provision of access to information shall be without charge.

 

25.

Government Requirements .

 

  25.1

Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1980 . To the extent that Section 952 of the Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1980 (the “ Act ”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder are applicable to this Agreement, Licensor and the organizations related to it, if any, performing any of the duties pursuant to this Agreement [***], comply with requests by the Comptroller General, the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services, and their duly authorized representatives for access (in accordance with Section 952 of the Act) to any contract or agreement between Licensor and Ascension Health Alliance, The Resource Group, Ascension Health or a Participant for Services and to any contract or agreement between Licensor and such related organizations, as well as the books, documents and records of Licensor and its related organizations, if any, which are necessary to verify the cost of the Services provided. Licensor shall promptly advise Ascension Health Alliance, The Resource Group, Ascension Health or a Participant of such request, and shall promptly provide to Ascension Health, and Ascension Health Alliance copies of any documents so provided. Neither party shall be deemed to have waived any attorney-client or work-product privilege by virtue of this Section.

 

  25.2

Compliance with Laws . The Products shall comply with applicable law. On its own initiative and at the request of Ascension Health Alliance, The Resource Group, Ascension Health or a Participant, Licensor shall provide The Resource Group, a Participant, Ascension Health, or Ascension Health Alliance with updates

 

15


  or new versions to make the Products comply with all generally applicable, federally mandated, regulatory changes and state mandated changes [***]. Any such Products supplied pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the terms, conditions and obligations of this Agreement. The parties intend that this Agreement comply at all times with all existing and future applicable laws, including state and federal anti-kickback laws, the Medicare/Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse Statutes, the restrictions on Ascension Health Alliance, The Resource Group, Ascension Health or a Participant by virtue of its tax-exempt status and the federal law relating to physician referrals. If at any lime, as the result of the enactment of a new statute, the issuance of regulations, or otherwise, either party receives a written opinion of counsel that there is a substantial risk that [***] then the parties shall use good faith efforts to reform this Agreement in such a manner so that it complies with applicable law or does not preclude Ascension Health Alliance, The Resource Group, Ascension Health or a Participant from billing a third party payor, as applicable. [***].

 

  25.3

Regulatory Changes . The Products and Services shall comply with law, and all operations and functions of the Products and Services shall be consistent with legal, regulatory and accreditation requirements, [***]. Any such Products or Services supplied pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the terms, conditions and obligations of this Agreement.

 

  25.4

E xclusion from Federal Healthcare Programs . Licensor represents and warrants that neither it, nor any of its employees or other contracted staff (collectively referred to in this paragraph as “employees”) has been or is about to be excluded from participation in any Federal Health Care Program (as defined herein). [***] The listing of Licensor or any of its employees on the Office of Inspector General’s exclusion list (OIG website), the General Services Administration’s Lists of Parties Excluded from Federal Procurement and Nonprocurement Programs (GSA website) for excluded individuals or entities, any state Medicaid exclusion list, or the Office of Foreign Assets Control’s (OFAC’s) blocked list shall constitute “exclusion” for purposes of this paragraph. [***]. For the purpose of this paragraph, the term “ Federal Health Care Program ” means the Medicare program, the Medicaid program, TRICARE, any health care program of the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Maternal and Child Health Services Block Grant program, any state social services block grant program, any .state children’s health insurance program, or any similar program.

 

  25.5

Business Associate Addendum . Licensor agrees to the terms of the HIPAA Business Associate Addendum attached hereto as Exhibit B and further agrees to execute any amendments thereto reasonably requested by Ascension Health Alliance, The Resource Group, Ascension Health or a Participant to meet Licensee’s regulatory obligations.

 

  25.6

Discounts and/or Free Products . Licensor shall assist The Resource Group, a Participant, Ascension Health, or Ascension Health Alliance in complying with the reporting requirements of 42 C.F.R. § 1001.952(h), regarding “safe harbor”

 

16


  protection for discounts under the Anti-kickback Statute. Licensor shall disclose to The Resource Group, a Participant, Ascension Health, or Ascension Health Alliance in this Agreement and on each invoice, or as otherwise agreed in writing, the amount of any discount or rebate. The statement shall inform The Resource Group, a Participant, Ascension Health, or Ascension Health Alliance, as appropriate, in a clear and simple manner of the amount of any discount or rebate so as to enable The Resource Group, a Participant, Ascension Health, or Ascension Health Alliance to satisfy its obligations to report such discount or rebate to Medicare.

 

  25.7

Group Purchasing Organization . The Resource Group (a) is a “group purchasing organization” dial is structured to comply with the requirements of the “GPO safe harbor” regulations regarding payments to group purchasing organizations set forth in 42 C.F.R. § 1001.952(j), except with respect to the requirement that the group of individuals or entities that the group purchasing organization is authorized to act as a purchasing agent for, be neither wholly-owned by the group purchasing organization nor subsidiaries of a parent corporation that wholly owns the group purchasing organization; (b) obtained a favorable Advisory Opinion from the Department of Health and Human Services Office of the Inspector General issued March 8, 2012 (OIG Advisory Opinion No. 12-01), with respect to the structure and operation of The Resource Group (subsections (a) and (b) referred to collectively as the “ GPO Safe Harbor ”); and [***]. The Resource Group agrees that if and as required by relevant regulations (as they may be amended from time to time), it will disclose in writing to each Participant which is a provider of services as defined in section 1861(u) of the Social Security Act (or to each Participant facility, if the Participant has more than one facility) at least annually, and upon request, to the U.S. Secretary of Health and Human Services, the actual amount The Resource Group has received from Licensor with respect to purchases made by or on account of the Participant. [***]. The Resource Group makes no representations that the Contract Administrative Fees meet the definition of “bona fide service fees” as defined in 42 C.F.R. § 414.802 or as may be used in other regulations containing similar price reporting requirements.

 

26.

Corporate Responsibility . The Resource Group, a Participant, Ascension Health, and Ascension Health Alliance have a Corporate Responsibility Program (“ Program ”) which has as its goal to ensure that The Resource Group, a Participant, Ascension Health, and Ascension Health Alliance comply with federal, state and local laws and regulations. The Program focuses on risk management, the promotion of good corporate citizenship, including the commitment to uphold a high standard of ethical and legal business practices, and the prevention of misconduct. Licensor acknowledges The Resource Group’s, a Participant’s, Ascension Health’s, Ascension Health Alliance’s commitment to the Program and agrees to conduct all Services and business transactions which occur pursuant to this Agreement in accordance with the underlying philosophy of the Program. Licensor shall ensure that its personnel comply and cooperate with, and participate in, the Program as applicable to the performance of Services and business transactions under this Agreement.

 

17


27.

Independent Contractor . Licensor and Licensee are independent contractors in all relationships and actions under and contemplated by this Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Agreement shall not be construed to create any employment, partnership, joint venture, or agency relationship between the parties or to authorize Licensor to enter into any commitment or agreement binding Licensee, including, but not limited to, the offering or extension by Licensor of any representation, warranty, guarantee, or other commitment on behalf of Licensee.

 

28.

[***].

 

29.

Miscellaneous .

 

  29.1

Notices . All notices required or contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing. Any notice to be given or served hereunder, by either party shall be deemed given and received hereunder when delivered personally or five (5) days after being mailed certified mail, postage prepaid, and addressed as follows, or to such other address as each party may designate in writing:

Notices from Licensor to The Resource Group shall be delivered or mailed to The Resource Group at:

[***]

Notices from The Resource Group or Licensee to Licensor shall be delivered or mailed to Licensor at:

[***]

Notice to Licensee shall be sent to the address identified in the applicable Order Form.

 

  29.2

Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with any Order Form, exhibits and other attachments thereto which are specifically incorporated herein, shall constitute the entire agreement between Licensor and Licensee and contains all of the understandings and agreements of the parties in respect of the subject matter hereof. Any and all prior understanding and agreements, expressed or implied, between the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof are superseded hereby. Any additional or different terms appearing on any invoice, P.O. or other document including terms and conditions in standard or preprinted documents or on Licensor’s web site that are inconsistent with this Agreement shall be void and have no force or effect.

 

  29.3

Severability . In the event any one or more of the terms or provisions contained in this Agreement or any application thereof finally shall be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement or any application thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired, except that, in such an event, this Agreement shall be deemed revised in order to provide the party adversely affected by such declaration with the benefit of its expectation, evidenced by the provision(s) affected by such a declaration, to the maximum extent legally permitted.

 

18


  29.4

Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and for the benefit of the Parties and their permitted successors and assigns. [***].

 

  29.5

Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

  29.6

Modifications and Amendments . This Agreement (including any schedule to this Agreement) may not be modified or amended except by art instrument in writing signed by The Resource Group and Licensor hereto. Accordingly, no course of conduct shall constitute an amendment or modification of this Agreement (including any schedule to this Agreement). No Order Form may be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by Licensor and the applicable Licensee.

 

  29.7

Force Majeure . Neither party shall be liable to the other for failure to perform under this Agreement if said failure results, directly or indirectly, from government action or inaction, mechanical or electrical breakdown, or natural disaster. In the event Licensor excuses its performance of any of the requirements of this Agreement or otherwise invokes the Force Majeure for a period in excess of [***]. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Licensor acknowledges the special role Licensee has in responding to disasters. Licensor agrees to prepare disaster recovery and continuity of operations plans, and agrees to exert its best efforts to maintaining the functionality and operations of the Products despite the occurrence of a force majeure event. If either party is affected by an interruption or delay contemplated by this Section 29.7, it will: [***].

 

  29.8

Liability . [***] The provisions of this Agreement allocate risks between the Parties. The pricing set forth herein reflects this allocation of risk and the limitation of liability specified herein.

 

  29.9

Section Headings . Headings of articles and sections in this Agreement are for the convenience of the parties only. Accordingly, they shall not constitute a part of this Agreement when interpreting or enforcing this Agreement.

 

  29.10

Breach and Waiver . No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall: (a) be effective unless it is in a writing which is executed by the party charged with the waiver or (b) constitute a waiver of a subsequent breach, whether or not of the same nature. All waivers shall be strictly construed. No delay in enforcing any right or remedy as a result of a breach of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver thereof.

 

  29.11

Estoppel . [***].

 

19


  29.12

Survival of Terms . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all of Licensor’s and Licensee’s respective obligations, representations and warranties under this Agreement which are not, by the expressed terms of this Agreement, fully to be performed while this Agreement is in effect shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

  29.13

Binding Agreement . Subject to the provisions of Section 29.4 above, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

  29.14

Defined Terms and Use of Terms . All defined terms used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular and/or plural, in each instance as the context and/or particular facts may require. Use of the terms “hereunder”, “herein”, “hereby”, and similar terms refer to this Agreement.

 

  29.15

Cumulative Remedies . Except as set forth herein, no right or remedy conferred by this Agreement is exclusive of any other right or remedy conferred herein or by law or in equity; rather, all of such rights and remedies are cumulative of every other such right or remedy and may be exercised concurrently or separately from time-to-time.

 

  29.16

Ambiguous Terms . Any ambiguities in this Agreement will not be strictly construed against the drafter of the language concerned but will be resolved by applying the most reasonable interpretation under the circumstances, giving full consideration to the intentions of the parties at the time of contracting. This Agreement will not be construed against any party by reason of its preparation.

 

  29.17

Choice of Law and Venue . This Agreement and all matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of [***].

 

  29.18

Attorney’s Fees . In the event any suit or other action is commenced to construe or enforce any provision of this Agreement, the prevailing party, in addition to all other amounts such party shall be entitled to receive from the other party, shall be paid by said party reasonable attorney’s fees and court costs.

 

  29.19

EEOC . The parties shall abide by the requirements of 41 CFR §§ 60-1.4(a), 60-300.5(a) and 60-741.5(a), and the posting requirements of 29 CFR Part 471, appendix A to subpart A, if applicable. These regulations prohibit discrimination against qualified individuals based on their status as protected veterans or individuals with disabilities, and prohibit discrimination against all individuals based on their race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or national origin. Moreover, these regulations require that covered prime contractors and subcontractors take affirmative action to employ and advance in employment individuals without regard to race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, disability or veteran status.

 

20


  29.20

Order of Precedence . In the event of any inconsistency between the sections, articles, attachments, exhibits, schedules or provisions that constitute this Agreement, the following order of precedence shall apply: (a) the Business Associate Addendum; (b) the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; (c) terms and conditions set forth in the Order Form; (d) all other attachments and exhibits incorporated herein by reference. For further clarity each party agrees: (y) that it may only modify the terms of this Agreement in an Order Form if the terms of the Agreement that are to be modified are expressly identified in the Order Form, and (z) that any modification in an Order Form shall only apply to that particular Order Form and shall not carry forward to other Order Forms.

 

  29.21

Equitable Relief . Recognizing that damages may not be an adequate remedy to Licensee or Licensor in the event of a breach of this Agreement by the other party and that such a breach would result in irreparable harm to the non-breaching party, the non-breaching party shall have the right to, as applicable: [***].

 

  29.22

Enforceability . The Resource Group and Licensor are entering into this Agreement [***].

 

  29.23

Signatures . Electronic signatures on this Agreement or on any Order Form (or copies of signatures sent via electronic means) are the equivalent of handwritten signatures.

THE APPENDICES AND/OR EXHIBITS ON THE FOLLOWING PAGES ALSO ARE PART OF THIS AGREEMENT

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned duly authorized representatives of the parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

Ascension Health Resource and Supply

Management Group, LLC

              PHREESIA, INC
By: /s/ Brad Forth                                                                               By: /s/ Thomas Altier                                                                 
Name: Brad Forth      Name: Thomas Altier
Title: Sr. Director of Sourcing      Title: CFO

 

 

21


EXHIBIT A

Order Form

[***]


EXHIBIT B

HIPAA BUSINESS ASSOCIATE ADDENDUM

[***]


EXHIBIT C

Fees for Licensees Using athenaOne

[***]


EXHIBIT D

Intentionally Omitted.


EXHIBIT E

Intentionally Omitted


EXHIBIT F

Service Level Agreement

[***]


EXHIBIT G

Sales Data Record Layout

[***]


EXHIBIT H

Hosting Services Addendum

To carry out its obligations under the Agreement, Licensor will provide the Software as software as a service in a hosted environment (“ Hosting Services ”). Licensor agrees to the terms and conditions set forth in this Hosting Services Addendum (“ Hosting Addendum ”). If there is a conflict between the terms of the Agreement and the terms of this Hosting Addendum, the terms of this Hosting Addendum shall control.

 

1.

[***].

 

2.

[***].

 

3.

[***].

 

4.

[***].

 

5.

Disaster Avoidance and Recovery. During the Term, Licensor shall maintain a Disaster Recovery Plan in a form provided to Licensee prior to the execution of the Order Form.


PHREESIA, INC.

EMV ADDENDUM MASTER SOFTWARE LICENSE AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

[***]


LOGO

 

  

Supplier:                                               

Agreement No:                                    

Amendment No.                                  

Date:                                , 20    

 

ASCENSION HEALTH RESOURCE AND SUPPLY MANAGEMENT GROUP, LLC

AMENDMENT TO MASTER SOFTWARE LICENSE AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT is made and entered into as of March 28, 2018 (“Amendment Effective Date”), by and between ASCENSION HEALTH RESOURCE AND SUPPLY MANAGEMENT GROUP, LLC (“The Resource Group”) and PHREESIA, INC. (“Licensor”).

WHEREAS , the parties entered into a Master Software License and Services Agreement dated March 31, 2015 as amended (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , the parties desire to amend the Agreement as of the Amendment Effective Date according to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises contained in this Amendment, the parties agree as follows:

1) All occurrences throughout the Agreement of the language stating: “11775 Borman Drive, Suite 340, St. Louis, Missouri 63146” are deleted and replaced with the following: “2054 Westport Center Drive, St. Louis, Missouri 63146”.

2) All occurrences throughout the Agreement of the language stating: “theresourcegroupfinance@ascensionhealth.org” are deleted and replaced with the following: “finance@theresourcegroup.com”.

3) All occurrences throughout the Agreement of the language stating: “MOSTL-MB-DataIntegr@ascensionhealth.org” are deleted and replaced with the following: “adminfees@theresourcegroup.com”.

4) All occurrences throughout the Agreement of the language stating: “http://www.ascensionhealth.org/communication/vendorparticipants.xls” are deleted and replaced with the following: “http://www.theresourcegroup.com/participantroster”.

5) All occurrences throughout the Agreement of the language stating: “theresourcegroup@ascension.org” are deleted and replaced with the following: “customercare@theresourcegroup.com”.

6) All occurrences throughout the Agreement of the language stating:

“Wire Transfers/ACH:

[***]

Checks:

 

Page 1 of 5

Phreesia Amendment

 

 

This page contains proprietary information and shall not be duplicated or disclosed without permission of the parties.


LOGO

 

  

Supplier:                                               

Agreement No:                                    

Amendment No.                                  

Date:                                , 20    

 

[***]”

are deleted and replaced with the following:

“ACH:

[***]

Wire Transfers:

[***]”

Checks:

[***]”.

7) Section 25 of the Agreement is amended by adding the Equal Opportunity Clause as set forth below and added as Section 25.8 of the Agreement:

“25.8 Equal Opportunity Clause . The parties shall abide by the requirements of 41  C.F.R. 60-1.4(a), 60-300.5(a) and 60-741.5(a), and the posting requirements of 29  C.F.R. Part  471, appendix  A to subpart  A, if applicable. These regulations prohibit discrimination against qualified individuals based on their status as protected veterans or individuals with disabilities, and prohibit discrimination against all individuals based on their race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or national origin. Moreover, these regulations require that covered prime contractors and subcontractors take affirmative action to employ and advance in employment individuals without regard to race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, disability or veteran status .”

8) Notwithstanding Section 14.1 of the Agreement, this Agreement is extended for an additional six (6) months, unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. For clarity, the Term is extended until September 30, 2018. Unless terminated or preempted by a new Amendment or Agreement, the term of the Agreement shall automatically extend for twelve (12) month periods thereafter.

9) Exhibit G of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with updated Sales Data Record Layout as specified in Appendix 1 (Updated Exhibit G) of this Amendment.

10) This Amendment will not be deemed accepted by either party unless and until it has been signed by a duly authorized representative of each party. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Amendment and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, this Amendment will govern.

11) All Exhibits attached to this Amendment are incorporated into the Agreement,

 

Page 2 of 5

Phreesia Amendment

 

 

This page contains proprietary information and shall not be duplicated or disclosed without permission of the parties.


LOGO

 

  

Supplier:                                               

Agreement No:                                    

Amendment No.                                  

Date:                                , 20    

 

12) Except as modified by this Amendment, the Agreement is otherwise ratified, confirmed and approved, and will remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed by their authorized signatories as of the Amendment Effective Date.

 

ASCENSION HEALTH RESOURCE AND

SUPPLY MANAGEMENT GROUP, LLC

              PHREESIA, INC.
By: /s/ Mike Wray                                                                           By: /s/ Thomas Altier                                                                 
Name: Mike Wray      Name: Thomas Altier
Its: VP Contract Design      Its: CFO

 

Page 3 of 5

Phreesia Amendment

 

 

This page contains proprietary information and shall not be duplicated or disclosed without permission of the parties.


LOGO

 

  

Supplier:                                               

Agreement No:                                    

Amendment No.                                  

Date:                                , 20    

 

APPENDIX 1

UPDATED EXHIBIT G

SALES DATA RECORD LAYOUT

Instructions

This document provides the Record Layout for Sales source detail. Please use an Excel Spreadsheet. Numeric fields may be zero filled to the left (but it is not required). All decimal positions are explicit, a decimal point is required. Invoices and credits both are to be extracted in this process. Fields should not be enclosed by “quotes”.

[***]

 

 

Exhibit 10.17

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS

BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE IT IS NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM

TO THE COMPANY IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

PARTNER AGREEMENT

1. Defined Terms

Agreement ” means this Partner Agreement and any Exhibits attached hereto.

Athena ” means athenahealth, Inc., a Delaware corporation, located at 311 Arsenal Street, Watertown, Massachusetts 02472, and its subsidiaries.

athenaNet ” means Athena’s Internet-based athenaNet ® multi-user platform, together with software functionality and associated databases.

Athena Services ” means software enabled services provided by Athena, [***].

Claim ” means [***].

Confidential Information ” means information that is disclosed by one Party to the other and that the receiving Party knows is confidential to the disclosing Party or that is of such a nature that someone familiar with the type of business of the disclosing Party would reasonably understand is confidential to it. Without limitation, Confidential Information includes trade secrets; inventions; drawings; file data; documentation; diagrams; specifications; know-how; processes, formulas, models; flow charts; software completed or in various stages of development; source codes; abject codes; research and development procedures; test results; marketing techniques and materials; marketing and development plans; price lists; pricing policies; business plans; information relating to clients and/or suppliers’ identities, characteristics, and agreements; all data contained In Partner’s systems or athenaNet (not including Personal Information or PHI); financial information and projections; and information belonging to clients of a Party or other third parties to which a Party owes a duty of confidentiality. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include Personal Information, PHI, or Information that the receiving Party can demonstrate: (a) is in the public domain or is generally publicly known through no improper action or inaction by the receiving Party; (b) was rightfully in the receiving Party’s possession or known by It prior to receipt from the disclosing Party; (c) is rightfully disclosed without restriction to the receiving Party by a third party without violation of obligation to the disclosing Party; or (d) is independently developed for the receiving Party without use of the Confidential Information of the disclosing Party.

Effective Date ” means January 10,2014.

HIPAA ” means the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, and associated regulations, as they may be amended from time to time.

Intellectual Property Rights ” means any and all rights comprising or relating to: (i) patents, patent disclosures, and inventions (whether patentable or not); (ii) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, trade names, logos, corporate names, and domain names, together with all of the goodwill associated therewith; (iii) authorship rights, copyrights and copyrightable works (including computer programs), and rights in date and databases; (iv) trade secrets, know-how, and other confidential information; and (v) all other intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered and Including all applications for, and renewals or extensions of, such rights, and all similar or equivalent rights or forms of protection provided by applicable law in any jurisdiction throughout the world.

Interface ” means an electronic interface and associated technology to permit data exchange between athenaNet and Partner’s systems to enable efficient use of Partner Services by Athena clients. [***]

Partner ” means Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation, located at 432 Park Avenue South, New York, NY 10016.


Partner Services ” means Partner’s patient self-check-in solutions that interface with its clients’ technology platforms ( i.e. practice management systems, electronic medical record systems, accounting systems), and allow patients to perform various functions, such as verifying and updating demographic or insurance information, signing authorization forms, making payments, completing questionnaires, and indicating arrival for appointments.

Party ” means Athena or Partner. “ Parties ” means Athena and Partner.

Personal Information ” means any information that a Party collects, receives, or obtains, from or on behalf of a client that does or can identify a specific individual or by or from which a specific individual may be Identified, contacted, or located, such as the individual’s name; address; social security number; driver’s license number or state-issued identification card number; financial account number, or credit or debit card number, with or without any required security code, access code, personal identification number or password, that would permit access to an individual’s financial account; and any other information relating to an identified or identifiable individual.

PHI ” means “protected health information” as that term is used under HIPAA.

Pilot ” means the pilot program that will allow the Parties to evaluate the use of Partner Services by Athena clients through access and use of the Interface.

Pilot Completion Date ” means the date set forth in Exhibit A .

2. More Disruption Please Program

a. Pilot . Athena shall notify certain eligible clients of the opportunity to benefit from Partner Services through the Pilot. The Parties will follow the guidelines described in Exhibit A while performing the Pilot. At a minimum, Exhibit A will include the detailed activities and responsibilities of the Parties in connection with the Pilot, the dates during which the Pilot will be in effect, and key performance indicators for the Pilot. [***]

b. Pricing . Partner will determine in its sole discretion the list price for Partner Services. [***]

c. Pricing Discounts . [***]

d. Interface . Athena will [***] to develop and make available the Interface. The Interface will function substantially in accordance with the technical specifications developed by Athena and provided to Partner prior to Pilot Completion Date which shall be deemed incorporated by reference into Exhibit C hereto (the “ Technical Specifications ”). [***] Upon the successful completion of the Pilot, Athena agrees to provide the Interface to eligible clients of Athena and Partner who request its implementation on a mutually agreed-upon process and schedule.

e. Clients . Upon being contacted by an eligible Athena client that expresses interest in receiving Partner Services, Partner shall make available to that client an agreement for the provision of Partner Services which shall contain at a minimum the material terms and conditions applicable to the client’s use of Partner Services consistent with the purpose of this Agreement. That agreement shall also contain a valid business associate agreement as required by HIPAA authorizing Partner to act as a business associate of the client. Partner shall be solely responsible for ensuring that it has obtained a fully executed agreement for each client and shall provide a copy to Athena upon written request.

f. Coordination of Efforts . The Parties will work in good faith to coordinate technical, sales, and support functions in connection with the Pilot and Interface. Partner will provide a reasonable level of training and support to Athena staff to enable Athena staff to promote Partner Services to Athena clients, [***] Each Party will maintain an individual responsible for managing its relationship with the other.

 

2


Each such individual will be reasonably available to discuss matters of mutual concern with the other Party at its request. Each Party will promptly advise the other of complaints or claims from clients that come to their attention regarding the other’s services, provided that neither Party is required to disclose Confidential Information or to waive any privilege. Each Party will timely address such client issues in accordance with its standard processes and procedures. Neither Party shall be responsible for any support of the other’s services.

g. Marketing Materials: Publicity . The Parties may engage in the following mutually agreed upon marketing and promotional activities: (i) public statements about the inter-operability of, or other relationship between, the Parties’ products and services; (ii) collaboration activities and public statements about such collaboration activities; (iii) promotion of the other Party’s products and services on each Party’s website; and (iv) joint attendance/sponsoring of trade shows, conventions, conferences, and other events agreed to by the Parties. [***].

h. Code of Conduct . Partner will endorse and use commercially reasonable efforts to support Athena’s Health Information Industry Code of Conduct set forth at http://www.athenaheatth.com/codeofconduct/ .

3. Relationship of the Parties

a. Freedom of Choice . Neither Party will require any existing or prospective clients to purchase the products or services of the other, nor will either Party condition any of its products or services on the purchase of the products or services of the other, except to the extent that the Interface is specific to the products or services of the other. Each Party may market its services in the ordinary course of business, and nothing in this Agreement shall preclude either Party from entering into similar business arrangements with any other party or parties.

b. Independent Status . Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed to create an agency, joint venture, partnership, or like relationship between the Parties, it being specifically agreed that their relationship is and will remain that of independent parties to a contractual relationship as set forth in this Agreement.

c. Non-exclusivity . This Agreement is a non-exclusive agreement. Both Parties acknowledge that the other Party may be developing and may develop products or services that may compete with each other.

d. Client Relationships . [***] Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude either Party from entering into business relationships (which may be similar to the arrangements in this Agreement) with any other party regardless of whether such other party offers competitive products and services to Athena Services.

e. [***].

f. Provision of Services . Athena is the sole provider of Athena Services, and Partner is the sole provider of Partner Services. Neither Party shall have any responsibility or liability to the other for the delivery by each Party of its respective services. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall have any effect on the client agreements or other arrangements between a Party and its clients, including without limitation the nature of services provided or the Invoicing for such services.

4. Interface

a. Licensed Uses . Subject to the terms and restrictions set forth In this Agreement, Athena grants Partner a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferrable (except as set forth herein), and non-sublicensable right to access and use the Interface in connection with Partner Services for the sole purpose of interfacing with Athena Services. Partner’s access and use of the Interface is subject to certain limitations on access, calls, and use as set forth in this Agreement, on https://developer.athenahealth.com/ , or as otherwise provided by Athena to Partner. [***].

 

3


b. [***].

c. Authorized Users . Partner will limit access to and use of the Interface to its employees and consultants and other individuals, corporations, or entities that have been granted access to the Interface by Athena and with respect to which Partner has obtained reasonable assurances that they will comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. [***].

d. Testing; Quality Assurance . Athena and Partner shall agree on a testing schedule for the Interface. All testing shall be performed with dummy data which is not personally identifiable. The Parties shall conduct quality assurance testing to determine whether the data is sent and received correctly through the Interface. [***]

e. Maintenance of Interface . Each Party will exercise [***] efforts to build and maintain developments, or, to the extent applicable and within its authority, cause its third-party system vendor to exercise [***] efforts to build and maintain developments, In its software and systems designed to function with the Interface. If a Party, or its systems vendor, releases a new version of its software or systems, that Party will use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent those new versions from interfering with the functionality of the Interface or, to the extent within its authority, cause its systems vendor to do so. Athena shall monitor and manage the Interface to optimize availability for Partner. If Athena receives notice that the Interface is unavailable or not working properly, then Athena [***] restore the availability and operation of the Interface for access and use by Partner.

f. Troubleshooting . Both Parties will exercise [***] efforts to resolve any integration problems that may arise in an expeditious and prioritized manner, direct the focus of all such efforts toward the resolution of the problem at hand and restoration of the mutual client’s business operations to a satisfactory state, and conduct business ethically and professionally. Each Party shall seek to preserve and protect the good reputation of the other Party, the other Party’s systems, and the operation of the Interface.

g. Limitations on Obligations . Athena may update or modify athenaNet or the Interface from time to time [***] and Partner may update or modify the Partner Services from time to time. Each Party acknowledges that these updates and modifications may adversely affect the functionality of the Interface and that the Interface may be limited by practical problems that exceed the commercially reasonable obligations of the Parties [***]. Except as provided herein, neither Party will be responsible for the action or inaction of other entities or for events outside of its reasonable control.

h. Free Access . Athena is committed to free and open access to the Interface. However, providing the Interface does have real costs for Athena. Athena cannot guarantee that access to the Interface will always be free. Athena reserves the right to charge fees for future use of or access to the Interface upon [***] to Partner.

i. Third Parties . To the extent that any software, hardware, equipment, or other electronic system is necessary for use of the Interface by a Party and licensed to such Party by a third party, that Party will arrange for any required licenses or permissions from such third party to access and use the Interface. Athena may use subcontractors to perform its obligations under this Agreement or require Partner to interface with third- party systems for proper functionality of the Interface. The Parties will be liable for the acts or omissions of their respective subcontractors under this Agreement.

 

4


5. Compliance with Laws

a. PHI . Neither Party is the business associate of the other. If a Party requires PHI from the other to perform its obligations hereunder, and to the extent that the operation of any Interface capability as to any mutual client involves the disclosure or use of PHI by the other Party, each Party requesting or receiving such PHI agrees to: (i) obtain the written authorization of the client of all such disclosures and uses of information of that client and that client’s patients; (ii) enter with the client into an agreement that complies with the applicable business associate provisions required by the privacy standards promulgated pursuant to the HIPAA prior to obtaining any PHI and requires that any patient consent that may be required by law for such disclosures and uses Is obtained by the client; and (iii) adopt and enforce appropriate physical, administrative, and technical measures to maintain privacy and security of such information in accordance with HIPAA and all other applicable taw. Any PHI of a client unintentionally or incidentally disclosed to the other Party shall be held in confidence by the other Party in accordance with applicable law. Each Party will take reasonable steps to limit Its request or requirement from the other Party of any client’s PHI to such information as is reasonably necessary for such uses as the client and the appropriate business associate provisions have authorized.

b. Personal Information . Each Party acknowledges and agrees that, in the course of performance of this Agreement, it may receive or have access to Personal Information. Each Party shall comply with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement in Its collection, receipt, transmission, storage, disposal, use and disclosure of such Personal Information and be responsible for the unauthorized collection, receipt, transmission, access, storage, disposal, use and disclosure of Personal Information under its control or in its possession.

c. Communications Involving PHI . In connection with any transfer of Personal Information or PHI between them in the operation of the Interface, each Party: (i) will transfer such Personal Information or PHI only through use of a dedicated connection to which they are the only authorized parties or such other method of communication, such as encrypted communication, between them as offers an equivalent level of security and authentication of the recipient; (ii) will not permit any third party to use any such connection to the extent that such use is within that Party’s control; and (iii) will take adequate and reasonable steps to ensure that access to that Personal Information and PHI at each facility that Party has Is limited to authorized personnel of that Party.

d. Data Transmissions . Each Party will take [***] to ensure that data transmissions between them in the operation of the Interface that contain any Personal Information or PHI are [***] and each Party will take [***] to retransmit any such data transmission to the other Party upon discovery that the original transmission has been lost in transmission or is corrupted. If either Party receives data from the other and is informed or believes that such data was not intended for it, the receiving Party will notify the sender, promptly take effective steps to return such data, or at the direction of the other Party immediately and permanently delete such data from its systems.

e. Compliance with Laws . Each Party represents that its collection, access, use, storage, disposal, and disclosure of Personal Information and PHI does and will comply with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations, including HIPAA and federal and state privacy and data security laws. [***] If, in the course of performance of this Agreement, a Party has access to or will collect, access, use, store, process, dispose of or disclose credit, debit, or other payment cardholder information, that Party shall at all times remain in compliance with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (“ PCI DSS ”) requirements [***].

f. Anti-Fraud and Abuse Law Compliance . By entering into this Agreement, the Parties specifically intend that no part of any consideration paid hereunder is a prohibited payment for the recommending or arranging for the referral of business or the ordering of items or services; nor are the payments intended to induce illegal referrals of business. If any part of this Agreement is determined to violate federal, state, or local laws, rules, or regulations, the Parties agree to negotiate in good faith revisions to the provision or provisions that are in violation. [***].

g. [***].

 

5


6. Confidentiality

a. Non-Disclosure . Each Party, to the extent that it receives Confidential Information of the other Party, will take [***] to hold such Confidential Information in confidence and not to use it or disclose it or willingly allow it to be used by or disclosed, directly or indirectly, to any other person or entity, except [***].

b. [***].

7. Intellectual Property

a. Pre-Existing Intellectual Property . Athena is the sole and exclusive owner of athenaNet, Athena Services, and the Interface. Partner is the sole and exclusive owner of Partner Services. Nothing contained In this Agreement shall be construed to have the effect of transferring any Intellectual Property Rights of one Party to the other.

b. Feedback . Each Party agrees that advice, feedback, criticism, or comment given by it to the other Party relating to the other Party’s intellectual property are given to that Party without claim of intellectual property right, may be used by the receiving Party freely and without restriction, and will not enable the giving Party to claim any interest in or ownership of the other Party’s intellectual property or Intellectual Property Rights.

c. Trademark Usage . Each Party acknowledges the other Party’s exclusive right, title, and interest in and to such other Party’s trademarks, service marks, trade dress, trade names, logos, corporate names and domain names (collectively, the “ Marks ”). Each Party grants to the other Party a limited, worldwide license to use and distribute, during the term of this Agreement, its Marks [***].

8. Data Ownership and Use

a. Ownership . Data (including, but limited to, [***] of data) transmitted under this Agreement, together with all Intellectual Property Rights in such data, shall be owned as follows: [***].

b. Use . Each Party may use data that it does not own but that it receives under this Agreement solely as follows, and for no other commercial use: (i) as necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement; (ii) as expressly permitted under this Agreement; (iii) as permitted under each applicable agreement between that Party and any third party that owns such data: and (iv) for that Party’s internal administrative purposes related to treatment, payment, and healthcare operations (as defined in and allowed by HIPAA and other applicable laws).

c. Consent . If not already covered under another agreement Partner shall require that each medical provider that will have data submitted to Partner under this Agreement provide his or her prior written consent to such submission [***].

9. Term and Termination

a. Term . This Agreement will have an initial term of one year from the Effective Date and will automatically renew for consecutive one-year terms unless terminated as provided under this Agreement.

b. Termination for Convenience . Either Party may terminate this Agreement with or without cause by providing the other Party with at least [***].

c. Termination for Breach . Either Party may terminate this Agreement [***] if: (i) the other Party defaults in performance of any material provision of this Agreement, and such default is not cured within a period of 30 days after written notice describing the specific default; (ii) voluntary or involuntary proceedings are commenced for the bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency, winding up, or dissolution of the other Party or for the assignment of such Party’s assets for the benefit of creditors; or (iii) any right of the other Party under this Agreement becomes subject to any levy, seizure, assignment, application, or sale for or by any creditor or governmental agency.

 

6


d. [***].

e. [***].

10. Disclaimers

a. General Disclaimers . EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES IN THIS AGREEMENT, ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHETHER IN FACT, BY OPERATION OF LAW, STATUTORY, OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, DESIGN, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT, AND ALL WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE IN TRADE), ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED IN THEIR ENTIRETY.

b. Specific Disclaimers . PARTNER’S USE OF THE INTERFACE IS AT ITS SOLE RISK. THE INTERFACE IS PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS. [***].

11. Limitations of Liability

a. Exclusion of Indirect Damages . EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 11(C) AND FOR A PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 12. NO PARTY SHALL, IN ANY EVENT, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF CLAIM, BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, SPECULATIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES [***].

b. Cap on Monetary Liability . EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 11(C), IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY’S LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED [***].

c. Exclusions , The exclusions and limitations set forth in this Section 11 shall not apply to: (i) Claims arising out of or relating to a Party’s breach of Section 5 (Compliance with Laws), 6 (Confidentiality), 7 (Intellectual Property), or 8 (Data Ownership and Use); or (ii) the grossly negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of either Party in performing its obligations under this Agreement

d. Sole Remedy . This Section 11 sets forth each Party’s sole liability and entire obligation and each Party’s exclusive remedy for any Claim that is brought against the breaching Party. Each Party acknowledges that the remedies set forth above are reasonable and will not fail of their essential purpose.

12. Indemnification

a. Indemnification . Subject to the limitations imposed by Section 11, each Party shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the other Party [***] from and against any and all third party lawsuits and causes of action and all resulting Claims to the extent that such Claims relate to or arise out of the Party’s: (i) breach of this Agreement; (ii) violation of any applicable law or regulation; or (iii) infringement of any Intellectual Property Right of a third party (except to the extent such Claims relates to or arises out of [***].

b. Indemnification Procedure . The indemnified Party shall promptly notify the indemnifying Party in writing of any Claim. The indemnifying Party shall assume control of the defense and investigation of such Claim and shall employ counsel of its choice to handle and defend the Claim, at its sole cost and expense. The indemnified Party may participate in and observe the proceedings [***]. The [***].

 

7


13. Miscellaneous

a. Notices . All notices required or permitted hereunder (except for e-mail notices permitted in Section 4) will be in writing addressed to the respective Parties as set forth above, or such other address as the intended recipient may designate from time to time by notice, and will be deemed received when [***].

b. Force Majeure . Neither Party will be liable to the other Party for any natural disasters beyond its control, [***].

c. Assignment . Neither Party shall [***]. Subject to the limits on assignment stated above, this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, be binding upon, and be enforceable against, each of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

d. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including Exhibits A , B , and C attached hereto and incorporated herein, constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may only be amended by a written agreement signed by both Parties hereto.

e. Waiver . Any waiver of any obligation under, or any breach of, this Agreement must be in writing and signed by each of the Parties [***].

f. Enforceability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable or overly broad, such unenforceability shall not render any other provision unenforceable, and the court or tribunal making such determination shall modify such provision so that the provision will be enforceable to the broadest extent permitted by law.

g. Survival . Upon the expiration or other termination of this Agreement, the respective rights and obligations of the Parties shall survive such expiration or other termination to the extent necessary to carry out the intention of the Parties under this Agreement.

h. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to conflict of laws principles.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

PARTNER            ATHENAHEALTH, INC.
By:   

/s/ Thomas Altier

      By:   

/s/ Kyle Armbrester

Name: Thomas Altier       Name: Kyle Armbrester
Title: CFO       Title: VP

 

9


EXHIBIT A

Pilot Guidelines

[***]


EXHIBIT B

Pricing Discounts

[***]


EXHIBIT C

Technical Specifications

[***]


Revenue Share Addendum

[***]


Amendment and Revenue Share Addendum No. 2

[***]

Exhibit 10.18

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS

BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE IT IS NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM

TO THE COMPANY IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

STRATEGIC ALLIANCE AGREEMENT

This Strategic Alliance Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), effective as of December 10, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), is by and between Allscripts Healthcare, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company (“Allscripts”) on behalf of itself and its Affiliates and Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ” or “ Phreesia ”). Allscripts and the Company are sometimes referred to herein as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Allscripts is a leading provider of clinical and revenue cycle software, connectivity and information solutions for physicians, including its practice management solutions;

WHEREAS, the Company provides Merchant Processing Services, Eligibility and Benefit Services, and Patient Intake Management Offerings within the healthcare industry;

WHEREAS, the Company has developed, licenses, and makes available (as applicable) certain software and services described herein; and

WHEREAS, Allscripts desires to obtain the right to market, sublicense, and make available such software and services and cause the Company to provide such software and services, either to Allscripts or to third parties, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, and in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions herein contained, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings ascribed thereto in this Section  1:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “ control ” (including the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) means the direct or indirect power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise. Allscripts’ Affiliates may exercise Allscripts’ rights and fulfill its related obligations under this Agreement, provided that Allscripts shall be responsible for any breach of such obligations by its Affiliates to the same extent as if Allscripts was the breaching party.

Allscripts Customer ” means a customer that has contracted for or receiving any of Allscripts’ products or services.

Allscripts Practice Management ” means the practice management system currently marketed and sold by Allscripts as “Allscripts Practice Management” (as the same may be renamed, enhanced or expanded from time to time)

Bank Rules ” means the Bank Card Merchant Rules and Regulations provided to Sublicensed Customer in writing, as amended from time to time, which are incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

 

1


Change of Control ” means any of the following: (a) any merger, reorganization, share exchange, consolidation, or other business combination involving the Company and its subsidiaries, other than (i) any acquisition or other similar transaction in which the Company acquires the assets or the securities of another Person and the Company does not issue capital stock of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding shares of any class of capital stock of the Company, or (ii) any merger or similar transaction effected solely to change the domicile of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (b) any acquisition by any Person as a result of which such Person (or any group of which such Person is a member) becomes a beneficial owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding shares of any class of capital stock of the Company in any single transaction or a series of related transactions; (c) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries in any single transaction or a series of related transactions; or (d) any exclusive license of all or substantially all of the intellectual property of the Company and its subsidiaries, in any single transaction or a series of related transactions. For purposes of this definition, the term “ beneficial owner ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the term “ group ” means two (2) or more Persons acting as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate, or other group for the purpose of acquiring, holding, or disposing of the applicable securities referred to herein.

Claim ” means any claim, action, suit, proceeding, damages, costs, expenses and other liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs.

Clinician ” means each healthcare professional contracted under a customer’s license or service agreement and any healthcare professional not contracted under a customer’s license or service agreement for which such customer subsequently pays a clinician fee. Healthcare professionals are only Clinicians (1) during the periods in which they are contracted under a license or service agreement or (2) for healthcare professionals not contracted under a customer’s license or service agreement, solely during the periods for which a Customer pays a clinician fee for such healthcare professional. For avoidance of doubt, authorized end users of the Subscription Software Services are both Clinicians and their administrative and other front and back office personnel. For the further avoidance of doubt, there will be no further license fees applicable to the administrative or other front and back office personnel.

Company Acquiror ” means any Person that acquires the Company in connection with a Change of Control (including, without limitation, a Competing Provider) and includes each Affiliate of such Person that is not controlled by the Company. For purposes of this definition, the term “ controlled by ” means the Company has the direct or indirect power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

Competing Provider ” means any electronic health record, revenue cycle management, or health information exchange information technology vendor whose products or services are directly competitive with a material portion of Allscripts business.

Confidential Information ” means non-public information of a Disclosing Party, [***].

Controlled Technology ” means any software, documentation, technology, or other technical data, or any products that include or use any of the foregoing, of which the export, re-export, or release to certain jurisdictions or countries is prohibited or requires an export license or other governmental approval under any Law, including the U.S. Export Administration Act and its associated regulations.

Customer Agreement ” means a written agreement between Allscripts (or an Allscripts Reseller or Partnering Organization as permitted herein) and an Allscripts Customer pursuant to which Allscripts resells any Installed Software or any Subscription Software Services or orders Merchant Processing Services from Company on behalf of an Allscripts Customer in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2


Data ” means all data, information, and other content (regardless of whether de-identified) of any type and in any format, medium, or form, whether audio, visual, digital, screen, GUI, or other, that is input, submitted, uploaded to, placed into or collected, stored, processed, generated, or output by any device, system, or network by or on behalf of Allscripts (or any of its licensors or Affiliates) or any Sublicensed Customer through the Subscription Software Services, including any and all data, analyses, and other information and materials resulting from any use of the Subscription Software Services by or on behalf of Allscripts (or any of its licensors or Affiliates) or a Sublicensed Customer under this Agreement.

Developer Agreement ” means the Allscripts Developer Program Agreement previously entered into between Company and Allscripts with an effective date of July 1, 2014.

Documentation ” means all user manuals, operating manuals, technical manuals, and any other instructions, specifications, documents, or materials, in any form or media, that describe the functionality, installation, testing, operation, use, maintenance, support, technical specifications, or components, features, or requirements of any of the Installed Software or any of the Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services, together with all revisions to such documentation delivered by or on behalf of the Company and as updated from time to time by the Company.

E&B Transaction ” means an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) Health Care Eligibility/Benefit Inquiry (“ 270  transaction ”) and the retrieval of an EDI Health Care Eligibility/Benefit Response (“ 271  transaction ”), with a single E&B Transaction consisting of both the 270 transaction and the 271 transaction. [***].

Eligibility and Benefit Services ” means the Company’s subscription-based software services that submits Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) Health Care Eligibility/Benefit Inquiries (“ 270  transactions ”) and the retrieval of the EDI Health Care Eligibility/Benefit Response (“ 271  transactions ”) to inquire about the health care eligibility and benefits associated for patients through POS Dashboard or the Eligibility UI and the Eligibility Interface. The Eligibility and Benefit Services, the Eligibility UI and the Eligibility Interface are further described on Exhibit  A attached hereto.

Error ” means [***].

Harmful Code ” means (a) any virus, Trojan horse, worm, backdoor, or other software or hardware devices, the effect of which is to permit unauthorized access to, or to disable, erase, or otherwise harm, any computer, systems, or software; or (b) any time bomb, drop dead device, or other software or hardware device designed to disable a computer program automatically with the passage of time or under the positive control of any Person, or otherwise prevent, restrict, or impede Allscripts’ or any Sublicensed Customer’s use of such software or device.

HITECH ” means the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, as amended.

Implementation Services ” means services related to the initial delivery, configuration, and pre-acceptance usage of the Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services described in Exhibit  C .

 

3


Installed Software ” means the Company’s Integration Client configured to interoperate only with Allscripts products that is installed on a Sublicensed Customer’s computer systems, and including all enhancements and other Updates thereto and all copies of the foregoing permitted hereunder.

Intellectual Property ” means [***].

Law ” means any applicable statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order, constitution, treaty, common law, judgment, decree, or other requirement or rule of any federal, state, local, or foreign government or political subdivision thereof, or any arbitrator, court, or tribunal of competent jurisdiction.

Legacy Customers ” means those Company customers listed on Exhibit  H .

“Loss” means all losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, judgments, settlements, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs, or expenses of whatever kind, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, the costs of enforcing any right to indemnification hereunder, and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers.

Marks ” means, with respect to a Party, such Party’s trade names, trade dress, trademarks, service marks, logos, brand names and other identifiers, corporate names, meta-tags, and universal resource locators, and any applications, registrations, and renewals thereof.

Member Bank ” shall mean a member of VISA, MasterCard and/or any other networks, as applicable, that provides sponsorship services in connection with this Agreement. As of the Effective Date, the Member Bank shall be Fifth Third Bank, an Ohio banking corporation.

Merchant Agreement ” means the Merchant Services Agreement the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit  J to be entered into between Company and each Sublicensed Customer that purchases any Merchant Processing Services (except in connection with a sale of PIMS directly or indirectly by Company). Company may update the Merchant Agreement from time-to-time to incorporate such future revisions as required or requested by the Member Bank provided that Company also makes those revisions to agreements with Company’s other merchant processing services customers; and further provided that the Merchant Agreement’s terms and conditions shall not be less favorable than those that the Company typically offers to customers similar to the proposed Sublicensed Customers.

Merchant Application ” means the merchant application the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit  K , that must be completed by a proposed Sublicensed Customer that intends to purchase any Merchant Processing Services and which is accepted by Company prior to Sublicensed Customer product activation. Company may update the Merchant Application from time-to-time to incorporate such future revisions as required or requested by the Member Bank , provided that Company also makes those revisions to merchant applications with Company’s other merchant processing services customers; and further provided that the Merchant Application’s terms and conditions shall not be less favorable than those that the Company typically offers to customers similar to the proposed Sublicensed Customers.

Merchant Processing Services ” means the Company’s services that authorize and settle payment transactions directly or indirectly through Member Banks for customers through (1) the POS Dashboard; (2) the default Phreesia Gateway card processing platform for any of Allscripts other embedded payment products; (3) a Third Party Gateway for transactions received from or posted to an Allscripts service or product for customers who want to use a separate financial institution for back-end processing; and (4) Phreesia Patient Intake Management Offering. The Merchant Processing Services are subject to the terms and conditions of the Merchant Agreement, the Operating Regulations and applicable Law. The Merchant Processing Services are further described on Exhibit  A attached hereto. Merchant Processing Services may be provided by Company in conjunction with the Subscription Software Services but are not, for purposes of this Agreement, deemed Subscription Software Services.

 

4


Merchant Processing Services Customer ” means an Allscripts Customer excluding Legacy Customers that contracts with the Company for and receives the Company’s Merchant Processing Services. For the sake of clarity, a Merchant Processing Services Customer (i) may also be a Sublicensed Customer or (ii) may purchase Merchant Processing Services in connection with its purchase of PIMS from the Company.

Open Source License ” means an open source license applicable to Open Source Software.

Open Source Software ” means any open source software program, or portion thereof, that is licensed under an Open Source License that requires as a condition of use, modification, and/or distribution of the software subject to the license, that such software or other software combined and/or distributed with such software be (i) disclosed or distributed in source code form; (ii) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works; or (iii) redistributable at no charge (including the GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), Mozilla Public License (MPL), BSD licenses, the Artistic License, the Netscape Public License, the Sun Community Source License (SCSL), the Sun Industry Standards License (SISL), and the Apache License).

Operating Regulations ” means the by-laws, operating regulations and/or all other rules (including, without limitation, Bank Rules), guidelines, policies and procedures of VISA, MasterCard, Discover, and/or Other Networks, and all other applicable rules, regulations and requirements of Member Bank, banks, and financial institutions which govern or affect any Merchant Processing Services provided under a Merchant Processing Agreement, and all state and federal laws, rules and regulations which govern or otherwise affect the activities of providers of Merchant Processing Services, including, but not limited to, those of the National Automated Clearing House Association (“ NACHA ”) and the Federal Trade Commission (“ FTC ”), as any or all of the foregoing may be amended and in effect from time to time.

Partnering Organization ” means a hospital, health plan, provider group, provider-hospital organization, independent practice association (IPA), accountable care organization (ACO), health information organization (HIO), Comprehensive Primary Care Initiative group (CPC), billing service provider, or integrated healthcare delivery system that provides management services and administrative systems.

Payerpath ” means Allscript’s patient payment and claims solution currently marketed and sold by Allscripts as “Payerpath” (as the same may be renamed, enhanced or expanded from time to time).

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, trust, proprietorship, joint venture, business organization, or government, political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality.

Phreesia Patient Intake Management Offering ” or “ PIMS ” means Phreesia’s offering with and only with those features and functions as are generally available to Allscripts Customers on the Effective Date. PIMS features are summarized on Exhibit  A , but that summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to PIMS’ actual features that are generally available to Allscripts Customers on the Effective Date. [***].

POS Dashboard ” means the Company’s web portal Point of Service (POS) Dashboard that may be used to process credit and debit card payment transactions (as the same may be renamed, enhanced or expanded from time to time). The POS Dashboard is further described on Exhibit  A attached hereto.

 

5


Purchase Order ” means a purchase order or other ordering document signed and issued by Allscripts to order Subscriptions to be resold and distributed or made available to a Sublicensed Customer, which specifies, at a minimum, (a) the date the applicable Customer Agreement was executed; (b) the name and address of the Sublicensed Customer; and (c) the Installed Software and Subscription Software Services licenses, Merchant Processing Services and Services being ordered, and further establishes that the Installed Software and Subscription Software Services (and associated Documentation) are governed by the Customer Agreement.

Representatives ” means a Party’s Affiliates, and each of their respective employees, officers, directors, partners, shareholders, agents, attorneys, and third-party advisors.

Services ” means, collectively, the Implementation Services as described in Exhibit  C and the Support Services as described in Section  12.1(b) .

Sublicensed Customer ” means an Allscripts Customer that has purchased a Subscription from Allscripts or its Affiliates or that has entered into a Merchant Agreement with Company (except in connection with a sale of PIMS directly or indirectly by Company).

Subscription” or “subscription ” shall mean the right of a Sublicensed Customer to access and use the Subscription Software Services as more fully set forth in this Agreement.

Subscription Software Services ” means the Company’s subscription-based software services consisting of the Eligibility and Benefit Services and/or POS Dashboard (as each may be renamed, enhanced or expanded from time to time), including any Updates thereto. Subscription Software Services contains functions and features that enable Sublicensed Customers to authorize and settle payment transactions directly or indirectly through Member Banks, but in order for such functions and features to be operational, Sublicensed Customers must obtain Merchant Processing Services from Phreesia or similar services from a third party through Phreesia’s Third Party Gateway. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Subscription Software Services do not include other Company products or services including, without limitation, the Phreesia Patient Intake Management Offering.

Territory ” means [***].

Update ” means any revision, modification, upgrade, or new feature, functionality, module, or release of the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services, and any patch, bug fix, workaround, or Error correction to the Installed Software or Subscription Software Services (whether created specifically for Allscripts or released by the Company), that Company is required to provide under this Agreement or that Company generally makes available at no additional charge to the Company’s other eligibility and benefit services and point of service dashboard customers and licensees. Updates may be customer facing (i.e. updates that are directly displayed to the customer such as new features, etc.) or non-customer facing (such as bug fixes or workarounds that are not directly displayed to the customer).

2. Appointment as Reseller .

2.1 Appointment . The Company hereby [***]. Allscripts may also disclose Company’s pricing information relating to its Merchant Processing Services and facilitate procurement of Merchant Processing Services on behalf of Sublicensed Customers, including, without limitation by references to such pricing information and Merchant Processing Services in Customer Agreements.

 

6


2.2 Customer Agreements .

(a) Subscriptions . Allscripts and its Affiliates may sell Subscriptions for terms no less than one year and no greater than four (4) years on a subscription basis to Persons who subsequently execute a Customer Agreement, provided that Allscripts may enter into Customer Agreements with terms longer than four  (4) years with large organizations, provided that Phreesia consents in each instance in writing in advance, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

(b) Customer Agreements . Each Customer Agreement will contain terms, in all material respects, no less protective of the Company and its licensors than the applicable terms and conditions related to Allscripts’ applicable products and services. Each Customer Agreement shall, at a minimum, restrict Customers from redistributing, reverse engineering, reverse compiling, or disassembling the Installed Software and the Subscription Software Services. Allscripts will use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the terms of its Customer Agreement that protect Company’s Intellectual Property at Allscripts sole cost and expense.

2.3 Merchant Agreements; Pre-approval . All proposed Sublicensed Customers who wish to purchase Merchant Processing Services must complete a Merchant Application, execute a Merchant Agreement and be Pre-approved by the Company. “Pre-approved” shall mean that the Company has determined based on a proposed Customer’s Merchant Application that the proposed Customer meets OFAC and Member Bank criteria and the Company’s credit standards (collectively, the “Criteria”). “Rejection” shall mean the Company has not Pre-approved the proposed Merchant Processing Services Customer. [***]. Allscripts shall not represent to any prospective Sublicensed Customer that a Merchant Application will be approved. Company may terminate any Merchant Agreement pursuant to the terms of such Merchant Agreement. All Merchant Processing Services shall be marketed under Company’s Marks. For avoidance of doubt, Allscripts may market the Subscription Software Services, including without limitation, the electronic cashiering features and functionality of the Subscription Software Services under the Allscripts name.

2.4 Third Parties . Allscripts will not authorize or allow any value added reseller, distributor, integrator, OEM partner, or other third party to market, demonstrate, resell, sublicense, or otherwise distribute or make available the Installed Software, Documentation or Subscription Software Services, or Merchant Processing Services except that Allscripts is permitted to (a)  sign Customer Agreements with Sublicensed Customers who are Partnering Organizations who, in turn, distribute or make available the Installed Software, Documentation or Subscription Software Services to (or facilitate the procurement of Merchant Processing Services for) their respective medical staffs, provider participants, or members as permitted under applicable Law, so long as each such medical staffs, provider participants, and members are bound by the terms and conditions of the applicable Customer Agreement; and (b)  exercise its rights under this Section  2 through Company approved value added resellers appointed by Allscripts from time to time (“Allscripts Resellers”); provided, however, that each Allscripts Reseller must enter into an agreement with Allscripts that is at least as protective of the Company and the Installed Software, Documentation, and Subscription Software Services as this Agreement. Allscripts will use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the terms of Allscripts Resellers’ agreements that protect Company’s Intellectual Property. For avoidance of doubt, Allscripts may not delegate to Allscripts Resellers any rights that it does not have under this Agreement.

2.5 Affiliates . To the extent that Allscripts’ Affiliates, Partnering Organizations, and Allscripts Resellers utilize the rights granted hereunder, Allscripts will require such parties to comply with the restrictions on such rights set forth in this Agreement, and any non-compliance with such restrictions by such parties shall be deemed a breach of such restrictions by Allscripts, provided that third party Partnering Organizations and Allscripts Resellers shall not be required to comply with the restrictions set forth in Section  5 [***].

 

7


2.6 No Other Rights . Except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, no other rights or entitlements are granted by the Company to Allscripts with respect to the Installed Software, Documentation, Subscription Software Services, Merchant Processing Services or Services. All rights not expressly granted hereunder are reserved by the Company and/or its third party licensors.

2.7 Acknowledgments .

(a) The Parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is non-exclusive (except as set forth in Section 5 ) and imposes no limitations upon either Party’s relationships with other parties or on either Party’s research, development, production, marketing, licensing, reselling, or sales of other products or services, whether or not similar to any of the Installed Software or the Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services or any Allscripts products or services, so long as such relationships or activities do not violate any express term of this Agreement or utilize any Confidential Information of the other Party in violation of this Agreement.

(b) [***]. In no event will anything in this Agreement be construed as an obligation on Allscripts’ part to (i)  incorporate the Installed Software or Documentation into Allscripts products or services or (ii)  market, promote, distribute or make available the Installed Software or Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services, [***].

(c) Notwithstanding [***] Allscripts or its Affiliates may, in its sole discretion, develop, market, provide, offer, sell or resell, directly, or indirectly through its resellers, Other Services (as defined in Section 5 ) to interface with Allscripts Payerpath or Allscripts Practice Management [***]. In no event shall Allscripts directly or indirectly utilize any of the Company’s Installed Software, Subscription Software Services or Confidential Information in connection with any development activities described above in this Section 2.7(c) .

2.8 Marketing Materials . The Company agrees to work with Allscripts to develop the initial set of marketing communications materials related to the Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services (“Company Marketing Materials”). At the time such Company Marketing Materials are first distributed, each party must consent to their content, [***]. Allscripts must replicate all Company copyright notices on all copies of the Company Marketing Materials (and all customized versions thereof).

2.9 Forecast . Allscripts will provide Company with a non-binding [***] sales forecast for Allscripts’ sales of eligibility and payment processing solutions during [***] within [***] of the Effective Date.

3. Services . Exhibit  G sets forth the Amended and Restated Developer Program Agreement (the “Restated Developer Agreement”) in place between Allscripts and Company, which replaces in its entirety the Developer Agreement. The Restated Developer Agreement is hereby incorporated into this Agreement as if fully set forth herein and made part hereof.

3.1 Development and Integration .

(a) Within [***] of the Effective Date, Allscripts and the Company will reasonably cooperate to create a mutually satisfactory, sufficiently detailed, written specification (the “ Integration Specification ”) that describes the desired level of functional integration between Allscripts Payerpath and Allscripts Practice Management and the Subscription Software Services, along with the technical details and delivery dates (preliminarily defined in Exhibit B ) related to achieving the functional integration as set forth in Exhibit G .

 

8


(b) The Company and Allscripts will each commit appropriate resources needed to complete their respective responsibilities with respect to the functional integration indicated by the Integration Specification as further described in Exhibits A and B hereto. The Company and Allscripts will each have the development and integration responsibilities assigned to it and described in the Integration Specification and will each be responsible for their respective costs associated with such responsibilities and in performing all other tasks assigned to it under the Integration Specifications. The Company and Allscripts will each use commercially reasonable efforts to complete their respective responsibilities in the Integration Specification within the time frames set forth in Exhibit B .

(c) Beta Testing . The parties anticipate that there will be up to [***] beta test sites testing the Subscription Software Services. Regardless of when the testing began or begins, Allscripts will be the primary deployment resource for each of the beta test sites as well as the first [***] implementations of the Subscription Software Services, as applicable, for Allscripts’ Sublicensed Customers.

3.2 Implementation Services . Allscripts will be responsible for providing Implementation Services for the Installed Software and the Subscription Software Services (but not implementation for the Phreesia Patient Intake Management Offering, which shall be Phreesia’s responsibility) distributed or made available hereunder. At Allscripts’ request and direction, on a per-Sublicensed Customer basis, the Company will provide such Implementation Services directly to such Sublicensed Customer or through Allscripts in exchange for fees set forth in Exhibit  C.

3.3 Provision and Quality of Services . To the extent the Company is required to provide Services under this Agreement, the Company will provide those Services [***].

3.4 Personnel . [***]. The Parties agree to use their reasonable efforts to promptly resolve any good faith complaints regarding any of the Company’s personnel, or otherwise concerning the value or efficacy of any Services performed by or on behalf of the Company.

3.5 Books and Records . As applicable under the Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1980, until the expiration of four  (4) years after the furnishing of Services pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will, upon receipt of written request, and if then requested to make such information available under the then-existing Law, make available to the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, the Comptroller General of the U.S. Department of Secretary of Health and Human Services, or any of their fully-authorized representatives, the books, documents, and/or records of the Company that are necessary to verify the nature and extent of costs associated therewith. The record keeping and disclosure provisions of this Section  3.4 will apply to all Services provided by the Company, but will be applicable only if the Company receives remuneration in the amount of $10,000 or more, with regard to the Services performed in relation to a single Sublicensed Customer.

4. Order and Acceptance .

4.1 Order Process . In order to activate Merchant Processing Services for a Merchant Processing Services Customer, the proposed Merchant Processing Services Customer must submit (directly or indirectly through Allscripts) a completed Merchant Application and executed Merchant Agreement to the Company within [***] from the execution by such Merchant Processing Services Customer of a Customer Agreement. Within [***] of the modification or termination (other than sublicenses that expire at the end of a term previously specified in a Purchase Order) of any Customer Agreement, Allscripts will provide the Company with written notice of such modification or termination. This Section 4.1 shall not be applicable to situations where the Allscripts Customer is purchasing Merchant Processing Services in connection with its purchase of PIMS.

 

9


4.2 Distribution; Commencement of Subscription Software Services . [***]. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the terms and conditions relating to the provision of Merchant Processing Services to Sublicensed Customers, including but not limited to commencement thereof, shall be set forth in the Merchant Application and Merchant Agreement. [***].

4.3 Configuration and Acceptance .

(a) As part of the Implementation Services, the Company agrees to assist Allscripts in conducting configuration and acceptance testing of the Subscription Software Services, if and as requested or required by a Sublicensed Customer, in order to ensure that the Subscription Software Services are fully operable, meet all applicable specifications, and will function in accordance with the Documentation when properly installed and used for its intended purpose.

(b) In the event of final rejection by Allscripts or a Sublicensed Customer as a result of the Company’s breach of this Agreement, including, without limitation, a breach of the Company’s representations and warranties in Sections 21.1 and 21.3 , if any payments hereunder have already been made by Allscripts to the Company regarding such Sublicensed Customer, and if Allscripts provides a refund to such Sublicensed Customer based on such Customer’s rejection of the Subscription Software Services, then the Company will provide Allscripts with a refund of the applicable payment within [***].

5. [***].

6. FollowMyHealth . When Allscripts refers its FollowMyHealth customers to merchant processing service providers, it may include Phreesia among the providers referred. [***].

7. Contacts .

7.1 Relationship Contacts . Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, each Party has designated an individual to serve as that Party’s initial point of contact to facilitate communications between the Parties on all matters (e.g., marketing, maintenance and support, technical, customer satisfaction, sales pipeline) that may arise under this Agreement. The initial Allscripts relationship contact is [***] and the initial Company relationship contact is [***]. Each Party may change its respective relationship contact at any time upon written notice to the other Party.

7.2 Issues . In the event of any issues that may arise pursuant to this Agreement, the Parties’ relationship contacts may confer to resolve such issues, it being understood that this will not preclude any Party from initiating dispute resolution proceedings pursuant to Section 28.9.

8. Licenses and Intellectual Property .

8.1 License Grant . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to Allscripts and its Affiliates a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable [***] non-transferable (except in accordance with Section 28.4), sublicensable (through multiple levels of sublicensees), fully paid-up right and license under all of the Company’s Intellectual Property to, throughout the Territory, access, use, reproduce, perform, display, modify, create derivative works of, transmit, demonstrate, test, operate, port, configure, distribute, and make available the Installed Software and Subscription Software Services solely for the purposes of:

(a) Allscripts’ and its Affiliates’ internal use of the Installed Software and Subscription Software Services as permitted hereunder, including with respect to its marketing, selling, development, service, and support activities under this Agreement, and including the training of Allscripts employees, contractors, and other authorized Representatives on the marketing, selling, planning, supporting, and use of the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services or any integrated product with any Allscripts products and services;

 

10


(b) the marketing, promoting, distributing, reselling, or provision of the Installed Software or the Subscription Software Services, directly or through Allscripts Resellers or Partnering Organizations, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

(c) enabling Allscripts products and services to interface or otherwise integrate, interact, or interoperate with the Installed Software and the Subscription Software Services , including performing any integration or interface development efforts with respect to the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services or any integrated product with any Allscripts products and services, or internally testing, evaluating, and performing validation and verification with respect to the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services or any integrated product with any Allscripts products and services (it being understood that the foregoing activities will not affect the Company’s representations and warranties in Section 21) ;

(d) reselling Subscriptions (through multiple levels of sublicensees) to (i)  Sublicensed Customers pursuant to Customer Agreements in accordance with this Agreement and (ii)  Allscripts’ Affiliates or to Allscripts Resellers or Partnering Organizations (subject to Sections 2.4 and 2.5 ) to carry out any of the purposes set forth in this Agreement;

(e) creating backups and other copies of the Installed Software solely to the extent necessary to perform its obligations hereunder in the ordinary course of business;

(f) managing, operating, and hosting (i)  any Installed Software, (ii)  the Allscripts products that will interface with the Installed Software or Subscription Software Services on behalf of Sublicensed Customers and (iii)  authorizing its Sublicensed Customers, Allscripts Resellers or Partnering Organizations to do the same;

(g) generating, printing, copying, downloading, and storing all Data and other displays and output, as may result from any execution or other use of the Subscription Software Services and authorizing its Sublicensed Customers, Allscripts Resellers or Partnering Organizations to do the same; and

(h) all other purposes reasonably necessary to carry out any of the foregoing.

For the sake of clarity, the Subscription Software Services shall be hosted, managed and operated by Company.

8.2 Documentation and Marketing Materials . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to Allscripts a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable , non-transferable (except in accordance with Section  28.4), sublicensable (through multiple levels of sublicensees), fully paid-up right and license under all of the Company’s Intellectual Property to access, use, reproduce, perform, display, transmit, demonstrate, test, operate, port, configure, distribute, and make derivative works of the Documentation, Company Marketing Materials and Allscripts Marketing Materials, in whole or in part, throughout the Territory, for any purpose consistent with Section 8.1 , [***].

8.3 Trademarks .

(a) Company Marks.

 

11


(i) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to Allscripts and its Affiliates a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable [***] non-transferable (except in accordance with Section 28.4 ), sublicensable (through multiple levels of sublicensees), fully paid-up right and license under all of the Company’s Intellectual Property to use the Company’s brands, trademarks, product and service names, logos and slogans (the “ Company Marks ”), throughout the Territory, solely in connection with the marketing, selling, or provision of the Installed Software and the Subscription Software Services and Merchant Processing Services permitted hereunder or to otherwise fulfill the terms of this Agreement. [***].

(ii) Except as set forth in Section 11.3 , Allscripts’ use of the Company Marks will be in accordance with the Company’s trademark use guidelines and instructions as set forth in Exhibit I . The Company will give Allscripts written notice of any changes to such specifications or guidelines, and will give Allscripts a reasonable time to modify its use of the Company Marks to comply therewith.

(iii) Allscripts is not required to display any Company- Marks on its products or marketing collateral, provided that the Subscription Software Services shall be characterized as “Powered by Phreesia” and shall contain a Phreesia logo. All goodwill in and to the Company Marks will inure solely to the benefit of Company.

(b) Allscripts Marks .

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Allscripts hereby grants to the Company a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable [***] non-transferable (except in accordance with Section 28.4 ), fully paid-up right and license under all of Allscripts’ Intellectual Property to use the Allscripts Marks, throughout the Territory, solely in connection with providing the Installed Software and Subscription Software Services to Sublicensed Customers who have signed a Customer Agreement and to otherwise fulfill the terms of this Agreement.

(ii) The Company’s use of the Allscripts Marks will be in accordance with Allscripts’ trademark use guidelines and instructions, if any, furnished to the Company in writing from time to time. Allscripts will give the Company written notice of any changes to such specifications or guidelines, and will give the Company a reasonable time to modify its use of the Allscripts Marks to comply therewith.

(iii) The Company is not required to display any Allscripts Marks on any of its products or marketing collateral. All goodwill in and to the Allscripts Marks will inure solely to the benefit of Allscripts. The Company will not register, seek to register, or contest the validity of any of the Allscripts Marks in any jurisdiction.

8.4 Restrictions on Use . Except as and to the extent expressly permitted by this Agreement and/or the Integration Specification, Allscripts will not, and will not permit others to:

(a) reverse engineer, disassemble, decompile, decode, or adapt the Installed Software or Subscription Software Services, or otherwise attempt to derive or gain access to the source code or algorithms of the Installed Software or Subscription Software Services, in whole or in part, except [***];

(b) rent, lease, assign, or sell the Subscription Software Services or Installed Software to any third party (other than the physical media (if any) containing any Installed Software distributed by Allscripts);

 

12


(c) use any of the Installed Software or Subscription Software Services to provide time sharing or service bureau services to third parties, other than Sublicensed Customers;

(d) remove, obscure, or alter from the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services, Documentation or the Marketing Materials any applicable titles, trademarks, or copyright, patent, or other proprietary or restrictive legends or notices, or any end user warning or advisory, affixed to or contained therein or thereon;

(e) export or re-export all or any part of the Installed Software or Subscription Software Services in violation of any export control Laws of the United States or any other relevant jurisdiction;

(f) modify, correct, adapt, translate, enhance, or otherwise prepare or create any derivative works or improvements of the Installed Software or Subscription Software Services; provided , [***]

(g) (1)  provide any materials to Company (including without limitation, the SDK (as defined in the Restated Developer Agreement) or Associated Allscripts Software (as defined in the Restated Developer Agreement)) that contains any Harmful Code or any Open Source Software or (2)  upload any materials into the Installed Software or Subscription Software Services that contains any Harmful Code or any Open Source Software.

8.5 Intellectual Property Ownership .

(a) Subject to the express rights and licenses granted by the Company in this Agreement and the provisions of this Section 8.5 , the Company and its licensors reserve and retain their entire right, title, and interest (including Intellectual Property rights) in and to the Installed Software, the Subscription Software Services, the Merchant Processing Services, the Documentation, the Company Marketing Materials, and the Company Marks, and all modifications, improvements, enhancements and derivatives of the foregoing (including, subject to Section 8.4(f) , any modifications, improvements, enhancements and derivatives thereto developed or performed by or on behalf of Allscripts). At no time will Allscripts, Allscripts Resellers, Partnering Organizations, or Sublicensed Customers acquire or retain any title to or ownership to such assets, except as expressly granted under this Agreement.

(b) Subject to the express rights and licenses granted by Allscripts in this Agreement, Allscripts and its licensors reserve and retain their entire right, title, and interest (including Intellectual Property rights) in and to any modifications, improvements, or derivative works it creates or develops based on the Documentation or the Company Marketing Materials as authorized under this Agreement ( e.g ., any Documentation or Marketing Materials integrated with Allscripts documentation), as well as to all Allscripts products and services. At no time will the Company acquire or retain any title to or ownership to such assets, except as expressly granted under this Agreement.

(c) Ownership of all Intellectual Property in Open Source Software will remain with respective owners thereof, subject to Allscripts’ rights under the applicable Open Source Licenses.

(d) Neither Party will take any action inconsistent with a Party’s nor its licensors’ ownership and interests set forth in this Section 8.5 , or assist any Person in doing the same.

8.6 Data . As between Allscripts, its licensors and Affiliates, and Sublicensed Customers, on the one hand, and the Company and its licensors and Affiliates, on the other hand, Allscripts, its licensors and Affiliates, and Sublicensed Customers have, reserve, and retain sole and exclusive ownership to all right, title, and interest in and to all Data, including all Intellectual Property arising therefrom or relating thereto. [***]  have any right or license to, and shall not, use any Data except solely as and to the extent necessary to [***].

 

13


8.7 Open Source Software . The Company has not, and will not, use, modify, or distribute any Open Source Software in a manner that could (a) require the disclosure, licensing, or distribution of any source code or algorithms underlying any of the Installed Software or any software into which it is integrated; (b) require the licensing or disclosure of the Installed Software or any software into which it is integrated free of charge; or (c) otherwise impose any limitation, restriction, waiver of rights, or condition on the right or ability of the Company to use or distribute the Installed Software or any software into which it is integrated.

8.8 Effect of Company Bankruptcy .

(a) All rights and licenses granted by the Company under this Agreement are and shall be deemed to be rights and licenses to “intellectual property,” and the subject matter of this Agreement, including all Installed Software, Subscription Software Services Documentation, Company Marketing Materials, and Company Marks, is and will be deemed to be “embodiment[s]” of “intellectual property,” for purposes of and as such terms are used in and interpreted under Section 365(n) of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”). Allscripts will have the right to exercise all rights and elections under the Bankruptcy Code and all other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, and similar Laws with respect to this Agreement, and the subject matter hereof and thereof.

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company acknowledges and agrees that, if the Company or its estate becomes subject to any bankruptcy or similar proceeding:

(i) subject to Allscripts’ rights of election, all rights and licenses granted to Allscripts under this Agreement will continue subject to the respective terms and conditions hereof and thereof, and will not be affected, even by the Company’s rejection of this Agreement; and

(ii) Allscripts will be entitled to a complete duplicate of (or complete access to, as appropriate) [***].

9. [intentionally left blank] .

10. Training .

10.1 Training . The Company will provide, [***] periodic training for Allscripts personnel in connection with this Agreement, with the first such training [***] (such training, the “First Training”). The Company agrees to dedicate sufficient resources in connection with such training. Such training may be for the benefit of Allscripts personnel either as to Allscripts’ permitted activities under this Agreement or to assist the Sublicensed Customers. Such training will be provided at such reasonable times and locations (including via remote means) as the Parties may reasonably agree. Such training will include, but is not limited to, sales and ongoing support training to Allscripts staff. The goal of this training will be to enable Allscripts’ sales personnel to articulate the benefits of the Services and provide basic functional demonstrations to prospective Sublicensed Customers.

10.2 Support Training . In furtherance of Section 10.1, the Parties agree to cooperate in developing any training programs as may be reasonably necessary or useful to the provision of Support Services to Sublicensed Customers, which will be provided in a “train the trainer” format. Such programs will, at a minimum, provide Allscripts personnel with the ability to answer or appropriately refer questions about the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services and the Services. Such support training will include up to [***] each year of support training for Allscripts’ staff adequate to enable Allscripts to provide first line support services to Sublicensed Customers as further defined in the Implementation and Support Plan.

 

14


11. Marketing .

11.1 Sales and Marketing Support . [***] the Company will provide [***] marketing support for the permitted activities hereunder, which will include, the following:

(a) assisting Allscripts in developing marketing strategies, plans, and marketing and training materials describing the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services or the Services as a complementary solution to any Allscripts product or service;

(b) providing Allscripts with a reasonable quantity of standard Company brochures, presentations, and materials related to the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services, the Services and/or the Company in hard copy and electronic form; and

(c) participating in sales meetings with Allscripts sales and/or actual or potential Sublicensed Customer personnel.

11.2 Demonstration Systems . [***], the Company will provide fully-functional demonstration systems or accounts for the Subscription Software Services, equivalent to those systems made available to the Company’s sales personnel, for use by Allscripts’ sales personnel. Each Party will provide all commercially reasonable assistance, cooperation, and support requested by the other Party to maintain demonstration systems sufficient to demonstrate the Installed Software and the Subscription Software Services as integrated with any Allscripts products or services. Each Party will be responsible for its own costs and expenses in designing, developing, testing, and maintaining such demonstration systems.

11.3 Branding . Branding of the Installed Software and the Subscription Software Services, but not the Merchant Processing Services with respect to the activities hereunder will be determined [***] Allscripts elects to private label or rebrand the Software Subscription Services, the relabeled or rebranded [***].

11.4 Request for Proposals . Allscripts may, in its sole discretion, recommend the Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services and the Services as part of Allscripts’ response to requests for proposals issued by third parties. [***].

11.5 Demonstrations . The Company at its own discretion will provide demonstrations of the Subscription Software Services and Merchant Processing Services at Allscripts-identified marketing events and activities, including user group meetings or conferences. In addition, either Party may, from time to time, request that the other Party attend and participate at vendor fairs and industry trade shows, seminars, user group events, and other similar events. The decision of whether or not to attend such functions will be in the sole discretion of the non-requesting Party.

12. Support and Maintenance .

12.1 Support Services .

(a) The Company is solely responsible for the development, update, performance, and maintenance of the Subscription Software Service. The Company covenants to use its best efforts to ensure that the Subscription Software Services are made available to Allscripts and each Sublicensed Customer and that support for Merchant Processing Services are made available to each Sublicensed Customer in accordance with the warranties, terms, and conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with any performance standards specified in this Agreement or in the Documentation. [***].

 

15


(b) In furtherance of Section 12.1(a) , the Company agrees to provide, at no additional charge to Allscripts or Sublicensed Customers [***] technical support, assistance, training, and Updates related to the Installed Software or Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services (collectively, “ Support Services ”), in the manner and timeframes set forth on Exhibit D , to Allscripts and its consultants and contractors and, if requested by Allscripts, directly to Sublicensed Customers. [***]. The parties agree to reasonably cooperate to troubleshoot and resolve technical support issues that may reasonably involve the products, software, or technology of the other Party or of both Parties. This Section 12.1(b) shall not be applicable to Merchant Processing Services that an Allscripts Customer receives in connection with its purchase of PIMS.

12.2 Support Levels . Allscripts will provide the first level of support to Sublicensed Customers related to the Installed Software and Subscription Software Services and their integration with applicable Allscripts products. The first level of support is defined in Exhibit C. [***]. Allscripts, at its sole expense, will provide the second and all escalating levels of support for all technical issues and upgrades relating to Allscripts products. [***].

12.3 Integration Support . At the Company’s expense and no additional charge to Allscripts, from time to time the Company will provide Allscripts with reasonable remote integration and implementation assistance, including, without limitation, upon addition of a new or updated Installed Software or Subscription Software Services under this Agreement.

12.4 Documentation . The Company has delivered or made available to Allscripts complete and accurate Documentation for the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services and that required to offer the Merchant Processing Services, and will promptly deliver or make available to Allscripts supplements to such Documentation and manuals, as and when released, to reflect all modifications, releases, supplements, corrections, Updates, amendments, and other changes to the Installed Software or Subscription Software Services or that required to offer the Merchant Processing Services. The Company will provide all Documentation in electronic form, in such formats and media as Allscripts may reasonable request. The Company agrees that all Documentation will include all technical and functional specifications and other such information as may be reasonably necessary for the effective installation, testing, use, support, and maintenance of the Installed Software and Subscription Software Services other than the Merchant Processing Services, including the effective configuration, integration, and systems administration of the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services other than the Merchant Processing Services and the operation and the performance of all its functions.

13. Updates .

13.1 Updates . [***] (either directly or through Allscripts, at Allscripts’ direction) with Updates , either in response to specific requests from Allscripts to remedy Errors (consistent with the Error correction timing in Exhibit C), or as such Updates are released or generally made available [***]. For the avoidance of doubt, Updates will constitute Installed Software or Subscription Software Services (as applicable) and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. With respect to the Merchant Processing, [***].

 

16


13.2 Restrictions on Updates .

(a) With respect to any material customer facing Update that does not relate to Merchant Processing Services, the Company will provide Allscripts [***] notice before releasing any such Update (except for Error corrections or fixes which may be released earlier). At least [***] before releasing any such customer facing Update (except for Error corrections or fixes which may be released earlier), the Company will provide Allscripts with (i) technical documentation of such Update; (ii) commercially reasonable technical assistance and training for such Update; and (iii) a functional, updated demonstration version of the Subscription Software Services (and for any Update made available via remote access, a testing environment), which will be sufficient to enable Allscripts to test the applicable Subscription Software Services and Allscripts products and services with respect to such Update. [***].

(b) The Company agrees to use its best efforts to resolve all support issues (pursuant to Exhibit D) relating to an Update that the Parties classify as “Critical” or “High” (as on Exhibit D) before releasing such Update.

13.3 Compatibility . With respect to any upgrades, updates, or modifications [***].

13.4 Changes to Merchant Processing Services . The Company may make revisions to the Merchant Processing Services, [***].

14. Other Covenants .

14.1 Insurance .

(a) At the Company’s expense, the Company will maintain policies of insurance with insurance companies having a financial strength rating no lower than “A” and a size category not lower than “XII” as rated by the A.M. Best Company, and in amounts which are reasonable and prudent in light of the Company’s business, potential liabilities to Allscripts hereunder, and other relevant factors, including the following: (i) Commercial General Liability insurance [***] (ii) Errors and Omissions insurance [***] and (iii) Workers’ Compensation insurance with applicable statutory limits.

(b) Allscripts will be named as an additional insured under the foregoing policies, each of which will be primary and non-contributory. [***] The Company will give Allscripts [***] notice prior to any alteration, cancellation, or non-renewal of the policies required pursuant to this Agreement; provided , however , that the Company will not be obligated to provide such notice if, concurrently with such alternation, cancellation, or non-renewal, the Company obtains similar or better coverage from the same or another qualified insurer, without a lapse in coverage.

14.2 No Subcontractors . Except for the performance of the Merchant Processing Services, the Company will not subcontract any of its obligations under this Agreement to a third party, including the provision of any Services, without Allscripts’ prior written consent. Allscripts hereby consents to the use by the Company of offshore developers with respect to the development of the Installed Software and the Subscription Software Services. The Company will remain responsible to Allscripts for any performance of its obligations hereunder notwithstanding the permitted engagement of any such third party. Allscripts acknowledges that the provision of the Merchant Processing Services is dependent on the services of the Member Banks. Company shall use good faith efforts to maintain its ability to provide Merchant Processing Services, including by adhering to the rules and regulations promulgated by Visa, Master Card and the Member Bank and using good faith efforts to maintain a current contract with the Member Bank or a reasonably comparable substitute to enable it to fulfill its obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary [***].

 

17


14.3 Further Assurances . Each Party will, upon the reasonable request of the other Party and at the requesting Party’s sole cost and expense, promptly execute such documents and perform such acts as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this Agreement.

14.4 Non-Solicitation . During the term of this Agreement and for a period of [***] thereafter, neither Party nor its controlled Affiliates will, without the prior written consent of the other Party, directly or indirectly solicit for employment any then-current employee of the other Party or its controlled Affiliates; [***].

14.5 Compliance with Laws . Each Party will comply with all applicable Laws and the Operating Regulations, governmental requirements, and industry standards, including those with respect to privacy, data protection, portability, or accountability, applicable to such Party or its personnel with respect to the Software, the Services, and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement; provided that Allscripts will have no obligation to comply with any Operating Regulations unless such Operating Regulations are disclosed to it. Neither Party will, nor permit any third parties to, export, re-export, or release, directly or indirectly, any Controlled Technology to any country or jurisdiction to which the export, re-export, or release of any Controlled Technology (a) is prohibited by applicable Law or (b) without first completing all required undertakings (including obtaining any necessary export license or other governmental approval).

14.6 [***].

15. Force Majeure .

15.1 Force Majeure . Neither Party will be liable or responsible to the other Party, nor be deemed to have defaulted under or breached this Agreement, for any failure or delay in fulfilling or performing any term of this Agreement, when and to the extent such failure or delay is caused by (a) acts of God; (b) flood, fire, or explosion; (c) war, terrorism, invasion, riot, or other civil unrest; (d) embargoes or blockades in effect on or after the Effective Date or (e) any other cause or event beyond its reasonable control (each of the foregoing, a “Force Majeure Event”). The Disaster Recovery Plan, attached hereto as Exhibit L, sets forth Phreesia’s obligations for disaster recovery preparedness and response, including among other things, preparing for and responding to Force Majeure Events.

15.2 [***].

16. Regulatory Matters .

16.1 Privacy and Security Matters . Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Parties are executing a HIPAA Business Associate Agreement (the “BAA”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E.

16.2 Technical Standards . The Company will provide Allscripts with Updates so that the Subscription Software Services can be implemented and configured to comply in all material respects with applicable privacy and security standards (e.g., HITECH, HIPAA, and Omnibus rule) within a reasonably practicable timeframe (based on the scope of required enhancements and other factors) after their final, formal adoption and publication by the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.

16.3 Data . The Company will ensure that all protected health information (PHI), personally identifiable information (PII) or payment card information (PCI) is (1) encrypted at rest and (2) encrypted while moving in or out of the Company’s data center.

 

18


16.4 Interfaces . In connection with the Subscription Software Services, PIMS and the Services, the Company will use and support Unity API interfaces that are generally available to Allscripts, and make appropriate adjustments to the Subscription Software Services to support Allscripts’ standard implementation of such interfaces. Upon the Parties’ mutual agreement, and without additional licensing fees, the Company may also use Allscripts API services ( e.g. , Unity), and Allscripts may use the Company’s APIs (as applicable).

16.5 Required Updates . The Company will provide Allscripts with Updates, if and when required, so that the Subscription Software Services include such functionalities as are necessary to allow Allscripts and Sublicensed Customers to comply with those legal and regulatory requirements that are binding upon Allscripts or Sublicensed Customers in their respective use of the Installed Software and Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services and that are binding standards or other requirements regarding the processing of electronic transactions that the Installed Software and Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services are designed to process, including any and all binding modifications or replacements to such regulations. [***].

16.6 Regulatory Approvals . The Company will be solely responsible for obtaining and maintaining all licenses, permits, and approvals required by any governmental authority with respect to the Software or the marketing, use, or distribution thereof. The Company will use reasonable diligence in connection with the design and development of the Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services to identify any such licenses, permits, and approvals and any applicable Laws to which the Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services or its use is subject. [***].

16.7 [Intentionally Omitted .]

16.8 Protected Health Information . Except as otherwise expressly provided hereunder, in connection with any transfer of protected health information (“PHI”) between the Parties pursuant to this Agreement:

(a) each Party will transfer PHI between the Parties only through use of a dedicated connection to which the Parties are the only authorized parties or such other method of communication, such as encrypted communication, between them;

(b) each Party will not permit any third party to use any such connection to the extent that such use is in its control, unless such third party is providing services to such Party as permitted under this Agreement;

(c) each Party will take reasonable steps to ensure that the output display of that connection at each facility it has is limited to authorized personnel or independent contractors of the Party; and

(d) the Company’s use of Sublicensed Customer de-identified and aggregated PHI will be limited to the rights set forth in a Business Associate Agreement, if any, executed between the Company and the respective Sublicensed Customer. The Company has no rights to de-identify any Sublicensed Customer PHI under this Agreement.

17. Invoicing, Reporting and Payment Terms .

17.1 Reports and Invoicing .

(a) Invoicing from Company to Allscripts .

 

19


(i) Invoicing for Eligibility and Benefits (E&B) Services . The Company will provide Allscripts with (1) an invoice for the fees set forth on Exhibit F for all E&B Transactions [***] and (2) a report with reasonably detailed supporting data for all such E&B Transactions by each Sublicensed Customer, excluding Legacy Customers, [***].

(ii) Invoicing for POS Dashboard . Allscripts shall deliver a report with reasonably detailed supporting data to Company no later than [***] for current Sublicensed Customers of the POS Dashboard. Company shall deliver an invoice to Allscripts for POS Dashboard fees in accordance with Exhibit F no later than [***].

(iii) Invoicing for Professional Services and Travel and Expense (T&E) Reimbursement . If services are performed by Company pursuant to a request by Allscripts for implementation, set up, training or support beyond those services that Company is required to perform under this Agreement, including, without limitation, as set forth in Sections 10 and 11 , Company will deliver an invoice for such fees at the hourly rate described in Exhibit C and any related reimbursable expenses that Allscripts has pre-approved no later than [***] together with reasonable supporting detail.

(iv) Allscripts Internal Use . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Allscripts will not be required to make any payments to the Company in respect of its internal use of the Installed Software or Subscription Software Services, including with respect to its use in connection with its performing of support obligations hereunder.

(b) Invoicing from Allscripts to Company .

(i) Invoicing for Revenue Share on Merchant Processing Services . Company shall deliver a report with reasonably detailed merchant-level payment transaction data, [***] to Allscripts [***] for Merchant Processing Services provided to Allscripts Customers, excluding Legacy Customers. Allscripts will provide the Company with an invoice for merchant processing revenue share in accordance with Exhibit F [***].

(ii) Invoicing for Patient Intake Management Offering . Company shall deliver a report with reasonably detailed data, [***] to Allscripts [***] for its Patient Intake Management Offering provided to Allscripts Customers, excluding Legacy Customers. Allscripts will provide the Company with an invoice for merchant Patient Intake Management revenue share in accordance with Exhibit F , [***].

(iii) Legacy Customer’s Fee . Allscripts shall invoice the Company for Legacy Customers (as defined on Exhibit H ) quarterly fees in accordance with Exhibit F [***].

17.2 Reporting for the Purpose of Invoicing Sublicensed Customers . [***].

17.3 Payment Terms .

(a) Each party will submit each invoice in electronic format, via such delivery means and to such address as are specified by Allscripts and the Company in writing from time to time.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 17.3 , each party will pay all properly invoiced fees within [***] after its receipt of a proper invoice therefor. All payments hereunder will be invoiced in U.S. Dollars. All payments hereunder will be made by wire transfer to the account specified by each Party; provided that a Party shall provide at least [***] advance notice of any changes to its account. [***].

 

20


(c) Subject to Section 17.3(d) , Company will not withhold the Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services or any Services or fail to perform any obligation hereunder by reason of a good faith withholding of any payment or amount in accordance with this Section 17.3 (c) or any dispute arising therefrom. [***].

(d) [***].

17.4 Audit Rights .

(a) During the term of this Agreement, for the longer of [***], each Party will maintain complete and accurate (in all material respects) books and records, in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices, regarding its sales and services activities with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

(b) During the term of this Agreement, [***], each Party will have the right to engage, at its own expense, an independent auditor reasonably acceptable to the other Party to review the other Party’s books and records solely for the purpose of confirming the other Party’s compliance with its pricing and payment obligations hereunder. Prior to performing any audit, the independent auditor must sign a confidentiality agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the audited Party. Any such audit will be limited in scope to the [***] period immediately preceding the commencement date of such audit. The auditing Party will furnish the audited Party with written notice at least [***] prior to the date that it desires to commence such audit. The Parties will mutually agree, reasonably and in good faith, on the timeframe for such audit to be conducted. Any such audit will be conducted during the audited Party’s regular business hours and in a manner that minimizes interference with the audited Party’s normal business activities. All information that is disclosed in connection with such audit will be deemed to be the Confidential Information of the audited Party, and subject to this Agreement. Any audit will be conducted in a manner that does not breach or violate any applicable Laws regarding patient confidentiality. The rights set forth in this Section 17.4(b) may not be exercised by an auditing Party more frequently than one (1) time in any twelve (12)-month period.

(c) If any audit reveals an underpayment or over-charge by a Party, then such Party will promptly remit the full amount of such underpayment or over-charge to the other Party.

(d) Each Party will bear all costs and expenses it incurs in connection with preparing for, conducting, or complying with any such audit including, in the case of the auditing Party, the costs and expenses of conducting the audit.

(e) Additionally, Allscripts shall have the right to examine the development and any work-in-progress at any time upon reasonable notice to the Company. Furthermore, [***], the Company shall provide sufficient access to its books and records as requested by Allscripts for the purpose of verifying the Company’s compliance with its obligations relating to matters other than payment and pricing. In addition, [***], Allscripts shall provide sufficient access to its books and records as requested by the Company for the purpose of verifying Allscripts compliance with its fee reporting and payment obligations hereunder.

(f) Annually, the Company shall have performed, [***], a PCI assessment and a third party privacy and security assessment covering [***] Company will make available to Allscripts via WebEx or similar web-conferencing technology a copy of the reports from the PCI assessment and the privacy and security assessment for Allscripts review [***] of [***]. Additionally [***], upon Allscripts’ reasonable

 

21


request, Company shall cause the firms performing the Security Assessments to make available the personnel responsible for such audits to discuss any adverse findings with Allscripts. Company shall perform third party external vulnerability scans [***]. All Critical or High vulnerabilities identified during the scans shall be remediated and validated as closed by the third party scanning vendor. Company shall also perform third party penetration tests following a major security architectural change. Company shall provide to Allscripts an executive summary of each vulnerability scan and penetration test [***] of completion of each such scan or test. Vulnerability scans and penetration testing requirements shall commence [***]. The PCI audit, third party Privacy and Security assessment, vulnerability scan, and penetration test shall collectively be referred to as the “Security Assessments.”

(g) Annually, Allscripts shall have performed, at its costs and expense, a third party privacy and security assessment [***]. Upon request, Allscripts will coordinate with Company to make available to Company via WebEx or similar web-conferencing technology a copy of the report from the privacy and security assessment for Company review, provided that such web-conference will not be earlier than [***].

Failure to comply with this Section shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement.

18. Expenses; Taxes .

18.1 Expenses . Unless otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, each Party will bear all of its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement or its performance hereunder, including any development costs, sales and marketing costs, and support costs.

18.2 Taxes . All fees set forth herein are inclusive of any taxes, tariffs, duties, assessments, or governmental charges. Each Party will be responsible for any sales tax, use tax, excise tax, import duty, export duty, or other tax, tariff, duty, assessment, or charges of any kind imposed by any governmental entity on it as a result of any transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

19. Confidentiality.

19.1 Obligations . From time to time in connection with this Agreement, either Party (as the “Disclosing Party”) may disclose or make available to the other Party (as the “Receiving Party”) Confidential Information. [***].

19.2 Exceptions . Confidential Information shall not include [***].

19.3 Legally Required Disclosure . Notwithstanding anything in this Section 19 to the contrary, if a Receiving Party or any of its Representatives is required or receives a request, pursuant to applicable Law or the rules or regulations of a stock exchange or similar self-regulatory authority, to disclose any of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, then the Receiving Party agrees, to the extent legally permissible and as soon as reasonably practicable, to provide the Disclosing Party with written notice of the event so that the Disclosing Party may, at the Disclosing Party’s expense, seek a protective order or other remedy. The Receiving Party or its Representative (as applicable) will use its commercially reasonable efforts to consult and cooperate with the Disclosing Party with respect to any effort by the Disclosing Party to resist or narrow the scope of such requirement or request, or to seek such protective order or other remedy. If such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, then the Receiving Party or its Representative (as applicable): (a) may, without liability, disclose that portion of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information that it is required or requested to disclose; and (b) will use its commercially reasonable efforts to have confidential treatment accorded to the Confidential Information so disclosed. Furthermore, Section 19 will not apply to the disclosure of Confidential Information if such disclosure is necessary to establish rights or enforce obligations under this Agreement, but only to the extent that any such disclosure is necessary. Any information disclosed pursuant to this Section 19.3 will retain its confidential status for all other purposes.

 

22


19.4 Effect of Expiration or Termination . Subject to Section 25.7, upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, at the Disclosing Party’s request, the Receiving Party will, and will cause its Representatives (and, if applicable, its Affiliates, Allscripts Resellers, and Partnering Organizations) to, promptly return or destroy all Confidential Information received from the Disclosing Party in tangible form, together with all copies thereof, in such Person’s possession; provided, however, that the Receiving Party may keep one (1) copy of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information (a) to the extent necessary to exercise its surviving rights and perform its surviving obligations hereunder and (b) in accordance with its corporate security and/or disaster recovery procedures, to the extent such Confidential Information is in electronic form. The Receiving Party will, upon request, promptly certify in writing that it has complied with the obligations of this Section 19.4.

19.5 Protected Health Information . For the avoidance of doubt, the protection of PHI or other personally identifiable information received by a Party or its Representatives hereunder will be governed by the BAA, and will not be deemed to be Confidential Information for purposes of this Agreement.

19.6 No Additional Requirements . Each Party acknowledges that the other Party or its Representatives may, currently or in the future, be developing internally, or receiving information from other Persons, that is similar to the Confidential Information of the other Party disclosed to it or its Representatives under this Agreement. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 5, nothing in this Agreement will prohibit any Party or its Representatives from developing, manufacturing, marketing, selling, servicing, or supporting, or having developed, manufactured, marketed, sold, serviced, or supported for it, products, concepts, systems, or techniques that are similar to or compete with the products, concepts, systems, or techniques contemplated by or embodied in the other Party’s Confidential Information; provided, that neither Party nor its Representatives may use the other Party’s Confidential Information in connection with such activities. Furthermore, neither Party nor its Representatives will have any obligation to limit or restrict the assignment of its respective employees or consultants as a result of their having had access to the other Party’s Confidential Information.

20. Public Announcements .

20.1 Publicity . Except as may be required by applicable Law or listing standard, neither Party will issue or release any public announcement, statement, press release, or other publicity relating to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party.

20.2 Use of Marks . Unless expressly permitted by this Agreement, neither Party will use the other Party’s trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos, domain names, or other indicia of source, origin, association, or sponsorship, without the prior written consent of the other Party.

21. Representations and Warranties .

21.1 Mutual Representations and Warranties . Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that:

(a) it is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing as a corporation or other entity as represented herein under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, organization, or charter;

 

23


(b) it has, and throughout the term of this Agreement and any Customer Agreement will retain, the full right, power, and authority to enter into this Agreement, to grant the rights and licenses it grants hereunder, and to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(c) its execution of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or organizational action of such Party;

(d) when executed and delivered by it, this Agreement will constitute its legal, valid, and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

(e) there is no outstanding claim, litigation, proceeding, arbitration, or investigation to which it is a party that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its ability to enter into this Agreement or to perform its obligations hereunder; and

(f) its execution, delivery, and performance of its obligations under this Agreement does not and will not violate any judgment, order, decree, or applicable Law, nor does it or will it violate any agreement to which it is a party.

21.2 Company Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Allscripts that:

(a) Company or its licensors, or their permitted successors or assigns are, and throughout the term of this Agreement and any Customer Agreement will remain, the legal and beneficial owners of the entire right, title, and interest in and to the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services, the Documentation, and the Company Marketing Materials, including all Intellectual Property relating thereto (or, with respect to any third party software used to provide the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services it has, and will continue to have throughout the term of this Agreement, sufficient and valid license rights to grant the licenses and perform its obligations hereunder), including the unconditional and irrevocable right, power, and authority to grant the licenses and perform its obligations hereunder;

(b) as provided by the Company, no Installed Software or Subscription Software Services (including any Updates) does or will, at any time during the term of this Agreement or any Customer Agreement, contain any Harmful Code and no Installed Software will contain any Open Source Software;

(c) when used by Allscripts or any Sublicensed Customer, no Installed Software, Subscription Software Services, Documentation or Company Marketing Materials does or will: (i) infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property or other proprietary right of any third party (provided that Company’s sole obligation and Allscripts sole remedy for any breach of the foregoing shall be for Company to indemnify Allscripts pursuant to Section 22 ), or (ii) fail to comply with any applicable Law;

(d) there is no settled, pending, or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened litigation, claim, or proceeding (including in the form of any offer to provide a license): (i) alleging that any use of the Installed Software, Subscription Software Service, Documentation or Company Marketing Materials does or would infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate any copyright, patent, trade secret, or other Intellectual Property of any third party; (ii) challenging the Company’s ownership of, or right to use or license, any Installed Software, Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services, Documentation or Company Marketing Materials, or alleging any adverse right, title, or interest with respect thereto; or (iii) alleging the invalidity, misuse, unregistrability, unenforceability, or non-infringement of any copyrights, trade secret rights, or patent rights in the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services, Documentation, or Company Marketing Materials;

 

24


(e) all Documentation is and will be complete and accurate in all material respects when provided to Allscripts, such that at no time during the term of this Agreement or any Customer Agreement will the Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services have any material undocumented feature; and

(f) all Services provided hereunder are and will be in compliance with all applicable Laws.

21.3 Performance Warranty . The Company represents, warrants, and covenants to Allscripts that, during the term of this Agreement and any Customer Agreement:

(a) when used in accordance with the Documentation, all Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services and the Installed Software as provided by the Company will meet, in all material respects, all applicable specifications set forth in this Agreement and the Documentation, and function in all material respects, in conformity with this Agreement and the Documentation;

(b) any media on which the Installed Software or Documentation is delivered will be free of any damage or defect in design, material or workmanship; and

(c) no Update will have a material adverse effect on the material functionality or operability of the Installed Software or Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services, as the case may be.

21.4 Breach of Performance Warranty . If the Company breaches any of the warranties set forth in Section 21.3, then the Company will, upon notice from Allscripts and at the Company’s sole cost and expense, remedy such breach on a timely basis and in accordance with Section 12. [***].

21.5 Disclaimer . EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

22. Indemnification .

22.1 Indemnification by the Company . Subject to the provisions of this Section 22, the Company agrees to defend Allscripts and its Representatives, and all of such Persons’ successors and assigns (collectively, the “Allscripts Indemnified Persons”), from and against any and all third party Claims, and indemnify and hold the Allscripts Indemnified Persons harmless from and against any and all Losses incurred or sustained by the Allscripts Indemnified Persons, or any of them, directly or indirectly, in connection with or to the extent such third party Claim and related Loss is a result of any of the following:

(a) the Company’s breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or obligation of the Company under this Agreement or the Restated Developer Agreement;

(b) any violation of applicable Law by the Company;

(c) any gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with its performance of any covenant or agreement applicable to the Company contained in this Agreement (including the performance of the Services), including any personal injury, death, or damage to tangible personal or real property;

 

25


(d) taxes assessed or claimed against any of the Allscripts Indemnified Persons that are obligations of the Company in connection with this Agreement or which result from the breach of this Agreement by the Company;

(e) any damage caused to any third party’s IT environment by Company or any Developer App (as defined in the Restated Development Agreement) or

(f) any Claims that any Developer App, the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services, Documentation, Marketing Materials, the Company Marks, or Services, or any use, promotion, marketing, distribution, sale, service, or delivery thereof, infringe, misappropriate, or violate any Intellectual Property or other rights of a third party, including any damages suffered by Sublicensed Customers as a result thereof for which Allscripts is liable, including any refunds of fees paid by Sublicensed Customers for use of such infringing materials.

22.2 Infringement Remedy .

(a) In the event of a Claim that the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services, Documentation, Company Marketing Materials, or Services, or any use, promotion, marketing, distribution, sale, service, or delivery thereof, infringe, misappropriate, or violate any Intellectual Property of a third party, or if any use of any of the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services, the Documentation, Company Marketing Materials, or the Services (or any respective component thereof) is enjoined, threatened to be enjoined, or is otherwise the subject of such a Claim, [***].

(b) [***].

(c) [***].

22.3 Indemnification by Allscripts . Subject to the provisions of this Section 22, Allscripts agrees to defend the Company and its Representatives, and all of such Persons’ successors and assigns (collectively, the “Company Indemnified Persons”), from and against any and all third party Claims, and indemnify and hold the Company Indemnified Persons harmless from and against any and all Losses incurred or sustained by the Company Indemnified Persons, or any of them, directly or indirectly, in connection with or to the extent such Claim and related Loss is a result of any of the following:

(a) Allscripts’ breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or obligation of Allscripts under this Agreement or the Restated Developer Agreement;

(b) any violation of applicable Law by Allscripts, or by Allscripts’ Affiliates, Allscripts Resellers, and Partnering Organizations solely in connection with this Agreement;

(c) any gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with its performance of any covenant or agreement applicable to Allscripts or to Allscripts’ Affiliates, Allscripts Resellers, and Partnering Organizations contained in this Agreement, including any personal injury, death, or damage to tangible personal or real property; or

(d) any claim that the SDK (as defined in the Restated Developer Agreement), the Associated Allscripts Software (as defined in the Restated Developer Agreement) Allscripts Marks or any Allscripts products or services infringe, misappropriate, or violate any Intellectual Property of a third party; or

 

26


(e) taxes assessed or claimed against any of the Company Indemnified Persons that are obligations of Allscripts, Allscripts’ Affiliates, Allscripts Resellers, or Partnering Organizations in connection with this Agreement, or which result from the breach of this Agreement by Allscripts, Allscripts’ Affiliates, Allscripts Resellers, or Partnering Organizations.

22.4 Indemnification Procedure .

(a) A Person seeking defense and indemnification under this Section 22.4 (the “ Indemnified Person ”) will promptly notify the Party from whom defense and indemnification is being sought (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing, describing the circumstances, in reasonable detail, for which it seek defense and indemnification.

(b) Upon notice of a Claim, the Indemnifying Party will [***] assume the investigation and defense of such Claim, and, in connection therewith, will employ counsel of national reputation of its own choosing [***]. At the Indemnifying Party’s request and expense, the Indemnified Person will provide reasonable cooperation in connection with the investigation and defense of such Claim; [***]. The Indemnified Person may also participate in and observe (but not control) the investigation and defense of such Claim, [***] and with counsel of its choosing.

(c) If the Indemnifying Party fails to defend a Claim hereunder within a reasonable amount of time after receiving notice thereof, the Indemnified Person will have the right, but not the obligation, and without waiving and of its other rights hereunder, to undertake the defense of and to compromise or settle such Claim, on behalf of [***] of the Indemnifying Party.

(d) [***].

(e) An Indemnified Person’s failure to perform any obligations under this Section 22.4 will not diminish an Indemnifying Party’s obligations hereunder, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party can demonstrate that it has been materially prejudiced as a result of such failure.

(f) [***].

[***].

22.5 Limitations . The Company’s obligations to provide defense and indemnity pursuant to this Section 22 will be reduced to the extent that the Claim or Loss was caused by (a) the Indemnified Person’s creation of modifications to the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services, Developer App, Merchant Processing Services, Documentation, Company Marketing Materials, or Services, unless such modifications (i) were authorized in writing by the Company or were otherwise directed in writing or caused by the Indemnifying Party or (ii) were contemplated and permitted as a feature of any of the Installed Software or Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services, and in each case solely to the extent such Claim would not have occurred but for such modifications; (b) the Indemnified Person’s failure to use updates or corrections made available by the Indemnifying Party, but solely to the extent such Claim would not have occurred if such updates or corrections had been used; or (c) the operation of Allscripts’ products or services or the combination or use of the Installed Software, Developer App, Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services or Services in conjunction with Allscripts’ products or services (unless directed in writing or caused by the Company), if such Claim would not have arisen but for such combination or use, and except to the extent arising from any combination performed by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the Services.

 

27


23. Limitation of Liability .

23.1 Limitation of Liability .

(a) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH IN SECTION 23.2 , IN NO EVENT WILL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, EXEMPLARY, SPECIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN NOTIFIED OF THE POTENTIAL FOR SUCH DAMAGES, OR WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES WERE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE, OR WHETHER ANY CLAIM FOR RECOVERY IS BASED ON THEORIES OF CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE. [***].

(b) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH IN SECTION 23.2 , THE TOTAL CUMULATIVE LIABILITY OF EITHER PARTY FOR ANY AND ALL CLAIMS AND DAMAGES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER ARISING BY STATUTE, CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, WILL NOT EXCEED THE FEES PAID BY ALLSCRIPTS TO COMPANY HEREUNDER DURING THE [***] PRECEDING THE EVENT GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT ALLOCATE RISKS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. THE PRICING SET FORTH HEREIN REFLECTS THIS ALLOCATION OF RISK AND THE LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SPECIFIED HEREIN.

23.2 Exceptions . The limitations in Section 23.1(a) will not apply to (a) losses arising out of or relating to a Party’s breach of its obligations in Section 8 (excluding Section 8.4(g)) or Sections 1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.6 or 6.1 of the Restated Developer Agreement, (b) losses arising out of a Party’s breach of Section 19 or the Business Associate Agreement (c) losses arising from a Party’s gross negligence or more culpable conduct, including any willful misconduct or intentionally wrongful acts; (d) losses for death, bodily injury, or damage to real or tangible personal property arising out of or relating to a Party’s negligent or more culpable acts or omissions or (e) a Party’s obligation to pay attorneys’ fees and other costs pursuant to Section 28.9(e). The limitations in Section 23.1(b) will not apply to (a) losses arising out of or relating to a Party’s breach of its obligations in Section 8 (excluding Section 8.4(g)) or Sections 1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.6 or 6.1 of the Restated Developer Agreement, (b) losses arising out of a Party’s breach of Section 19 or the Business Associate Agreement; (c) a Party’s indemnification obligations under Sections 22.1(b) through 22.1(e) or Sections 22.3(b) through 22.3(e); (d) losses arising from a Party’s gross negligence or more culpable conduct, including any willful misconduct or intentionally wrongful acts; (e) losses for death, bodily injury, or damage to real or tangible personal property arising out of or relating to a Party’s negligent or more culpable acts or omissions; or (f) a Party’s obligation to pay attorneys’ fees and other costs pursuant to Section 28.9(e). In addition, the limitations in Section 23.1(b) will not apply (1) to Company’s indemnification obligations under Section 22.1(a) or (2) Allscripts indemnification obligations under Section 22.3(a), unless the Company’s or Allscripts’ indemnification obligation under Section 22.1(a) or 22.3(a), as the case may be, relates to the losses and obligations described in subclauses (a) through (f) of the preceding sentence. [***].

23.3 Essential Basis . THE DISCLAIMERS, EXCLUSIONS, AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT FORM AN ESSENTIAL BASIS OF THE BARGAIN BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND, ABSENT ANY OF SUCH DISCLAIMERS, EXCLUSIONS, OR LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY, THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING THE ECONOMIC TERMS, WOULD BE SUBSTANTIALLY DIFFERENT. THE DISCLAIMERS, EXCLUSIONS, AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL APPLY TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.

 

28


24. Term .

24.1 Term . The initial term of this Agreement commences on the Effective Date and will continue in effect until five (5) year(s) from such date (the “Initial Term”) unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 25.

24.2 Renewal . Unless this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 25, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional successive [***] terms (each a “Renewal Term” and together with the Initial Term, the “Term”) unless and until either Party provides written notice of non-renewal to the other Party at least [***] prior to the end of the then-current Term.

 

25.

Termination .

25.1 Termination for Convenience . [***].

25.2 Termination for Cause . Either Party may terminate this Agreement, immediately upon written notice to the other Party, if the other Party materially breaches this Agreement and such breach (a) is incapable of cure or (b) being capable of cure, remains uncured [***] after the breaching Party receives written notice from the non-breaching Party thereof.

25.3 Termination for Insolvency . Either Party may terminate this Agreement, immediately upon written notice to the other Party, if the other Party (a) becomes insolvent or admits inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; (b) becomes subject, voluntarily or involuntarily, to any proceeding under any domestic or foreign bankruptcy or insolvency Law, which is not fully stayed within [***] or is not dismissed or vacated within [***] after filing; (c) is dissolved or liquidated or takes any action for such purpose; (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (e) has a receiver, trustee, custodian, or similar agent appointed by order of any court of competent jurisdiction to take charge of or sell any portion of its property or business (and such appointment is not discontinued within [***] thereafter).

25.4 Termination for Force Majeure . Subject to Section 15.2, either Party may terminate this Agreement, immediately upon written notice to the other Party, if a Force Majeure Event affecting the other Party’s performance of its obligations hereunder continues substantially uninterrupted for a period of [***] or more.

25.5 Termination for Exclusion/Termination of Merchant Processing Services . [***].

25.6 Termination for Change of Control . [***].

25.7 Effect of Expiration or Termination.

(a) The expiration or termination of this Agreement will not have the effect of terminating any Customer Agreement, Merchant Agreement (or the licenses to the Installed Software or Subscription Software Services distributed thereunder) or agreement directly between [***].

(b) Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, except in connection with the rights and obligations set forth in this Section 25.7 , Allscripts will immediately (i) cease all use of the Company Marks and all marketing and sales-related efforts with respect to the Installed Software, Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services and the Services; (ii) discontinue all representations or statements from which it might be inferred that any relationship exists between the Parties; (iii) cease to solicit or procure orders for the Subscription Software Services or Merchant Processing Services, Installed Software, Merchant Processing Services or the Services; and (iv) return all copies of the Documentation, and related materials and copies thereof, to the Company; provided , however , that Allscripts may retain a reasonable number of copies of the Documentation and related materials in order to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement and the Customer Agreements.

 

29


(c) Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, the Company will (i) provide reasonable cooperation and assistance to Allscripts, at Allscripts’ written request and to the extent necessary to fulfill any continuing obligations under this Agreement, in transitioning the terminated Support Services to an alternative service provider; and [***].

(d) Subject to the foregoing paragraphs of this Section 25.7 , upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, [***].

 

26.

Change of Control.

26.1 Competing Providers . This Section 26 will only apply in the event of a Change of Control to a Competing Provider or its Affiliate.

26.2 Removal of Data . [***].

26.3 De-identified Data . As of the consummation of a Competitive Change of Control, [***].

26.4 No Obligation . As of the consummation of a Competitive Change of Control, Allscripts will be under no obligation to provide the Company (or, for the avoidance of doubt, any Company Acquiror or Competing Provider) with any Data, except Data necessary for Company to fulfill its obligations under its Merchant Agreements with such customers and to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder for the duration of the applicable Customer Agreements.

26.5 Support . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, as of the consummation of a Competitive Change of Control, Allscripts will have the right, in its sole discretion, to assume the provision of Level 1 Support Services to Sublicensed Customers and to become the first direct point of contract for each Sublicensed Customer for support and maintenance matters hereunder. A Competitive Change of Control will not release the Company from any of its obligations under this Agreement, including its obligations to provide Support Services.

 

27.

Survival .

27.1 Survival . The provisions of Sections 1, 2.5-2.7, 8.4-8.6, 8.8, 16.8, 18-25, 27, and 28 and Exhibit E (Business Associate Agreement), Exhibit F (Buy Rates and Revenue Share) and Exhibit H (List of Legacy Customers) will survive and continue after the expiration or termination of this Agreement indefinitely. The provisions of the Restated Developer Agreement set forth in its “Survival” provision will survive the expiration or termination of the Restated Developer Agreement or this Agreement indefinitely. The provisions of Sections 2.1(c)-(d), 2.3, 4.2, 4.3, 8.1-8.3, 8.7, 10, 11.3, and 12-17 (excluding Sections 14.4 and 17.4, each of which will survive for the duration set forth therein; and Sections 14.6, 16.1 and 16.8), Exhibit C (Services) and Exhibit D (Service Level Agreement) will survive and continue after the expiration or termination of this Agreement for the full duration of any Customer Agreement. In addition, the rights and obligations of any Party which, by their nature, extend beyond the expiration or termination of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.

 

30


28.

Miscellaneous .

28.1 Relationship of the Parties . The relationship between the Parties is that of independent contractors. Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as creating any agency, partnership, joint venture, or other form of joint enterprise, employment, or fiduciary relationship between the Parties. Neither Party will have authority to contract for or bind the other Party in any manner whatsoever, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement.

28.2 Notices . All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers, and other communications hereunder will be in writing and addressed to a Party at the address set forth under such Party’s name on the signature page hereto (or as otherwise specified by a Party in a notice given in accordance with this Section 28.2). Notices sent in accordance with this Section 28.2 will be deemed effectively given: (a) when received, if delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); or (b) when received, if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (receipt requested).

28.3 Interpretation . For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the words “include,” “includes,” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (b) the word “or” is not exclusive; and (c) the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereto,” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole. Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein: (i) to Sections and Exhibits refer to the sections of, and exhibits attached to, this Agreement; (ii) to an agreement, instrument, or other document means such agreement, instrument, or other document as amended, supplemented, and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the provisions thereof; and (iii) to a statute means such statute as amended from time to time and includes any successor legislation thereto and any regulations promulgated thereunder. This Agreement will be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the Party drafting an instrument or causing an instrument to be drafted. The Exhibits referred to herein will be construed with, and as an integral part of, this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein. The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and will not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

28.4 Assignment . Neither Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights, or delegate or otherwise transfer any of its obligations or performance, under this Agreement, in each case whether voluntarily or involuntarily, without the other Party’s prior written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. Any assignment, delegation, or other transfer without such prior written consent will be null and void. Notwithstanding the foregoing (and subject to Section 25 and 26) either Party may assign this Agreement without the consent of the other Party as part of a corporate reorganization, consolidation, merger, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets or business to which this Agreement relates. This Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

28.5 No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties, their respective permitted successors and assigns, and the Persons indemnified in Section 22, and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or will confer on any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit, or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

28.6 Amendment and Modification ; Waiver. This Agreement may only be amended, modified, or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each Party. No waiver by any Party of any of the provisions hereof will be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the Party so waiving. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power, or privilege arising from this Agreement will operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power, or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power, or privilege.

 

31


28.7 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Party or circumstances is declared void, illegal, or unenforceable, then the remainder of this Agreement will be valid and enforceable to the extent permitted by applicable Law. In such event, the Parties will use their reasonable efforts to replace the invalid or unenforceable provision by a provision that, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, achieves the purposes intended under the invalid or unenforceable provision.

28.8 Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Illinois applicable to agreements made and to be performed wholly within that State without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.

28.9 Dispute Resolution .

(a) Except as expressly permitted in Section 28.9(f) , neither Party will initiate an arbitration of any dispute hereunder unless (i) such Party has provided the other Party with written notice of that dispute with reasonable specificity and attempted in good faith to resolve that dispute through negotiations; (ii) despite such efforts, the dispute remains unresolved [***] after receipt of that notice; and (iii) such initiation is in accordance with this Section 28.9 .

(b) Subject to the foregoing, any dispute arising out of, relating to, or in connection with this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably will be finally resolved by arbitration in accordance with the International Institute for Conflict Prevention and Resolution (CPR) Rules for Non-Administered Arbitration by a panel of three arbitrators, of which each Party will designate one arbitrator in accordance with the “screened” appointment procedure provided in Rule 5.4 thereof. The arbitration will be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. sec. 1 et seq. Arbitration awards will be final and binding upon the Parties, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of the arbitration will be Chicago, Illinois. All aspects of the arbitration and any award will be confidential (subject to the exceptions set forth in Section 19.3 ).

(c) The arbitrators will have the authority to grant any equitable and legal remedies that would be available in any judicial proceeding instituted to resolve a dispute; provided , however , that the arbitrators will have no power or authority to award damages that would be inconsistent with Section 23 of this Agreement.

(d) In any arbitration under this Section 28.9 , the arbitrators will set a limited time period and establish procedures designed to reduce the cost and time for discovery while allowing each Party to such dispute an opportunity, adequate in the sole judgment of the arbitrators, to discover relevant information from the other Party about the subject matter of the dispute. The arbitrators will rule upon motions to compel or limit discovery and will have the authority to impose sanctions for discovery abuses, including attorneys’ fees and costs, to the same extent as a competent court of law or equity, should the arbitrators determine that discovery was sought without substantial justification or that discovery was refused or objected to without substantial justification.

(e) Each Party will pay its own costs and expenses (including counsel fees) of any arbitration; provided , however , that the Parties will equally share the fees and expenses of the arbitrators; provided , further , that in the event any action, suit, arbitration, or other proceeding is instituted or commenced by either Party against the other Party arising hereunder, the prevailing Party will be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, and costs of arbitration from the non-prevailing Party (it being agreed that the arbitrators and/or judge may eliminate or reduce such recovery on the grounds that it is unreasonable or disproportionate to the harm suffered).

 

32


(f) Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 28.9 to the contrary, either Party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, or other interim or conservatory relief, as necessary. For such purpose, each Party irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any Federal court within Cook County, Illinois, and waives and covenants not to assert or plead any objection which it might otherwise have to such jurisdiction and venue.

28.10 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS.

28.11 Equitable Relief . Each Party acknowledges that a breach by a Party of this Agreement may cause the non-breaching Party immediate and irreparable harm, for which an award of damages may not be adequate compensation and agrees that notwithstanding Section 28.9(b), in the event of such breach or threatened breach, the non-breaching Party will be entitled to seek equitable relief, including in the form of orders for preliminary or permanent injunction, specific performance, and any other relief that may be available from any court of competent jurisdiction or the arbitration panel, provided that following the formation of the arbitration panel pursuant to Section 28.9(b), such relief will only be sought from the arbitration panel. The Parties hereby waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such relief. Such remedies will not be deemed to be exclusive but will be in addition to all other remedies available under this Agreement, at law or in equity, subject to any express exclusions or limitations in this Agreement to the contrary.

28.12 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered by facsimile, electronic mail (including .pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. Federal ESIGN Act of 2000) or other transmission method, and any counterpart so delivered will be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

28.13 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with all Exhibits, and the BAA, constitutes the sole and entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings and agreements, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter, including, without limitation, the Developer Agreement. [***].

[Signature Page Follows]

 

33


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

Allscripts Healthcare, LLC    Phreesia, lnc.
By: /s/ Richard Elmore                                                                         By: /s/ Thomas Altier                                                                 
Name: Richard Elmore    Name: Thomas Altier
Title: SVP    Title: CFO
Address for Notices:    Address for Notices:
[***]    [***]
Attention: SVP, Corporate Development and Strategy    Attn: Chief Executive Officer
With a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:    With a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:
[***]    [***]
Attention: General Counsel    Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page to Strategic Alliance Agreement


EXHIBIT A

Description of Eligibility Benefits Services, POS Dashboard, Phreesia Patient Intake Management

Offering and Merchant Processing Services

[***]


EXHIBIT B

Product Development Plan

[***]


EXHIBIT C

Services

[***]


EXHIBIT D

Service Level Agreement

[***]


EXHIBIT E

Form of HIPAA Business Associate Agreement

[***]


EXHIBIT F

Buy Rates and Revenue Share

[***]


EXHIBIT G

Amended and restated Allscripts Developer Program Agreement

[***]


EXHIBIT H

List of Legacy Customers

[***]


EXHIBIT I

Company’s Trademark Use Guidelines and Instructions

[***]


EXHIBIT J

Merchant Agreement

[***]


EXHIBIT K

Merchant Application

[***]


EXHIBIT L

Disaster Recovery Plan

[***]

Exhibit 10.19

PHREESIA, INC.

SENIOR EXECUTIVE CASH INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

 

1.

Purpose

This Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) is intended to provide an incentive for superior work and to motivate eligible executives of Phreesia, Inc. (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries toward even higher achievement and business results, to tie their goals and interests to those of the Company and its stockholders and to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified executives. The Incentive Plan is for the benefit of Covered Executives (as defined below).

 

2.

Covered Executives

From time to time, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Compensation Committee”) may select certain key executives (the “Covered Executives”) to be eligible to receive bonuses hereunder. Participation in this Plan does not change the “at will” nature of a Covered Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

3.

Administration

The Compensation Committee shall have the sole discretion and authority to administer and interpret the Incentive Plan.

 

4.

Bonus Determinations

(a) Corporate Performance Goals . A Covered Executive may receive a bonus payment under the Incentive Plan based upon the attainment of one or more performance objectives that are established by the Compensation Committee and relate to financial and operational metrics with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (the “Corporate Performance Goals”), including the following: developmental, publication, clinical or regulatory milestones; cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); revenue; corporate revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of the Company’s common stock; economic value-added; acquisitions, licenses or strategic transactions; financing or other capital raising transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; stockholder returns; return on sales; total shareholder return; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of the Company’s common stock; bookings, new bookings or renewals; sales or market shares; number of prescriptions or prescribing physicians; coverage decisions; leadership development, employee retention, and recruiting and other human resources matters; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue, any of which may be (A) measured in absolute terms or compared to any incremental increase, (B) measured in terms of growth, (C) compared to another company or companies or to results of a peer group, (D) measured against the market as a whole and/or as compared to applicable market indices and/or (E) measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis (if


applicable). Further, any Corporate Performance Goals may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or a business unit or other segment of the Company, or one or more product lines or specific markets. The Corporate Performance Goals may differ from Covered Executive to Covered Executive.

(b) Calculation of Corporate Performance Goals . At the beginning of each applicable performance period, the Compensation Committee will determine whether any significant element(s) will be included in or excluded from the calculation of any Corporate Performance Goal with respect to any Covered Executive. In all other respects, Corporate Performance Goals will be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, generally accepted accounting principles, or under a methodology established by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of the performance period and which is consistently applied with respect to a Corporate Performance Goal in the relevant performance period.

(c) Target; Minimum; Maximum . Each Corporate Performance Goal shall have a “target” (100 percent attainment of the Corporate Performance Goal) and may also have a “minimum” hurdle and/or a “maximum” amount.

(d) Bonus Requirements; Individual Goals . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 4(d): (i) any bonuses paid to Covered Executives under the Incentive Plan shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas that tie such bonuses to one or more performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals, (ii) bonus formulas for Covered Executives shall be adopted in each performance period by the Compensation Committee and communicated to each Covered Executive at the beginning of each performance period and (iii) no bonuses shall be paid to Covered Executives unless and until the Compensation Committee makes a determination with respect to the attainment of the performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee may adjust bonuses payable under the Incentive Plan based on achievement of one or more individual performance objectives or pay bonuses (including, without limitation, discretionary bonuses) to Covered Executives under the Incentive Plan based on individual performance goals and/or upon such other terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may in its discretion determine.

(e) Individual Target Bonuses . The Compensation Committee shall establish a target bonus opportunity for each Covered Executive for each performance period. For each Covered Executive, the Compensation Committee shall have the authority to apportion the target award so that a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of Corporate Performance Goals and a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of individual performance objectives.

(f) Employment Requirement . Subject to any additional terms contained in a written agreement between the Covered Executive and the Company, the payment of a bonus to a Covered Executive with respect to a performance period shall be conditioned upon the Covered Executive’s employment by the Company on the bonus payment date. If a Covered Executive was not employed for an entire performance period, the Compensation Committee may pro rate the bonus based on the number of days employed during such period.

 

2


5.

Timing of Payment

(a) With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on a basis more frequently than annually (e.g., quarterly or semi-annually), the Corporate Performance Goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after the Company’s financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published. If the Corporate Performance Goals and/or individual goals for such period are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of such period, but not later than two and one-half months after the end of the fiscal year in which such performance period ends.

(b) With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on an annual or multi-year basis, Corporate Performance Goals will be measured as of the end of each such performance period (e.g., the end of each fiscal year) after the Company’s financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published. If the Corporate Performance Goals and/or individual goals for any such period are met, bonus payments will be made as soon as practicable, but not later than two and one-half months after the end of the relevant fiscal year.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, bonuses earned at any time in a fiscal year must be paid no later than two and one-half months after the last day of such fiscal year.

 

6.

Amendment and Termination

The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Incentive Plan at any time in its sole discretion.

 

3

Exhibit 10.20

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is made between Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Daniel Nathan (the “Executive”) and is effective immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Effective Date”). Except with respect to the Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement and the Equity Documents (defined below), this Agreement supersedes in all respects all prior agreements between the Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter herein, including without limitation (i) the offer letter between the Executive and the Company dated March 5, 2007 (the “Prior Agreement”), and (ii) any other offer letter, employment agreement or severance agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to continue to be employed by the Company on the new terms and conditions contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment .

(a) Term . The Company shall continue to employ the Executive and the Executive shall be employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement commencing as of the Effective Date and continuing until such employment is terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof (the “Term”). For the purposes of this Agreement, the Company recognizes the Executive’s employment from April 4, 2007.

(b) Position and Duties . During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the Chief Technology Officer of the Company and shall have such powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”). The Executive shall devote the Executive’s full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may serve on other boards of directors, with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), or engage in religious, charitable or other community activities as long as such services and activities are disclosed to the Board and do not interfere with the Executive’s performance of the Executive’s duties to the Company.

2. Compensation and Related Matters .

(a) Base Salary . The Executive’s base salary shall be paid at the rate of CAN $362,005.00 per year (full compensation for all hours worked), less statutory and other authorized deductions, withholdings and remittances. The Executive’s base salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”). The base salary in effect at any given time is referred to herein as “Base Salary.” The Base Salary shall be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for executive officers.


(b) Incentive Compensation . During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to receive incentive compensation, less statutory and other authorized deductions, withholdings and remittances, in an amount and on such terms as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee from time to time. The Executive’s initial target annual incentive compensation shall be CAN $110,000.00 (the “Target Bonus”). The actual amount of the Executive’s annual incentive compensation, if any, shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee, subject to the terms of any applicable incentive compensation plan that may be in effect from time to time. Except as otherwise provided herein, to earn incentive compensation, the Executive must be actively employed by the Company on the day such incentive compensation is paid. For greater certainty, in determining whether the Executive is actively employed at the time of the incentive compensation payout, no compensatory payments or salary in lieu of notice which the Executive may receive as a result of his employment termination shall be utilized, except as may be required by the Ontario Employment Standards Act, 2000, as amended from time to time or any applicable successor legislation (the “ESA”).

(c) Expenses . The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive during the Term in performing services hereunder, in accordance with the policies and procedures then in effect and established by the Company for its executive officers.

(d) Other Benefits . During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s Canadian employee benefit plan(s) applicable to executives, subject to the terms and conditions of the insurer’s plan(s) and the Company’s plan(s), in effect and as amended from time to time. All benefits will be provided in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable plan(s) in effect from time to time. All decisions with respect to eligibility and entitlement to insured benefits shall be solely determined by the insurance carrier. The Company has no liability for the failure or refusal of the insurance carrier to honour the Executive’s claim or to pay benefits. The Company’s sole responsibility will be to deduct and remit the applicable premiums. The Executive’s portion of premium contributions for such benefits, if any, shall be deducted from the Executive’s pay and this shall be the Company’s good and sufficient authority for so doing. The terms, premium share, insurance carrier and existence of the benefit plan(s) are subject to change from time to time, at the Company’s discretion. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any such change will not constitute a fundamental change to the employment relationship or a constructive dismissal.

(e) Vacation, Leaves and Public Holidays . All of the Executive’s entitlements and obligations regarding vacation, sick leave, public holidays and other paid or unpaid leaves shall be determined in accordance with the ESA or the Company’s policies for executives, which may be amended from time to time at its sole discretion, whichever provides for the greater benefit.

 

2


(f) Equity . The equity awards held by the Executive shall continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s applicable equity incentive plan(s) and the applicable award agreement(s) governing the terms of such equity awards held by the Executive (collectively, the “Equity Documents”); provided, however, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Documents, Section 4(c)(iii) of this Agreement shall apply in the event of a termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason in either event within the Change in Control Period (as such terms are defined below). In the event of any conflict between the Equity Documents and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

3. Termination . During the Term, the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a) Termination by Company for Cause . Subject to compliance with the provisions of the ESA, the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause without notice, pay in lieu of notice, termination pay or any similar form of compensation. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following:

(i) conduct by the Executive constituting a material act of misconduct in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties, including, without limitation, (A) willful failure or refusal to perform material responsibilities that have been requested by the CEO; (B) dishonesty to the CEO with respect to any material matter; or (C) misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates other than the occasional, customary and de minimis use of Company property for personal purposes;

(ii) the commission by the Executive of acts involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud;

(iii) any misconduct by the Executive, regardless of whether or not in the course of the Executive’s employment, that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury or reputational harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates if the Executive were to continue to be employed in the same position;

(iv) continued unsatisfactory performance or non-performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder (other than by reason of the Executive’s physical or mental illness, incapacity or disability) which has continued for more than 30 days following written notice of such unsatisfactory performance or non-performance from the CEO;

(v) a breach by the Executive of any of the provisions contained in Section 5 of this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants Agreement (as defined below);

(vi) a material violation by the Executive of any of the Company’s written employment policies; or

(vii) the Executive’s failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Company to cooperate, or the willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation;

(viii) Any other conduct by the Executive which constitutes cause at law.

 

3


(b) Termination without Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time and for any reason, on a “without Cause” basis, upon the provision of written notice of termination or pay in lieu of notice (or any combination thereof), severance pay (if applicable), and all other entitlements in accordance with and limited to the minimum requirements of the ESA. For clarity, the Executive will continue to receive all benefits to which the Executive is ordinarily entitled for the minimum period required by the ESA, and only for such period. The written notice or pay in lieu thereof and severance pay (if applicable) referenced in this Article is in full and final satisfaction of all notice and severance pay obligations.

(c) Termination by the Executive . The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder by providing thirty (30) days’ written notice of his intention to terminate his employment. The Company, in its absolute discretion, may elect to waive such notice, in whole or in part, and provide the Executive with pay in lieu of the balance of the Executive’s written notice, including any additional minimum employment benefits and severance pay, if applicable, as prescribed by the ESA.

4. Additional Termination Packages.

(a) Definitions. For the purposes of this Section 4, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Date of Termination” shall mean: (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company under Section 3(b), the date on which Notice of Termination is given or the date otherwise specified by the Company in the Notice of Termination; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive, the termination date specified in the Notice of Termination or such earlier date as may be unilaterally determined by the Company if the Company determines, in its discretion, to waive all or part of the period of notice provided by the Executive.

“Change in Control” shall mean any of the following:

(i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with all “affiliates” and “associates” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Board (“Voting Securities”) (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company); or

 

4


(ii) the date a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of the appointment or election; or

(iii) the consummation of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than 50 percent of the voting shares of the Company issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), or (B) any sale or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any person to 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any person referred to in this sentence shall thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities, then a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i).

“Good Reason” shall mean that the Executive has completed all steps of the Good Reason Process (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events without the Executive’s consent (each, a “Good Reason Condition”):

(iv) a material diminution in the Executive’s responsibilities, authority or duties;

(v) a material diminution in the Executive’s Base Salary except for across-the-board salary reductions based on the Company’s financial performance similarly affecting all or substantially all senior management employees of the Company;

(vi) a material change in the geographic location at which the Executive provides services to the Company, such that there is an increase of at least fifty (50) miles of driving distance to such location from the Executive’s principal residence as of such change; or

(vii) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company.

 

5


The “Good Reason Process” consists of the following steps:

(i) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason Condition has occurred;

(ii) the Executive notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason Condition within sixty (60) days of the first occurrence of such condition;

(iii) the Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period of not less than thirty (30) days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the Good Reason Condition;

(iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason Condition continues to exist; and the Executive terminates employment within sixty (60) days after the end of the Cure Period.

If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may elect to waive such notice, in whole or in part, and provide the Executive with pay in lieu of the balance of the Executive’s written notice, including any additional minimum employment benefits and severance pay, if applicable, as prescribed by the ESA.

(b) Additional Termination Package upon Termination by the Company without Cause outside the Change in Control Period. Notwithstanding Section 3(b) herein, in the event that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment on a “without Cause” basis outside the Change in Control Period, the Company will also provide the Executive with the following, less any amounts or entitlements provided to the Executive under Section 3(b):

(i) Continuation of the Executive’s base salary, less statutory and other authorized deductions, withholdings and remittances, for a period of six (6) months, commencing on the Date of Termination (the “Salary Continuation Period”); and

(ii) Benefits continuation for the Salary Continuation Period, to the extent permitted by and subject to the terms of the applicable benefits plan(s). Benefits continuation is further subject to the Executive’s ongoing eligibility for benefits throughout the Salary Continuation Period, in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan(s).

The above is subject to the Executive signing a separation agreement and release (the “Separation Agreement and Release”) in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company, which shall include, without limitation, a general release of claims against the Company and all related persons and entities, and a reaffirmation of the Executive’s Continuing Obligations (as defined below), any breach of which Continuing Obligations will result in the immediate cessation of all additional payments and entitlements under this provision.

 

6


(c) Additional Termination Package upon Termination by the Company with Cause or by the Executive with Good Reason within the Change in Control Period. The provisions of this Section 4(c) shall apply in lieu of, and expressly supersede, the provisions of Section 4(b), above, in the case of a without Cause termination of employment if such termination of employment occurs within twenty-four (24) months after the occurrence of the first event constituting a Change in Control (such period, the “Change in Control Period”). These provisions shall terminate and be of no further force or effect after the Change in Control Period.

During the Term, if during the Change in Control Period the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 3(b) or the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, as defined above, then, subject to the signing of the Separation Agreement and Release by the Executive and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming fully effective, the Company will also provide the Executive with the following, less any amounts or entitlements provided to the Executive under Article 3(b):

(i) the Company shall provide the Executive with a lump sum payment (the “Change in Control Payment”), less statutory and other authorized deductions, withholdings and remittances, in an amount equal to the sum of (A) an amount equal to twelve (12) months of the Executive’s then current Base Salary (or the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher), plus (B) the pro rata portion of Executive’s Target Bonus through to the later of the effective date of the Executive’s termination or resignation from employment, or, if applicable, the last day of the period of statutory notice set out in Section 3(b) above; and

(ii) Benefits continuation for a twelve (12) month period commencing on the Date of Termination, to the extent permitted by and subject to the terms of the applicable benefits plan(s). Benefits continuation is further subject to the Executive’s ongoing eligibility for benefits throughout the period, in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan(s).

(iii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any applicable option agreement or other stock-based award agreement, all time-based stock options and other stock-based awards subject to time-based vesting held by the Executive (the “Time- Based Equity Awards”) shall immediately accelerate and become fully exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the later of (i) the Date of Termination or (ii) the Effective Date of the Separation Agreement and Release (the “Accelerated Vesting Date”); provided that any termination or forfeiture of the unvested portion of such Time-Based Equity Awards that would otherwise occur on the Date of Termination in the absence of this Agreement will be delayed until the Effective Date of the Separation Agreement and Release and will only occur if the vesting pursuant to this subsection does not occur due to the absence of the Separation Agreement and Release becoming fully effective within the time period set forth therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to compliance with the ESA, no additional vesting of the Time-Based Equity Awards shall occur during the period between the Executive’s Date of Termination and the Accelerated Vesting Date.

 

7


5. Continuing Obligations .

(a) Restrictive Covenants Agreement . The terms of the Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement, dated April 8, 2009 (the “Restrictive Covenants Agreement”), between the Company and the Executive, attached hereto as Exhibit A, continue to be in full force and effect. For purposes of this Agreement, the obligations in this Section 5 and those that arise in the Restrictive Covenants Agreement and any other agreement relating to confidentiality, assignment of inventions, or other restrictive covenants shall collectively be referred to as the “Continuing Obligations.”

(b) Third-Party Agreements and Rights . The Executive hereby confirms that the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party which restricts in any way: (i) the Executive’s use or disclosure of information, other than confidentiality restrictions (if any), or (ii) the Executive’s engagement in any business. The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s proposed duties for the Company will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any such previous employer or other party. In the Executive’s work for the Company, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

(c) Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation . During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in (i) the defence or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company, and (ii) the investigation, whether internal or external, of any matters about which the Company believes the Executive may have knowledge or information. The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims, actions or investigations shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to answer questions or to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, provincial, state, or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 5(c).

(d) Relief . The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Company which might result from any breach by the Executive of the Continuing Obligations, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if the Executive breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of the Continuing Obligations, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach without the posting of a bond and without showing or proving any actual damage to the Company.

6. Protected Disclosures and Other Protected Action . Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or applied to prohibit the Executive from making any good faith report to any governmental agency or other governmental entity (a “Government Agency”) concerning any act or omission that the Executive reasonably believes constitutes a possible violation of law or

 

8


making other disclosures that are protected under the anti-retaliation or whistleblower provisions of applicable law. In addition, nothing contained in this Agreement limits the Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agency or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including the Executive’s ability to provide documents or other information, without notice to the Company.

7. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter, including the Prior Agreement, provided that the Restrictive Covenants Agreement and the Equity Documents remain in full force and effect.

8. Withholding; Tax Effect . All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Company to make any payments to compensate the Executive for any adverse tax effect associated with any payments or benefits or for any deduction or withholding from any payment or benefit.

9. Assignment . Neither the Executive nor the Company may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest in it, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including the Restrictive Covenants Agreement) without the Executive’s consent to any affiliate or to any person or entity with whom the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization, consolidate with, or merge into or to whom it transfers all or substantially all of its properties or assets. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Executive and the Company, and each of the Executive’s and the Company’s respective successors, personal representatives and permitted assigns.

10. Enforceability . If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

11. Survival . The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and/or the termination of the Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to effectuate the terms contained herein.

12. Waiver . No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

9


13. Notices . Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its main offices, attention of the Board.

14. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

15. Effect on Other Plans and Agreements . An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason under the provisions of this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by any applicable plan documents, not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies. In the event that the Executive is party to an agreement with the Company providing for payments or benefits under such agreement and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and the Executive may receive payment under this Agreement only and not both. Further, Section 4(b) and Section 4(c) of this Agreement are mutually exclusive and in no event shall the Executive be entitled to payments or benefits pursuant to both Section 4(b) and Section 4(c) of this Agreement.

16. Governing Law and ESA Compliance . This Agreement shall be governed by, interpreted, and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the law of Canada applicable therein, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law, and the parties to this Agreement hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of Ontario. Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement shall be brought exclusively in the courts of the Province of Ontario and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Executive and the Company irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of those courts.

Nothing in this Agreement is intended to contract out of the Executive’s rights and the Company’s obligations under the ESA. Should any provision of this Agreement not be compliant with the minimum requirements of the ESA, the offending provision shall be unenforceable and the appropriate minimum standard shall apply.

17. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

18. Acknowledgement and Acceptance. The Executive agrees that he has read, understood and accepts the terms and conditions of employment as set out in this Agreement. The Executive agrees that these terms are reasonable and that he has had the opportunity to obtain independent legal advice if so desired with respect to the terms of this offer prior to their acceptance. The Executive further agrees that he is signing this Agreement freely, voluntarily and without duress.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the “Effective Date.”

 

PHREESIA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Chaim Indig

Its: Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Daniel Nathan

DANIEL NATHAN

 

11


Exhibit A

Restrictive Covenants Agreement


PHREESIA, INC.

Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement

In consideration and as a condition of my employment or continued employment by Phreesia, Inc. (the “Company”), I agree as follows:

1. Proprietary Information . I agree that all information, whether or not in writing, concerning the Company’s business, technology, business relationships or financial affairs which the Company has not released to the general public (collectively, “Proprietary Information”) is and will be the exclusive property of the Company. By way of illustration. Proprietary Information may include information or material which has not been made generally available to the public, such as: (a)  corporate information , including plans, strategies, methods, policies, resolutions, negotiations or litigation; (b) marketing information , including strategies, methods, customer identities or other information about customers, prospect identities or other information about prospects, or market analyses or projections; (c)  financial information, including cost and performance data, debt arrangements, equity structure, investors and holdings, purchasing and sales data and price lists; and (d)  operational and technological information, including plans, specifications, manuals, forms, templates, software, designs, methods, procedures, formulas, discoveries, inventions, improvements, concepts and ideas; (e)  personnel information, including personnel lists, reporting or organizational structure, resumes, personnel data, compensation structure, performance evaluations and termination arrangements or documents (f)  patient information, including, but not limited to names, addresses, social security numbers, insurance information, clinical information, and diagnoses of patients of the Company’s customers, partners of affiliates, as well as other “Protected Health Information” as defined under the US Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“PHI”), (g) medical practice information, including, but not limited to practice name, staff, addresses, numerical identifiers (i.e. individual and practice NPI, Tax ID, DEA #, Medical Education number), and all individual-level or aggregated patient data associated with the practice, and (h)  customer information, including customer identities, pricing, advertising strategy, and results of advertising campaigns. Proprietary Information also includes information received in confidence by the Company from its customers or suppliers or other third parties.

2. Recognition of Company’s Rights . I will not, at any time, without the Company’s prior written permission, either during or after my employment, disclose any Proprietary Information to anyone outside of the Company, or use or permit to be used any Proprietaiy Information for any purpose other than the performance of my duties as an employee of the Company. I will cooperate with the Company and use my best efforts to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of all Proprietary Information. I will deliver to the Company all copies of Proprietary Information in my possession or control upon die earlier of a request by the Company or termination of my employment. I further acknowledge and agree that to the extent that I come into contact with any PHI in the course of my employment with the Company, I shall also abide by (he additional terms and conditions set forth on the HIPAA Addendum attached hereto in addition to the obligations set forth above.

3. Rights of Others . I understand that the Company is now and may hereafter be subject to non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements with third persons which require the Company to protect or refrain from use of Proprietary Information. I agree to be bound by the terms of such agreements in the event I have access to such Proprietary Information.

4. Commitment to Company; Avoidance of Conflict of Interest . While an employee of the Company, I will devote my full-time efforts to the Company’s business and I will not engage in any other business activity that conflicts with my duties to the Company. I will advise the president of the Company or his or her nominee at such time as any activity of either the Company or another business presents me with a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest as an employee of the Company. I will take whatever action is requested of me by the Company to resolve any conflict or appearance of conflict which it finds to exist.

5. Developments . I will make full and prompt disclosure to the Company of all inventions, discoveries, designs, developments, methods, modifications, improvements, processes, algorithm’s, databases, computer programs, formulae, techniques, trade secrets, graphics or images, and audio or visual works and other works of authorship (collectively “Developments’’), whether or not patentable or copyrightable, that are created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by me (alone or jointly with others) or under my direction during the period of my


employment. I acknowledge that all work performed by me is on a “work for hire” basis, and I hereby do assign and transfer and, to the extent any such assignment cannot be made at present, will assign and transfer, to the Company and its successors and assigns all my right, title and interest in all Developments that (a) relate to the business of the Company or any customer of or supplier to the Company or any of the products or services being researched, developed, manufactured or sold by the Company or which may be used with such products or services: or (b) result from tasks assigned to me by the Company; or (c) result from the use of premises or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for by the Company (“Company-Related Developments’’), and all related patents, patent applications, trademarks and trademark applications, copyrights and copyright applications, and other intellectual property rights in all countries and territories worldwide and under any international conventions (“Intellectual Property Rights”).

This Agreement does not obligate me to assign to the Company any Development which, in the sole judgment of the Company, reasonably exercised, is developed entirely on my own time and does not relate to the business efforts or research and development efforts in which, during the period of my employment, the Company actually is engaged or reasonably would be engaged, and does not result from the use of premises or equipment owned or leased by the Company. However, I will also promptly disclose to the Company any such Developments for the purpose of determining whether they qualify for such exclusion, I understand that to the extent this Agreement is required to be construed in accordance with the laws of any state which precludes a requirement in an employee agreement to assign certain classes of inventions made by an employee, this paragraph 5 will be interpreted not to apply to any invention which a court rules and/or the Company agrees falls within such classes. I also hereby waive all claims to any moral rights or other special rights which I may have or accrue in any Company-Related Developments.

6. Documents and Other Materials . I will keep and maintain adequate and current records of all Proprietary Information and Company-Related Developments developed by me during my employment, which records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times. All files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, whether created by me or others, which come into my custody or possession, are the exclusive property of the Company to be used by me only in the performance of my duties for the Company. Any property situated on die Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including without limitation computers, disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by the Company at any time with or without notice. In the event of the termination of my employment for any reason, I will deliver to the Company all files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, and other materials of any nature pertaining to the Proprietary Information of the Company and to my work, and will not take or keep in my possession any of the foregoing or any copies.

7. Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights . I will cooperate fully with the Company, both during and after my employment with the Company, with respect to the procurement, maintenance and enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights in Company-Related Developments. I will sign, both during and after the term of this Agreement, all papers, including without limitation copyright applications, patent applications, declarations, oaths, assignments of priority rights, and powers of attorney, which the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development. If the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure my signature on any such papers, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint each officer of the Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any such papers on my behalf and to take any and all actions as the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company- Related Development.

8. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . In order to protect the Company’s Proprietary Information and good will, during my employment and for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of my employment for any reason (the “Restricted Period”), I will not directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, director, consultant agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, engage, participate or invest in any business activity anywhere in the United States that develops, manufactures or markets any products, or performs any services, that are otherwise competitive with or similar to the products or services of the Company, or products or services that the Company has under development or that are the subject of active planning at any time during my employment; provided that this shall not prohibit any possible investment in publicly traded stock of a company


representing less than one percent of the stock of such company. In addition, during the Restricted Period, I will not, directly or indirectly, in any manner, other than for the benefit of the Company, (a) call upon, solicit, divert or take away any of the customers, business or prospective customers of the Company or any of its suppliers, and/or (b) solicit, entice or attempt to persuade any other employee or consultant of the Company to leave the services of the Company for any reason. I acknowledge and agree that if I violate any of the provisions of this paragraph 8, the running of the Restricted Period will be extended by the time during which I engage in such violation(s).

9. Prior Agreements . I hereby represent that, except as I have fully disclosed previously in writing to the Company, I am not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from using or disclosing any trade secret or confidential or proprietary information in the course of my employment with the Company or to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party. I further represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment with the Company. I will not disclose to the Company or induce the Company to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.

10. Remedies Upon Breach . I understand that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and I consider them to be reasonable for such purpose. Any breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage and therefore, in the event of such breach, the Company, in addition to such other remedies which may be available, will be entitled to specific performance and other injunctive relief.

11. Publications and Public Statements . I will obtain the Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material that relates to my work at the Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information. To ensure that the Company delivers a consistent message about its products, services and operations to the public, and further in recognition that even positive statements may have a detrimental effect on the Company in certain securities transactions and other contexts, any statement about the Company which I create, publish or post during my period of employment and for six (6) months thereafter, on any media accessible by the public, including but not limited to electronic bulletin boards and Internet-based chat rooms, must first be reviewed and approved by an officer of the Company before it is released in the public domain.

12. No Employment Obligation . I understand that this Agreement does not create an obligation on the Company or any other person to continue my employment. I acknowledge that, unless otherwise agreed in a formal written employment agreement signed on behalf of the Company by an authorized officer, my employment with the Company is at will and therefore may be terminated by the Company or me at any time and for any reason.

13. Survival and Assignment by the Company . I understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue in accordance with its express terms regardless of any changes in my title, position, duties, salary, compensation or benefits or other terms and conditions of employment. I further understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue following the termination of my employment regardless of the manner of such termination and will be binding upon my heirs, executors and administrators. The Company will have the right to assign this Agreement to its affiliates, successors and assigns, I expressly consent to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate to whose employ I may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be resigned at the time of such transfer.

14. Disclosure to Future Employers . I will provide a copy of this Agreement to any prospective employer, partner or coventurer prior to entering into an employment, partnership or other business relationship with such person or entity.

15. Severability . In case any provisions (or portions thereof) contained in this Agreement shall, for my reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. If, moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear.


16. Interpretation . This Agreement will be deemed to be made and entered into in the State of New York, and will in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the State of New York, I hereby agree to consent to personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts situated within the State of New York for purposes of enforcing this Agreement. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, I hereby accepts, generally and unconditionally, the exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts.

17. Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. No statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of any kind not expressly set forth in this Agreement will affect, or be used to interpret, change or restrict, the express terms and provisions of this Agreement.

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS AGREEMENT AFFECTS IMPORTANT RIGHTS. BY SIGNING BELOW, I CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ IT CAREFULLY AND AM SATISFIED THAT I UNDERSTAND IT COMPLETELY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date set forth below.

 

Signed: /s/ Daniel Nathan                                                     

(Employee’s full name)

  
Type or print name: Daniel Nathan   
Social Insurance Number:                 Date: April 8, 2009

Exhibit 10.21

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is made between Phreesia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                      (the “Executive”) and is effective immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Effective Date”). Except with respect to the Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement and the Equity Documents (each as defined below), this Agreement supersedes in all respects all prior agreements between the Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter herein, including without limitation (i) the offer letter between the Executive and the Company dated          (the “Prior Agreement”), and (ii) any other offer letter, employment agreement or severance agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to continue to be employed by the Company on the new terms and conditions contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.     Employment .

(a)     Term . The Company shall employ the Executive and the Executive shall be employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement commencing as of the Effective Date and continuing until such employment is terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof (the “Term”). The Executive’s employment with the Company will continue to be “at will,” meaning that the Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(b)     Position and Duties . During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the [ Title ] of the Company and shall have such powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Executive Officer (the “CEO”). The Executive shall devote the Executive’s full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may serve on other boards of directors, with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), or engage in religious, charitable or other community activities as long as such services and activities are disclosed to the Board and do not interfere with the Executive’s performance of the Executive’s duties to the Company.

2.     Compensation and Related Matters .

(a)     Base Salary . The Executive’s initial base salary shall be paid at the rate of $[            ] per year. The Executive’s base salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”). The base salary in effect at any given time is referred to herein as “Base Salary.” The Base Salary shall be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for executive officers.


(b)     Incentive Compensation . During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to receive cash incentive compensation as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee from time to time. The Executive’s initial target annual incentive compensation shall be [        ] percent of the Executive’s Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”). The actual amount of the Executive’s annual incentive compensation, if any, shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee, subject to the terms of any applicable incentive compensation plan that may be in effect from time to time. Except as otherwise provided herein, to earn incentive compensation, the Executive must be employed by the Company on the day such incentive compensation is paid.

(c)     Expenses . The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive during the Term in performing services hereunder, in accordance with the policies and procedures then in effect and established by the Company for its executive officers.

(d)     Other Benefits . During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in or receive benefits under the Company’s employee benefit plans in effect from time to time, subject to the terms of such plans.

(e)     Paid Time Off . During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to take paid time off in accordance with the Company’s applicable paid time off policy for executives, as may be in effect from time to time. The Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays given by the Company to its executive officers.

(f)     Equity . The equity awards held by the Executive shall continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s applicable equity incentive plan(s) and the applicable award agreement(s) governing the terms of such equity awards held by the Executive (collectively, the “Equity Documents”); provided, however, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Documents, Section 6(a)(ii) of this Agreement shall apply in the event of a termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason in either event within the Change in Control Period (as such terms are defined below).

3.     Termination . During the Term, the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a)     Death . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon death.

(b)     Disability . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment if the Executive is disabled and unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions under this Agreement with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of 180 days (which need not be consecutive) in any 12-month period. If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Executive is disabled so as to be unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions with or without reasonable accommodation, the Executive may, and at the request of the Company shall, submit to the Company a certification in reasonable detail by a physician selected by the Company to whom the Executive or the Executive’s guardian has no reasonable objection as to

 

2


whether the Executive is so disabled or how long such disability is expected to continue, and such certification shall for the purposes of this Agreement be conclusive of the issue. The Executive shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the physician in connection with such certification. If such question shall arise and the Executive shall fail to submit such certification, the Company’s determination of such issue shall be binding on the Executive. Nothing in this Section 3(b) shall be construed to waive the Executive’s rights, if any, under existing law including, without limitation, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. §2601 et seq . and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq.

(c)     Termination by Company for Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following:

(i) conduct by the Executive constituting a material act of misconduct in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties, including, without limitation, (A) willful failure or refusal to perform material responsibilities that have been requested by the CEO; (B) dishonesty to the CEO with respect to any material matter; or (C) misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates other than the occasional, customary and de minimis use of Company property for personal purposes;

(ii)    the commission by the Executive of acts satisfying the elements of (A) any felony or (B) a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud;

(iii) any misconduct by the Executive, regardless of whether or not in the course of the Executive’s employment, that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury or reputational harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates if the Executive were to continue to be employed in the same position;

(iv) continued unsatisfactory performance or non-performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder (other than by reason of the Executive’s physical or mental illness, incapacity or disability) which has continued for more than 30 days following written notice of such unsatisfactory performance or non-performance from the CEO;

(v)    a breach by the Executive of any of the provisions contained in Section 8 of this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants Agreement (as defined below);

(vi) a material violation by the Executive of any of the Company’s written employment policies; or

(vii)    the Executive’s failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Company to cooperate, or the willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation.

 

3


(d)     Termination without Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time without Cause. Any termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement which does not constitute a termination for Cause under Section 3(c) and does not result from the death or disability of the Executive under Section 3(a) or (b) shall be deemed a termination without Cause.

(e)     Termination by the Executive . The Executive may terminate employment hereunder at any time for any reason.

If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to the Executive’s authorized representative or estate) (i) any Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination; (ii) unpaid expense reimbursements (subject to, and in accordance with, Section 2(c) of this Agreement); and (iii) any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company through the Date of Termination, which vested benefits shall be paid and/or provided in accordance with the terms of such employee benefit plans (collectively, the “Accrued Obligations”).

4.     Notice and Date of Termination .

(a)     Notice of Termination . Except for termination as specified in Section 3(a), any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or any such termination by the Executive shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

(b)     Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean: (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by death, the date of death; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of disability under Section 3(b) or by the Company for Cause under Section 3(c), the date on which Notice of Termination is given; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company under Section 3(d), the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or the date otherwise specified by the Company in the Notice of Termination; (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive under Section 3(e) (other than as provided in 4(b)(v)), 30 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, and (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive under Section 3(e) for Good Reason (as defined below) during the Change in Control Period, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given after the end of the Cure Period. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that the Executive has completed all steps of the Good Reason Process (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events without the Executive’s consent (each, a “Good Reason Condition”): (i) a material diminution in the Executive’s responsibilities, authority or duties; (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s Base Salary except for across-the-board salary reductions based on the Company’s financial performance similarly affecting all or substantially all senior management employees of the Company; (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which the Executive provides services to the Company, such that there is an increase of at least thirty (30) miles of driving distance to such location from the Executive’s principal residence as of such change; or (iv) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company. The “Good Reason Process” consists of the following steps: (a) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason Condition has occurred; (b) the Executive notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason Condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (d) the

 

4


Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period of not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the Good Reason Condition; (e) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason Condition continues to exist; and the Executive terminates employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

5.     Severance Pay and Benefits Upon Termination by the Company without Cause Outside the Change in Control Period . During the Term, if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 3(d) outside of the Change in Control Period, then the Company shall pay the Executive the Accrued Obligations. In addition, subject to (i) the Executive signing a separation agreement and release in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company, which shall include, without limitation, a general release of claims against the Company and all related persons and entities, and a reaffirmation of all of the Executive’s Continuing Obligations (as defined below ) , and shall provide that if the Executive breaches any of the Continuing Obligations, all payments of the Severance Amount shall immediately cease (the “Separation Agreement and Release”), and (ii) the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination (or such shorter period as set forth in the Separation Agreement and Release), which shall include a seven (7) business day revocation period:

(a)    the Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to six (6) months of the Executive’s Base Salary (the “Severance Amount”); and

(b)    subject to the Executive’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employees’ rate and the Executive’s proper election to receive benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall pay to the group health plan provider, the COBRA provider or the Executive a monthly payment equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company until the earliest of (A) the six (6) month anniversary of the Date of Termination; (B) the Executive’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under any other employer’s group medical plan; or (C) the cessation of the Executive’s continuation rights under COBRA; provided, however, if the Company determines that it cannot pay such amounts to the group health plan provider or the COBRA provider (if applicable) without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then the Company shall convert such payments to payroll payments directly to the Executive for the time period specified above. Such payments shall be subject to tax-related deductions and withholdings and paid on the Company’s regular payroll dates. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments described above may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to, continuation coverage under COBRA.

 

5


The amounts payable under Section 5, to the extent taxable, shall be paid out in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice over six (6) months commencing within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Severance Amount, to the extent it qualifies as “non-qualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period; provided, further, that the initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Date of Termination. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

6.     Severance Pay and Benefits Upon Termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason within the Change in Control Period . The provisions of this Section 6 shall apply in lieu of, and expressly supersede, the provisions of Section 5 regarding severance pay and benefits upon a termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason if such termination of employment occurs within twenty-four (24) months after the occurrence of the first event constituting a Change in Control (such period, the “Change in Control Period”). These provisions shall terminate and be of no further force or effect after the Change in Control Period.

(a)     Change in Control Period . During the Term, if during the Change in Control Period the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 3(d) or the Executive terminates employment for Good Reason, then, subject to the signing of the Separation Agreement and Release by the Executive and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming fully effective, all within the time frame set forth in the Separation Agreement and Release but in no event more than 60 days after the Date of Termination:

(i)    the Company shall pay the Executive a lump sum in cash in an amount equal to the sum of (A )  an amount equal to twelve (12) months of the Executive’s then current Base Salary (or the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher) plus (B) the pro rata portion of Executive’s Target Bonus through the Termination Date for the then-current year (the “Change in Control Payment”); and

(ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any applicable option agreement or other stock-based award agreement, all time-based stock options and other stock-based awards subject to time-based vesting held by the Executive (the “Time-Based Equity Awards”) shall immediately accelerate and become fully exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the later of (i) the Date of Termination or (ii) the Effective Date of the Separation Agreement and Release (the “Accelerated Vesting Date”); provided that any termination or forfeiture of the unvested portion of such Time-Based Equity Awards that would otherwise occur on the Date of Termination in the absence of this Agreement will be delayed until the Effective Date of the Separation Agreement and Release and will only occur if the vesting pursuant to this subsection does not occur due to the absence of the Separation Agreement and Release becoming fully effective within the time period set forth therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no additional vesting of the Time-Based Equity Awards shall occur during the period between the Executive’s Date of Termination and the Accelerated Vesting Date; and

 

6


(iii) subject to the Executive’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employees’ rate and the Executive’s proper election to receive benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall pay to the group health plan provider, the COBRA provider or the Executive a monthly payment equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company until the earliest of (A) the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Date of Termination; (B) the Executive’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under any other employer’s group medical plan; or (C) the cessation of the Executive’s continuation rights under COBRA; provided, however, if the Company determines that it cannot pay such amounts to the group health plan provider or the COBRA provider (if applicable) without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then the Company shall convert such payments to payroll payments directly to the Executive for the time period specified above. Such payments shall be subject to tax-related deductions and withholdings and paid on the Company’s regular payroll dates. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments described above may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to, continuation coverage under COBRA.

The amounts payable under this Section 6(a), to the extent taxable, shall be paid or commence to be paid within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, such payments to the extent they qualify as “non-qualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, shall be paid or commence to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period.

(b)     Additional Limitation .

(i) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code, and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Aggregate Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of all of the Aggregate Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which the Executive becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in the Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than the Executive would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction. In such event, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code: (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c).

 

7


(ii) For purposes of this Section 6(b), the “After Tax Amount” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise and employment taxes imposed on the Executive as a result of the Executive’s receipt of the Aggregate Payments. For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

(iii) The determination as to whether a reduction in the Aggregate Payments shall be made pursuant to Section 6(b)(i) shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Executive. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(c)     Definitions . For purposes of this Section 6, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Change in Control” shall mean any of the following:

(i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with all “affiliates” and “associates” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Board (“Voting Securities”) (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company); or

(ii)    the date a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of the appointment or election; or

(iii)    the consummation of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than 50 percent of the voting shares of the Company

 

8


issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), or (B) any sale or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any person to 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any person referred to in this sentence shall thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities, then a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i).

7.     Section 409A .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement or otherwise on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation otherwise subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

(b)    All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

9


(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d)    The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(e)    The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

8.     Continuing Obligations .

(a)     Restrictive Covenants Agreement . The terms of the Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement, dated [        ] (the “Restrictive Covenants Agreement”), between the Company and the Executive, attached hereto as Exhibit A , continue to be in full force and effect. For purposes of this Agreement, the obligations in this Section 8 and those that arise in the Restrictive Covenants Agreement and any other agreement relating to confidentiality, assignment of inventions, or other restrictive covenants shall collectively be referred to as the “Continuing Obligations.”

(b)     Third-Party Agreements and Rights . The Executive hereby confirms that the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party which restricts in any way the Executive’s use or disclosure of information, other than confidentiality restrictions (if any), or the Executive’s engagement in any business. The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s proposed duties for the Company will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any such previous employer or other party. In the Executive’s work for the Company, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

(c)     Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation . During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in (i) the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future

 

10


against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company, and (ii) the investigation, whether internal or external, of any matters about which the Company believes the Executive may have knowledge or information. The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims, actions or investigations shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to answer questions or to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 8(c).

(d)     Relief . The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Company which might result from any breach by the Executive of the Continuing Obligations, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach. Accordingly , the Executive agrees that if the Executive breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of the Continuing Obligations, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach without the posting of a bond and without showing or proving any actual damage to the Company.

(e)     Protected Disclosures and Other Protected Action . Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or applied to prohibit the Executive from making any good faith report to any governmental agency or other governmental entity (a “Government Agency”) concerning any act or omission that the Executive reasonably believes constitutes a possible violation of federal or state law or making other disclosures that are protected under the anti-retaliation or whistleblower provisions of applicable federal or state law or regulation. In addition, nothing contained in this Agreement limits the Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agency or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including the Executive’s ability to provide documents or other information, without notice to the Company. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to the federal Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, the Executive shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law or under this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants Agreement for the disclosure of a trade secret that (a) is made (i) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

9.     Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter, including the Prior Agreement, provided that the Restrictive Covenants Agreement and the Equity Documents remain in full force and effect.

 

11


10.     Withholding; Tax Effect . All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Company to make any payments to compensate the Executive for any adverse tax effect associated with any payments or benefits or for any deduction or withholding from any payment or benefit.

11.     Assignment . Neither the Executive nor the Company may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest in it, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including the Restrictive Covenants Agreement) without the Executive’s consent to any affiliate or to any person or entity with whom the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization, consolidate with, or merge into or to whom it transfers all or substantially all of its properties or assets; provided further that if the purchaser in any transaction involving the transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets assumes this Agreement and the Executive accepts a position with the purchaser that is equivalent or better to the Executive’s position immediately preceding such transaction, then the Executive shall not be entitled to any Severance Amount pursuant to Section 5 or any Change in Control Payment pursuant to Section 6. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Executive and the Company, and each of the Executive’s and the Company’s respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

12.     Enforceability . If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

13.     Survival . The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and/or the termination of the Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to effectuate the terms contained herein.

14.     Waiver . No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

15.     Notices . Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its main offices, attention of the Board.

16.     Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

 

12


17.     Effect on Other Plans and Agreements . An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 8 hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Company severance pay plan, offer letter or otherwise. In the event that the Executive is party to an agreement with the Company providing for payments or benefits under such agreement and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and the Executive may receive payment under this Agreement only and not both. Further, Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement are mutually exclusive and in no event shall the Executive be entitled to payments or benefits pursuant to both Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement.

18.     Governing Law . This is a New York contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof. With respect to any disputes concerning federal law, such disputes shall be determined in accordance with the law as it would be interpreted and applied by the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

19.     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the “Effective Date.”

 

PHREESIA, INC.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

[EXECUTIVE]

 

[Name]

 

13


Exhibit A

Restrictive Covenants Agreement

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF PHREESIA, INC.

None.

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Phreesia, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report dated April 17, 2019, with respect to the balance sheets of Phreesia, Inc. as of January 31, 2018 and 2019 and the related statements of operations, redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively, the “financial statements”) included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

June 21, 2019